UNIVEDcSlTY OF MADYLAND
AT COLLEGE PADK
1982-1984
GDADUATE
CATALOG
4
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2010 with funding from
Lyrasis IVIembers and Sloan Foundation
http://www.archive.org/details/graduatecatalog1982univ
UNIVEDcSlTY OF MARYLAND
AT COLLEGE PADK
1982-1984
GDADUATE
CATALOG
Academic Resources
Near the University of
Maryland
College Park
Baltimore
Johns Hopkins
University
UM Professional
Schools
Johns Hopkins
Applied Physics Laboratory
D Atomic Energy
Commission
National Bureau D
of Standards
National Institutes
of Health D
National i;
Medical Library
Naval Ordnance
Laboratory
Bethesda National
Naval Medical
n Center
Washington, DC
'National
Agriculturey
Library
'Baltimore
Washington
Parkway
D Goddard Space
Flight Center
Baltimore
Washington
International
Airport
CollegeN
.Park
1 Beltway: 495
Smithsonian
Ecological
.Center
Annapolis
U S, Naval
Academy
Dulles International '
Airport
National
Airport "
Resources Located In
Washington
American University
Catholic University
Corcoran Gallery
Folger Shakespeare Library
Freer Gallery
Georgetown University
George Washington University
Howard University
Library of Congress
National Archives
National Gallery of Art
Naval Observatory
Naval Research Laboratory
Phillips Collection
Smithsonian Institution
Chesapeake Bay
Contents
ACADEMIC RESOURCES MAP h
THE UNIVERSITY
Plan of Academic Organization 5
Graduate School Officers and Staff 5
University Officers 6
Graduate Council 7
University Policy Statement 7
Policies on Non-discrimination 7
GENERAL INFORMATION
History, National Organizations, Major Role 9
Governance 9
Location 9
Special Research Resources, Special Opportunities for the Artist 1 0
Libraries 10
Institutes. Centers, and Bureaus 10
Consortia 12
FEES AND EXPENSES
Graduate Fees 13
Determination of in-State Status for Admission, Tuition, and
Charge-differential Purposes 13
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Fellowships 14
Assistantships 14
Work-Study Program 14
Loans and Part-time Employment 14
Golden ID. Program 14
Veteran Benefits 14
STUDENT SERVICES
Housing 15
Food Services 15
Career Development Center 15
Counseling Center 15
Health Care 15
Health Insurance 15
Publications of Interest to Graduate Students 15
Student Data/Information Policy 16
ADMISSION TO GRADUATE SCHOOL
Graduate Programs 17
Administrative Offices 18
General 18
Criteria for Admission 18
Categories of Admission to Degree Programs .'. . . 18
Non-degree Admission Categories 19
Offer of Admission 19
Admission Time Limits 19
Change of Objective, Status, Termination of Admission 19
Admission of Faculty 20
Application Instructions 20
Foreign Student Applications 20
Records' ts^aintenance and Disposition 20
REGISTRATION AND CREDITS
Schedule of Classes 20
Academic Calendar 20
Developing a Program 20
Course Numbering System 21
Designation of Full and Part-time Students 21
Grades for Graduate Students 21
Minimum Registration Requirements/Dissertation
Research/Continuous Registration 21
Partial Credit Course Registration for Handicapped Students ... 21
Graduate Credit for Senior Undergraduates 21
Undergraduate Credit for Graduate Level Courses 22
Credit by Examination 22
Transfer of Credit 22
Criteria that Courses Must Meet to be Accepted for Graduate
Credit 22
The Inter-campus Student 22
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Graduate School Requirements Applicable to all Master's
Graduate School Requirements for the M.A., M.S., Thesis
Option, Non-thesis Option 22
Requirements for the M Ed Degree 23
Requirements Applicable to Other Master's Degrees 23
Graduate School Requirements Applicable to All Doctoral
Degrees 23
Graduate School Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of
Philosophy 23
Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of Education 24
Requirements for Other Doctoral Degrees 24
Commencement 24
THE GRADUATE FACULTY 25
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
Aerospace Engineering Program 43
Agricultural and Extension Education Program 44
Agricultural and Resource Economics Program 45
Agricultural Engineering Program 46
Agronomy Program 47
American Studies Program 48
Animal Sciences Program 49
Applied Mathematics Program 51
Architecture Program 53
Art Program 54
Astronomy Program 56
Biochemistry Program 57
Botany Program 58
Business and Management Program 59
Chemical Engineering Program 64
Chemical Physics Program 65
Chemistry Program 66
Civil Engineering Program 67
Communication Arts and Theatre Program 70
Comparative Literature Program 73
Computer Science Program 73
Counseling and Personnel Services Program 75
Criminal Justice and Criminology Program 77
Early Childhood-Elementary Education Program 78
Economics Program 80
Education Policy, Planning, and Administration Program 82
Electrical Engineering Program 84
Engineering Materials Program 87
English Language and Literature Program 88
Entomology Program 89
Family and Community Development Program 91
Food, Nutrition, and Institution Administration Program 92
Food Science Program 93
French Language and Literature Program 94
Geography Program 96
Geology Program 98
German Language and Literature Program 99
Government and Politics Program 101
Health Education Program 103
Hearing and Speech Sciences Program 104
History Program 106
Concentration in the History and Philosophy of Science .... 109
Course of Directed Study Leading to the M.A. in History and
the M.L.S 109
Horticulture Program 109
Human Development Education Program (Institute lor Child
Study) 110
Industrial Education Program 112
Journalism Program 113
Library and Information Services Program 114
Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Science Program 117
Mathematical Statistics Program 117
Mathematics Program 118
Measurement and Statistics Program 122
Mechanical Engineering Program 123
Meteorology Program 125
Microbiology Program 126
Music Program 1 27
Nuclear Engineering Program 130
Nutntional Sciences Program 131
Philosophy Program 1 32
Physical Education Program 133
Physics Program 135
Policy Studies Program 138
Poultry Science Program 138
Psychology Program 138
Public Communication Program 141
Public Management Program 141
Recreation Program 142
Secondary Education Program 143
Sociology Program 145
Spanish Language and Literature Program 147
Special Education Program 148
Textiles and Consumer Economics Program 150
Urban Studies Program 151
Zoology Program 153
ADDITIONAL GRADUATE LEVEL COURSE
OFFERINGS
Afro-American Studies Courses 155
Agriculture Courses 155
Anttiropoiogy Courses 155
Applied Design Courses 156
Chinese Courses 156
Crafts Courses 156
Dance Courses 156
Engineering Cooperative Education Courses 157
Engineering Science Courses 157
Engineering Technology. Fire Service Courses 157
Fire Protection Engineering Courses 157
Foreign Language Courses 157
Greek Courses 157
Hebrew Courses 157
Human and Community Resources Courses 157
Housing and Applied Design Courses 158
Information Systems Management Courses 158
Japanese Courses 158
Latin Courses 158
Women's Studies Courses 158
Other University of Maryland Campuses 159
Index 161
The University
Plan of Academic Organization
Division of Agricultural and Life Sciences
College of Agriculture:
Agricultural and Extension Education
Agricultural and Resource Economics
Agricultural Engineering
Agronomy
Animal Science
Dairy Science
Horticulture
Institute of Applied Agriculture
Poultry Science
Veterinary Science
Otfier Units witfiin tfie Division:
Botany
Cfiemistry
Entomology
Geology
Microbiology
Zoology
Division of Arts and Humanities
Scfiool of Architecture
College of Journalism
Otfier Units witfiin tfie Division:
American Studies Program
Art
Classics
Communication Arts and Tfieatre
Dance
Englisfi
Frencfi and Italian
Germanic and Slavic
History
Music
Oriental and HebrevK
Pfiilosopfiy
Spanisfi and Portuguese
Division of Behavioral and Social Sciences
College of Business and Management
Scfiool of Public Affairs
Otfier Units witfiin the Division:
Afro-American Studies
Anthropology
Bureau of Business and Economic
Research
Bureau of Governmental Research
Center for Industrial Relations and Labor Studies
Center for Philosophy and Public Policy
Economics
Geography
Government and Politics
Hearing and Speech Sciences
Institute for Urban Studies
Institute of Criminal Justice and
Criminology
Maryland Technical Advisory Service
Psychology
Sociology
Women's Studies
Division of Human and Community Resources
College of Education:
Counseling and Personnel Services
Early Childhood-Elementary Education
Education Policy, Planning, and Administration
Industrial Education
Institute for Child Study
Measurement & Statistics
Secondary Education
Special Education
College of Human Ecology:
Family and Community Development
Foods. Nutrition and Institution
Administration
Housing and Applied Design
Textiles and Consumer Economics
College of Library and Information Services
College of Physical Education. Recreation and Health:
Health Education
Physical Education
Recreation
Division of Mathematical and Physical Sciences and
Engineering
College of Engineering:
Aerospace Engineering
Chemical Engineering
Civil Engineenng
Electrical Engineering
Mechanical Engineering
Other Units within the Division:
Computer Science
Institute for Physical Sciences and
Technology
Mathematical Statistics
Mathematics
Meteorology
Physics and Astronomy
6 University Officers
University Officers
Board of Regents: 1981-1982
Chairman
Mr Peter F. O'Malley
Vice Chairman
The Hon. Joseph D. Tydings
Secretary
Mr. A. Paul Moss
Treasurer
Mrs. Mary H Broadwater
Assistant Secretary
Mrs Constance C. Stuart
Assistant Treasurer
Mr Joseph Hynson
Members:
The Hon. Wayne A. Cawley, Jr. (ex officio)
Mr A. James Clark
Mr. David K. Fram
Mr. Ralph W. Frey
Dr Samuel H. Hoover
The Hon. Blair Lee III
Mr. Allan L Schwait
Mr. Wilbur Valentine
Mr. John W.T. Webb
Central Administration of the University
President
John S. Toll
Executive Vice President
Albin 0. Kuhn
Vice President for General Administration
Warren W. Brandt
Vice President for Academic Affairs
David Adamany
Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research
David S. Sparks
Vice President for Agricultural Affairs and Legislative Relations
Frank L. Bentz, Jr
Vice President for Development
Robert Smith
College Park Campus Administration
Chancellor
Robert L. Gluckstern
Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs
William E. Kirwan
Deans at College Park
School of Architecture
John W Hill
College of Agriculture
Earl Brown
College of Business Management
Rudolph P Lamone
College of Education
George L Marx, Assistant Provost for Education
College of Engineering
George E Dieter, Jr
College of Human Ecology
John R. Beaton
College of Journalism
Reese Cleghorn
College of Library and Information Services
Kieth C. Wright
College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health
Marvin H. Eyier
School of Public Affairs
Albert H. Bowker
Administrative Dean for Graduate Studies and Research
Rose-Marie G. Oster
Administrative Dean for Summer Programs
Melvin N. Bernstein
Administrative Dean for Undergraduate Studies
Robert E. Shoenberg
Vice Chancellor for Administrative Affairs
Darryl W. Bierly
Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs
William L. Thomas. Jr.
Provosts at College Park
Division of Agricultural and Life Sciences
Larry N. Vanderhoef
Division of Arts and Humanities
Shirley S. Kenny
Division of Behavioral and Social Sciences
Murray Polakoff
Division of Human and Community Resources
George J. Funaro
Division of Mathematical and Physical Sciences and Engineering
Frank Kerr
Graduate Council, 1981-1982 7
Graduate School Officers and Staff
Dean for Graduate Studies and Research
Hose-Mane G Oster. MA, Stockholm University, 1956; Dr. Phil., University of
Kiel. West Germany, 1958
Associate Dean for Graduate Studies
Roger L. Meersman, B.A., St, Ambrose College, 1952; M.A., University of
Illinois, 1959; Ph D , 1962.
Associate Dean for Research
Dalmas A. Taylor, B.A , Western Reserve University, 1959; MS, Hov»ard
University, 1961; Ph.D., University of Delaware, 1965.
Assistant Dean for Graduate Studies
Duncan M Perry, B.A , Davis and Elkins College, 1969; M.A., Ohio University,
1971; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1981.
Assistants to the Dean
Alice M. Piper, B.A , University of Pittsburgh, 1941.
Joanna F. Schmeissner, BA., Agnes Scott College, 1960; MA, Yale
University, 1962.
Director of Graduate Admissions and Records
Jud Samon, B A., University of Nevada, 1960; M.A., University of Maryland,
1964; PhD, 1979
Assistant Director
Lois M. Lyon, B.A., University of Michigan, 1952.
Graduate Council, 1981-1982
Ex-officio Councillors
Chancellor Robert L, Gluckstern
Vice Chancellor William E. Kirwan
Dean Rose-Marie Oster
Associate Dean Dalmas Taylor '
Appointed Councillors
Prof. Samuel Goroviti
Prof. Larry Vanderhoef
Prof. Martin Johnson
Prof. Kenneth Corey
Prof Raymond Yeh
Elected Councillors
Ms. Melanie Odium
Prof Gilbert Castellan
Prof. Frederick Miller
Prof. Conrad Link
Prof. Ralph Tarica
Prof Walter Rundell
Ms. Carolyn F. Hoffman
Prof. Milne Holton
Mr. N. Subramanian
Prof. David Segal
Prof. David Norton
Prof. John A. Haslem
Prof. Charlotte Leedy
Prof. Roger Rubin
Ms. Virginia Ann Lewis
Prof. Bonnie Tyler
Mr. Keith Bonin
Prof Leonard Taylor
Prof. Ronald L. Lipsman
Prof Robert Glasser
Graduate Council, 1980-1981
Ex-officio Councillors
Chancellor Robert L Gluckstern
Acting Vice Chancellor Francis C. Stark
Dean Rose-Marie G Oster
Associate Dean for Research Dalmas A. Taylor
Appointed Councillors
Prof. Madeleine B. Therrien
Prof. Frank M. Hetrick
Prof. Martin Johnson
Prof. Kenneth Corey
Prof Raymond Yeh
Elected Councillors
Ms. Melanie Odium
Prof. Gilbert Castellan
Prof. Dean Tuthill
Prof. Conrad Link
Prof. Roger Meersman
Prof. Walter Rundell
Ms. Carolyn F. Hoffman
Prof. Milne Holton
Mr. N. Subramamian
Prof Don C Piper
Prof David Morton
Prof. John A. Haslem
Prof. Charlotte Leedy
Prof Roger Rubin
Ms. Virginia Ann Lewis
Prof. Robert Huebner
Mr. Bruce Weber
Prof Leonard Taylor
Prof. Bruce Reinhart
Prof Robert Glasser
University Policy Statement
The provisions of this publication are not to be regarded as an irrevocable
contract between the student and the University of Maryland. Changes are
effected from time to time in the general regulations and in the academic
requirements. There are established procedures for making changes,
procedures which protect the institution's integrity and the individual student's
interest and welfare, A curriculum or graduation requirement, when altered, is
not made retroactive unless the alteration is to the student's advantage and
can be accommodated within the span of years normally required for
graduation When the actions of a student are judged by competent authority,
using established procedure, to be detrimental to the interests of the university
community, that person may be required to withdraw from the university.
It is university policy that smoking in classrooms is prohibited unless all
participants agree to the contrary. Any student has the right to remind the
instructor of this policy throughout the duration of the class.
Policies on Nondiscrimination
The University of Maryland is an equal opportunity institution with respect to
both education and employment The University's policies, programs, and
activities are in conformance with pertinent federal and state laws and
regulations on non-discrimination regarding race, color, religion, age, national
origin, sex and handicap Inquiries regarding compliance with Title VI of the
Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended. Title IX of the 1972 Education
Amendments, Section 504 of the Rehabilition Act of 1973, or related legal
requirements should be directed to the appropriate individual designated below.
Director, Human Relations Program
Main Administration Building
UMCP
Gender Reference
The masculine gender whenever used in this document is intended to include
the feminine gender as well.
General Information
History
The history of the Graduate School at the University of Maryland, College Park
has been one of rapid, at times almost explosive, growth. Established in 1919
with an enrollment of 13, the Graduate School has developed into one of the
nation's largest. In the fall of 1980, there were approximately 7,600 graduate
students enrolled in the more than 65 graduate programs and departments. In
the academic year 1980-1981, 347 doctoral degrees and 1,255 master's
degrees were awarded.
The Graduate School has matched its tremendous growth in size by an
even more significant grovrth in its role as a center for the advancement of
knowledge. The Graduate School has increasingly sought scholars of the
highest quality, and today it numbers among its faculty men and women who
have achieved national recognition and eminence in their fields. Active in
scholarship in every area, students and faculty members of the Graduate
SctXJOl have designed equipment for the lunar space flights, excavated the
gardens in Pompeii, performed important research in the unique ecological
systems of the Chesapeake Bay, and won national awards for their creative
work in fiction, poetry, and the arts.
The history of the Graduate School has been a history of grovrth in service
as well as scholarship. Graduate programs at the University have always
reflected the mission of the School as a servant to the State of l\^aryland. That
mission is continued today more vigorously than ever in the numerous
programs, centers, and special research projects through which graduate
faculty and students address directly the needs of the residents of Maryland
In the last two decades, the national impact of the Graduate School has
become of major importance as well, with the ever increasing involvement of
talented faculty and graduate students in the work of the many federal
agencies, institutions, libraries, and programs in the nation's Capital.
Finally, the University of Maryland Graduate School is especially aware
today of its mission to the wider community of man. The Graduate School not
only has a large number of students and faculty from other countries, but it
also is well represented in international conferences and symposia by faculty
members who participate on a regular basis In several divisions, there are
specific projects and programs undertaken jointly with foreign universities, and
ttie results of faculty research are published in international journals.
The Graduate School today is active and vital, conscious of its past growth
and achievements and eager to develop more fully its potential as a leading
educational and research institution. Its goal is to sustain and strengthen in
every area the intellectual quality and commitment to service and significant
scholarship that characterize the foremost graduate institutions.
National Organizations
In order to shape and participate in national policies and developments in
graduate education, the Graduate School maintains close contact with other
graduate schools and is a member of the following national organizations: the
Association of American Universities, the Association of Graduate Schools, and
the Council of Graduate Schools in the United States.
l\/lajor Role
The University of Maryland is keenly aware of the challenges facing graduate
education today The Graduate School has sought innovative and productive
ways to adjust to the problems created by restricting financial realities and
fluctuating opportunities for professionals in every field. In addition, the
Graduate School has channelled many of its resources into a variety of
academic services that meet the increasing demands of our society on
universities
In all of its activities, however, the Graduate School is guided by the belief
that it can tiest sen/e society and respond to current challenges by a consistent
and firm commitment to its traditional principles Accordingly, the major role of
the Graduate School is to provide for the education of students in the scholarly
methods of intellectual inquiry and critical analysis; to train them in the
discipline and skills necessary for beneficial research; and to foster in them a
dedication to creative thought and the search for knowledge.
Not simply an extension of the colleges, schools, or divisions, the Graduate
School is specifically designed to prepare those who will dedicate themselves
to individual inquiry and service. To achieve this goal, it promotes the freedom
and intellectual environment necessary to stimulate research and scholarship of
the highest quality for tx)th students and faculty.
Governance
The Graduate Faculty
In 1956 the Graduate Faculty adopted a formal constitution to "provide a
means for the Graduate Faculty to discharge its functions with respect to
educational policies and procedures of the Graduate School on this campus."
That Constitution, as amended in 1968 and 1974, continues to govern the
policies and procedures of the Graduate School on the College Park Campus.
The Graduate Faculty , working through the Assembly and the Graduate
Council , establishes policies governing admission to graduate study and
minimum requirements to be met by all students seeking advanced degrees in
more than sixty-five graduate departments and programs leading to degrees
awarded by the Graduate Faculty on the College Park Campus. The faculties
of the individual academic departments and interdisciplinary graduate programs
may establish additional requirements for admission or for degrees above the
minima established by the Graduate Council.
The Assembly of the Graduate Faculty consists of all full and associate
members of the Graduate Faculty who, through their participation in research
and graduate instruction, have displayed a capacity for individual research or
creative and scholarly work at the highest levels.
The Graduate Council consists of members of the Graduate Faculty elected
by the Assembly, as well as appointed and ex officio members. It is charged
with the formulation of the policies and procedures for the Graduate School of
College Park including admission standards, the review of individual student
programs, the review of all new programs and courses submitted by members
of the Graduate Faculty, graduate student theses and dissertations, and the
periodic review of all graduate degree programs. It meets approximately eight
times a year to conduct its regular business and may be called into special
session as the need arises.
In its work the Graduate Council is aided and advised by ten standing
committees Included are committees on: Academic Standards, Admissions,
Elections, Fellowships, Program Review, Graduate Faculty, Programs and
Courses, Publications, Research, and Student Life. Membership on these
committees is limited to members of the Graduate Faculty and graduate
students Members are appointed by the Dean for Graduate Studies and
Research for terms of three years.
Graduate Students
Student opinion and participation in determining matters of policy, procedure,
and administration is appreciated and encouraged. In addition to their
appointment to the Committees of the Graduate Council, graduate students
serve on many divisional and departmental committees.
Established in 1970, the Chancellor's Graduate Student Advisory Council
(CGSAC) meets periodically with the Chancellor of the College Park campus
and regularly on its own to discuss a wide range of issues aftecting the
graduate community (e.g. the role and mission of higher education: stipends for
fellows, assistants, and researchers; parttime graduate student problems;
redress of grievances; social activities; etc.). The Council also meets with
administrative leaders from all fields and divisions as pertinent to problem
solving and alternatives In addition, the Council serves as a source of
information to Stale Legislators and members of the Board of Regents.
Membership is open to all interested students. For additional information,
contact the Office of the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research.
Location
In location, faculty and students at the University of Maryland enjoy the best of
all possible worlds. Situated on 1,300 acres in Prince Georges County, the
College Park Campus is a part of the larger metropolitan area of Washington,
D.C.. which is rapidly becoming the nation's capital in cultural and intellectual
activity as well as political power. The Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts,
the Filene Center, and the many fine area theaters regularly present
pertormances by the world's most exciting and renowned artists. The
Smithsonian Museums and the National Gallery of Art, among others, sponsor
10 Special Research Resources
standing collections and special exhibits that attract national attention. In
addition to cultural activities, the nation's Capital provides interested students
the opportunity to observe at first hand the work of federal institutions; to sit in
the galleries of Congress; to watch the Supreme Court in session; and to
attend public Congressional hearings. The possibilities for personal enrichment
offered in this exciting cosmopolitan area are indeed enormous.
Outside the metropolitan area, and just minutes from the campus, the
scene in the Maryland countryside is pleasantly rural. Maryland offers a great
variety of recreational and leisure activities in its many fine national and state
parks, from the Caloctin Mountains in Western Maryland to the Assateague
Island National Seashore on the Atlantic bound Eastern Shore, all within a
pleasant drive from the campus. Historic Annapolis, the state capital, is only a
short drive away, and the city of Baltimore, with its rich variety of ethnic
heritages, its cultural and educational institutions, and its impressive urban
transformation, is only thirty miles from College Park.
Special Research Resources
The College Park Campus is in the midst of one of the greatest concentrations
of research facilities and intellectual talent in the nation, if not in the world.
Libraries and laboratories serving virtually every academic discipline are within
easy commuting distance. There is a steady and growing interchange of ideas,
information, technical skills, and scholars between the university and these
centers. The libraries and facilities of many of these centers are open to
qualified graduate students at the university. The resources of manyymor are
available by special arrangement.
In the humanities, the Library of Congress and the Folger Shakespeare
Library, with its extensive collection of rare manuscripts, are among the world's
most outstanding research libraries. In addition. Dumbarton Oaks; the National
Archives; the Smithsonian Institution; the World Bank; the National Library of
Medicine; the National Agricultural Library; the Enoch Pratt Free Library of
Baltimore; the libraries of the Federal Departments of Labor; Commerce;
Interior; Health. Education, and Welfare; Housing and Urban Development; and
Transportation, and approximately 500 other specialized libraries are all within
a few minutes drive of the College Park Campus. These resources make the
University of Matvland one of the most attractive in the nation for scholars of all
disciplines.
The proximity of the Beltsville Agricultural Research Center of the United
States Department of Agriculture has stimulated the development of tKSth
laboratories and opportunities for field research in the agricultural and
life-sciences. The National Institutes of Health offer unparalleled opportunities
for collaboration in biomedical and behavior research. Opportunities are also
available for collaborative graduate study programs with other major
government laboratories, such as the National Bureau of Standards and the
Naval Research Laboratory.
The long-standing involvement of the State of Maryland in the development
of the commercial and recreational resources of the Chesapeake Bay has
resulted in the establishment of outstanding research facilities for the study of
mahne science at the University of Maryland Center for Environmental and
Estuarine Studies, with research facilities at Horn Point near Cambridge, at
Crisfield, and at Solomons Island, Maryland.
Campus facilities are also excellent for research in every discipline. Work in
the behavioral sciences, particularly in learning, is centered in laboratories
equipped for fully automated research on rats, pigeons, and monkeys.
Exceptional research facilities in the physical sciences include two small
Van de Graaff accelerators; an assortment of computers, including a PDF
11/45, a UNIVAC 1108 and a UNIVAC 1100/41; a 10 KW training nuclear
reactor; a full scale low velocity wind tunnel; several small hypersonic helium
wind tunnels; specialized facilities in the Institute for Physical Science and
Technology; a psychopharmacology laboratory; shock tubes; a quiescent
plasma device (Q machine) for plasma research; and rotating tanks for
laboratory studies of meteorological phenomena.
Students also have access to research farms, greenhouses, and even
laboratory-equipped vessels for research in the Chesapeake Bay. The
University also owns and operates one of the world's largest and most
sophisticated long-wavelength radio telescopes located in Clark Lake, California
and a cosmic ray laboratory located in New Mexico.
Special Opportunities for Artists
Advanced work in the creative and performing arts at College Park is
concentrated in the Tawes Fine Arts Building and the recently completed
Art-Sociology Building. Creative work is greatly stimulated by the close
interaction that has developed between the students and faculty of the
University and the artists and scholars at the National Gallery, the Corcoran
Gallery, the Hirshhorn Museum, the Phillips Gallery, the Museum of Modern
Art, the Smithsonian Institution, as well as the musicians of the National
Symphony Orchestra and small musical groups The Kennedy Center for the
Performing Arts and the Filene Center (Wolf Trap Farm Park) have further
enhanced the climate for creative artists attending the University.
Outstanding work on campus in theater, dance, radio, and television is
aided by the proximity of the campus to the National Theater, the Arena Stage,
the Morris Mechanic Theater, and numerous little theater groups in the
Washington and Baltimore area. There is a frequent and steady interchange of
ideas and talent between students and faculty at the University and both
educational and commercial radio and television media as a consequence of
the large professional staffs which are maintained in the Washington area.
Libraries
The University library system includes major research libraries on both the
College Park and Baltimore Campuses.
The Libraries on the College Park Campus contain nearly 2,000,000
volumes, and they subscribe to more than 15,000 periodicals and newspapers.
Additional collections of research materials are available on microfilm,
microfiche, phonorecords. tapes, and films.
The Theodore R. McKeldin Library is the largest library on campus and the
principal library for graduate use. Special collecticis include those of Richard
Von Mises in mathematics and applied mechanics; Max Born in the physical
sciences; Thomas I. Cook in political science; Romeo Mansueti in the biological
sciences; Katharine Anne Porter; Maryland; U.S. government publications (for
which the University is a regional depository); documents of the United Nations,
the League of Nations and other international organizations, agricultural
experiment station and extension service publications; maps from the U.S.
Army Map Service; the files of the Industrial Union of Marine and Shipbuilding
Workers of America; the Wallenstein collection of musical scores; and research
collections of the American Bandmasters Association, the National Association
of Wind and Percussion Instructors, and the Music Educators National
Conference. In addition, the collections include microfilm productions of
government documents, rare books, early journals, and newspapers.
Within the East Asia Collection is the world's largest repository of published
and unpublished Japanese-language materials from the Allied Occupation
period.
Graduate students at UMCP are not served by McKeldin alone. Several
departments and colleges maintain specialized libraries for student use, with
collections of importance to advanced students. These include the Library of
the College of Library and Information Services, which contains materials for
library science and a Juvenile Teaching Materials Collection, and the
Engineering and Physical Sciences Library, which houses the Technical Report
Center with over 400,000 items from NASA. USDE, and other US. and foreign
governmental agencies.
Our libraries have several exciting recent acquisitions which will be of
special interest to graduate students. One new collection, to be known as the
International Piano Archives at Maryland, contains more than 17,000 tapes,
records and piano rolls, several thousand pieces of sheet music and scores,
and important documents, letters and other materials relating to pianists Joseph
Hofmann, Anton Rubinstein and others.
The University has also recently acquired an exceptional collection in
astronomy: the entire library of the Georgetown University Observatory, which
contains numerous catalogs, journals, and observatory bulletins dating back to
the 1800's. Much of tti aterial has never been published commercially, and
when cataloguing is completed, Maryland will have one of the most interesting
and extensive astronomy collections in the country.
Institutes, Centers, and Bureaus
Acknowledging the importance of an interdisciplinary approach to knowledge,
the University maintains organized research units outside the usual department
structures. These institutes, centers, and bureaus offer valuable opportunities
for faculty and students to engage in research and study in specialized areas
and in public service activities.
Institute for Child Study: Director: Robert C. Hardy. In its program the
institute collects, interprets, and synthesizes the scientific findings in various
fields that are concerned with human growth, development, learning and
behavior. The Institute offers graduate programs leading to the Master of
Education, Master of Arts, Doctor of Philosophy and Doctor of Education
degrees, and the Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate in the area of
human development.
Institute of Criminai Justice and Criminology : Director: Charles Wellford
The Institute coordinates the University's interests and activities in the areas of
law enforcement, criminology, and corrections. The Institute has a very
extensive and carefully integrated undergraduate program. Special emphasis,
however, is placed on graduate programs and on research.
The research capabilities and the academic programs of the Institute make
possible the achievement of its primary goal — the education of social and
behavioral scientists who have chosen the problem of crime and its prevention
and controls as their specialization. The Institute offers the M.A. degree with
options in criminology or criminal justice and the Ph.D. degree in criminal
justice and criminology.
Institute for Physical Science and Technoiogy: Director: Joseph Silverman.
The Institute for Physical Science and Technology is a center for
interdisciplinary research in pure and applied science problems that lie between
those areas served by the academic departments. These interdisciplinary
problems afford challenging opportunities for thesis research and classroom
instruction. Current topics of interest are: atomic physics, some problems in
Institutes, Centers, and Bureaus 1 1
plasma physics, statistical mechanics of physical and living systems, physics of
the upper atmosphere and magnetosphere, fluid dynamics, physical
oceanography, various aspects of space and planetary science, theoretical and
applied numerical analysis, control theory, epidemiology and biomathematics,
chemical processes induced by ionizing radiation, and the history of science.
They also include analysis of a number of current problems of interest to
society such as mathematical models applied to public health and economics
and many diverse efforts in basic mathematics.
Courses and thesis research guidance by the faculty of the Institute are
provided through the graduate programs in the academic departments of the
Division of Mathematical and Physical Sciences and Engineering The Institute
sponsors a wide variety of seminars Of principal interest are general seminars
in statistical physics, applied mathematics, fluid dynamics, and in atomic and
molecular physics. Information about these can be obtained by writing the
Director or by calling (301 ) 454-2636.
Institute for Urban Studies: Director: Kenneth E. Corey. The Institute aims at
developing students knowledgeable both in the technical competencies which
constitute the skills of "urban manpower" and in the professional understanding
of the urban community as an object of interdisciplinary analysis.
The Institute for Urban Studies is a multi-campus interdisciplinary B.A. and
M.A. degree granting program. It was created to otter a teaching program to
educate urban administrators and specialists to plan, manage and develop
existing communities as well as to plan the development of new ones The
Washington-Baltimore urban corridor provides an excellent teaching and
research setting for faculty and students. Since contemporary urban problems
must be solved by a multi-disciplinary approach, the master's program
supplements the Institute's core courses with the specialized problem solving
methods of the diverse departments and professional schools of the University.
Center on Aging: Acting Direcotr; Dan Fritz The Center on Aging serves as a
catalyst for gerontological research, education, service and training. It serves to
promote gerontological expertise within the university's constituent
departments, colleges and schools through its administration of the Graduate
Gerontology Certificate program: the program combines aging-related
coursework, supervised field placement and research with established Master's
and Doctoral departmental degree work. Also on campus, the Center sponsors
an annual Colloquim Series, promotes the development of academic courses,
assists faculty and student research ettorts and otters occasional workshops
and symposia related to aging. The Center also sponsors the summer Senior
Center Training Institute, a national program designed to provide a
comprehensive gerontological training experiences for senior center and
associated staff. Ott campus, the Center on Aging has become one of the
Middle Atlantic region's leading gerontological training providers, assisting
community agencies with substantive and administrative consultation.
Arithmetic Center: Acting Director: Martin Johnson. The Arithmetic Center
facilitates a graduate program in elementary school mathematics education — a
program with an integrated focus relating mathematics, psychology, and
learning The faculty of the Center believe that crucial to the kind of research
effort envisioned is a milieu conducive to such an effort — a
physical-psychological locale in which students, faculty, participating children,
parents, and appropriate visitors can become involved in the formal and
informal interactions so essential to integrative research
Center for Educational Research and Deveiopment: Co-directors: Gilbert R
Austin (UMBC). James Dudley (UMCP). The Center is committed to providing
service to the State in the form of policy studies and analysis and to special
educational training providing and sponsoring programs and workshops for
legislators, board members, executive and legislative staff and agency
personnel. The entire range of University programs and personnel are
committed to these two tasks in an effort to provide an interdisciplinary
approach to the Center's research and development activities The Center acts
as a facilitator and liaison between the external public agencies and bodies and
the internal University resources. In so doing, it provides research and project
opportunities for faculty and graduate students in education, the social
sciences, business and a variety of other fields, to engage in issues of
educational policy
Computer Science Center: Director: John P Menard The Computer Science
Center provides the academic community of the University with ready access to
large-scale computer facilities The Centers primary function is the effective
operation, maintenance, and management of these facilities so as to provide,
as nearly as possible, uninterrupted computer services to the University
community The Center also carries on an active program of basic and applied
research in computer science
Graduate students and faculty with programming problems can bring them
to a group of programmer consultants who work on an individualized basis to
assist in applying appropriate computer techniques. The Center also has a staff
of systems analysts to assist in debugging programs, to adapt software
developed elsewhere to use the Center's equipment, and to devise original
software to meet user needs. Some of the additional services offered are
keypunching, on-line data entry, photo-typesetting, and optical scanning. A
large inventory of specialized software is available through the program library,
and many non-credit short courses are presented each semester for users with
specialized needs.
The Center's basic hardware consists of a UNIVAC 1108 Shared Processor
System and a UNIVAC 1100/42 system, along with other associated hardware
Two terminal rooms and two keypunch areas with reproducer and interpreter
are maintained in the Computer Science Center Terminals owned or leased by
other departments can also access the Center's large-scale equipment
Center of Industrial Relations and l^ljor Studies: Acting Director: Paul A
Weinslein. The Program of Industrial Relations and Labor Studies was recently
organized at UMCP and is concerned with two kinds of activity The first is
interdisciplinary research directed primarily toward the study of
labor-management relations, wages and related problems, the labor market,
comparative studies and manpower problems. The Program draws on the
expertise and interests of faculty from the College of Business and
Management, the School of Law and the Department of Economics. History.
Psychology and Sociology The second main activity consists of community and
labor relations education projects serving management, unions, the public and
other groups interested in industrial relations and latxjr-related activities These
projects consist of public lectures, conferences, and symposia as well as
non-credit courses. Discussions concerning the development of a Master's
degree in Industrial Relations and Labor Studies are currently undenway
Center tor Ijinguage and Cognition: Director: David L Norton The purpose
of the Center for Language and Cognition is to provide a central focus for
instruction and research training on all aspects of language and cognition
represented by the training staff. The Center's specific goals are to (1)
encourage and support research and (2) to train students capable of making
substantial contributions to the understanding of man's cognitive systems and
of relating this understanding to behavior in natural settings
Center for Philosophy and Public Policy: Director: Peter G Brown The
Center for Philosophy and Public Policy conducts an interdisciplinary program
of curriculum development and research into the values and concepts that
underiie public policy. The Center's research investigates the meanings of
terms and the nature of values relevant to the formation, justification, and
criticism of public policy. The Center explores these questions through its
research and publications, and in its development of teaching materials
The Center's research progrm focuses on topics expected to be important
issues of public policy debate over the next decade. Research projects are
supervised and coordinated by Center research staff and are very often
conducted cooperatively by interdisciplinary working groups composed of
philosophers, policymakers, and analysts, and other experts from within and
without the government Current projects include:The Significance of National
Boundaries, including issues of immigration and refugees; Energy Policy and
Obligations to Future Generations; Risk and Consent; Philosophical Issues in
Environmental Policy; The Preservation of Endangered Species; Legal Ethics;
and The Morality of Compulsory Military Service
To ensure that problems of a moral and conceptual nature come before the
next generation of policymakers, analysts, and citizens, the Center develops
and disseminates model syllabi for use in public policy programs, as well as in
traditional academic departments. Courses dealing with contemporary
normative issues in the national and international arenas are offered through
the Departments of Philosophy and of Government and Politics and other
departments whose disciplines are relevant to the specific course being taught.
Courses which have been offered include: Human Rights and US Foreign
Policy, Philosophical Issues in Public Policy, Ethics and Energy Policy, An
Analysis of Risk, Environmental Ethics, the Morality of Compulsory Military
Service, and Racial and Sexual Discrimination.
The Center is sponsored jointly by the Divisions of Arts and Humanities and
of Behavioral and Social Sciences.
The iMaryiand Center for Productivity and Quality of Worldng Life: Director:
Tom Tuttle. The Maryland Center for Productivity and Quality of Working Life
operates within the College of Business and Management. The Center has lour
major functions: 1) to foster increased productivity and quality of working lite
through work with various public and private sector organizations in Maryland;
2) to act as a clearing house for information about productivity and quality of
working life; 3) to increase knowledge levels about productivity and quality of
working life in Maryland through the regular curriculum of the University, as well
as through training programs sponsored by the Center; and 4) to conduct
research which adds to the body of knowledge about productivity and the
quality of working life.
Science Teaching Center: Director: Emmett L. Wright. The Science Teaching
Center has been designed to serve as a model facility to fulfill its functions of
undergraduate and graduate science teacher education, science supervisor
preparation, basic research in science education.curriculum development,
computer assisted instruction, inservice aid to teachers and supervisors, and
consultative services at all levels, kindergarten through university Its reference
library features relevant periodicals, science and mathematics textbooks, and
new curriculum materials. Its faculty members are actively involved with
professional societies and science education activities locally, nationally, and
internationally
Since 1962 the Science Teaching Center has served as the headquarters
for the activities of the Science Teaching Materials Review Committee of the
National Science Teachers Association. The Information Clearinghouse on
Science and Mathematics Curricular Developments, the International
Clearinghouse lor A.A.A.S., N.S.F. and UNESCO, started here that year also
12 Consortia
The "software" and "hardware" of science education are gathered within the
center in what is considered to be one of the worlds most comprehensive
collections of such materials.
Survey Research Center Director: John Robinson The Survey Research
Center was created in 1980 as a Division-wide research facility within the
behavioral and social sciences. The Center specializes in the design of
questionnaires and the conduct of surveys for policy purposes, and has the
capacity to conduct mini-survey experiments, and in-depth clinical interviews.
The Center provides assistance to researchers in sample design, has technical
expertise on the storage, manipulation, and analysis of very large data sets,
and provides support services to archive and maintain sucfi data sets.
The Center supports graduate education by poroviding both technical
training and practical experience to students Also, the Center has a strong
community service mission through the provision of technical assistance on
survey methods and survey design to units of state and local governments, and
by conducting surveys on a contract or grant basis for these governmental
units.
Transportation Studies Center: Director: Everett C. Carter Sponsored by the
College of Engineering and the College of Business and Management the
Center acts as a catalyst to foster research and development and
interdisciplinary studies in transportation and to provide the means for
investigators from different disciplines to work together on a wide range of
transportation related problems. Objectives of the Center are to identify
potential research projects by establishing a dialogue and rapport with
sponsoring agencies and offices; to provide coordination between the various
disciplines engaged in or having potential to engage in transportation research
and between potential research sponsors and University researchers; to
facilitate cooperation between the University of Maryland and other universities
and industry, for joint undertakings; to promote and, wfiere appropriate, to
supervise specific educational programs of an interdisciplinary nature
Among the areas identified as having interest and research potential are
transportation systems management, transportation planning, public policy,
public utilities, systems economics, multiple uses of rights-of-way, mass transit
systems, conservation of energy, terminal siting, bridge and pavement design,
traffic flow coordination, traffic safety and efficiency, transportation economics,
aerospace transportation, meteorological factors, noise control, highway
landscaping, environmental considerations, and air, rail, water and highway
alternatives
Water Resources Research Center: Director: Robert E. Menzer The
Maryland Water Resources Research Center sponsors and coordinates
research on all aspects of water supply, demand, distribution, utilization, quality
enhancement or degradation, and allocation or management. A committee of
water resource information users, including representatives from management,
planning and regulatory federal, state and local governments has been formed
to advise on research needs of Maryland. Basic funding is from the Annual
Cooperative Program of the Water Resources and Development Act of
1978(PL95-467). The Center also assists faculty members in developing
matching fund proposals and in seeking other research funds. Currently, there
are seven research projects in progress in five different departments, including
a project at UMCEES Chesapeake Biological Laboratory.
Bureau of Business and Economic Research: Director: Dr John H.
Cumberland. The Bureau of Business and Economic Research conducts
research in the areas of regional, urtian and environmental economics. Projects
are funded by the University, and by State and Federal Government agencies.
Research is conducted by Burrea faculty members, who hold joint
appointments with the Department of Economics, and by advanced graduate
students working on degree programs.
Bureau of Educational Research and Field Services: Director: Gerald V.
Teague. The Bureau of Educational Research and Field Services was
established to serve in a consultative capacity in implementing research
designs of faculty members, graduate students and public school systems. It
acts as a coordinating agency between the University and public school
systems for both research and field services. The Bureau also serves as a
source of information and assistance regarding federal and non-federal
research support that is available
Bur«au of Governmental Research: Acting Director: Charles Levine.
Activities of the Bureau of Governmental Research relate primarily to the
problems of state and local government in Maryland. The Bureau engages in
research and publishes findings with reference to local, state and national
governments and their interrelationships It undertakes surveys, sponsored
programs and grants, and offers its assistance and service to units of
government in Maryland. The bureau furnishes opportunities for qualified
students interested in research and career development in state and local
administration The Bureau also acts as coordinator for the Annual School for
Maryland Assessing Officers.
Maryland Technical Advisory Service: Director: Patricia S. Florestano. The
Maryland Technical Advisory Service provides consulting services to county,
municipal, and stale governments. Consultation and assistance are provided
on specific problems in such areas as program evaluation, survey research,
preparation of charters and codes of ordinances, fiscal management, personnel
zoning, and related local or intergovernmental activities The staff analyzes and
shares with governmental officials information concerning professional
developments and opportunities for new or improved programs and facilities.
Consortia
The University of Maryland is a member of a number of national and local
consortia concerned with advanced education and research. Tfiey offer a
variety of opportunities for senior scholar and graduate student research.
OAK RIDGE ASSOCIATED UNIVERSITIES, INC. (ORAU), is a non-profit
educational and research corporation formed in order to broaden the
opportunities for member institutions collectively to participate in many fields of
education and research in the natural sciences related to nuclear energy.
Educational programs range from short term courses or institutes, conducted
with ORAU facilities and staff, to fellowship programs administered by ORAU
for the U.S. Department of Energy.
Tfie National Center for Atmospheric Research (NCAR), in Boulder,
Colorado, was created in 1960 to serve as a focal point of a vigorous and
expanding national research effort in the atmospheric sciences. NCAR is
operated under the sponsorship of the National Science Foundation by the
UNIVERSITY CORPORATION FOR ATMOSPHERIC RESEARCH (UCAR),
made up of 44 U.S. and Canadian universities with graduate programs in the
atmospheric sciences or related fields. The scientific staff includes
meteorologists, astronomers, chemists, physicists, mathematicians, and
representatives of other disciplines.
UNIVERSITIES RESEARCH ASSOCIATION (URA), a group of 52
universities engaged in high energy research, is the sponsoring organization for
the Fermi National Accelerator Lalxjratory, funded by the U.S. Department of
Energy. The accelerator, located near Batavia, Illinois, is the world's
highest-energy proton accelerator.
The INTER-UNIVERSITY COMMUNICATIONS COUNCIL (EDUCOM)
provides a forum for the appraisal of the current state of the art in
communications science and technology and their relation to the planning and
programs of colleges and universities. The council particularly fosters
inter-university cooperation in the area of communications science.
The UNIVERSITIES SPACE RESEARCH ASSOCIATION (USRA) was
designed to promote cooperation between universities, research organizations,
and the government in the development of space science and technology, and
in the operation of laboratories and facilities for research, development, and
education in these fields.
The University of Maryland is a member of the INTER-UNIVERSITY
CONSORTIUM FOR POLITICAL and Social RESEARCH (IC PSR) One
purpose of the Consortium is to facilitate collection and distribution of useful
data for social science research. The data include survey data from the
University of Michigan Center for Political Studies and from studies conducted
by other organizations or by individuals, census data for the United States,
election data, legislative roll calls, judicial decision results, and biographical
data
The University of Maryland jointly participates in the CHESAPEAKE
RESEARCH CONSORTIUM. INC.. a wide scale environmental research
program, with the Johns Hopkins University, the Virginia Institute of Marine
Science, and the Smithsonia Institution. The Consortium coordinates and
integrates research on the Chesapeake Bay region at the Chesapeake Bay
Center for Environmental Studies and is compiling a vast amount of scientific
data to assist in the management and control of the area. Each participating
institution calls on faculty expertise in a diversity of disciplines including biology,
chemistry, physics, engineering, geology, and the social and behavioral
sciences. Through this interdisciplinary research program a computerized
Management Resource Bank is being developed containing a biological
inventory of the Chesapeake Bay region, a legal survey, and socioeconomic
data of the surrounding communities. The Consortium provides research
opportunities for faculty members, graduate students, and undergraduate
students at the University.
Officially chartered in 1969. the ASSOCIATION OF SEA GRANT
PROGRAM INSTITUTIONS is a growing organization concerned with the
development and wise use of ocean and Great Lakes resources. Composed of
the nation's major colleges, universities and institutions with ocean programs,
the Association works for the betterment of the management and utilization of
marine resources.
The University of Maryland was awarded its first institutional Sea Grant
funding by the Department of Commerce for the calendar year 1977. Although
forty-six universities, colleges and non-profit organizations hold either regular or
associate memberships in SGA, Maryland is one of only about a dozen who
have comprehensive institutional programs and who are or are eligible to
become Sea Grant Colleges.
The goal of the CONSORTIUM ON HUMAN RELATIONSHIPS IN
EDUCATION is to involve all interested agencies in the State of Maryland in
the identification, development, and utilization of the human resources of the
State for the purpose of improving human relationships in education. Fourteen
agencies, including local school systems and institutions of higher education,
are currently active in the project.
Established in 1965, the UNIVERSITIES COUNCIL ON WATER
RESOURCES (UCOWR), is a national consortium with approximately 80
members. UCOWR was created to provide a forum for interchange of
information pertaining to water resources research in academic communities.
Financial Assistance 13
Member institutions also exchange information on special conferences,
seminars, symposia and graduate study opportunities.
Thie University of Maryland is an associate member of tfie
UNIVERSITY-NATIONAL OCEANOGRAPHIC LABORATORY SYSTEM
(UNOLS) establisfied to improve coordinated use of federally supported
oceanograpfiic facilities, bringing togetfier the Community of Academic
Oceanographic Institutions whichi operate those facilities, and creating a
mechanism for such coordinated utilization of and planning for oceanographic
facilities As an associate member, the University of Maryland has a very active
graduate level research program in the marine sciences and operates facilities
through the Chesapeake Bay Center for Environmental Studies.
The purpose of the SOUTH-EAST CONSORTIUM FOR INTERNATIONAL
DEVELOPMENT is to respond to the economic and social needs of limited
resource peoples and less developed countries Membership in the
organization is open to universities, research institutions and other
organizations with capabilities related to rural and urban development and
technology transfer.
Fees and Expenses
Payment of Fees
Registration is not completed or official until all financial obligations are
satisfied Although the University regularly mails bills to students, it cannot
assume responsibility for their receipt If a student does not receive a bill on or
before the beginning of each semester, it is the student's responsibility to
obtain a copy of the bill at Room 1103, South Administration Building.
8:30-^:30. Monday through Friday
The University of Maryland does not have a deferred payment plan.
Payment for past due balances and current semester fees are due on or before
the first day of classes
It is the policy of the University not to defer payment on the basis of a
pending application for financial assistance to an outside agency, including
Veterans Administration benefits, bank loans, guaranteed student loan
programs, etc
Students will be severed from University services for delinquent
indebtedness to the University In the event that severance occurs, the
individual may make payment during the semester in which services were
severed and all services except housing will be restored. A $25.00 Restoration
of Services lee will be assessed in addition to payment for the total past due
amount.
State of Maryland legislation has established a State Central Collections
Unit, and in accordance with State law the University is required to turn over all
delinquent accounts to that office for collection and subsequent legal action.
Refund of Fees
A Cancellation of Registration submitted to the Withdrawal and Reenrollment
Office before the official first day of classes entitles the student to a full credit
or refund of semester tuition
After classes begin, students who wish to terminate their registration must
follow the withdrawal procedures stated in the "Schedule of Classes." Students
will find the necessary forms for withdrawal in the Withdrawal and Reenrollment
Office The effective date used in computing refunds is the date the withdrawal
form is filed in the Withdrawal and Reenrollment Office "Stop Payment" on a
check, failure to pay the semester bill, failure to attend classes, do not
constitute withdrawal
A request for a refund must be processed by the student with the Division
of Business Services; otherwise any credit on the student account will
automatically be carried over to the next semester
Students withdrawing from the University will be credited for tuition in
accordance with the following schedule:
Period from dale Refundable tuition
instruction begins only (Additional
fees non-refundable)
Two weeks or less 80%
Between two and three weeks 60%
Between three and four weeks 40%
Between four and five weeks 20%
Over five weeks No Refund
University Refund Statement
Tuition, refundable fees and refundable deposits are authorized for refund
only if the student completes the prescribed withdrawal procedures or is
dismissed from the University Residence Hall and Dining Sen/ices charges are
authorized for refund only if the student completes the prescribed residence
hall and dining services contract release procedures Please refer to current
"Schedule of Classes" for complete refund information and procedures.
Graduate Fees *
Application fee'
This fee is not refundable $1 5.00
Tuition Per Credit Hour:'
Resident Student $61 .00
Non-Resident Student $1 1 1 .00
Students admitted to the Graduate School must pay graduate tuition fees
whether or not the credit will be used to satisfy program requirements. A
graduate student who wishes to audit a course must pay the usual
graduate tuition
Continuous Registration Fee(per semester) $10.00
Registration Fee<per semester)' $5.00
Graduation Fee,
Master's Degree^ $1 5.00
Graduation Fee,
Doctor's Degree^ $60.00
Mandatory Fees^
(Students taking 1-8 credits) $31 .50
(Students taking 9 or more credits) $49.50
'The fees listed here are those charged at the time this Catalog went to press and are
oflered as a general guide. They are subject to change. Fees charged in a particular
semester are published in the Schedule ot Classes for that semester.
' non-refundable
^ refundable
^ For a breakdown of the "Mandatory Fees." consult the "Schedule of Classes."
Determination of In-State Status for Admission,
Tuition and Charge-Differential Purposes
An initial determination of in-state status for admission, tuition and
charge-differential purposes will be made by the University at the time a
student's application for admission is under consideration. The determination
made at that time, and any determination made thereafter shall prevail in each
semester until the determination is successfully challenged. The deadline for
meeting all requirements for an in-state status and for submitting all documents
for reclassification is the last day of registration for the semester the student
wishes to be classified as an in-state student.
The volume of requests for reclassification may necessitate a delay in
completing the review process. It is hoped that a decision in each case will be
made within ninety (90) days of a request for determination During this period
of time, or any further period of time required by the University, fees and
charges based on the previous determination must be paid. If the determination
is changed, any excess fees and charges will be refunded.
Persons who are interested in obtaining a copy of the regulations or who
wish assistance with their classification should contact: The Graduate School
Office of Graduate Records, Room 2117, South Administration Building,
University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742 — phone (301) 454-4004.
Financial Assistance
The University of Maryland recognizes the high cost of education today and
makes every effort to offer financial assistance to qualified students through a
variety of programs. Approximately one-half of all full-time graduate students
receive financial support, which may include remission of tuition fees, through
teaching and research assistantships,the work-study program, and University
and state fellowships Referrals for on-campus or area empploment
opportunities for students and students' spouses are also available in various
departments and in specific student service centers on campus.
Admission to a graduate program is a prerequisite for the award of a
teaching or research assistantship, a fellowship, a traineeship, a loan, or a
work-study award Please be sure that all required documents for your
application for admission, as well as the appropriate application for financial
aid, have been submitted. Awards are made on the basis of availability of
funds, the applicant7s merit, and financial need
There are three campus units which administer the primary forms of
financial support: the Graduate School, the individual programs, and the Office
of Student Financial Aid The Graduate School processes applications for the
University of Maryland Fellowships (application deadline'Februaryl) and the
Other Race Grants (application deadline: Febmaryl). The individual programs
award graduate teaching and research assistantships (priority application
deadline: March 1) and nominate students for the Graduate Fellowships
(application deadline: February 1) The Office of Student Financial Aid
processes requests for College Work-Study and National Direct Student Loans
(priority date for consideration: February 15). To be considered for the priority
date in the Office of Student Financial Aid, you must have submitted a
completed University financial aid application, a completed Financial Aid Form
(available at most colleges throughout the country and by request from the
Office of Student Financial Aid), financial aid transcripts, if appropriate, and any
other required documentation to be received by the Office of Student Financial
Aid by Febnjary 15. Note that the Financial Aid Form must be sent to the
College Scholarship Service in Princeton for analysis, which takes
approximately 4 weeks.
A more detailed description of the various forms of financial assistance is
given below.
14 Financial Assistance
Feiiowships
A fellowship is an award bestowed on a student who displays academic merit
and promise to assist him in devoting full time to scholarly pursuits. All
applicants for fellowships must t>e admitted to the Graduate School on a
full-time basis to be eligible Inquiries and requests for appropriate forms
should be directed to the Fellowships and Finance Office. Room 2126, South
Administration Building, University of Maryland. College Park, Maryland 20742.
The Maryland Faiiowahlp Program, established by the State Legislature and
administered by the Graduate School, provides a limited number of fellowships
to qualified applicants who are enrolled in doctoral programs and who agree to
teach in a public institution of higher learning in the State of Maryland for a
period of three years following receipt of their doctoral degree, if a suitable
position is offered. The stipend is $3,500 for the academic year, with remission
of tuition. Although renewable annually, these fellowships normally carry a
three year non-renewable tenure. Deadline for the application, which is
available from the Fellowship Office of the Graduate School is February 1 .
The Graduate School Fellowships are awarded annually on a competitive
basis. The stipend is $1,000 for the academic year, with remission of tuition.
The standard application for financial aid will serve as an application for this
fellowship program and must be submitted by February 1 directly to the
department in which you seek admission Awards are based upon the
nomination and recommendation of the department chairman.
Other Race Grants have been established to provide financial assistance to
qualified graduate students who meet the following criteria: 1. The applicant
must be a member of a minority race as defined by the racial composition of
the College Park Campus graduate student txjdy. 2. The applicant must be a
legal resident of Maryland. 3. The applicant must be admitted as a full-time
graduate student in a degree program. 4 The applicant must be a first-time
graduate student. 5. The applicant must be able to demonstrate financial need
and/or special merit as determined by the College Park Graduate School. The
Individual fellowship stipends vary, but tuition is also waived for up to 10 credits
per semester. Students may apply for reappointment on a yearly basisfor up to
three years. Additional details and application materials are available from the
Fellowships and Finance Office of the Graduate School The deadline for
applications is February 1 .
Merit Tuition Schoiarsiiips
First-time students who are residents of the state of Maryland and have an
undergraduate GPA of 3.60 or better from an accredited institution may
compete for a merit tuition scholarship. If you feel you qualify, please mark the
appropriate space on the departmentally administered financial aid form.
Assistantships
Offers of assistantships are made contingent upon the applicant's acceptance
as a graduate student by the Graduate School
Graduate Teaching Assistantships are available to qualified graduate
students in many departments and programs. In addition to remission of tuition,
these carry ten-month or twelve month stipends ranging from $4,900 to $7,200.
Applications for assistantships should be made directly to the department in
which the applicant will study.
Graduate Research Assistantships, with comparable stipends, are available
in some departments on a ten or twelve month basis. For information inquire in
the individual department or program.
Resident Graduate Assistantships, in limited numt>er, are also available. The
stipend begins at $4,900 per year, plus remission of tuition, in exchange for
part-time work in undergraduate residence halls as Residence Halls staff
members. These Resident Assistantships are open to both men and women
Applications for a Resident Graduate Assistantship should be made to the
oifice of Human Resources, Department of Resident Life, Cumberland Hall,
University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742.
Worl( Study Program
The University has in operation a College Work-Study Program, which offers
part-time opportunities for students who demonstrate sufficient financial need.
In some cases the Work-Study Program for graduate students provides
remission of tuition up to 10 credits per semester and may tie combined with a
portion of a graduate assistant line to provide partial tuition remission Every
effort is made to match the student's interests and career goals with suitable
assignments. Graduate students who are awarded work-study are usually given
positions in their programs, according to their experience and skill, assisting
with research projects or administrative duties. To apply, you must submit to
the Office of Student Financial Aid a completed financial aid application,
financial aid transcripts, if appropriate, and any other required documentation.
A Financial Aid Form, developed by the College Scholarship Service and
available at most colleges throughout the country or by request from the Office
of Student Financial Aid must also be submitted For priority consideration, all
materials must be received in the Office of Student Financial Aid by February
15.
Loans and Part-Time Employment
National Direct Student Loan Funds are available to graduate students of the
University of Maryland Applicants must be United States nationals (citizens
permanent resident status, or recognized refugees) Loans are approved based
upon financial need. Repayment begins six months after the borrower leaves
school, and no interest is charged until the beginning of the repayment
schedule Interest after that dale is charged at the rate of five percent per
annum. Repayment of the loan, including interest, is deferred during the time
the borrower may be in military service, the Peace Corps. VISTA, and ACTION,
up to a period of three years as well as during time of continued study on at
least a half-time basis. Applications should be directed to the Director. Office of
Student Financial Aid, North Administrative Building, University of Maryland,
College Park, Maryland 20742, by February 15 for the fall semester.
Guaranteed Student Loan programs which have been established for State of
Maryland residents through the Maryland Higher Education Loan Corporation,
permit students to borrow money from their hometown banks or other local
financial institutions. When the students adjusted gross income, or that of
his/her parents in the case of dependent students, exceeds $30,000, students
must submit a Financial Aid Form and other relevant documentation, to
determine need. Graduate students in good standing may borrow up to $5,000
per year, but state agencies and individual banks may set their own limits up to
this amount. A five percent origination fee will be deducted from the face value
of each student's loan. Notes may not bear more than nine percent simple
interest. Monthly repayments begin six months after graduation or withdrawal
from school The federal government will pay the interest for eligible students
while the student is in school. Further details regarding this program for
Maryland residents may be secured from the Office of Student Financial Aid.
For prospective non-Maryland borrowers unable to obtain information
concerning the particular loan programs of their states, the Office of Student
Financial Aid can provide necessary information.
AAUW Loan: The College Park Maryland Branch of American Association of
University Women has established a small AAUW loan fund for graduate
women students at the University of Maryland. The amount loaned will be
based on need and on the amount of funds available. Repayment of the loan
shall begin within one year of leaving the University, and the note will carry 4
per cent per annum simple interest to be charged on the unpaid balance,
beginning when the borrower leaves the University. For information and
application forms, please contact the Fellowship and Finance Office in the
Graduate School.
The Office of Student Financial Aid, located in the North Administration
Building, serves without charge as a clearinghouse for students seeking
part-time work and employers seeking help. Many jobs are available in the
residence halls, libraries, laboratories, and elsewhere on and off campus. All
full-time students seeking work are welcome to visit the office and consult
referral lists.
Additional information may be obtained from the Office of Student Financial
Aid, Student Employment Section, located in Room 2114, North Administration
Building Telephone: 454-4592.
Goiden Identification Card for Senior Citizens of
IMaryland
The purpose of this status is to make available without charge courses and
services of the University's campuses to citizens who are 60 years of age or
older, who are residents of the State of Maryland and who are retired (a retired
person will be considered one who affirms that he is not engaged in gainful
employment for more than 20 hours per week). People meeting these
requirements may apply for graduate admission, either as degree or nondegree
students, and must meet the same admissions criteria pertaining to either
category as do all applicants Once admitted and having been issued the
Golden Identification Card, such persons may register for courses in any
session, subject to the same restrictions as any other student, and use the
library and other campus facilities during the time they are enrolled in courses.
Tuition fees will be waived for holders of the Golden Identification Card.
Veterans Benefits
Recent federal legislation has had significant impact on the veteran-graduate
student. People who originally were entitled to 36 months of V.A. Educational
Benefits now have a total of 45 months of educational benefits. The new
complement of benefits can be used for graduate wori<.
See the Veterans Section of the current Schedule of Classes for other
current information.
Veterans Administration counselors work on campus full-time to assist
veterans, their dependents, and servicemen with all V.A. related questions and
problems. These representatives can offer you help in getting your monthly
educational assistance checks, as well as other less known but available
benefits Some of these are compensation for sen/ice connected disabilities,
guaranteed home loans, and vocational rehabilitation services for disabled
veterans.
Student Services 15
Related information, such as facts on individual stale txjnuses, removal of
derogatory SPN codes from your military discharge (DD214), and University of
Maryland Veterans Club activities, is also available
The counselors are available on a v»alk-in-basis during normal office hours
in Room 1130 North Administration Building. Telephone 454-5276.
Student Services
Housing
The Off-Campus Housing Office (Room 1295, Student Union, 454-3645), in
cooperation with many of the local landlords and apartment managers,
maintains an extensive and up-to-date list of vacancies under several headings
(Rooms. Unfurnished Apartments, Houses to Share, etc.). This office can also
provide students with convenient maps of the College Park area and with lists
of local motels, trailer and mobile home parks, real estate agents, and furniture
rental companies. In addition, the University has set aside a limnited number
of furnished rooms in the undergraduate residence halls for single graduate
students
Current rates for housing in the area are about $125-$175 per month for a
room in a private home. $250-$350 per month for an efficiency or one
bedroom apartment; $100-$175/month for a shared apartment, and
$450-$550/month for a two-bedroom house.
The University itself maintains two apartment complexes for married
graduate students and for a limited number of single graduate students Both
Lord Calvert Apartments and University Hills Apartmentt re within walking
distance of campus, which means that there is usually a waiting list, especially
during the period immediately preceding the fall semester Priority for housing
in these complexes is currently given to married full-time graduate assistants,
then married full-time graduate non-assistants.
Rent for a one-bedroom apartment is currently $189-$199/month. with
two-bedroom apartments costing about twenty-five dollars more; a limited
number of efficiencies are available to single students for a slightly lower
monthly rent Students must sign a one year lease and pay a security deposit
of $100 (payable when the applicant's name is added to the waiting list). There
is a nonrefundable application fee of $10 for adding a name to the waiting list.
After the initial lease expires, residence in the apartments is on a monthly
basis. Graduate students who maintain full-time status are permitted to live in
the apartments for a maximum of thirty-six months.
Information and applications for University-owned housing can be obtained
from the Rental Office, 3424 Tulane Drive. Hyattsville. Maryland 20783
(422-7445)
University Food Services
The University Food Service offers four dining contract options which are
available to graduate students The options and their costs on a semester basis
for 1981-1982 were any 19 meals per week for $544.00; any 15 meals per
week for $506 50; any 10 meals per week for $482 00; and any 5 meals per
week for $30000 University people can obtain guest meal tickets for
individual meals in contract dining halls for fairly reasonable prices (unlimited
quantities for $2,35 at breakfast, $3,00 at lunch, and $3,50 at dinner). More
information about contract dining can be obtained from the dining senices
office (454-2901 )
In addition to the sen/ices offered by the contract dining halls, graduate
students may wish to take advantage of the cash line services available at the
Hill Dining Hall or the various restaurants and snack bars at the Student Union
Hillel Kosher Dining Club, housed in Hillel House, 7612 Mowatt Lane,
College Park (422-6200), provides Kosher meals on either a regular or
occasional basis.
Career Development Center
The Career Development Center, located in Hornbake Library offers a wide
variety of services to graduate students. The goal of the Center is to assist
students in exploring career opportunities and planning their careers. Services
include career advising, the Career Library, the credentials service, and the
on-campus interview program
The career advising program includes both individual and group advising
sessions and workshops on jobseeking skills, resume preparation, and
interviewing skills. The Career Library contains occupational information,
full-time job listings, employer directories, and other reference sources.
Graduate students are eligible to participate in the on-campus inten/iew
program, which involves campus visits by representatives from business,
government, and education Students interested in employment in the fields of
education and library science will find the credentials sen/ice especially
valuable, orth
Certain services of the Center are also available to students' spouses
Counseling Center
The Counseling Center offers consultation on education/psychological
concerns; an open educational-vocational information library; recorded
interviews with department heads on the characteristics of graduate majors
offered on the campus; and a weekly Research and Data series of
presentations on current educational/psychological topics.
Available services include the following: the Counseling Service, which
offers initial consultation on any problems and provides further counseling
services or referral services to appropriate individuals or agencies in the area;
the Reading and Study Skills Laboratory, for those interested in improving any
of their educational skills including special assistance for students for whom
English is a second language; the Parent Consultation and Child Evaluation
Service, providing a variety of services to the parents of young children with
learning or behavior problems; and the Testing, Research and Data Processing
Division, which serves as the testing and census taking arm of the campus.
The Center provides consultation to a variety of groups and individuals
concerning organizational development and group productivity Other programs
include a series of self-understanding and development groups for interested
students and staff.
The Center provides a wide variety of research reports on characteristics of
students and campus environment.
National testing programs (GRE. Miller Analogies, etc.) are administered by
the Counseling Center as well as testing for counseling purposes. Office
location; Shoemaker Building. Telephone; Counseling Services 454-2931;
Reading and Study Skills Lab 454-2935.
Health Care
The University Health Center is located on Campus Drive directly across from
the Student Union Both graduate and undergraduate students are eligible for
health care at the Health Center. Services provided include both emergency
and routine medical care, mental health evaluation and treatment, fiealth
education, latraratory, x-ray. gynecological services, and upon referral from a
Health Center physician, dermatological services and orthopedic services.
Students requiring service should call the Health Center for an
appointment. Students who are injured or are too ill to wait for an appointment
will be seen on a walk-in basis. Emergencies always receive highest priority.
The Health Center is open 8:00 am -8:00 p.m. weekdays and 11:00
a.m.-3:00 p.m. on weekends with acute illnesses taking priority on evenings
and weekends. People with emergencies are seen 24 hours a day.
Upon payment of the health fee registration, a student becomes eligible for
routine medical care and professional services at the Health Center Charges
however, are made for certain latx)ratory tests, all x-rays, casts and allergy
injections. It should be noted that the mandatory health fee is not a form of
health insurance. For information and emergencies, call 454-3444;
Appointments, 454-4923; Mental Health, 454-4925; Women's Health,
454-4923; Health Education, 454-^922,
Health Insurance
Because the mandatory health fee is not a form of health insurance and many
students do not have adequate coverage, a voluntary group insurance policy is
available to students This policy provides benefits, at very reasonable rates,
for hospital, surgery, emergency, laboratory, and x-ray purposes; some
coverage for mental and nervous problems; and contains a major hospital
provision. Students may enroll at mid-year for a half-yearly rate, and they may
elect to have family coverage. Enrollment periods for the policy are August
15-October 1 and January 1 -March 1, For additional information and
application forms, see the brochure available in the Health Center or in the
Office of Student Affairs.
Publications of Interest to Graduate Students
In addition to the Catalog, the Graduate School prepares the following
publications:
Graduate Application Booklet: This booklet, which contains the application
forms and information you need to complete the forms, is available on request
from the Graduate School Mailing Office or from the individual departments.
Graduate Bulletin: The Bulletin is for prospective students and provides
information on campus and area libraries, research facilities, and cultural
opportunities; descriptions of individual programs; and a list of titles of courses
offered at UMCP. II also contains the application forms and instructions for
completing them.
Guide to Graduate Life. This handbook, designed to provide the new
graduate student with an introduction to the campus and the College Park
area, is available from the office of the Dean for Graduate Studies and
Research
Graduate Assistant Handbook. This handbook setss policies, procedures,
and services of interest to graduate assistants and is available from the
departmental graduate offices and the office of the Dean for Graduate Studies
and Research,
Graduate Student Acadetnic Handbook. This manual contains the
instructions for preparation of theses and dissertations and is available at a
nominal cost from the University t)Ook store.
16 Code of Student Conduct
Important Dates for Advisors and Students. This calendar card ol dates tor
submission of final documents Is available from ttie various departmental
graduate offices, as well as from the office of the Dean for Graduate Studies
and Research
Code of Student Conduct
A Code of Student Conduct was adopted by the Board of Regents on January
25. 1980. and Is applicable to both graduate and undergraduate students. The
Code Is reproduced In the Undergraduate Catalog and Is available In the Office
of the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research and In the Office of Judicial
Programs
Charges of academic dishonesty are handled by the Graduate School, and
procedural guidelines for dealing with these matters are available In the Dean's
office.
University Policy on Disclosure of
Student Records
(Buckley Amendment)
The University of Maryland adheres to a policy of compliance with the Family
Educational Rights and Privacy Act (Buckely Amendment). As such, It is the
policy of the University (1) to permit students to Inspect their education records,
(2) to limit disclosure to others of personally identifiable Information from
education records without students' prior written consent, and (3) to provide
students the opportunity to seek correction of their education records where
appropriate
I. Definitions
A. "Student" means an Individual who Is or who has been In attendance at
the University of Maryland. It does not include any applicant for
admission to the University who does not matriculate, even If he or she
previously attended the University. (Please note, however, that such an
applicant would be considered a "student" with respect to his or her
records relating to that previous attendance.)
B.
"Education records" Include those records which contain information
directly related to a student and which are maintained as official
working files by the University. The following are not educational
records;
(1) records about students made by professors and administrators for
their own use and not shown to others;
(2) campus police records maintained solely for law enforcement
purposes and kept separate from the education records described
above:
(3) employment records, except where a currently enrolled student is
employed as a result of his or her status as a student;
(4) records of a physician, psychologist, or other recognized
professional or paraprofessional made or used only for treatment
purposes and available only to persons providing treatment.
However, these records may be reviewed by an appropriate
professional of the student's choice;
(5) records which contain only Information relating to a person's
activities after that person Is no longer a student at the University.
II. It Is the policy of the University of Maryland to permit students to inspect
their educatloo ecords
A. Right of Access
Each student has a right of access to his or her education records,
except confidential letters of recommendation received prior to January
1, 1975, and financial records of the student's parents.
B. Waiver
A student may, by a signed writing, waive his or her rights of access to
confidential recommendations In three areas: admission to an
educational institution, job placement, and rrclpt of honors and
awards. The University will not require such waivers as a condition for
admission or receipt of any service or benefit normally provided to
students. If the student chooses to waive his or her right of access, he
or she will be notified, upon written request, of the names of all persons
making confidential recommendations Such recommendations will be
used only for the purpose lor which they were specifically Intended, A
waiver may be revoked in writing at any time, and the revocation will
apply to all subsequent recommendations, but not to recommendations
received while the waiver was In effect.
C. Types and Locations of Education Records, Titles of Records
Custodians
Please note that all requests for access to records should tie routed
through the Registrations Office (see II. D. below).
(1) Admissions
Applications and transcripts from institutions previously attended
a. Undergraduate — Director of Undergraduate Admissions, North
Administration
b. Graduate — Director of Graduate Records, South Administration
(2) Registrations
All on-going academic and biographical records. Graduate and
Undergraduate — Director of Registrations, North Administration
(3) Departments
Departmental offices: Chairman (Check first with the Director of
Registrations.) (Miscellaneous records kept vary with the
department.)
(4) Deans and Provosts
Deans and Provosts offices of each school Miscellaneous records,
(5) Resident Life
North Administration, Director of Resident Life Student's housing
records.
(6) Advisors
Pre-law Advisor: Undergraduate Library Pre-Dental Advisor: Turner
Laboratory Pre-Medical Advisor: Turner Laboratory Letters of
evaluation, personal Information sheet, transcript, test scores (If
student permits).
(7) Judicial Affairs
North Administration Building, Director of Judicial Affairs. Students'
judicial and disciplinary records.
(8) Counseling Center
Shoemaker Hall, Director.
Biographical data, summaries of conversations with student, test
results. (Where records are made and used only for treatment
purposes, they are not education records and are not subject to this
policy.)
(9) Financial Aid
a. Undergraduate — North Administration, Director of Financial Aid.
b. Graduate and Professional Schools — Located In Dean's Offices.
Financial aid applications, need analysis statements, awards made
(no student access to parents' confidential statements).
(10) Career Development Center
Terrapin Hall, Director, Recommendations, copies of academic
records, (unofficial) (note WAIVER section)
(11) Business Services
South Administration Building. Director, All student accounts
receivable, records of students' financial charges, and credits with
the University,
D, Procedure to l>e Followed
Requests for access should be made In writing to the Office of
Registrations, The University will comply with a request for access
within a reasonable time, at least within 45 days In the usual case,
arrangements will be made for the student to read his or her records in
the presence of a staff member If facilities permit, a student may
ordinarily obtain copies of his or her records by paying reproduction
costs. The fee for coplesi $.25 per page. No campus will provide
copies of any transcripts In the student's records other than the
student's current University transcript from that campus. Official
University transcripts (with University seal) will be provided at a higher
charge.
. It Is the policy of the University of Maryland to limit disclosure of personally
identifiable information from education records unless it has the student's
prior written consent, subject to the following limitations and exclusions
A. Directory Information
(1)The following categories of information have been designated
directory information:
Name
Address
Telephone listing
Date and place of birth
Photograph
Major field of study
Participation In officially recognized activities and sports
Weight and height of members ol athletic teams
Dates of attendance
Degrees and awards received
Most recent previous educational Institution attended
(2) This information will be disclosed even in the absence of consent
unless the student files written notice informing the University not to
disclose any or all of the categories within three weeks of the first
day of the semester in which the student begins each school year
This notice must be filed annually within the above alloted time to
avoid automatic disclosure of directory information The notice
should be filed with the campus registrations office See II C
(2) The University will give annual public notice to students of the
categories of Information designated as directory information
(4) Directory Information may appear in public documents and
othenvise be disclosed without student consent unless the student
objects as provided above
B Prior Consent not Required
Prior consent will not be required for disclosure of education records to
the following parties:
(1) School officials of the University of Maryland who have been
determined to have legitimate educational interests.
a, "School officials" Include instructional or administrative
personnel who are or may tie in a position to use the
information In furtherance of a legitimate objective:
Admission to Graduate School 17
b. "legitimate educational interests" include those interests directly
related to the academic environment;
(2) Officials of other schools in which a student seeks or intends to
enroll or is enrolled. Upon request, and at his or her expense, the
student will be provided with a copy of the records which have been
transferred;
(3) Authorized representatives of the Comptroller General of the U.S.,
the Secretary of HEW, the Commissioner of the Office of Education,
the Director of the National Institute of Education, the Administrator
of the Veterans' Administration, the Assistant Secretary of HEW for
Education, and State educational authorities, but only in connection
with the audit or evaluation of federally supported education
programs, or in connection with the enforcement of or compliance
with federal legal requirements relating to these programs. Subject
to controlling Federal law or prior consent, these officials will protect
information received so as not to permit personal identification of
students to outsiders;
(4) Authorized persons and organizations which are given work in
connection with a student's application for, or receipt of, financial
aid, but only to the extent necessary for such purposes as
determining eligibility, amount, conditions and enforcement of terms
and conditions;
(5) State and local officials to which such information is specifically
required to be reported by effective state law adopted prior to
November 19, 1974;
(6) Organizations conducting educational studies for the purposes of
developing, validating, or administering predictive tests,
administering student aid programs, and improving instruction. The
studies shall be conducted so as not to permit personal
identification of students to outsiders, and the information will be
destroyed when no longer needed for these purposes;
(7) Accrediting organizations for purposes necessary to carry out their
functions;
(8) Parents of a student who is a dependent for income tax purposes.
(Note: The University may require documentation of dependent
status such as copies of income tax forms.)
(9) Appropriate parties in connection with an emergency, where
knowledge of the information is necessary to protect the health or
safety of the student or other individuals;
(10) In response to a court order or subpoena. The University will make
reasonable efforts to notify the student before complying with the
court order
C Prior Consent Required
In all other cases, the University will not release personally identifiable
information in education records or allow access to those records
without prior consent of the student. Unless disclosure is to the student
himself or herself, the consent must be written, signed, and dated, and
must specify the records to be disclosed, the identity of the recipient,
and the purpose of disclosure A copy of the records disclosed will be
provided to the student upon request and at his or her expense.
D. Record of Disclosures
The University will maintain with the student's education records a
record for each request and each disclosure, except for the following:
(1) disclosures to the student himself or herself;!
(2) disclosures pursuant to the written consent of the student (the
written consent itself will suffice as a record);
(3) disclosures to instructional or administrative officials of the
University;
(4) disclosures of directory information.
This record of disclosures may be inspected by the student, the
official custodian of the records, and other University and
governmental officials.
IV. II is the policy of the University of Maryland to provide students the
opportunity to seek correction of their education records.
A. Request to Correct Records
A student who believes that information contained in his or her
education records is inaccurate, misleading, or violative of privacy or
other rights may submit a written request to the Office of Registrations
specifying the document(s) being challenged and the basis for the
complaint. The request will be sent to the person responsible for any
amendments to the record in question. Within a reasonable period of
time of receipt of the request, the University will decide whether to
amend the records in accordance with the request. If the decision is to
refuse to amend, the student will be so notified and will be advised of
the right to a hearing. He or she may then exercise that right by written
request to the Office of the Chancellor.
B Right to a Hearing
Upon request by a student, the University will provide an opportunity for
a hearing to challenge the content of the student's records. A request
for a hearing should be in writing and submitted to the Office of
Registrations Within a reasonable time of receipt of the request, the
student will be notified in writing of the date, place, and time reasonably
in advance of the hearing.
(1) Conduct o4 the hearing
The hearing will be conducted by a University official who does not
have a direct interest in the outcome The student will have a lull
and fair opportunity to present evidence relevant to the issues
raised and may be assisted or represented by individuals of his or
her choice at his or her expense, including an attorney.
(2) Decision
Within a reasonable period of time after the conclusion of the
hearing, the University will notify the student in writing of its
decision. The decision will be based solely upon evidence
presented at the heanng and will include a summary of the
evidence and the reasons tor the decision. If the University decides
that the information is inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in
violation of the privacy or other rights of students, the University will
amend the records accordingly.
C. Right to Place an Explanation in the Records
If, as a result of the hearing, the University decides that the inforation is
not inaccurate, misleading, or othenwise in violation of the student's
rights, the University will inform the student of the right to place in his or
her record a statement commenting on the information and/or
explaining any reasons for disagreeing with the University's decision.
Any such explanation will be kept as part of the student's record as
long as the contested portion of the record is kept and will be disclosed
whenever the contested portion of the record is disclosed.
V Right to File Complaint
A student alleging University noncompliance with the Family Educational
Rights and Privacy Act may file a written complaint with the Family
Educational Rights and Privacy Act Office (FERPA), Department of HEW,
330 Independence Avenue, S.W., Washington, DC. 20201.
Admission to Graduate School
Graduate Programs
Programs Degrees Offered
Aerospace Engineering M.S.', Ph.D.
Agricultural and Extension Education^ M.S.", A.G.S , PhD
Agricultural and Resource Economics' M.S.', Ph.D.
Agricultual Engineering M.S.', Ph.D.
Agronomy M.S.', Ph.D.
American Studies^ MA.*, Ph.D.
Animal Sciences^ M.S.", Ph.D.
Applied Mathematics MA.', Ph.D.
Architecture* M.Arch.
Art M.A.', M.F.A., Ph.D.
Astronomy* M.S.*, Ph.D.
Biochemistry M.S.', Ph.D.
Botany^ M.S., Ph.D.
Business and Management'' M.S., MBA, DBA
Chemical Engineering M.S.'Ph.D.
Chemical Physics M.S. .'Ph.D.
Chemistry M.S.*, Ph.D.
Civil Engineering M.S., "Ph.D.
Communication Arts and Theatre' M.A.'
Comparative Literature MA.*, Ph.D.
Computer Science* M.S.*, Ph.D.
Counseling and Personnel Services'' M.Ed., M.A., A.G.S., Ph.D.
Criminal Justice and Criminology' M.A.*, Ph.D.
Early Childhood-Elementary Education^ M.Ed.. M.A. A.G.S., Ed.D., Ph.D.
Economics' M.A.*, Ph.D.
Education Policy, Planning and Administration* . M. Ed. ,M,A.,A.G,S., Ed.D, Ph.D.
Electrical Engineering M.S.*, Ph.D.
Engineering Materials M.S.*, Ph.D.
English Language and Literature M.A.*, Ph.D.
Entomology^ M.S.", Ph.D.
Family and Community Development' M.S.*
Food. Nutrition and Institution Administration' M.S.*
Food Science' M.S.*, Ph.D.
French Language and Literature* M.A.*, Ph.D.
Geography' M.A.*, Ph.D.
Geology M.S., Ph.D.
Germanic Language and Literature M.A.', Ph.D.
Government and Politics' M.A.*, Ph.D.
Health Education' M.A *, Ph.D.
Hearing and Speech Sciences' M.A.', Ph.D.
History'' M.A., 'Ph.D.
Horticulture' M.S.*, Ph.D.
Human Development Education* M.Ed., M.A., AGS., Ed.D., Ph.D.
Industrial Education^ M.Ed., M.A.*, A.G.S., Ed.D., Ph.D.
Journalism' M.A.*
Library and Information Services" M.L.S., Ph.D.
Marine-Estuarine-Environmenlal Science' M.S., Ph.D.
Mathematical Statistics M.A.*, Ph.D.
Mathematics M.A.*, Ph.D.
Measurement and Statistics' M.Ed., M.A.*, A.G.S., ,Ed.D., Ph.D.
Mechanical Engineering M.S.*, Ph.D.
Meteorology MS*, Ph.D.
18 Admission to Graduate School
Microbiology* M.S., Ph.D.
Music* M.M., DMA., Ph.D.
Nuclear Engineering MS*. Ph.D.
Nutritional Sciences MS', PhD
Philosophy^ M.A.', Ph.D.
Physical Education^ MA.*, Ph D
Physics" M.S.*, Ph.D.
Policy Studies^ Ph.D.
Poultry Science M.S., Ph.D.
Psychology* M.A., M.S., Ph D
Public Communication' Ph.D.
Public Management' M.P.M.
Recreation' M.A., Ed.D., Ph.D.
Secondary Education^ M.Ed., M.A.*. A.G.S., Ed.D.. Ph.D.
Sociology' M.A., Ph.D.
Spanish Language and Literature MA.*, PhD
Special Education^ M.Ed., M.A., A.G.S., Ed.D., Ph.D.
Textiles and Consumer Economics' M.S.*, Ph.D.
Urban Studies* M.A.'
Zoology M.S.*, Ph.D.
^GMAT (Graduate Management & Admissions Test).
^Miller Analogies Test required lor admission
'Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test required.
"Graduate Record Examination Advanced Test required,
*Both Aptitude and Advanced Graduate Record Examinations required.
^Either the GRE Aptitude or ttie Miller Analogies Test is required.
^History and Library and Information Services otter a directed course of study leading to tratti
the M.A. and M.L.S. degrees,
*Trie College of Business and Management offers a joint program witti the Law School ol the
University of Maryland at Baltimore leading to both the M.B A. and J.D. degrees.
*Non-thesis option available for M.A. or M.S
For further details on entrance examinations see Admission to Graduate
School below
Administrative Offices
The administrative offices of the Graduate School are located on the second
floor of the South Administration Building, and the Dean, Associate Deans, and
Assistant Dean for Graduate Studies and Research may be found in Suite
2133. Other offices to which students may go for administrative assistance are
listed below:
Office of the Director of Graduate Admissions and Records: Room 2t25,
South Administration Building. The Director of Admissions and Records of the
Graduate School is the person in charge of graduate admissions and records
of degree progress for all prospective and admitted students.
Office of Graduate Admissions: Room 2107, South Administration Building.
This office receives and maintains all files of students applying for admission
and answers all inquiries regarding the admission process.
Office of Graduate Records: Room 2117, South Administration Building. This
office maintains all files for graduate students after they have been admitted
and provides information on registration procedures. Students may obtain the
"Continuous Registration Form" and the "Intercampus Enrollment Form" here,
and petitions and information on in-state classification for tuition and
charge-differential purposes are handled by this office.
Feilowship information Office: Room 2125c, South Administration Building.
The Fellowship Information Office serves as a clearinghouse for information on
available fellowships which are sponsored by the Graduate School, national
fellowships and various other national financial opportunities for graduates and
post-graduates.
Office of the Assistant to the Dean: Room 2114, South Administration
Building, The Assistant to the Dean is generally responsible for assuring that
the academic programs and accomplishments of graduate students fulfill the
requirements for degrees established by the Graduate Council, The following
forms are received and processed by this office: 1 , "Doctoral Candidacy
Forms"; 2, "Request for Appointment of Doctoral Examining Committee": 3,
"Master's Approved Program Form": 4. "Certification of Completion of
Non-thesis Master's Option"; 5, "Certification of Completion of the Master's
Thesis." It is to this office that copies of the thesis and dissertation must be
submitted, and it is the Assistant to the Dean who prepares official
commencement lists In addition, students submit to this office registration
forms for foreign language examinations and requests for approval of transfer
of credit for the Masters' programs.
General
Responsibility for admitting applicants to graduate programs rests with the
Dean and her staff, who regularly seek the advice of the chairmen and
graduate admission committees of the academic programs in making their
decisions. In the case of foreign student applicants, the University's Director of
International Education Services is also consulted. Standards applied by the
Graduate School and individual programs are to insure that students admitted
have high qualifications and a reasonable expectation of successfully
completing a graduate program. Standards for admission to doctoral programs
are frequently higher than those for admission to master's programs. In many
degree programs applications by qualified students for admission to graduate
study regularly exceed the number of students who can be accommodated. In
order to maintain programs of outstanding quality, the number of spaces in
each program is limited according to the availability of faculty, special
resources, and funds for students requiring financial assistance. The Graduate
School admits the most highly qualified applicants up to the limit of the number
of spaces in each program.
Criteria for Admission
The decision to admit an applicant to a program is based primarily on results
from a combination of the following criteria according to requirements of the
specific program or department.
Quaiity of previous undergraduate and graduate work. The Graduate
School requires as a minimum standard a B average or 3 0 on a 4.0 scale,
in a program of study resulting in the award of a baccalaureate degree
from a regionally accredited college or university. In addition, the student's
undergraduate program should include completion of the prerequisites for
graduate study in his chosen field. In individual programs, where resources
are available, a few applicants who do not meet this minimum standard for
undergraduate work may be provisionally admitted if there is compelling
evidence on the basis of other criteria of a reasonable likelihood of success
in the program the person desires to enter. If an applicant has studied at
the graduate level elsewhere less weight may be, but is not necessarily,
placed on the quality of the undergraduate academic record. Some
programs may require a higher minimum grade average for admission.
2 Strength of fetters of recommendation from persons competent to
judge the applicant's probabie success in graduate school. Usually
these letters are from the applicant's former professors who are able to
give an in-depth evaluation of the applicant's strengths and weaknesses
with respect to academic work. Additional recommendations may come
from employers or supervisors who are familiar with the applicant's work
experience. Applicants should instruct their references to send all letters of
recommendation directly to the program in which they desire entrance.
Some departments do not require letters of recommendation. (See
application form.)
3.Scores on a nationally standardized examination. Because the predictive
utility of these scores may vary from one group of applicants to another, a
discriminating use of all relevant materials will be made in each applicant's
case. The three most widely used standardized examinations are the
Graduate Record Examinations. Graduate Management Admissions Test,
and the Miller Analogies Test.
Although many graduate programs do not require the GRE, almost ali
will use such test scores as an additional measure of an applicant's
qualifications. The GRE may be taken in either or both of two forms:
The Aptitude Test and The Advanced Test Applicants can take this test
in their senior year or when filing for admission. For details, applicants
should write directly to Graduate Record Examinations, Educational
Testing Service, Box 955, Princeton, New Jersey 08540.
GRADUATE MANAGEMENT ADMISSIONS TEST (GMAT): Details
about this test, required when applying to a program in Business and
Management, can be obtained by writing to the Educational Testing
Service, Box 966, Princeton, N J , 08540
THE MILLER ANALOGIES TEST (MAT): Details about the graduate
form of this test can be obtained by writing to the Director, Counseling
Center, University of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742.
For information on the programs requiring one of these tests, please see
the List of Graduate Programs in this catalog and the instructions
accompanying application forms.
4 Statement by the applicant of his academic career objectives and their
relation to the program of study he wishes to pursue. These
statements help the department or program identify students whose
objectives are consonant with the objectives of the program.
5 Other evidence of graduate potential. Some programs require other
evidence of graduate potential, such as a portfolio of creative work,
completion of specialized examinations, or personal interviews.
In addition to the above criteria, special consideration will be given to:
1 . Residence of the applicant. While the University desires to maintain a
geographically diverse graduate student population, it also recognizes its
responsibility to legal residents of the state. Every effort will be made to
accommodate qualified Maryland residents.
2. Sex and minority group membership. The University of Maryland, its
Graduate School and each of its academic components have strong
affirmative action programs tor increasing the participation of minority
groups and women among its students, staff and faculty.
Categories of Admission to Degree Programs
Full Graduate Status
For admission in this category an applicant must have received a
baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution and be otherwise
fully qualified in every respect.
Admission to Graduate School 19
Provisional Graduate Status
This designation may be used when 1) the quality of the previous academic
record at a regionally accredited institution is lower than established standards
or when there is a lack of adequate prerequisite course work in the chosen
field; 2) when the applicant has majored in another area with a creditable
record but there is some doubt about his ability to pursue the program of study
in question; 3) when the applicant is engaged in graduate study at another
institution but is not able to furnish a transcript indicating completion of course
work or degree requirements; or 4) when the applicant has completed the
baccalaureate but has not yet submitted official verification of the last
semester's work and receipt of the degree. No student will be allowed to enroll
who has not completed the baccalaureate degree Final official transcripts
indicating receipt of the degree must be submitted before the end of the first
semester.
A program to correct any deficiencies in preparation will be outlined by the
faculty, and the student is expected to become fully qualified within a specified
time limit. When all conditions have been met. the department may recommend
admission of the student to full status. Students who are unable to qualify for
full admission under the conditions specified may have their admission
terminated
Non-degree Admission Categories
Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate Status
The Advanced Graduate Specialist program is designed to promote a high
level of professional competence in an area of specialization in the field of
education. The candidate must be able to show that he or she can operate as
an effective counselor, administrator, teacher or skilled person in a major field
of professional endeavor. The Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate is
offered through most of the programs in the College of Education and the
Agricultural and Extension Education program in the College of Agriculture The
Certificate is awarded by the College of Education or by the College of
Agriculture Requirements are as follows:
1 Applicants must meet the same general criteria for admission as are
prescribed for degree seekers. Additionally, the applicant must have
completed a master's degree or the equivalent in credits earned either at
the University of Maryland or at another regionally accredited institution.
The Miller Analogies Test scores are required at the time of application
2. Coursework totaling not more than 30 credits with grades of at least a "B"
from an accredited institution may be transferred to the program at the
University of Maryland
3. The program must be developed in cooperation with an advisor and filed
with the Graduate Studies office in the College of Education
4. The Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate program requires a minimum
of 60 semester hours of credit with not less than 30 semester hours of
credit completed with the University of Maryland At least one half of the
credits earned either at other institutions or at the University of Maryland
must be in courses comparable to those in the 600-800 series. The student
may be required to take a substantial portion of the program in
departments other than those in the College of Education or the College of
Agriculture. Registration in certain kinds of field study, field experience,
apprenticeship or internship may also be required.
5. There will be a written examination of not less than six hours. A "B"
average with no "D" or "F" grades will be required before the certificate can
be awarded
For additional details see "Statement of Policies and Procedures; Advanced
Graduate Specialist Program in Education," issued by the College of Education
Advanced Special Student Status
The Advanced Special Student Status is designed to provide an opportunity to
individuals who do not have an immediate degree objective in mind to take
graduate level courses. Although the primary mission of the Graduate School is
to conduct programs of graduate instnjction leading to advanced degrees, the
Graduate Faculty welcomes, to the extent that resources allow, qualified
students who have no degree objectives
Applicants for admission to Advanced Special Student Status must satisfy
at least one of the following criteria:
t Hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited Institution
with an overall "B" (3.0) average. Applicants must submit official
transcripts covering all credits used in satisfying the baccalaureate degree
requirements.
2 Hold a master's or doctoral degree from a regionally accredited
Institution. Applicants must submit an official transcript showing the award
of a masters or doctoral degree
3 Hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited Institution
and have at least four years of successful post-baccalaureate work or
professional experience. Applicants must submit an official transcript
showing the award of the baccalaureate degree and a signed statement
summarizing successful post-baccalaureate work or professional
experience Letters from employers or professional organizations to support
the statement of successful professional experiences are also required.
4 Achieve a score that places the applicant In the upper 50 percentile of
appropriate national standardized aptitude examinations such as the
Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test, the Miller's Analogies
Test, the Graduate Management Admissions Test. Where different
percentiles are possible, the Graduate School will determine which score is
acceptable
Admission to Advanced Special Student status will continue for five years. If
there is no registration in three consecutive academic year semesters, the
admitted status will lapse, after which a new application will be required.
Advanced Special Students must maintain a 2.75 grade point average
Advanced Special Students must pay all standard graduate fees. Students
in this status are not eligible to hold appointments as Graduate Teaching or
Research Assistants or Fellows. All other services, e.g., parking, library
privileges, etc , are the same as those accorded to other graduate students
Admission to Advanced Special Student status is not intended to be used
as a preparatory program for later admission to a doctoral or master's program
nor to the Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate program Credits earned
while in this status may be applicable to a degree or certificate program at a
later time only with the approval of the faculty in the desired program, if the
student is subsequently accepted for degree or certificate study. For
consideration of admission to a degree program at a later time, the student
must submit an application in the standard formal, with a new application fee,
to the Graduate School.
Visiting Graduate Student Status Graduate Student, Visiting
A graduate student matriculated in another graduate school, who wishes to
enroll in the Graduate School of the University of Maryland at College Park and
who intends thereafter to return to the graduate school in which he is
matriculated, may be admitted as a Visiting Graduate Student.
Criteria for enrollment as a visitor are admission to and good standing in
another recognized graduate school The applicant need not submit full
transcripts of credits, but he must apply for admission to the UMCP Graduate
School and pay the application fee. In lieu of transcripts, a student may have
his own graduate dean certify, in writing, to the Graduate School that he is in
good standing and that the credits will be accepted toward his graduate
degree. Unless otherwise specified, admission will be offered for one year only.
Non-degree Student Status-Undergraduate
This is an undergraduate classification and may be assigned by the Director of
Admissions (undergraduate division) to those applicants who have received the
baccalaureate or an advanced degree from a regionally accredited institution
but who do not desire or who do not qualify for graduate admission.
Non-degree seeking students who do not have a baccalaureate degree or an
R.N. must submit transcripts and meet regular admission standards.
Transcripts are not required from students with baccalaureate degrees or an
R.N
Application for Non-degree Student Status — Undergraduate must be made
directly to the Office of Admissions, not to the Graduate School.
Students often need permission from the deans of the various schools and
colleges of the university to enroll as a Non-degree Student Non-degree
Students may enroll for courses through the 500 numbered series for which
they possess the necessary prerequisites Courses numbered 600 or above
are intended for admitted graduate students only.
The student is warned that no credit earned while in a Non-degree
Student Status— Undergraduate may be applied at a later date to a degree
program.
Offer of Admission
A written offer of admission is made to all accepted applicants and specifies
the date of entrance, which will normally coincide with the date requested in the
application. The student must accept or decline the offer of admission by the
date indicated in the offer. An individual whose offer of admission has lapsed
must submit a new application and fee. if he wants to be reconsidered for
admission at a later date
The offer of admission is also a permit-to-register for courses and must be
presented by the student at the time of his first registration. Identification as a
graduate student, to be used thereafter, will be issued at the time of first
registration.
Admission Time Limits
For master's degree candidates. Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate
seekers, and Advanced Special Students, admission terminates five years from
(he entrance date Visiting Graduate Students and NSF Institute students are
admitted for specified periods
A doctoral student must be admitted to candidacy w/fh/n five years after
entrance and must complete all remaining requirements witf)in four years after
admission to candidacy. Admission to the doctoral program terminates if these
conditions are not met
Change of Objective, Status, Termination of
Admission
students are admitted only to a specified program and within that program only
for the specified objective: eg, master's degree, doctoral degree, or Advanced
Graduate Specialist Certificate. If the student wishes to change either the
program or his status (for example, from Advanced Special Student to degree
status), he must submit a new application and fee for admission. Admission in
the new status is not granted automatically.
20 Registration and Credits
The student's admission also terminates when the original objective has
been attained; for example, the admission terminates when a student who is
admitted for the masters degree completes the requirements for that degree If
the student wishes to continue for the doctorate, a new application for
admission to the doctoral program must be submitted; requests for admission
to the doctoral program are subject to the same review process applied to
others seeking admission to that program
A student can be admitted to only one graduate program at any one time.
Application for and acceptance of an offer of admission in a second graduate
program automatically terminates the student's admission to the first program
Students must maintain an average grade of B or better in all graduate
courses taken and must otherwise satisfy all additional departmental and
Graduate School program requirements The admission of all students, tx)th
degree and non-degree, is continued at the discretion of the major professor,
the department or program director, and the Dean for Graduate Studies and
Research.
Admission of Faculty
No member of the faculty employed by the University of Maryland having the
rank of Assistant Professor or above is permitted to take work leading to an
advanced degree at this institution
Application Instructions
To apply you must send both the completed application and complete, official
transcripts covering all credits earned at any institution, in duplicate, to the
Office of the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research, University of Maryland,
College Park, Maryland 20742.
Students should pay special attention to the deadlines listed in each
spplication booklet In general it is to the student's advantage to apply well
before the published deadline, particularly if the applicant wishes to be
considered for fellowships, assistantships, or other forms of financial aid. The
Graduate School recommends that students time their applications, transcripts,
and letters of recommendation to arrive before February 1 .
If possible, the application should arrive before the arrival of transcripts and
other supporting evidence of preparation, if these materials cannot be attached
to the application
Applicants are solely responsible for making certain that their
transcripts have, In fact, been received by the Graduate School and not
by the Registrar's Office or the graduate program desired, since no
follow-up action can be taken by the Graduate School.
Students who apply in their senior year in college must have a transcript
sent to the Graduate School of all coursework completed up to the time of
application. In addition, senior year first semester grade reports should be
forwarded, if they are not on the current transcript, since no final decision will
be possible without such grades. Seniors should also submit with the
application a list of the courses in which they are currently enrolled.
An official transcript is defined as a record which bears the signature of the
registrar and the seal of the institution.
A complete and separate application and fee must be submitted for each
program in which entrance is sought. A new application is also required if there
is a change in the objective or program
A fee of $15.00 must accompany the application for admission. This fee is
not refundable under any circumstances Payment must be made by check or
money order payable to the University of Maryland. Do not send stamps or
cash.
Students applying for entrance in either of the two summer sessions are
urged to check the Summer Sessions Bulletin to determine if the courses they
wish to take will be offered in a particular session. To obtain this publication,
write to Summer Sessions Office, University of Maryland, College Park,
Maryland 20742.
Foreign Student Application
No foreign student seeking admission to the University of Maryland should plan
to leave his country before receiving an official offer of admission from the
Director of Graduate Records of the Graduate School.
Academic Credentials
The complete application and official academic credentials — beginning with
secondary school records — should be received by the Graduate Admissions
Office by February 1 for the Fall Semester and by June 1 for the Spring
Semester. Space available for foreign students may have been filled prior to
this deadline, and all qualified students may not be accepted
English Proficiency English Proficiency Test
In addition to meeting academic requirements, the foreign student applicant
must demonstrate proficiency in English by taking the Test of English as a
Foreign language (TOEFL) Because TOEFL is given only six limes a year
throughout various parts of the world, as soon as a student contemplates study
at the University of Maryland, he should make arrangements to take the test.
For test information, write to TOEFL Director, Educational Testing Service, Box
899, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. When the applicant is ready to begin his
studies, he will be expected to read, speak, and write English fluently, to
understand lectures and to take pertinent notes.
Financial Resources
A statement regarding the applicant's financial support is required by the Office
of International Education Services. The Office must be assured that an
applicant has sufficient financial resources to meet educational and living
expenses of approximately $7,400 per year for the entire period of study at the
University of Maryland
Immigration Documents
It is necessary for students eligible for admission to secure from the university s
Director of International Education Services the immigration form required tor
obtaining the appropriate visa. Students already studying in the United States
who wish to transfer to the University of Maryland must also secure proper
immigration documents to request the Immigration and Naturalization Service to
grant permission for transfer
Reporting Upon Arrival
Every foreign student is expected to report to the Office of International
Education Services. North Administration Building, as soon as possible after he
arrives at the University. This Office will be able to assist not only with various
problems regarding immigration, housing, and fees, but also with problems
relating generally to orientation to university and community life.
Questions concerning criteria and requirements for foreign applicants
should be addressed to the Director, International Education Services,
University of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742
Records Maintenance and Disposition
All records, including academic records from other institutions, become part of
the official file and can neither be returned nor duplicated for any purpose. A
student should obtain an additional copy of his official credentials to keep in his
possession for advisory purposes and for other personal requirements
The admission credentials and the application data of applicants who do
not register for courses at the lime for which they have been admitted or
whose applications have been disapproved or who do not respond to the
departmental requests for additional information or whose applications are not
complete with respect to the receipt of all transcripts or test results are retained
for 18 months only and then destroyed.
Registration and Credits
Schedule of Classes
Graduate students are expected to be thoroughly familiar with the 'Schedule of
Classes," a publication issued prior to the beginning of each semester,
available in the libraries, the North Administration Building, and the Student
Union. The summer session publication, with information on both summer
sessions, is available in the Turner Laboratory Summer School Offices. The
"Schedule of Classes" lists rules and regulations governing all aspects of
registration including deadlines; procedures for dropping or adding a course or
making other changes in registration; procedures for the payment of tuition and
fees; information about the times and places classes will be offered; and the
names of the professors or instructors who will be teaching a particular course
or section. It also contains the names, telephone numbers, and office locations
of persons who can supply additional information.
Academic Calendar
The Academic Calendar is printed in the 'Schedule of Classes" for each
semester. The Graduate School has an "Important Dates" card for graduate
students, which lists deadlines for submitting requirements for degrees in a
particular academic year.
Developing a Program
The student is responsible for ascertaining and complying with the rules
and procedures of the Graduate School and all applicable department or
graduate program requirements which govern the Individual program of
study.
Registration for the newly admitted graduate student seeking a degree or
certificate begins with a visit to the student's academic advisor in the graduate
program or department to which the student has been admitted There the
student will obtain information about specific degree or certificate requirements,
which supplement those of the Graduate School.
The student will consult the "Schedule of Classes" and will develop, in
consultation with a graduate faculty advisor, an individual program of study and
research
Students admitted to Advanced Special Student Status may seek advice
from the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research and his staff or from
appropriate faculty members
While most questions normally raised by graduate students, and most
problems they meet, will be answered or resolved by the faculty advisor or a
departmental committee, the students should remember that the staff of the
Graduate School is specifically charged with the responsibility for assisting
graduate students who need additional information, guidance, or assistance.
Further, the Dean for Graduate Students is the individual to whom requests or
Registration and Credits 21
petitions for exceptions or waivers of regulations or graduate degree
requirements should be addressed and to whom appeals from decisions of
departmental or program faculty or administrators should be directed.
Course Numbering System
Courses are designated as follows:
000-099 — Non-credit courses
100-199— Primarily freshman courses.
200-299 — Primarily sophomore courses.
300-399 — Junior and senior courses not acceptable for credit toward graduate
degrees.
400-499 — Junior and senior courses acceptable for credit toward some
graduate degrees
500-599 — Professional school courses (Dentistry, Law, Medicine) and
post-baccalaureate courses not for graduate degree credit.
600-898 — Courses restricted to graduate students.
799 — Master's thesis credit.
899 — Doctoral dissertation credit.
The first character of the numeric position determines the level of the
course and the last two digits are used for course identification Courses
ending with an 8 or 9 are courses that are repeatable for credit. All
non-repeatable courses must end in 0 through 7
Graduate credit will not be given unless the student has been
admitted to the Graduate School.
Designation of Full and Part-time Graduate Students
In order to accurately reflect the involvement of graduate students in their
programs of study and research and the use of University resources in those
programs, the Graduate Council uses the graduate unit In making calculations
to determine full or part-time student status in the administration of the
minimum registration requirements described tjelow and in responding to
student requests for certification of full-time student status The number of
graduate units per semester credit hour is calculated in the following manner:
Courses in the series: 000-399 carry 2 units/credit hour
Courses in the series: 400-499 carry 4 units/credit hour.
Courses in the series: 500-599 carry 5 units/credit hour
Courses in the series: 600-898 canv 6 units/credit hour.
Research course: 799 carries 12 units/credit hour.
Research course: 899 can-ies 18 units/credit hour.
To be certified as a full-time student a graduate student must be officially
registered for a combination of courses equivalent to 48 units per semester. A
graduate assistant holding a regular appointment is a full-time student, if he is
registered for at least 24 units in addition to the assistantship.
Grades for Graduate Students
A minimum grade point average of 3.0 on all graduate-level courses taken
Is required for graduation with a graduate degree.
Grading Systems
The conventional A through F grading system is used in graduate level
courses
A "Satisfactory or Failure" (S-F) grading system may be used, at the
discretion of the department or program, for certain types of graduate study.
These include courses which require independent field work, special projects,
or independent study Departmental seminars, workshops, and departmental
courses in instructional methods may also be appropriate for the S-F grading
system.
The "Pass-Fail" grading system is a grading option for undergraduates
However, in certain cases, a Department or Program may give permission for a
graduate student to use the Pass-Fail option for any 100-300 level courses
that student takes Graduate credit may not be earned for these courses
Thesis and dissertation research, and courses labelled "independent Study"
or "Special Problems," may use either the A-F or the S-F grading system
Only one grading system will be used for a single course in a particular
semester The grading system will be designated by the department or
program offering the course
Computation of Grade Point Average
The A is calculated at 4 quality points, B at 3 quality points and C at 2 quality
points The grades of D, F, and I receive no quality points After a student is
matriculated as a graduate student, all courses he takes numbered 400 and
above, except 500-level courses, those numbered 799 or 899, and those
graded with an S, will be used in the calculation of the grade point average. A
student may repeat any course in an effort to earn a better grade The later
grade, whether higher or lower, will be used in computing the grade point
average. Grades for graduate students remain as part of the student's
permanent record and may be changed only by the original instructor on
certification, approved by the department chairman and the Dean for Graduate
Studies and Research, that an actual mistake was made in determining or
recording the grade
No course taken after August 23, 1974, will be considered "not applicable"
for the purpose of computing the grade point average of a graduate student.
No graduate credit transferred from another institution will be included in the
calculation of the grade point average.
IMInimum Registration Requirements
All graduate students making any demand upon the academic or support
services of the university, whether taking courses, using university libraries,
laboratories, computer facilities, office space, housing, or consulting with faculty
advisors, taking comprehensive or final oral examinations, must register for the
number of graduate units which will, in the judgment of the faculty advisor,
accurately reflect the student's involvement in graduate study and use of
university resources. In no case will registration be for less than one credit.
Minimum Registration Requirements for Doctoral
Candidates
Doctoral students who have been advanced to candidacy must register
each semester, excluding summer sessions, until the degree is awarded.
Dissertation Research
Those who have not completed the required semester credit hours of
Dissertation Research (899) must register for a minimum of one credit of
research each semester (See the following sections for specific doctoral
degree registration requirements ) Doctoral candidates whose demands upon
the University are greater than that represented by this minimum registration
will, of course, be expected to register for the number of units which reflect
their use of University resources
Continuous Registration
Doctoral candidates who have completed the required minimum of credit hours
of Dissertation Research (899), and who are making no use of University
resources, must meet a Continuous Registration requirement, in each
semester, except for summer sessions, until the degree is awarded. This
requirement is met by submitting the Continuous Registration Form and paying
the $10.00 Continuous Registration fee, in person or by mail, directly to the
Graduate School. Forms and fees must be received before the end of the
eighth week of classes during the fall and spring semesters. Continuous
Registration forms may be obtained from the Graduate School, Room 2117,
South Administration Building, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland
20742
Failure to comply with the requirement for maintaining Continuous
Registration will be taken as evidence that the student has terminated his
doctoral program, and admitted status to the Graduate School will be
terminated A new application for admission, with the consequent reevaluation
of the student's performance, will be required of a student wishing to resume a
graduate program, whose admission has been terminated under this regulation
Partial Credit Course Registration for Handicapped
Students
The Graduate School recognizes that physically handicapped students may
derive considerable educational benefit from courses which include laboratories
or other non-classroom activities in which the student is prevented from
participating because of the handicap. It is, therefore, the policy of the
Graduate School to allow handicapped students to enroll in such courses,
complete only those parts of the course that their physical capabilities permit,
and receive credit for the course proportionate to their levels of participation
Physically handicapped graduate students wishing to enroll in such courses
but participate only in certain aspects of them, should consult the Assistant
Dean in the Graduate School. That person will assist the student in making the
necessary arrangements with the department offering the course, the
department supervising the student's graduate program, and the Registration
Office. The final agreement as to the student's level of participation and the
amount of credit to be awarded will be specified in an agreement to be drawn
up by the Graduate School and signed by all parties concerned
Graduate Credit for Senior Undergraduates
A senior in his final semester at the University of Maryland at College Park who
is within seven credit hours of completing the requirements for an
undergraduate degree may. with the approval of his undergraduate dean, the
provost of his division, the department or program offering the course, and the
Graduate School, register for graduate courses. These may later be counted
lor graduate credit toward an advanced degree at the University, if the student
has been approved for admission to the Graduate School. The total of
undergraduate and graduate courses must not exceed 15 credits for the
semester Excess credits In the senior year cannot be used for graduate
credit unless proper prearrangement Is made Seniors who wish to register
for graduate credit should inquire at the Graduate School, Office of the Director
22 Degree Requirements
of Records, for information about the procedure
Undergraduate Credit for Graduate Levei Courses
Subject to requirements determined by the graduate faculty members of the
department or program offering the course, undergraduate students may
register for graduate level courses, i.e., those numbered from 600 to 898, with
the exception of 799 and 899, for undergraduate credit.
A student seeking to utilize this option will normally be in the senior year,
have earned an accumulated grade point average of 3 0, have successfully
completed, with a grade of B or better, the prerequisite and correlative courses,
and be a major in the appropriate or a closely related department. The student
will be required to obtain prior approval of the department offering the course
Enrollment In a graduate level course does not In any way Imply
subsequent departmental or Graduate School approval for admission Into
a graduate program, nor may the course t>e used as credit for a graduate
degree at the University of Maryland.
Credit by Examination
A graduate student may obtain graduate credit by examination in courses at
the 400 level previously identified by the appropriate department or program
As a general rule, credit by examination is not available for coursas at the 600,
700, or 800 levels for, in the judgment of the Graduate Council, courses at
these levels require a continuing interaction between faculty and students to
achieve the educational goals of advanced study
A student may receive credit by examination only for a course for which he
is otherwise eligible to receive graduate credit. The department or program in
which he is enrolled may establish a limit on the number of credits which may
t>e earned in this manner. Graduate students seeking credit by examination
must obtain the consent of their advisor and of the instructor currently
responsible for the course. Once the student begins the examination, the grade
earned will be recorded.
The Graduate School maintains a list of courses for which examinations are
available or will be prepared. The fee for credit by examination is $30.00 per
course regardless of the number of credits or units to be earned.
Transfer of Credit
A maximum of six semester hours of graduate level course credits earned at
regionally accredited institutions prior to, or after, matriculation in the Graduate
School may be applied toward master's degrees at the University of Maryland.
Proportionately larger amounts of credit may be applied toward doctoral
degrees.
All graduate study credits offered as transfer credit must meet the following
criteria:
1 . They must have received graduate credit at the institution where earned.
2. They must not have been used to meet the requirements for any degree
previously earned.
3. They must have been taken within the time limits applicable to degrees
awarded by the Graduate School.
4. The department or program to which the student has been admitted at
Maryland must certify the courses are appropriate to the degree program
the student is pursuing at Maryland.
5. The student must have earned a B or better in the courses offered for
transfer credit. .
6. Transfer work normally satisfies only the 400 level requirements for the
master's degree and does not apply to the upper level requirement.
A student seeking acceptance of transfer credit is advised to submit the
necessary transcripts and certification of department or program approval to
the Graduate School as promptly as possible for its review and decision
Criteria that Courses Must Meet to be Accepted for
Graduate Credit
Any courses, workshops, or seminars planned to take place in a span of time
less than a normal academic semester or summer session and offering
graduate credit to the participants must meet the following criteria:
1. There must be 15 "contact hours" per graduate credit.
a. Lectures: 1 contact hour per 50 minutes lecture,
b. Non-lecture contact (laboratory. wori<shops, discussion and problem
working sessions, etc.): 1 contact hour per 2 or 3 hour session.
2. No more than three "contact hours" per day will be permitted. (Three
"contact hours" are equivalent to 0 2 credits)
3. Credit may be accumulated at the rate of no more than one credit per
week.
The Inter-Campus Student
A student admitted to the Graduate School on any campus of the University is
eligible to lake courses on any other campus of the University with the approval
of his academic advisor and the graduate deans on the home and host
campuses Credits earned on a host campus are resident credit at the home
campus and meet all degree requirements Transcripts of wori( taken at
another campus will be maintained on the home campus, and fees will be paid
to the home campus Forms for registration as an inter-campus student may be
obtained from the Graduate School offices on any campus of the University.
Degree Requirements
Graduate School Requirements Applicable to all
Master's Degrees.
Programs
The entire course of study undertaken for any master's degree must constitute
a unified, coherent program which is approved by the student's advisor and by
the Graduate School.
A minimum of thirty semester hours in courses acceptable for credit
towards a graduate degree is required: in certain cases six of the thirty
semester hours must be thesis research credits. The graduate program must
include at least 12 hours of course work at the 600 level or higher. If the
student is inadequately prepared for the required graduate courses, additional
courses may be required, which may not be considered as part of the student's
graduate program. Credits to be applied to a student's program for a master's
degree cannot have been used to satisfy any other previously earned degrees.
Grade-point Average
The student seeking any master's degree must maintain an average grade of B
over all courses taken for graduate credit.
Time Limitation
All requirements for the master's degree must be completed within a five year
period. This time limit applies to any transfer work from other institutions to be
included in a student's program.
Residence Requirements
A minimum residence of one year of full-time study, or its equivalent, at this
university is required.
Additional Requirements
In addition to the atjove requirements, special departmental or collegiate
requirements may be imposed, especially lor degrees which are offered only in
one department, college, or division. For these special requirements consult the
descriptions which appear under the departmental or collegiate listing in this
catalog or the special publications which can be obtained from the department
or college.
Graduate School Requirements for the Degrees of
Master of Arts and Master of Science
THESIS OPTION
Course Requirements
A minimum of 30 semester hours including six hours of thesis research credit
(799) is required for the degrees of Master of Arts and Master of Science Of
the 24 hours required in graduate courses, no less than 12 must be earned in
the major subject. No less than one-half of the total required course credits for
the degree, or a minimum of twelve, must be selected from courses numbered
600 or atiove.
Thesis Requirement
A thesis must be submitted for the Master of Arts and Master of Science
degrees except tor those programs in which a non-thesis option has been
approved by the Dean in conformity with the policy of the Graduate Council.
Approval of the thesis is the responsibility of an examining committee
appointed by the Dean, on the recommendation of the student's advisor. The
advisor is the chairman of the committee, and the remaining members of the
committee are members of the graduate faculty who are familiar with the
student's program of study. The chairman and the candidate are informed of
the membership of the examining committee by the Dean.
Directions for the preparation and submission of theses will be found in the
Graduate Student Academic Handbook, which may be purchased at the
university book store.
Oral Examination
A final oral examination on the thesis shall be held when the student has
completed his thesis to the satisfaction of his advisor, providing he has
completed all other requirements for the degree and has earned a 3.0 grade
average, computed in accordance with the regulations described under
"Grades for Graduate Students "
The examining committee, with a minimum of three members, conducts the
oral examination (an additional comprehensive written examination may be
required at the option of the department or program). The chairman of the
examining committee selects the time and place for the examination and
notifies other members of the committee and the candidate. Members of the
committee must be given a minimum of seven school days in which to read the
thesis. The duration of the examination is normally about an hour, but it may
be longer if necessary to insure an adequate examination.
The decision to accept the examination as satisfactory must be unanimous.
Students may present themselves for examination only twice. The report of the
committee, signed by each member, must be submitted to the Dean for
Degree Requirements 23
Graduate Studies and Research no later than the appropriate dale listed in the
"Important Dates for Advisors and Students," if the student is to receive a
diploma at the Commencement in the semester in which the examination is
held.
NON-THESIS OPTION
The requirements for Master of Arts and Master of Science degrees without
thesis vary slightly among departments and programs in which this option is
available. Standards for admission are. however, identical with those for
admission to any other master's program. The quality of the work expected of
the student is also identical to that expected in the thesis programs.
The general requirements for those on the non-thesis program are a
minimum of 30 semester credit hours in courses approved for graduate credit
with a minimum average grade of B in all course work taken; a minimum of 18
semester credit hours in courses numbered 600 or above; the submission of
one or more scholarly papers; and successful completion of a comprehensive
final examination, a portion of which must be written.
A student following a non-thesis master's program will be expected to meet
the same deadlines for application tor a diploma and for final examination
reports established for all other degree programs.
For information on programs which offer the non-thesis option, see the list
of Graduate Programs in this Catalog
Requirements for the Degree of IMaster of Education
Nearly all departments in Education offer the Master of Education (M.Ed )
degree with the following requirements:
1 . A minimum of 30 semester hours in coursework with a grade average of B.
Grades for courses not a pan of the program but taken in graduate status
will be computed in the average
2. A minimum of 15 hours in courses numtiered 600-800 with the remainder
at least in the 400 series. Some departments require courses in
departments outside of those in Education
3. A comprehensive written examination taken at the end of coursework. A
pan of the examination may be oral.
4. EDMS 646 or MUED 690 and one seminar paper; or two seminar papers
5. EDMS 446 or EDMS 451
6 Test battery
For further details, see "Statement of Policies and Procedures: Master's
Degrees in Education," issued by the College of Education, and descriptions of
departmental programs
Requirements Applicable to other IMaster's Degrees
The particular requirements for the degrees of Master of Architecture, Master of
Business Administration, Master of Library Science, Master of Music, and
Master of Fine Arts are given under the individual Graduate Program entries in
those fields
Graduate School Requirements Applicable to all
Doctoral Degrees
Credit Requirements
The Graduate School requires that every student seeking the doctoral degree
register for a minimum of 12 research credits, but the number of research and
other credit hours required in the program varies with the degree and program
in question
Residence
The equivalent of three years of full-time graduate study and research is the
minimum required Of the three years, the equivalent of at least one year must
be spent at the University of Maryland On a part-time basis the time needed
will be increased correspondingly All work at other institutions offered in partial
fulfillment of the requirements for any doctoral degree must be submitted, with
the recommendation of the department or program concerned, to the Graduate
School for approval at the time of application for admission to candidacy.
Official transcripts of the work must be filed in the Graduate School.
Admission to Candidacy
Preliminary examinations, or such other substantial tests as the departments
may elect, are frequently prerequisite for admission to candidacy
A student must be admitted to candidacy for the doctorate within five years
after admission to the doctoral program and at least one academic year before
the date on which the degree will be conferred
It Is the responsibility of the student to submit his application lor
admission to candidacy when all the requirements for candidacy have
been fulfilled. Applications for admission to candidacy are made in duplicate
by the student and submitted to the major department lor further action and
transmission to the Graduate School. Application forms may be obtained at the
office of the Assistant to the Dean
Time Limitation
The student must complete the entire program for the degree, including the
dissertation and final examination, during a four year period after admission to
candidacy Extensions of time are granted only under the most unusual
circumstances. If a student fails to complete all requirements within the time
allotted, he must submit another application for admission to the Graduate
School and, if readmitted, another application for Advancement to Candidacy,
after satisfying the usual program prerequisites prior to Advancement to
Candidacy.
Dissertation
A dissertation or its equivalent is required of all candidates for a doctoral
degree The topic of the dissertation must be approved by the department or
program committee.
During the preparation of the dissertation, all candidates for any doctoral
degree must register for the prescribed number of semester hours of Doctoral
Dissertation Research (899) at the University of Maryland.
Directions for the preparation and submission of dissertations will be found
in the Graduate Student Academic Handbook, which may be purchased at the
university book store.
Publication of the Dissertation
If a student wishes to publish all or a portion of his thesis or dissertation prior
to its defense and approval by the Graduate Faculty examining committee, he
must first seek the approval of the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research.
This approval is sought through a letter to the Dean, endorsed by the
dissertation advisor, containing an explanation of the need for early publication.
Final Examination
The final oral defense of the dissertation is conducted by a committee of the
Graduate Faculty appointed by the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research
Nominations for membership on the committee are submitted by the student's
major professor by the third week of the semester in which the student expects
to complete all requirements, but no later than two months prior to the
examination, on the designated form.
The major professor serves as chairman of the committee, which will
consist of a minimum of five voting members, all of whom hold the doctoral
degree. At least one of the five must be a faculty member in a department or
Graduate Program at UMCP external to the one in which the student is seeking
the degree A minimum of three members of the committee must be regular
members of the Graduate Faculty of the University of Maryland
One or more members of the committee may be persons from other
institutions who hold the doctorate and who are distinguished scholars in the
field of the dissertation
The Dean designates one member of the committee as his representative.
In addition to having the normal responsibility of a faculty examiner, the Dean's
representative has the responsibility of assuring that the examination is
conducted according to established procedures Any disagreement over the
examination procedures is referred to the Dean's representative for decision.
The time and place of the examination are established by the chairman of
the committee. The student is responsible for distributing a complete copy of
the dissertation to each member of the committee at least ten days before the
examination.
All final oral examinations are open to all members of the Graduate Faculty.
After the examination, the committee deliberates and votes in private. Two or
more negative votes constitute a failure. The student may be examined no
more than twice.
Additional Requirements
In addition to the above requirements, special departmental or collegiate
requirements may be imposed, especially for those degrees which are offered
in only one department, college, or division. For these special requirements,
consult the descriptions which appear under the departmental or collegiate
listing in this catalog or the special publications which can be obtained from the
department, college, or division.
Graduate School Requirements for the Degree of
Doctor of Philosophy
The Doctor of Philosophy Degree is granted only upon sufficient evidence of
high attainment in scholarship and the ability to engage in independent
research. It is not awarded for the completion of course and seminar
requirements no matter how successfully completed.
Residence
See requirements for all doctoral degrees.
Foreign Language Requirement
A number of departments have a foreign language requirement for the Doctor
of Philosophy degree. The student should inquire in the department regarding
this requirement The student must satisfy the departmental or program
requirement before he can be admitted to candidacy for the doctorate
Program
There is no Graduate School requirement for a specific number of course
credits in either a major or a minor subject. It is the policy of the Graduate
School to encourage the development of individual programs for each student
who seeks the PhD. To that end, the academic departments and
interdisciplinary programs have been directed to determine major and minor
requirements, levels or sequences of required courses, and similar
requirements for submission to the Graduate Council for approval
24 Degree Requirements
Admission to Candidacy
See requirements for all doctoral degrees.
Dissertation
The ability to do independent research must be demonstrated by an original
dissertation on a topic approved by the department or program.
During the preparation of the dissertation, all candidates for the Doctor of
Philosophy degree must register for a minimum of 12 semester hours of
doctoral research (899) at the University of Maryland.
Final Examination
See requirements for all doctoral degrees.
Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of Education
The requirements for the Doctor of Education (Ed.d). degree are for the most
part the same as those for the Doctor of Philosophy degree in the College of
Education. The Ed.D, project requires a minimum of 6 semester hours of
dissertation credit, while the Ph.D. requires a minimum of 12 semester hours of
dissertation credit. Consult the Graduate Studies Office in the College of
Education and the individual department for additional details.
Requirements for other Doctoral Degrees
The particular requirements for the degrees of Doctor of Business
Administration and Doctor of Musical Arts are given under the corresponding
program descriptions.
Commencement
Applications for the diploma must be filed with the Office of Admissions and
Registrations within the first three weeks of the semester in which the
candidate expects to obtain a degree, except during summer session. During
the summer session, the application must be filed during the first week of the
second summer session. Exact dales are noted for each semester and the
summer sessions in "Important Dales for Advisors and Students."
If, for any reason, a student does not graduate at the end of the semester
in which he applies lor the diploma, he must re-apply for it in the semester in
which he expects to graduate.
Academic costume is required of all candidates at commencement
exercises. Those who so desire may purchase or rent caps and gowns at the
University of Maryland student supply store. Orders must be filed eight weeks
before the date of commencement but may b cancelled later if the student finds
himself unable to complete the requirements for the degree.
25
The Graduate Faculty
Aaron, Henry J. Professor, Part-time, Economics. B.A-.
University of California (Los Angeles). 1958: M.A.. Harvard
University. 1960; Ph.D., 1963.
Adams, John Q., Ill Professor and Director of Graduate
Studies, Economics. A.B., Oberlin College. I960: Pfi.D.,
University of Texas. 1965.
Adams, William W. Professor. Matfiematics. B.A., University
of California (Los Angetes). 1959: Pfi.D.. Columbia University.
1964
Adklns, Arthur Associate Professor, Secondary Education
BS., Saint Cloud Slate College. 1942: M.A., University of
Minnesota. 1947: Pti.O., 1958.
Adler, Isidore Professor. Chemistry and Geology. B.S..
Brooklyn College. 1942: I^.S., Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute,
1947: Ph D.. 1952.
Aggour, M. Sherll Associate Professor, Civil Engineenng.
BS . Cairo University, 1964; M.S., 1966: Ph.D., University of
Washington, 1972.
Agrawala, Ashok K. Associate Professor, Computer Science.
BS . Agra University. 1960; B.E., Indian Institute of Science,
1963. ME. 1965; Ph.D.. Harvard University, 1970,
Agre, Gene P. Associate Professor, Education Policy,
Planning and Administration B.A.. Macalester College, 1951:
B.S.. University of Minnesota. 1953; M.A., 1956; Ph.D.,
University of Illinois (Urbanaa},il964,
A'Hearn, Michael F. Associate Professor, Physics and
Astronomy. BS,, Boston College, 1961: Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin. 1966.
Ahrens, Richard A. Professor. Food, Nutrition and Institution
Administration. B.S.. University of Wisconsin, 1958; Ph.D.,
University of California (Davis), 1963.
Albert, Thomas F. Associate Professor. Veterinary Science.
B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1959; V.M.D., University
of Pennsylvania. 1962; Ph.D.. Georgetown University. 1972.
Alexander, James C. Professor. Mathematics and Institute for
Physical Sciences and Technology. B.A., Johns Hopkins
University. 1964; Ph.D., 1968.
Alexander, Millard H. Professor, Chemistry. B.A.. Harvard,
1964; Ph D., University of Pans, 1967.
Alford, C. Fred Assistant Professor, Government and Politics.
B.A.. Austin College. 1969; M.A.. University of Texas. 1971.
Allan, J. David Associate Professor, Zoology. B.Sc,
University of British Columbia, 1966; M.S., University of
Michigan. 1968; Ph.D.. 1971.
Allan, Thomas K. Associate Professor. Counseling and
Personnel Services. B.S.. Northwestern University, 1950:
M.A., University of Maryland. 1964; PhD . 1966.
Alleman, James E. Assistant Professor, Civil Engineehng.
B.S.. University of Notre Dame. 1971; M.S., 1973: Ph.D..
1978
Allen, Redfleld W. Professor. Mechanical Engineering. B.S.,
University of Maryland. 1943, M.S.. 1949; Ph.D.. University of
Minnesota. 1959
Allen, Roger, J. Assistant Professor. Health Education.
BSE.. University of Kansas. 1976; M.S., 1977; Ph.D.,
University o! Maryland, 1979.
Alley, Carroll O., Jr. Professor, Physics and Astronomy,
BS.. University of Richmond. 1948; M.A., Princeton
University. 1951. Ph D . 1962.
Almenas, Kazys K. Associate Professor. Chemical and
Nuclear Engineering, BS,. University of Nebraska, 1957;
Ph D.. University and Polytechnic of Warsaw. 1968.
Almon, Clopper, Jr, Professor, Economics. A.B., Vanderbilt
University. 1956; Ph.D.. Harvard University. 1962.
Alt, Frank B. Assistant Professor, College of Business and
Management BSE.. Johns Hopkins University. 1967; M.S..
Georgia Institute of Technology. 1973; Ph.D., 1977.
Amershek, Kathleen G. Associate Professor, Early Childhood
Elementary Education, BS , Indiana State College
(Pennsylvania), 1951; MEd , Pennsylvania State University,
1957; PhD . University Of Minnesota. 1966.
Ames, Csrole A. Assistam Professor. Human Development.
B.A., Indiana University, 1967; M.S.. 1968: Ph.D.. Purdue
University, 1976.
Ammon, Herman L. Professor. Chemistry. B.Sc, Brown
University, 1958: Ph.D., University of Washington, 1963.
Anand, Davlnder K. Professor, Mechanical Engineenng.
B.S., George Washington University, 1959; M.S., 1961; Ph.D.,
1965.
Anastos, George Professor, Zoology. B.S., University of
Akron, 1942; MA,, Han/ard University. 1947; Ph.D., 1949.
Anderson, Elslne A. Assistant Professor. Family and
Community Development, B.S,, The University of Nebraska.
1973; MS.. The Pennsylvania State University, 1975. PhD,,
1978
Anderson, Frank G. Associate Professor, Anthropology.
A.B.. Cornell University, 1941; Ph.D., University of New
Mexico, 1951.
Anderson, John D, Jr, Professor, Aerospace Engineenng.
B.S., University of Flonda. 1959: Ph.D., Ohio Stale University,
1966.
Anderson, J. Paul Professor. Education Policy, Planning and
Administration. BS.. University of Minnesota, 1942; M.A,,
1947; PhD, 1960,
Anderson, J. Robert Professor, Physics and Astronomy.
B.S., Iowa Slate University. 1955. Ph.D., 1963
Anderson, Nancy S. Professor, Psychology, B,A,, University
of Colorado, 1952: M.A.. Ohio State University, 1953; Ph.D..
1956.
Anderson, Thornton H, Professor, Government and Politics
A.B.. University of Kentucky, 1937; M.A., 1938; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin, 1948,
Antman, Stuart S. Professor. Mathematics and Institute for
Physical Science and Technology. B.S.. Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute, 1961; M,S,, University of Minnesota,
1963: Ph.D.. 1965
Armstrong, Earlene Assistant Professor, Entomology. B.S.,
North Carolina Central University. 1969; M.S.. 1970: Ph.D..
Cornell University. 1975.
Armstrong, Richard N. Assistant Professor, Chemistry B S ,
Western Illinois University. 1970: Ph.D.. Marquette University.
1974.
Armstrong, Ronsld W. Professor. Mechanical Engineenng.
B.E.S., Johns Hopkins University. 1955; M.Sc.
Carneigie-Mellon University, 1957; PhD . 1958
Arnold, Douglas Assistant Professor, Mathematics and
Inslitule for Physical Science and Technology. A.B,, Brown
University, 1975: S,M., University of Chicago, 1976; Ph.D..
1979.
Arrlghl, Margarita A. Assistant Professor, Physical Education.
B.S., Westhampton College, 1958; M.S., University of
Maryland, 1962: Ph.D., University of North Carolina
(Greensboro), 1974.
Arsenault, Richard R. Professor, Chemical and Nuclear
Engineering B S , Michigan Technology University, 1957;
PhD . Northwestern University. 1962
Ashby, Genette Assistant Professor. French and Italian.
B.A,. Oberlin College, 1969; MA, Middlebury College. 1971;
M Phil.. Columbia University. 1973; PhD . 1976,
Assad, Arjang J. Assistant Professor. College of Business
and Management BS. Massachusetts Institute of
Technology. 1971; MS. 1976; Ph.D.. 1976
Atchison, William F. Professor, Computer Science A.B.,
Georgetown College (Kentucky). 1938. MA. University of
Kentucky, 1940: Ph.D., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1943
Auslander, Joseph Professor. Mathematics B.S.,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1952; MS.. University
of Pennsylvania. 1953; PhD . 1957.
Austing, Richard H. Associate Professor. Computer Science.
B.S,, Xavier University, 1953, MS, Saint Louis University,
1955; PhD . Catholic University of America. 1963.
Axelson, Marts L. Assistant Professor. Food. Nutrition and
Institution Administration B.S , Florida Stale University. 1975;
Ph.D.. University of Tennessee. 1979
Axley, John H. Professor. Agronomy. B.A.. University of
Wisconsin. 1937; Ph.O,, 1945,
Aycock, Marvin K., Jr. Professor, Agronomy. B.S., North
Carolina State University. 1959: M.S.. 1963: Ph.D.. Iowa Stat^
University, 1966.
Aylward, Thomas J. Professor and Chairman,
Communication Arts and Theatre. B.S. University of
Wisconsin. 1947; MS.. 1949; PhD . 1960,
Bsbuska, Ivo Research Professor, Mathematics and Institute
for Physical Science and Technology Dipl Ing , Technical
University of Prague, 1949. PhD . 1951. Ph D.. Czechoslovak
Academy of Sciences. 1955. D Sc. i960
Baenziger, P. Stephen Adjunct Assistant Professor,
Agronomy. B.A.. Harvard College, 1972; MS, Purdue
University. 1974; PhD , 1975
Baer, Ferdlnan Professor and Chairman, Meteorology B A.,
University of Chicago. 1950. MS,. 1954; Ph.D., 1961,
Bailey, Martin J. Professor. Economics. B.A,, University of
California (Los Angeles), 1951; M,A , Johns Hopkins
University. 1953; PhD . 1956
Bailey, William J. Research Professor, Chemistry B Chem ,
University of Minnesota. 1943; Ph D . University of Illinois.
1946.
Baker, David W. Lecturer. Part-time, Mechanical Engineering,
B,S.. University of Maryland. 1943. MS. 1951. Ph D . 1967
Baker, Donald J. Associate Professor, Hearing and Speech
Sciences. B.S.. Ohio Slate University. 1954, MA. 1956:
Ph.D.. 1962.
Ball, Michael O. Assistant Professor. College of Business and
Management. B.E.S . Johns Hopkins University. 1972.
M.S.E,, 1972; Ph D . Cornell University, 1977
Bandel, Vernon A. Professor. Agronomy. BS.. University of
Maryland. 1959; MS. 1962: Ph D . 1965,
Banerjee, Manoj K. Professor. Physics and Astronomy B S .
Patna University. 1949. MS, Calcutta University, 1952; Ph D..
1956
Baras, John S. Associate Professor. Electrical Engineering
DipI.E.E.. National Technical University of Athens. 1970. S M,,
Harvard University. 1971. Ph D,. 1973,
Barbosa, Pedro Associate Professor, Entomology B S , City
College of New York. 1966. MS.. University of
Massachusetts. 1969; PhD , 1971
Bardasis, Angelo Associate Professor. Physics and
Astronomy B.A.. Cornell University. 1957. M S . University of
Illinois (Urbana), 1959, Ph.D.. 1962
Barker, Donald B. Assistant Professor, Mechanical
Engineenng, B S M E., University of Washington, 1969. M S .
1971, PhD,, University of California (Los Angeles), 1976
Barkin, Steve M. Assistant Professor. College of Journalism
A.B.. Washington University (St. Louis). 1967, M S , Columbia
University, 1968; Ph D , Ohio State University. 1979
Barlow, Jewel B. Associate Professor. Aerospace
Engineering BE. Auburn University. 1963: M.S. 1964.
Ph D , University of Toronto. 1970.
Barnes, Jack C. Associate Professor. English B.A.. Duke
University, 1939; M.A.. 1947; Ph.D.. University of Maryland.
1954,
26 Barnett, Audrey J.
Barnett, Audrey J. Associate Professor. Zoology. B.A.,
Wilson College. 1955. MA,, Indiana University. 1957; Ph.D.,
1962
Barnetl, Neal M. Associate Professor. Botany. B.S.. Purdue
University. 1959; Ph.D., Duke University, 1966.
Barrett, Paul E. Assistant Professor, Botany. B.S., University
of New Hampshire. 1964; M.S.. 1966; Ph.D., University of
British Columbia, 1972.
Barry, Jackson G. Associate Professor, English. B.A.. Yale
University. 1950. M.A., Columbia University, 1951; Ph.D.,
Case- Western Reserve University. 1963.
Bartfett, Claude J. Professor. Psychology- B.S.. Denison
University. 1954; M.A.. Ohio State University. 1956; Ph.D.
1958,
Bartol, Kathryn M. Professor. College of Business and
Management. B.A.. Marygrove College, 1963; M.A..
Univehsty of Michigan. 1966; Ph.D.. Michigan State University.
1972,
Basham, Ray S. Associate Professor. Electhcal Engineehng.
B S,. United States Military Academy. 1945; M.S., University
ol Illinois (Urbana), 1952; Ph.D., 1962.
Basin, Victor R, Associate Professor, Computer Science.
B,S.. Fordham University. 1961; M.S., Syracuse University,
1963; Ph.D.. University of Texas. 1970.
Bean. George A. Professor, Botany. B.S., Cornell University.
1958: MS. University of Minnesota, 1960: Ph.D., 1963.
Beasfey, Maurlne H. Associate Professor. College of
Journalism B.A.. University of Missouri. 1958: B.J.. 1958;
MS,. Columbia University. 1963; Ph.D.. George Washington
University, 1974.
Beaton, John R. Professor. Food, Nutrition and Institution
Administration; Dean, College of Human Ecology. B.A..
University of Toronto. 1949: M.A.. 1950; Ph.D., 1952.
Beatty, Charles J. Associate Professor. Industrial Education.
B S.. Nonhem Michigan University. 1959; M.S.. University of
Michigan. 1963; Ph.D.. Ohio State University. 1966.
Bechhoefer, William B. Associate Professor, School of
Architecture, A,B,; B, Arch.. Harvard College. 1963: M. Arch.,
Harvard Graduate School of Design, 1967.
Beck, Kenneth, H. Assistant Professor. Health Education,
B,S.. Pennsylvania State University, 1972; M.A., Syracuse
University. 1975; Ph.D., 1977.
Beckjord, Peter R. Assistant Professor. Horticulture. B.S.F.,
University ol West Virginia. 1972; MSF.. 1973: Ph.D., Virginia
Polytechnic Institute and State Universit, 1978.
Beckmann, Robert B. Professor. Chemical and Nuclear
Engineenng. B.S.. University of Illinois (Urbana), 1940; Ph.D..
University of Wisconsin. 1944.
Bedlnglleld, James P. Associate Professor. College of
Business and Management. B.S., University of Maryland,
1966: M.B.A.. 1968: D.B.A.. 1972.
Belcken, Peter U. Associate Professor. Germanic and Slavic
Languages. MA.. University of Munich (Germany). 1968;
Ph.D.. Stanford University. 1971,
Bell, Roger A. Professor. Physics and Astronomy. B.Sc ,
University of Melbourne, 1957; Ph,D., Australian National
University, 1961.
Bellama, John M. Professor, Chemistry. A.B., Allegheny
College, 1960: Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1966.
Belz, Herman J. Professor, History. A.B., Pnncelon
University, 1959: M.A., University of Washington, 1963: Ph D
1966.
Benedetto, John J. Professor. Mathematics. B.A . Boston
College. 1960: MA, Harvard University. 1962; Ph.D..
University of Toronto. 1964.
Benesch, William Professor. Institute for Physical Science
and Technology, B,A.. Lehigh University. 1942: M.A., Johns
Hopkins University. 1950; Ph.D.. 1952.
Bennett, Lawrence H. Ad|unct Professor. Physics and
Astronomy B.A,. Brooklyn College. 1951; M.S.. University of
Maryland. 1955: Ph.D., Rutgers University, 1958.
Bennett, Ralph D. Assosciate Professor, School of
Architecture, B.A. Arch.. Princeton University. 1961; M.F.A
Arch. 1966-
Bennett, Robeii L. Associate Professor, Economics. B.A..
University of Texas. 1951; M.A.. 1955: Ph.D., 1963.
Bennett. Stanley W. Associate Professor. Human
Development B.A.. Iowa State University. 1959; MA. State
University of Iowa. 1961; Ph.D.. University of Michigan, 1970.
Bennett, Suzanne Assistant Professor. Hearing and Speech
Sciences. B.A.. Southern Illinois University. 1965; MA..
Western Michigan University. 1969: Ph.D., Purdue University,
1976.
Berdahl, Robert O. Professor. Education Policy, Planning and
Administration; Affiliate Professor. Government and Politics.
B.A,. University of California (Los Angeles). 1949; MSc.
London School of Economics and Political Science, 1957;
M.A.. University of California (Berkeley), 1954; Ph.D.. 1958
Berenstein, Carlos A. Professor. Mathematics, Licenciado
En Matematicas. University of Buenos Aires. 1966; M.S.. New
York University, 1969; PhD . 1970.
Berg, Kenneth R. Associate Professor. Mathematics. B.S..
University of Minnesota. 1960; Ph.D.. 1967-
Berger, Bruce S. Professor. Mechanical Engineering. B.S.,
University of Pennsylvania. 1954; M.S., 1958; Ph.D.. 1962.
Bergmann, Barbara R. Professor. Economics. A.B., Comell
University. 1948. M.A.. Harvard University. 1955; Ph.D., 1959.
Berlin, Adele Assistant Professor. Hebrew and East Asian.
B A.. University ol Pennsylvania. 1964. Ph.D., 1976-
Berlln, Ira Associate Professor, History, BS-, University of
Wisconsin, 1963; MA-, 1966; PhD-, 1970-
Berman, Joel H. Professor, Music- BS., Juilliard School of
Music. 1951; M.A., Columbia University, 1953: D.M.A..
University of Michigan, 1957.
Berman, Louise M. Professor, Education Planning, Policy
and Administration; Associate Dean, College ol Education
A.B.. Wheaton College, 1950; M.A., Columbia University,
1953: Ed.D., 1960.
Bernard, Peter S. Assistant Professor. Mechanical
Engineering. BE (M.E.), City College of the City University of
New York, 1972; MS-, 1973: Ph-D-, University ol California,
Berkeley, 1977-
Bernsteln, Allen R, Professor, Mathematics. B.A., California
Institute of Technology. 1962: M.A., University of California
(Los Angeles), 1964; Ph.D.. 1965.
Bernstein, Melvin Professor, Music; Administrative Dean for
Summer Programs. A.B.. Southwestern University. 1947: B
Mus.. 1948; M.Mus,. University of Michigan, 1949; MA,,
University of North Carolina, 1954; PhD, 1964.
Berry, Thomas E. Associate Professor. Germanic and Slavic
Languages and Literatures. B.S., Southern Illinois University.
1952; M.A.. University Of Illinois (Urbana). 1955; Ph.D..
University of Texas, 1 966.
Best, Otto F. Professor. Germanic and Slavic Languages and
Literature. Ph.D.. University of Munich (Germany). 1963.
Bests, C. Edward Associate Professor. Horticulture B.S..
Purdue University. 1961; MS.. 1969; Ph.D.. 1971,
Betancourt, Roger R. Professor. Economics. B.A,.
Georgetown University. 1965; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin,
1969,
Bhagat, Satlndar M. Professor, Physics and Astronomy
B,A-, Jammu and Kashmir University, 1950; M.Sc, University
of Delhi, 1953; PhD,, 1956,
BIckley, William E. Professor Emeritus. Entomology. B.A.,
University of Tennessee. 1934: M.S., 1936: Ph.D.. University
of Maryland, 1940.
Blllk. Dorothy Assistant Professor, Germanic and Slavic
Languages and Literature. B.A. Brooklyn College, 1951;
MA,, University of Cincinnati, 1969; PhD,, University of
Maryland. 1977,
Bllllg, Frederick S. Lecturer. Part-time. Aerospace
Engineenng, BE., Johns Hopkins University. 1955; M.S.,
University ol Maryland, 1958; Ph.D-, 1964-
Blrdsall Esther K. Associate Professor, English- B-A-,
Central Michigan University, 1947; M.A.. University ol Arizona.
1950; Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1958.
BIrk, Janice M. Associate Professor. Counseling and
Personnel Services. Counseling Center. B.A.. Sacred Heart
College. 1963; M.A.. Loyola University, 1966; Ph.D., University
of Missoun, 1970-
Blrkner, Francis B. Professor, Civil Engineering and
Chemical and Nuclear Engineering- B-S-, Newark College of
Engineering, 1961; MS-E-, University of Florida, 1962: PhD-,
BIsh, Robert L. Associate Professor, Urban Studies. AB..
University of Southern California. 1964; A.M., Indiana
University. 1966; Ph D-. 1968,
BIsck, Cordell W. Assistant Professor. French and Italian
BA,. SI. Augustines College. 1965; M. A.. Wayne State
University, 1967; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1976.
Blslr, Nancy G. Assistant Professor. Special Education, B.S.,
Ohio State University, 1964; M.Ed.. Kent State University,
1973, Ph.D.. 1975,
Blankenship, Gilmer L. Associate Professor, Electrical
Engineering BS.. Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
1967; M.S.. 1969; PhD., 1971.
Blitz, Leo Assistant Professor. Physics and Astronomy. B.S.,
Cornell University, 1967: M.S.. Columbia University, 1975;
M.Phll.. 1976: Ph.D.. 1979
Block, Ira Associate Professor, Textiles and Consumer
Economics. BS.. University ol Maryland. 1963; Ph.D.. 1971.
Bloom, Paul N. Associate Professor. College of Business and
Management. BS . Lehigh University. 1968; MBA..
University of Pennsylvania. 1970: Ph.D.. Northwestern
University, 1974.
Bobko, Philip Assistant Professor. Psychology. B.S.,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1970; M.S.. Bucknell
University. 1972; Ph.D., Cornell University. 1975.
Bobrow, Davis B. Professor. Government and Politics. B.A.,
University of Chicago. 1955; B.A. 1956: B.A,. Queens
College. Oxford University. 1958; Ph.D. Massachusetts
Institute of Technology. 1962.
Bode, Carl Professor. English and American Studies. Ph.B.,
University of Chicago, 1933; M.A.. Northwestern University,
1938: Ph.D.. 1941,
Bodin, Lawrence D. Associate Professor. College of
Business and Management. A.B,. Northeastern University,
1962; M.S.. University of California (Berkeley), 1966; Ph.D.,
1967.
Bodwell, C.E. Adjunct Professor, Food. Nutrition and
Institution Administration. B.S.. Oklahoma State University,
1957; M.S.. University of Cambridge (England). 1959; Ph.D.,
Michigan State University. 1964.
Bolsjoly, Russell P. Assistant Professor. College of Business
and Management. B.S.. Lowell Technological Institute (Univ
of Lowell). 1972; MB. A, Boston University, 1973: D.B.A.,
Indiana University. 1978,
Boldt, Etlhu A. Adjunct Professor. Physics and Astronomy.
B.S,, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1953: Ph.D.,
1958,
Bonar, Dale B. Associate Professor, Zoology. B.A., Whitman
College. 1967; M.S., University of the Pacific, 1970: Ph.D.,
University of Hawaii. 1973.
Boner, Roger Assistant Professor, Economics B A.. Cornell
University. 1974; MA,. 1974; PhD.. University of Minnesota,
Bonta, Juan P. Professor. Housing and Applied Design.
B.H,. Collegio Nacional de Buenos Aires. 1951; M.Arch.,
University of Buenos Aires. 1959.
Borgia, Gerald Assistant Professor. Zoology. A.B.. University
of California (Berkeley). 1970; M.S.. University of Michigan,
1973; Ph.D.. 1978.
Bottino, Paul J. Associate Professor. Botany. B.S., Utah
State University, 1964; M.S.. 1965: Ph.D.. Washington State
University. 1969.
Bourque, Mary Lyn Assistant Professor, Measurement and
Statistics. A.B., Emmanuel College, 1958; M.Ed., Boston
College University, 1964; Ed.D., University of Massachusetts,
Bouwkamp, John C, Associate Professor, Horticulture. B.S.,
Michigan State University. 1964; M.S., 1966: Ph.D., 1969.
Boyd, Alfred C. Jr. Associate Professor, Chemistry. B.S.,
Canisius College. 1951; M.S.. Purdue University, 1953; Ph.D.,
1957
Boyd, Derek A. Associate Professor. Physics and Astronomy.
B.S., University ol Cape Town (S Africa). 1964; BS.. (Hons),
1965: M-Sc. 1967; Ph.D.. Stevens Institute of Technology,
1973-
Boyd, Vivian S. Assistant Professor. Counseling and
Personnel Services. B.A.. Antioch College. 1961; M.A.,
University of Colorado, 1968; MA.. University of Maryland
(Far East Division). 1972; Ph.D.. University of Maryland, 1975.
Boyle, Regis L. Visiting Professor, Pan-time, College of
Journalism. A.B-. Tnnity College. 1933; M.A., Catholic
University of America. 1934. PhD-. 1939
Brace, John W. Professor. Mathematics. BA-. Swarthmore
College, 1949; MA. Cornell University. 1951: Ph.D.. 1953.
Bradbury, Miles L. Assistant Professor. History A.B.,
Harvard University, 1960; AM . 1961; Ph.D.. 1967.
Bradford, William 0. Professor. College of Business and
Management- B-A-. Howard University. 1967; M.B.A., Ohio
State University, 1968; Ph.D., 1972.
Clark, Eugenie 27
Bradley, John L. Professor, English. B.A,, Yale University,
1940; M.A., Harvard University, 1946; Ph.D., Yale University,
1950
Brady, Pamela L. Assistant Professor, Food, Nutntion and
Institution Administration. B.S.A., University of Arkansas,
1974; M.S., 1976; Ph.D . University of Tennessee, 1978.
Brartd, Charles F. Assistant Prolessor, Education Policy,
Planning and Administration; Director, M Lucia James
Curhculum Laboratory BS., West Liberty State College,
1964; M.Ed., Kent State University, 1972; Ph.D., 1977.
Brandt, John C. Adjunct Professor. Physics and Astronomy.
A.B., Washington University (St. Louis), 1956; Ph.D..
University of Chicago, 1960.
Brannigan, Vincent M. Assistant Professor Textiles and
Consumer Economics B A., University of Maryland, 1973;
J.D.. Georgetown University. 1975.
Brauth, Steven E. Associate Professor, Psychology. B.S..
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1967; Ph.D.. New York
University. 1973.
Brechllng, Frank P. Professor. Economics. B.A.. University
of Freiburg. 1951; Ph.D.. Tnnity College, 1955.
Brecht, Richard D. Assosciate Professor and Chairman..
Germanic and Slavic Languages and Literatures. B.A..
Pennsylvania State University. 1965; M.A., Harvard University.
1969; Ph.D.. 1972.
Breslow, Marvin A. Associate Professor. History. B.A..
University of Nebraska. 1957; A.M.. Harvard University, 1958;
Ph.D.. 1963.
Breuer, Herbert Assistant Professor, Physics and Astronomy.
B.S-. University ol Heidelberg. 1974; Ph.D., 1976.
Brigham, Bruce H. Associate Professor. Secondary
Education. BS., State University College of New York
(Brockport). 1949; M.A.. 1954; Ph.D. Temple University.
1967.
Brill, Dieter R. Professor. Physics and Astronomy. B.A..
Princeton University. 1954; Ph.D.. 1959.
Brin, Michael Assistant Prolessor, Mathematics. B.A.,
Moscow State University. 1970; Ph.D., Charkov State
University. 1975.
Brinberg, David Assistant Professor. Textiles and Consumer
Economics. B.S.. Rensselear Polytechnic Institute. 1974;
M.A.. University ol Illinois. 1976; Ph.D.. 1978.
Brinkley, Howard J, Professor. Zoology. B.S.. West Virginia
University, 1958; M.S., University ol Illinois (Urbana). 1960;
Ph D.. 1963.
Brodle, Michael L. Assistant Professor, Computer Science.
BS . University ol Toronto. 1972; M.S.. 1973; Ph.D.. 1978.
Brodsky, Harold Associate Prolessor, Geography. B.S.. City
University ol New York (Brooklyn College). 1954; M.S..
Colorado College. 1960; Ph.D.. University ol Washington,
1966.
Brooks, Robert Assistant Professor, Mathematics and
Institute for Physical Science and Technology. B.A., Harvard
University. 1974; M.A.. 1974; Ph.D.. 1977.
Brown, Charles C. Associate Professor. Economics. A.B..
Boston College. 1970; M.A., 1970; Ph.D., Han/ard University,
1974.
Brown, Elizabeth D. Assistant Prolessor, Psychology. B.A .
University of Connecticut, 1974; M.S.. Florida Stale University.
1976; Ph.D.. 1979.
Brown, John H. Associate Prolessor, Philosophy. A.B..
Pnnceton University. 1952; MA.. 1957; Ph.D., 1959.
Brown, Joshua R.C. Professor. Zoology. B.A., Duke
University. 1948; M.A.. 1949; Ph.D.. 1953.
Brown, Richard Associate Professor. Sociology. B.A..
University of California (Berkeley). 1961; M.A., Columbia
University, 1965; Ph.D., University of California (San Diego),
1973.
Brown, Robert A. Associate Professor. Psychology. B.A..
University of Richmond. 1958; M.A.. State University of Iowa.
1961; Ph.D.. 1962
Brown. Samuel E, Associate Professor, English. B.A,
Indiana University. 1934; M.A., 1946; Ph.D., Yale University.
1955.
Brush, Stephen G. Professor. History and Institute for
Physical Science and Technology. A.B.. Harvard University.
1955; PhD . Oxford University, 1958.
Bryer, Jackson Professor, English. B.A., Amherst College,
1959, M.A-, Columbia University, 1960; Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin, 1965.
Buchner, Michael A. Assistant Professor. Mathematics. A.B..
Pnnceton University. 1969; M.A.. Harvard University. 1970;
PhD . 1974
Buck, Allen C. Associate Professor. Textiles and Consumer
Economics; Coordinator for Graduate Studies and Research.
College of Human Ecology. B.S.. Michigan State University.
1940; M.S.. Case-Western Reserve University, 1942; Ph.D.,
1947
Buckley, Frank T., Jr. Professor. Mechanical Engineenng.
B.S-. University ol Maryland. 1959; Ph.D.. 1968.
Bundy, Mary L. Professor. College of Library and Information
Services. A.B . State University College (Potsdam), 1948;
M.A.. University of Denver. 1951; Ph.D., University of Illinois
(Urbana). 1960.
Burger, Mary W. Assistant Professor. English; Assistant to
the Vice President. Academic Affairs. B.A . AM & N College,
1959; MA. Colorado State University. 1961; Ph.D..
Washington University. 1973.
Burlc, John Associate Prolessor, Animal Science. B.S., West
Virginia University. 1948; M.S.. University of Maryland, 1952;
Ph.D., University ol Illinois (Urbana). 1960,
Burke, PhlllpJ Chairman and Prolessor. Special Education.
B.S., University ol Scranton. 1963; M.S.. 1965; Ph.D.,
Syracuse University. 1970.
Burt, John J. Prolessor and Chairman. Health Education.
B.A., Duke University. 1956; M.Ed.. University ol North
Carolina, 1957; MS.. University ol Oregon. 1960; Ed.D.. 1962.
Butterworth, Charles E. Associate Prolessor. Government
and Politics. B.A,. Michigan State University, 1959; Doct.,
University ol Nancy (France). 1961; M.A.. University ol
Chicago. 1962; Ph.D.. 1966.
Byrne, Richard H. Prolessor and Acting Chairman.
Counseling and Personnel Services. B.A.. Franklin and
Marshall College. 1938; M.A.. Columbia University. 1947;
Ed.D.. 1952.
Cadman, Theodore W, Professor and Chairman, Chemical
and Nuclear Engineenng. B.S., Carnegie Institute of
Technology. 1962; M.S.. 1964; Ph.D., 1966.
Cain, Jarvis L. Professor. Agncultural and Resource
Economics. B.S.. Purdue University. 1955; M.S., Ohio State
University. 1956; Ph.D. 1961.
Callcott, George H. Prolessor. History. B.A., University of
South Carolina. 1950; M.A.. Columbia University, 1951; Ph.D.,
University of North Carolina, 1956.
Callendo, Mary Alice Assistant Professor, Food, Nutrition and
Institution Administration. B.S., University ol Massachusetts,
1971; M.S., University of Maine, 1972; Ph.D., Cornell
University. 1975.
CampagnonI, A. T, Associate Prolessor, Chemistry. A.B.,
Northeastern University. 1964; Ph.D.. Indiana University,
1968
Campbell, Elwood G. Professor, Secondary Education;
Assistant to the Dean. College of Education, BS,. Northeast
Missoun State College. 1949; M.A., Northwestern University.
1952; Ph.D.. 1963.
Campbell, Kenneth Prolessor. Art. . Massachusetts College
ol An. 1937; . National Academy ol Design. 1940; . Art
Students League. ; . Lowell Institute. 1945.
Caramello, Charles Assistant Prolessor, English. A.B,
Wesleyan University, 1970; M.A., University of Wisconsin
(Milwaukee), 1972; Ph.D.. 1978.
Carbone, Robert F. Professor. Education Policy. Planning
and Administration. B.A., Eastern Montana College, 1953;
M.S., Emory University, 1958; Ph.D., University of Chicago,
1961.
Carr, John C. Prolessor. Secondary Education. B.S., District
ol Columbia Teachers College, 1952; M.F.A., Catholic
University ol America, 1953; Ph.D.. 1965.
Carretta, Vincent Assistant Prolessor, English. B.A.. State
University of New York (Binghamton), 1968; M.A., 1971;
Ph,D., University ol Iowa. 1977.
Carroll, Stephen J., Jr. Professor. College of Business and
Management. B.S.. University of California (Los Angeles).
1957; M.A.. University ol Minnesota. 1959; Ph, D,, 1964.
Carter, Everett C. Prolessor. Civil Engineering. B.S.. Virginia
Polytechnic Institute. 1958; M.E.. University of Calilomia,
1959; Ph D.. Northwestern University. 1969.
Cassldy, Claire M. Assistant Prolessor, Part-time,
Anthropology B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1965; M.S.,
1968; Ph.D., 1972.
Cassldy, Edward W. Visiting Assistant Professor, Counseling
and Personnel Sen/ices. A.B,. Catholic University. 1963;
M.Ed.. University ol Maryland, 1968; Ph.D.. 1973.
Castellan, Gilbert W. Prolessor. Chemistry. B S,. Regis
College, 1945; PhD,. Catholic University. 1949.
Caswell, William E. Assistant Prolessor, Physics and
Astronomy. B.A., University ol Maryland, 1968; M.A..
Pnnceton University. 1972; Ph.D., 1975.
Cate, George A. Assistant Professor, English. B.A.,
Rutgers-The State University, 1960; M.A,. Duke University,
1962; Ph.D.. 1967.
Caughey. John L. Assistant Professor. Amencan Studies.
B.A., Han/ard College, 1963; M.A.. University of Pennsylvania.
1967; Ph.D., 1970.
Celarler, James L. Associate Prolessor, Philosophy, A.B.,
University ol Illinois (Urtjana). 1956; M.A., 1958; Ph.D..
University ol Pennsylvania. 1960.
Celotta, Beverly K. Assistant Professor. Counseling and
Personnel Services B.A. Queens College. 1965; M.A.,
Brooklyn College. 1967; Ph.D.. University of Colorado. 1971.
Certo, Nicholas Assistant Professor. Special Education
B.A., Marquette University. 1970; M.A.. 1972; Ph.D., University
of Wisconsin, 1976,
Chambers, Robert G. Assistant Prolessor Agncultural and
Resource Economics. B.S.F.S., Georgetown University. 1972;
M.S.. University ol Maryland, 1975; Ph.D.. University of
California (Berkeley). 1978.
Chander, Suresh Lecturer Part-time, Aerospace Engineering.
B.S., Banaras Hindu University, 1964; M.S.. Indian Institute ol
Science. 1966; M.S.. University ol Maryland. 1971; Ph.D..
1975.
Chang, Chla-Cheh Associate Professor, Physics and
Astronomy. B.S.. Tunghai University (Taiwan). 1961; M.A..
University ol Southern California, 1966; Ph.D., 1968.
Chang, Chung Yun Associate Professor. Physics and
Astronomy. B.S.. National Taiwan University. 1954; Ph.D..
Columbia University. 1965.
Chant, Nicholas S. Associate Professor, Physics and
Astronomy. B.A., Downing College (Cambridge University),
1962; M.A., 1966; Ph.D.. Lincoln College (Oxford University),
1966.
Chaves, Antonio F. Associate Professor, Geography. Doctor
of Law, University ol Havana, 1941; Ph.D.. 1946; M.A,.
Northwestern University. 1948
Chen, Hsing-Hen Associate Professor, Physics and
Astronomy. BS.. National Taiwan University. 1968; M.A..
Columbia University. 1970; Ph.D.. 1973.
Cheng, Hung-Yuan Assistant Prolessor. Chemistry B.S..
National Tsing-hua University. 1972; Ph.D.. Ohio State
University. 1978.
Christian, Charles M. Associate Prolessor. Geography and
Urtjan Studies. B.A.. Northeastern State College. 1966;
M.A.A.T.. 1968. M.A.. University ol Illinois (Urbana). 1970;
Ph.D.. 1975.
Chu, Hsin Prolessor. Mathematics. M.S., Tulane University,
1957; Ph.D., University ol Pennsylvania, 1959.
Chu, Yaohan Professor, Computer Science. B.S..
Chiao-Tung University (China). 1942; M.S., Massachusetts
Institute of Technology. 1945; Sc.D., 1953.
Churaman, Charlotte V. Assistant Professor, Family and
Community Development. B Sc. Berea College. 1942; M.Ed..
Pennsylvania State University. 1964; Ed.D.. 1969.
Church, Marilyn G. Associate Prolessor. Early Childhood
Elementary Education. BS . Indiana University, 1962; M.S..
1963; Ed.D.. 1969.
Churchill, John W. Associate Professor. Recreation. B.S..
State University College (Cortland). 1958; M.S.. University ol
Illinois (Urbana). 1959; PhD . University of Wisconsin, 1968.
CIrrlnclone, Joseph M. Assistant Prolessor. Geography;
Associate Professor. Secondary Education. B.S.. State
University College (Oswego), 1962; M.A.. Ohio State
University, 1967; Ph.D.. 1970.
Clabaugh, Susan R, Assistant Professor, Education Policy,
Planning and Administration; Director. Education Technology
Center B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1970; M.S.. 1975;
Ed.D., 1977.
Clague, Christopher K. Prolessor and Chairman, Economics.
B.A., Lalayette College, 1961; Ph.D.. Harvard University.
1966.
Clague, Monique W. Associate Professor. Education Policy,
Planning and Administration. B.A., Swarthmore College,
1959; Ph.D.. Harvard University. 1969.
Clark, Eugenie Prolessor, Zoology. B.A., Hunter College.
1942; M.A.. New York University, 1946; Ph.D.. 1968.
28 Clark, Thomas A.
Clark. Thomas A. Adjunct Associate Professor, Physics and
Astronomy, B,S , University of Colorado, 1961; Pfi,D,, 1967.
Claude, Richard P. Professor, Government and Politics.
B.A.. College of Saint Tfiomas, 1956; M,S,, Florida State
University, 1960; Ph.D., University of Virginia. 1964.
Clearwater, Harvey E. Associate Professor, IHealth
Education. A.B., State University of New York (Albany), 1955,
MA, Michigan State University, 1967; Ed.D., 1970.
Cllgnet. Reml P, Professor, Family and Community
Development. B.Phil., University of Paris, 1948; Licence es
Lettres, 1951; Licence es Law, 1953; Licence es Psychology.
1958; DIplome, Lecole nationale de la France d'outre mer,
1954
Cllne, Rebecca J. Assistant Professor, Communication Arts
and Theatre. B.S.. Pennsylvania State University. 1971; M.A.,
1973; Ph.D., 1975.
Cockburn, James S. Professor, History. LL B , Leeds
University, 1959; LL.M., 1961; Ph.D., 1970.
Cottlndatfer, Billy L. Affiliate Associate Professor, Agricultural
and Extension Education. B.A., West Virginia University,
1950; M.S., 1955; Ph.D.. University of Wisconsin. 1961
Cohen. Joel M. Professor. Mathematics. Sc B . Brown
University. 1963; Ph.D.. Massachusetts Institute of
Technology. 1966.
Cole, Wayne S. Professor. History. B.A.. Iowa State
Teachers College. 1946; M.S.. University of Wisconsin. 1948;
Ph.D.. 1951
Golem, Theresa Associate Professor. English. BA.
University ol Pittsburgh. 1971; M.A.. University of Rochester.
1973; Ph D,. 1975
Coley, Thomas G. Assistant Professor, Education Policy,
Planning and Administration. B.A., Moorhead State College,
1974; MA., University of Wisconsin (Madison), 1975; Ph.D.,
1980.
Colletta, Nancy D. Assistant Professor. Human Development.
8. A.. Michigan State University. 1972; M.S.. State University
of New York College (Buffalo). 1974; Ph.D.. Cornell University,
1977.
Colomblnl, Marco Assistant Professor, Zoology B S., McGitl
University, 1970, Ph.D., 1974.
Colton, Craig W. Assistant Professor, Recreation. B.S., Utah
State University, 1963. M S, 1970; PhD , 1976.
Colvllle, James Professor, Civil Engineenng. B.S., Purdue
University. 1959; M.S.. 1960; Ph.D.. University of Texas at
Austin. 1970,
Colwell, Rita R. Professor. Microbiology; Director, Sea Grant
Program. B. S.. Purdue University, 1956; M.S.. 1958; Ph.D.,
University of Washington, 1961.
Conger, Joseph H., Ill Assistant Professor. Communication
Arts and Theatre. B.A., University ol North Carolina (Chapel
Hill), 1973; M.F.A., University ol North Carolina (Greensboro),
1975.
Constant, Caroline B. Assistant Professor. School ol
Architecture. B.A., Vassar College, 1965; M.Arch,. Pnnceton
University, 1976.
Conway, M. Margaret Associate Professor, Government and
Politics. B.S.. Purdue University. 1957; M.A.. University of
California (Berkeley). 1960. Ph.D.. Indiana University. 1965.
Coogan, Robert M. Associate Professor. English. 8. A., lona
College, 1954; M.A., DePaul University. 1958; Ph.D., Loyola
University, 1967.
Cook, Clarence H. Professor. Mathematics. 8. A.. State
University of Iowa. 1948; M.S.. 1950; Ph.D.. University ol
Colorado. 1962.
Cook, Thomas M. Professor, Microbiology. B.S.. University
ol Maryland, 1955; M.S., 1957; Ph.D.. Rutgers-The State
University. 1963
Cooke, Todd J. Assistant Professor. Bota.iy B.S.. Antioch
College. 1974; Ph.D.. Cornell University, 1979.
Cooney, Joseph J. Professor, Microbiology; Head of
Laboratory. Chesapeake Biological Laboratory. B.S.,
LeMoyne College. 1956; M.S., Syracuse University, 1958;
Ph.D., 1961.
Cooney, Stephanie H. Assistant Professor. Secondary
Education. B.S., Radford College, 1967; M.S.. University of
Maryland. 1972; Ph.D.. 1975.
Cooper, Elmer L. Assistant Professor. Agricultural and
Extension Education. B S.. University of Maryland. 1956.
M.S., 1965; Ed.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State
Unversity, 1974.
Cooper, Jeffrey M. Professor. Mathematics. B.A.. Havertord
College. 1962; M.S.. University ol Illinois (Chicago). 1964;
Ph.D., 1967.
Cooper, Sherod M., Jr. Associate Professor. English. B.S.,
Temple University, 1951; M.A., 1953; Ph.D., University ol
Pennsylvaniaa, 1963.
Coplan, Michael A, Research Associate Professor, Institute
for Physical Science and Technology B.A., Williams College.
1960; Ph.D., Yale University, 1963.
Corbett, M. Kenneth. Professor. Botany. B.Sc, McGill
University, 1950; PhD , Cornell University, 1954.
Corey, Kenneth E. Professor and Chairman. Geography;
Director. Urban Studies A.B.. University of Cincinnati. 1961;
M.S.. 1962; M C.P , 1964. Ph.D.. 1969.
Corliss, John O. Professor and Chairman, Zoology. B.S..
University of Chicago, 1944; B.A., University of Vermont,
1947; Ph.D., New York University. 1951.
Corret, Ellen Professor. Mathematics. B S,. Douglas College.
1951; MS, Purdue University, 1953; PhD , 1958.
CorsI, Thomas M. Assistant Professor, College of Business
and Management. B.A., Case-Western Reserve University,
1971; M.A., Kent State University, 1974; Ph.D.. University of
Wisconsin. 1976.
Coulson, Douglas B. Assistant Professor. Measurement and
Statistics. B.A., Dartmouth College, 1968; M.S.. University ol
Massachusetts. 1974; Ph.D.. 1978.
Coursey, RotMrl D. Associate Professor, Psychology. B.S.,
Spring Hill College, 1966; Ph.D., University of Rochester.
1970.
Courtrlght. Benjamin F.. Jr. Associate Professor. College ol
Business and Management. B.S., Johns Hopkins University,
1939; Ph.D., 1968.
Cox, Evelyn M. Associate Professor. Food, Nuthtion and
Institution Administration B.S., Syracuse University, 1939;
M.S., 1948; Ph.D., State University of Iowa, 1960.
Craig, Patrick M. Assistant Professor. Art. 8. FA., Western
Michigan University, 1974; M.F.A., University of Cincinnati,
1976.
Craig, Randall J. Associate Professor, Secondary Education
B.S.. Morgan State University, 1955; M.F.A., Temple
University, 1963; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1974.
Cropper, Maureen Assistant Professor, Economics. B.A..
Bryn Mawr College. 1969; M.A.. Cornell University. 1972;
Ph.D., 1973.
Cumberland. John H. Professor, Economics, Director.
Bureau of Business and Economic Research. B.A.. University
of Maryland. 1947; M.A.. Harvard University. 1949; Ph.D.
Cunnlff, Patrick F. Professor and Chairman, Mechanical
Engineenng. B.CE., Manhattan College, 1955; M.S., Virginia
Polytechnic Institute. 1957; Ph.D., 1962
Currle. Douglas G. Professor, Physics and Astronomy.
B.E.P, Cornell University. 1958; Ph.D., University of
Rochester, 1962.
Currier. Alt>ert W. Assistant Professor, Mathematics. 8. A.,
Slate University ol Iowa, 1954; M.A.. Johns Hopkins
University, 1959; Ph.D., 1968.
DagalakIs, Nicholas G, Assistant Professor, Mechanical
Engineenng. Dipl. of Mech Engr., National Technical
University (Greece), 1969; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, 1971; Eng.D , 1973; Ph.D., 1975
Dager, Edward Z. Professor. Sociology. A. 8.. Kent State
University, 1950; A.M., Ohio State University, 1951; Ph.D.,
Dalnis, Andrew Associate Professor, Physical Education.
B.S., University of Adelaide (South Australia), 1962; Ph.D.,
1967; M.A., University ol North Carolina (Chapel Hill), 1972.
Dancis, Jerome Associate Professor, Mathematics. B.A.,
Polytechnic Institute ol Brooklyn, 1961; M.S., University of
Wisconsin. 1963; Ph.D., 1966.
Daniel, Saundra L. Assistant Professor. Communication Arts
and Theatre. 8. A, Valparaiso University (Indiana), 1967;
M.A.. University ol Montevallo (Alabama). 1978; M.F.A.,
University of Florida (Gainesville). 1980.
Darden, Llndley Associate Professor. Philosophy and History.
B.A., Southwestern University, 1968; A.M., University of
Chicago, 1969; S.M., 1972; Ph D , 1974.
Dardls. Rachel Professor, Textiles and Consumer Economics.
B.S , Saint Mary s College (Dublin). 1949; M.S.. University of
Minnesota, 1963; Ph.D., 1965.
Davey, H. Beth Associate Professor, Secondary Education.
B.S., University of Miami, 1965; M.A.. University of Rochester.
1969; Ph.D., Case-Western Reserve University, 1971.
Davidson, James P. Assistant Professor. Veterinary Science.
B.S., Michigan State, 1964; D.V.M,, 1966; M.S.. 1974.
Davidson, John A. Professor. Entomology. 8.A.. Columbia
Union College. 1955; M.S.. University of Maryland, 1957;
Ph.D.. 1960.
Davidson, Nell A. Assistant Professor, Mathematics;
Associate Professor, Secondary Education, B.S., Case
Institute ol Technology, 1961; M.A., University of Wisconsin
(Madison), 1963; PhD , 1970.
Davis, Christopher C, Associate Professor, Electical
Engineering. B.A., Cambridge University, 1965; M.A.. 1970;
Ph D , Manchester University (England), 1970.
Davis, Richard F. Professor and Chairman. Dairy Science.
8.S., University of New Hampshire. 1950; M.S., Cornell
University, 1952; Ph.D., 1953.
Davis, Shelley G. Associate Professor, Music. A.B., New
York University, 1957; M.A., 1960; Ph.D., 1971.
Davlsson, Lee D. Professor and Chairman, Electhcal
Engineenng. B.S.E., Pnnceton University, 1958; M.S.E.,
University ol California (Los Angeles), 1961; Ph.D., 1964.
Dawson, Townes L, Professor, College ol Business and
Management. 8 B A., University ol Texas, 1943; B.S., United
States Merchant Manne Academy, 1946; MB. A., University of
Texas, 1947; Ph.D., 1950; J.D., 1954.
Dawson, Victor C. Lecturer Part-time, Mechanical
Engineering. 8.S . Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
1948; M.S., Hanrard University, 1951; Ph.D., University of
Maryland, 1963.
Dayton, C, Mitchell, Professor, Measurement and Statistics.
B.A., University ol Chicago, 1955; M.A., University of
Maryland. 1963. Ph.D.. 1964.
Dean, Shirley R. Assistant Professor. Housing and Applied
Design. BA., University ol Maryland, 1958; M.F.A., American
University, 1966.
DeBarthe, Jerry V. Associate Professor. Animal Science.
8.S.. Iowa State University. 1961; Ph.D.. 1966.
Decker, A. Morris Professor, Agronomy. B.S., Colorado
State University. 1949. M.S.. Utah State University. 1950;
Ph.D., University ol Maryland, 1953.
Decker, William A, Assistant Professor, Health Education,
BA , State University of California (San Diego), 1967; Ph.D.,
University of Connecticut, 1975.
DeClarls, Nicholas Professor, Electrical Engineering. B,S.,
Texas Agricultural and Mechanical University, 1952; S.M.,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1954; Sc.D., 1959.
de Leirls, Alain Professor, Art. B.F.A., Rhode Island School
of Design, 1948; M.A., Harvard University, 1952; Ph.D.. 1957.
DeLlo, Thomas J. Assistant Professor, Music B.M., New
England Consen/atory ol Music, 1972; Ph.D., Brown
University, 1979
DeLorenzo, William E. Associate Professor, Secondary
Education. B.A., Montclair State College. 1959; M.A.. 1964;
Ph.D . Ohio State University, 1971
Demaltre. Ann Associate Prolessor. French and Italian. B.A.,
Columbia University. 1950; M.A.. University of California
(Berkeley). 1951; M.S., Columbia University, 1952; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland. 1965.
DeMonte. Claudia A. Assistant Professor, Art. B.A., College
ol Notre Dame of Maryland, 1969; M.F.A.. Catholic University
of America, 1971.
Oenno, Robert F. Assistant Professor. Entomology. B.S.,
University ol Calilornia (Davis). 1967; Ph.D.. 1973.
Denny, Don W. Professor, Art. 8. A., University of Florida,
1959; M.A., New York University, 1961; Ph.D., 1965.
Dernoeden, Peter H. Assistant Professor, Agronomy. 8.S..
Colorado State University, 1970; M.S., 1976; Ph.D., University
ol Rhode Island, 1980,
Derrick, Frederick W. Assistant Professor. Textiles and
Consumer Economics B.S.. North Carolina State University,
1972; M.S., 1974; Ph.D., 1976.
DeSllva, Alan W. Prolessor. Physics and Astronomy. B.S..
University ol Calilornia (Los Angeles). 1954; Ph.D.. University
of California (Berkeley), 1961.
Destler, William W. Associate Professor. Electrical
Engineering B.S., Stevens Institute of Technology, 1968;
Ph.D., Cornell University. 1972.
Finsterbusch, Kurt 29
Devine, Donald J. Associate Professor. Government and
Politics- B.B A , Saint Johns University, 1959; M.A.. City
University ol New York (Brooldyn College). 1965; Ph.D.,
Syracuse University, 1967-
DeVoe, Howard J. Associate Professor. Chemistry A.B-.
Oberlin College, 1955; Ph-D.. Harvard University, 1960
Dies, Robert R. Professor, Psychology B S-, Carroll College,
1962; t^-A , Bowling Green State University. 1964; Ph-D-.
University of Connecticut. 1968.
Dieter, George E. Professor. Mechanical Engineenng; Dean.
College of Engineering. B.S.. Drexel University. 1950; Sc.D..
Carnegie-Mellon University. 1953.
DIFederico, Frank R. Associate Professor of An BA.
University of Massachusetts. 1955; MA.. Boston University.
1961; Ph D.. New York University. 1970.
Dlllard, Dudley Professor. Economics. B-S.. University of
California (Berkeley). 1935; Ph.D.. 1940.
Dingwall, William 0. Associate Professor. Hearing and
Speech Sciences. B.S.. Georgetown University. 1957; Ph.D..
1964.
Dlnmann, Laura L. Professor. Human Development. B.S .
University of Colorado. 1938; M.A., University of Maryland.
1963; Ph D . 1967.
Dively, Galen P. Associate Professor. Entomology B.S.
Juniata College. 1966; M.S.. Rutgers University. 1968; Ph.D..
1974.
Dixon, Jack R. Adjunct Associate Professor. Physics and
Astronomy. B.S,. Case-Western Reserve University. 1948;
M.S.. 1950; PhD-. University of Maryland. 1956.
0(2, Marta Ana Assistant Professor. Spanish and Portuguese
M.A.. University of Maryland. 1969; PhD . 1976.
Doerr. John A. Assistant Professor. Poultry Science. B.A..
Washington and Lee University. 1968; B.S . North Carolina
State University. 1972; M.S.. 1975; Ph.D.. 1978
Doetsch, Raymond N. Professor. Microbiology. B.S.
University of Illinois (Urbana), 1942; M.A.. Indiana University.
1943; PhD . University of Maryland. 1948.
Donaldson, Bruce K. Associate Professor. Aerospace
Engineenng A.B,, Columbia University. 1954; B S.. 1955;
MS . University of Wichita. 1963; Ph.D.. University of Illinois
(Urbana). 1968.
Dorfman, J. Robert Professor, Physics and Astronomy.
Institute for Physical Sciences & Technology, A B.. Johns
Hopkins University. 1957; Ph.D.. 1961.
Dotson, Charles O. Professor. Physical Education. B.A..
Moorehead State University. 1963; M.S.. Purdue University.
1964; PhD , 1968.
Doudna, Mark E. Assistant Professor. Heanng and Speech
Sciences BS. Ohio State University. 1948; M.A.. 1956.
PhD. 1962
Douglass, Larry W. Associate Professor, Dairy Science
BS-. Purdue University, 1963; M.S., 1966; Ph.D., Oregon
State University. 1969
Douglis, Avron. Professor. Mathematics and Institute for
Physical Science and Technology. A.B., University of
Chicago. 1938; M.S.. New York University. 1948; Ph.D., 1949.
Dragt, Alex J. Professor. Physics and Astronomy. A.B..
Calvin College. 1958; Ph.D., University of California
(Berkeley), 1963.
Dreher, M. Jean Assistant Professor, Early Childhood and
Elementary Education- BA-. University of California
(Riverside), 1970; M.A.. 1976; Ph.D.. 1980.
Drew, H. Dennis. Associate Professor. Physics and
Astronomy BS.. University of Pittsburgh, 1962: Ph.D..
Cornell University. 1968.
Oriskell, David C. Professor and Chairman, Art. A.B..
Howard University. 1955; M.F.A.. The Catholic University of
Amenca. 1962; Doctor of Fine Arts, Tougaloo College, ;
Doctors of Letters. David Payne College. .
Dudley, James Professor. Education Policy. Planning and
Adminstration. B.A.. Southern Illinois University. 1951; M.S..
1957; Ed.D.. University of Illinois (Urbana), 1964.
Ouffey, Dick Professsor, Chemical and Nuclear Engineering,
B,S , Purdue University. 1939; M.S.. University of Iowa. 1940;
Ph.D.. University ol Maryland. 1956.
Duffy, John Pnscilla Alden Burke Professor, History, B.A..
Louisiana State University. 1941; M.A.. 1943; Ph.D., University
of California (Los Angeles). 1946.
Dummer, Gall M. Assistant Professor, Physical Educalion.
B.S-, University of Minnesota, 1972; M.A., University of
California. 1973; Ph.D.. 1978.
Dumonceau, Michael P. Assistant Professor, Communication
Arts and Theatre BA. University of Maryland. 1966; MA.
1968; PhD. 1979
Dunaway-Marlano, Debra Assistant Professor. Chemistry
B.S.. Texas A&M. 1973; PhD . 1975
Dunn, Norma E. Assistant Professor. English, B.A.. Madison
College. 1946. MA.. University of Pennsylvania, 1952; Ph D ,
1968
Dunson, Bruce H. Assistant Professor. Economics. B.A..
University of California (Inline). 1969; M.A.. 1971; Ph.D..
Harvard University. 1979
DuPuy, Karl F.G. Assistant Professor. School of Architecture
B A . Dartmouth College. 1964. MArch . University of
Pennsylvania. 1967. M Arch.. Delft University of Technology
(The Netherlands). 1969
Dutta, Sukanta K. Associate Professor. Veterinary Science.
BSc . Bombay University (India). 1956. MS . University ot
Minnesota. 1960; Ph D . 1962
Dvorak, Wayne D. Assistant Professor. Music B M E..
Cornell College. 1964; M.S.. University of Illinois. 1971; Ed.D..
1975.
Dworzecka, Maria Assistant Professor. Physics and
Astronomy M Sc. Warsaw University (Poland). 1964; Ph.D..
1969
Earl, James A. Professor. Physics and Astronomy, BS .
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1953; PhD . 1957,
Eckstein, Arthur M. Assistant Professor. History BA,.
University of California (Los Angeles). 1968. M.A.. 1970;
Ph.D.. University of California (Berkeley). 1978
Edmister, Robert O. Associate Professor. College of
Business and Management, B.S.. Miami University. 1964.
M.B.A.. University of Michigan. 1965; Ph.D.. Ohio State
University. 1970,
Edmundson, Harold Professor, Mathematics and Computer
Science- BA , University of California, 1946; MA-, 1948;
PhD, 1953
Egel, Andrew L. Assistant Professor. Special Education.
B-A-. University of California. 1976; M.A.. 1977; PhD,. 1979,
Ehrllch, Gertrude Professor, Mathematics BS, Womens
College of Georgia, 1943. M.A . University of North Carolina.
1945; Ph D-. University of Tennessee. 1953
Elchler, David S. Assistant Professor. Physics and
Astronomy. SB. Massachusetts Institute ol Technology
(Physics). 1972. SB (Math). 1972; S.M.. 1972; Ph D . 1976.
Einstein, Theodore L. Associate Professor. Physics and
Astronomy BA . Harvard University. 1969; MA,, 1969;
Ph,D,, University of Pennsylvania, 1973
Eisenberg, John F. Adjunct Professor. Zoology BS .
Washington State University. 1957. MA. University of
California (Berkeley). 1959. PhD.. 1962
Eiey, George, Jr. Associate Professor. Early Childhood
Elementary Education, BS, Ohio State University, 1952;
MEd,, 1957; Ph D , 1966,
Eliot, John Professor. Human Development A,B,. Hareard
University, 1956: A,M,T„ 1958; EdD,, Stanford University,
1966,
Elkin, Stephen L, Associate Professor. Government and
Politics. B.A., Alfred University, 1961; Ph.D.. Harvard
University. 1969.
Elkins, Richard L. Assistant Professor. Industrial Education
B.S.. University of Maryland. 1953, M.A.. 1958: Ed.D.. 1972.
Elllngson, R. G. Associate Professor, Meteorology B.S .
Florida State University. 1967; M.S.. 1968; Ph.D.. 1972.
Elliott, Gregory C. Assistant Professor. Sociology AB..
Boston College. 1968; M.S.. University of North Carolina. .
MS. University of Wisconsin. 1974. Ph.D.. 1977
Ellis, Richard F. Assistant Professor, Physics and Astronomy.
B.S.. Cornell University. 1966; M.A., Pnnceton University.
1968; Ph.D. 1970
Eliis, Robert L. Associate Professor. Mathematics AB ,
Miami University (Ohio). 1960, PhD-, Duke University. 1966.
Emad, Fawzl P. Associate Professor. Electrical Engineering
B.S.E.E.. American University (Beirut). 1961; M.S..
Northwestern University, 1963; PhD , 1966,
Engram. Barbara E, Visiting Assistant Professor, Counseling
and Personnel Services, B,A,, College of William and Mary,
1959, MA, University ol Maryland, 1974; PhD.. 1976.
Ephremldes, Anthony Associate Professor. Electrical
Engineering B.S., National Technical University of Athens.
1967; M.A.. 1969: Ph.D., Princeton University, 1971,
Erdman, Richard A, Assistant Professor, Dairy Science
BS, University of Wisconsin, 1974, MS, University of
Kentucky, 1977, Ph D , 1979
Erickson, William C. Professor. Physics and Astronomy
B A . University of Minnesota. 1951. M.A.. 1955. PhD . 1956
Evans, Emory G, Professor and Chairman, History BA.
Randolph-Macon College. 1950; M.A.. University ol Virginia.
1954; Ph D-. 1957
Evans, L,awrence Craig Assistant Professor. Mathematics
B.A.. Vandertjill University. 1971; PhD, University ol
California. 1975.
Ewert, D. Merrill Assistant Professor. Agricultural and
Extension Education. B A.. Tabor College. 1967. MA
University of Wisconsin (Madison). 1971. Ph D . 1977
Eyier, Marvin H. Professor. Physical Education; Dean
College of Physical Education. Recreation and Health A B .
Houghton College. 1942. M.S.. University of Illinois (Urbana).
1948; PhD . 1956
Faiclone, Raymond L. Associate Professor. Communication
Arts and Theatre B A . University of Akron. 1965. M A . 1967
Ph D . Kent Slate University. 1972
Falk, David S. Professor and Associate Chairman. Physics
and Astronomy. B.Eng Phys . Cornell University. 1954. MS.
Han/ard University. 1955; PhD,. 1959
Faller, Alan J. Research Professor. Institute for Physical
Science and Technology BS . Massachusetts Institute of
Technology. 1951. MS . 1953; D Sc . 1957
Fanara, Phillip, Jr. Assistant Professor. College of Business
and Management BS. University ol Rhode Island. 1971.
MA,. 1973; PhD . Indiana University. 1980
Fanning, Deivin S. Professor. Agronomy. BS.. Cornell
University. 1954; M.S.. 1959: Ph.D., University of Wisconsin,
1964,
Farquhar, James D. Associate Professor, Art B A ,
Washington and Lee University, 1963, MA, University ol
Chicago, 1966; PhD, 1972,
Farreii, Richard T, Associate Professor, History and
Secondary Education, BA.. Wabash College, 1954; M.S..
Indiana University. 1958; Ph.D.. 1967,
Farsale, All, Assistant Professor. Agricultural Engineering
BS . Pahlavi University. Iran. 1974: M.S.. North Carolina State
University. 1976; PhD . 1979.
Felaco, Vlttorlo Assistant Professor, French and Italian A B .
Barnngton College. 1963: A.M.. Brown University. 1971.
Ph.D.. 1978
Feldman, Robert H.L. Assistant Professor. Health Education
BA , City University of New York. 1964; MA . Pennsylvania
Slate University. 1966; M.S.. Syracuse University. 1972.
Ph.D.. 1974
Feiton, Kenneth E. Professor. Agricultural Engineering B S .
University of Maryland. 1950. BS C E . 1951. MS.
Pennsylvania State University. 1962.
Ferraioii. Joseph Assistant Prolessor. Art BID. Pratt
Institute of Art. 1964; M FA . Columbia University. 1970
Ferrell, Richard A. Professor. Mathematics and Institute lor
Physical Science and Technology. B S.. California Institute of
Technology. 1948: M.S.. 1949; Ph.D.. Princeton University.
1952.
Fertzlger, Allen Phillip Assistant Professor. Health Education
B.S.. City University ol New York. 1963: Ph.D.. University of
Michigan. 1968.
Fey. James T. Associate Professor. Mathematics and
Secondary Education. B S.. University of Wisconsin. 1962.
MS.. 1963; Ph.D.. Columbia University, 1968,
Fichtel, Carl E, Adjunct Professor, Physics and Astronomy
B.S,, Washington University, 1955; PhD . 1960,
Fields, James E. Assistant Professor. College of Journalism
B.A,. Seattle Pacific College, 1961; M.A.. California State
University (Fullerton). 1972: Ph.D.. University ol Missouri
(Colombia), 1980
Fink, Beatrice C, Associate Professor, French and Italian,
B A , Bryn Mawr College, 1953: M,A,. Yale University, 1956,
PhD , University of Pittsburgh. 1966.
Flnkelstein, Barbara J. Associate Professor and Coordinator.
Education Policy. Planning and Administration B.A . Barnard
College. 1959; MA,, Teachers College, Columbia University,
1960; Ed.D,, 1970.
Finsterbusch, Kurt Associate Prolessor. Sociology B A .
Pnnceton University. 1957; B D . Grace Theological Seminary.
1960; PhD , Columbia University. 1969,
30 Fitzgibbons, Peter J.
Fitzgibbons, Peter J. Assistant Professor. Hearing and
Speecti Sciences, B,S., Tufts University. 1964: M.S..
University of Massact^usetts. 1969; Pti.D., Norttiv^estern
University. 1979.
FItzpatrIck, Patrick M. Associate Professor, tt^attiematics
B.A.. Rutgers University. 1966; Pfi.D.. 1971.
Ftvel. Daniel I. Associate Professor. Ptiysics and Astronomy.
B.A.. Jotins Hopl(ins University. 1953; Ph.D.. 1959.
Flack. James K., Jr. Associate Professor, History. B A,
Albion College. 1959; M.A., Wayne State University. 1963;
Ptl.D.. 1968.
Flatter, Charles H. Associate Professor. Human
Development- B.A.. DePauw University, 1961; E.Ed..
University of Toledo. 1965; Ed.D.. University of Maryland.
1968.
Fleck, Jere Associate Professor. Germanic and Slavic
Languages and Literature. Pfi.D.. University of Municti, 1966.
Flelg. AltMrt J. Lecturer, Pan-time. Aerospace Engineering.
B.S.E.S., Purdue University. 1958; Pfi.D.. Catholic University.
Fleishman, John A. Assistant Professor. Sociology. B.A..
Brown University, 1970; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1974;
Ph.D., 1978.
Fletcher, William H. Assistant Professor. Germanic and
Slavic Languages and Literature. B.A.. California State
University, 1970; M.A.. Cornell University, 1972; Ph.D., 1977.
Folsom, Kenneth E. Associate Professor, History. A. 8.,
Phnceton University, 1943; A.B., Instructor, California
(Berkeley), 1955; M.A., 1957; Ph.D., 1964.
Folstrom, Roger J, Professor, Music and Secondary
Education. B.S., College of Saint Thomas, 1956; M.Ed.,
1959; M.Mus., Northwestern University, 1963; Ph.D., 1967.
Fonarotf, L. Schuyler Professor, Geography, B,A,, University
of Arizona, 1955; Ph D . Johns Hoplims University. 1961.
Forbes, James Associate Professor. Art. B.A.. University of
Maryland. 1964; M.A.. 1966.
Ford. Gary T. Associate Professor. College ol Business and
Management. B.B.A.. Clarkston College of Technology. 1966;
M.B.A.. State University of Nev» York (BuHalo). 1968; Ph.D..
1973.
Foreman, Chrlatopher Assistant Professor. Government and
Politics. B.A.. Han/ard University. 1974; M.A.. 1977; PhD,,
Foss, John E. Professor, Agronomy, B.S,. Wisconsin State
University (River Falls), 1957; M.S., University of Minnesota,
1959; Ph.D., 1965.
Foster, Phillips W. Professor. Agricultural and Resource
Economics. B S., Cornell University, 1953; M.S,, University of
Illinois (Urbana). 1956; PhD., 1958.
Fourney, William L. Professor. Mechanical Engineehng.
B.S A.E.. West Virginia University. 1962; M.S.. 1963; Ph.D..
University of Illinois (Urbana). 1966.
Foust, Clifford M. Professor, History. B.A., Syracuse
University. 1949. M.A.. University of Chicago. 1951; Ph.D..
1959
Francescato, Guide Professor and Chairman. Housing and
Applied Design. B.A.. University of Illinois, 1959; M.Arch.,
1966
Fraser-Reld, Bertram O. Professor. Chemistry. B.S,. Queens
University. 1959; M.S., 1961; Ph.D., University o( Alberta,
1964.
Frederlksen, EIke P. Associate Professor. Germanic and
Slavic Languages and Literature. M.A.. University of Keil
(Germany). 1962; M.A.. University of Wisconsin, 1965; Ph.D.,
University of Colorado, 1973.
Freedman, Morris Professor, English, B,A., City University of
New York (City College), 1941; M.A., Columbia University,
1950; PhD,. 1953.
n, David H. Professor. Chemistry. B.S., University of
Rochester. 1952; M.S, Carnegie Institute of Technology,
1954. Ph D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1957.
Freeman. Robert Associate Professor. Psychology. B.A.,
Havertord College, 1951; M.A., Wesleyan College, 1954;
Ph.D., University of Maryland. 1964.
Frelmuth. VIckl S. Associate Professor. Communication Arts
and Theatre B.S, Eastern Illinois University. 1968; M.A..
University of Iowa. 1967; Ph.D.. Flonda Stale University. 1974.
Fretz, Bruce R. Professor. Psychology. B.A.. Gettysburg
College. 1961; MA. Ohio Slate University. 1963; Ph.D., 1965.
Frey, Barry C, Assistant Professor, Agricultural Engineehng.
BS.A.E., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1971; M.S., 1974;
Ph.D., Oklahoma State University, 1979.
Fritz, Slgmund Visiting Professor, Part-time, Meteorology.
B.S., Brooklyn College, 1934; M.S., Massachusetts Institute ol
Technology, 1941; Sc.D., 1953.
Fromovltz. Stan Associate Professor, College of Business
and Management B.A.Sc, University of Toronto, 1960; M.A.,
1961; PhD , Stanford University, 1965.
Fry, Gladys-Marie Associate Professor, English. B.A.,
Howard University. 1952; M.A., 1954; PhD, Indiana
University, 1967
Fuegl, John Professor, Germanic and Slavic Languages,
Director, Comparative Literature Program. B.A., Pomona
College. 1961; Ph.D.. University of Southern California, 1967
Funaro, George J. Associate Professor. Secondary
Education; Provost. Division of Human and Community
Resources B.S.. Amencan International College, 1956; M.A.,
1956; Ph.D.. University ol Connecticut. 1965.
Galletta, Gene J. Adjunct Professor, Horticulture. B.S.,
University ol Maryland, 1951; M.S., Rutgers University, 1953;
PhD , University of California. 1959.
Galloway, Raymond A. Professor, Botany. B S.. University
of Maryland. 1952; M.S., 1956, Ph.D., 1958
Gambrell, Linda B. Assistant Professor. Early Childhood
Elementary Education. B.S.. University of Maryland. 1966.
M.Ed., 1970; Ph.D., 1973.
Gammon, R. W. Associate Professor, Institute for Physical
Science and Technology. A.B.. Johns Hopkins University,
1961; M.S., California Institute of Technology, 1963, Ph.D.,
Johns Hopkins University, 1967.
Gannon, John D. Associate Professor, Computer Science.
A.B., Brown University, 1970; M.S., 1972; Ph.D., University of
Toronto, 1975.
Gannon, Martin J. Professor, College of Business and
Management B.A., University of Scranton, 1961; Ph.D.,
Columbia University, 1969.
GartMf, Daniel L. Associate Professor. Civil Engineehng.
B.S., University ol Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1959; Ph.D., 1965.
Gardner, Albert H. Associate Professor, Human
Development B.S., State University of New York (Courtland),
1958; MA. Syracuse University, 1964; Ph.D., 1967
Gardner, Marjorle H Professor, Chemistry. B.S,, Utah State
University, 1946; M.A., Ohio State University, 1958; Ph.D.,
1960,
Garner, Ruth A. Assistant Professor, Early Childhood
Elementary Education. B.S.. University of Wisconsin
(Madison). 1967; M.S.. 1970; Ph.D.. 1977
Garvey, Evelyn F. Professor. Music. B.S.. Temple University,
1943; MM., University of Rochester. 1946.
Gasner, Larry L. Associate Professor. Chemical and Nuclear
Engineering. BS, University of Minnesota, 1965; M.S,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1967; Ph.D., 1971.
Gass, Saul I. Professor, College of Business and
Management. 8. A., Boston University, 1949; M.A., 1949;
Ph.D., University ofCalifornia (Berkeley), 1965,
Gatzoulls, JullanI Assistant Professor, Mechanical
Engineering, B,S.. University of Hannover (West Germany),
1965; M.S., 1974, Ph.D., George Washington University,
1976.
Gaylln, ftod L. Professor, Family and Community
Development. B.A., University of Chicago, 1956; M.A., 1961;
PhD, 1965.
Geddes, Margaret Anna Assistant Professor, Housing and
Applied Design. B.A.. University of Alberta. 1964; M.A.. State
University of Iowa. 1967; M.F.A., University of Cincinnati,
1968.
Gelman, Ellen P. Associate Professor, Art. A. 6., Brandeis
University, 1961; M.FA,. Columbia University, 1964,
Gelso, Charlas J. Professor. Psychology. B.S., Bloomburg
State College, 1963, MS,, Florida State University, 1964;
PhD,, Ohio State University, 1970,
Gentry, James W. Professor, Chemical and Nuclear Eng..
Inst, for Physical Science and Technology, B,S,. Oklahoma
State University, 1961; M.S.. University of Birmingham. 1963;
Ph.D.. University of Texas. 1969
Gilbert, James B. Professor. History. B A., Carleton College,
1961 ; M.A.. University of Wisconsin, 1963; Ph.D., 1966.
Gill, Douglas E, Associate Professor, Zoology. B.S., Mahetta
College, 1965; M.A.. University of Michigan, 1967; Ph.D..
1971.
Gilliam, Sam Lecturer, Part-time, Art. B.A., University of
Louisville, 1955; M.F.A., 1961,
Gllmore, Al-Tony Associate Professor and Director,
Afro-American Studies, B,A,, North Carolina Central
University, 1968, MA,, 1969; PhD,. University of Toledo,
1972,
GInter, Marshall L. Professor, Institute for Physical Science
and Technology. A.B., Chico State College, 1958; Ph.D.,
Vanderbill University, 1961.
Glad, John Associate Professor, Germanic and Slavic
Languages and Literatures. B.A., Indiana University, 1962;
M.A., 1964; Ph.D., New York University, 1970.
Glass, James M. Associate Professor. Government and
Politics. B.A., University of California (Berkeley), 1961; M.A.,
1964; Ph.D. 1970
Glasser, Robert G. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. A.B..
University of Chicago, 1948; B.S., 1950; M.S.. 1952; Ph.D..
1954.
Glendenlng, Parrls N. Associate Professor. Government and
Politics. B.A.. Florida State University, 1964; M.A., 1965;
Ph.D.. 1967.
Glenn, Donald S. Associate Professor. Agronomy. B.S,,
University of Kentucky, 1975; PhD,, 1979,
Gllck, Arnold J. Professor, Physics and Astronomy, B.A.,
City University of New York (Brooklyn), 1955; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland, 1961,
Gloeckler, George Professor, Physics and Astronomy, B.S..
University of Chicago, 1960; S,M,, 1962; PhD,. 1965,
Glover, Rolfe E., III. Professor. Physics and Astronomy. A.B..
Bowdoin College. 1948; B.S.. Massachusetts Institute of
Technology. 1948; Ph.D.. University of Goettingen (Germany).
1953.
Gluckstern, Robert L. Professor, Physics and Astronomy;
Chancellor. BEE.. City University of New York (City
College), 1944; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
1948
Goerlng, Jacob D. Professor, Human Development. B.A.,
Bethel College, 1941; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1959.
Gokel, George Associate Professor, Chemistry. B.S,. Tulane
University. 1968; Ph.D,, University of Southern California.
Goldtwrg, Seymour Professor, Mathematics, A.B., Hunter
College, 1950; M.A., Ohio State University, 1952; Ph.D., 1958.
Golden, Bruce L. Associate Professor, College of Business
and Management. B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1972;
S.M., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1974; Ph.D.,
1976
Gofdenbaum, George C, Professor and Associate Chairman,
Physics and Astronomy. B.S., Muhlenberg College, 1957;
Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1966.
Goldfarb, Allan H. Assistant Professor, Physical Education.
B.S., Brooklyn College, 1972; M.Ed., Temple University, 1976;
Ph.D., 1979.
Goldhaber, Jacob K, Professor, Mathematics, B.A,, City
University of New York (Brooklyn College), 1944; M,A.,
Harvard University, 1945; Ph.D.. University of Wisconsin,
1950,
Goldman, Harvey Associate Professor, Education Policy,
Planning and Administration, Bach., University of Rhode
Island, 1960, M.A., John Carroll University. 1962,
Goldsby, Richard A, Professor, Chemistry, B,A., University
of Kansas, 1957; Ph,D., University ol California (Berkeley),
Goldstein, Irwin L, Professor and Chairman, Psychology.
B.B A.. City University of New York (City College). 1959; M.A,.
University of Maryland. 1962; PhD,, 1964
Goldstein, Larry J. Professor, Mathematics. B.A.. University
of Pennsylvania. 1965; Ph.D.. Phnceton University. 1967,
Gollub, Lewis R. Professor, Psychology A,B,, University of
Pennsylvania, 1955; PhD,, Harvard University, 1958.
Gonzalez, Nancle L. Professor, Anthropology. B.S.,
University o( North Dakota, 1951; M.A., University of Michigan,
1955, Ph.D., 1959.
Good, Richard A. Professor, Mathematics. A.B,, Ashland
College, 1939; MA,, University of Wisconsin. 1940; Ph.D.,
1945,
Goods, M. Dennis Associate Professor, Zoology, B.S,.
University of Kansas. 1963; Ph.D.. Iowa State University.
1967.
Heisler, Martin O. 31
Goodman, Jordan Assistant Professor, Physics and
Astronomy. B.S.. University of Maryland, 1973; M.S., 1975,
Ph D , 1978
Gordon, Donald C. Professor, History. B.A., College of
William and Mary, 1934; M.A., Columbia University, 1937;
Ph.D , 1947
Gordon. Glen E. Professor, Chemistry. B.S.. University of
Illinois. 1956; Ph D., University of California (Berl<eley), 1960,
Gordon, Lawrence A. Professor, College of Business and
Management. B.S.. State University of New York (Albany).
1966; MB. A.. 1967; Ph.D.. Rennsealer Polytechnic Institute,
1973.
Gordon, Stewart L. Professor and Chairman, Music. 6. A.,
University of Kansas. 1953; M.A.. 1954; D.M.A., University of
Rochester. 1965
Gordon-Salant, Sandra M. Assistant Professor, Hearing and
Speech Sciences B.A.. State University of New York
(Albany). 1974; M.A.. Northwestern University. 1976; Ph.D..
1980.
Gormally. James Assistant Professor. Psychology B.A .
Manrt College. 1969; M.A., Southern Illinois University, 1972;
Ph.D., 1974
Gorovltz, Samuel Professor and Chairman. Philosophy. B.S..
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1960; Ph.D., Stanford
University, 1963.
Gossage, John R, Lecturer Pan-time. Art. Walden School, ,
1965,
Gouin, Francis R. Associate Professor. Horticulture. B.S..
University of New Hampshire. 1962; M.S., University of
Maryland. 1965. PhD . 1969.
Gould, William, Jr. Associate Professor. Horticulture B A .
Albion College, 1940; M LA . University of Georgia, 1975
Graefe, Alan R. Lecturer. Recreation. B.S., University of
Wisconsin. 1973; M.S.. Texas ASM University. 1977; PhD .
1980.
Gramberg, Edward J. Professor, Spanish and Portuguese.
B.A.. University of Amsterdam. 1946; M.A., University of
California (Berkeley), 1949; Ph.D.. 1968.
Grant, Lee P. Associate Professor, Aghcultural Engineering.
B.S-. University of Connecticut. 1962; M.S.. Pennsylvania
State University. 1971; Ph.D.. 1974.
Gray. Alfred Professor. Mathematics. B.A.. University of
Kansas, i960; M.A.. 1961; Ph. P.. University of California (Los
Angeles). 1964
Green. Harry B., Jr. Assistant Professor. Human
Development B.A., University of Virginia. 1959: M.Ed.. 1963;
Ph.D.. 1965
Green, Josepfi E. Assistant Professor. Horticulture. B.S..
Furman University. 1973, MS . University of Georgia. 1978.
Green, Paul S. Associate Professor. Mathematics. B.A..
Cornell University. 1959; M.A.. Harvard University, 1960;
Ph.D.. Cornell University. 1964
Green. Wllfard W. Professor Emeritus. Animal Science. B.S..
University of Minnesota, 1933; MS., 1934; PhD , 1939.
Greenberg, Jerrold S. Professor. Health Education. B.S .
City College of New York. 1964; M.S.. 1965; Ed.D.. Syracuse
University. 1969
Greenberg, Kenneth R. Associate Professor, Counseling and
Personnel Services B S.. Ohio State University. 1951; M.A..
1952; PhD . Case-Western Reserve University. 1960
Greenberg, Leon Professor. Mathematics. B.S.. City
University of New York (City College), 1953; M.A., Yale
University. 1955; PhD , 1958.
Greenberg, Louis M. Associate Professor. History. AS.. City
University of New York (Brooklyn College), 1954; M.A.,
Haroard University. 1957; PhD , 1963
Greenberg, Oscar W. Professor. Physics and Astronomy.
BS. Rutgers-The State University. 1952; A.M.. Princeton
University. 1954; PhD . 1956.
Greenspan. Patricia Associate Professor. Philosophy. A.B..
Columbia University. 1966; A.M.. Harvard University, 1968,
PhD . 1972
Greenwood, David C. Associate Professor. English. B.A..
University of London, 1949; Ph.D.. University of Dublin, 1968;
S T D . Catholic University ol America, 1979.
Greer, Sandra C. Associate Professor. Chemistry. B.S..
Furman University. 1966; M.S.. University of Chicago, 1968;
PhD . 1969.
Greer, Thomas V. Professor. College of Business and
Management BA. University of Texas. 1953; M.B.A.. Ohio
State University. 1957; Ph.D., University of Texas. 1964.
Griem. Hans Professor, Physics and Astronomy. Bach.. Max
Planck Schule. 1949; Ph.D., University of Kiel, 1954.
Griffin, James J. Professor. Physics and Astronomy, B.S..
Villancva College. 1952; M.S.. Pnnceton University. 1955;
Ph.D.. 1956
Grim. Samuel O. Professor. Chemistry. B.S.. Franklin and
Marshall College. 1956; Ph.D.. Massachusetts Institute of
Technology. 1960.
Grimsted. David A. Associate Professor, History. A.B.,
Harvard University, 1957; M.A.. University of California
(Berkeley). 1958; Ph.D., 1963.
Grollman, SIgmund Professor. Zoology. BS , University of
Maryland. 1947; M.S.. 1949; Ph.D., 1952.
Gross, Alan E. Professor. Psychology B.S., Purdue
University. 1959; M.B.A.. Stanford University. 1962; Ph.D..
1967.
Groves, Paul A. Associate Professor. Geography. B.S..
University of London. 1956; Ph.D.. University of California
(Berkeley). 1969
Gruchy, Allan G. Professor Emeritus. Economics B.A.,
University of British Columbia, 1926; M.A., McGill University.
1929. Ph D , University of Virginia. 1931.
Grunig, James E. Professor. College of Journalism BS.,
Iowa State University. 1964; M.S. University of Wisconsin.
1966; Ph D.. 1968.
Guernsey, Ralph L. Research Associate Professor, Institute
lor Physical Science and Technology. B.S.. Miami University
(Ohio). 1952; Ph.D.. University of Michigan. 1960
Gulick, Sidney L., Ill Professor. Mathematics. B.A.. Oberlin
College. 1958. MA., Yale University. 1960; PhD , 1963.
Haber, Francis C. Professor. History B.A.. University of
Connecticut, 1948, M.A.. Johns Hopkins University, 1952;
Ph D . 1957
Hacklander, Effle Assistant Professor. Textiles and
Consumer Economics. B.S.. University of Minnesota, 1962;
M.S., Michigan State University, 1968; Ph D., 1973.
Mage, Jerald Professor and Chairman, Sociology. B.B.A..
University of Wisconsin, 1955; Ph.D., Columbia University.
1963.
Haley, A. James Professor and Assistant Chairman. Zoology
B S . University ol New Hampshire, 1949; M.S.. 1950; Sc.D..
Johns Hopkins University. 1955
Hamilton, Donna B. Associate Professor, English. B.A.,
Saint Olaf College. 1963; Ph.D.. University of Wisconsin.
1968.
Hamilton, Gary D. Associate Professor. English. B.A., Saint
Olaf College. 1962; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1965;
Ph.D., 1968.
Hamlet, Richard G. Associate Professor. Computer Science.
B.S.. University of Wisconsin. 1959; M.S., Cornell University,
1964; Ph.D., University of Washington, 1971.
Hamlet. Sandra L. Associate Professor. Hearing and Speech
Sciences B.A, University of Wisconsin, 1959; M.A.. 1967;
Ph D.. University ol Washington. 1970.
Hammond, Eugene R. Assistant Professor. English. B.A.,
University of Notre Dame, 1969; B.A., Oxford University, 1973;
Ph.D.. Yale University, 1977
Hammond, Robert C. Prolessor and Chairman. Veterinary
Science BS . Pennsylvania State University. 1943; V.M.D..
University of Pennsylvania. 1948.
Hamosh, Margit Adjunct Professor. Food. Nutrition and
Institution Administration. M.Sc. Hebrew University, 1956;
Ph.D.. 1959
Hancock, Charles R. Associate Professor. Secondary
Education, B.A.. Louisiana State University. 1963; M.A.,
1966; Ph D . Ohio State University, 1970
Hanna, William J. Professor and Chairman, Family and
Community Development. B.S., University ol California (Los
Angeles), 1957; MA. 1960; Ph.D.. 1962
Hansen. J. Norman Associate Professor, Chemistry. Ph.D.,
University of California (Los Angeles). 1968
Hardle, Ian W. Associate Professor, Agricultural and
Resource Economics B.S , University of California (Davis),
1960, Ph.D.. University of California (Berkeley), 1965.
Hardy, Robert C. Professor and Director. Human
Development. B.S Ed . Bucknell University. 1961; M.S.Ed..
Indiana University, 1964: Ed.D,. 1969.
Harger. RotMrt O. Professor. Electrical Engineering. B.S..
University of Michigan. 1955; M.S.. 1959; Ph.D.. 1961.
Harlan, Louis R. Prolessor. History. B.A.. Emory University.
1943; M.A.. Vanderbilt University. 1948; Ph.D.. Johns Hopkins
University, 1955
Harper, Glenn Assistant Professor. Sociology. B.S.. Purdue
University, 1958; M.S., 1961; Ph.D.. 1968.
Harper, Robert A. Professor. Geography. Ph B.. University of
Chicago, 1946; B.S.. 1947; M.S.. 1948; Ph.D.. 1950.
Harrington, J. Patrick Associate Professor. Physics and
Astronomy. B.S., University of Chicago, 1961; M.S., Ohio
State University, 1964; Ph.D.. 1967.
Harris. Curtis C. Prolessor, Economics and Bureau of
Business and Economic Research. B.S., University of Florida,
1956; MA.. Han/ard University. 1959. Ph.D.. 1960.
Harris, James F. Assistant Professor. History. B.S.. Loyola
University. 1962; M.S.. University of Wisconsin. 1964; Ph.D..
1968.
Harris. Wesley L. Professor, Agricultural Engineering.
Director Agricultural Expenment Station. BSAE.. University
of Georgia. 1953; M.S.. 1958; Ph.D.. Michigan State
University, 1969.
Harrison, Floyd P. Professor. Entomology B.S.. Louisiana
State University. 1951: M.S.. 1953: Ph.D.. University ol
Maryland. 1955
Harrison, Paul E., Jr. Professor. Industrial Education. B.S.D..
Northern Illinois University, 1942: M.A.. Colorado State
College. 1947; Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1955.
Harvey. James W. Assistant Professor. College of Business
and Management. B.S.. University of Illinois (Urbana). 1966:
M.B.A.. University ol Miami (Coral Gables). 1968: Ph.D..
Pennsylvania State University, 1977.
Haslem. John A. Professor, College of Business and
Management. A.B,. Duke University, 1956; M.B.A.. University
of North Carolina, 1961; Ph.D.. 1967.
Hatch, Randolph Thomas Associate Professor. Chemical
and Nuclear Engineenng B.S. University of California
(Berkeley). 1967. M.S., f^assachusetts Institute of Technology,
1969; Ph.D., 1973.
Hatfield, Agnes B. Associate Prolessor, Human
Development. B.A., University of California. 1948; M.A.,
University of Denver. 1954; Ph.D., 1959.
Hathorn, Guy B. Prolessor. Government and Politics. B.A.,
University ol Mississippi. 1940. MA, 1942; Ph.D. Duke
University. 1950.
Hausman, Daniel Assistant Professor, Philosophy. B.A..
Hareard University. 1969: M AT , New York University. 1971:
B.A., Cambridge University, 1973; MA.. 1977; M.Phil..
Columbia University, 1975: Ph D,. 1978.
Hawk, Harold W. Adjunct Professor. Dairy Science. B.S.,
Pennsylvania State University. 1952: M.S.. University of
Wisconsin. 1953: Ph.D.. 1956.
Hayleck, Charles R., Jr. Associate Professor. Mechanical
Engineering. B.S.. University of Maryland. 1943: M.S.. 1949.
Head, Emerson W. Associate Professor. Music. B.Mus.,
University of Michigan. 1957. M.Mus., 1961.
Heath, James L. Professor. Poultry Science; Acting Associate
Dean, College of Agriculture B.S.. Louisiana State University,
1963; M.S., 1968. Ph.D.. 1970,
Helwler, Jean R. Professor. Special Education. B.S.. State
University of New York (Albany). 1953; M.S.. University of
Illinois (Urbana). 1956; Ed.D.. Syracuse University. 1960.
Heldelbach. Ruth A. Associate Professor. Early Childhood
Elementary Education. B.S.. University of Maryland. 1949;
M.Ed,. University of Florida. 1957: Ed.D . Teachers College.
Columbia University, 1967.
Heikklnen, Henry W. Associate Professor, Chemistry and
Secondary Education B Eng . Yale University. 1956: M.A..
Columbia University Teachers College. 1962; Ph.D..
University of Maryland, 1973.
Helm, Norman M. Prolessor. Music. B.M.Ed.. University of
Evansville, 1951; M.Mus.. University of Rochester. 1952;
DMA.. 1962.
Heins, Conrad P. Professor. Civil Engineenng and Institute
for Physical Science and Engineering. B.S.. Drexel Institute of
Technology, 1960; M.S.. Lehigh University. 1962; Ph.D..
University of Maryland. 1967
Helns, Maurice H. Professor. Mathematics. A.B.. Harvard
University. 1937; A.M.. 1939: Ph.D.. 1940: A.M.. Brown
University. 1947.
Heisler. Martin O. Associate Professor. Government and
Politics. B.A., University of California (Los Angeles). 1960:
M.A.. 1962: Ph.D.. 1969.
32 Helm, Eugene E.
Helm, Eugene E. Pro(essor. Music BMu.Ed.. Southeastern
Louisiana College. 1950; M.Mu.Ed., Louisiana State
University, 1955; Ph.D. North Texas State Univer. 1958.
Helz. George R. Associate Professor. Chemistry A,B,.
Princeton University. 1964; Ph.D.. Pennsylvania State
University. 1971.
Helzer, Garry A. Associate Professor. Mathematics B A..
Portland State College. 1959; M.A.. Northwestern University.
1962; Ph.D.. 1964.
Henery-Logan, Kenneth R. Professor, Chemistry B.Sc .
McGill University. 1942; Ph.D.. 1946.
Henkel. Ramon Associate Professor. Sociology. Ph B..
University of North Dakota. 1958; M.A.. University of
Wisconsin. 1961; Ph.D.. 1967,
Henkelman, Jamas Associate Professor. Mathematics and
Secondary Education. B.S., Miami University (Ohio). 1954;
M.Ed.. 1955; Ed.D.. Harvard University. 1965.
Herb, Rebecca A. Assistant Professor. Mathematics. B.A.,
University of Oregon, 1969; M.A., 1970; Ph.D.. University of
Washington. 1974.
Herman, Harold J. Associate Professor. English. BA..
University of Maryland. 1952; Ph.D.. University of
Pennsylvania. 1960.
Herman, Wayne L. Associate Professor. Early Childhood
Elementary Education. B.A.. Ursinus College. 1955; M.Ed..
Temple University. 1960; Ed.D.. 1965.
Herschbach, Dennis H. Associate Professor. Industrial
Education. A.B., San Jose State College, 1960; M.S.,
University of Illinois (Urbana), 1968; Ph.D., 1972.
Hetrick, Frank M. Professor. Microbiology B.S.. Michigan
Slate University. 1954; M.S., University of Maryland, 1960;
Ph.D., 1962.
Hiebert, Ray E. Professor. College of Journalism. B.A..
Stanford University. 1954; M.S.. Columbia University. 1957;
M.A.. University of Maryland. 1961; PhD . 1962.
HIgglns, William J. Associate Professor. Zoology B.S ,
Boston College. 1969; Ph.D.. Florida State University. 1973.
HIghton, Richard Professor. Zoology. BA. New Yorl<
University. 1950; M.S.. University of Florida. 1953; M.A.. 1956.
Hill, Clara E. Associate Professor. Psychology B.A..
Southern Illinois University. 1970; I^.A.. 1972; Ph.D.. 1974.
Hill, John W. Professor and Dean, School of Architecture.
B.A.. Rice University. 1951; B. Arch.. 1952; M.A., University of
Pennsylvania. 1959.
Hlrzel, Robert K. Associate Professor, Sociology. B.A.,
Pennsylvania State University. 1946; M.A.. 1959; Ph.D.,
Louisiana State University. 1954.
Hochull, Un E. Professor. Electrical Engineering. M.S.,
University of Maryland, 1955; Ph.D.. Catholic University of
America. 1962.
Hodos. William Professor, Psychology. B.S.. City University
of New York (Brooklyn College), 1955; M.A.. University of
Pennsylvania. 1957; Ph.D., 1960,
Hoffman, Mary Ann Assistant Professor, Counseling and
Personnel Services. B.A.. Macalester College. 1971; Ph.D..
University of Minnesota, 1975.
Hoffman, Ronald Associate Professor. History. BA . George
Peabody College. 1964; M.A.. University of Wisconsin. 1965;
Ph.D.. 1969.
Holland, Joshua Z. Adjunct Professor. NOAA/Department of
Meteorolgy. B.S.. University of Chicago. 1941; Certificate o!
Meteorology. 1942; Ph.D.. University of Washington. 1968.
Hollies, Norman R. S. Professor.. Textiles and Consumer
Economics. B.S.. University of Alberta (Canada). ; Ph.D..
McGill University (Montreal). 1947.
Holloway, David C. Associate Professor, Mechanical
Engineering. B.S.. University of Illinois (Urtjana). 1966; M.S..
1969; Ph.D.. 1971.
Holmgren, Harry D. Professor. Physics and Astronomy. B.S..
University of Minnesota. 1949; MA.. 1950. Ph.D.. 1954.
Holmlund, Chester E. Professor, Chemistry 3.S.. Worcester
Polytechnic Institute. 1943; M.S.. 1951; Ph.D.. University of
Wisconsin. 1954.
Holton, W. Milne Professor. English. BA.. Dartmouth
College. 1954; L.L.B.. Harvard University. 1957; M.A.. Yale
University. 1959; Ph.D.. 1965.
Holum, Kenneth Associate Professor. History. B.A..
Augustana College. 1961; M.A., University of Chicago, 1969;
Ph.D.. 1973.
Hopkins, Richard L. Associate Professor. Education Policy.
Planning and Education. B.S.. Stanford University. 1962;
M.S.. 1963; Ph.D.. University of California (Los Angeles).
1969.
Hornbake, R. Lea Professor Emeritus, Industrial Education;
Vice President for Academic Affairs Emeritus. B.S.. California
State College (Pennsylvania). 1934; M.A., Ohio State
University, 1936; Ph.D.. 1942; LL.D.. Eastern Michigan
University. 1963
Hornyak, William F. Professor, Physics and Astronomy.
B.E.E. City University of New York (City College), 1944; M.S..
California Institute of Technology. 1946; Ph.D., 1949.
Horton, David L. Professor. Psychology. B.A., University of
Minnesota. 1955; M.A.. 1957; Ph.D.. 1959.
Horvath, John M. Professor. Mathematics. Ph D.. University
of Budapest. 1947.
Hovey, Richard B. Professor. English. B.A.. University of
Cincinnati, 1942; MA., Hanrard University. 1943; Ph.D.. 1950.
Howard, John D. Associate Professor, English. B.A.,
Washington College (Maryland). 1956; M.A.. University of
Maryland. 1962; Ph.D.. 1967.
Howarth, John L. Professor. Physics and Astronomy;
Director. General Honors Program. B.S., University of
Cambridge, 1945; M.A.. 1948; B.Sc., University of London,
1948; M.SC. 1950; Ph.D.. 1963.
Hoysrt, John H. Professor, Agronomy. B.S.. University of
Maryland, 1943; M.S., 1949; Ph.D.. 1951.
Hsu, Shao T. Professor. Mechanical Engineering. B.S.,
Chiao-Tung University. 1937; M.S.. Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, 1943; D.Sc. Swiss Federal Institute of
Technology. 1954.
Hsueh, Chun-Tu Professor. Government and Politics. L.L.B..
Chaoyang University (China). 1946; M.A.. Columbia
University. 1953, Ph,D,. 1958.
Hu, Bsl-Lok Assistant Professor. Physics and Astronomy
A.B.. University of California (Berkeley). 1967; M.A., Princeton
University. 1969; Ph.D.. 1972.
Hubbard, Bert E. Research Professor, Mathematics and
Institute for Physical Science and Technology. B.S.. Western
Illinois University. 1949; M.S.. State University of Iowa. 1952;
Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1960.
Hublw, Rolf 0. Associate Professor. Classics. B.A.. Hamilton
College. 1947; M.A.. Princeton University. 1950; Ph.D.. 1950.
Huden, Daniel P. Associate Professor. Education Policy,
Planning and Administration. B.S.. University of Vermont.
1954; M.A.. Columbia Teachers College. 1958; Ed.D.. 1967.
Hudson, William L. Professor. Music. B.Mus., Philadelphia
Music Academy. 1954; A.B.. University of Pennsylvania. 1957;
M.Mus,. Yale University. 1961.
Huebner, Robert W. Associate Professor. Human
Development. B.S.. Concordia Teachers College. 1957; M.A.,
1960; Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1969.
Huheey, James E. Professor. Chemistry. B.S., University of
Cincinnati. 1957; M.S., University of Illinois, 1959; Ph,D..
1961
Hula, Richard C. Assistant Professor. Family and Community
Development. B.A.. Michigan State University. 1969; M.A..
Northwestern University. 1970; Ph.D.. 1975.
Hult, Joan S. Associate Professor. Physical Education, B.S..
Indiana University. 1954; M.Ed.. University of North Carolina
(Greensboro). 1957; Ph.D., University of Southern California,
1967.
Hummel, James A. Professor, Mathematics. B.S.. California
Institute of Technology. 1949; M.A.. Bice University, 1953;
Ph.D.. 1955.
Humphrey, Fred Professor and Chairman. Recreation. B.A..
Tarkio College. 1946; M.A., University of Iowa. 1953; Ph.D..
Pennsylvania State University. 1973.
Humphrey, James H. Professor, Physical Education. A.B..
Denison University. 1933; M.A.. Western Hesen/e University.
1946; Ed.D.. Boston University. 1951.
Hunt, E. Joan Assistant Professor. Human Development.
A.B.. University of Redlands. 1954; M.A.. Fresno Slate
College. 1964; Ed.D.. University of Maryland. 1967.
Hunt, Janet G. Associate Professor. Sociology. BA.
University of Redlands, . 1962; M.A., Indiana University, 1966;
Ph.D.. 1973.
Hunt, Larry L. Associate Professor. Sociology. B.S., Ball
State University. 1961; M.A.. Indiana University, 1964; Ph.D.,
1968.
Husman, Burrls F. Professor. Physical Education. B.S.,
University of Illinois (Urtjana). 1941; M.S.. 1948; Ed.D..
University of Maryland. 1954.
Hynes, Cecil V. Associate Professor. College of Business and
Management. B.A.. Michigan State University. 1948; M.A.,
1949; Ph.D.. 1965
Igel, Reglna Associate Professor, Spanish and Portuguese.
M.A.. State University of Iowa. 1969; Ph.D.. University of New
Mexico, 1973.
ImberskI, RIchsrd B. Associate Professor. Zoology B.S.,
University of Rochester, 1959; Ph.D , 1965.
Ingraham, Barton, L. Associate Professor. Institute of
Criminal Justice and Criminology. A.B.. Hazard University.
1952; J.D.. 1957; M.Crim., University of California (Berkeley),
1968; Ph.D.. 1971.
Ingram, Anne G. Professor. Physical Education. A.B.,
University of North Carolina, 1944; IVI.A., University of
Georgia. 1948; Ed.D.. Columbia University. 1962.
Inouye, David W. Assistant Professor. Zoology. B.A..
Swarthmore College. 1971; Ph.D.. University of North
Carolina. 1976.
Intrlllgator, Barbara A. Assistant Professor. Ecucation Policy,
Planning and Administration. A.B.. Syracuse University. 1962;
M.Ed.. Tufts University. 1963; Ed.D.. Boston University. 1978.
Issacs, Nell D. Professor. English. A.B.. Dartmouth College.
1953; A.M.. University of California (Berkeley). 1956; Ph.D.,
Brown University, 1959.
Jacobs, Barry E. Assistant Professor. Computer Science.
B.S.. Brooklyn College. 1969; M.S.. New York University.
1971; Ph.D., 1975.
James, Edward F. Assistant Professor. English and
Secondary Education. B.A.. University of Maryland. 1954;
M.A.. 1955; Ph.D.. Catholic University of America. 1969.
Jamleson, Ksthleen M. Professor. Communication Arts and
Theatre. B.A., Marquette University, 1967; M.A.. University of
Wisconsin. 1968; Ph.D.. 1972,
Janes, Robert W. Professor, Sociology and Institute for
Urtjan Studies. A.B.. University of Chicago. 1938; M.A., 1939;
Ph.D., University of Illinois. 1942.
Jantz, Richard K. Associate Professor. Eariy Childhood
Elementary Education, B.S. Indiana University. 1968; tvlS..
1970; Ed.D.. Ball State University. 1972
Jaqulth, Richard H. Professor. Chemistry; Assistant Vice
Chancellor for Academic AHairs. B.S.. University of
Massachusetts. 1940; M.S.. 1942; Ph.D.. Michigan Slate
University. 1955.
Jarvis, Bruce B. Professor, Chemistry, B,A.. Ohio Wesleyan
University. 1963; Ph.D.. University of Colorado. 1966.
JashemskI, Wllhelmlna F. Professor Emerita. History. B.A..
York College. 1931; M.A.. University of Nebraska, 1933;
Ph,D,, University of Chicago, 1942,
Jellema, Roderick H. Associate Professor. English. B.A..
Calvin College. 1951; M.A.. 1954; Ph.D.. University of
Edinburgh, 1962.
Jensen, Helen H. Lecturer. Textiles and Consumer
Economics. B.A.. Carieton College. 1968; M.S.. University of
Minnesota, 1974,
Johns, Elizabeth Associate Professor, Art. B.A..
Birmingham-Southern College. 1959; MA. University of
California (Berkeley). 1965; Ph.D.. Emory University. 1974.
Johnson, Arthur T. Associate Professor. Agricultural
Engineering and Physical Education B.S.A.E.. Cornell
University. 1964; M.S.. 1967; Ph.D.. 1969.
Johnson, Bruce H. Assistant Professor. Criminal Justice and
Criminology. AS.. Wheaton College, 1959; M.A., University of
Illinois, 1968; Ph.D.. 1973.
Johnson, Charles E. Associate Professor, Measurement and
Statistics. B.A.. University of Minnesota. 1957; Ph.D.. 1964.
Johnson, Charles R. Associate Professor. Economics and
Institute of Physical Science and Technology. B.A..
Northwestern University, 1969; PhD, California Institute of
Technology, 1972,
Johnson, Conrad D, Associate Professor, Philosophy, A,B,,
Stanford University, 1965; M,A,, University of Michigan, 1966;
Ph.D.. 1969,
Johnaon, Elton L. Associate Professor. Poultry Science
B.S.A.. Oklahoma State University. 1940; M.S.. Purdue
University. 1942; Ph.D.. 1948
Johnson, Janet W. Assistant Professor. Psychology, A.B..
George Washington University. 1951; A.M.. 1956. Ph.D..
1962.
Lampe, John R. 33
Johnson, Kerry A. Assistant Professor, College of Library
and Information Services. A,B,. Gettysburg College, 1962;
MS, Queens College, CUNY, 1967; Ph.D., Syracuse
University, 1976.
Johnson, Martin L. Associate Professor, Early Childhood
Elementary Education. B.S., Morris College, 1961: M.Ed.,
University of Georgia, 1968; Ed.D., 1971.
Johnson, Raymond L, Professor, Mathematics. B.A.,
University ol Texas, 1963; Ph.D., Rice University, 1969.
Jolson, Marvin A. Professor, College of Business and
Management B.E.E.. George Washington University, 1949;
M.B.A., University of Chicago, 1965; D.B.A., University of
Maryland, 1969.
Jones. David B. Assistant Professor, Agronomy. B.S.,
University of California (Davis), 1971; M.S., 1973; Ph.D.,
1979.
Jones, Everett Associate Professor, Aerospace Engineering.
B.A.E., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1956; M.A.E., 1960;
Ph.D., Stanford University, 1968.
Jones, George F. Professor, Germanic and Slavic Languages
and Literatures. B.A.. Emory University, 1938; M.A., Oxford
University. 1943; PhD . Columbia University, 1951.
Kacser, Claude Associate Professor. Physics and Astronomy.
B.A., Oxford University, 1955; M./K.. 1959; Ph.D., 1959.
Kammeyer, Kenneth C, W. Professor, Sociology. B.A.,
University of Northern Iowa, 1953; M.A., State University of
Iowa, 1958: Ph.D., 1960.
Kanal, Laveen N, Professor, Computer Science. B.S.,
University of Washington, 1951; M.S.. 1953; Ph.D., University
of Pennsylvania, 1960.
Kantzes, James G. Professor, Botany. BS., University of
Maryland, 1951; M.S., 1954; Ph.D., 1957.
Karlander. Edward P. Associate Professor, Botany. B.S.,
University of Vermont, 1960; M.S., University of Maryland,
1962; Ph.D., 1964.
Kasler, Franz Associate Professor, Chemistry. Doctorandum,
University of Vienna, 1956; Ph.D., 1959.
Katok, Anatoly B, Professor, Mathematics. B.S., Moscow
Stale University, 1965; Ph.D., 1968.
Kauffman, Charles M, Assistant Professor, Communication
Arts and Theatre B A., University of Minnesota, 1974; M.A.,
Univerity of Kansas. 1978: PhD , 1980.
Kaufman. Stuart B. Associate Professor, History. B.A.,
University of Florida, 1962; M.A., 1964; Ph.D., Emory
University. 1970
Kavanagh, Joseph T. Assistant Professor, Civil Engineering.
BS , University of Folrida, 1969: M.S., 1972; Ph.D., University
of Michigan, 1976.
Kearney, Michael S. Lecturer, Geography. B.S., Umveristy of
Illinois, 1973; MA. Western Illinois University. 1976.
Kedem, Benjamin Associate Professor, Mathematics. B.S.,
Roosevelt University, 1968; M.S., Carnegie-Mellon University,
1970; PhD , 1972
Keeney, Merit Professor, Chemistry and Dairy Science;
Chairman, Nutritional Sciences. B.S., Pennsylvania State
University. 1942; M.S.. Ohio State University, 1947; Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University. 1950.
Keleflan. Harry H. Professor, Economics. B.A., Hofstra
College, 1962: M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1964; Ph.D.,
1968
Keller, Paul F. G, Assistant Professor, College of Library and
Information Services. B.S., Mansfield State College, 1963;
M.S., Elmira College, 1967; Ph.D., Southem Illinois University,
1977.
Kelley, David L. Professor, Physical Education. A.B , San
Diego State College. 1957; M.S., University of Southern
California, 1958: PhD , 1962.
Ketlogg. R. Bruce Research Professor. Mathematics and
Institute for Physical Science and Technology BS ,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1952: Ph.D., University
of Chicago. 1959.
Kelly, R, Gordon Associate Professor and Associate Director,
American Studies. B.A., Depauw University, 1961: M.A.,
Claremont Graduate School, 1962; Ph.D.. University of Iowa,
1970.
Kelsay, June L. Adjunct Associate Professor, Food, Nutrition
and Institution Administration. B.S., North Texas State
College. 1946; M.S., 1947; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin,
1967.
Kenny, Shirley S. Professor, English; Provost, Division of
Arts and Humanities B.A., B.J., University of Texas, 1955;
M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957; Ph.D., University of
Chicago, 1964.
Kent, George O. Professor. History. B.S., Columbia
University, 1948: M.A., 1949: Ph.D., Oxford University, 1958.
Keniiirorthy, William J, Assistant Professor, Agronomy. B.S.,
Purdue University, 1970; M.S., North Carolina State
University, 1972: Ph.D., 1976.
Kerkham, H, Eleanor Assistant Professor. Hebrew and East
Asian. B.A., Pomona College, 1961; M.A. Stanford University,
1963; Ph.D., Indiana University, 1974.
Kerley. Ellis R. Professor, Anthropology. B.S., University of
Kentucky, 1950; M.S., University of Michigan, 1956; Ph.D.,
1962.
Kern, Dona L, Assistant Professor, Animal Science. B.S.,
University of Maryland, 1965: M.S., 1972: Ph.D.. 1976.
Kerr. Frank J. Professor, Physics and Astronomy; Provost,
Mathematical and Physical Sciences and Engineering. B.Sc,
University of Melbourne, 1938; M.Sc, 1940: M.A., Harvard
University, 1951; D.Sc, University of Melbourne, 1962.
Khanna, Raj K, Associate Professor, Chemistry. M.Sc,
University of Delhi, 1957: Ph.D., Indian Institute of Science,
Banglore, 1962.
KIdd, Jerry S. Professor, College of Library and Information
Services. B.S,, Illinois Wesleyan University, 1950: M.A.,
Northwestern University, 1954; Ph.D., 1956.
Kim, Chul E. Assistant Professor, Computer Science. B.S.,
Seoul National University, 1963: M.S., Univeristy of
Minnesota. 1971, Ph.D., 1975.
Kim, Young Suh Associate Prolessor, Physics and
Astronomy. B S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1958:
Ph.D., Pnnceton University, 1961.
King, Henry C. Assistant Professor, Mathematics. A.B.,
Brown University, 1969: M.A., University of California
(Berkeley), 1973: Ph 0., 1974.
King, Nancy R. Visiting Assistant Professor, Education Policy,
Planning and Administration. B.A., Antioch College. 1964,
M.Ed., Harvard University, 1965, Ph,D., University of
Wisconsin, 1976.
King. Raymond L. Professor, Dairy Science, A.B., University
of California (Berkeley), 1955; Ph.D., 1958.
King. William E,. Jr, Assistant Professor, Chemical and
Nuclear Engineering. B.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1965:
M.S., Carnegie-Mellon University, 196iB; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, 1976.
Kirk, James A, Associate Professor, Mechanical Engineering.
B.S., Ohio State University. 1967; M.S., Massachusetts
Institute of Technology, 1969; Ph.D.. 1972.
Klrkley. Donald H,, Jr, Associate Prolessor, Communication
Arts and Theatre, B.A., University of Maryland, 1960: M.A.,
1962: Ph.D.. Ohio State University, 1967.
KIrwan, WItllam E. Professor and Chairman, Mathematics.
A.B., University of Kentucky, 1960: M.S., Rutgers-The Slate
University, 1962: Ph.D., 1964.
KIsabeth, Kathryn L. Assistant Professor, Physical
Education. B.A., Ohio State University, 1968; M.Ed., Bowling
Green State University, 1973; Ph.D., University ol North
Carolina (Greensboro), 1980.
Klank. Richard Associate Professor, Art. B. Arch., Catholic
University of America, 1962; M.F.A., 1964.
Klelman. Devra Gall Adjunct Associate Professor, Zoology.
B.S., University of Chicago, 1964: Ph.D., University of London.
1969.
Klelne. Don W, Associate Professor, English. B.A., University
of Chicago, 1950: M.A., 1953: Ph.D., University of Michigan.
1961.
Kteppner, Adam Professor, Mathematics. B.S., Yale
University, 1953, M.A., University of Michigan, 1954; Ph.D.,
Harvard University, 1960.
Kllffer, Michael Assistant Professor, Spanish and Portuguese
and French and Italian, B.A., University of British Columbia.
1967; MA.. University of Michigan, 1968; Ph.D., Cornell
University, 1973.
Knefelkamp, L. Lee Associate Professor, Counseling and
Personnel Services. B.A, Macalester College, 1967: M.A,
University of Minnesota, 1973: Ph.D.. 1974.
KnKong, James 0, Assistant Prolessor, Eariy Childhood
Elementary Education. BS . Northern Illinois University. 1964:
MS , University ol Illinois (Urbane), 1968, PhD,, 1971
Knight, Robert E.L. Associate Professor, Economics. A.B.,
Harvard University, 1948: Ph.D., University of California
(Berkeley), 1958.
KobayshI, Taklo Associate Professor. Mechanical
Engineenng. B.S., Nagoya Institute of Technology, 1966;
M.S., Illinois Institute of Technology. 1969: PhD . 1972.
Kohl, Frances L, Assistant Professor. Special Education
B.S., University ol Wisconsin, 1973: M.Ed., Temple University.
1975: Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1979.
Kolker, Robert P. Associate Professor, Communication Arts
and Theatre. B.A., City University of New York (Queens
College). 1962, M.A., Syracuse University, 1965: Ph.D.,
Columbia University, 1969.
Kolodny, Richard Associate Professor, College of Business
and Management. B.S.B.A., Northwestern University. 1965:
M.B.A., New York University, 1967, Ph.D., 1972.
Koopman. Elizabeth Janssen Associate Professor, Human
Development. A.B., University of Michigan, 1960: M.A.. 1963:
Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1973.
Korenman, Victor Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.A ,
Princeton University, 1958: A.M., Harvard University, 1959;
Ph.D.. 1965.
Kotz. Samuel Professor, College of Business and
Management. M.S., Hebrew Univerity, Jerusalem, 1956;
Ph.D., Cornell University, 1960.
Koury. Enver M, Associate Professor, Government and
Politics. B.A., George Washington University, 1954; Ph.D.,
American University, 1958.
Krai), Mary M. Assistant Professor, Psychology. B.S., College
of William and Mary, 1973; M.A., University of Virginia. 1975;
Ph.D., 1979
Kramer. Amihud Professor Emeritus, Horticulture. BS,,
University ol Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; Ph.D., 1942.
Kramer, George F. Professor, Physical Education. B.S..
University of Maryland, 1953: M.A., 1956; Ph.D., Louisiana
Stale University, 1967.
Krlsher, Lawrence C. Professor, Part-time, Institute for
Physical Science and Technology A.B., Syracuse University,
1955: A.M., Harvard University. 1957: PhD . 1959
Krishnaprasad, P,S, Assistant Professor. Electrical
Engineering. BTech,, Indian Institute of Technology. 1972.
M.S., Syracuse University, 1973: Ph.D.. Howard University.
1977,
Krusberg, Lorin R. Professor, Botany, B.S., University of
Delaware, 1954; M.S., North Carolina State University. 1956:
Ph.D., 1959.
Krushenlck. Nicholas Assistant Professor. Art Art Students
League. , 1950; Hans Hofmann School, 1951
Kudla. Steven S. Assistant Professor. Mathematics. B.A..
Harvard University. 1971; Ph.D.. Slate University of New York
(StonyBrook), 1975
Kuehl. Philip G. Associate Professor. College of Business
and Management. B.S., Miami University (Ohio), 1965,
M.B.A.. Ohio State University, 1967; Ph.D., 1970.
Kueker, David W. Associate Professor, Mathematics. A.B.,
University of California (Los Angeles), 1964: M.A., 1966;
PhD., 1967
Kuenzel, Wayne J. Associate Professor, Poultry Science
BS,, Bucknell University, 1964: M.S., 1966: Ph.D., University
ol Georgia, 1969.
Kundt, John F, Associate Professor, Horticulture. B S . West
Virginia University, 1952; Ph.D.. North Carolina State
University, 1969.
Kundu, Mukul R. Professor, Physics and Astronomy; Director.
Astronomy Program. B.Sc. Calcutta University, 1949: M.Sc.
1951; D.Sc, University of Pans, 1957
Kuss. Fred R. Associate Professor, Recreation. B.S..
University of New Hampshire, 1948; M.S.. 1950: Ph.D..
Cornell University. 1968
LAchler, Ulrlch Assistant Professor, Economics. B.A.. Brown
University, 1972: M.A.. Columbia University. 1974. PhD..
1979
Lakshmanan, Sltarama Associate Professor. Chemistry
B.Sc, Annamalai University, 1946. PhD. University of
Maryland, 1954
Lamone, Rudolph P, Professor and Dean. College of
Business and Managemennt. B S . University of North
Carolina. 1960. Ph D . 1966
Lampe, John R. Associate Professor. History B A . Harvard
University, 1957, MA.. University of Minnesota. 1964. PhD .
University of Wisconsin, 1971
34 Landry, L. Bartholomew
Landry, L. Bartholomew Associate Professor. Sociology and
Afro-American Studies- BA.. Saint Mary's Seminary. 1961.
BA.. Xavier University. 1966; Ph.D.. Columbia University.
1971.
Landsberg, Helmut E. Professor Emeritus. Institute for
Physical Science and Technology. Ph.D.. University of
fianMun. 1930.
Lanning, Eldon W. Assistant Professor, Government and
Politics. B.S.. Northwestern University. 1960; Ph.D..
University of Virginia. 1965.
LaplnskI, Tadeusz Associate Professor. Art. M.F.A..
Academy of Fine Arts. Warsaw . Poland. 1955.
Larkin, Wlllard D. Associate Professor. Psychology B.S..
University of Michigan. 1959; MA.. University of Pennsylvania.
1963; Ph.D., University of Illinois (Urbana). 1967.
LaSota, Leo R. Assistant Professor. Horticulture. B. Music.
West Virgina University. 1966; M.FA.. Carnegie-Mellon
University. 1968; M.A.. Indiana University, 1969; B.S..
University o( Maryland. 1973; PhD . 1978,
Lawrence, Richard E. Associate Professor. Counseling and
Personnel Services. B.S.. Michigan Slate University. 1955;
M.A.. 1957; Ph.D.. 1965.
Lawrence, Robert G. Associate Professor. Agricultural and
Resource Economics. B.S.. University of Oklahoma. 1957;
M.B.A., 1960; Ph.D.. Texas Agricultural and Mechanical
University. 1969,
Lawson, Lewis A. Professor. English. B.S,. East Tennessee
State University. 1957; M.A.. 1959; Ph.D.. University ol
Wisconsin, 1964,
Lawaon, Thomas B. Assistant Professor. Aghcultural
Englneenng. B.S,. Louisiana State University. 1967; M.S..
1973; Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1978,
Lay, David C. Professor. Mathematics, B,A.. Aurora College.
1962; M.A.. University of California (Los Angeles). 1965;
Ph.D.. 1966,
Layman, John W. Associate Professor, Secondary Education
and Physics and Astronomy. A.B., Park College. 1955;
M S Ed . Temple University. 1962; Ed.D., Oklahoma State
University. 1970,
Lee, Chi H. Professor, Electrical Engineenng. B.S.. National
Taiwan University (Taipei), 1959; M.S.. Harvard University.
1962; Ph.D.. 1967.
Lee, Hugh M. Assistant Professor, Classics. B.A.. St. Mary's
College of California. 1966; MA.. Stanford University. 1971;
Ph.D.. 1972,
Lee, Sung W. Assistant Professor. Aerospace Engineering.
B.S.. Seoul National University, 1966. M.S.. Massachusetts
Institute of Technology, 1974; Ph.D.. 1978,
Lee, Yee-Chun Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S..
National Taiwan University. 1966; Ph.D., Dartmouth College,
1970,
Leedy, Charlotte A. Assistant Professor. Recreation. B.S.,
University of Maryland, 1960; M.A., 1966; Ph.D., Temple
University. 1975.
Leete, Burt A. Associate Professor, College of Business and
Management. B.S,. Juniata College. 1962; M.B.A.. University
of Maryland, 1964; J.D.. American University. 1969,
Leffel, Emory C. Professor. Animal Science. B.S.. University
of Maryland. 1943; M.S., 1947; Ph.D.. 1953.
Lehner, Guydo R. Professor. Mathematics, BS,, Loyola
University, 1951; M.S.. University of Wisconsin, 1953; Ph.D..
1958
Lejins, Peter P. Professor Emeritus. Sociology and Criminal
Justice and Cnmlnology, M.Phil.. University of Latvia, 1930;
ML., 1933; Ph.D.. University of Chicago. 1938.
Lengermann, Joseph J. Associate Professor, Sociology.
BA., University of Notre Dame. 1958; STB.. Gregonan
University. 1960; MA.. University of Notre Dame. 1964; Ph.D..
Cornell University. 1969,
Lenz, Sharon Assistant Professor. Music and Secondary
Education. B.M.E,. Northwestern University, 1968; MM..
1970; Ed.D.. University of Illinois. 1978
Leonard, Mary M. Associate Professor. Counseling and
Personnel Services. B.S.. Boston College. 1968; MA,.
University of Minnesota. 1971; Ph.D.. 1974.
Leone, Mark Associate Professor, Anthropology. B.A.. Tufts
University. 1963; M.A.. University of Arizona, 1965; Ph.D..
1968,
Leong, David S. Assistant Professor. Communication Arts
and Theatre B A.. University of New Hampshire. 1973;
M.F.A.. University of North Carolina (Greensboro). 1975.
Lesher, James H. Associate Professor. Philosophy; Acting
Chairman. Classics, BA.. University of Virginia. 1962; Ph.D..
University of Rochester. 1966.
Lessley, Billy V. Professor, Agncultural and Resource
Economics, BS., University of Arkansas, 1957; M.S.. 1960;
PhD,. University of Missouri. 1965.
Levlne, Marvin J. Professor. College of Business and
Management B A.. University of Wisconsin. 1952; J,D,. 1954.
MA.. 1959. PhD, 1964
Levlne, VIckl Assistant Professor. Philosophy. BA,, Western
College. 1968; PhD,. University of Pennsylvania. 1977,
Levlne, William S. Associate Professor. Electrical
Engineenng B.S,. Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
1962; Ph.D.. 1969
Levlnson, Jerrold Assistant Professor, Philosophy. B.S..
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1969; Ph.D.. University
of Michigan, 1974.
Levltan, Herbert Associate Professor, Zoology, B,E,E,.
Cornell University. 1962; Ph.D.. 1965,
Levltlne, George Professor. Art B.A., University of Pans.
1938; MA,. Boston University. 1946; Ph.D.. Hareard
University. 1952,
Levlton, Daniel Professor. Health Education. B.S., George
Washington University. 1953; M.A.. Springfield College, 1956;
Ph.D., University of Maryland. 1967.
Levy, Mark R. Associate Professor, College of Journalism.
BA,. Johns Hopkins University. 1964; M.A.. Rutgers
University. 1965; M, Phil.. Columbia University, 1975; Ph.D..
1977
Lewis, Roger K. Associate Professor and Associate Dean,
School of Architecture. B. Arch.. Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, 1964; M. Arch.. 1967.
LIchty, Lawrence W. Professor, Communication Arts and
Theatre. A.B,. University of Southern California. 1959; MA,.
Ohio State University. 1961; Ph.D., 1964.
Llesener, James W. Professor, College of Library and
Information Services BA,. Wartburg College. 1955; MA..
University of Northern Iowa. 1960; A.M,L-S,. University of
Michigan. 1962; Ph.D.. 1967.
Llgomenides, Panos A. Professor. Electrical Engineering.
B.S.. University of Athens, 1951; M.S., 1952; M.SEE..
Stanford University. 1956; Ph.D.. 1958,
Lin, Hung Chang Professor, Electrical Engineering. B.S.,
Chiao-Tung University. 1941. M.SE,. University of Michigan.
1948; Ph.D., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn. 1956,
LInder, Harris J. Associate Professor. Zoology, B,S,, Long
Island University, 1951; MS , Cornell University. 1955; Ph.D..
1958.
Lindsay, Rao H. Associate Professor, Education Policy.
Planning and Administration. B.A., Brigham Young University,
1954; M.A.. 1958: M.A., University of Michigan, 1963; PhD,.
1964.
Link, Conrad B. Professor. Horticulture. B.S., Ohio State
University. 1933; M.S.. 1934; Ph.D., 1940.
Linkow, Irving Associate Professor. Communication Arts and
Theatre, BA,. University of Denver. 1937; M.A.. 1938,
LIpsman, Ronald L. Professor. Mathematics. BS,. City
University of New York (City College), 1964; Ph.D.,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1967,
LIssltz, Robert W. Professor and Chairman, Measurement
and Statistics; Professor. Psychology, B,S.. Northwestern
University. 1963; Ph.D., Syracuse University. 1969,
Liu, Chuan Sheng Professor, Physics and Astronomy, B-S,.
Tunghai University (Taiwan). 1960. MA,. University of
California (Berkeley). 1964; PhD,. 1968,
Liu, Tal-PIng Associate Professor. Mathematics, B,S,.
National Taiwan University. 1968; M.S.. Oregon Slate
University. 1970; Ph.D.. University of Michigan, 1973.
Lockard, J. David Professor, Botany and Secondary
Education. B S,. Pennsylvania Stale University. 1951; M.Ed.,
1955; Ph.D.. 1962,
Locke, Edwin A. Professor. Psychology and College of
Business and Management B.A., Harvard University, 1960;
M.A.. Cornell University, 1962, Ph.D.. 1964,
Locke, John L. Professor, Hearing and Speech Sciences,
BA,. Ripon College. 1963; M.A.. Ohio University. 1965; Ph.D..
Loeb, Stephen E. Professor. College of Business and
Management, B S,. University of Pennsylvania. 1961; M.B.A.,
University of Wisconsin, 1963; PhD,, 1970,
Longest, James W. Professor, Agricultural and Extension
Education B S,. University of Illinois (Urbana), 1951; M.S.,
1953, Ph D . Cornell University. 1957
Longley, Edward L., Jr. Associate Professor, Secondary
Education. BA,. University of Maryland. 1950; M.A.,
Columbia University, 1953; Ed.D., Pennsylvania State
University. 1967.
Lopez-Escobar, Edgar G. Professor, Mathematics. B.A.,
Cambridge University, 1958; M.A.. University of California
(Berkeley). 1961; Ph.D.. 1965,
Lord, David Associate Professor. School of Architecture.
B.S., University ol Anzona. 1962; MS. 1965; M.A., University
of California (Berkeley). 1972
Loss, John Professor, School ol Architecture. B, Arch.,
University of Michigan. 1954; M Arch,. 1960,
Lounsbury, Myron O. Associate Professor, American
Studies, B,A,, Duke University, 1961; M.A., University of
Pennsylvania. 1962. Ph D . 1966,
Luetkemeyer, Joseph F. Professor. Industrial Education.
BS,. Stout State College, 1953, M.S.. 1954; Ed.D,. University
of Illinois (Urbana), 1961,
Lutwack, Leonard I. Professor, English. B.A.. Wesleyan
University. 1939; MA,. 1940; PhD. Ohio Slate University,
1950.
Lynn, Jeffrey W, Associate Professor, Physics and
Astronomy, Institute for Physical Science and Technology.
B.S.. Georgia Institute of Technology, 1969; M.S., 1970;
Ph.D., 1974.
MacBaIn, William Professor, French and Italian. M. A..
Honors. Saint Andrews University (Scotland). 1952; Ph.D.,
1955,
MacOonald, William M. Professor, Physics and Astronomy.
BA. University of Pittsburgh, 1950; Ph.D.. Pnncelon
University. 1955,
Mack, Maynard, Jr. Associate Professor. English. B.A., Yale
University, 1964; MPhil., 1969; Ph.D.. 1969.
Macklln, Eleanor D. Assistant Professor. Family and
Community Development- BA.. Oberiin College, 1954; M.A.,
Cornell University, 1959; Ph.D., 1973.
MacLeod, Anne S. Associate Professor. College of Library
and Information Services. BA,. University of Chicago. 1949;
MLS,. University of Maryland. 1966; Ph.D., 1973.
MacQulllan, Anthony M. Associate Professor, Microbiology.
B.S.A.. University of British Columbia. 1956; M.S.. 1958;
PhD,, University of Wisconsin. 1962.
Macready, George B, Associate Professor, Measurement and
Statistics, B.A., Williametle University. 1965; MA,. University
of Oregon. 1967; PhD,. University of Minnesota. 1972.
Madison, John P. Assistant Professor, Early Childhood
Elementary Education, BS.. State University College of New
York (Geneseo). 1962; MS,, 1965; Ed D.. University of Illinois.
1972
Magoon, Thomas M. Professor. Counseling and Personnel
Services and Psychology; Director, Counseling Center. B.A..
Dartmouth College. 1947; M.A.. University of Minnesota, 1951;
PhD . 1954,
Malda, Peter R. Associate Professor. Criminal Justice and
Criminology. BA.. St. Vincent College. 1960; M.A.. Fordham
University, 1962; Ph.D.. Pennsylvania State University, 1969.
Majeska, George P. Associate Professor, History. B.A.. City
University of New York (Brooklyn College). 1961; M.A.,
Indiana University. 1961; Ph.D.. 1968.
Majeskle, J. Lee Associate Professor, Dairy Science. B.S.,
University of Wisconsin. 1964; M.S.. 1966; Ph.D.. Kansas
Stale University. 1970.
Male, George A. Professor, Education Policy, Planning and
Administration. B.A.. University of Michigan, 1948; M.A.,
1949; Ph D,, 1952,
Maley, Donald Professor and Chairman, Industrial Education.
B.S,. California State College (Pennsylvania), 1944; M.A.,
University of Maryland, 1947; Ph.D.. 1950,
Malout, David B. Assistant Professor, Special Education.
B.A.. University of Utah. 1968; M.Ed., 1970; Ph.D.. University
of Oregon. 1976,
Manclnl, Joseph, Jr. Assistant Professor, English. B.A.,
Providence College, 1968; MA., Harvard University, 1969;
Ph.D.. 1976.
Minker, Jack 35
Mans, Darius H. Assistant Professor. Economics. B.A..
Wayne State University. 1975; Pti.D., Massactiusetts Institute
of Technology. 1979.
Manspeaker, Joe E. Assistant Professor of Vetennary
Science. V.M.D.. University of Pennsylvania. 1952.
Marable, Nina L. Research Associate. Food. Nutrition and
Institution Administration B.A . Agnes Scott College. 1961;
M.S.. Emory University. 1963; Ph.D.. University of
Massachusetts. 1967,
Marando, Vincent L. Professor. Urban Studies. B.S.. State
University at Buffalo, 1960; M.A.. Michigan State University.
1964; Ph.D . 1967.
Marclnkowski, M. John Professor, Mechanical Engineering.
B.S.. University of Maryland, 1953; M.S., University of
Pennsylvania. 1955; Ph.D . 1959
Marcus, Robert F. Associate Professor, Human
Development B A.. Montclair State College, 1965; M.A., New
York University, 1967; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University,
1973.
Marcuse, Michael J. Assistant Professor, English. B.A..
University of Pittsburgh. 1966; M.A.. University of Michigan.
1967; Ph.D.. 1971.
Mariano, Patrick Professor, Chemistry. B.S.. Fairleigh
Dickinson University. 1964; Ph.D.. University of Wisconsin.
1969.
Marlon, Jerry B. Professor. Physics and Astronomy. B.A..
Reed College. 1952; M.S.. Rice University. 1953; Ph.D.. 1955.
Markley. Nelson G. Professor. Mathematics A.B.. Lafayette
College. 1962. MA.. Yale University. 1964; Ph.D.. 1966.
Marks, Colin H. Professor. Mechanical Engmeehng, B.S..
Carnegie Institute of Technology. 1956; M.S.. 1957; Ph.D..
University of Maryland. 1965.
Marquardt. Warren W. Professor, Veterinary Science. B.S.,
University of Minnesota. 1959; M.S.. 1961; Ph.D., 1970.
Marra-Lopez, Jose R. Professor. Spanish and Portuguese
B.A.. (Licenciatura). University of Madrid (Spam), 1959.
Marrls, Robin Professor. Economics. B.A. Cambndge
University. 1947; ScD,. 1968.
Martin, James G. Professor. Psychology. B.S., University of
North Dakota. 1951; M.A.. University of Minnesota. 1958;
Ph.D.. 1960.
Martin, Raymond F. Associate Professor. Philosophy. B A..
Ohio State University. 1962; M.A.. 1964; Ph.D., University of
Rochester. 1968
Martlndale, Melanle Assistant Professor. Sociology B.A..
University of Texas. 1967; MA. Stanford University. 1975.
Ph.D.. University of Texas. 1979
Marx, George L. Professor. Counseling and Personnel
Sen/ices; Assistant Provost. Division of Human and
Community Resources. B.A.. Yankton College. 1953; M.A..
State University of Iowa. 1958. PhD . 1959.
Maaon, Glenn M. Assistant Professor. Physics and
Astronomy. 8. A.. Harvard University. 1965; M.S., University of
Chicago. 1967; Ph.D.. 1971.
Mather, Ian H. Associate Professor. Dairy Science. B.Sc.
University College of North Wales, 1966; Ph.D.. 1969.
Mathers, James P. Assistant Professor. Chemical and
Nuclear Engineering. B.S.. Alfred University. 1970; M.S..
North Carolina State University. 1974; Ph.D., 1975.
Matosslan, Mary K. Associate Professor. History. BA,
Stanford University. 1951; MA. American University (Beirut).
'1952; Ph.D., Stanford University, 1955.
Matteson, Richard L. Associate Professor, Human
Development. B.A.. Knox College. 1952; M.A.. University of
Maryland. 1955; Ed.D.. 1962.
Matthews, David L. Research Associate Professor. Institute
for Physical Science and Technology. B.S.. Queens
University (Canada). 1949; Ph D.; Princeton University. 1959.
Matthews, Thomas A. Associate Professor, Physics and
Astronomy B.A.. University of Toronto. 1950; M.S.. Case
Institute of Technology. 1951; Ph.D . Han/ard University. 1956.
MattIck, Joseph F. Professor. Dairy Science BS.
Pennsylvania Stale University. 1942; Ph.D . 1950.
Mayer-Sommer, Alan P. Assistant Professor, College of
Business and Management, B.A.. Columbia University. 1963.
MBA. Harvard University. 1965; Ph.D., Georgia Stale
University. 1976
Mayo, Marlena J. Associate Professor, History B.A., Wayne
Slate University. 1954; M.A.. Columbia University, 1957
Ph.D.. 1961
MazzocchI, Paul H. Professor and Acting Chairman,
Chemistry, BSc, Queens College, 1961; PhD,, Fordham
University, 1965.
McArdle, James V. Assistant Professor, Chemistry. Sc.B..
Brown University. 1972; Ph.D.. California institute of
Technology. 1975.
McCaleb, Joseph L, Assistant Professor, Secondary
Education and Communication Arts and Theatre. BA..
Abilene Christian College. 1969; M.Ed.. University of Texas
(Austin). 1973; Ph.D.. 1976.
McCall, Gerald N. Professor and Chairman. Heanng and
Speech Sciences B.S.. Florida State University. 1959; M.A ,
Northwestern University. 1962; Ph.D.. 1964.
McCarrlck, Earleen M. Assistant Professor. Government and
Politics. BA.. Louisiana State University, 1953; M.A.. 1955;
Ph.D.. Vanderbill University. 1964.
McCarthy, Michael Assistant Professor. Amencan Studies.
A.B., Boston College, 1964; M.A.. University of Minnesota.
1972; Ph.D.. 1975.
McCleary, Robert F. Assistant Professor. Communication Arts
and Theatre BA,. University of Maryland. 1965. M.A.. 1967.
PhD . Ohio University. 1978.
McClure, L. Morris Professor. Administration. Supervision,
and Curnculum B.A.. Western Michigan University. 1940;
M.A.. University of Michigan. 1946; Ed.D,. Michigan Slate
University. 1953.
McClurg, Charles A. Associate Professor, Horticulture. B.S.,
Iowa Stale University. 1966; M.S.. Pennsylvania State
University. 1968; Ph.D.. 1970.
McConnell, Kenneth E. Associate Professor. Agricultural and
Resource Economics B.A,. University of Flonda. 1964; Ph.D..
University of Maryland. 1973
McCrank, Lawrence Assistant Professor. College of Library
and Information Services B.A.. Morehead State University.
1967; M.A.. University of Kansas. 1970; M.L.S., University of
Oregon. 1976; Ph.D.. University of Virginia. 1974.
McCusn, Richard H. Professor. Civil Engineenng. B.S.,
Carnegie-Mellon University. 1967; M.S.. Georgia Institute of
Technology. 1969; Ph D.. 1970.
McCusker, John J. Associate Professor. History. B.A.. Saint
Bernards College. 1961; MA,. University of Rochester. 1963;
Ph D . University of Pittsburgh. 1970,
McDonald, Frank B. Adjunct Professor, Physics and
Astronomy, BS.. Duke University, 1948; M.S., University of
Minnesota. 1952; Ph.D.. 1955,
McDonald, James Assistant Professor. Music. B.M..
Morningside College. 1962; M.A.. University of Iowa. 1964;
DM A , 1974
McElreath, Mark P. Assistant Professor, College of
Journalism, BA.. University of Houston, 1969; M.A.,
University of Wisconsin, 1972; Ph.D.. 1975.
McGuIre, Martin 0. Professor. Economics. B.S., United
States Military Academy. 1955; M.A.. Oxford University, 1958;
Ph.D., Han/ard University. 1964.
Mcllrath, Thomas J. Associate Professor. Institute for
Physical Science and Technology. B.S,, Michigan Slate
University, 1960; PhD.. Princeton University. 1966.
Mclntlre, Roger W. Professor, Psychology B.A.
Northwestern University. 1958; M.A.. Louisiana State
University. 1960; Ph.D.. 1962.
Mcintosh, Maria S. Assistant Professor. Agronomy, BS..
University of Illinois. 1974; M.S.. 1976. Ph.D.. 1978,
Mclntyre, Jennie J. Associate Professor. Sociology A,B..
Howard College. 1960; M.S.. Flonda State University. 1962;
Ph.D . 1966,
McKay, Janet H, Assistant Professor, English. B.A., Oakland
University, 1968, M.A., Princeton University, 1971; Ph.D..
1974.
McKee, Claude G. Professor, Agronomy. B.S.. University of
Maryland. 1951; M.S.. 1955; Ph.D.. 1959,
McLoone, Eugene P. Professor. Education Policy, Palnning
and Administration. B.A,. LaSalle College, 1951; M.S..
University of Denver. 1952; Ph.D.. University of Illinois
(Urbana). 1961.
McNelly, Charles H. Assistant Professor. Special Education.
A.B . Earlham College. 1964; MA,. Ohio State University.
1966; Ph D , Univeristy of Michigan. 1973.
McNelly. Theodore H. Professor. Government and Politics.
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1941; M.A.. 1942; Ph.D.,
Columbia University. 1952.
McNesby, James R. Professor and Chairman, Chemistry.
B.S., Ohio University. 1943; Ph.D., New York University. 1951.
McNIcol, Lore A. Assistant Professor. Microbiology. B.A..
University of Montana. 1965; Ph.D . Boston University. 1968
McWhInnle, Harold J. Associate Professor. Housing and
Applied Design and Secondary Education. B.A.E., Art
Institute of Chicago, 1953; M.F.A., 1957; Ed,D„ Stanford
University, 1965.
Medvene, Arnold Associate Professor, Counseling and
Personnel Services; Counselor. University Counseling Center,
BS,. Temple University. 1959; M.Ed.. 1963; Ed.D., University
of Kansas, 1968.
Meeker, Barbara F. Associate Professor, Sociology. B.A.,
University of Kansas, 1961; M.A., Stanford University, 1964;
Ph 0,. 1966,
Meersman, Roger L. Professor, Communication Arts and
Theatre, BA.. Saint Ambrose College. 1952; M.A.. University
of Illinois (Urbana). 1959; Ph.D.. 1962.
Mehl, Jane R. Assistant Professor. Germanic and Slavic
Languages and Literatures. B.A.. Douglass College, 1967;
MA,. Middlebury College. 1968; Ph.D.. Stale University of
New Yorl< (Binghamton). 1974
Meljer, Marianne 8. Associate Professor, French and Italian.
Romance Language. University of Leiden (Holland), 1948;
M.A.. Catholic University. 1960; Ph.D.. 1972.
Melslnger, John J. Adjunct Assistant Professor, Agronomy.
B.S.. Iowa State University, 1967; Ph,D., Cornell University,
1976.
Mellors, William E. Assistant Professor, Entomology. B.S.,
Yale University, 1973; M.S., Cornell University, 1977; Ph.D.,
1979.
Melnik, Walter L. Professor. Aerospace Engineering. B.S.,
University of Minnesota. 1951. M.S.. 1953; Ph.D.. 1964.
Menzer, Robert E. Professor. Entomology; Director.
Manne-Estuanne-Environmental Science. B.S.. University of
Pennsylvania. 1960; M.S.. University of Maryland, 1962;
Ph.D,, University of Wisconsin. 1964.
Messersmlth. Donald H. Professor. Entomology. B.Ed..
University of Toledo, 1951; M.S.. University of Michigan, 1953;
Ph.D.. Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 1962.
Meyer, Paul A, Associate Professor, Economics. B.A., Johns
Hopkins University. 1961; Ph.D.. Stanford University. 1966.
MIchaells, Otho E., IV Adjunct Assistant Professor. Food.
Nutrition and Institution Administration. B.S.. Gannon College,
1964; M.S., West Virginia University. 1970; Ph.D.. University
of Maryland. 1973.
MIetus, Walter S. Associate Professor. Industnal Education.
BS . Chicago Teachers College. 1957; M.Ed,. Illinois State
Teachers College. 1959. Ed.D,. Loyola University. 1966.
MIgnerey, Alice C. Assistant Professor, Chemistry. B.S.,
University of Rochester, 1971; M.S.. 1973; Ph.D.. 1975.
MIkulskI, Plotr W. Professor. Mathematics, B,A,. Lyceum
(Warsaw). 1942; MS.. School of Planning and Statistics,
1952; Ph.D.. University of California (Berkeley). 1961.
Mllhollan, Frank Associate Professor, Human Development.
B.A., Colorado College, 1949; M.P.S.. University of Colorado,
1951; Ph.D., University of Nebraska, 1966.
Mlllay, Michael A. Assistant Professor. Botany. B.A.,
Wittenberg University, 1967; M.S., University of Illinois
(Chicago). 1977; Ph.D.. 1976,
Miller. Catherine M. Associate Professor. Health Education.
BS.. Illinois State University. 1956. MA,. Colorado State
College. 1959; Ph.D.. Ohio State University. 1967.
Miller, Douglass R. Adjunct Associate Professor. Entomology.
B.S,. University of California (Davis), 1964; M.S.. 1965; Ph.D.,
1969.
Miller. Frederick P. Professor, Agronomy. B.S., Ohio State
University. 1958; M.S., 1961; Ph.D., 1965.
Miller, Gerald R. Associate Professor, Chemistry. B.S..
University of Wisconsin, 1958; M.S., University of Illinois,
1960; Ph.D.. 1962,
Miller. James H. Professor and Chairman. Agronomy. B.S..
University of Maryland. 1951; M.S.. 1953; Ph.D.. 1956.
Millar, Mary R, Associate Professor. English. B.A.. University
of Iowa. 1941; M.A., University of Denver, 1959; Ph.D.,
Georgetown University. 1969
Mills. Judson R., Jr. Professor. Psychology B.A , University
of Wisconsin. 1953; PhD,, Stanford University, 1958.
Minker. Jack Professor. Computer Science, B.A.. City
University of New York (Brooklyn College). 1949; M.S.,
University of Wisconsin. 1950; Ph.D.. University of
Pennsylvania, 1959.
36 Minor, Carole W.
Minor, Carole W. Assistant Professor, Counseling and
Personnel Services. B.A,, Michigan State University, 1968.
MS.. Florida Slate University. 1973, Ph.D., University o(
Maryland. 1980.
Mlntz, Lawrence E. Associate Professor. American Studies
B.A., University of South Carolina. 1966; M.A.. Michigan State
University. 1967; Ph.D.. 1969.
Mlntz, Yale Visiting Professor, Meteorology. B.A.. Dartmouth
College. 1937; M.S., Columbia University, 1942; Ph.D.,
University of California (Los Angeles). 1949.
Mish, Charles C. Professor. English B.A., University of
Pennsylvania. 1936; M.A.. 1946; Ph.D.. 1951.
MIsner, Charles W. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S..
University of Notre Dame, 1952; M.A., Princeton University,
1954. Ph.D.. 1957.
Mitchell, Robert D. Associate Professor, Geography MA,
University of Glasgow, 1962; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin,
1968
MItyga, Henry G. Assistant Professor, Horticulture and
Institute of Applied Agriculture. B.S., Cornell University. 1966;
M.S. Purdue University, 1969; Ph.D., University of Maryland,
1976.
Mohanty. Sash! B. Professor, Veterinary Science B.V 8 ,
Bihar University, 1956; M.S., University of Maryland, 1961;
Ph.D.. 1963,
Montgomery, William Professor, Music. B.Mus., Cornell
College, 1953; M.Mus., Catholic University of America, 1957;
PhD , 1975
Moore, John H. Professor, Chemistry. B.S., Carnegie
Institute of Technology, 1963; M.A., Johns Hopkins University.
1965; Ph D-. 1967.
Moore, John R, Professor. Agricultural and Resource
Economics; Assistant Provost. Division of Agnculture and Life
Sciences B.S., Ohio State University. 1951; M.S., Cornell
University. 1955; Ph.D.. University of Wisconsin. 1959.
Morakis, James C. Lecturer, Pan-time, Electrical Engineering.
B.S.E.E.. City College of New York. 1953; M.S.E.E., Columbia
University, 1954; Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1967.
Morris, Alfred F, Associate Professor. Physical Education
B.S.. University of Massachusetts. 1964, M.A.. University of
Maryland. 1966; Ph.D.. University of Massachusetts. 1975.
Morrison, Keith Professor. Art. B.F.A.. Art Institute of
Chicago. 1963; MF.A.. 1965
Morton, Eugene S, Adjunct Associate Professor, Zoology.
B-S.. Denison University. 1962; Ph.D., Yale University, 1969.
Moser, Phyiis B. Assistant Professor, Food, Nutrition and
Institution Administration. B.S., University of Maryland, 1969;
M.S.. 1973; Ph.D.. 1976.
Moses Claire G. Assistant Professor. Women's Studies
Program. A.B., Smith College, 1963; M. Phil., George
Washington University. 1972; Ph.D.. 1978.
Moss, Alfred A. Assistant Professor. History. B.A., Lake
Forest College, 1965; M.Div., Episcopal Divinity School, 1968;
M.A.. University of Chicago. 1972; Ph.D.. 1977.
Moss, l-awrence Professor. Music. B.A., University of
California (Los Angeles). 1949; M.A.. University of Rochester,
1950; Ph D., University of Southern California. 1957.
Motta, Jerome J. Associate Professor, Botany A.B., San
Francisco State College, 1959; M.A.. 1964; Ph.D.. University
of Calilornia (Berkeley), 1968.
Mueller, Dennis C. Professor, Economics. B.S.. Colorado
College. 1962; Ph D.. Pnnceton University. 1966.
Muichi, Charles L, Associate Professor, Agronomy. B.S..
North Carolina State University. 1964; M.S.. 1969; Ph.D.,
1970.
Munno, Franit J, Professor, Chemical and Nuclear
Engineering. BS.. Waynesburg College, 1957; M.S.
University of Florida, 1962; Ph.D., 1964.
Munson, Karl F. Lecturer, Recreation. B.S., University of
Illinois. 1950. MS,, Indiana University, 1954; Ph.D., University
ol Illinois, 1968.
Murphy, Thomas J. Associate Professor, Chemistry. B.S.,
Fordham University, 1963; Ph.D.. Rockefeller University. 1968.
Murray, Joseph F. Assistant Professor. Physical Education.
B S , University of Maryland. 1967; MA. 1969; Ph.D., 1976.
Murreii, Peter Assistant Professor. Economics. B.Sc.
London School of Economics. 1971. M.Sc . 1972; Ph.D..
University of Pennsylvania, 1977.
Myers, Robert M. Professor. English. B.A.. Vanderbilt
University. 1941; M.A.. Columbia University. 1942; f^.A .
Harvard University, 1943, Ph D . Columbia University, 1948
Myriclfs, Noel Associate Prolessor, Family and Community
Development B.A., San Francisco University, 1955; M.S..
1967; J.D.. Howard University, 1970; Ed.D., American
University, 1974.
Nam, Sunwoo Assistant Professor, College of Journalism.
B.A., Hankuk University, Seoul , Korea, 1961; M.A., Stanford
University. 1965; M.A.. 1967; Ph.D.. University ol Wisconsin
(Madison). 1969.
Nash, Atian N. Professor and Director of Graduate Studies,
College of Business and Management. B.B.A., University of
Minnesota, 1957; M.B.A.. 1959; Ph D.. 1963.
Nau, Dana S, Assistant Prolessor, Computer Science. 6.S.,
University of Missoun, 1974; A.M., Duke University, 1976;
Ph.D.. 1979.
Nelson, Clifford L. Professor and Chairman, Agncultural and
Extension Education. BS. Washington State University,
1957; M.S.. 1962; Ph.D.. University of Minnesota. 1966.
Nelson, Judd O. Assistant Professor. Entomology. B.S..
University ol Wisconsin, 1969; M.S., 1972; Ph.D., 1974
Nemes, Graciela P. Professor, Spanish and Portuguese.
B.S., Tnnity College (Vermont), 1942; M.A.. University of
Maryland, 1946; Ph.D.. 1952.
Nepote, Kathryn H, Assistant Professor, Veterinary Medicine.
B.S.. Rutgers University, 1969; V.M.D., University of
Pennsylvania, 1973.
Nerl, Umberto Associate Professor, Mathematics. B.S.,
University of Chicago. 1961; M.S.. 1962; Ph.D.. 1966
Neumann, Watter Associate Professor, Mathematics. B.A..
Adelaide University (Australia). 1966; M.A.. 1968; Ph.D..
University of Bonn (West Germany). 1969.
Newcomb, Robert W. Professor, Electrical Engineering.
B.S., Purdue University, 1955; M.S., Stanford University.
1957, Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley). 1960,
Newell, Clarence A, Professor. Education Policy, Planning
and Administration B.A.. Hastings College, 1935; M.A.,
Columbia University. 1939; Ph D , 1943
Ng, Timothy J. Associate Professor. Horticulture. B.S.,
University of California, 1969; M.S., Purdue University, 1972;
Ph.D.. 1976.
Nicltefs, William G. Associate Professor. College of Business
and Management. B.S B.A.. Ohio State University, 1962;
MBA.. Western Reserve University, 1966, Ph.D.. Ohio State
University. 1969.
NIese, Hen(7 Associate Professor. Art. Cert., The Cooper
Union. 1949; Cert.. Academie Grande Chaumiere (Pans),
1949. B.F A., Columbia. 1955.
Nlles, Lyndrey A, Lecturer Part-time, Communication Arts
and Theatre. B.A.. Columbia Union College. 1963; M.A.,
University of Maryland. 1965; Ph D . Temple University. 1973
Noli, James W. Associate Professor. Education Policy.
Planning and Administration. B.A.. University of Wisconsin
(Milwaukee), 1954; M.S.. 1962; Ph.D., University of Chicago,
1965.
Norland, Dougtas L. Assistant Professor, College of Business
and Management. B.A. A.. University of Michigan. 1967;
MB. A., 1968; DBA., Indiana University, 1977.
Norman, Kent L. Associate Professor, Psychology. B.A.,
Southern Methodist University, 1969; M.A., University of Iowa.
1971; Ph.D., 1973.
Norton, Virgil J. Professor and Chairman, Agricultural and
Resource Economics BS , Kansas State University. 1957;
M.S., 1959. Ph.D., Oregon State University. 1964.
Norton, Virginia P. Lecturer. Food, Nutrition and Institution
Administration B S.. University of Colorado. 1958; Dietetic
Internship Cert.. Brooke General Hospital. 1960, MEd..
University of North Carolina. 1971; PhD.. University of
Maryland. 1974.
Nunamaker, Anne W. Assistant Professor. College of
Journalism. B.A.. Middle Tennessee State University. 1955;
M.A., 1959; Ed.S., George Peabody College, 1973; Ph.D..
1977.
Oates, Wallace E. Professor, Economics and Bureau of
Business and Economic Research. M.A., Stanford University,
1959; PhD. 1965
O'Connell, Donald W. Prolessor, Economics. B.A . Columbia
Universily. 1937; MA . 1938; Ph.D.. 1953.
Odeli, Stanley J, Assistant Professor. Philosophy, B.A..
University ol Kansas. 1960; M.A.. University of Illinois
(Urbana), 1962; Ph.D., 1967.
O'Haver, Thomas C. Professor. Chemistry B S.. Spring Hill
College. 1963; Ph D . University ol Florida, 1968.
O'Leary, Dianne P. Assistant Professor, Computer Science
and Institute lor Physical Science and Technology. B.S.,
Purdue University. 1972; Ph.D.. Stanford University, 1976.
O'Leary, Ronald T. Associate Professor, Communication Arts
and Theatre. BS. Bowling Green State University, 1960;
M.A.. 1961; M.FA., University of Wisconsin, 1964; PhD,,
1966.
Oliver, James H. Assistant Prolessor, Government and
Politics. B.A.. University of Washington, 1959; M.A., 1962;
Ph.D.. University of Wisconsin, 1968.
Olson, Alison G. Professor, History. B.A., University of
California (Berkeley), 1952; M.A., 1953; Ph.D., Oxford
University (England), 1956.
Olson, Edwin E. Professor, College of Library and
Information Services, B.A., Saint Olaf College, 1959; M.S.,
American University, 1961; Ph.D., 1966.
Olson, Keith W. Professor, History B.A., State University of
New York (Albany), 1957; M.A., 1959; Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin, 1964.
Olson, Mancur L. Jr. Professor, Economics. B.S., North
Dakota State University, 1954; B.A., Oxford University, 1956;
M.A., 1960; Ph.D.. Han/ard University, 1963.
Oiver, Frank W, Research Professor, Mathematics and
Institute Physical Science and Technology. B.Sc, University
of London, 1945; M.Sc. 1948; DSc. 1961
Onasch, Charles M. Assistant Professor, Geology. B.A.,
Franklin and Marshall College. 1971; M.S.. University ol
Massachusetts, 1974; . Pennsylvania State University, 1977.
Oppenhelmer, Joe A. Associate Professor, Government and
Politics A.B . Cornell University. 1963; M.A, University of
Michigan, 1964; Ph.D.. Pnnceton University, 1971.
Osborn, John E. Professor. Mathematics. B.S., University of
Minnesota. 1948; MS, 1963, Ph D,. 1965.
Oster, Rose-Marie Prolessor. Germanic and Slavic
Languages and Literatures; Dean. Graduate School. M.A..
Stockholm University, 1956; Dr Phil.. Kiel University
(Germany). 1958.
Ott, Edward Professor, Electrical Engineering and Physics
and Astronomy. B S., The Cooper Union. 1963; M.S..
Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn. 1965, PhD . 1967,
Ottlnger, Mary Ann Assistant Prolessor. Poultry Science,
B S.. University ol Maryland. 1972; M.S.. 1974; Ph.D.. 1977.
Ousby, ian Associate Prolessor. English. B.A.. Cambndge
University (England). 1968; M.A., 1972; Ph.D., Harvard
University. 1973.
Owings, James C. Associate Prolessor, Mathematics. B.S.,
Dartmouth College. 1962; PhD , Cornell University, 1966.
Paape, Max J. Adjunct Associate Professor. Dairy Science.
B.S-. Michigan State University. 1959; M.S., 1963; Ph.D.,
1967,
Pal, Shih i. Research Professor, Institute for Physical Science
and Technology. B.S., National Central University (China),
1935; M.S. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1938;
Ph.D.. California Institute of Technology, 1940.
Paik, Ho Jung Assistant Professor, Physics and Astronomy.
BS,. Seoul National University, 1966; M.S., Stanford
University, 1970, PhD . 1974.
Paine, Frank T. Professor, College of Business and
Management, BS., Syracuse University, 1951; M.B.A., 1956;
Ph D., Stanford University. 1963
Panagariya, Arvind Assistant Professor, Economics. B.A.,
University Rajasthan. 1971; M.A., 1973: M.A., Princeton
University, 1977; Ph D.. 1978
Panichas, George A. Professor. English. B.A., Amencan
International College. 1951; MA.. Tnnity College
(Connecticut). 1952; PhD . Nottingham University, 1961
Paoletti, Jo B. Lecturer, Textiles and Consumer Economics.
B.S.. Syracuse University. 1971; M.S.. University of Rhode
Island. 1976; Ph D.. University ol Maryland. 1980
Papadopouios, Konstantinos Professor. Physics and
Astronomy B Sc . University of Athens. 1960. M.Sc.
Massachusetts Institute ol Technology, 1965; Ph.D.. University
of Maryland. 1968,
Park, Robert L. Professor and Chairman, Physics and
Astronomy. A A.. Edinburg Regional College (Texas). 1950;
B.S., University ol Texas (Austin), 1958; M.A., 1960; PhD ,
Brown University, 1964,
Parming, Tonu Assistant Professor, Sociology BA
Pnnceton University, , 1964; M,A., Yale University, 1973,
Ph D., 1976
Robock, Alan 37
Pasch. Alan Prolessor. Philosophy. B.A., University of
Michigan. 1949: MA-. New School for Social Research. 1952;
Ph.D . Princeton University. 1955
Patl, Jogesh C. Professor. Physics and Astronomy. B S..
Ravenshaw College. 1955; fvl Sc. Delhi University. 1957;
Ph.D . University of f^aryland. 1960.
Panerson, Annabel M. Professor. English. B.A., University of
Toronto. 1961; MA. University of London. 1963; Ph.D.. 1965.
Panerson, Glenn W. Professor and Chairman. Botany. BS .
North Carolina State University. 1960; M.S.. University of
Maryland. 1963; Ph 0 , 1964.
Patterson, William V. Assistant Professor, Communication
Arts and Theatre B,F A.. University of Oklahoma. 1970;
M.FA.. University of Utah, 1972.
Pearl, Martin H, Professor, Mathematics. B.A., City University
of New York (Brooklyn College), 1950; M.A., University of
Michigan. 1951; Ph.D . University of Wisconsin. 1955.
Pearson, Carol Associate Professor. Women's Studies
Program and Amencan Studies. B.A.. Rice University. 1966;
M.A.. 1969; Ph.D.. 1971.
Pease. John Associate Professor. Sociology. B.S.. Western
Michigan University. 1960; M.A.. Michigan State University.
1963. Ph.D.. 1968
Pechacek, Robert E. Adjunct Associate Professor, Physics
and Astronomy. B.S., California Institute of Technology, 1954,
M.S., University of California (Berkeley), 1963; Ph.D., 1966.
Pemberton, Elizabeth Professor. Art. B.A.. Mount Holyoke
College. 1961; MA.. Columbia University. 1964; Ph.D.. 1968.
Penner. Merrllynn J, Professor, Psychology. 8. A.. Harvard
University. 1966; Ph.D., University of California (San Diego),
1970
Pennington, Kenneth Associate Professor, Music. B.A.,
Fnends University, 1949; B.Mus., 1950; M.A.. New York
University, 1953; D Mus., Indiana University, 1961.
Perlnbam, B. Marie Associate Professor. History. B.A,.
London University. 1955. M.A., University of Toronto. 1959;
Ph.D.. Georgetown University. 1969.
Perkins, Hugh V. Prolessor. Human Development. A.B.,
Oberlin College, 1941; A.M.. University of Chicago, 1946;
Ph.D . 1949; Ed.D , New York University, 1956.
Perkins, Moreland Professor, Philosophy A.B., Harvard
University. 1948, AM.. 1949; Ph.D.. 1953.
Pertmer, Gary A, Assistant Professor, Chemical and Nuclear
Engineenng. BS, Iowa Stale University, 1971, M.S.,
University of Missoun (Columbia), 1973; Ph.D.. 1978.
Peters, Robert R, Assistant Prolessor, Dairy Science. B.S.,
University of Minnesota, 1973; M.S.. 1975; Ph.D., Michigan
State University, 1 980.
Peterson, Carta L. Assistant Professor, English and
Comparative Literature B.A., Radcliffe College. 1965- Ph.D..
Yale University, 1976
Peterson, William S, Professor, English. B.A., Walla Walla
College, 1961; M.A.. University of Wisconsin. 1962; Ph.D..
Northwestern University, 1968.
Petzold, Donald E. Jr, Assistant Professor, Geography.
B.Sc . McGill University. 1971; M.Sc. 1974. Ph.D.. 1980.
Pflster, Guenter G, Associate Professor. Germanic and
Slavic Languages and Literatures. B.S.. Bowling Green State
University. 1963; M.A.. Michigan State University. 1965; Ph.D..
University of Kansas. 1970.
Phillips, Rot>en A„ Jr, Assistant Professor, Family and
Community Development. B.A., Ottawa University, 1964;
M.Div.. Colgate Rochester Divinity School, 1967; M.Th., 1970;
Ph.D , University of Minnesota, 1977.
Phillips. Sally J, Assistant Professor, Physical Education
BS , Slippery Rock State College, 1964; M.Ed., Colorado
State University. 1969. Ph.D.. University of Wisconsin. 1978,
Phillips, Warren R, Professor and Acting Chairman,
Government and Politics. B.A,, Northwestern University,
1963; M.S., California State University (San Francisco), 1968;
Ph.D., University of Hawaii, 1969.
Philport, Joseph C, Lecturer, Part-time, Communication Arts
and Theatre B.A, William Patterson College, 1971; MA,,
1972; PhD., Bowling Green State University, 1975
Pierce, Sidney K,. Jr. Professor. Zoology. B.Ed.. University
of Miami, 1966. Ph D . Florida State University. 1970.
Pinker. Rachel Assistant Professor. Meteorology. M.Sc.
Hebrew University (Israel). 1966; Ph.D.. University of
Maryland, 1976.
Piper, Don C, Professor, Government and Politics B A,
University ol Maryland, 1954. MA. 1958. PhD. Duke
University. 1961
Piper, Harry W, Associate Professor, Civil Engineering.
Arch,, Catholic University of America, 1940; M.S., 1960.
Pirages, Dennis A, Associate Professor, Government and
Politics B A . State University ol Iowa. 1964; Ph.D.. Stanford
University, 1958.
Pitt, David G. Associate Professor. Horticulture. B.A.. State
University of New York (Syracuse). 1970. ML. A.. University of
Massachusetts. 1974
PItter, Richard L. Assistant Professor, Meteorology A.B..
University of California (Los Angeles), 1969; M.S. 1970;
Ph.D.. 1973
Plotkin, Allen Professor, Aerospace Engineenng. B.S..
Columbia University. 1963; M.S.. 1964; Ph.D.. Stanford
University, 1968
Poist, Richard F. Professor. College of Business and
Management. B S.. Pennsylvania State University, 1965;
MBA. University of Maryland, 1967; PhD. Pennsylvania
State University. 1972.
Polakoff, Murray E, Provost. Division of Behavioral and
Social Sciences; Professor, Economics and College of
Business and Management B A., New York University, 1946;
M.A.. Columbia University, 1949; Ph D,, 1955.
Ponnamperuma, Cyril Professor, Chemistry, B,A., University
of Madras, 1948. B Sc, University of London, 1959; Ph.D.,
University of California (Berkeley), 1962
Postbrlef, Samuel Assistant Professor, Government and
Politics AB., City College ol New York (Brooklyn College).
1969; M.A.. Indiana University. 1971; Ph.D.. 1975.
Potter, Jane H. Associate Prolessor. Zoology BS.
University of Chicago. 1942; M.S.. 1947; Ph.D.. 1949.
Power, Paul W. Associate Professor. Counseling and
Personnel Services B.A.. St. Pauls College. 1953; MS. San
Diego State University. 1971; Sc.D.. Boston University. 1974.
Prange, Richard E, Professor, Physics and Astronomy. M.S.,
University of Chicago, 1955; Ph.D., 1958.
Prather, Elizabeth S, Professor and Chairman, Food,
Nutrition and Institution Administration BS.. Auburn
University, 1951; MS, 1955; Ph.D. Iowa Slate University,
1963.
Presser, Harriet Prolessor, Sociology. B.A., George
Washington University, 1959; M.A.. University ol North
Carolina, 1962; Ph.D.. Univeristy ol Calilornia (Berkeley).
1969.
Preston, Lee E. Prolessor. College of Business and
Management. B.A, Vanderbilt University. 1951, MA.,
Han/ard University, 1953; Ph D., 1958.
Prindte, Allen M, Assistant Professor, Agncultural and
Resource Economics. B.S., Wisconsin State University, 1970;
M.S., Purdue Univesity, 1972; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State
University, 1977.
Pugtiese, Rudolph E, Professor, Communication Arts and
Theatre 8 A., Miami University (Ohio), 1947; M.A., Catholic
University of Amehca, 1949, PhD , Ohio State University,
1961
Pugsiey, James M, Associate Prolessor, Electrical
Engineering A.B., Oberlin College, 1958; M.S., University of
Illinois (Urtjana), 1958; Ph.D., 1963.
Pumroy, Donald K. Professor. Counseling and Personnel
Services. B A . University ol Iowa. 1949; M.S.. University ol
Wisconsin. 1951; Ph D.. University of Washington. 1954,
Racusen, Richard H, Assistant Professor, Botany, B,S.,
University ol Vermont. 1970; M S,. 1972; Ph D.. 1975.
Rado, George T, Adjunct Prolessor, Physics and Astronomy.
S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1939; S,M,,
1941; Ph.D., 1943.
Ragan, Robert M, Professor, Civil Engineenng. B S., Virginia
Military Institute, 1955; M.S., Massachusetts Institute ol
Technology, 1959; Ph.D,, Cornell University, 1965.
Ranald. Ralph A, Associate Professor, Government and
Politics. A.B., University of California (Los Angeles). 1952.
MA.. 1954. A M,. Princeton University. 1958; PhD.. 1961
Ray, Philip B. Associate Professor, Counseling and
Personnel Services; Counselor, Counseling Center. B.A.,
Antioch College, 1950, M.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1955;
Ph.D., University ol Minnesota, 1962,
Razar, Michael J. Associate Prolessor, Mathematics. A.B.,
Hazard University, 1965; Ph.D., 1971.
Reaka, Marjorie L. Assistant Professor, Zoology B A ,
University of Kansas, 1965; MS, 1967; PhD, University ol
California (Berkeley), 1975
Rearick, W, R, Professor. Art B A . New York University.
1953; M.A.. 1955; Ph.D,. Harvard University. 1968.
Redish, Edward F. Professor. Physics and Astronomy A B .
Princeton University. 1963. Ph D . Massachusetts Institute of
Technology. 1968,
Reeves, Mavis M. Associate Professor, Government and
Politics B.A.. West Virginia University, 1942; M.A., 1943;
Ph.D,, University of North Carolina, 1947
Regan, Thomas M. Professor. Chemical and Nuclear
Engineering B S . Tulane University, 1963. Ph D.. 1967
Reicheiderter, Charles F, Associate Professor, Entomology
B.S., Saint Cloud State College. 1961. M.A.. University ol
Washington. 1968; PhD . University of California (Riverside).
1968
Reinhart, Bruce L, Professor, Mathematics. B.A . Lehigh
University. 1952; M.A.. Princeton University. 1954. Ph D .
Reiser, Martin P, Prolessor, Physics and Astronomy and
Electrical Engineering. B.Sc, Johannes Gutenberg University,
1957, PhD , 1960.
Reiser. Sheldon Adjunct Professor. Food, Nutrition and
Institution Administration BS. City College ol New York.
1953; MS. University of Wisconsin. 1957. Ph D.. 1959.
Reveal, James L, Associate Professor, Botany. B.S,, Utah
State University, 1963; M.S., 1965; Ph.D. Brigham Young
University. 1969
Reynolds, Charles W, Professor. Horticulture B A .
University of Alabama, 1941; BS. Auburn University. 1947.
MS,. 1949; Ph D , University ol Maryland. 1954
Reynolds, Rot>ert Adjunct Assistant Professor. Food.
Nutrition and Institution Administration BS.. Ohio State
University, 1965; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1971.
Rhee, Moon-Jhong Associate Professor. Electrical
Engineering, B.S,. Seuol University, 1958, M S . Seoul
University, 1960; PhD . Catholic University ol America. 1970
Rhoads, David J, Associate Professor. Counseling and
Personnel Services BA. Temple University, 1954; M.A,.
1958; Ed D , University of Maryland. 1963
Richard. Jean-Paul Associate Professor. Physics and
Astronomy, BA., Universile Laval, 1956, BS. 1960. PhD,.
University of Pans. 1963
Rtckett, Adele Associate Professor and Director. Hebrew and
East Asian. BA. University of North Carolina. 1939. BS..
1941; M.A. University of Pennsylvania. 1948. PhD. 1967
Ridgway, Whitman H. Associate Professor. History AB.
Kenyon College. 1963. MA. San Francisco State College,
1967; Ph D . University of Pennsylvania. 1973.
Ridky, Rotwrt W, Associate Professor. Secondary Education
and Geology. B S., State University of New York, 1966; MS,,
Syracuse University, 1970; Ph D., 1973.
Rieger, Charles J,. Ml Associate Professor. Computer
Science. B.S.. Purdue University. 1970; Ph.D.. Stanford
University. 1973.
RIsinger. Robert Professor. Secondary Education. B.S.. Ball
State University. 1940. M.A. University of Chicago, 1947;
Ed.D.. University of Colorado. 1955.
Rissler. Jane F. Assistant Professor. Botany. B A.. Shepherd
College. 1966; MA., West Virginia University, 1968; Ph.D.,
Cornell University, 1977.
Ritter, Ronald L. Assistant Professor. Agronomy. B.S..
University ol Delaware. 1975; M.S., North Carolina State
University, 1977; Ph.D., 1979.
Ritzer. George Prolessor, Sociology, B.A., City College of
New York, 1962; M.A , University of Michigan, 1964; Ph.D.,
Cornell University, 1968.
Roberson, Bob S. Associate Professor, Microbiology. BA.,
University North Carolina, 1951; Ph.D , 1960
Roberts. Merrill J. Professor, College of Business and
Management, B.A, University of Minnesota. 1938; MBA..
University of Chicago. 1939; PhD.. 1951
Robertson, Carol E, Assistant Professor, Music B.S,
Indiana University, 1970, MA. 1972; Ph D.. 1975
Robertson-Tchabo. Elizabeth A. Assistant Professor, Human
Development. B.A., University of Calgary, 1966; M.Sc, 1967;
Ph D , University of Southern California, 1972
Robock, Alan Assistant Professor, Meteorology. B.A.,
University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1970; MS., Massachusetts
Institute ol Technology, 1974; Ph.D., 1977.
38 Rodenhuis, David R.
Rod«nhul8, David R. Associate Professor, Meteorology
B.S.. University ol California (Berkeley). 1959; B.S.,
Pennsylvania State University. 1960: Ph.D.. University of
Washington. 1967.
Roderick. Jesaie A. Professor. Early Childhood Elementary
Education, B.S.. Wilkes College. 1956; f^.A.. Columbia
University. 1957; Ed.D.. Temple University. 1967.
RogotsKy. Saul Associate Professor. Human Development
B.A.. Harvard University. 1948; M.A., University of Chicago.
1953; Ed.D.. Harvard University. 1963.
Rooa, Philip G. Professor. Physics and Astronomy. B.A..
Ohio Wesleyan University. 1960; Ph.D.. Massachusetts
Institute of Techonology. 1964.
Rosa, William K. Professor. Physics and Astronomy. A.B..
Columbia University. 1957; PhD . 1963.
Rosabrough, Robin H. Adjunct Assistant Professor. Food,
Nutrition and Institution Administration. B.S.. Michigan State
University. 1968; M.P.H.. University of Michigan. 1970: M.S..
University of Kentucky. 1973. Ph.D.. 1975,
Roaanberg, iMorrla Professor. Sociology. B.A.. Brooklyn
College. 1946; M.A.. Columbia University. 1950; Ph.D.. 1953.
Roaanberg, Theodore J. Research Professor. Institute for
Physical Science and Technology B.E.E.. City University of
New York (City College). 1960; Ph.D.. University of California
(Berkeley). 1965.
Rosenfeid, Azriei Research Professor. Computer Science.
B.A.. Yeshiva University, 1950; M.S.. 1954; Ph.D.. Columbia
University. 1957.
Roth, Froma P. Assistant Professor. Hearing and Speech
Sciences, B,A.. Hunter College. 1970; M.A.. Queens College.
1972; Ph.D.. 1980.
Rouah, Marvin L. Associate Professor. Chemical and Nuclear
Engineenng and Physics and Astronomy. B.Sc. Ottawa
University. 1956; Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1964.
Rovnar, Philip Associate Professor. Spanish and Portuguese.
B.A.. George Washington University. 1948; M.A.. 1949: Ph.D..
University of Maryland. 1958.
Rozenbiit, Marsha L. Assistant Professor, History B.A..
Barnard College. 1971; M.A., Columbia University, 1974; M.
Phil.. 1975; Ph.D.. 1980.
Rubin, Irene Assistant Professor, Urban Studies. B.A .
Barnard College. 1966; M.A., Harvard University, 1969; Ph.D..
University of Chicago. 1977.
Rubin, Roger H. Associate Professor, Family and Community
Development. B A.. City University of New York (Brooklyn
College). 1965; M.A.. Pennsylvania State University. 1966;
Ph.D.. 1970.
Ruchkin, Judith P. Associate Professor, Secondary
Education; Associate Director. Office of Laboratory
Expenences. B.A.. Swarthmore college. 1956; M.A., Yale
University, 1957; Ed.D.. Columbia University. 1971.
Rudarman, David B. Louis B, Kaplan Chair of Jewish
Histoncal Studies. History. B.A,. City College of New York.
1966; M.A.. Columbia University. 1968: Ph.D.. Hebrew
University of Jerusalem. 1975.
Rundeii, Walter, Jr. Professor. History. B.S.. University of
Texas. 1951; M.A.. American University. 1955; Ph.D.. 1957.
Ruaaali, Charies C. Associate Professor. French and Italian.
B.A . Oberlin College. 1956; M.A.. Bryn Mawr College, 1964;
Ph.D.. Harvard University. 1970.
Russeii. John D. Professor. English. A.B.. Colgate
University. 1951. M.A.. University of Washington. 1956: Ph.D..
Rutgers-The State University. 1959.
Rutherford, Charies S. Assistant Professor. English, B.A..
Carleton College. 1962; M.A.. Indiana University. 1966: Ph.D..
1970
Sailer, John J. Assistant Professor. Communication Arts and
Theatre, B,A,. University of Northern Iowa. 1973; M.F.A.,
University of Oklahoma. 1980,
Sakias, George J. Assistant Professor. Civil Engineenng.
B.A,. University of Pennsylvania. 1969; B,S.. 1969; M.S..
Purdue University. 1974; Ph.D.. Carnegie-Mellon University.
1978,
Saiamanca, Jack H. Professor. English. Grad.. Royal
Academy of Dramatic Art (London). 1952; Dipt.. University of
London. 1953: Licentiate. Graduate School of Drama (Royal
Academy of Music) . 1954
Safiet, Dirse W. Professor. Mechanical Engineenng, B.S,.
George Washington University. 1961; MS.. University of
Kansas. 1963. Ph.D.. University of Stuttgart. 1966.
Samet, Hanan Associate Professor. Computer Science.- B.S .
University of California (Los Angeles). 1970; M.S.. Stanford
University. 1975: PhD,. 1975,
Sammona, David J. Assistant Professor. Agronomy. B.S .
Tufts University. 1968; A.M.. Harvard University. 1972; Ph.D..
University of Illinois. 1978.
Sampugna, Joaaph Associate Professor. Chemistry, B,A,.
University of Connecticut. 1959: M.A.. 1962; Ph.D.. 1968.
Santa Maria, D. Laina Associate Professor. Physical
Education, B,A,. University of Pennsylvania. 1953; M Ed,.
Temple University. 1962; Ed.D,. University of Oregon. 1968
Saracho, Olivia N. Assistant Professor. Early Childhood
Elementary Education. B.S,. Texas Woman's University.
1967: M.Ed.. 1972: Ph.D.. University of Illinois. 1978,
Sargent, Stuart H. Assistant Professor. Hebrew and East
Asian. B.A.. University of Oregon. 1968; M.A.. Stanford
University. 1975: Ph.D.. 1977,
Sattiar, Jerome O. Associate Professor. Mathematics. B.S..
University of Minnesota. 1957; M.S.. 1959; Ph.D.. 1963.
Sawyer, Stephen W. Jr. Assistant Professor, Geography.
B.A,. Middlebury College. 1971; M.A.. Clark Univeristy. 1973.
Ph.D.. Clark University. 1980
Sayre, Ciifford L., Jr. Professor. Mechanical Engineenng.
B.S.. Duke University. 1947; M.S.. Stevens Institute of
Technology. 1950; Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1961.
Schafer, Jamas A. Associate Professor. Mathematics and
Institute for Physical Science and Technology. B.S..
University of Rochester. 1961; Ph.D.. University of Chicago.
1965.
Schafar, Wiiilam D. Associate Professor, Measurement and
Statistics. B.A.. University of Rochester. 1964; M.A.. 1965:
Ed.D.. 1969.
Schaiaa, Franklin D. Associate Professor. Horticulture. B.S..
Louisiana State University. 1959: M.S., Cornell University.
1962: Ph.D.. 1963,
Scheiiing, David R. Associate Professor. Civil Engineenng.
B.S.. Lehigh University. 1961; M.S.. Drexel Institute of
Technology. 1964; Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1969,
Schiaretzki, Waiter E. Professor. Philosophy, A,B..
Monmouth College. 1941; MA,. University of Illinois (Urbana).
1942; Ph.D.. Cornell University. 1948.
Schieidt, Wolfgang Professor. Zoology. Ph.D.. University of
Vienna. 1951,
Schiesingar, B. Frank Professor. School of Architecture.
B.S.. University of Illinois (Urbana). 1950: M. Arch.. Harvard
Graduate School of Design. 1954.
Schiimma, Donald V. Assistant Professor. Horticulture. B.S..
University of Maryland. 1956; M.S.. 1961: Ph.D.. 1964.
Schioasberg, Nancy K. Professor. Counseling and Personnel
Services. B.A.. Barnard College. 1951; Ed.D.. Columbia
University. 1961.
Schmidt, Margaret N. Assistant Professor. Physical
Education. B.S.. University ol North Carolina of Greensboro.
1957; M.A.. University of Michigan. 1961: Ph.D., University of
Maryland. 1972.
Schneider, David I. Associate Professor. Mathematics. A.B..
Oberlin College. 1959; Ph.D.. Massachusetts Institute of
Technology. 1964.
Schneier, Craig E. Associate Professor, College of Business
and Management. B.S.. Ohio State University. 1969; M.S..
University of Colorado. 1972: D.B.A.. 1975.
Schoenbaum, Samuel Professor. English. B.A.. Brooklyn
College. 1947; M.A,. Columbia University. 1949: Ph.D.. 1953.
Schoii, John D. iii Director. Center for Consumer Research,
Textiles and Consumer Economics. B.S.. Purdue University.
1971; M.S.. Indiana State University. 1972; Ph.D.. Purdue
University. 1978.
Schoinick, Eiiin D. Professor. Psychology AB. Vassar
College. 1958: Ph.D.. University of Rochester, 1963.
Schonfaid, Paul M. Assistant Professor. Civil Engineenng.
B.S,. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1974; M.S..
1974; Ph.D.. University of California-Berkeley. 1978.
Schroader, Wiiburn C. Professor. Part-time. Chemical and
Nuclear Engineering, B,S,. University of Michigan. 1930;
MSE,. 1931; PhD,. 1933,
Schuda, Paul Assistant Professor. Chemistry. B.S..
University of Pittsburgh. 1973; Ph.D.. 1976.
Schuler. Randall S. Associate Professor. College ol Business
and Management, B,A,. Michigan State University. 1967;
M.B.A.. 1968: M.L.I. R.. 1971; Ph.D.. 1973.
Schuitze, Charles L. Professor. Part-time. Economics. B.A..
Georgetown University. 1948: M.A.. 1950; Ph.D.. University of
Maryland. 1960.
Schumacher, EiizalMth Assistant Professor. Early Childhood
Elementary Education B.S.. Newark State College. 1942;
M.Ed.. Pennsylvania State University. 1960; Ed.D.. 1965.
Schumacher, Thomas Associate Professor. Music. B.Mus,,
Manhattan College. 1958: M.S.. Juilliard School of Music,
1962
Schwab, Robert Assistant Professor, Economics. B.A..
Grinnell College. 1969: MA.. University of North Carolina.
1971; Ph.D.. Johns Hopkins University. 1980.
Schwartz, Charles W. Assistant Professor. Civil Engineering.
B.SCE.. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1974;
MSCE.. 1977; Ph.D.. 1979,
Scott, Laiand E. Professor Emeritus. Horticulture. B.S..
University of Kentucky. 1927; M.S.. Michigan State University,
1929; Ph D,. University of Maryland. 1943,
Sediacak, Wliiiam E. Associate Professor. Measurement and
Statistics, B.S.. Iowa State. 1960; M.S.. 1961: Ph.D., Kansas
State. 1966.
Seefeidt, Carol A. Associate Professor. Human Development
and Early Childhood Elementary Education. B.A.. University
of Wisconsin. 1956; MA.. University of South Florida. 1968;
Ph.D.. Florida State University. 1971.
Segal, David R. Professor. Sociology. B.A.. Harpur College.
1962; MA,. University of Chicago. 1964; Ph.D.. 1967,
Segai, Mady W. Associate Professor. Sociology. B.A.. City
University of New York (Queens College). 1965; M.A..
University of Chicago. 1967: PhD,. 1973,
Segovia, Antonio V. Associate Professor. Geology. B.S..
Colorado School of Mines, 1956; Ph.D.. Pennsylvania State
University, 1963.
Selbei, Ronald J. Associate Professor. Agricultural and
Extension Education; Director. Institute of Applied Agriculture.
B.S.. University of Illinois. (Urbana). 1957: M.S.. 1958; Ph.D..
University of Maryland. 1972.
Saidman, Eric Associate Professor. Special Education. B.S..
New York University. 1947; M.A.. 1948; Ph.D.. University of
Connecticut. 1964,
Seiden, Steven Associate Professor. Educataion Policy.
Planning and Administration, B,S.. State University of New
York (Oswego). 1963: M.S.. Brooklyn College. 1970: M.A.,
Columbia University. 1970; Ed.D.. 1971.
Sengers, Jan V. Professor. Institute for Physical Science and
Technology. B.Sc. University of Amsterdam. 1952: Ph.D..
1962
Serwer, Howard Associate Professor, Music. A.B.. Yale
University. 1949: Ph.D.. 1969.
Shattner, Clyne S. Professor Ementus. Poultry Science.
B.S,. Michigan State University. 1938; M.S., 1940; Ph.D.,
Purdue University. 1947.
Shanks, James B. Professor. Horticulture, B,S.. Ohio State
University. 1939; M.S.. 1946: Ph.D.. 1949.
Shapere, Dudley Professor. Philosophy. A.B.. Harvard
University. 1949; A.M.. 1955; Ph.D.. 1957.
Shih, Tein-Mo Assistant Professor. Mechanical Engineering.
B.S.. National Taiwan University. 1970: M.S.. University of
Southern California. 1972: Ph.D.. University of California
(Berkeley). 1977.
Shneiderman, Ben Associate Professor. Computer Science.
B.S,. City College of New York. 1968: M.S.. State University
of New York (Stony Brook). 1972; Ph.D.. 1973,
Shreeva, Charles A. Professor. Pan-time. Mechanical
Engineenng. BE.. Johns Hopkins University. 1935: M.S..
University of Maryland. 1 943.
Slegrist, Henry G., Jr. Associate Professor. Geology. B.A..
Lehigh University. 1956: M.S.. Pennsylvania Stale University.
1959: Ph.D.. 1961.
SIgaii, Harold F. Professor. Psychology. B.S . City University
of New York (City College), 1964; Ph.D.. University of Texas.
1968
Silio, Charies B., Jr. Associate Professor. Electrical
Engineenng. B.S.E.E.. University of Notre Dame. 1965; M.S.
E.E.. 1967; Ph.D.. 1970,
Silverman, Joseph Professor and Director. Institute for
Physical Sciences and Technology. B.A,. City University of
New York (Brooklyn). 1944; A.M.. Columbia University. 1948:
Ph.D.. 1951,
Simms, Betty H. Professor. Special Education. B.A.. Harns
Teachers College. 1947; MA,. University of Michigan. 1955;
Ed.D.. University ol Maryland. 1962,
Talaat, Mostafa E. 39
Simons, David E. Associate Professor, Electrical Engineering.
B.S.. University of Maryland, 1949; M.S., 1951.
Slsler, Hugh D. Professor, Botany. B.S.. University of
Maryland. 1949; M.S.. 1951; Ph.D., 1953.
Sjoblad, Roy D. Assistant Professor, Microbiology B.S..
Gordon College, 1969; M.S.. University of Massachusetts,
1971; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 1976,
Skard, John Arthur J. Assistant Professor. Physics and
Astronomy. Cand. Mag., University of Oslo. 1966; M.A,,
University of California (Santa Barbara). 1970; Ph.D.. 1973.
Sku)a, Andrls Assistant Professor. Physics and Astronomy.
B.Sc.. University of Toronto, 1966; Ph.D., University of
California (Berkeley), 1972.
Slawsky, Zaka I. Professor, Part-time, Physics and
Astronomy. B.S.. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 1933;
M.S., California Institute of Technology. 1935; Ph.D..
University of Michigan. 1938.
Sloan, Muriel R. Professor and Chair. Physical Education.
B.A., Hunter College (New York). ; M.A., Teachers College
(Columbia University). 1948; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin,
1958.
Slocum, Terry A. Assistant Professor. Geography. B.A..
State University of New York (Albany), 1974; M.A.. 1976;
Ph.D., University of Kansas. 1980.
Slud, Eric V. Assistant Professor, Mathematics. B.A..
Harvard College. 1972; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology. 1976.
Small, Eugene B. Associate Professor. Zoology. B.A..
Wayne State University. 1953; M.S., 1958; Ph.D.. University of
California (Los Angeles), 1964.
Smith, Barry D. Associate Professor. Psychology. B.S..
Pennsylvania State University, 1962, MA., Buckneit
University, 1964; Ph.D., University of Massachusetts, 1967.
Smith, Betty F. Professor and Chairman. Textiles and
Consumer Economics. B.S.. University of Arkansas. 1951,
M.S., University of Tennessee, 1956; Ph.D.. University of
Minnesota. 1960; Ph.D., 1965,
Smith, Elbert B. Professor. History. A.B., Maryville College,
1940; A.M.. University of Chicago. 1947; Ph.D., 1949.
Smith, Gayle S. Associate r rofessor. English. B.S., Iowa
State University, 1948; M.A., Cornell University, 1952; Ph.D..
1958.
Smith, Hilda L. Assistant Professor, History. B.S.. Southwest
Missouri State University, 1963; M.A.. University of Missouri.
1964; Ph.D.. University of Chicago, 1975.
Smith, Kenwyn K. Assistant Professor, Psychology. B.A..
University of Queensland, 1965; B.A. (Honours). 1967; M.A..
1970; M.A.. Vale University. 1973; PhD.. 1974,
Smith, Paul J. Associate Professor, Mathematics. B.S-.
Drexel Institute of Technology, 1965; M.S.. Case-Western
Reserve University. 1967; Ph.D.. 1969.
Smith, Theodore G. Professor. Chemical and Nuclear
Engineering. B.ES.. John Hopkins University, 1956; MES..
1958; D.Sc. Washington University. 1960.
SmIth-GIII Sandra J. Associate Professor. Zoology. B.S.,
University of Michigan, 1965; M.S.. 1966; Ph.D., 1971,
Snapp, Audrey N. Associate Professor, Music. B.Mus,.
Westminster Choir College. 1947.
Snow, George A. Professor, Physics and Astronomy. BS..
City University of New York (City College). 1945; M.A,.
Princeton University. 1947; Ph.D., 1949.
Soares, Joseph H. Jr. Professor. Poultry Science. B.S.,
University of Maryland. 1964; MS,, 1966; PhD,. 1968,
Soergel, Dagobert Professor. College of Library and
Information Services, B,S,. University of Freiburg. 1960; M.S..
1964; PhD , 1967
Soil, SIgfrld Assistant Professor, Psychology. B.A., St, Olaf
College, 1963; B.A.. University of Minnesota, 1974; Ph.D.,
1978.
Solomos, Theophanes Associate Professor, Horticulture
B.S.. Athens College of Agriculture (Greece), 1956; M.S.,
1957, Ph.D., Cambridge University (England), 1963,
Sorkin, Horton Assistant Professor. College of Business and
Management. B.A., Washington University, 1959; B.S..
University of Missouri. 1970; Ph.D.. University of
Pennsylvania, 1971.
SosnowskI, Saul Professor and Chairman, Spanish and
Portuguese. B.A.. University of Scranton, 1967; M,A..
University of Virginia. 1968; Ph.D., 1970.
Spangler, Paul J. Lecturer, Entomology. A.B., Lebanon
Valley College. 1949; M.S.. Ohio University, 1951; Ph.D.,
University of Missouri, 1960.
Sparks. David S. Professor. History; Vice President for
Graduate Studies and Research. B.A,, Gnnnell College,
1944; MA,, University of Chicago, 1945; Ph.D.. 1951,
Spaulding, Jeff Assistant Professor. Art. A.B.. Central
Michigan University. 1970; M.FA,. Pennsylvania State
University, 1974
Spekman, Nancy J. Assistant Professor, Special Education.
BS , University of Massachusetts, 1969; M.Ed,, Boston
College, 1973; PhD , Northwestern University, 1978.
Spekman, Robert E. Assistant Professor. College of Business
and Management. B.A., University of Massachustetts, 1969;
MB. A., Syracuse University. 1971; Ph.D.. Northwestern
University, 1976.
Spiegel, Gabrielle M. Associate Professor, History. B.A..
Bryn Mawr College, 1964; M A.T , Harvard University. 1965;
M.A.. Johns Hopkins University, 1969; Ph.D., 1974
Splvak, Steven M. Associate Professor, Textiles and
Consumer Economics B S , Philadelphia College of Textiles
and Science, 1963, MS.. Georgia Institute of Technology,
1965; Ph.D.. University of Manchester, 1967.
Splalne, John E. Associate Professor. Education Policy,
Planning and Administration. B.A., University of New
Hampshire, 1963; MA.. 1965; Ed.D,, Boston University. 1973.
Spokane, Arnold R. Assistant Professor. Counseling and
Personnel Services. B.A., Ohio University, 1970; MS.Ed.,
University of Kentucky. 1972; PhD, Ohio State University,
1976.
S*agllano, Anthony J. Assistant Professor. College of
Business and Management B.S., University of Pennsylvania,
1967; MBS,. University of Michigan. 1968. Ph.D., University
of Illinois. 1977.
Stairs, Allen Assistant Professor. Philosophy. B.A., University
of New Brunswick. 1973; M.A.. University of Western Ontario,
1975; Ph.D., 1978.
Staley, Gregory A. Assistant Professor, Classics. B.A..
Dickinson College, 1970; M.A., Princeton University. 1973;
PhO., 1975.
Starkweather, Kendall N. Associate Professor. Industrial
Education. B.S.. Western Illinois University. 1967; M.A..
Eastern Michigan University, 1969; Ph.D., University of
Maryland. 1975.
Steel, Donald H. Professor. Physical Education. B.A..
Trenton State College. 1955; M.A.. University of Maryland,
1957; Ph.D.. Louisiana State University. 1964.
Steele, Robert E. Associate Professor. Psychology. B.A,.
Morehouse College. 1965; MDiv,, Episcopal Theological
School. 1968; M.PH.. Yale University. 1971; M.S.. 1974.
PhD . 1975.
Steinberg, Phillip H. Professor and Associate Chairman,
Physics and Astronomy, BS,, University of Cincinnati. 1954;
PhD,. Northwestern University. 1959.
Stelnhauer, Allen L. Professor and Chairman, Entomology.
B.S.A,. University of Manitoba. 1953; M.S.. Oregon State
University, 1955; Ph.D., 1958.
Stelnman, Robert M. Professor, Psychology. D.D.S.. Saint
Louis University, 1948; M.A., New School For Social
Research. 1962; PhD.. 1964.
Stephens, E. Robert Professor. Education Policy. Planning
and Administration BS,, Morningside College. 1952; M.S.
Drake University. 1958; PhD,. State University of Iowa, 1966.
Sternberg, Yaron M. Professor, Civil Engineering. B.S..
University of Illinois. 1961; M.S., University of California
(Davis). 1963. PhD,. 1965.
Sternhelm, Charles E. Professor. Psychology. B.A., City
University of New York (Brooklyn College). 1961; PhD.,
University of Rochester, 1967,
Stevens, George A. Professor. Agricultural and Resource
Economics. B.S.. Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1941; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland. 1957.
Stewart, Gilbert W. Professor, Computer Science and
Institute for Physical Science and Technology. A.B,,
University of Tennessee, 1962, Ph.D., 1968
Stewart, James M. Professor, Chemistry. B.A.. Western
Washington College. 1953; Ph,D,. University of Washington,
1958,
Stewart, Larry E. Associate Professor and Chairman,
Agricultural Engineering. B.SA.E,, West Virginia University,
1960; M.S., 1961; Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1972.
Stlch, Stephen P. Associate Professor, Philosophy. B.A,,
University of Pennsylvania, 1964; Ph.D., Princeton University,
1968,
Stifel, Peter B. Associate Professor. Geology. B.S.. Cornell
University. 1958; Ph.D.. University of Utah, 1964.
Stimart, Dennis P. Assistant Professor, Horticulture. B.S.,
University of Minnesota, 1971; M.S., 1976; Ph.D., 1979.
Stlner, Frederick Assistant Professor, College of Business
and Management. BS,. Loyola College, 1967; M.S.,
University of Delaware, 1969; M.B.A., Marshall University,
1972; Ph.D.. University of Nebraska. 1976,
Stone, Clarence N. Associate Professor, Urban Studies and
Government and Politics. A.B,, University of South Carolina.
1957; M,A.. Duke University. 1960; Ph.D.. 1963.
Stough, Kenneth F. Associate Professor, Industrial
Education, BS,. Millersville State College. 1954; M.Ed..
Pennsylvania State University, 1961; Ed.D,, University of
Maryland. 1969.
Stowasser, Karl Associate Professor. History, Ph.D.,
University of Muenster. 1966,
Strand, Ivar E. Jr. Assistant Professor, Agricultural and
Resource Economics. B,A.. University of Rochester. 1967;
M.A,, University of Rhode Island. 1971; Ph.D.. 1975.
Straszhelm, Mahlon R. Professor, Economics. BS.. Purdue
University. 1961; PhD,, Harvard University, 1965.
Strlckling, Edward Professor, Agronomy, B.S., Ohio State
University. 1937; Ph.D.. 1949.
Strlffler, Charles D. Assistant Professor. Electrical
Engineenng. B.S.E.. University of Michigan, 1961; M.S.E.,
1963; PhD,. 1972.
Strobefl. Adah, P. Associate Professor. Recreation, B.A..
San Francisco State College, 1953; M.S., University of
California (Los Angeles), 1958; Ph.D., University ot Illinois
(Urbana), 1968,
Stuart, William T. Assistant Professor. Athropology. B.A..
George Washington University, 1961; Ph.D., University of
Oregon. 1971.
Stunkard, Clayton L. Professor, Measurement and Statistics.
B.S., University of Minnesota. 1948; M.A.. 1951; Ph.D.. 1959.
Stup, Ronald A. Assistant Professor. School of Architecture.
B, Arch.. University of Maryland, 1972; M.L.A.. University of
Pennsylvania, 1975.
Sublett, Henry L. Professor, Early Childhood Elementary
Education, A,B,, Duke University, 1951; M.Ed., University of
Virginia, 1953; Ed.D., 1959.
Sucher, Joseph Professor, Physics and Astronomy. B.S..
Brooklyn College, 1952; Ph.D., Columbia University. 1957.
Suppe, F. R. Associate Professor. Philosophy. A.B..
University of California (Riverside), 1962; M.A.. University of
Michigan. 1964; Ph.D.. 1967,
Svenonlus, Lars Professor, Philosophy. Filosofie Kandidat.
Uppsala University. 1950; Filosofie Magister. 1955; Filosofie
Licentiat. 1955; Filosofie Doktor. 1960,
Svoboda, Cyril P. Associate Professor, Human Development.
B.A., St, Columban's Major Seminary, 1954; B.Th.. 1958;
a, Ph., Gregorian University (Rome, Italy), 1959; LPh., 1960;
Ph.D., 1961; Ph.D.. University of Wisconsin, 1973,
Swartz, B. Katherlne Assistant Professor, Economics. B.S..
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1972; M.S.. University
of Wisconsin (Madison). 1974; Ph.D.. 1976.
Swartz, Harry J. Assistant Professor. Horticulture. B.S., State
University of New York (Buffalo). 1973; Ph.D.. Cornell
University, 1979,
Sweet, Daniel Associate Professor, Mathematics. B.S..
Fairieigh Dickinson University. 1965; Ph.D., Brown University.
1969,
Syski, Ryszard Professor, Mathematics. B.S., University of
London, 1954; Ph,D„ Chelsea College, 1960.
Szepesi, Bela Adjunct Associate Professor, Food, Nutrition
and Institution Administration, B.A,. Albion College, 1961;
M.S., Colorado State University. 1964; Ph.D.. University of
California (Davis). 1968.
Taff, Charles A. Professor, College of Business and
Management, B.SC, State University of Iowa, 1937; M.A.,
1941; PhD, University of Maryland, 1952.
Talaat, Mostafa E. Professor, Mechanical Engineering. B.S..
University of Cairo. 1946; M.S.. University of Pennsylvania.
1947; Ph.D., 1951.
40 Tarica, Ralph
Tarica, Ralph Associate Professor, French and Italian. B.A..
Emory University. 1954: M.A.. 1958; Ph.D., Harvard
University. 1966.
Taylor, Datmaa A. Prolessor. Psychology; Associate Dean for
Research. B.A., Western Reserve University. 1959; M.S..
Howard University. 1961 . Ph.D.. University of Delaware. 1965.
Taylor, Laonard S. Professor. Electrical Engineenng. A.B..
Harvard University. 1951. M.S., New Mexico State University.
1956; Ph.D.. 1960.
Taglasl'Golubcow, Hedy Assistant Professor. Counseling
and Personnel Services. B.A,. Douglass College, 1969; M.A..
Temple University. 1971; Ph.D.. Holstra University. 1975.
Tennyson, Ray Associate Prolessor, Cnminal Justice and
Criminology. B.S.. Washington State University. 1951; M.A..
1959; Ph.D.. 1961.
Taramura, Alan H, Assistant Professor, Botany. BA..
California State University, 1971; M.A., 1973; Ph.D., Duke
University. 1978.
Tarchak, Ronald J, Associate Professor, Government and
Politics. B.A.. University of Chicago, 1958; M.A., 1960; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland. 1965.
Therrlen, Madeleine B, Professor and Chairman, French and
Italian. Licence d'enseignement. University of Paris,
Sortonne (France). 1959; Ph.D.. Michigan State University,
1966.
Thiablot, Armand J. Jr. Associate Professor. College of
Business and Management- B.S.E.. Phnceton University.
1961; MB. A.. University of Pennsylvania. 1965; Ph.D., 1969.
Thomas, Owen P. Professor and Chairman, Poultry Science.
B.S.. University of Natal. 1954; M.S., 1962; Ph.D.. University
of Maryland. 1966.
Thomas, William Affiliate Assistant Professor. Counseling
and Personnel Services; Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs.
B.S.. University of Tennessee. 1955; M.S.. 1965; Ph.D..
Michigan Stale University. 1970
Thompson, Arthur H. Professor, Horliculture. B.S-.
University of Minnesota, 1941; Ph.D.. University of Maryland.
1945.
Thompson, Derek Associate Professor, Geography. B A..
Manchester University, 1960; M.A., 1962; Ph.D., Indiana
University. 1969.
Thompson, Harvey W. Assistant Professor, Communication
Arts and Theatre. B.S., Wayne State University, 1966;
M.FA.. Columbia University. 1972.
Thompson, Owen E. Associate Professor, Meteorology.
B.S.. University of Missouri. 1961; M.S.. 1963; Ph.D.. 1966.
Thorbarg, Raymond Associate Professor. English. B.A,.
University of Alaska. 1939; MA.. University of Chicago. 1946;
Ph.D.. Cornell University. 1954
Tidman, Derek A. Research Professor, Institute for Physical
Science and Technology. A.B., London University, 1952;
Ph.D., 1956.
Tim, Margaret A, Associate Professor, Health Education.
B.S., Ohio Slate University. 1946; M.A., Columbia University,
1948; Ed.D.. West Virginia University, 1969.
Toil, John S. Professor, Physics and Astronomy; President of
the University. B.S.. Yale University, 1944; A.M., Princeton
University. 1948; Ph.D.. 1952.
Toneill, Edith A. Lecturer. Art. B.A., Vassar College, 1971;
M.A.. Hunter College. 1974.
Tossaii, John A. Associate Professor. Chemistry. B.S.,
University of Chicago. 1966; M.A., Harvard University, 1967;
Ph.D.. 1972.
Traver, Paul P. Professor, Music. B.Mus.. Catholic University
of America. 1955; M.Mus., 1957; D.M.A., Stanford University,
1967.
Tr«tter, Steven A. Associate Professor, Electrical
Engineering. B.S.. University of Maryland. 1962; M.A..
Pnnceton University. 1964; Ph.D.. 1966.
Trickett, Edison J. Professor. Psychology. B.A., Trinity
College. 1963, M.A.. Ohio State University. 1965; Ph.D., 1967.
Trimble, Virginia L. Visiting Associate Professor, Physics and
Astronomy. B.A.. University of California (Los Angeles), 1964;
M.S.. California Institute of Technology, 1965; Ph.D.. 1968;
M.A.. University of Cambridge. 1969.
Triputhi, Satish K. Assistarit Professor. Computer Science.
B.S.. Banaras Hindu University. 1968; M.S.. 1970; M.S..
University of Alberta. 1974; M.S.. University of Toronto. 1976;
Ph.D.. 1979.
Troth, Eugene W. Professor. Music. B.Mus.. DePaul
University. 1947; M.Mus.. 1950; Ph.D.. University of Michigan.
1958.
Trousdala, Marion S. Associate Professor. English. B.A..
University ol Michigan. 1951; M.A . University of California
(Berkeley). 1955; Ph.D.. University of London (England).
1975.
Trout, David, L. Adjunct Professor. Food. Nutrition and
Institution Administration B.A.. Swarthmore College, 19S1;
M.A,. Duke University. 1954. Ph.D.. 1958.
True, Naiita Professor. Music. B.Mus,. University of Michigan,
1958; MMus , 1960, DMA.. Peabody Conservatory of Music.
1976.
Truitt, Anna Professor. Art. B.A.. Bryn Mawr College. 1943.
Tsui, Chung Y. Assistant Professor. Mechanical Engineenng.
B.S., University of Hong Kong, 1953; M.S., Purdue University.
1959; Ph.D.. 1967.
Turner, Thomas fl. Assistant Professor. Agronomy. B.S..
Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 1973; M.S.. Pennsylvania State
University, 1976; Ph.D.. 1979.
Tuthiii, Dean F. Professor. Agncultural and Resource
Economics. B.S,. Cornell University. 1949; M.S.. University of
Illinois (Urbane). 1954. Ph.D.. 1958.
Twigg, Barnard A. Prolessor and Chairman. Horticulture.
B.S.. University of Maryland, 1952; M.S.. 1955; Ph.D.. 1959.
Tyiar, Bonnie B. Associate Professor, Human Development.
B.A.. DePauw University, 1948; M.A., Ohio State University.
1949; Ph.D.. 1954.
Tyiar, Forrest B. Professor, Psychology B.A.. Depauw
University. 1948; M.A.. Ohio State University, 1950; Ph.D.,
1952
Tyler. Robert W. Assistant Professor. Physical Education.
A.B., Drury College. 1957; M.S., Pennsylvania Slate
University. 1959; Ph.D.. 1969.
Uimar, Meiviiia J. Prolessor. Economics. B.S.. New York
University. 1937; M.A.. 1938; Ph.D.. Columbia University.
1948.
UrtHin, Louise McClelland Associate Professor. Music. B.A .
College ol Wooster. 1957; MA.. Columbia University. 1959
Usianar, Eric M. Associate Professor. Government and
Politics. B.A.. Brandeis University. 1968; M.A,. Indiana
University. 1970; Ph.D.. 1973.
Vaccaro, Paul Associate Professor. Physical Education and
Secondary Education. B.S,. University of Massachusetts.
1970; M.A.. University of Florida. 1973; Ed.D., 1976.
Vaiadaz, Joseph J. Assistant Professor. Family and
Community Development. B.A.. Northwestern University,
1971; Ph.D.. University of Lancaster (England). 1978.
Vanderhoef, Larry N. Professor. Botany. B.S,. University of
Wisconsin (Milwaukee), 1964; M.S., 1965; Ph.D.. Purdue
University. 1969.
Vandarssii, John H, Professor, Dairy Science. B.S , Ohio
State University. 1950; M.S.. 1954; Ph.D.. 1959.
VandarVelden, Lee Assistant Professor, Physical Education.
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1961; Ph.D., 1971.
Van Egmond, Peter G. Assistant Prolessor. English. 6.A.,
Mississippi College. 1959; M.A.. University of Mississippi,
1961; Ph.D.. University of North Carolina. 1966,
Venn, LIndiey R, Assistant Professor, School of Architecture,
BA.. University of Texas (Austin), 1968; Ph.D., Cornell
University, 1976.
Vanneman, Reeve Assistant Professor. Sociology. A.B.,
Cornell University. 1967; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1975.
Vannoy, Donald W. Associate Professor, Civil Engineenng.
B.S.. West Virginia Institute of Technology. 1970: M.S..
University of Virginia, 1971; Ph.D.. 1975.
Van Vaikenburg, Shirley D. Assistant Professor, Botany
B.A., Washington State University, 1948; M.S., University of
Washington. 1968; Ph.D.. 1970,
Verhoven, Pater J. Associate Professor. Recreation. B.A..
Morehead State College. 1963: M.S.. Indiana University. 1965:
Re.D., 1969.
Vermeil, Gaerat J, Prolessor, Zoology. A.B., Princeton
University. 1968; M.Phil.. Yale University. 1970; Ph.D., 1971.
Vamakar, Anandu D. Professor, Meteorology. B.Sc.
University of Michigan, 1956; M.Sc. 1959; MS,. 1963: PhD..
1966.
Vigil, Eugene L. Assistant Professor. Botany, B,S., Loyola
University. 1963: MS. University of Iowa. 1965: Ph.D.. 1967
Vljay, tnder K. Associate Professor. Dairy Science. B.S,.
Punjab University (India). 1961; M.S., University of
Saskatchewan, 1966; Ph.D.. University of California (Davis).
1971.
Vltzthum, Richard C. Associate Professor, English. B.A..
Amherst College. 1957; M.A.. Harvard University. 1958; Ph.D..
Stanford University. 1963.
Voii, Mary Associate Professor. Microbiology. B. A.. Mount
Saint Agnes College. 1955: M.S.. Johns Hopkins University,
1961; PhD., University of Pennsylvania. 1964,
Vough, L.R. Associate Professor. Agronomy. B.S.,
Pennsylvania State University. 1966: MS. University of
Minnesota. 1969; Ph.D.. Purdue University. 1972
Wakafleid, John E. Associate Professor. Music. B.Mus..
University ol Michigan. 1963. M.Mus.. 1964,
Waido, Michael Assistant Professor. Counseling and
Personnel Services. A. A.. College ol San Mateo, 1973: A.B,.
University ol California (Berkeley). 1976; M.S., University of
Utah. 1978; PhD,, 1979,
Walker, Richard E. Assistant Professor, Germanic and Slavic
Languages and Literatures. B.A.. West Virginia University.
1966: MA,. 1968: Ph D,. University of Chicago, 1973.
Wallace, James M. Associate Professor. Mechanical
Engineering. BCE,, Georgia Institute of Technology. 1962:
M.S.. 1964; D, Phil,, Oxford University. 1969.
Waiiace, Stephen J. Associate Professor. Physics and
Astronomy. B.S,. Case Institute of Technology. 1961; M.S.
University of Washington (Seattle), 1969; Ph.D.. 1971
Walsh, Christopher S. Assistant Professor. Horticulture,
B.A.. Middlebury College, 1969; M.S., Cornell University.
1977; Ph.D.. 1980.
Waiston, Wliiiam H„ Jr. Associate Professor, Mechanical
Engineering. B.M.E.. University of Delaware. 1959; M.S..
1961; Ph.D., 1964.
Walters, William B. Professor. Chemistry. B.S., Kansas
State University. 1960; Ph.D.. University of Illinois. 1964.
Wang, Chlng-PIng Shih Assistant Professor. Physics and
Astronomy. B.S.. Tung-Hai University. 1969; M.S.. Louisiana
State University. 1971; Ph.D.. 1974.
Wang, Shih-Ho Associate Professor, Electrical Engineering.
B.S.EE.. National Taiwan University. 1967: M.S.E.E..
University of California (Berkeley). 1970; Ph.D.. 1971,
Ward, Gerald M. Director of Laboratory Animal Care;
Associate Professor. Veterinary Science. D.V.M.. Cornell
University. 1949: M.S.. 1968.
Warner, Charles R. Associate Professor, Mathematics. B A .
University of Toronto. 1955: B.S.. University of Rochester.
1957; Ph.D.. 1962.
Warren, Donald R. Professor and Chairman, Education
Policy, Planning and Administration. BA.. University of
Texas, 1957; Th.M.. Harvard University. 1960; Ph.D..
University of Chicago. 1 968.
Warren, J. Benedict Prolessor, History. B.A.. Duns Scotus
College. 1953; M.A., University of New Mexico, 1960: Ph.D..
1963.
Waahburn. Wilcomb E. Adjunct Professor. American Studies.
B.A.. Dartmouth College, 1948; Ph.D., Harvard University.
1955.
Waahlngton, LaRue A. Assistant Professor, Psychology.
A.B., Radclitfe College, 1972; M.S., Yale University, 1973:
Ph.D., 1979.
Washington, Lawrence C. Visiting Assistant Professor.
Mathematics. B.A.. Johns Hopkins University. 1971; M.A..
1971; Ph.D.. Princeton University, 1974.
Wassarman, Paul Professor, College of Library and
Information Services. B.B.A., City University of New York
(City College), 1948; M.S.L.S.. Columbia University. 1949;
M.S.. 1950: Ph.D.. University ol Michigan. 1960.
Weaver, V. Phliiips Prolessor. Eariy Childhood Elementary
Education A.B.. College of William and Mary. 1951; M.Ed.,
Pennsylvania State University, 1956: Ed.D., 1962.
WatMr, Joseph Professor. Physics and Astronomy. B.S.,
United States Naval Academy. 1940: PhD.. Catholic
University ol Amenca, 1 951 .
Waidner, Jerry R. Associate Professor, Geology. A.B., Miami
University (Ohio), 1960; M.S.. 1963; Ph.D., Pennsylvania
State University. 1968.
Weigi, Gaii Capitol Assistant Professor, Art. B.A., Wayne
State University, 1962: M.A., University of Michigan. 1966;
Ph.D., 1976.
Well, Raymond R. Assistant Professor. Agronomy. B.S.,
Michigan State University. 1970: M.S.. Purdue University,
1972; Ph.D.. Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 1977.
Welner, John Associate Professor, Chemistry B.S.,
Pennsylvania State University, 1964; Ph.D., University of
Chicago, 1970.
Zwanzig, Robert W. 41
Welner, Ronald M. Associate Professor and Acting Chairman.
Microbiology. B.S-. City University of New York (Brool<lyn
College), 1964: M.S. Long Island University. 1967; Ph.D.,
Iowa Slate University. 1970.
Welnstein, Paul A. Associate Professor. Economics. B.A..
College of William and fwlary, 1954; M.A.. Northwestern
University, 1958; Ph.D,. 1961.
Welser, Mark Assistant Professor, Computer Science. M.S..
University of Michigan. 1979; Ph.D.. 1979.
Wftiss, Gene S. Associate Professor. Communication Arts
and Theatre- B.A.. Brandeis University. 1961; M.A.. New York
University. 1965; Ph.D.. Ohio Stale University. 1970.
Welssman. Ronald F. E. Assistant Professor. History. B.A..
University of California (Berkeley). 1972; M.A.. 1973; C.Phil..
1975; Ph.D.. 1978.
Welllsch, Hans Associate Professor. College of Library and
Information Services. M.L.S.. University of Maryland, 1972;
Ph.D.. 1975.
Wentzel, Donat G. Professor. Physics and Astronomy. B.A.,
University of Chicago. 1954. B.S., 1955; M.S.. 1956; Ph.D..
1960.
Wastbrook, Franklin Associate Professor. Counseling and
Personnel Services; Counseling Center. B,S.. Chicago State
University. 1961. M.S.. City University of New Yon*. 1969;
Ed.D.. Indiana Universrty, 1971.
Westhoff, Dennis C. Professor, Dairy Science. B.S.,
University of Georgia, 1966; M.S., North Carolina State
University, 1968; Ph.D., 1970.
Waxier, Richard Assistant Professor, Music. B.Mus..
University of Michigan, 1963; M.A.. New York University.
1969; PhD . 1974.
Whaplea, Gene C. Associate Professor. Agncuttural and
Extension Education. B.S.. University of Connecticut. 1960;
MS-. Kansas State University. 1965; Ph.D., University of
Maryland. 1974.
Wheatlay, John H. Associate Professor. Aghcultural and
Extension Education and Secondary Education. B.A.. Duke
University. 1963; M A.T.. 1965. Ph.D.. Ohio Slate University.
1972
Wheaton, Frederick W. Professor. Aghcultural Engtneenng.
BS A.E.. fvlichigan State University. 1964; M.S.. 1965; Ph.D..
Iowa Slate University. 1969.
Wheelock, Arthur K. AssislanI Professor, Art. B.A.. Williams
College. 1955; Ph D.. Harvard University. 1973.
Whitaker, Harry A. Professor. Hearing and Speech Sciences.
8. A.. Portland Stale University. 1963; M.A.. University of
California. 1968; Ph.D.. 1969,
White, Gregory L. Assistant Professor. Psychology. B.A..
Stanford University. 1971; M.A.. University of California. 1973;
PhD , 1976-
Whlte, Marilyn D. Assistant Professor. College of Library and
Information Services B.A.. Our Lady of the Lake College.
1962, MS . University of Wisconsin. 1963. Ph.D.. University of
Illinois. 1971.
Whittemore, E. Reed Professor. English. B.A.. Yale
University, 1941.
Widhelm, William 8, Associate Professor, College of
Business and Management. B.E.S., Johns Hopkins
University. 1959; M S.E,, 1960; M.S. M.S., 1965; Ph.D., 1969,
WIebold, William J, Assistant Professor, Agronomy B S.,
Iowa State University. 1971; MS.. 1974; PhD.. University of
Georgia, 1978.
WIedel, Joseph W, Associate Professor, Geography. BA.,
University of Maryland, 1958; M.A., 1963
Wiley. Robert C. Professor, Horticulture. B.S., University of
Maryland. 1949; M.S.. 1950; Ph.D.. Oregon Slate Universrty.
1953
Wllkenleld, Jonathan Associate Professor. Government and
Politics BS . University of Maryland. 1964; M.A.. George
Washington University. 1966; Ph.D.. Indiana University. 1969.
Wllkerson. Thomas D. Research Professor. Institute for
Physical Science and Technology. B.S.. University of
Michigan. 1953; Ph.D.. 1962
Williams, Aubrey W,, Jr. Professor, Anthropology BA,
University of North Carolina, 1955; M.A.. 1957; PhD,.
University of Anzona. 1964
Williams, Osvid L. Associate Professor, Early Childhood
Elementary Education B S . Bradley University. 1953; M,Ed,.
University of Illinois (Urbana). 1956; Ed D,. 1964,
Williams, Eleanor Associate Professor, Food, Nutrition and
Institution Administration B S , Texas Woman s University.
1945; M.S.. Iowa State University. 1947; Ph.D.. Cornell
University. 1963,
Williams, Walter F. Professor. Dairy Science. B.S..
University of Missoun. 1952; M.S., 1952; Ph.D.. 1955.
Williams, William H. Assistant Professor. History, A B..
Washington and Lee University. 1956; M,A,. Duke University.
1960; Ph.D.. 1965
Wilson, Andrew S, Assistant Professor, Physics and
Astronomy, Ph D,, Cambndge University, 1973.
Wilson, Gayla E. Associate Professor, English, BA,. Wayne
Slate University. 1960; MA,. University of Rochester. 1963;
PhD . 1965.
Wilson, Leda A. Associate Professor. Family and Community
Development. B.S,. Lander College. 1943; M.S.. University of
Tennessee. 1950; Ed.D.. 1954
Wilson, Mark Assistant Professor. Music. A.B.. University of
California (Los Angeles). 1970; M.S.. 1972; Ph.D.. 1974.
Wilson, Robert M. Professor. Early Childhood Elementary
Education. BS,. California State College. Pennsylvania,
1950; MS., University of Pittsburgh. 1956; Ed.D.. 1960.
WInkelnkemper, H, E. Associate Professor. Mathematics.
B.A-. National University of Mexico. 1963; M.A.. Pnnceton
University. 1965; Ph.D.. 1970.
WInton, Calhoun Professor. English. A.B.. University of the
South (Sewanee). 1948; M.A.. Vandertjilt University. 1950;
M.A.. Princeton University. 1954; Ph.D.. 1955.
Wise, Gene Professor and Director of American Studies.
B.A.. Hanover College. 1958; Ph.D.. Syracuse University.
1963,
WItczak, Matthew W. Professor and Chairman. Civil
Engineenng, BS,. Purdue University. 1962; MS,. 1963.
PhD,. 1969,
Withers, Josephine Associate Professor. Art. B A . Oberlin
College. 1960; MA,. Columbia University. 1965; PhD.. 1971,
WIttrelch, Joseph A, Professor. English A B,. University of
Louisville. 1961; MA,. 1962. PhD. Western Resenre
University. 1966
Wotle, Peter Professor. Mathematics; Director. Applied
Mathematics Program. B.S.. Saint Lawrence University. 1959;
BS E.E . Rensselaer Polytechnic. 1959; M.S.. Northwestern
University. 1961; Ph D.. New York University. 1965.
Wolpert, Scott A. Assistant Professor. Mathematics. B.A,.
Johns Hopkins University. 1972; M.A., Stanford University,
1974; PhD,, 1976,
Wolvln, Andrew D, Professor. Communication Arts and
Theatre; Acting Assistant Provost. Arts and Humanities, B S,.
University of Nebraska. 1962. MA,. 1963; Ph,D,. Purdue
University, 1968
Wonnacott, Paul Professor. Economics, B.A . University of
Western Ontario. 1955; MA,. Princeton University. 1957;
Ph D,. 1959,
Woo, Ching Hung Professor. Physics and Astronomy, B,S,.
Louisiana Technological Institute. 1956; M,S,. University of
California (Berkeley). 1960; PhD,. 1962,
Wood, Francis E. Associate Professor. Entomology, BS .
University of Missouri. 1958; M.S.. 1962; University of
Maryland. 1970
Wood, Robert E. Assistant Professor. College of Business
and Management, BA,. Western Australian Institute of
Technology. Perth . 1972; MA,. University of Nevada. 1976.
PhD,. University of Washington. 1980
Wrenn, Jerry P. Assistant Professor and Assistant Chairman.
Physical Education, B.S,. East Carolina University, 1961;
M.S.. University of Tennessee. 1963; Ph.D.. Untversity of
Maryland. 1970
Wright, Emmett L. Associate Professor. Secondary Education
and Agncuitural and Extension Education 8S. University of
Kansas. 1963; MA. Whichita Stale University. 1968; PhD..
Pennsylvania Slate University. 1974
Wright, Winthrop R. Associate Professor. History B.A,.
Swarthmore College. 1958; M,A,. University of Pennsylvania.
1950; Ph D,. 1964,
Wu. C.S. Research Professor, Institute for Physical Science
and Technology BSE.. National Taiwan University (Taipei).
1954; MS,. Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 1956; PhD,.
Princeton University. 1959
Wylle, Ann G. Associate Professor, Geology, B S,. Wellesley
College. 1966; Ph D , Columbia University, 1972
Wysong, John W. Professor. Agricultural and Resource
Economics, B,S,. Cornell University. 1953; M.S.. University of
Illinois (Urbana). 1954; PhD.. Cornell University. 1957
Yaney, George L. Professor. History. B.E.. Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute. 1952; M,A,. University of Colorado. 1956;
Ph.D,. Princeton University. 1961,
Yang, Grace L. Professor. Mathematics, B,A,. National
Taiwan University. 1960; M.A,. University of California
(Berkeley). 1963; PhD,. 1966,
Yang, Jackson C.S. Professor. Mechanical Engineering
BS.. University of Maryland. 1958; MA.. 1961; Ph D . 1963
Yaramanoglu, Mellh Assistant Professor. Agricultural
Engineering. B.S.. Middle East Technical University. Ankara .
Turkey . 1971; M.S.. 1973; PhD,. University of Maryland.
1978,
Yarlan, Richard A. Assistant Professor. Health Education.
BS,. Ball Stale University. 1971; M.A.. 1972; Ph.D,, University
of Maryland. 1976,
Yeck, Robert G. Visiting Professor, Agncuitural Engineering,
BS,, University of Wisconsin, 1948; MS., University of
Missoun. 1953; Ph.D.. 1960.
Yeh, Kvvan-nan Associate Professor, Textiles and Consumer
Economics. B.S., National Taiwan University, 1961; M.S..
Tulane University. 1965; Ph.D.. University of Georgia. 1970.
Yeh, Raymond T. Professor and Chairman, Computer
Science. BS., University of lllinios, 1961; M.A, 1963. PhD..
1966-
Yenl-Komshian, Grace H. Associate Professor. Hearing and
Speech Sciences; Affiliate Associate Professor, Psychology
B,A.. American University of Beirut. Lebanon. 1957, M S .
Cornell University. 1962. PhD,. McGill University. 1965
Yodh, Gaurang 8. Professor. Physics and Astronomy, B.Sc..
University of Bombay. 1948; M Sc. University of Chicago.
1951; PhD,. 1955.
Yorke, James A. Research Professor. Mathematics and
Institute for Physical Science and Technology A B., Columbia
University. 1963; Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1966,
Young, Edgar P, Profe^or and Chairman, Animal Science
BS.. Ohio Slate University. 1964; M.S.. 1956. Ph D . 1958
Young, Gran R. Professor. Government and Politics AB..
Harvard University. 1962; M.A.. Yale University. 1964. Ph D .
1965.
Zagler, Don Professor. Mathematics. B.S.. Massachusetts
Institute of Technology. 1968; Diploma Adv. Math,. Oxford
University. 1969; D. Phil. Math.. 1972; Habilitation Math.
University of Bonn. 1975
ZakI, Kawthor Associate Professor. Electrical Engineering
B.S.. Am Shams University (Cairo), 1962; MS . University of
California (Berkeley). 1966. Ph.D.. 1969.
Zalcman, L. A. Professor, Mathematics, AB . Dartmouth
College. 1964; Ph,D,. Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
1968,
Zanot, Eric J. Assistant Professor. College of Journalism
BA,. Pennsylvania State University. 1965; MA,, 1970; PhD .
University of Illinois. 1977
Zedek, MIshael Professor. Mathematics, MS. Hebrew
University of Jerusalem. 1952; Ph.D,. Harvard University.
1956,
Zelkowltz, Marvin M, Associate Professor, Computer
Science B S,. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 1967; MS,.
Cornell University. 1969; PhD,. 1971,
Zini. Madeline C. Assistant Professor. History AB . Mount
Holyoke College. 1964; MA,. University of Chicago. 1971,
PhD,. 1976.
ZIpoy, David M. Associate Professor. Physics and Astronomy
B S.. University of Minnesota. 1954; PhD , 1957
Zoller, William H. Associate Professor. Chemistry B S .
University of Alaska. 1965; PhD,. Massachusetts Institute ol
Technology. 1969,
Zorn, Bice S. Professor, Physics and Astronomy Ph D
University of Cagliari. 1951
Zorn, Gus T. Professor. Physics and Astronomy B S
Oklahoma State University. 1948, MS, University ol New
Mexico. 1950; Ph D . University of Padua, 1954
Zuckerman, Benfamln M. Professor, Physics and Astronomy
SB, Massachusens Institute of Technology, 1963, SM
1963: Ph D . Harvard University. 1968
Zwanzig, Rot>er1 W, Research Professor, institute for
Physical Science and Technology B S , Polytechnic Institute
of Brooklyn. 1948: MS,. University of Southern California
1950; Ph.D.. California Institute of Technology, 1952
43
Graduate Programs
Administration, Supervision, and
Curriculum Program
See Education Policy. Planning, and Administration
Program.
Aerospace Engineering
Professor ar)d Chairman: Gessow
Professors: Anderson, Donaldson, Melnik, Pai.
Plotkin
Associate Professors: Barlow, Jones
Assistant Professors: Lee, Winklemann
Lecturers: Billig, Case, Chander, Fleig. Griffin, Hllion,
Klemm. Mason, Regan, Rogers, Starkey, Vamos.
Waltrup
The Aerospace Engineering Department offers a
broad program of graduate studies leading to ttie
degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of
Philosophy. The curricula for these degrees are
adapted to meet the objectives and background of
the individual student and are planned by the
student and his advisor Applications for admission
are invited from those holding a B.S degree in
engineering, the physical sciences, and
mathematics. Aerodynamics and Propulsion,
Structural Mechanics, and Flight Dynamics are the
major areas of specialization available to graduate
students. Within these areas of specialization, the
student can tailor programs such as Computational
Fluid Dynamics, and Helicopter or V/STOL
Technology
There is an urgent requirement in the United
States for more engineers v»ilh graduate degrees to
fill serious shortages in engineering faculties in
universities and to meet national needs for
productivity and innovation in industry. At the same
time, the production of graduate engineering
degrees has decreased steadily since 1972. In
aerospace engineenng, for example, the decline has
been 42% in masters degrees and 55% in Ph.D.'s.
The opportunities for employment for engineers with
advanced aerospace degrees are extremely
attractive now and will undoubtedly increase in the
future, particularly in expanded civilian and military
aeronautical and space programs and in related
energy and transportation fields which utilize
aerospace engineering skills.
Admission and Degree Information
Two master's degree options are available; thesis
and non-thesis. No special departmental
requirements are imposed beyond the Graduate
School requirements.
For the Doctor of Philosophy degree, the
Aerospace Engineering Department requires a
minimum of 48 semester hours of course-work
beyond the B.S. including (1) not less than 18 hours
within one departmental area of specialization, (2)
not less than 9 hours from among the other areas of
specialization in the department, (3) not less than 12
hours in courses which emphasize the physical
sciences or mathematics rather than their
applications. The total in (2) plus that in (3) must be
at least 24 hours of which no more than 6 are less
than 600 level. Written qualifying and oral
comprehensive examinations are also required.
Facilities and Special Resources
The research facilities of the department are
available to the graduate student. The aerodynamic
facilities include two subsonic, two supersonic, a
hypersonic wind tunnel, a GAT-1 flight simulator,
and a F-IOI flight simulator. Facilities are also
available for static and vibration testing of structures.
An assortment of computers including a UNIVAC
1140 and a UNIVAC 1108 complemented by remote
access units on a time-sharing basis are available.
The Department provides special facilities for the
use of students which include remote terminals and
mini-computers. Under special circumstances, thesis
research may be accomplished in off-campus
research facilities
Financial Assistance
A number of graduate assistantships and
fellowships, including the Glenn L. Martin
fellowships, are available for financial assistance.
Courses
ENAE 401 Aerospace Laboratory II (2) Prerequisites:
ENAE 305 and ENAE 345 Corequisites: ENAE 452 and
ENAE 471. Application of fundamental measurement
techniques to experiments in Aerospace Engineering,
structural, aerodynamic, and propulsion tests, correlation
of theory with experimental results.
ENAE 402 Aerospace Laboratory III (1) Prerequisites:
ENAE 305 and ENAE 345. Corequisites: ENAE 452,
ENAE 471, and ENAE 475. Application of fundamental
measurement techniques to experiments in Aerospace
Engineering, structural, aerodynamic, flight simulation,
and heat transfer tests Correlation of theory with
expenmenlal results
ENAE 411 Aircraft Design (3) Prerequisites ENAE 345.
ENAE 451, and ENAE 371 Theory, background and
methods of airplane design, subsonic and supersonic
ENAE 412 Design of Aerospace Vehicles (3)
Prerequisites: ENAE 345 and ENAE 371 Theory,
background and methods of space vehicle design for
manned orbiting vehicles, manned lunar and planetary
landing systems
ENAE 415 Computer-Aided Structural Design
Analysis (3) Prerequisite: ENAE 452 or consent of
instructor Introduction to structural design concepts and
analysis techniques. Introduction to computer software
for structural analysis which is utilized to verity exact
solutions and pertorm parametric design studies of
aerospace structures Not open to students who have
earned credit in ENAE 431
ENAE 445 Stability and Control of Aerospace
Vehicles (3) Prerequisite ENAE 345 and ENAE 371.
Stability, control and miscellaneous topics in dynamics
ENAE 451 Flight Structures I— Introduction to Solid
Mechanics (4) Prerequisite. ENES 220 An introduction
to the analysis of aircraft structural members Introduction
to theory of of elasticity, mechanical behavior of
materials. thermal effects. finite-difference
approximations, virtual work, variational and energy
principles lor static systems
ENAE 452 Flight Structures II: Structural Elements (3)
Prerequisite: ENAE 451 . Application of variational and
energy principles to analysis of elastic bodies; stresses
and deflections of beams including effects of
non — principal axes, non — homogeneity, and thermal
gradients; differential equations of beams, bars, and
cables. Stresses and deflections of torsional members.
stresses due to shear. Deflection analysis of structures.
ENAE 453 Matrix Methods In Computational
Mechanics (3) Prerequisite ENAE 452 or consent of
instructor Introduction to the concepts of computational
analysis of continuous media by use of matrix methods
Foundation lor use of finite elements in any field of
Continuum Mechanics, with emphasis on the use of the
displacement method to solve thermal and structural
problems
ENAE 457 Flight Structures III (3) Prerequisite ENAE
452 or equivalent An advanced undergraduate course
dealing with the theory and analysis of the structures of
flight vehicles Stresses due to shear, indeterminate
structures, plate theory, buckling and failure of columns
and plates.
ENAE 461 Flight Propulsion I (3) Prerequisites ENME
216 and ENAE 471 Operating pnnciples of piston,
turbojet, turboprop, ramjet and rocket engines,
thermodynamic cycle analysis and engine pertormance,
aerothermochemislry of combustion. fuels, and
propellants.
ENAE 462 Flight Propulsion II (3) Prerequisite: ENAE
461 Advanced and current topics in Flight Propulsion.
ENAE 471 Aerodynamics II (3) Prerequisite ENAE 371
and ENME 216. Elements of compressible flow with
applications to aerospace engineering problems
ENAE 472 Aerodynamics III (3) Prerequisite ENAE
371. Theory of the How of an incompressible fluid
ENAE 473 Aerodynamics of High-Speed Flight (3)
Prerequisite: ENAE 472 or equivalent An advanced
course dealing with aerodynamic problems of flight at
supersonic and hypersonic velocities Unified hypersonic
and supersonic small disturbance theories, real gas
effects, aerodynamic heating and mass transfer with
applications to hypersonic flight and re-entry.
ENAE 475 Viscous Flow and Aerodynamic Heating
(3) Prerequisites: ENAE 371, ENAE 471. and ENME 216
Fundamental aspects of viscous flow. Navier-Stokes
equations, similarity, boundary layer equations: laminar,
transitional and turbulent incompressible flows on airioils,
thermal boundary layers and convective heat transfer,
conduction through solids, introduction to radiative heal
transfer.
ENAE 486 Topics In Aerospace Engineering (1-4)
Technical elective taken with the permission of the
student's advisor and instructor. Lecture and conference
courses designed to extend the student's understanding
of aerospace engineering Current topics are
emphasized
ENAE 499 Elective Research (1-3) May be repeated to
a maximum of three credits Elective for seniors in
Aerospace Engineering with permission of the student's
advisor and the instructor Original research projects
terminating in a a written report.
ENAE 640 Flight Mechanics I (3) Prerequisites: ENAE
445 or consent of instructor Studies in the dynamics and
control of flight vehicles. Fundamentals of the dynamics
of rigid and non-rigid bodies and their motion under the
influence of aerodynamic and gravitational forces.
ENAE 641 Flight Mechanics II (3) Prerequisites: ENAE
640 or consent of instructor A continuation
ENAE 646 Helicopter Theory I (3) Prerequisites ENAE
461 or consent of instructor. Theories of rotor
aerodynamics in axial and nonaxial flight, dynamics of
rotor blades, helicopter pertormance, stability, control,
and current methods of helicopter dynamic analysis.
Development of a digital program for dynamic simulation
of helicopter flight.
44 Agricultural and Extension Education Program
ENAE 647 Helicopter Theory II (3) Prerequisites ENAE
646 or consent ol instructor A continuation of ENAE 646-
ENAE 650 Variational Methods In Structural
Mechanics (3) Prerequisites; ENAE 452 or equivalent.
Review of theory of linear elasticity with introduction to
cartesian tensors, application of calculus of variations
and variational principles of elasticity; Castigliano's
theorems; applications to aerospace structures,
ENAE 652 Finite Element Method In Engineering (3)
Prerequisite; ENAE 453 and ENAE 650. or consent ol
Instructor, Development of finite element representation
of conlinua using galerkin and variational techniques
Derivation of shell elements and parametric
representation of two and three dimensional elements
Application to aerospace structures, fluids and diffusion
processes
ENAE 653 Nonlinear Finite Element Analysis of
Contlnua (3) Prerequisite ENAE 652, Finite element
formulation of nonlinear and time dependent processes
Introduction to tensors, nonlinear elasticity, plasticity and
creep. Application to nonlinear continua including
aerospace structures, shells, radiation heat transfer,
creep.
ENAE 655 Structural Dynamics I (3) Prerequisites:
MATH 246 and ENAE 452 or equivalents; or consent of
instructor. Advanced principles of dynamics necessary for
structural analysis; solutions of eigenvalue problems for
discrete and continuous elastic systems, solutions to
forced response boundary value problems by direct,
modal, and transform methods
ENAE 656 Structural Dynamics II (3) Prerequisite;
ENAE 655 or consent of instructor. Topics in
aeroelasticity; wing divergence; aileron reversal; flexibility
effects on aircraft stability derivatives; wing, empennage
and aircraft flutter, aircraft gust response,
ENAE 657 Theory of Structural Stability (3)
Prerequisite; ENAE 451 or equivalent Static and
dynamic stability of structural systems Classification of
leading systems linear and nonlinear post — buckling
behavior. Perfect and imperfect system behavior.
Buckling and failure of columns and plates
ENAE 661 Advanced Propulsion (3) Prerequisites;
ENAE 461. 462, Special problems of thermodynamics
and dynamics of aircraft power plants; jet, rocket and
ramjet engines; plasma, ion and nuclear propulsion lor
space vehicles,
ENAE 662 Advanced Propulsion (3) Prerequisites;
ENAE 461. 462, Special problems of thermodynamics
and dynamics of aircraft power plants; let, rocket and
ramjet engines, plasma, ion and nuclear propulsion for
space vehicles,
ENAE 671 Aerodynamics of incompressible Fluids (3)
Prerequisite; MATH 463 or permission of instructor.
Fundamental equations in fluid mechanics, irrotationai
motion, circulation theory ol lift, thin airfoil theory, lifting
line theory, wind tunnel corrections, perturbation
methods.
ENAE 672 Aerodynamics of incompressible Fluids (3)
Prerequisite; MATH 463 or permission of instructor.
Fundamental equations in fluid mechanics, irrotationai
motion, circulation theory ol lift, thin airfoil theory, lifting
line theory, wind tunnel corrections, perturbation
methods
ENAE 673 Aerodynamics of Compressible Fluids (3)
Prerequisite; ENAE 472 or permission of instructor One
dimensional flow of a perfect compressible fluid. Shock
waves. Two — dimensional linearized theory of
compressible flow. Two — dimensional transonic and
hypersonic Hows, Exact solutions of two — dimensional
isotropic flow Linearized theory of three — dimensional
potetial How, Exact solution ol axially symmetrical
potential flow. One-dimensional How with friction and heat
addition
ENAE 674 Aerodynamics of Compressible Fluids (3)
Prerequisite; ENAE 472 or permission of instructor. One
dimensional flow of a perfect compressible fluid. Shock
waves. Two — dimensional linearized theory of
compressible flow Two — dimensional transonic and
hypersonic flows Exact solutions of two — dimensional
isotropic flow, Lineahzed theory of three — dimensional
potetial flow Exact solution of axially symmetrical
potential flow. One — dimensional flow with friction and
heat addition.
ENAE 675 Aerodynamics of Viscous Fluids (3)
Derivation of Navier Stokes equations, some exact
solutions; boundary layer equations Laminar flow-similar
solutions, compressibility, transformations, analytic
approximations, numerical methods, stability and
transition ol turbulent flow. Turbulent flow-isotropic
turbulence, boundary layer flows, Iree mixing flows,
ENAE 676 Aerodynamics of Viscous Fluids (3)
Derivation of Navier Stokes equations, some exact
solutions; boundary layer equations. Laminar flow-similar
solutions, compressibility, transformations, analytic
approximations, numerical methods, stability and
transition to turbulent flow. Turbulent tlow-istropic
turbulence, boundary layer flows, free mixing flows,
ENAE 688 Seminar (1-3)
ENAE 757 Advanced Structural Dynamics (3)
Prerequisite; ENAE 655 or equivalent. Fundamentals of
probability theory pertinent to random vibrations,
including correlation functions, and spectral densities;
example random processes; response of single degree
and multidegree of (reedom systems,
ENAE 788 Selected Topics in Aerospace Engineering
(1-3)
ENAE 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
ENAE 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Agricultural and
Extension Education
Program
Chairman: Nelson
Professor: Longest
Associate Professors: Seibel, Wfhaples. Whealley.
Wright
Assistant Professors: Cooper. Glee
Affiliate Professors BoolU. Coffindaffer. Klavon,
Richards, Shelton
As this is a multidisciplinary department consisting of
several educational and social science specialities
As such, the Department of Agricultural and
Extension Education serves the academic and
continuing education needs and interests ol the
Cooperative Extension Service, teachers of
agriculture/agribusiness and renewable natural
resource programs, and professionals involved in
adult and continuing education, community
development, and environmental education.
Admission and Degree Information
The Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy
degree and the Advanced Graduate Specialist
Certificate (requiring 30 credits beyond the masters
degree) may be obtained in options in Agricultural
Education, Environmental Education. Extension,
Adult and Continuing Education, and Community
Development, Specialization options in Agricultural
Education include teacher education, research, and
administration and supervision. Specialization
options under Extension, Adult and Continuing
Education include staff development, program
development, administration and supervision, and
continuing education. The multidisciplinary
Community Development program specialties include
various social science disciplines with research,
teaching, and extension functions; human and
organizational planning and development; and public
affairs education.
In the Master of Science programs both thesis
and non-thesis options are available. Applicants lor
all programs must present transcripts and
recommendations for evaluation.
No specific number of credits is required for the
Doctor of Philosophy degree. Each student's
program is planned by the students faculty
committee according to previous education and
experience, special interests and needs, and
professional plans of the individual. No foreign
Language is required but is encouraged for those
interested in international development areas.
Students are encouraged to develop research
techniques through specific courses and participation
in Department research programs.
Applicants must present results of the Miller
Analogies and'or GRE tests with their applications
for admission, along with recommendations from
individuals competent to evaluate academic
strengths of the applicant.
Those who wish to become certified to teach in
agriculture programs in Maryland may obtain
appropriate courses through this department.
Courses
AEED 423 Extension Communications (3) An
introduction to communications in teaching and within an
organization, including barriers to communication, the
diffusion process and the application of communication
principles person to person, with groups and through
mass media,
AEED 426 Development and Management of
Extension Youth Programs (3) Designed for present
and prospective state leaders of extension youth
programs Program development, principles of program
management, leadership development and counseling;
science, career selection and citizenship in youth
programs, field experience in working with low income
families' youth, urban work,
AEED 427 Group Dynamics in Continuing and
Extension Education (3) Concepts involved in working
with groups planning extension and continuing education
programs. Analysis of group behavior and group
dynamics related to small groups and development of a
competence in the selection ol appropriate methods and
techniques,
AEED 464 Rural Life In Modern Society (3)
Examination of the many aspects ol rural life that affect
and are affected by changes in technical, natural and
human resources. Emphasis is placed on the role which
diverse organizations, agencies and institutions play in
the education and adjustment of rural people to the
demands of modern society,
AEED 466 Rural Poverty in an Affluent Society (3)
Topics examined include conditions under which people
in poverty exist, factors giving rise to such conditions,
problems faced by the rural poor, and the kinds of
assistance they need to rise out of poverty. Topics and
issues are examined in the context of rural-urban
interrelationships and their effects on rural poverty.
Special attention is given to past and present programs
designed to alleviate poverty and to considerations and
recommendations lor future action,
AEED 487 Conservation of Natural Resources (3)
Designed primarily lor teachers. Study ol state's natural
resources — soil, water, fisheries, wildlife, forests, and
minerals — natural resources problems and practices.
Extensive field study. Concentration on subject matter.
Taken concurrently with AEED 497 in summer season.
AEED 488 Critique in Rural Education (1) Current
problems and trends in rural education,
AEED 489 Field Experience (1-4) Prerequisite: consent
of department- Planned field experience for both major
and non-major students. Repeatable to a maximum ol
lour credits
AEED 497 Conservation of Natural Resources (3)
Designed primarily for teachers. Study ol state's natural
resources — soil, water, fisheries, wildlife, forests, and
minerals — natural resources problems and practices.
Extensive Held study. Methods of teaching conservation
included. Taken concurrently with AEED 487 in summer
season.
AEED 499 Special Problems (1-3) Prerequisite; Staff
approval,
AEED 606 Program Planning and Evaluation in
Agricultural Education (2-3) Second semester.
Analysis of community agricultural education needs,
selection and organization ol course content, criteria and
procedures for evaluating programs.
AEED 626 Program Development in Extension
Education (3) Concepts in program planning and
development A conceptual approach to a tested
Iramework for programming. Study and analysis of
program design and implimentation in the extension
service.
AEED 627 Program Evaluation in Adult and
Continuing Education (3) Prerequisite AEED 626 or
Agricultural and Resource Economics Program 45
consent of instructor. An analysis of program evaluation
concepts as tfiey relate specifically to adult continuing
education. Program evaluation concepts, issues and
problems with emphasis on the use of evaluation
procedures
AEED 628 Seminar In Program Planning (1-5) The
student assists in the development of an educational
program in an institutional or community setting He also
develops an individualized unit of study applicable to the
program Seminar sessions are based on the actual
pfoblems of diagnosing needs, planning, conducting, and
evaluating programs Repeatable to a maximum of five
credits
AEED 630 Teaching-Learning In Adult and
Continuing Education (3) The teaching learning
process in adult continuing education. Instnjctional
techniques and methodologies appropriate for adults.
The curriculum development process Issues and
priorities in adult continuing education.
AEED 631 Seminar In Adult Basic Education (3) The
social context of illiteracy. Problems and issues in literacy
education. Existing strategies of adult basic education
(ABE).
AEED 632 International Extension Adult Education (3)
The state of the exiension, adult education m other
countries. The social context of extension/adult
education in selected countries. Analysis of existing
extension/adult education programs and the contributions
of these systems to the field.
AEED 642 Continuing Education In Extension (3)
Studies the process through which adults have and use
opportunities to learn systematically under the guidance
of an agent, teacher or leader A vanety of program
areas will be reviewed giving the student an opportunity
to plan, conduct and evaluate learning activities for
adults
AEED 661 Rural Community Analysis (3) First
semester Analysis of structure and function of rural
society and application of social understandings to
educational processes.
AEED 663 Developing Rural Leadership (2-3) First
semester Theones of leadership are emphasized-
Techniques of identifying formal and informal leaders and
the development of rural lay leaders
AEED 691 Research Methods In Rural Education
(2-3) First semester. The scientific method, problem
identification, survey of research literature, preparing
research plans, design of studies, expenmentation.
analysis of data and thesis writing
AEED 699 Special Problems (1-3) Prerequisite:
Approval of staff
AEED 707 Supervision of Student Teaching (1)
Summer session Identification of experiences and
activities in an effective student teaching program,
responsibilities and duties of supervising teachers, and
evaluation of student teaching
AEED 789 Special Topics (1-3) fvtay be repeated to a
maximum of nine credits provided content is different.
AEED 798 Seminar In Rural Education (1-3) Problems
in the organization, administration, and supervision of the
several agencies of rural and/or vocational education.
Repeatable lo a maximum of eight semester credits.
AEED 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
AEED B82 Agricultural College Instruction (1)
AEED 888 Apprenticeship In Education (1-8)
PrerequisttesExpenence, a Master's degree, and at least
six semester hours in education at the University of
Maryland Apprenticeships in the major area of study are
available to selected students whose application for an
apprenticeship has been approved by the education
faculty Each apprentice is assigned to work for at least a
semester full-time or the equivalent with an appropriate
agency. The sponsor of the apprentice maintains a close
working relationship with the apprentice and other
persons involved
AEED 889 Internship In Education (3-8)
Prerequisite Consent of the advisor. Internships in the
major area of study for experienced students who are
assigned to an appropriate school system, educational
institution, or agency in a situation different from that in
which the student is regularly employed.
AEED 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Agricultural and
Resource Economics
Program
Professor and Chairman: Norton
Professors: Cain, Foster, Lessley, fvloore. Smith.
Steve ns, Tuthill, Wysong
Associate Professors: Hardie. Lawrence. McConnell
Assistant Professors: Bockstael. Chambers. Phipps.
Strand
The Department of Agricultural and Resource
Economics offers a course of study leading to the
degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of
Philosophy. The graduate program prepares
students through courses in traditional subject matter
areas, research experiences designed to give
competency in scientific methodology, and seminar
and discussion opportunities
The Department provides two areas of
specialization, agricultural economics and resource
economics. Both areas of specialization integrate
opportunity for study and research from a variety of
disciplines related to agricultural and resource
economics. Study and research within these two
areas of specilization can include agricultural
development, internmational trade, agricultural
marketing, farm management and production
economics, agricultural policy, econometrics, land
use. marine resources, water resources and
environmental quality.
There are substantial employment opportunities
for persons with advanced training in Agricultural
and Resource Economics, Graduates from the
Department obtain employment ion government,
industry and universities. In government, graduates
are hired by such agencies as U.S. Departments of
Agriculture and Interior and the Environmental
Protection Agency Some obtain positions with the
World Bank and similar agencies. Industry openings
are usually with larger companies, often involve
research, but sometimes include management or
program responsibilities. Positions obtained in
academics usually include assistant professor
positions (teaching, research, service) in major
universities. A few graduates have accepted
teaching positions in smaller colleges.
Admission and Degree Information
Thesis and non-thesis options are available for the
Master of Science degree in both areas of
specialization. The thesis option requires a minimum
of 24 credits for course work and six credits lor
thesis. The final examination is oral, takes place
after completion of the thesis and is primarily a
defense of the thesis. The non-thesis option requires
33 credits for course work, and a scholarly paper.
There is a final comprehensive written examination
for the non-thesis option. The examination is
primarily concerned with course work taken during
the program
Students with a bachelor's degree generally
enter the master's program before applying for the
doctoral program. A minimum of 48 credits for
course work beyond the bachelor's degree and 12
credits for dissertation research are required for the
Ph.D. degree. Qualifying examinations are
administered on completion of core course
requirements. Written and oral comprehensive
examinations are held when course work has been
completed. An oral dissertation defense is also
required
There is no foreign language requirement for any
graduate degree The time required to complete a
master's degree is generally two years. The Ph.D.
adds a minimum of two years beyond the Master's
program. The Graduate Record Examination (GRE)
Aptitude Test scores are required with the
application for admission
Facilities and Special Resources
The Department actively employs the resources of
many state, federal, and international agencies
unique to the Washington. DC area to offer
experience from the world of government and
business. The Library of Congress in Washington
and the National Agricultural Library in Beltsville (just
north of the campus) enhance teaching and
research efforts.
Financial Assistance
Graduate assistantships are offered to qualified
applicants on the basis of past academic
performance and availability of funds. Many full-time
students in the Department hold assistantships or
some other form of financial aid. Part-time and
summer work is often available for students not on
assistantships.
Additional Information
A booklet. Curriculum, of the Department describes
undergraduate and graduate programs, and gives a
description of all courses given by the Department.
The Policy Handbook for the Graduate Program
provides course requirements. examination
procedures and descriptive material for M.S. and
Ph.D. programs. For more specific information,
contact:
Dr. B.V. Lessley
Graduate Coordinator
Department of Agricultural and Resource
Economics
Courses
AREC 404 Prices of Agricultural Products (3) An
introduction to agricultural price behavior Emphasis is
placed on the use of price information in the
decisionmaking process, the relation of supply and
demand in determining agricultural prices, and the
relation of prices to grade, time, location, and stages of
processing in the marketing system The course includes
elementary methods of price analysis, the concept of
parity and the role of price support programs in
agricultural decisions,
AREC 406 Farm Management (3) The organization and
operation of the farm business to obtain an income
consistent with family resources and objectives,
Pnnciples of production economics and other related
fields are applied to the individual fami business.
Laboratory period will be largely devoted to field trips and
other practical exercises.
AREC 407 Financial Analysis of the Farm Business
(3) Application of economic pririciples to develop criteria
lor a sound farm business, including credit source and
use. preparing and filing income tax returns, methods of
appraising farm properties, the summary and analysis of
farm records, leading to effective control and profitable
operation of the farm business,
AREC 410 Horse Industry Economics (3) Prerequisite,
ANSC 230 and 232. An introduction to the economic
forces affecting the horse industry and to the economic
tools required by horse farm managers, trainers, and
others in the industry.
AREC 414 Introduction to Agricultural Business
Management (3) The different forms of businesses are
investigated Management functions, business indicators,
measures of pertormance, and operational analysis are
examined Case studies are used to show applications of
management techniques.
AREC 427 The Economics of Marketing Systems for
Agricultural Commodities (3) Basic economic theory as
applied to the marketing of agricultural products,
including price, cost, and financial analysis. Current
developments affecting market structure including effects
of contractual arrangement. vertical integration,
governmental policies and regulation.
AREC 432 Introduction to Natural Resources Policy
(3) Development of natural resource policy and analysis
of the evolution of public intervention in the use of natural
resources Examination of present policies and of
conflicts between private individuals, public interest
groups, and government agencies.
46 Agricultural Engineering Program
AREC 445 World Agricultural Development and the
Quality of Lite (3) An examination o( the key aspects ot
the agricultural development of less developed countnes
related to resources, technology, cultural and social
setting, population, infrastructure, incentives, education,
and government Environmental impact of agricultural
development, basic economic and social characteristics
of peasant agnculture. theones and models ot aghcultural
development. selected aspects of agncultural
development planning,
AREC 452 Economics of Resource Development (3) A
study of the adequacy and quality ot the natural (land,
water, air) and human resources, the economic and
institutional arrangements which guide their use and
development, and the means lor improving their quality
and use.
AREC 453 Economic Analysis of Natural Resources
(3) Rational use and reuse of natural resources. Theory
and methodology of the allocation of natural resources
among alternative uses. Optimum state of conservation,
market failure, safe minimum standard, and cost-benefit
analysis.
AREC 484 Introduction to Econometrics In
Agriculture (3) An introduction to the application of
econometric techniques to agricultural problems with
emphasis on the assumptions and computational
techniques necessary to derive statistical estimates, test
hypotheses, and make predictions with the use of single
equation models. Includes linear and non-linear
regression models, internal least squares, discriminant
analysis and factor analysis.
AREC 489 Special Topics In Agricultural and
Resources Economics (3) Repeatable to a maximum of
9 credits
AREC 495 Honors Reading Course In Agricultural
and Resource Economics I (3) Selected readings in
political and economic theory from 1700 to 1850 This
course develops a basic understanding of the
development of economic and political thought as a
foundation for understanding our present society and its
cultural heritage Prerequisite, acceptance in the honors
program of the Department of Agnculture and Resource
Economics
AREC 496 Honors Reading Course In Agricultural
and Resource Economics II (3) Selected readings in
political and economic theory from 1850 to the present.
This course continues the development of a basic
understanding of economic and political thought begun in
AREC 495 by the examination of modern problems in
agricultural and resource economics in the light of the
material read and discussed in AREC 495 and AREC
496 Prerequisite: Successful completion of AREC 495
and registration in the honors program of the department
of resource economics
AREC 639 Internship In Resource Management (2-4)
Prerequisite: Permission of major advisor and department
chairman, open only to graduate students in the AREC
resource management curriculum. Repeatable to a
maximum of four hours.
AREC 685 Applications of Mathematical
Programming In Agriculture Business and Analysis
(3) Prerequisites: ECON 403 or consent of instructor The
application of mathematical programming to solve a wide
variety of problems in agriculture, business and
economics. Emphasis on modeling large-scale systems
and interpreting results
AREC 689 Special Topics In Agricultural and
Resource Economics (3) First and second semester.
Subject matter taught will be varied and will depend on
the persons available for teaching unique and specialized
phases of agricultural and resource economics. The
course will t>e taught by the staff or visiting agricultural
and resource economists who may be secured on
lectureship or visiting professor basis
AREC 698 Seminar (1) First and second semesters
Students will participate through study of problems in the
field, reporting to seminar members and defending
positions adopted Outstanding leaders in the field will
present ideas lor analysis and discussion among class
memt)ers Students involved in original research will
present progress reports. Class discussion will provide
opportunity for constructive criticism and guidance.
AREC 699 Special Problems In Agricultural and
Resource Economics (1-2) First and second semesters
and summer. Intensive study and analysis of specific
problems in the field of Agricultural and Resource
Economics, which provide information in depth in areas
ot special interest to the student
AREC 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
AREC 804 Advanced Agricultural Price and Demand
Analysis (3) Second semester An advanced study m
the theory of. (1) the individual consumer. (2) household
tjehavior. and (3) aggregate demand The concepts of
price and cross elasticities of demand, income elasticity
of demand, and elasticity of substitution will be examined
in detail. The use of demand theory in the analysis ot
welfare problems, market equilibrium (with special
emphasis on trade) and the problem of insufficient and
excessive aggregate demand will be discussed
AREC 806 Economics of Agricultural Production (3)
First semester. Study of the more complex problems
involved in the long-range adjustments, organization and
operation of farm resources, including the impact of new
technology and methods. Applications ot the theory of
the firm, linear programming, activity analysis and
input-output analysis.
AREC 824 Food Distribution Management (3) Theory
and practice of the complex functional and institutional
aspects of food distribution systems analyzed from the
perspective of management decision-making in the food
industry. Possible long-range economic effects of current
structural adjustments: social and ecological aspects of
food industry management decision-making.
AREC 832 Agricultural Price and Income Policy (3)
Second semester, alternate years. 1973 The evolution of
agricultural policy in the United States, emphazing the
origin and development ot United St governmental
programs, and their effects upon agricultural production,
prices and income.
AREC 844 International Agriculture Trade (3)
Economic theory, policies and practices in international
trade in agricultural products. Principal theories of
international trade and finance, agricultural trade policies
of various countries, and agricultural trade practices
AREC 845 Agriculture In World Economic
Development (3) First semester, alternate years. 1972
Theories and concepts of what makes economic
development happen. Approaches and programs for
stimulating the transformation from a primitive agncultural
economy to an economy of rapidly developing
commercial agriculture and industry. Analysis of selected
agricultural development programs in Asia, Africa and
Latin America.
AREC 852 Advanced Resource Economics (3) Secorid
semester, alternate years. Assessment and evaluation of
our natural, capital, and human resources: the use of
economic theory and various techniques to guide the
allocation of these resources within a comprehensive
framework; and the institutional arrangements for using
these resources. ECON 403 or equivalent is a
prerequisite.
AREC 883 Agricultural and Resource Economics
Research Techniques (3) First semester Emphasis is
given to philosophy and basic objectives ot research in
the field of Agricultural arid Resource Economics. The
course is designed to help students define a research
problem and work out logical procedures for executing
research in the social sciences. Attention is given to the
techniques and tools available to Agricultural and
Resource Economics. Research documents in the field
will be appraised from the standpoint of procedures and
evaluation of the search.
AREC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Agricultural Engineering
Program
Associate Professor ar)d Chairman: Stewart
Professors: Wheaton, Harris, Fellon
Associate Professors: Grant, Johnson
Assistant Professors: Farsaie. Fray, Lawson,
Yaramanoglu
Visiting Professor: Yeck
The Department of Agricultural Engineering offers a
graduate program of study with specialization in
either agricultural or aquacultural engineering
leading to the degree of Master of Science and
Doctor of Philosophy. Courses and research
problems place emphasis on the engineering
aspects of the production, harvesting, processing
and marketing of terrestrial and aquatic food and
fiber products. Concern for the conservation of land
and water resources and the utilization and or
disposal of byproducts associated with biological
systems is included in order to maintain and
enhance the quality of our environment while
contributing to etiicient production ot food and fiber
to meet increasing population demands
Agricultural Engineering graduate students can
look fonward to excellent employment opportunities
Recent estimates indicate three to five openings
presently exist lor every student completing an
advanced degree in Agricultural Engineenng Future
projections indicate the demand for Agricultural
Engineers with advanced degrees will be as good or
better than it is presently.
Admission and Degree Information
Admission is open to B.S. graduates in engineenng,
physical science or biological science who meet
graduate school requirements and who have
satisfactorily completed a core of basic engineering
courses. For the M.S. program, a minimum of 30
semester hours are required of which at least 9
hours will be agricultural engineering courses. 6
hours will be thesis research and 3 hours will be
biometrics.
A minimum of 60 credit hours beyond a B S are
required for the Ph.D. program of which 12 hours will
be thesis research and 3 hours will be biometrics.
Only the thesis option is available for the MS.
and PhD degrees The Department has no
language requirements for either graduate degree.
Except lor the above requirements a M.S. or Ph.D.
program is planned on a personal basis and is
oriented toward the intellectual and professional
objectives of the student
Facilities and Special Resources
In addition to well-equipped laboratories in the
Department, the facilities of the Agricultural
Experiment Station, the Computer Science Center,
and the College of Engineering are available.
Facilities of the University of Maryland Center for
Environmental and Estuarine Studies enhances the
aquacultural phase of the Department's graduate
program.
Financial Assistance
Financial assistance may be available to qualified
candidates.
Additional Information
For additional information contact:
Chairman
Agricultural Engineering Department
Courses
ENAG 401 Agricultural Production Equipment (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory per week Prerequisite
AGEN 100 Principles of operation and functions of
power and machinery units as related to tillage: cutting,
conveying, and separating units: and control
mechanisms. Principles of internal combustion engines
and power unit components
ENAG 402 Agricultural Materials Handling and
Environmental Control (3) Two lectures and one
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: AGEN 100.
Characteristics of construction materials and details of
agricultural structures. Fundamentals of electricity,
electrical circuits, and electrical controls. Materials
handling and environmental requirements of farm
products and animals.
ENAG 421 Power Systems (3) Two lectures and one
two hour laboratory per week Prerequisites: ENME 216.
ENEE 300 and ENME 340 Analysis of energy
conversion devices including internal combustion
engines, electrical and hydraulic motors Fundamentals
of power transmission and coordination of power sources
with methods of power transmission
Agronomy Program 47
ENAG 422 Soil and Water Engineering (3) Three
lectures per weeK. Prerequisite: ENME 340 Applications
ot engineering and soil sciences in erosion control.
drainage, irrigation and watershed management.
Principles of agricultural hydrology and design ol water
control and conveyance systems.
ENAG 424 Functional and Environmental Design of
Agricultural Structures (3) Two lectures and one hour
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: AGEN 324 An
analytical approach to the design and planning of
functional and environmental requirements of plants and
animals in semi-or completely enclosed stnjctures.
ENAG 432 General Hydrology (3) Three lectures per
week. Qualitative aspects ol basic hydrologic principles
pertaining to the properties, distribution and circulation ol
water as related to public interest in water resources.
ENAG 433 Engineering Hydrology (3) Three lectures
per week. Prerequisites: I^ATH 246. ENCE 330 or ENI^E
340. Properties, distribution and circulation ol water from
the sea and in the atmosphere emphasizing movement
overiand. in channels and through the soil profile.
Qualitative and quantitative factors are considered.
ENAG 435 Aquacultural Engineering (3) Prerequisite:
Consent ol department. A study ol the engineering
aspects of development, utilization and conservation ol
aquatic systems. Emphasis will be on harvesting and
processing aquatic animals or plants as related to other
facets of water resources managemenl.
ENAG 444 Functional Design of Machinery and
Equipment (3) Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory
per week. Prerequisite: ENES 221 and senior standing.
Theory and methods ol agncultural machine design.
Application of machine design principles and physical
properties of soils and agricultural products in designing
machines to perform specific tasks
ENAG 454 Biological Process Engineering (3)
Prerequisite: ENME 342 Design ol systems to pump,
heat. cool, dry and control biological matenals as part of
Food and Agncultural Engineering. Study the effect of
physical parameters on biological material response to
these processes
ENAG 488 Topics In Agricultural Engineering
Technology (1-3) Prerequisite Permission of the
instructor. Selected topics in Agricultural Engineering
technology ol current need and interest- May be
repeated to a maximum of six credits if topics are
different. Not acceptable for credit towards major in
Agricultural Engineering.
ENAG 489 Special Problems In Agricultural
Engineering (1-3) Prerequisite Approval of department
Student will select an engineering problem and prepare a
technical report. The problem may include design,
experimentation, and/or data analysis.
ENAG 499 Special Problems In Agricultural
Engineering Technology (1-3) Prerequisite Approval of
department. Not acceptable for majors in Agricultural
Engineering Problems assigned in proportion to credit.
ENAG 601 Instrumentation Systems (3) Prerequisite:
Approval of department. Analysis of instrumentation
requirements and techniques for research and
operational agricultural or biological systems.
ENAG 602 Mechanical Properties of Biological
Materials (3) Prerequisite Differential equations a study
of the significance and the utilization of the mechanical
properties of biological materials under various conditions
of loading Emphasis on particle motion; relationships
t)etween stress and strain, force, velocity and
acceleration: principles of work and energy, and theories
of failure.
ENAG 612 Similitude In Agricultural Engineering (3)
Prerequisites: ENCE 350 and eitter ENME 342 or ENCE
330. or consent of instructor. Application and use of
dimensional and model analysis for studying mechanical,
structural, and fluid systems encountered in Agricultural
Engineering
ENAG 631 Land and Water Resource Development
Engineering (3) Prerequisite ENAG 422 or approval of
department. A comprehensive study of engineering
aspects of orderly development for land and water
resources Emphasis on proiect formulation, data
acquisition, project analysis and engineering economy
ENAG 642 Engineering Dynamics of Biological
Systems (3) Prerequisite AGEN 454 or equivalent.
Description of the physical state of a biological system
using geometry, physical properties and forces.
Discussion of important interrelationships, measurement
techniques and resulting transport processes as applied
to biological process engineering.
ENAG 688 Advanced Topics In Agricultural
Engineering (1-4) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor
Advanced topics of current interest in the various areas
of agricultural engineering Maximum eight credits.
ENAG 698 Seminar (1) cr First and second semesters
ENAG 699 Special Problems In Agricultural and
Aquacultural Engineering (1-6) First and second
semester and summer school. Work assigned in
proportion to amount of credit.
ENAG 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
ENAG 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Agronomy Program
Professor and Chairman: Miller
Professors: Axley, Aycock, Bandel, Decker, Fanning,
Foss F.P. Miller, Strickling
Associate Professor: Mulch!
Assistant Professors:Ang\e. Glenn, Kenworthy,
Mcintosh, Sammons, Weil, Wiebold
The Department of Agronomy offers graduate
courses of study leading to the degrees of Master of
Science and Doctor of Philosophy. The student may
pursue major work in the crops division or in the
soils division of the Department. Programs are
offered in cereal crop production, forage
management, turf management, plant breeding,
tobacco production, crop physiology, weed science,
soil chemistry, soil physics, soil fertility, soil and
water conservation, soil classification, soil survey
and land use. soil mineralogy, soil biochemistry, soil
microbiology, air pollution, waste disposal, and soil
environment interactions.
All graduates with advanced degrees in
Agronomy from this university have found
employment in areas of their interests. Most are
doing teaching or research at other universities or
with the federal government but a few have
advanced to administrative positions. A number are
employed by industries in research or sales-related
positions. Some graduates are managing whole
divisions of these corporations. Others are employed
by consulting firms or are breeding new varieties of
crops for sale to the farmers Opportunities for
employment of Agronomy graduates in the future
appear to be excellent
Admission and Degree Information
Thesis and non-thesis options are available for the
Master of Science degree. A bachelor's degree in
Agronomy is not required if the student has
adequate training in the basic sciences. All students
must complete the Master of Science degree before
admission to the doctoral program. Departmental
regulations have been assembled for the guidance
of candidates for graduate degrees. Copies of these
regulations are available from the Department of
Agronomy
Facilities and Special Resources
The Agronomy Department has over 20
well-equipped laboratories to carry out basic and
applied research in crop and soil science. Basic
equipment in the laboratories include: X-ray
diffraction and spectrophotometer, gas
chromatograph, isotope counters, petrographic
microscopes, neutron soil moisture probe and scaler,
and carbon furnace. Grovrth chambers, extensive
greenhouse space, and five research farms permit a
wide range of environmental conditions for research
into plant grovrth processes A computer center,
located on campus, is available for use by the
Department. The University and the New National
Agricultural Sciences Libraries, supplemented by the
Library of Congress, make the library resources
among the best in the nation. Many projects of the
Department are conducted in cooperation with the
Agricultural Research Service of the United States
Department of Agriculture with headquarters located
three miles from the campus.
Financial Assistance
A limited number of research assistantships and
teaching assistantships are available for qualified
applicants.
Courses
AGRO 403 Crop Breeding (3) Prerequisite. BOTN 414
or ZOOL 246. Principles and methods of breeding annual
self and cross-pollinated plant and perennial forage
species.
AGRO 404 Tobacco Production (3) Prerequisite, BOTN
100. A study ol the history, adaptation, distribution,
culture, and improvement of various types of tobacco,
with special emphasis on problems in Maryland Tobacco
production. Physical and chemical factors associated with
yield and quality ol tobacco will be stressed.
AGRO 405 Turf Management (3) Two lectures and one
laboratory period per week. Prerequisite. BOTN 100. A
study of principles and practices ol managing turf for
lawns, golf courses, athletic fields, playgrounds, airfields
and highways for commercial sod production.
AGRO 406 Forage Crop Production (3) Prerequisites:
BOTN 101, and AGRO 100: or concurrent enrollment in
these courses. A general look at worid grasslands;
production and management requirements of major
grasses and legumes for quality hay. silage and pasture
for livestock feed; new cultivar development and release;
seed production and distribution of improved cultivars,
AGRO 407 Cereal and Oil Crops (3) Prerequisites:
BOTN 101 and AGRO 100; or concurrent enrollment in
these courses, A study of principles and practices of
corn, small grams, rice, millets, sorghums, and soybeans
and other oil seed crops. A study of seed production,
processing, distribution and federal and state seed
control programs of corn, small grains and soybeans,
AGRO 411 Soil Fertility Principles (3) Prerequisite,
AGRO 202, A study of the chemical, physical, and
biological characteristics of soils that are important in
growing crops. Soil deficiencies of physical, chemical, or
biological nature and their correction by the use of lime,
fertilizers, and rotations are discussed and illustrated.
AGRO 412 Commercial Fertilizers (3) Prerequisite.
AGRO 202 or permission ol instructor A study of the
manufacturing of commercial fertilizers and their use in
soils for efficient crop production.
AGRO 413 Soil and Water Conservation (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite.
AGRO 202 or permission of instructor, A study of the
importance and causes of soil erosion, methods of soil
erosion control, and the effect ol conservation practices
on soil-moisture supply. Special emphasis is placed on
farm planning for soil and water conservation. The
laboratory period will be largely devoted to field trips.
AGRO 414 Soil Classification and Geography (4)
Three lectures and one laboratory period a week.
Prerequisite. AGRO 202 or permission of instructor. A
study of the genesis, morphology, classification and
georgraphic distribution of soils. The broad principles
governing soil formation are explained. Attention is given
to the influence of geographic factors on the
development and use of the soils in the United Stales
and other parts of the worid. The laboratory periods will
be largely devoted to the field trips and to a study of soil
maps of various countries.
AGRO 415 Soil Survey and Land Use (3) Prerequisite:
AGRO 302. Evaluation of soils in the uses of land and
the environmental implications of soil utilization.
Interpretation of soil information and soil surveys as
applied to both agricultural and non-agricultural problems.
Incorporation of soil data into legislation, environmental
standards and land use plans.
AGRO 417 Soil Physics (3) Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week Prerequisite. AGRO 202 and a
course in physics, or permission ol instructor. A study ol
physical properties of soils with special emphasis on
relationship to soil productivity
AGRO 421 Soil Chemistry (3) One lecture and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite. AGRO 202 or
permission of instructor. A study of the chemical
48 American Studies Program
composition of soils: cation and anion exchange: acid,
alkaline and saline soil conditions and soil fixation of
plant nutrients Chemical methods of soil analysis will be
studied with emphasis on their relation to fertilizer
requirements.
AGRO 422 Soil Biochemistry (3) Two lectures and one
laboratory pehod a week. Prerequisite. AGRO 202,
CHEM 104 or consent of instructor, A study of
biochemical processes involved in the formation and
decomposition of organic soil constitutents. Significance
of soil-biochemical processes involved in plant nutrition
will be considered.
AGRO 423 Soil-Water Pollution (3) Prerequisite:
AGRO 302 and CHEM 104 or permission of
Instructor. Reaction and fate of pesticides, agricultural
fertilizers, industrial and animal wastes in soil and water
with emphasis on their relation to the environment,
AGRO 451 Cropping System (2) Prerequisite. AGRO
102 or equivalent. The coordination of information from
various courses in the development of balanced cropping
systems, appropriate to different objectives in various
areas of the state and nation
AGRO 453 Weed Control (3) Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week Prerequisite. AGRO 102 or
equivalent. A study of the use of cultural practices and
chemical herbicides in the control of weeds.
AGRO 499 Special Problems In Agronomy (1-3)
Prerequisites. AGRO 202. 406. 407 or permission of
instructor, A detailed study, including a written report of
an important problem in agronomy,
AGRO 601 Advanced Crop Breeding I (2)
Prerequisite :AGRO 403 or equivalent. Genetic and
Cytogenetic theories as related to plant breeding
Including interspecific and intergeneric hybridization,
polyploidy, and sterility mechanisms,
AGRO 602 Advanced Crop Breeding II (2)
PrerequistitesAGRO 601 and a grduate statistics course.
Quantitative inheritance in plant breeding including
genetic constitution of a population, continuous variation,
estimation of genetic vanances. heterosis and inbreeding,
heritability, and population movement,
AGRO 608 Research Methods (2) Second semester
Prerequisite: Permission of staff. Development of
research viewpoint by cjtailed study and report on crop
research of the Maryland Experiment Station or review of
literature on specific phases of a problem.
AGRO 722 Advanced Soil Chemistry (3) Second
semester, alternate years (offered 1972-73.) One lecture
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites: AGRO
202 and permission of instmctor. A continutation of
AGRO 421 with emphasis on soil chemistry of minor
elements necessary lor plant growth
AGRO 789 Recent Advances In Agronomy (2-4) First
semester Two hours each year. Total credit four hours.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor, A study of recent
advances in Agronomy research
AGRO 798 Agronomy Seminar (1) First and second
semesters. Total credit toward ft^aster of Science degree,
2; toward Ph.D. degree. 6 Prerequisite: Permission of
Instructor.
AGRO 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
AGRO 802 Breeding for Resistance to Plant Pests (3)
Second semester, alternate years (offered 1972-73.)
Prerequisites: ENTIVI 252, BOTN 221, AGRO 403. or
permission of instructor A study of the development of
breeding techniques for selecting and utilizing resistance
to insects and diseases in crop plants and the effect of
resistance on the interrelationships of host and pest.
AGRO 804 Technic In Field Crop Research (2) Second
semester, alternate years (offered 1972-73.) Field plot
technique, application of statistical analysis to agronomic
data, and preparation of the research project
AGRO 805 Factors Affecting Crop Yields (2)
Prerequisites: BOTN 441 or BOTN 641 plus advanced
training in plant sciences. Major emphasis will be on
physiological processes affecting yield and productivity of
major food fiber and Industrial crops of the world. Topics
such as photosynthesis, respiration, photorespiration.
nitrogen metabolism will be related to crop growth as
affected by management decisions. Topics of discussion
will also include growth analysis and the use of computer
modeling of crop grov/th by plant scientists
AGRO 806 Herbicide Chemistry and Physiology (2)
Second semester, alternate years (offered 1972-1973.)
Prerequisite: AGRO 453 and CHEM 104 or pemilssion of
instructor Two lectures a week. The importance of
chemical structure in relation to biologically significant
reactions will be emphasized in more than 10 different
herbicide groups. Recent advances in herbicidal
metabolism, translocation, and mode of action will be
reviewed. Adsorption, decomposition and movement in
the soil will also be studied
AGRO 807 Advanced Forage Crops (2) First semester,
alternate years (offered 1972-1973.) Prerequisite: BOTN
441 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. A
fundamental study of physiological and ecological
responses of grasses and legumes to environmental
factors, including fertilizer elements, soil moisture, soil
temperature, humidity, length of day, quality and intensity
of light, wind movement, and defoliation practices.
Relationship of these factors to life history, production,
chemical and botanical composition, quality, and
persistence of forages will be considered.
AGRO 821 Advanced Methods of Soil Investigation
(3) First semester, alternate years (offered 1973-1974.)
Prerequisites: AGRO 202 and permission of Instructor.
An advanced study of the theory of the chemical
methods of soil investigation with emphasis on problems
involving application of physical chemistry.
AGRO 831 Soil Mineralogy (4) Soil minerals, with
emphasis on clay minerals, are studied from the
viewpoint of soil genesis and physical chemistry,
Mtneralogical analyses by X-ray and chemical
techniques,
AGRO 832 Advanced Soil Physics (3) Second
semester, alternate years (offered 1973-1974)
Prerequisites: AGRO 202 and permission of instructor.
An advanced study of physical properties of soils,
AGRO 699 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
American Studies
Program
Professor and Director: Wise
Associate Director and Director of Graduate Studies:
Kelly
Professor: Bode
Associate Professors: Kelly.Lounsbury, Mintz,
Pearson
Assistant Professors: Caughey, McCarthy
Adjunct Professor: Washburn
American Studies offers an interdisciplinary program
of study leading to both the MA, and Ph.D,
Graduate students in the field take (1) courses in the
various allied departments (e.g,. Anthropology,
Education, English, History, Journalism, Philosophy,
Sociology), and (2) integrating courses in the core
program taught by the core American Studies
faculty.
All students take the introductory graduate
proseminar — focused on the history, theory, and
methodology of American culture studies. Other
graduate seminars vary from semester to
semester — sometimes concentrating on a cultural
time period (e.g., Victorian America, the 1930's, the
1960's), a particular mode of cultural expression
(eg,, film, material culture, popular culture), an
individual with special cultural resonance (eg,,
Mencken), or a particular theme or movement (eg,,
ethnography and culture studies, literature
considered in cultural context). A special
cooperative venture enables students interested in
material culture to take substantial course work at
the Smithsonian Institution.
Because of the broad, interdisciplinary character
of American Studies, degree holders have a wider
range of employment opportunities than candidates
with narrower degrees. Academic job seekers face a
scarce market, but n o more so than others in the
humanities, indeed a somewhat more plentiful
market than the norm. Recent degree holders have
held or now hold positions at such institutions as
Syracuse University, the University of California at
Santa Cnjz, Temple University, the University of
Maryland, Baltimore County, Alexandria University
(Egypt), and a number of community colleges.
Government service also offers an abundant outlet
for American Studies graduate degree holders, with
UMCP candidates and/or graduates currently holding
employment at the Smithsonian, the National
Endowment for the Arts, the Department of Labor,
and Capitol Hill, and in a variety of public service
institutions around the government. Finally, American
Studies graduate degrees have proven valuable in
the communications industry—newspaper work,
television, and radio.
Admission and Degree Information
Master's candidates normally undertake a full year of
course work (30 semester hours). All candidates are
required to take at least 12 hours of core American
Studies seminars — 3 hours of AMST 618, and 9
hours of AMST 628 and 629, In addition, candidates
select an area of concentration from courses offered
in allied departments — Anthropology, Architecture,
An, Economics, Education, English, Geography,
Government and Politics, History, Journalism, Music,
Philosophy, Psychology, Sociology, Speech and
Dramatic Arts,
Before receiving the MA,, candidates take a
comprehensive examination evaluating their ability to
integrate various perspectives in the program.
Research oriented candidates may choose to write a
thesis in place of six hours of course credit.
Many students accepted for the doctoral program
already have an M,A, in American Studies.
Well-qualified candidates without an American
Studies MA, may be admitted to the doctoral
program, but they may be required to make up
background deficiencies.
Core program requirements for the Ph.D, are
similar to those for the MA, — 12 hours of core
American Studies courses, 3 at the 618 level, 6 in
AMST 628 and 629, and 3 in AMST 828,'Research
Seminar in American Studies", The remainder of the
student's course work is taken from courses in the
allied departments, and in other core American
Studies eiectives,
PhD, candidates must complete at least 30
semester hours beyond the M.A,, including an
18-hour residency requirement. Candidates must
also demonstrate proficiency in a tool (eg,, foreign
language, computer science,culture concept), must
pass a comprehensive examination, and must write
a dissertation based upon original research and
interpretation,
Faciiities and Special Resources
The proximity of many federal institutions allows for
a firsthand appreciation of politics and cultural life,
while the facilities of the National Archives and the
Library of Congress give the historian access to the
materials documenting the experiences of past
generations. Important galleries, including the
National Collection of Fine Arts and the National
Gallery of Art, exhibit the high points of creative
expression in the visual arts. The holdings of the
Smithsonian Institution contain artifacts from the
native vernacular traditions in architecture and
technology, from the folk arts, and from American
Indian culture. The District of Columbia and its
surrounding regions represent an impressive
aggregate of associations and
communities — alternatives to traditional politics such
as Common Cause, the focus upon black cultural
identity found in the Anacoslia Neighborhood
Museum, the new cities of Columbia, Maryland and
Reston, Virginia — which seek to transcend the crises
of urban America in a creative manner.
The program, drawing upon the resources of its
cultural environment, offers the individual an
education in the most meaningful sense; a personal
confrontation with academic tradition related to the
processes of immediate and contemporary social
change.
Financial Assistance
Some assistantships are available through the
departments for qualified graduate students.
Animal Sciences Program 49
Additional Information
For additional information, please write to the
Director of Graduate Studies, American Studies
Program. University of Maryland.
Courses
AMST 418 Cultural Themes In America (3)
Examination of structure and development of American
culture tfirough themes such as "The Dynamics of
Change and Conflict," "Culture and l^ental Disorders,"
"Race," "Ethnicity." "Regionalism," "Landscape," "Humor,"
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits
AMST 426 Culture and the Arts In America (3)
Analysis of development of American cultural institutions
and artifacts. Emphasis on relationship between
intellectual and aesthetic climate and the institutions and
artifacts.
AMST 427 Culture and the Arts In America (3)
Prerequisite, junior standing. A study of American
institutions, the intellectual and esthetic climate from the
Colonial penod to the present.
AMST 428 American Cultural Eras (3) Investigation of
a decade, penod, or generation as a case study in
significant social change within an American context.
Case studies include "Puritan Dynamics in American
Culture, 1630-1700," "Antebellum America, 1840-1860,"
"American Culture in the Great Depression." Repeatable
to a maximum of six credits.
AMST 429 Perspectives on Popular Culture (3) Topics
in popular culture studies, including the examination of
particular genres, themes, and issues Repeatable to a
maximum of six credits.
AMST 432 Literature and American Society (3)
Examination of the relationship tjetween literature and
society: including literature as cultural communication
and the institutional framewori< governing its production,
distribution, conservation and evaluation.
AMST 436 Readings In American Studies (3)
Prerequisite, junior standing. An historical survey of
American values as presented in various key writings.
AMST 437 Readings In American Studies (3)
Prerequisite, junior standing. An historical survey of
American values as presented in various key writings.
AMST 446 Popular Culture In America (3) Prerequisite,
junior standing and permission of instructor. A survey of
the historical development of the popular arts and modes
of popular entertainment in America.
AMST 447 Popular Culture In America (3) Prerequisite,
junior standing and AMST 446. Intensive research in the
sources and themes of contemporary Americari popular
culture.
AMST 450 Seminar In American Studies (3)
Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Developments in
theories and methods of American Studies scholarship,
with emphasis upon interaction tjetween the humanities
and the social sciences in the process of cultural analysis
and evaluation.
AMST 498 Special Topics In American Studies (3)
Prerequisite: A course in American history, literature, or
government, or consent of the instructor Topics of
special interest Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits
when topics differ
AMST 618 introductory Seminar In American Studies
(3)
AMST 628 Seminar in American Studies (3)
AMST 629 Seminar in American Studies (3)
AMST 638 Orientation seminar-material as|>ects of
American civilization (3) Class meets at the
Smithsonian
AMST 639 Reading course in selected aspects of
American civilization (3) Class meets at the
Smithsonian,
AMST 698 Directed Readings in American Studies (3)
This course is designed to provide students with the
opportunity to pursue independent, interdisciplinary
research and reading in specific aspects of American
culture under the supervision of a faculty member
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits
AMST 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-«)
AMST 828 Research Seminar in American Studies (3)
Research and writing in American Studies. Repeatable to
six credits, provided topics are different.
AMST 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Animal Sciences
Program
Professor and Program Chairman: Davis
Professors: (Animal Science) Flyger, Leffel. Young;
(Dairy Science) Keeney, King, Ivlattick, Vandersall,
Williams; (Veterinary Science) Hammond, Mohanty,
Associate Professors: (Animal Science) Buric.
DeBarthe; (Dairy Science) Douglass, Westhotf;
(Veterinary Science) Albert, Dutta, Marquardt.
Assistant Professors: (Animal Science) Hartsock,
Kearn, Stricklin; (Dairy Science) Erdman, Majeskie,
Mather. Peters, Vijay; (Veterinary Science) Davidson,
Haaland, Nepote.
Professors Emeriti: Cairns, Greene
Adjunct Professor: Hawk
Adjunct Associate Professor: Paape
The Graduate Program in the Animal Sciences offers
work leading to the degrees of Master of Science
and Doctor of Philosophy. Both the thesis and
non-thesis options are available for the Master's
Degree. Areas of concentration within the Program
include animal nutrition, physiology, genetics,
management, pathology and virology for all of the
classes and species of animals listed. Opportunities
for study related to domestic animals, marine and
wildlife are available.
Degrees with research specialities identified with
meat, milk and other dairy products may be
undertaken in this program or in the Graduate
Program in Food Science, in which appropriate
faculty of these Departments also participate.
Admission and Degree Information
Applicants are required to submit scores of the
Graduate Record Examination.
One course at the graduate level in biochemistry
and one in biometrics and two credits of program
seminar are required for the M.S. Degree. Students
enrolled in the non-thesis option are expected to
defend their scholarly paper in an oral examination.
Two academic years, including the summer for
research, are usually required for completing the
M.S. Entering students should have an academic
background commensurate with a baccalaureate
degree in the Animal Sciences Those not having a
course in genetics, nutrition, general animal
physiology, microbiology and animal production or
management should plan to take such a course
earty in their graduate program.
Ph.D. students entering from other institutions
with the Master's or entering directly into the Ph.D.
program are expected to meet the requirements
indicated above. Two additional credits in the
program seminar are required. The M.S. is not a
prerequisite for admission to PhD. study: however,
most students find it advantageous. Students usually
complete the Ph.D. in two years after the M.S.
Facilities and Special Resources
Faculty in the program are an outstanding group
representing research accomplished in a wide
variety of related fields. Excellent supporting courses
in physiology, biochemistry and microbiology are
available in the appropriate departments. Courses in
biometrics listed in the catalog under AGRI provide a
strong background in experimental design and
statistical analysis. The Computer Science Center
offers courses in programming and computer
language, as well as facilities for the statistical
analysis of thesis data.
Outstanding laboratory facilities are available in
the Animal Sciences Center which includes the
combined resources of the Departments of Animal,
Dairy and Veterinary Science. Instrumentation is
available to graduate students for gaslipid
chromatography. atomic absorption
spectrophotometry, automated calorimetry, electron
microscopy. liquid scintillation radioactivity
measurements, electrophoresis, ultra centrifugation
and a variety of microbiological techniques.
Controlled environment facilities in the Center permit
work with laboratory animals and detailed
experiments on larger animals. A gnotobiotic
laboratory is available and currently being used in
ruminent nutrition research. Excellent surgical
facilities are available for research in the areas of
reproductive and nutritional physiology.
Herds and flocks of beef cattle, dairy cattle,
horses, sheep and swine are readily available for
graduate research. Limited numbers of experiments
can be conducted on the campus with large animals.
Experiments requiring large numbers of animals are
carried out at one of four outlying farms.
A cooperative agreement with the Agricultural
Research Service at nearby Beltsville. Maryland
(BARC) makes available laboratory, animal and
research personnel resources of importance in the
graduate program.
A dairy product processing facility is available for
dairy product research.
In addition to excellent library facilities on the
Campus, the National Agricultural Library, the
National Library of Medicine and the Library of
Congress, all located within 10 miles, constitute the
best library resource for graduate study available
anywhere.
Financial Assistance
A number of Graduate Assistantships are available
and awarded to students presenting strong academic
records and a capability and motivation to perform
well in teaching or research assignments.
Additional Information
For specific information on the Program, admission
procedures or financial aid. contact;
Dr. R.F. Davis, Chairman Department of Dairy
Science
Courses
ANSC 401 Fundamentals of Nutrition (3) Prerequisite,
CHEM 104; ANSC 212 and BCHM 261 recommended A
study of the fundamental role of all nutrients in the body
including their digestion, absorption and metabolism.
Dietary requirements and nutritional deficiency
syndromes of latwratory and farm animals and man.
ANSC 402 Applied Animal Nutrition (3) Two lectures
and one laboratory period per week Prerequisites,
I^ATH 110, ANSC 401 or permission of instructor. A
critical study of those factors which influence the
nutritiorial requirements of ruminants, swine and poultry,
practical feeding methods and procedures used in
formulation of economically efficient rations will be
presented.
ANSC 403 Applied Animal Nutrition (3) Two lectures
and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MATH 100,
ANSC 402, or permission of the instructor A critical
study of those factors which influence the nutritional of
ruminants, swine and poultry Practical feeding methods
and procedures used in formulation of economically
efficient ratios will be presented
ANSC 406 Environmental Physiology (3) Prerequisites,
anatomy and physiology. The specific anatomical and
physiological modifications employed by animals adapted
to certain stressful environments will be considered.
Particular emphasis will be placed on the problems of
temperature regulation and water balance. Specific areas
for consideration will include: animals in cold (including
hibernation), animals in dry heat, diving animals and
animals in high altitudes.
ANSC 407 Advanced Dairy Production (1) An
advanced course primarily designed for teachers of
vacational agriculture and country agents. It includes a
study of the newer discoveries in dairy cattle nutrition,
breeding and management.
ANSC 411 Biology and Management of Shellfish (4)
Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods each
so Animal Sciences Program
week. Field trips, identification, biology, management,
and culture ol commercially-important molluscs and
Crustacea. Prerequisite, one year ot biology or zoology
This course will examine the shelllisheries ol the world,
but will emphasize those of the Northwestern Atlantic
Ocean and Chesapeake Bay
ANSC 412 Introduction to Diseases of Animals (3)
Prerequisite, f^lCB 200 and 200L 101. Two lectures and
one laboratory period per week. This course gives basic
instruction in the nature of disease: including causation,
immunity, methods ol diagnosis, economic importance,
public health aspects and prevention and control of the
common diseases of sheep, cattle, swine, horses and
poultry.
ANSC 413 Laboratory Animal Management (3) A
comprehensive course in care and management of
laboratory animals. Emphasis will be placed on
physiology, anatomy and special uses for the different
species. Disease prevention and regulations for
maintaining animal colonies will be covered. Field trips
will be required.
ANSC 414 Biology and Management of Fish (4)
Prerequisite, one year ol Biology or Zoology. Two
lectures and two three-hour laboratohes a week
Fundamentals of individual and population dynamics;
theory and practice of sampling fish populations:
management schemes.
ANSC 415 Parasitic Diseases of Domestic Animals
(3) Prerequisite: ANSC 412 or equivalent. Two lectures
and one laboratory per week. A study of parasitic
diseases resulting from protozoan and helminth infection
and arthropod infestation. Emphasis on parasites of
veterinary importance: their identification: life cycles,
pathological effects and control by management,
ANSC 416 Wildlife Management (3) Two lectures and
one laboratory. An introduction to the interrelationships of
game birds and mammals with their environment,
population dynamics and the principles of Wildlife
Management.
ANSC 421 Swine Production (3) Two hours of lecture
and lour hours of latxjratory per week. Prerequisites:
ANSC 101, 221, and ANSC 203 or 401 A study ol swine
production systems including the principles of animal
science for the efficient and economical management ol
swine breeding, feeding, reproduction and marketing
ANSC 422 Meats (3) Two lectures and one laboratory
period per week Prerequisite, ANSC 221 A course
designed to give the basic facts about meat as a food
and the factors influencing acceptability, marketing, and
quality ol fresh meats. It includes comparisons ol
characteristics of live animals with their carcasses,
grading and evaluating carcasses as well as wholesale
cuts, and the distribution and merchandising of the
nations meat supply Laboratory periods are conducted
in packing houses, meat distribution centers, retail outlets
and university meats laboratory.
ANSC 423 Beef Production (3) One lecture and two
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite. ANSC 401.
Application of various phases of animal science to the
management and production of beef cattle, sheep and
swine.
ANSC 424 Sheep Production (3) Two hours of lecture
and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites:
ANSC 101. ANSC 221, and ANSC 203 or 401 A study
of sheep production systems including the principles of
animal science for the efficient and economical
management of sheep breeding, feeding, reproduction
and marketing.
ANSC 425 Herpetoiogy (3) Prerequisites: ANSC 211
and ANSC 212; or equivalent. Study of taxonomy,
physiology, behavior, functional anatomy, evolution and
distribution of present day amphibians and reptiles.
Common diseases and management under captive
conditions. Identification of poisonous species with
appropriate precautions
ANSC 426 Principles of Breeding (3) Second
semester Three lectures per week Prerequisites. ANSC
201 or equivalent, ANSC 222, ANSC 423 or 424.
Graduate credit (1-3 hours) allowed with permission of
instructor. The practical aspects of animal breeding,
heredity, variation, selection, development, systems of
breeding and pedigree study are considered
ANSC 432 Horse Farm Management (3) Prerequisite,
ANSC 332 and AREC 410. One 90-minute lecture and
one four-hour labioratory period per week A course to
develop the technical and managerial skills necessary for
the operation of a horse breeding farm. Herd health
programs, breeding programs and procedures, foaling
activities, foot care, weaning programs, and the
maintenance of records incidental to each of these
activities
ANSC 442 Dairy Cattle Breeding (3) Two lectures and
one latwratory period per week. Prerequisites, ANSC
242, and ANSC 201. A specialized course in breeding
dairy cattle. Emphasis is placed on methods of
evaluation and selection, systems ol breeding and
breeding programs.
ANSC 443 Physiology and Biochemistry of Lactation
(3) Prerequisites; ANSC 212 or equivalent and CHEIi<
261 or CHEM 461. Three lectures per week. The
physiology and biochemistry of milk production in
domestic animals, particularly cattle. Mammary gland
development and maintenance from the embryo to the
fully developed lactating gland. Abnormalities ol the
mammary gland.
ANSC 444 Analysis of Dairy Production Systems (3)
Prerequisites, AGEC 406 and ANSC 203 or 214, or
permission ol instructor. The business aspects of dairy
farming including an evaluation ol the costs and returns
associated with each segment The economic impact of
pertinent management decisions is studied. Recent
developments in animal nutrition and genetics,
agricultural economics, agricultural engineering, and
agronomic practices are discussed as they apply to
management ol a dairy herd.
ANSC 446 Physiology of Mammalian Reproduction
(3) Prerequisite: ZOOL 422 or ANSC 212. Anatomy and
physiology of reproductive processes in domesticated
and wild mammals.
ANSC 447 Physiology of Mammalian Reproduction
Laboratory (1) Pre- or corequisites ANSC 446 One
three-hour laboratory per week. Animal handling,
artificial insemination procedures and analytical
techniques useful in animal management and
reproductive research. Not open to students who have
credit for ANSC 446 prior to Fall 1976.
ANSC 452 Avian Physiology (2) (Alternate even years)
One three-hour laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites, a basic course in animal physiology. The
basic physiology ot the bird is discussed, excluding the
reproductive system. Special emphasis is given to
physiological differences between birds and other
vertebrates.
ANSC 462 Physiology of Hatchabllity (1) Two lectures
and one latwratory period per week. Prerequisite, ZOOL
421 or 422. The physiology of embryonic development
as related to principles of hatchabllity and problems of
incubation encountered in the hatchery industry are
discussed.
ANSC 463 Nutrition Laboratory (2) Prerequisite. ANSC
401/NUSC 402 or concurrent registration. Six hours of
laboratory per week. Digestibility studies with ruminant
and monogastric animals, proximate analysis of various
food products, and feeding trials demonstrating classical
nutritional deficiencies in laboratory animals.
ANSC 464 Poultry Hygiene (3) Two lectures and one
laboratory period per week. Prerequisites, MICB 200
and ANSC 101. Virus, bacterial and protozoan diseases,
parasitic diseases, prevention, control and eradication.
ANSC 466 Avian Anatomy (3) Two lectures and one
laboratory period per week. Prerequisite, ZOOL 102.
Gross and microscopic structure, dissection and
demonstration.
ANSC 467 Poultry Breeding and Feeding (1) This
course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational
agriculture and extension service workers. The first half
will be devoted to problems concerning breeding and the
development of breeding stock. The second hall will t>e
devoted to nutrition.
ANSC 477 Poultry Products and Marketing (1) This
course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational
agriculture and county agents It deals with the factors
affecting the quality of poultry products and with hatchery
management problems, egg and poultry grading,
preservation problems and market outlets lor Maryland
poultry
ANSC 480 Special Topics In Fish and Wildlife
Management (3) Three lectures. Analysis of various
state and federal programs related to fish and wildlile
management. This would include: fish stocking programs,
Maryland deer management program, warm water fish
management, acid drainage problems, water quality,
water fowl management, wild turkey management and
regulations relative to the administration of these
programs
ANSC 487 Special Topics In Animal Science (1)
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. This course is
designed primarily for teachers of vocational agriculture
and extension service personnel. One primary topic to be
selected mutually by the instructor and students will t>e
presented each session.
ANSC 601 Advanced Ruminant Nutrition (2) First
semester One one-hour lecture and one-three hour
laboratory per week. Prerequisite Permission of
instructor. Physiological, microbiological and biochemical
aspects of the nutrition of ruminants as compared to
other animals-
ANSC 603 Mineral Metabolism (3) Second semester.
Prerequisites CHEM 481 and 463 The role of minerals
in metabolism of animals and man Topics to be covered
include the role of minerals in energy metabolism, bone
structure, electrolyte balance, and as catalysts.
ANSC 604 Vitamin Nutrition (3) Prerequisites: ANSC
401 and CHEM 461. Two one-hour lectures and one
two-hour discussion period per week Advanced study of
the fundamental role of vitamins and vitamin-like
cofactors in nutrition including chemical properties,
absorption, metabolism, excretion and deficiency
syndromes A critical study of the biochemical basis of
vitamin function, interrelationship ol vitamins with other
substances and of certain latxiratory techniques.
ANSC 610 Electron Microscopy (4) First and second
semesters. Two lectures and two latxjratory periods per
week Prerequisites Permission of instructor. Theory of
electron microscopy, electron optics, specimen
preparation and techniques, operation of electron
photography, interpretation of electron images, related
instruments and techniques
ANSC 612 Energy Nutrition (2) Second semester
Prerequisites: ANSC 402 or NUSC 450, CHEM 461. or
consent of instructor One lecture, one 2 hour laboratory
per week, Basic concepts of animal energetics with
quantitative descriptions of energy requirements and
utilization
ANSC 614 Proteins (2) Second semester One lecture
and one 2 hour latwratory per week Prerequisites:
ANSC 402 and CHEM 461 or consent of instructor.
Advanced study of the roles of amino acids in nutrition
and metatx)lism. Protein digestion, absorption.
anatx}lism. catatx>lism and amino acid balance.
ANSC 622 Advanced Breeding (2) Second semester,
alternate years Prerequisles: ANSC 426 or equivalent,
and biological statistics. This course deals with the more
technical phases of heredity and variation, selection
indices, breeding systems, and inheritance in farm
animals.
ANSC 641 Expermental Mammalian Surgery I (2) First
semester. Prerequisite Permission of instructor A course
presenting the fundamentals of anesthesia and the art of
experimental surgery, especially to obtain research
preparations.
ANSC 642 Experimental Mammalian Surgery II (3)
Second semester Prerequisites ANSC 641, permission
ol instructor, A course emphasizing advanced surgical
practices to obtain research preparations, cardiovascular
surgery and chronic vasculariy isolated organ techniques,
experience with pump oxygenator systems, profound
hypothermia, hemodialysis, infusion systems,
implantation and transplantation procedures are taught
ANSC 643 Research Methods (3) First semester One
lecture and two laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisite Permission of instructor The application of
biochemical, physio-chemical and statistical methods to
problems in biological research,
ANSC 660 Poultry Literature (1-4) First and second
semesters Readings on individual topics are assigned
Written reports required Methods ol analysis and
presentation of scientific material are discussed
ANSC 661 Physiology of Reproduction (3) First
semester Two lectures and one laboratory period a
week Prerequisite ANSC 212 or its equivalent The role
of the endocrines m reproduction is considered Fertiltiy.
sexual maturity, egg formation, ovulation, and the
Applied Mathematics Program 51
physiology of oviposition are studied Comparative
processes in birds and mammals are discussed.
ANSC 663 Advanced Nutrition Laboratory (3)
Prerequisite; ANSC/NUSC 401 . and either CHEM 462 or
NUSC 670 One hour of lecture and six hours of
lalx)ratory per week. Basic instrumentation and
techniques desired for advanced nutntional research. The
effect of various nutritional parameters upon intermediary
metabolism, enzyme kinetics, endocrinology, and nutrient
absorption in latwratory animals.
ANSC 665 Physiological Genetics of Domestic
Animals (2) Second semester Prerequisites: A course in
basic genetics and biochemistry The underiying
physiological basis for genetic differences in production
trails and selected morphological traits will be discussed
Inheritance of enzymes, protein polymorphisms and
physiological traits will t>e studied.
ANSC 677 Advanced Animal Adaptations to the
Environment (2) First semester Two lectures or
discussions per week. Prerequisites: ANSC 406, or
permission of instructor, A detailed consideration of
certain anatomical and physiological modifications
employed by mammals adapted to cold, dry heat or
altitude. Each student will submit for discussion a library
paper concerning a specific adaptation to an
environmental stress.
ANSC 686 Veterinary Bacteriology and Mycology (3)
Prerequisite: ANSC 412. The charactenstics and role of
pathogenic bactena and fungi in diseases of domestic
animals with emphasis upon their pathogenic properties,
pathogenesis and types of disease, epizootiology, modes
of transmission and prophylaxis.
ANSC 687 Veterinary Virology (3) Prerequisite: MICB
460. A detailed study of virus and rickettsial diseases of
domestic and laboratory animals. Emphasis on viruses of
veterinary importance along with techniques for their
propagation, characterization and identification
ANSC 690 Seminar In Population Genetics of
Domestic Animals (3) Second semester Prerequisites
ZOCL 246 and AGRI 401 or their equivalents. Current
literature and research dealing with the principles of
population genetics as they apply to breeding and
selection programs for the genetic improvement of
domestic animals, population structure, estimation of
genetic parameters, correlated characters, pnncipfes and
methods of selection, relationship and systems of mating.
ANSC 698 Seminar (1) First and second semesters
Students are required to prepare papers based upon
current scientific publications relating to animal science.
or upon their research work, for presentation before and
discussion by the class; (1) recent advances; (2)
nutrition, (3) physiology; (4) biochemistry.
ANSC 699 Special Problems in Animal Science (1-2)
First and second semesters. Work assigned in proportion
to amount of credit. Prerequisite Approval of staff.
Problems will be assigned which relate specifically to the
character of work the student is pursuing
ANSC 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
ANSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Applied Mathematics
iram
Progi
Professor and Director: Wolfe
(ENAE) Professors: Donaldson, Plotkin
Associate Professors: Jones
(BMGT) Professors: Bodin, Gass
Associate Professors: Golden. Fromovitz. Widhelm
Assistar^t Professors: All. Assad. Ball
(ENCH) Professors: Cadman. Gentry
(ENCE) Professor: Sternberg
Associate Professor: Garber
(CMSC) Professors: Edmundson, Kanal. Minker,
Stewart
Associate Professors: Agrawala, Basili
Assistant Professor: O Leary
(ECON) Professors: Almon, Kelejian
Associate Professor: Betancourt
(ENEE) Professors: DeClaris. Davisson. Harger.
Newcomb. Taylor
Associate Professors: Baras. Blankenship,
Ephremides, Tretter
Assistant Professor: Krishnaprasad
(MATH) Professors: Alexander, Antman, Berenstein.
Cooper, Douglis. Hummel Liu, Johnson. Osborn,
Pearl, Wolfe
Associate Professors: Evans, Fitzpatrick. Sather,
Schneider, Sweet
Assistant Professor: Arnold
(ENIklE) Professors: CunniH, Marks, Yang
Associate Professors: Walston
(METO) Professors: Baer. Vernekar
Associate Professor: Rodenhuis
Assistant Professor: Robock
(IPST) Researcfi Professors: Babuska. Dorfman.
Faller, Hubbard. Kellogg. Olver. Yorke. Zwanzig
Associate Professor: Johnson
(PHYS) Professors: Banerjee, Brill, Dragt, Ferrell.
Glasser. Glick, Greenberg, Griffin. MacDonald.
Misner. Prange. Sucher. Woo
Associate Professors: Fivel, Kim, Korenman
(STAT) Professors: Mikulski. Yang
Associate Professors: Kedem, Smith
Assistant Professor: Slud
The Interdisciplinary Applied Mathematics Program
offers the degrees of Master of Arts and Doctor of
Philosophy. These are awarded for graduate study
and research in mathematics and its applications in
the engineering, physical, and social sciences. In
addition, the Applied Mathematics Program offers
certified minors in applied mathematics for graduate
students not enrolled in the Program.
The Program is administratively affiliated with the
Department of Mathematics. In particular, under this
arrangement the Department of Mathematics
assumes the responsibility for the administration of
the applied mathematics courses under the MAPL
label Moreover, the Graduate Office of the
Department maintains the records of all students in
the Applied Mathematics Program and handles
correspondence with those applying for admission
However, it is important that any application for
admission indicates clearly whether a student wishes
to enter the Mathematics (MATH) or the Applied
Mathematics (MAPL) Program.
The faculty considers the primary aim of applied
mathematics to be the understanding of a wide
spectrum of scientific phenomena through the use of
mathematical ideas, methods, and techniques. The
applied mathematician should be both a
mathematical specialist and a versatile scientist,
whose interests and motivations derive from a strong
desire to confront highly complex or descriptive
situations with mathematical analysis and ideas. In
line with this, at least half of the required work is
expected to be in courses with primarily
mathematical content, and the remaining part has to
include a coherent set of courses in some field of
application outside of the usual mathematics
curriculum. Some of the areas currently pursued by
graduate students in the Program are various areas
of physics, information structures, meteorology,
operations research, pattern recognition, structural
mechanics, and systems and control theory. Many
other areas of study are available through the
participating departments. It may also be noted that
the faculty includes a strong group in numerical
analysis and that many students include courses on
numerical and scientific computing in their programs.
Employment opportunities in industry,
governmant, and education are currently very good
for the applied mathematician. Our graduates have
little difficulty finding satisfactory employment. In
particular, the local employment environment is very
favorable since there are many scientific and
educational institutions in the area, such as the
Goddard Space Flight Center, the National Bureau
of Standards, and the National Institutes of Health
Admission and Degree Information
In addition to the general requirements of the
Graduate School, applicants for admission to
graduate study in the Program should have
completed, with at least a B average (3 0 on a 4 0
scale), an undergraduate program of study which
includes a strong emphasis on mathematics. The
student's general ability for graduate study in the
Program and mathematical capabilities will be
determined from his or her record or by special
examination.
A mathematical preparation with grades of B or
better at least through the level of advanced calculus
in a school of good academic standing will normally
be considered sufficient demonstration of the
required mathematical background Previous
education in some part of an applicant's area, such
as physics, one of the engineering disciplines,
economics, etc., and a basic competence in
computational techniques will be favorably
considered in a student's application for admission to
the Program, although this is not a prerequisite.
When a student has decided upon an area of
specialization, a study advisory committee is
appointed by the Director of the Program. This
committee, working together with the student, is
responsible for formulating a course of study leading
toward the degree sought. This course of study must
constitute a unified, coherent program in an
acceptable field of specialization of applied
mathematics and must meet with the approval of the
Graduate Committee for Applied Mathematics.
Besides any other requirements specified by the
Graduate School, the following specific conditions
must be met for an MA. degree in Applied
Mathematics:
(1) At least 12 of the 24 required course credits
for the MA. degree with thesis are in courses with
primarily mathematical content. At least 6 of these
12 credits are on the 600-800 level. At least 3 of the
12 credits are in a course on numerical analysis. At
least 1 of the 12 credits is in an approved applied
mathematics seminar.
(2) The 24 required course credits include either
6 credits at the 600-800 level, or alternatively. 9
credits of which 3 are at the 600-800 level, in
courses whose content is primarily in the student's
chosen field(s) of application.
No course may be used to meet the
requirements under both (1) and (2) above.
(1) At least 15 of the 30 required course credits
for the non-thesis master's option are in courses with
primarily mathematical content. At least 9 of these
15 credits are on a 600-800 level At least 3 of
these 15 credits are in a course on numerical
analysis. At least 1 of the 15 credits is an approved
applied mathematics seminar.
(2) The 30 required course credits include either
6 credits at the 600-800 level, or, alternately. 9
credits of which 3 are at the 600-800 level, in
courses whose content is primarily in the student's
chosen field(s) of application.
No course may be used to meet the
requirements under both (1) and (2) above.
The student must pass the comprehensive
examination for the M.A. degree without thesis. The
examination consists of at least three parts, with at
least one of the parts in a mathematics area, and at
least one of the parts in an area of application. The
parts shall be taken as closely together as possible.
(Comprehensive examinations are not required for
the MA. degree with thesis.) A scholariy paper is
required for the MA degree without thesis.
The student in the doctoral program must take a
minimum of 36 hours of courses exclusive of
dissertation research. At least 24 of these 36 credits
are at the 600-800 level.
A transfer of at most 27 credits of graduate-level
work taken at a regionally accredited institution prior
to or after admission to the Ph.D. Program is
permitted providing the (1) the Graduate Committee
for Applied Mathematics has approved the transfer;
(2) a grade of B or better was earned in the courses
taken (no course with pass/fail grades will be
accepted); (3) the credit was earned within the lime
limit imposed for completing the Ph.D. degree at the
University of Maryland.
Course Distribution: 1) at least 18 of the required
36 credits are in courses with primarily mathematical
content. At least 9 of these 18 credits are on the
600-800 level. At least 3 of the 18 credits are in
numerical analysis. At least 2 of the 18 credits are
in approved mathematics seminars. 2) The 36
credits include either 6 credits at the 600-800 level
or alternately 9 credits of which 3 are at the
52 Applied Mathematics Program
600-800 level in courses whose content is primarily
in the student's chosen field(s) of application. 3) No
course may be used to meet the requirements under
Ixith items (1) and (2) above.
The student must pass the comprehensive
Examination lor the Ph D. The examination consists
of at least three parts, with at least one of the parts
in an area of mathematics, and at least one of the
parts in an area of application. The parts shall be
taken as closely together as possible.
In addition the student must pass the Candidacy
Examination for the Ph.D. degree. The Candidacy
Examination is an oral examination which serves as
a test of the detailed preparation of a student in the
area of specialization and seeks to discover if he or
she has a deep enough understanding to carry out
the proposed research The examination assumes
further advanced course work beyond the
Comprehensive Examination.
Certified Minors
The Applied Mathematics Program offers certified
minors in applied mathematics to regular graduate
students who are enrolled in a graduate degree
program of the University of Maryland other than the
Program itself. The successful completion of the
requirements for such a minor will be recorded in the
students transcripts Moreover, a number of
departments participating in the Applied Mathematics
Program permit the requirements for the certified
minor to replace part of the degree requirements of
the major department.
A student wishing to pursue a certified minor in
applied mathematics must fill out an application form
for participation in the Certified Minor Program. Such
forms are available from the office of the Director of
the Applied Mathematics Program.
The Certified Minor Program at the Master's
level must contain at least either 6 semester hours in
400-level courses and 3 semester hours in 600-level
courses, or 6 semester hours in 600-level courses.
At the doctoral level the Certified Minor Program
must contain at least 9 semester hours of graduate
credit, of which at most 3 hours may be on the
400-level
Financial Assistance
The main source of support for full-time students in
the Program is teaching assistantships in the
Department of Mathematics. These assistantships
carry a stipend plus remission of tuition of up to ten
hours each semester. In addition there are some
research assistantships available in participating
departments once a student has acquired advanced
training.
Courses
MAPL 460 Computational Methods (3) Prerequisites:
MATH 240, 241, and CMSC 110, or equivalent Basic
computational methods for interpolation, least squares,
approximation, numerical quadrature, numerical solution
of polynomial and transcendental equations, systems of
linear equations and initial value problems for ordinary
differential equations. Emphasis on the methods and
their computational properties rather than on their
analytic aspects. Listed also as CMSC 460, (Credit will
be given for only one of the courses, MAPL 460 or MAPL
470)
MAPL 470 Numerical Mathematics: Analysis (3)
Prerequisites; MATH 240 and 241; CMSC 110 or
equivalent- The first half of a one-year introduction to
numerical analysts at the advanced undergraduate level,
supplemented with programming assignments-
Interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration,
solution of nonlinear equations, acceleration of
convergence, numerical treatment of differential
equations. Listed also as CMSC 470. (Credit will be for
only one of the courses, MAPL 460 or MAPL 470.)
MAPL 471 Numerical Mathematics: Linear Algebra (3)
Prerequisites; MATH 240 and MATH 241; CMSC 110 or
equivalent. The course, with MAPLCMSC 470, forms a
one-year introduction to numerical analysis at the
advanced undergraduate level. Direct solution of linear
systems, norms, least squares problems, the symmetric
eigenvalue problem, basic iterative methods. Topics will
be supplemented with programming assignments. (Listed
also as CMSC 471.)
MAPL 477 Optimization (3) Prerequisite CMSC 110
and MATH 405 or MATH 401. Linear programming
including the simplex algorithm and dual linear programs,
convex sets and elements of convex programming,
combinatorial optimization integer programming. (Listed
also as CMSC 477.)
MAPL 498 Selected Topics In Applied Mathematics
(1-3) Prerequisite; Permission of the instructor Topics in
applied mathematics of special interest to advanced
undergraduate students May be repeated to a
maximum of six credits if the sut)ject matter is different.
MAPL 600 Advanced Linear Numerical Analysis (3)
Prerequisites; MAPL 470, 471 and MATH 405 or MATH
474; or consent of instructor Advanced topics in
numerical linear algebra, such as dense eigenvalue
problems, sparse elimination, iterative methods, and
other topics. (Same as CMSC 770.)
MAPL 604 Numerical Solution o( Nonlinear Equations
(3) Prerequisites; MAPL 470, 471 and MATH 410; or
consent of instructor. Numerical solution of nonlinear
equations in one and several variables. Existence
questions. Minimization methods Selected applications.
(Same as CMSC 772.)
MAPL 607 Advanced Numerical Optimization (3)
Prerequisites; MATH 410 and MAPLCMSC 477; or
equivalent. Modern numerical methods lor solving
unconstrained and constrained nonlinear optimization
problems in Unite dimensions. Design ol computational
algorithms and on the analysis ol their properties.
MAPL 610 Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential
Equations (3) Prerequisites MAPLCMSC 470 and
MATH 414; or consent ol instructor. Methods lor solving
initial value problems in ordinary dillerenlial equations.
Single step and multi-step methods, stability and
convergence, adaptive methods Shooting methods for
boundary value problems
MAPL 612 Numerical Methods In Partial Differential
Equations (3) Prerequisites; Concurrent registration in
MATH/MAPL 680 or in MAPL 650; or consent of the
instructor. Introduction to problems and methodologies ol
the solution ol partial diHerential equations. Finite
dillerence methods for elliptic, parabolic, and hyperbolic
equations, lirst order systems, and eigenvalue problems.
Variational lormulalion ol elliptic problems The finite
element method and its relation to finite dillerence
methods.
MAPL 614 Mathematics of the Finite Element Method
(3) Prerequisites; Concurrent registration in MATH/MAPL
681 or in MATH MAPL 685; or MAPL 612 and consent ol
instructor Variational lormulations ol linear and nonlinear
elliptic boundary value problems, lormulalion ol the linite
element method; construction ol Unite element
subspaces; error estimates; eigenvalue problems; time
dependent problems.
MAPL 640 System Theory (3) General system models
State variables and state spaces. Dillerential dynamical
systems. Discrete time systems Linearity and its
implications. Controllability and observability State space
structure and representation Realization theory and
algorithmic solutions Parameterizalions ol linear
systems, canonical lorms Basic results Irom stability
theory Slabilizability Fine structure ol linear mullivariable
systems, minimal indices and polynomial matrices
Inverse nyquisi array. Geometric methods in design.
Interplay between Irequency domain and slate space
design methods. Interactive computer-aided design
methods. (Listed also as ENEE 663)
MAPL 641 Optimal Control (3) Prerequisite; ENEE 460
or consent ol the instructor. General optimization and
control problems. Static optimization problems. Linear
and nonlinear programming methods. Geometric
interpretations. Dynamic optimization problems. Discrete
time maximum principle and applications Pontryagin
maximum principle in continuous lime.
Dynamic-programming Feedback realization ol solutions.
Extensive applications to problems in optimal design,
navigation and guidance, power systems. Introduction to
state constrained and singular optimal control problems.
(Listed also as ENEE 664.)
MAPL 644 Estimation and Detection Theory (3)
Prerequisite; ENEE 620 or equivalent or consent ol
instructor. Estimation ol unknown parameters,
Cramer-Rao lower bound; optimum (map) demodulation;
lillering, amplitude and angle modulation, comparison
with conventional systems; statistical decision theory;
Bayes, Minimax, Neyman Pearson, Criteria-68 simple
and composite hypotheses; application to coherent and
incoherent signal detection, M-Ary hypotheses;
application to uncoded and coded digital communication
systems (Listed also as ENEE 621 )
MAPL 650 Advanced Mathematics for the Physical
Sciences I (3) Prerequisites MATH 240 and 410.
EHeclive analytic methods lor the study of linear and
nonlinear equations that arise in the physical sciences;
algebraic equations, integral equations and ordinary
dillerential equations. (Not open to graduate students in
MATH or MAPL without special permission Irom their
advisor.)
MAPL 651 Advanced Mathematics for the Physical
Sciences II (3) Prerequisite; MAPL 650. Continuation ol
MAPL 650 Partial dillerential equations, linear and
nonlinear eigenvalue problems. (Not open to graduate
students in MATH or MAPL without special permission
Irom their advisor )
MAPL 655 Asymptotic Analysis and Special
Functions I (3) Prerequisite; MATH 413 or MATH 463.
Transcendental equations, gamma lunction, orthogonal
polynomials, Bessel lunclions, integral translorms,
Watson's lemma, LaPlace's method, stationary phase,
analytic theory ol ordinary differential equations.
Liouville-Green (or WKBJ) approximation. (Cross-listed
with MATH 655)
MAPL 656 Asymptotic Analysis and Special
Functions II (3) Prerequisite; MATH/MAPL 655 Steepest
descents, coalescing saddle-points, singular integral
equations, irregular singularities, Bessel, hypergeometric,
and Legendre lunclions, Euler-MacLaurin lormula.
Darboux's method, turning points, phase shift.
(Cross-listed with MATH 656)
MAPL 670 Ordinary Differential Equations I (3)
Prerequisites; MATH 405 and 410 or the equivalent.
Existence and uniqueness, linear systems usually with
Floquel theory lor periodic systems, linearization and
stability, planar systems usually with Poincare-Bendixson
theorem. (Same as MATH 670)
MAPL 671 Ordinary Differential Equations II (3)
Prerequisites; MATH 630 and MATH/MAPL 670 or
equivalent The content ol this course varies with the
interests ol the instructor and the class Stability theory,
control, time delay systems. Hamillonian systems,
bilurcation theory, and boundary value problems. (Same
as MATH 671)
MAPL 673 Classical Methods In Partial Differential
Equations I (3) Prerequisite MATH 410 or equivalent.
Cauchy problem lor the wave equation and heat
equation. Dirichlet and Neumann problem lor Laplace's
equation. Classilication ol equations. Cauchy-Kowaleski
theorem. General second order linear and nonlinear
elliptic and parabolic equations. (Same as MATH 673.)
MAPL 674 Classical Methods In Partial Differential
Equations II (3) Prerequisite MATH MAPL 673 General
theory ol lirst order partial dillerential equations,
characteristics, complete integrals. Hamilton-Jacobi
theory. Hyperbolic systems in two independent variables,
existence and uniqueness, shock waves, applications to
compressible How. (Same as MATH 674.)
MAPL 680 Eigenvalue and Boundary Value Problems
I (3) Prerequisite; MATH 405 and 410 or equivalent.
Operational methods applied to ordinary differential
equations. Introduction to linear spaces, compact
operators in Hilbert space, study ol Eigenvalues. (Same
as MATH 680.)
MAPL 681 Eigenvalue and Boundary Value Problems
II (3) Prerequisite MATH/MAPL 680. Boundary value
problems lor linear dillerential equations. Method ol
energy integrals applied to Laplace's equation, heat
equation and the wave equation. Study ol Eigenvalues.
(Same as MATH 681.)
MAPL 685 Modern Methods In Partial Differential
Equations I (3) Prerequisite MATH 630 and 631.
Spaces of distributions. Fourier translorms. concept of
weak and strong solutions Existence, uniqueness and
regularity theory lor elliptic and parabolic problems using
methods ol lunctional analysis. (Same as MATH 685.)
MAPL 686 Modern Methods in Partial Differential
Equations 11 (3) Prerequisite; MATH/MAPL 685.
Emphasis on nonlinear problems. Sobolev embedding
theorems, methods ol monotonicity, compactness,
Architecture Program 53
applications to elliptic, parabolic and hyperbolic problems.
(Same as MATH 686.)
MAPL 698 Advanced Topics In Applied Mathematics
(1-4) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Repeatable it
topic differs
MAPL 699 Applied Mathematics Seminar (1-3)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Seminar to acquaint
students with a variety of applications of mathematics
and to develop skills in presentation techniques.
Repeatable if topic differs.
MAPL 701 Introduction to Continuum Mechanics (3)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Bacl<ground from
algebra and geometry, l<inematics of deformation Stress
equations of motion, thermodynamics of deforming
continua. Theory of constitutive relations. Matenals with
memory. Initial twundary value problems of nonlinear
solid and fluid thermomechanics. Boundary value
problems of linear theones of solids and fluids.
MAPL 710 Linear Elasticity (3) Prerequisite: tVIAPL 701
or consent of instructor Formulation of the equations.
Compatability, uniquess. existence, representation and
qualitative behavior of solutions. Variational principles
St. Venant beam problems, plane strain and plane
stress, half-space problems, contact problems, vibration
problems, wave propagation. Emphasis is placed on
formulation and technique rather than on specific
examples
MAPL 71 1 Non-Linear Elasticity (3) Prerequisite: MAPL
701. or consent of instructor Formulation of initial
boundary value problems. Constituive resthctions
Special solutions. Perturbation methods and their validity.
Theories of rods and shells Buckling and stability. Shock
propagation.
MAPL 720 Fluid Dynamics I (3) Prerequisite: Consent
of instructor. A mathematical formulation and treatment of
problems arising in the theory of incompressible,
compressible and viscous fluids.
MAPL 721 Fluid Dynamics II (3) Prerequisite: Consent
of instructor A continuation of MAPL 720.
MAPL 731 Information Theory (3) Corequisite: ENEE
620. Prerequisite: STAT 400 or equivalent. Information
measure, entrophy. mutual information; source encoding;
noiseless coding theorem; noisy coding theorem;
exponential error bounds; introduction to probalistic error
correcting codes, block and convolutional codes and
error bounds; channels with memory; continuous
channels; rate distortion function (Same as ENEE 721 )
MAPL 732 Error Correcting Codes (3) Introduction to
linear codes; bounds on the error correction capabilities
of codes; convolutional codes with threshold, sequential
and Viterbi decoding, cyclic random error corrcting
codes; P-N sequences, cyclic and convolutional burst
error correcting codes (Listed also as ENEE 722 )
MAPL 735 Advanced Methods and Algorithms In
Detection and Filtering (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 621
Foundations of random processes. Conditional
expectations. Markov processes and martingales. ITO
calculus. Detection and estimation of continuous signals
with continuous observations. Jump processes Detection
and estimation with discontinuous observations
Discrete-time case. Fast algorithms for digital filtering
problems. (Listed also as ENEE 772.)
MAPL 740 Mathematical Methods in Control
Engineering (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 663 or consent of
instructor Applications of compactness in control and
communication, geometric methods in optimal control of
lumped and distributed systems and harmonic analysis of
linear systems Applications to control and estimation
problems. (Listed also as ENEE 760 )
MAPL 741 Control of Distributed Parameter Systems
(3) Prerequisite: An introductory course in functional
analytic methods at the level of ENEE 760. and
background in control and system theory Study of
systems governed by partial differential equations. Delay
systems. Boundary and distnbuted control, Lyapunov
stability. Optimal control of systems governed by partial
differential equations and of delay systems. Applications
to continuum mechanics, distributed networks, biology,
economics, and engineenng (Same as ENEE 761.)
MAPL 742 Stochastic Control (3) Prerequisite ENEE
620 or equivalent, and ENEE 663/MAPL 640. or consent
of the instructor Stochastic control systems, numerical
methods lor the Ricatti equation, the separation principle,
control of linear systems with Gaussian signals and
quadratic cost, non-linear stochastic control, stochastic
stability, introduction to stochastic games. (Same as
ENEE 762.)
MAPL 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
MAPL 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Architecture Program
Professor and Dean: Hill
Associate Dean: Lewis
Assistant Dean: Loss
Assistant to the Dean: Ratclitf
Professors: Hill, Schlesinger, Loss
Associate Professors: Bechhoefer. Bennett. Fogle,
Johns, Lewis
Assistant Professors: Cass, Constant, Dean, DuPuy,
Miner, Muse. Stup , Vann
Visiting Professor: Predock
Lecturers: Arikoglu. Bullock, Mclnturff. Percival.
Rounds. Wilkes
The School of Architecture offers a graduate
program leading to the professional degree. Master
of Architecture. The School's basic objective is to
provide the highest possible quality professional
education and training in architecture. Its program is
organized around required courses in architectural
and urban design, architectural history and theory
and architectural science and technology. Electives
in Architecture and related fields are available in a
curriculum that is rigorous and challenging.
The School is accredited by the National
Architectural Accreditation Board. It is a member of
the Association of Collegiate Schools of Architecture
assigned to the Northeastern Region
Admission and Degree Information
Admission to the graduate program is competitive.
Candidates must satisfy the general requirements of
the Graduate School and submit the following: 1)
three letters of recommendation from persons
competent to judge the applicants probable success
in graduate architectural school; 2) results of the
Graduate Record Examination aptitude and
advanced tests (not over five years old); and 3)
evidence of creative ability in the form of a porttolio
of drawings, photographs, or other expressive
media; details concerning format and content may
be obtained from the School of Architecture,
Applications will be considered from three
categories of students: 1) students with four-year
baccalaureate degrees (architecture or equivalent
major) from accredited architecture schools; 2)
students with baccalaureate degrees not in
architecture from an accredited college or university
who successfully complete specified undergraduate
prerequisites which are outlined by the School of
Architecture; and 3) students with an accredited
professional degree in architecture. Bachelor or
Master of Architecture. Students are expected to
enroll on a full-time basis. For complete information
on curricula requirements for these categories, write
to the School of Architecture.
1) Students entering the program with a
four-year baccalaureate degree in architecture from
an accredited college or university normally require
two years of graduate study to complete the
requirements for the professional degree. Master of
Architecture. The established curnculum requires
four semesters of academic work encompassing a
total of 60 credits. Additional credits may be required
depending upon the admissions committee's
evaluation of the individual's academic and
architectural experience.
2) Students entering the professional program
with other than architecture undergraduate majors
will normally require eight semesters of design
studio. All requirements for the Master of
Architecture, including prerequisites, may be
completed in three calendar years, if two semesters
of summer design work are included Information on
required courses and curriculum may be obtained
from the School of Architecture
3) A special one-year option leading to the
Master of Architecture degree is available to those
students already possessing a professional degree
in architecture (B. Arch, or M. Arch.) from an
accredited program. This option is designed to
accommodate the needs of students who wish to do
advanced, highly-specialized work beyond that
required for the professional degree Applicants must
specify in detail the nature of the proposed course of
study, for review and approval by the admissions
committee prior to their admission. They must
complete a total of 30 credits, including ^ .CM 799
Thesis in Architecture (6 credits). At least ' 2 credits,
other than thesis, shall be 600-level or above. All
course selections must be approved by the graduate
committee of the School.
Presently, areas of concentration in which the
School has noteworthy resources for advanced work
are architectural and urban design, architectural
history and preservation, and architectural
technology.
Facilities and Special Resources
The School of Architecture of the University of
Maryland is ideally located between Washington.
D.C. and Baltimore, in the midst of a large number
of historical communities and a varied physical
environment. The resulting opportunity for
environmental design study is unsurpassed.
Resources of the School include a modern physical
plant designed for environmental design education;
extensive on-site libraries of books, current
periodicals and slides; a faculty whose credentials
encompass expertise in design, architectural
structures, solar and conventional heating and
cooling system design, energy optimization,
architectural history and preservation, urban
planning, landscape architecture and other
environmental design specialities. The School also
provides graduate students an opportunity for
professional experience and service through its
nonprofit Center for Architectural Design and
Research. CADRE Corporation, housed in the
School, whose mission is to broaden the educational
experience of students through environmental design
services directed by faculty members, rendered to a
variety of clients. A limited number of stipends for
graduate students are normally available through
participation in CADRE Corporation projects.
Financial Assistance
The School of Architecture offers a limited and
varying number of teaching and research
assistantships. scholarships. fellowships and
internships. Applicants should apply for financial
assistance when submitting the application for
admission.
Courses
ARCH 400 Architecture Studio ill (4)
Prerequisites— ARCH 301 with a grade of C or better,
and ARCH 311 Corequisite— ARCH 410, except by
permission of the dean. Continuation of design studio,
with emphasis on comprehensive building design and
introduction to urban design factors. Lecture and studio 9
hours per week.
ARCH 402 Architecture Studio III (6) Prerequisite
ARCH 303 with a grade of C or better. Design projects
involving the elements of environmental control, basic
structural system, building processes and material. Three
hours of lecture and six hours of studio per week.
ARCH 403 Architecture Studio IV (6) Prerequisite:
ARCH 402 with a grade of C or better. Design pro|ects
involving forms generated by different structural systems,
environmental controls and methods of construction.
Three hours of lecture and six hours of studio per week
ARCH 412 Architectural Structures II (3) Prerequisite
ARCH 312 Principles and applications in analysis and
design of determinate structures; design of timer and
steel structures, principles of masonry design.
ARCH 414 Solar Energy Applications lor Building (3)
Prerequisite: ARCH 313 or permission of instructor
54 Art Program
Methods of utilizing solar energy to provide healing,
cooling, holt water, and electricity lor buildings and
related techniques for reducing energy consumption
ARCH 415 Environmental Control Systems II (3)
Prerequisite: ARCH 313 Theory and practice of
managing energy, water and waste in buildings,
ARCH 416 Architectural Structures III (3) Prerequisite
ARCH 412, Introduction to indeterminate structures
Principles and applications in the design of reintorced
concrete structures: introduction to wind and seismic
loads: foundation systems
ARCH 417 Envoronmental Control Systems III (3)
Prerequisite: ARCH 415, Design principles and practical
applications of lighting and acoustics, with emphasis on
the integration of environmental and structural systems,
vertical transportation; fire protection,
ARCH 418 Selected Topics In Architectural Science
(1-4) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor, Repealable to
a maximum of 7 credits, provided content is different,
ARCH 419 Independent Studies In Architectural
Science (1-4) Proposed work must have a faculty
sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum
committee, Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits,
ARCH 420 History of American Architecture (3)
Prerequisite: ARCH 221 or permission of instructor,
American architecture from the late 17th to the 20th
century,
ARCH 421 Seminar In the History of American
Architecture (3) Prerequisite: ARCH 420 or permission
of instructor. Advanced investigation of historical
problems in American architecture,
ARCH 422 History of GreeK Architecture (3)
Prerequisite:ARCH 222 or permission of the instructor,
Sun/ey of Greek Architecture from 750 - 100 B,C
ARCH 423 History of Roman Architecture (3)
Prerequisite: ARCH 222 or permission of the instructor.
Survey of Roman Architecture from 500 B C, to 325 A,D,
ARCH 424 History of Russian Architecture (3)
Prerequisite: ARCH 221 or permission of instructor.
Major trends in Russian architecture in the medieval
(10th-17th centuries), imperial (1703-1917). and Soviet
periods.
ARCH 427 Theories of Architecture (3) Prerequisite:
ARCH 221. or permission of instructor. Selected historical
and modem theories of architectural design. For
architecture majors only
ARCH 428 Selected Topics in Architectural History
(1-3) Prerequisite Consent of instructor Repealable to
a maximum of 7 credits, provided the content is different,
ARCH 429 independent Studies In Architectural
History (1-4) Proposed work must have a faculty
sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum
committee Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits
ARCH 432 History of Medieval Architecture (3)
Prerequisite: ARCH 221 or permission of instructor.
Architecture of Western Europe from the early Christian
and Byzantine periods through the late Gothic. With
consideration of parallel developments in the Eastern
wortd.
ARCH 433 History of Renaissance Architecture (3)
Prerequisite: ARCH 221 or permission of instructor.
Renaissance architectural principles and trends in the
15th and 16th centuries and their modifications in the
Baroque period,
ARCH 434 History of Modem Architecture (3)
Prerequisite: ARCH 221 or permission of instructor.
Architectural trends and principles from 1750 to the
present, with emphasis on developments since the
mid- 19th century,
ARCH 435 Seminar in the History of Modern
Architecture (3) Prerequisite: ARCH 434 or permission
of instructor. Advanced investigation of historical
problems in modern architecture
ARCH 436 History of islamic Architecture (3) Survey
of Islamic architecture from the seventh through the
eighteenth century,
ARCH 442 Studies in Visual Design (3) Prerequisite:
ARCH 303 Studio work in visual design independent of
architectural problem solving,
ARCH 443 The Photography of Architecture (3)
Prerequisite: ARCH 344, One and one-half hours lecture
and four hours laboratory per week Examination of the
meaning of documentation and the use of photography in
the evaluation of architecture Architecture students only,
except by permission of the instructor
ARCH 445 Visual Analysis of Architecture (3) Two
hours of lecture and two hours of studio per week.
Prerequisite ARCH 303 and ARCH 343. or permission of
the instructor Visual principles of architectural design
through graphic analysis
ARCH 447 Advanced Seminar in Photography (3)
Prerequisites. ARCH 340 or APDS 337 or JOUR 351;
and consent of instructor Advanced study ot
photographic criticism through empincal methods, for
students proficient in photographic skills. Photographic
assignments, laboratory, seminar. 3 hours per week,
ARCH 448 Selected Topics in Visual Studies (1-4)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor Repealable to a
maximum of 7 credits, provided the content is different
ARCH 449 Independent Studies In Visual Studies
(1-4) Proposed work must have a faculty sponsor and
receive approval of the curriculum committee
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits
ARCH 450 Introduction to Urban Planning (3)
Introduction to city planning theory, methodology and
techniques, dealing with normative, urban, structural,
economic, social aspects of the city; urban planning as a
process. Architectural majors or by permission of the
instructor. Lecture, seminar. 3 hours per week,
ARCH 451 Urban Design Seminar (3) Prerequisite.
ARCH 350 or permission of the instructor. Advanced
investigation into problems of analysis and evaluation of
the design of urban areas, spaces and complexes with
emphasis on physical and social considerations, effects
of public policies, through case studies. Field
observations,
ARCH 453 Urban Problems Seminar (3) Prerequisite
Permission ot instructor, A case study of urban
development issues. dealing primarily with
socio-economic aspects ef changes in the built
environment-
ARCH 454 Theories of Urban Form (3) Theories of
planning and design of urban spaces, building
complexes, and new communities,
ARCH 458 Selected Topics in Urban Planning (1-4)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor, Repeatable to a
maximum of 7 credits, provided the content is different,
ARCH 459 Independent Studies In Urban Planning
(1-4) Proposed work must have a faculty sponsor and
receive approval of the curriculum committee
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits,
ARCH 460 Site Analysis and Design (3) Principles and
methods of site analysis: the influence of natural and
man-made site factors on site design and architectural
form. For architecture majors only, or by permission of
instructor
ARCH 470 Computer Applications in Architecture (3)
Prerequisite: ARCH 302 or permission of instructor.
Introduction to computer programming and utilization,
with emphasis on architectural applications,
ARCH 472 Economic Determinants In Architecture (3)
Introduction to economic factors influencing architectural
form and design, including land economics, real
estate, financing, project development, financial planning.
Construction and cost control,
ARCH 475 Architectural Construction and Materials 11
(3) PrerequisitesARCH 375 and permission of instructor
Processes of construction, assembly, integration and
coordination of architectural, mechanical, electrical, and
structural aspects of building, with special attention to
design development of building details. Not available for
credit to students who have taken ARCH 215,
ARCH 478 Selected Topics in Architecture (1-4)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor, Repeatable to a
maximum of 7 credits, provided the content is different
ARCH 479 Independent Studies In Architecture (1-4)
Proposed work must have a faculty sponsor and receive
approval of the curriculum committee. Repeatable to a
maximum of 6 credits,
ARCH 480 Problems and Methods of Architectural
Preservation (3) Prerequisite: ARCH 420 or permission
of instructor Theory and practice of preservation in
America, with emphasis on the problems and techniques
of community preservation
ARCH 488 Selected Topics In Architectural
Preservation (1-4) Prerequisite consent of instructor
Repeatable to a maximum of seven credits, provided the
content is different
ARCH 489 independent Studies In Architectural
Preservation (1-4) Proposed work must have a faculty
sponsor and receive approval of the Curriculum
Committee, Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits
ARCH 600 Architecture Studio V (6) Prerequisite
ARCH 403. or equivalent. Comprehensive building and
urban design; studio options in advanced topical
problems Three hours of lecture and six hours of studio
per week
ARCH 601 Architecture Studio Vi (6) Prerequisite
ARCH 600 Continuation of arch 600 Three hours of
lecture and six hours ot studio per week
ARCH 612 Advanced Structural Analysis In
Architecture (3) Prerequisite; ARCH 416 Qualitative and
quantitative analysis and design of selected complex
structural systems
ARCH 613 Structural Systems in Architecture (3)
Prerequisite: ARCH 416 or permission of instructor.
Theory and application of selected complex structural
systems as they relate to architectural decisions,
ARCH 614 Environmental Systems in Architecture (3)
Prerequisite ARCH 415 and 417 or permission of
instructor Qualitative analysis of selected environmental
systems and design determinants
ARCH 678 Selected Topics In Architecture (1-6)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Repeatable to a
maximum of six credits provided the subject matter is
different,
ARCH 679 independent Studies in Architecture (1-6)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor Repeatable to a
maximum of six credits,
ARCH 700 Architecture Studio Vil (6) Prerequisite
ARCH 601, Continuation of ARCH 601, Three hours ot
lecture and six hours of studio per week,
ARCH 770 Professional Practice (3) Prerequisite
ARCH 601 Project management, organizational, legal,
economic and ethical aspects of architecture
ARCH 797 Thesis Proseminar (3) Prerequisite ARCH
601, Directed research and preparation of thesis
program
ARCH 798 Thesis In Architecture (1-6) Prerequisites
ARCH 700 and 797,
ARCH 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
Art Program
Professor and Chairman: Driskell
Professors: Campbell. deLeiris. Denny, Levitine,
Lynch, Morrison, Pemberton, Rearick. Truitt
Associate Professors: DiFederico. Farquhar. Forbes,
Gelman. Johns, Klank, Lapinski, Niese. Spiro,
Withers
Assistant Professors: Craig. DeMonte. Ferraioli.
Krushenick. Meizlik. Patton. Spaulding. Tonellis,
Weigl, Wheelock, Willis
The Department of Art offers programs of graduate
study leading to the degrees of Master of Arts in art
history. Master of Fine Arts in studio art and Doctor
of Philosophy in art history. Both disciplines, rooted
in the concept of art as a humanistic experience,
share an essential common aim: the development of
the student's aesthetic sensitivity, understanding and
knowledge. The major in art history is committed to
the advanced study and scholarly interpretation of
existing works of art. from the prehistoric era to the
present, while the studio major stresses the
student's direct participation in the creation of works
of art.
Admission and Degree Information
For admission to graduate study in studio art. an
undergraduate degree with an art major from an
accredited college or university, or its equivalent, is
required The candidate should have approximately
30 credit hours of undergraduate work in studio
Art Program 55
courses and 12 credit hours in art history courses.
Other humanities area courses should be part of the
candidate's undergraduate preparation. In addition,
special departmental requirements must be met. A
candidate for the Master of Fine Arts degree will be
required to pass an oral comprehensive examination,
present an exhibition of his thesis work, write an
abstract based on the thesis, and present an oral
defense of the thesis.
For admission to graduate study in art history, in
addition to the approved undergraduate degree, or
its equivalent, special departmental requirements
must be met Departmental requirements for the
Master of Arts degree in Art History include ARTH
692; reading knowledge of French or German
(evidenced by an examination administered by the
Art Department); a written comprehensive
examination which tests the candidate's knowledge
and comprehension of principal areas and phases of
art history: a thesis which demonstrates competency
in research and in original investigation by the
candidate; and a final oral examination on the thesis
and the field which it represents.
Requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy
degree in Art History include ARTH 692; reading
knowledge of French and German; an oral
examination and a written examination; a
dissertation which demonstrates the candidate's
capacity to perform independent research in the field
of art history; and a final oral examination on the
dissertation and the field it represents.
Applicants are encouraged to submit their
applications by early March for entrance in the Fall
and by early October for entrance in Spring as the
available spaces are usually filled early.
Facilities and Special Resources
The Middle Atlantic Symposium in the History of Art
is an annual Spring event which is sponsored by the
University of Maryland and held jointly at the
National Gallery of Art and the University. This
symposium provides the opportunity for advanced
graduate students from the member institutions to
present their research in professional form. From
lime to lime the Department of Art also publishes
abstracts of the Symposium papers in Studies in Art
History presented at the Middle Atlantic Symposium
in the History of Art
The University also supports the University of
Maryland Caesarea Project, an ongoing excavation
at Caesarea Maritime, Israel. Qualified graduate
students are eligible for participation in the
excavations, and work at this site may lead to MA
or PhD dissertation subjects.
The University of Maryland Art Gallery is an
adjunct of the Department of Art which maintains a
collection of twentieth-century American paintings
and works on paper and a study collection of African
sculpture The staff, which includes at least one
full-time graduate assistant a year, organizes and
hosts major exhibitions of historical and
contemporary art for the benefit of the University
community and the general public. Major catalogues
are published each year and a series of graduate
courses in museum practice are offered wihin the
Gallery
The University of Maryland is thirty-five minutes
from the National Gallery of Art, the National
Museum of American Art, the National Portrait
Gallery, the Freer Gallery, the Corcoran Gallery, the
Phillips Gallery, Dumbarton Oaks, and the Hirshhorn
Museum and Sculpture Garden In Baltimore,
forty-five minutes from the University, is the
Baltimore Museum of Art and the Walters Art
Gallery In addition to the 36,000-volume art library,
students have acces to the Library of Congress,
Archives of American Art, and the research libraries
of Dumbarton Oaks, National Museum of American
Art and other branches of the Smithsonian
Financial Assistance
A limited number of graduate assistantships are
available in art
Additional Information
Description of Departmental requirements for the
above programs and other information may be
obtained from the Department of Art.
For information on work leading to the degree of
Master of Education in art education, the student is
referred to the section devoted to Secondary
Education in this catalog.
Courses
Art Education
ARTE 600 Advanced Problems in Art Education (3)
ARTE 601 Advanced Problems In Art Education (3)
ARTE 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
ART HISTORY
ARTH 401 Greek and Roman Painting (3) Suney of
Greek and Roman frescoes and panels; Study of extant
paintings and lost works known only through literary
sources.
ARTH 402 Greek Art and Archaeology (3) Greek art
and archaeology from 1000 B.C. to 50 B.C.
ARTH 403 Roman Art and Archaeology (3) Roman art
and archaeology from Etmscan origins to Diocletian.
ARTH 404 Bronze Age Art (3) Art of the Near East,
Egypt and Aegean.
ARTH 405 Japanese Painting (3) Survey of Japanese
painting from the sixth through the sixteenth centuries,
including traditional Buddhist painting, narrative scrolls,
and Zen-related ink painting
ARTH 406 Arts of China (3) Chinese art from
pre-history through the 14lh century, with special focus
on painting, sculpture, and minor arts.
ARTH 407 Arts of Japan (3) A survey of Japanese art
from prehistory through 14th century, concentrating on
architecture, sculpture and painting.
ARTH 410 Early Chrlstiar>— Early Byzantine Art (3)
Sculpture, painting, architecture, and the minor arts from
about 312 to 726 AD.
ARTH 411 Byzantine Art, 726—1453 (3) Sculpture,
painting, architecture and the minor arts from 726 to
1453 AD.
ARTH 412 Medieval Art (3) Architecture, sculpture and
painting in the Middle Ages. First semester will stress
Romanesque.
ARTH 413 Medieval Art (3) Architecture, sculpture and
painting in the ((Middle Ages. Second semester will stress
the Gothic pehod
ARTH 416 Northern European Painting In the ISth
century (3) Painting In the Netherlands, France and
Germany.
ARTH 417 Northern European Painting In the 16th
century (3) Painting in the Netherlands, France and
Germany.
ARTH 422 Early Renaissance Art In Italy (3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 1400 to
1430.
ARTH 423 Early Renaissance Art In Italy (3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting from atjout 1430 to
1475.
ARTH 424 High Renaissance Art In Italy (3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 1475 to
1500.
ARTH 425 High Renaissance Art In Italy (3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 1500 to
1525.
ARTH 430 European Baroque Art (3) Architecture,
sculpture and painting of the major southern European
centers in the 1 7th century.
ARTH 431 European Baroque Art (3) Architecture,
sculpture and painting of the major northern European
centers in the 17th century
ARTH 434 French Painting (3) French painting from
1400 to 1600 From Fouquet to Poussin.
ARTH 435 French Painting (3) French painting from
1600 to 1800 From Le Brun to David
ARTH 440 19th Century European Art (3) Architecture,
sculpture and painting in Europe from Neo-Classicism to
Romanticism.
ARTH 441 19th Century European Art (3) Architecture,
sculpture and painting in Europe. From Realism, to to
Impressionism and Symbolism.
ARTH 445 impressionism and Neo-lmpresslonism (3)
Prerequisite, ARTH 260, 261 or consent of instructor.
History of Impressionism and Neo-lmpressionism; Artists,
styles, art theories, criticism, sources and influence on
20th century.
ARTH 450 20th Century Art (3) Painting, sculpture and
architecture from the late 19th century to 1920
ARTH 451 20th Century Art (3) Painting, sculpture and
architecture from 1920 to the present
ARTH 452 History of Photography (3) History of
photography as art from 1839 to the present.
ARTH 454 Nineteenth and Twentieth Century
Sculpture (3) Trends in sculpture from Neo-Classicism
to the present. Emphasis will be put on the redefinition of
sculpture during the 20lh century.
ARTH 460 History of the Graphic Arts (3) Prerequisite.
ARTH 100, or ARTH 260 and 261. or consent of
instructor Graphic techniques and styles in Europe from
1400 to 1800; Contributions of major artists.
ARTH 462 African Art (3) First semester, the cultures
west of the Niger River (Nigeria through Mali) from 400
B.C. to the present. The art is studied through its
iconography and function in the culture and the
intercultural influences upon the artists, including a study
of the societies, cults and cermonies during which the art
was used.
ARTH 463 African Art (3) Second semester, the
cultures east and south of Nigeria. The art is studied
through its iconography and function in the culture and
the intercultural influences upon the artists, including a
study of the societies, cults and cermonies during which
the art was used.
ARTH 464 African Art Research (3) Seminar with
concentration on particular aspects of African art. The
course is given at the Museum of African Art in
Washington, D. C.
ARTH 470 Latin American Art (3) Art of the
Pre-Hispanic and the Colonial periods.
ARTH 471 Latin American Art (3) Art of the 19th and
20th centuries.
ARTH 473 Arts of Black Americans I (3) The visual
arts of Black Americans from the Colonial period through
the 19th century, including crafts and decorative arts.
ARTH 474 Arts of Black Americans li (3) The visual
arts of Black Americans in the 20th century, including
crafts and decorative arts.
ARTH 476 History of American Art to 1900 (3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting in the United States
from the Colonial period to 1900.
ARTH 477 History of American Art Since 1900 (3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting in the United States
from 1900 to the present
ARTH 489 Special Topics in Art History (3)
Prerequisite, consent of department head or instructor.
May be repeated to a maximum of six credits.
ARTH 498 Directed Studies in Art History i (2-3) For
advanced students, by permission of department
chairman. Course may be repeated for credit if content
differs.
ARTH 499 Directed Studies in Art History il (2-3)
ARTH 612 Romanesque Art (3) Painting and sculpture
In Western Europe in the 11th and 12th centuries;
regional styles; relationships between styles of painting
and sculpture; religious content.
ARTH 614 Gothic Art (3) Painting and sculpture in
Western Europe in the 11th and 12th centuries; regional
styles; relationships between styles of painting and
sculpture; religious content.
ARTH 630 The Art of Mannerism (3) Prerequisite ART
423 or permission ol instructor. Mannerism in Europe
during the 16th century; beginnings in Italy; ramifications
in France, Germany, Flanders. Spain; painting,
architecture, and sculpture.
56 Astronomy Program
ARTH 634 French Painting from Lebrun to
Gerlcault — 1715-1815 (3) Development ol iconography
and style Irom the Baroque to neo-classicism and
romanticism Trends and major artists.
ARTH 656 19th Century Realism, 1830-1860 (3)
Courbet and the problem of realism; precursors. David,
Gehcault. landscape schools: Manet; artistic and social
theories; realism outside France. Prerequisite: ART 440
or 441 or equivalent
ARTH 662 20th Century European Art (3) Prerequisite:
ART 450, 451 or equivalent. A detailed examination of
the art of a individual country in the 12th century: France,
Germany. Italy, Spain, England.
ARTH 676 20th Century American Art (3) Prerequisite:
ART 450. 451 or equivalent. The Eight,' the Armory
Show. American abstraction, romantic-realism, new deal
an projects. American sunealism and expressionism
ARTH 692 Methods o( Art History (3) IVIethods of
research and criticism applied to typical art-historical
problems, bibliography and other research tools. May be
taken for credit one or two semesters.
ARTH 694 Museum Training Program (3)
ARTH 695 Museum Training Program (3)
ARTH 698 Directed Graduate Studies In Art History
(3) For advanced graduate students, by permission ol
head of department. Course may be repeated (or credit
if content differs.
ARTH 699 Special Topics In Art History (3)
Prerequisite: Consent of department head or instructor.
ARTH 702 Seminar In Classical Art (3) Prerequisite:
ARTH 402. 403 or permission of instructor.
ARTH 708 Seminar In Japanese Painting (3)
Prerequisite: ARTH 406 or 407 or permission of
instructor. Japanese painting of the 14th through 16th
centuries, and their origins in Chinese models. Course
may t>e repeated for a maximum ol 6 credits if the
content differs
ARTH 709 Seminar In Early Christian and Byzantine
Art (3) Prerequisite: ARTH 410 or 411 or pemiission of
instructor. Course may be repeated for a maximum of
six credits if the content differs
ARTH 712 Seminar In Medieval Art (3) Prerequisite:
ARTH 412, 413 or permission of instructor.
ARTH 728 Seminar Topics In Italian Renaissance Art
(3) Problems selected from significant themes in the field
of Italian Renaissance art and architecture. 1200-1600.
May be repeated for credit if content differs.
ARTH 736 Seminar In 18th Century European Art (3)
ARTH 740 Seminar (3) Problems derived from the
development of romantic art during the 18th and 19th
centuries.
ARTH 743 Seminar In 19th Century European Art (3)
Problems derived from the period starting with David and
ending with Cezanne.
ARTH 760 Seminar In Contemporary Art (3)
ARTH 770 Seminar In Latin-American An (3)
Prerequisite: ARTH 471 or permission of instmctor.
ARTH 772 Seminar In Modern Mexican Art (3)
Prerequisite: ARTH 471 or permission of instmctor.
Problems of Mexican art of the 19th arid 20th centuries;
Mexicanismo; the mural renaissance'; architectural
regionalism.
ARTH 774 Seminar In 19th Century American Art (3)
Problems in architecture and painting from the end ol the
colonial period until 1860
ARTH 780 Seminar— Problems In Architectural
History and Criticism (3)
ARTH 784 Seminar In Literary Sources of Art History
(3) Art historical sources from Pliny to Malraux.
ARTH 798 Directed Graduate Studies In Art History
(3)
ARTH 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
ARTH 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Art Studio
ARTS 404 Experiments In Visual Processes (3) Six
hours per week. Prerequisites, either ARTS 220. 330 or
340. Investigation and execution of process oriented art.
Group and individual experimental projects.
ARTS 418 Drawing (3) Six hours per week Prerequisite:
ARTS 210. Original compositions from the figure and
nature, supplemented by problems of personal and
expressive drawing Repeatable for total of 12 credits.
ARTS 420 Painting IV (3) Six hours per week
Prerequisite. ARTS 324. Creative painting. Emphasis on
personal direction and self-criticism. Group seminars.
ARTS 430 Sculpture IV (3) Six hours per week.
Prerequisite. ARTS 335. Problems and techniques ol
newer concepts, utilizing various materials, such as
plastics and metals. Technical aspects of welding
stressed
ARTS 440 Printmaking III (3) Six hours per week.
Prerequisite. ARTS 340 and 344. Contemporary
experimental techniques of one pririt medium with group
discussions
ARTS 441 Printmaking IV (3) Six hours per week
Prerequisite. ARTS 440. Continuation of ARTS 440.
ARTS 468 Advanced Seminar In Studio Art (3) Three
studio. three discussion hours per week.
Prerequisite:Pemiission of instructor. Relationship of
student's work to historical and contemporary context.
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits.
ARTS 489 Special Problems In Studio Arts (3)
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Repeatable to a
maximum of six hours.
ARTS 498 Directed Studies In Studio Art (2-3) For
advanced students, by permission of department
chairman. Course may be repeated for credit if content
differs.
ARTS 610 Drawing (3) Sustained treatment of a theme
chosen by student. Wide variety of media.
ARTS 614 Drawing (3) Traditional materials and
metfiods including Oriental. Sumi ink drawing and
techniques of classical European masters.
ARTS 616 Drawing (3) Detailed anatomical study of the
human figure and preparation of large scale mural
compositions
ARTS 620 Painting (3)
ARTS 624 Painting (3)
ARTS 626 Painting (3)
ARTS 627 Painting (3)
ARTS 630 Experimentation In Sculpture (3)
ARTS 634 Experimentation In Sculpture (3)
ARTS 636 Materials and Techniques In Sculpture (3)
For advanced students, methods of armature building,
and the use of a variety of stone, wood, metal, and
plastic materials.
ARTS 637 Sculpture-Casting and Foundry (3) The
traditional methods of plaster casting and the
complicated types involving metal, cire perdue,
sand-casting and newer methods, such as cold metal
process
ARTS 640 Printmaking (3) Advanced problems. Relief
process
ARTS 644 Printmaking (3) Advanced problems. Intaglio
process.
ARTS 646 Printmaking (3) Advanced problems.
Lithographic process.
ARTS 647 Seminar In Printmaking (3)
ARTS 689 Special Problems In Studio Art (3)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Repeatable to a
maximum of six hours.
ARTS 690 Drawing and Painting (3) Preparation and
execution of a wall decoration.
ARTS 698 Directed Graduate Studies In Studio Art (3)
For advanced graduate students by permission of head
of department Course may be repeated for credit if
content differs
ARTS 798 Directed Graduate Studies In Studio Art (3)
ARTS 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
Astronomy Program
Professor and Director: Kundu
Professors: Bell, Erickson, Kerr, Papadopoulos
Rose, Wentzel, Zuckerman
Adjunct Professors: Brandt. Westerhout
Associate Professors: A'Hearn. Harrington.
Matthews. Trimble (part-time), Zipoy
Assistant ProtessorsBi\\z, Eichler. Heckman. Wilson
The Astronomy Program, administratively part of the
Department of Physics and Astronomy, offers
programs of study leading to the degrees of M.S.
and Ph.D. in Astronomy. The M.S. program includes
both thesis and non-thesis options. Areas of
specialization include: galactic structure, interstellar
medium. extragalactic astronomy. stellar
atmospheres, stellar evolution, solar physics, solar
system, astronomical instrumentation, cometary
studies, and high energy and plasma astrophysics.
A full schedule of courses in all fields of
astronomy is offered including galactic astronomy,
astrophysics, solar system astronomy, observational
astronomy, celestial mechanics, solar physics, study
of the interstellar medium, extragalactic astronomy,
and Plasma astrophysics The faculty has expertise
in most major branches of astronomy. The research
program is centered around several major areas of
interest. One is high energy and plasma
astrophysics with particular interest centering on
applications to the study of extragalactic radio
sources and of solar phenomena. There are related
observational programs in the areas of solar radio
astronomy and of extragalactic astronomy. Other
areas include galactic structure, the interstellar
medium with particular emphases on molecules in
space and on star formation, stellar atmospheres
and cometary physics.
Opportunities in the "traditional" areas of
universities and observatories are extremely limited
although initial temporary appointments as Research
Associates are considerably easier to obtain. While
the more traditional positions are highly competitive,
opportunities exist in other areas especially in
computer sofhware firms which do contract work for
federal laboratories. All recent Maryland Astronomy
Ph.D.'s have obtained full time employment.
Admission and Degree Information
No formal undergraduate course work in astronomy
is required. However, an entering student should
have a working knowledge of the basic facts of
astronomy such as is obtainable from one of the
many elementary textbooks. A more advanced
knowledge of astronomy will of course enable a
student to progress more rapidly during the first year
of graduate work.
Normally a satisfactory score on the GRE
Advanced Test In Physics is required before an
applicant's admission to the Graduate School will be
considered. In special cases, the Graduate Entrance
Committee may waive this requirement, and set
other conditions as a requirement for admission, to
be fulfilled either before admission or during the first
year at Maryland.
Qualification for the Ph.D. program (which is
decided at the end of the second year) requires a
written examination on basic astronomy at the end of
the first year and an extensive research project
during the second year. Overall performance in the
exam, course work and research determines
admission to the Ph.D. program.
All students must demonstrate competence both
in theoretical astrophysics and in radio and optical
observing techniques. The former can normally be
satisfied by taking ASTR 650, 651 and the latter by
taking ASTR 41 1 . All students must take at least two
credits of ASTR 698. No other Astronomy courses
are specifically required, but candidates for the Ph.D.
should expect to take a number of courses at the
600 level according to their interests. Twelve credits
of advanced physics courses are required for the
Ph.D.
Candidates for the Master of Science Degree
with thesis are required to obtain 24 credits
Biochemistry Program 57
(exclusive of registration for masters researcfi) of
which at least 12 are in the major area and at least
12 must be at the 600 level (not necessarily the
same 12). in addition, at least 6 credits must be in a
related field (supporting area)
To obtain the Master of Science Degree without
a thesis, 6 credits in the major at the 600 level are
required in addition to the general requirements
described above. That is, a total of 30 credits are
required, of which 18 must be in the major, and at
least 18 at the 600 level. The student must also
pass a written examination, usually consisting of the
written part of the Ph.D. Qualifying Examination with
appropriately chosen passing requirements.
Facilities and Special Resources
The Astronomy Program carries on an extensive
research program in the areas discussed above with
the graduate students playing an active role in this
research. Approximately one-fourth of all research
papers published have a graduate student as one of
the authors. The Program maintains a small optical
observatory on campus. Due to the site, its main use
is to enable students to gain experience in
observational techniques and to test out new
equipment. There is an important effort in the
program devoted to the development of optical
instrumentation. A Fourier Transform Spectrometer
is now essentially operational and a photoelectric
Fabry Perot Interferometer is being further
developed.
The Program also operates a radio observatory
near Borrego Springs, California This is designed to
operate at meter wavelengths and is one of the
major long wavelength observatories in the country.
A major commitment of this observatory will be to
solar research, with the immediate aim of developing
a radio heliograph which can provide real time
mapping of the radio sun. Work will also go on there
in the areas of galactic and extragalactic radio
astronomy.
The Program has strong interaction with the
national astronomy observatories, and many of the
students and faculty carry on observing programs at
them. There are also very close ties with neighboring
scientific institutes. A major program of cooperative
research has been established with the Goddard
Space Flight Center and a number of graduate
students carry on research programs there. There
are also close contacts with the Naval Observatory,
the Naval Research Labs and other government
institutes.
Financial Assistance
Essentially all eligible graduate students are funded.
The program offers both Research and Teaching
Assistantships
Additional Information
For more information, especially for physics courses
related to astronomy, see the section on Physics. A
brochure entitled "Graduate Study in Astronomy,"
describing the requirements, the courses and the
research program in detail, is available from the
department All correspondence, including that
concerning admission to the Astronomy Program,
should be addressed to:
Astronomy Program
University of ((Maryland
Courses
ASTR 400 Stellar Astrophysics (3) Pre- or Co-requisite:
RHYS 422 or consent of instructor Stellar atmospheres,
stellar structure and eveolution, neutron stars and black
holes
ASTR 401 Interstellar and Extragalactic Astrophysics
(3) Pre- or corequisite: PHYS 422 or consent of
instructor. A survey of the physics of the interstellar
medium and of astrophysics as it relates to galaxies and
cosmokigy.
ASTR 410 Observational Astronomy I (3)
Prerequisites: PHYS 294 or 263, and 3 credits in
astronomy. An introduction to current methods of
obtaining astronomical information. Emphasis on optical
and radio techniques, with brief coverage of X-ray,
ultraviolet, and infrared techniques. Emphasis on
understanding how instruments affect the data
ASTR 411 Observational Astronomy II (3) Prerequisite:
ASTR 410. Laboratory work vKith photographic and
photoelectric techniques and with components of radio
telescopes. Two longer individual projects involving
observations with various instruments. Often requires
all-night observing sessions.
ASTR 420 Introduction to Galactic Research (3)
Prerequisite PHYS 192 and ASTR 182 or equivalent, or
consent of instructor. Methods of galactic research,
stellar motions, clusters of stars, evolution of the galaxy,
study of our own and nearby galaxies.
ASTR 430 The Solar System (3) Prerequisite— MATH
246 and either PHYS 263 or PHYS 294, or consent of
instructor. The structure of planetary atmospheres,
radiative transfer in planetary atmospheres, remote
sensing of planetary surfaces, interior structure of
planets. Structure of comets. Brief discussions of
asteroids, satellite systems, and solar system evolution.
ASTR 440 Introduction to Extra-Galactic Astronomy
(3) Prerequisite: PHYS 192 and ASTR 182 or equivalent,
or consent of instructor Properties of normal and
peculiar galaxies, including radio galaxies and quasars:
expansion of the universe and cosmology.
ASTR 450 Celestial Mechanics (3) Three lectures a
week. Prerequisite, PHYS 410 or consent of instructor.
Celestial mechanics, orbit theory, equations of motion.
ASTR 498 Special Problems in Astronomy (1-6)
Prerequisite, Major in physics or astronomy and/or
consent of advisor. Research or special study. Credit
according to work done.
ASTR 600 Stellar Atmospheres (3) Prerequisite: ASTR
650 or an equivalent brief introduction to stellar
atmospheres, or consent of instructor. Observational
methods, line formation, curve of growth, equation ol
transfer, stars with large envelopes, variable stars,
novae, magnetic fields in stars.
ASTR 605 Stellar Interiors (3) Prerequisite: ASTR 651
or an equivalent brief introduction to stellar interiors, or
consent of instructor. A study of stellar structure and
evolution: energy transfer and generation in the interior of
a star, the structure of stars including problems of
turbulence, determination of chemical composition,
non-homogeneous stars, pulsating stars, novae,
evolution of both young and old stars, the final stages of
stellar evolution.
ASTR 620 Galactic Research (3) Prerequisites:
Astronomy 420, 410, 411, or consent of the Instructor.
Current methods of research into galactic structure,
kinematics, and dynamics. Basic dynamical theory.
Optical and radio obsen/ational methods and current
results. Review of presently-determined distribution and
kinematics of the major constituents of the galaxy.
Evolution of the galaxy
ASTR 625 Dynamics ol Stellar Systems (3)
Prerequisite: PHYS 601 or ASTR 420. Study of the
structure and evolution ol dynamical systems
encountered in astronomy. Stellar encounters viewed as
a two-t)ody problem, statistical treatment of encounters,
study of dynamical problems in connection with star
clusters, ellipsoidal galaxies, nuclei of galaxies,
high-velocity stars.
ASTR 630 Physics ol the Solar System (3)
Prerequisite: PHYS 422. A survey of the problems of
interplanetary space, the solar wind, comets and
meteors, planetary structure and atmospheres, motions
of particles in the earth's magnetic field.
ASTR 650 Survey of Astrophysics i (3) Prerequisite:
PHYS 41 1 and 422 or their equivalents, or consent of
instructor. The first semester survey of the theoretical
tools ol astrophysics. Gas and magnetohydrodynamics
applied to interstellar and solar phenomena. Radiation of
high-energy particles. Introduction to stellar atmospheres.
ASTR 651 Survey of Astrophysics II (3) Prerequisite:
ASTR 650 or consent of instructor. Brief survey of stellar
structure and evolution, and the physics of the interstellar
medium and the solar atmosphere.
ASTR 660 Solar Physics (3) Prerequisites: PHYS 422.
ASTR 400 or consent of instructor A detailed study of
solar atmosphere. Physics of solar phenomena, such as
solar flares, structure ol the corona, etc.
ASTR 670 Interstellar Matter (3) Prerequisite: ASTR
651 or an equivalent brief introduction to interstellar
matter, or consent of instructor. A study of the physical
properties of interstellar gas and dust: regions ol ionized
hydrogen, regions of neutral hydrogen, the problems of
interstellar dust and molecules.
ASTR 688 Special Topics In Modern Astronomy (1-3)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Special topics such
as extragalactic radio sources, plasma astrophysics, the
H.R. diagram, chemistry ol the interstellar medium,
radiophysics of the sun.
ASTR 698 Seminar (1) Seminars on various topics in
advanced astronomy are held each semester, with the
contents varied each year One credit for each semester
There are weekly colloquia by staff, astronomers from
the Washington area, and visiting astronomers, usually
on topics related to their own work.
ASTR 699 Special Problems In Advanced Astronomy
(1-6)
ASTR 788 Selected Topics in Modern Astronomy
(1-3)
ASTR 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
ASTR 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Biochemistry Program
Professor and Director: Keeney
Professors: Goldsby, Holmlund. Munn.
Ponnamperuma
Associate Professors: Campagnoni, Hansen.
Lakshmanan. Sampugna
Assistant Professor: Armstrong. Dunaway-Mariano
The Graduate Program in Biochemistry is the
College Park component of the University of
Maryland Graduate Program in Biochemistry which
also has components at University of Maryland
Baltimore County and at the University of Maryland
Medical School and Dental School in Baltimore The
program offers study leading to Master of Science
and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Research
specialization at College Park is available in
analytical
Diagnosis of plant diseases under clinical conditions,
observation of symtoms and disease patterns in the
field, collecting specimens, and writing control
recommendations. Student electing one credit hour
may emphasize either field or clinical aspects,
biochemistry, developmental biochemistry, drug
metabolism, enzyme kinetics, immunochemistry. lipid
biochemistry, marine biochemistry, membrane
structure and function, metabolic regulation,
neuro-chemistry, nucleic acid biochemistry, and
nutritional biochemistry.
Admission and Degree Information
Both the thesis and non-thesis options are offered
for the M.S. degree. Applicants should have
completed an undergraduate program of study with
strong emphasis on chemistry and/or biology with
appropriate supporting courses in mathematics and
physics. Before obtaining a degree in the program, a
student must demonstrate adequate preparation in
biochemistry, and in analytical, organic and physical
chemistry. For this purpose diagnostic examinations
in these subjects are offered to students at the
beginning of their first semester. Students who
perform unsatisfactorily on these examinations or
who may not have had undergraduate preparation in
one or more of these areas, will be advised to
register for appropriate courses. Information on
course work, comprehensive examinations and the
research interests of the faculty is available for the
guidance of degree candidates
Facilities and Special Resources
Biochemistry research is conducted in a new
building occupied in 1975. In addition to
58 Botany Program
well-equipped research laboratories, the following
central facilities are available: animal colony,
fermentation pilot plant, electron microscope,
analytical ultracentrifuge, PDP-1 1 computer, liquid
scintillation counters, nuclear magnetic resonance
spectrometers, and a chemistry-biochemistry library.
Financial Assistance
Graduate teaching assistantships are usually
available in the Chemistry Department. The
assistantships involve teaching undergraduate
laboratory and recitation classes and permit tuition
waiver for a ten-credit program of graduate study
each semester
Additional Information
Information on requirements and research interests
of the faculty may be obtained from the Director of
the Program, Dr. Mark Keeney
Courses
BCHM 461 Biochemistry I (3) Prerequisite: CMEM
203-204 or 213-214, or permission of instructor. A
comprehensive introduction to general biochemistry. The
chemistry and metabolism of cartxjhydrales, lipids,
nucleic acids, and proteins.
BCHM 462 Biochemistry M (3) Prerequisite: BCHIVI 461
A continuation of BCHtuI 461 .
BCHM 463 Biochemistry laboratory I (2) Two
three-hour laboratory periods per week. Pre- or
corerequisite: BCHM 461 .
BCHM 464 Biochemistry Laboratory II (2) Two
three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite:
BCHM 666 Biophysical Chemistry (2) Prerequisite
BCHM 461 and CHEM 482, or consent of instructor
BCHM 668 Special Problems In Biochemistry (2-4)
Two to lour three-hour latwratory periods per week.
Prerequisite: BCHM 464 or equivalent.
BCHM 669 Special Topics in Biochemistry (2)
Prerequisite: BCHM 462 or equivalent.
BCHM 699 Special Problems in Biochemistry (1-6)
Prerequisite: One semester of graduate study in
Biochemistry. Laboratory experience in a research
environment Restricted to students in the non-thesis
M.S. option. Repeatable lor a maximum of 6 credits.
BCHM 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
BCHM 898 Seminar (1)
BCHM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Botany Program
Professor arid Chairman: Patterson
Professors: Bean, Corbett, Galloway, Kantzes,
Krusberg, Lockard'. Sisler
Associate Professors: Barnett, Bottino, Karlander,
Motta, Reveal, Steiner
Assistant Professors: Barrett, Cooke,
Millay,Racusen, Rissler, Teramura, Van Valkenburg,
Vigil
'Joint appointment with Secondary Education
The Department of Botany offers graduate programs
leading to the degrees of Master of Science and
Doctor of Philosophy. Courses and research
problems are developed on a personal basis and
arranged according to the intellectual and
professional needs of the student Course programs
are flexible and are designed under close
supervision by the student's advisor The objective of
the program is to equip the student with a
background and techniques for a career in plant
science in academic, governmental, industrial or
private laboratories
The areas of specialization are anatomy and
morphology, plant biochemistry, cell biology, plant
ecology, physiology of fungi, genetics and molecular
biology, marine botany, mycology, paleobotany, plant
nematology, plant pathology, phycology, plant
physiology, taxonomy, and virology.
Job opportunities for MS. and Ph.D. degree
holders in Botany continue to be good A very high
percentage of our graduates currently find
appropriate positions within a short time of
graduation. Conditions can change rapidly within the
discipline, however, and consultation with a graduate
advisor is recommended.
Admission and Degree Information
There are no special admission requirements. A
high degree of intellectual excellence is of greater
consequence than completion of a particular
curriculum at the undergraduate level. The degree
requirements are flexible. However, they involve
demonstration of competence in the broad field of
Ixjtany, as well as completion of courses in other
disciplines which are supportive of modern
competence in this field. A foreign language may be
required if deemed essential by the student's
Graduate Advisory Committee
Facilities and Special Resources
The Department has laboratories equipped to
investigate most phases of botanical and molecular
biological research. Field and greenhouse facilities
are available for research requiring plant culture.
Major pieces of equipment include two transmission
electron microscopes, ultracentrifuges. X-ray
equipment, low-speed centrifuges, microtomes, for
cutting ultrathin sections, infra-red
spectrophotometer, recording spectrophotometers,
gas chromatographs, environmental controlled
growth chambers. Herbarium, departmental
reference room, enzyme preparation rooms, dark
rooms, cold rooms, special culture apparatus for
algae, fungi, and higher plants, spectrophotometers,
and respirometers are among the many special
pieces of equipment and facilities that are available
for research.
Financial Assistance
Financial assistance is available in the form of
teaching and research assistantships.
Additional Information
The Department has a special brochure available
upon request For specific information on
departmental programs, admission procedures or
financial aid, contact:
Chairman, Department of Botany
University of Maryland
Courses
BOTN 401 Origins of Modern Botany (1) Prerequisite
20 credit hours in biological sciences including BOTN
100 or 101 or equivalent. History ol botany as a science,
from ancient Greece through the 18th century: Emphasis
on botany as an intellectual and cultural pursuit
BOTN 403 Medicinal and Poisonous Plants (2)
Prerequisite. BOTN 100 or 101 and CHEM 104 Two
lectures per week. A study of plants important to man
that have medicinal or poisonous properties Emphasis
on plant source, plant descnption, the active agent and
its beneficial or detrimental physiological action and
effects
BOTN 405 Advanced Plant Taxonomy (3) Two lectures
and one laboratory period per week Prerequisites: BOTN
202 and BOTN 212, or equivalents. A review ol the
history and principles of plant taxonomy with emphasis
on monographic and floristic research. A detailed
laboratory review of the families of flowering plants
BOTN 407 Teaching Methods In Botany (2) Four
two-hour latxjratory demonstration penods per week, fcr
eight weeks Prerequisite, BOTN 100 or equivalent A
study of the biological principles ol common plants, and
demonstrations. pro|ecls, and visual aids suitable lor
teaching in primary and secondary schools
BOTN 412 Vascular Plant Morphology (4)
Prerequisites:BOTN 202 or 416, or equivalents Two
lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods per week
Comparative studies of structural adaptations.
reproductive biology, and phylogenetic relationships of
byrophytes, fern "allies", ferns, gymosperms and
angiosperms.
BOTN 413 Plant Geography (2) Prerequisite. BOTN 100
or equivalent. A study of plant distribution throughout the
worid and the factors generally associated with such
distribution
BOTN 414 Plant Genetics (3) Prerequisite, BOTN 100
or equivalent. The basic principles of plant genetics are
presented: the mechanics of transmission of the
hereditary factors in relation to the life cycle of seed
plants, ttie genetics of specialized organs and tissues,
spontaneous and induced mutations of basic and
economic significance gene action, genetic maps, the
fundamentals of polyploidy, and genetics in relation to
methods of plant breeding are the topics considered.
BOTN 415 Plants and Mankind (2) Prerequisite, BOTN
100 or equivalent. A suroey ol the plants which are
utilized by man, the diversity of such utilization, and their
historic and economic significance
BOTN 416 Principles of Plant Anatomy (4) Two
lectures and two 2-hour laboratory periods per week.
The origin and development of cells, tissues, and tissue
systems of vascular plants with special emphasis on
seed-bearing plants Particular stress is given to the
comparative, systematic, and evolutionary study of the
structural components ol the plants. Prerequisite,
General botany
BOTN 417 Field Botany and Taxonomy (2)
Prerequisite, BOTN 100 or general biology Four
two-hour lat)oratory periods a week for eight weeks The
identification of trees, shrubs, and herbs, emphasizing
the native plants of Maryland Manuals, keys, and other
techniques will be used Numerous short field trips will be
taken. Each student will make an individual collection
BOTN 420 Plant Cytology (4) Two lectures and two
laboratory penods per week An introductory course in
the methods and techniques of cell biology as they apply
to the organization Functions and structure of plants at
the cellular and subcellular level. Botany 101 or its
equivalent, one year of college chemistry and one year of
college physics
BOTN 424 Diagnosis and Control of Plant Diseases
(3) Prerequisite: BOTN 221 Two lectures and one
laboratory period per week A study of the diagnosis and
control of plant diseases Emphasis on recognizing the
symptoms ol plant disease and control of the causal
organisms Field tnps and a collection of diseased plant
specimens
BOTN 425 Diseases of Ornamentals and Turl (2)
Prerequisite — BOTN 221 Two lectures per week
Designed for those students who need practical
experience in recognition and control of ornamentals and
turi diseases. The symptoms and current control
measures for diseases in these crop areas will be
discussed
BOTN 426 Mycology (4) Two lectures and two
three — hour laboratory periods per week Prerequisite:
Botany 101 or permission of the instructor. An
introductory course in the biology, morphology and
taxonomy of the tungi
BOTN 427 Field Plant Pathology (1) Summer session
Lecture and laboratory to be arranged Prerequisite.
BOTN 221, or equivalent The techniques ol pesticide
evaluation and the identification and control of diseases
of Maryland crops are discussed Offered in alternate
years or more frequently with demand
BOTN 441 Plant Physiology (4) Two lectures and one
four-hour laboratory period a week Prerequisites. BOTN
100 and general chemistry Organic chemistry strongly
recommended A survey ol the general physiological
activities of plants.
BOTN 462 Plant Ecology (2) Prerequisite. BOTN 100
Two lectures per week The dynamics ol populations as
affected by environmental lactors with special emphasis
on the structure and composition of natural plant
communities, both terrestial and aquatic
BOTN 463 Ecology of Marsh and Dune Vegetation (2)
Two lectures a week Prerequisites. BOTN 100 An
examination ol the biology ol higher plants in dune and
marsh ecosystems
BOTN 464 Plant Ecology Laboratory (2)
Prerequisite — BOTN 462 or its equivalent or concurrent
enrollment therein One three-hour iatwratory period a
Business and Management Program 59
week. Two or three field trips per semester. The
application of field and experimental methods to the
qualitative and quantitative study of vegetation and
ecosystems
BOTH 471 Marine and Estuarlne Botany (3)
Prerequisite. BOTN 441 or equivalent An ecological
discussion of plant life in the marine environment of sea
coasts, salt marshes, estuanes and open seas.
BOTN 475 General Phycology (4) One lecture and two
three-hour laboratory penods per week. Prerequisites:
BOTN 100 and BOTN 202, or permission of instructor.
An introductory study of both macro- and micro-algae,
including the taxonomy, morphology, and life cycles of
both fresh water and marine forms.
BOTN 611 Paleobotany (4) PrerequisiteBOTN 416 or
equivalent Two lectures and two laboratory periods per
week. Form and evolution of selected fossil plant groups
beginning with precambnan biota and finishing with
flowering plants. Geological setting with consideration of
ecology and sedimentology of preservation.
BOTN 620 Methods In Plant Tissue Culture (2)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor One lecture and one
two-hour laboratory period a week A methodology arid
techniques course designed to give the student
background and experierice iri plarit tissue culture.
BOTN 621 Physiology of Fungi (2) First semester
Prerequisites. Organic chemistry and BOTN 441 or
equivalent in bacterial or animal physiology. A study of
various aspects of fungal metabolism, nutritiori,
biochemical transformation, fungal products, and
mechanism of fungicidal action.
BOTN 623 Physiology of Fungi Laboratory (1) First
semester One laboratory pertod per week
Prerequisites: BOTN 621 or concurrent registration
therein. Application of equipment and techniques in the
study of fungal physiology
BOTN 624 Prokaryotlc Plant Pathogens (2)
PrerequisitesBOTN 221 and permission of the instructor.
Two one-hour lectures and one one-hour discussion
session per week. A study of plant-pathogenic
prokaryotes with emphasis on systematics. etology.
cytological and physiological characteristics of the
plant-pathogen interaction, ecology, epidemiology,
control, and genetics
BOTN 625 Prokaryotlc Plant Pathogens Laboratory
(2) PrerequisitesBOTN 221, BOTN 628 or concurrent
registration therein, and permission of the instructor.
One four hour laboratory and discussion period per
week. Emphasis ori techniques and methods applicable
to clinical studies and to research prokaryotlc plant
pathogens
BOTN 632 Plant Virology (2) Second semester Two
lectures per week on the biological, biochemical, and
biophysical aspects of viruses and virus diseases of
plants. Prerequisites: Bachelors degree or equivalent in
any biological science and permission of instructor.
BOTN 634 Plant Virology Laboratory (2) Second
semester Two laboratories per week on the application
and techniques for studying the biological, biochemical
and biophysical aspects of plant viruses. Prerequisites:
Bachelor's degree or equivalent in any biological science
and BOTN 632 or concurrent registration therein, and
permission of the instructor
BOTN 636 Plant Nematology (4) Second semester
Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week
Prerequisite: BOTN 221 or permission of instructor. (Not
offered 1970-71) The sludy of plarit-parasitic
nematodes, their morphology, anatomy, taxonomy,
genetics, physiology, ecology, host-parasite relations and
control. Recent advances in this field will be emphasized.
BOTN 642 Plant Biochemistry (2) Prerequisite: BOTN
641. or CHEI^ 461 and 462 A treatment of those
aspects of biochemistry unique to plants including
photosynthesis, synthesis of plant macromolecules and
pertinent aspects of other metabolic processes.
BOTN 644 Plant Biochemistry Laboratory (2) Pre- or
corequisite BOTN 642 Use of apparutus and application
of techniques in the study of the chemistry of plants and
plant materials.
BOTN 645 Growth and Development (2) Prerequisite:
BOTN 441 Physiology of plant hormones, control of
morphogenesis and regulation of biosynthesis,
photomorphogenesis and photoperiodism.
BOTN 646 Plant Morphogenesis (2) PrerequisiteBOTN
416 or equvalent Biophysical aspects of plant
development with particular locus on structural
phenomena as molecular self-assembly, polarity, cell
division, cell expansion, meristem organizatiori.
phyllotaxis, arid organ formation
BOTN 647 Plant Cell Physiology (2)
Prerequisites:BOTN 441 and BCHM 461 Molecular
biology of nucleus and cytoplasm of plant cells;
biophysics and control of photosynthesis; orginelles and
dynamics of the endomembrane system, intermediary
nitrogen metabolism.
BOTN 650 Mineral Nutrition of Plants (2) Prerequisite:
BOTN 441. A study of the inorganic nutrients required
for plant growth and development, with emphasis on
mechanisms of nutrierit uptake, translocation, and
mineral metatxjlism.
BOTN 652 Plant Biophysics (2) Prerequisite: MATH
220. BOTN 441 plus one year of college physics, or their
equivalents. An advanced course dealing with physical
and chemical phenomena associated with the study of
plants, stress on problem solving.
BOTN 654 Plant Biophysics Laboratory (2) Pre- or
corequisite: BOTN 652. Techniques in measurement of
and utilization of light and other parameters associated
with plants.
BOTN 661 Advanced Plant Ecology (3) Prerequisite: A
working knowledge of elementary genetics and calculus,
or permission of the instructor. Population dynamics,
evolutionary mechanisms, and quantitative aspects of the
analysis of natural communities. Special emphasis will be
given to recent theoretical developments.
BOTN 672 Physiology of Algae (2) Prerequisite: BOTN
642 or equivaterit, or permissiori of the iristructor. A
study of the physiology of the algae.
BOTN 689 Special Topics in Botany (1-3) Credit
according to time scheduled and organization of course
Maximum credit toward an advanced degree for the
individual student at the discretion of the department.
This course is organized as lectures, discussions or
literature surveys on specialized advanced topics under
the direction of visiting lecturers or or resident faculty.
BOTN 698 Seminar In Botany (1) Prerequisite:
Permission of the instructor. Discussion of special topics
and current literature in all phases of Botany,
BOTN 699 Special Problems in Botany (1-3) Credit
according to time and scheduled and organization of
course Maximum credit towards an advanced degree
for the individual student at the discretion of the student's
advisor. This course emphasizes research on a
specialized advanced topic and may consist pnmarily of
experimerital procedures under the direction of visiting
lecturers or resident faculty,
BOTN 721 Clinical and Field Plant Pathology (1-2)
Diagnosis of plant diseases under clinical conditions,
observation of symptoms and disease patterns in the
field, collecting specimens, and writing control
recommendations Student electing one credit hour may
emphasize either field or clinical aspects.
BOTN 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
BOTN 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Business and
Management Program
Dean: Lamone
Associate Dean: Palomba
Assistant Dean: Armistead
Director ot Graduate Studies: Nash
Director ol MBA & MS Programs: Sharer
Chairpersons: Bartol, Ford, Golden, Haslem. Loeb,
Poist
Professor Emeritus: Wright
Professors: Bartol, Bodin. Bradford, Carroll, Dawson,
Gannon, Gass, Gordon, Greer, Haslem, Jolson,
Kotz, Lamone, Levine, Locke. Loeb, Nash, Paine,
Palomba, Polakoff, Preston, Roberts. Tafi
Associate Professors: Bedingfield, Bloom, Courtright,
Edelson, Edmister, Ford, Fromovitz, Golden, Hynes,
Kolodny, Kuehl, Leete, Nickels, Poist, Schneier,
Schuler, Thieblot, Widhelm, Yao
Assistant Professors: Alt, Assad, Ball, Boisjoly, Corsi,
Fanara, Hamer, Harvey, Mayer-Sommer, Norland,
Olian, Sorkin, Spekman, Stagliano, Stiner, Wood
The College of Business and tvlanagement offers
graduate work leading to the degrees of Master of
Business Administration (MBA), Master of Science in
Business and Management (MS), and Doctor of
Business Administration (DBA). The College's MBA
program is accredited nationally by the American
Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business Only
about 25% of the more than 1,000 graduate
programs in the country are accredited by the
AACSB, a reflection of the quality of faculty,
students, curriculum and facilities.
Areas of faculty specialization include
accounting; finance; management science and
statistics; marketing; organizational behavior and
industrial relations; and transportation, business and
public policy.
Admission and Degree Information
Admission criteria for the MBA, MS and DBA
programs are based on (1) quality of recent
undergraduate and graduate course work; (2) score
on the Graduate Management Admission Test
(GMAT); (3) letters of recommendation; and (4)
other relevant • information and professional
experience with heaviest weight given to (1) and (2).
MBA Program The College of Business and
Management offers an MBA program designed to
provide the educational foundation for those students
with the potential to exhibit the highest degree of
excellence in future careers as professional
managers. The MBA program requires 54 credits of
course work (18 courses of which 5 are electives),
normally 4 semesters for a full-time student. There
is no thesis requirement. Successful students in the
program are expected to demonstrate the following:
(1) a thorough and integrated knowledge of the
basic tools, concepts and theories relating to
professional management; (2) behavioral and
analytical skills necessary to deal creatively and
effectively with organizations and management
problems; 3) an understanding of the economic,
political, technological, and social environments in
which organizations operate; 4) a sense of
professional and personal integrity and social
responsibility in the conduct of managerial affairs
both internal and external to the organization.
Program prerequisites include a bachelors
degree, working knowledge of calculus, and a
computer programming language The latter may be
obtained during the first year in the program.
About two-thirds of the students enrolled are full
time and one-third are part- time. Full-time students
take 15 credits each semester and a bi-weekly
management workshop during their first year and 12
credits each semester during their second year
Part-time students take 6 credits each regular
semester and may take courses during the summer.
Should these requirements not be met or should a
student's grade point average fall below 3.0. the
student will be placed on probation and granted one
semester to remedy these deficiencies Most courses
for part-time students will begin at 4:00 and 7:00
p.m. However, there is no guarantee that all courses
needed at any one time will be available at those
times, Maryland MBA graduates obtain employment
In a wide spectrum of organizations. Salaries
typically range from $20,000 to $27,000 per year.
IMS Program The College's MS program is designed
for students with an undergraduate deg ree in
Business (Quantitative), Engineering, Sciences,
Information and Computer Systems, Mathematics or
Economics who want more of a technical education
than a broad managerial education Prerequisites
include calculus, probability theory, knowledge of a
higher level algebraic computer language, and up to
four 500-level courses, depending on the student's
background. Thirty credit hours beyond the
prerequisites are required with 12 credits to be taken
in a core of four courses and the remaining 18 hours
to be taken in any one of three areas of
concentration (Statistics, Operations Research, and
60 Business and Management Program
Information Systems Management), A thesis option
is offered whicfi will represent 6 credits in the area of
concentration. Program progress standards
described above for the MBA program are also
applicable to the MS program.
DBA Program The DBA program is designed to
produce outstanding scholars in management related
disciplines. Graduates of the program are
well-qualified to take faculty, research, and
professional or administrative positions in colleges
and universities, government agencies, private
research organizations, or business firms Recent
graduates are employed at Georgia Tech. Texas.
Texas A & M. Syracuse. Kansas. Houston, and
William and Mary Universities.
Maryland DBA students achieve excellence
through (1) course work preparation in basic, major
and minor fields (required), supervised teaching
during their period of residence (required),
independent research culminating in the writing of a
doctoral dissertation (required), and joint research
with faculty and fellow DBA students (optional). A full
time commitment to the program is normally required
as a condition for admittance.
Each student's DBA program must be approved
initially by the student's major area faculty chairman
or his or her representative and the Director of
Graduate Studies Minor areas must be approved
initially by the minor area chairman or his or her
designated representative.
Major and minor areas in the college include the
following: (1) Accounting. (2) Finance, (3)
Management Science and Statistics, (4) Marketing,
(5) Organizational Behavior and Organization
Theory, (6) Human Resource Management and
Labor Relations. (7) Transportation and Physical
Distribution, and (8) Strategy/Planning (including
Public Policy)
DBA requirements for the typical student are
from 63 to 75 hours, not including dissertation
credits. Thirty-three of the hours are devoted to
fulfilling the general requirements, discussed below,
with the remaining credits distributed among the
student's major and minor fields of study.
The general requirements for all DBA students
are BMGT 720. BMGT 740. BMGT 750, BMGT 764,
two three-credit graduate courses in economics
(BMGT 775 may be used as one of the two
courses), nine credits in quantitative methods at the
700 level or above approved by the student's faculty
chairman, and BMGT 880 plus three additional
graduate credits in research methodology.
These general program requirements may be
waived by the Director of Graduate Studies if
equivalent courses at AACSB accredited schools
have been satisfactorily completed. Some of these
courses may be included in the major and minor
course requirements.
The DBA student is placed on academic
probation after 12 hours unless he or she maintains
at least a 3.25 GPA. The probationary period will last
one semester, at which time the student will be
dismissed unless a 3.25 GPA level is obtained.
The DBA student may select a single major with
two minors or a double major. Both the single and
the double major arrangements comprise 42 credit
hours in total. For a single major, the student takes
18 credits beyond the bachelor's degree in the major
field, at least 6 of which must be taken in graduate
seminars at the 800 level at the University of
Maryland The minors may include areas inside or
outside the College of Business and Management
Typical outside minors include such areas as
Computer Science, Economics, Engineering.
Mathematics. Government and Politics, Psychology,
and Sociology. Each minor is comprised of 12
credits
For a double major, the student takes 21 credit
hours in each of two major fields, one of which may
be in a discipline outside the College of Business
and Management. Special permission from the
College's graduate committee is required for a
double major.
Students take comprehensive examinations in
major and minor subject areas. Following successful
completion of the written examinations, each student
must pass an oral examination given by a committee
of the college graduate faculty Any student
receiving a "pass with distinction" in all written
examinations will be exempted from the oral
comprehensive. Failure to pass any major or minor
written comprehensive examination in two attempts
will result in termination from the program.
The dissertation proposal is defended by each
DBA candidate at an open meeting All faculty and
other DBA students are invited to attend and
participate in the proposal defense.
The dissertation must exhibit the candidate's
competence in analysis, interpretation, and
presentation of research findings, and should be a
major contribution to the literature of the field. The
candidate must defend his or her dissertation in a
final oral dissertation defense
MBA/JD Joint Program
The College of Business and Management and the
School of Law of the University of Maryland at
Baltimore offer a joint program of studies leading to
MBA and JD degrees. Under the terms of the joint
program, a student may earn both degrees in four
academic years. The accelerated program is
possible because some courses can be credited
toward both degrees. Candidates must apply for
admission to the Law School at Baltimore as well as
to The Graduate School at College Park and must
be admitted to both programs
Under the joint program. 75 credits in law school
coupled with 39 credits in business courses are
required for graduation. Fifteen credits of law will be
substituted for MBA elective coursework. Grade
point averages in each program will be computed
separately and students must maintain minimum
standards in each school to continue in the program
The Graduate School will not accept transfer credit
for coursework taken outside the joint program. A
student must complete both programs satisfactorily
in order to receive both degrees. A student whose
enrollment in either program is terminated may elect
to complete work for the degree in which he or she
remains enrolled but such completion must be upon
the same conditions as required of regular (nonjoint
program) degree candidates Student programs must
be approved by the law school adviser for the joint
program and the MBA Program Director For further
discussion of admission and degree requirements,
students should see above and consult the entry in
the University of Maryland School of Law catalog.
Facilities and Special Resources
The College faculty has been recruited from the
graduate programs of leading universities in the
nation. They are dedicated scholars, teachers, and
professional leaders, unusual in their comparative
youth, academic excellence, and strong commitment
to the education of the professional manager
Special programs offered by the College include
an Executives-in-Residence Program and an MBA
practicum course. BMGT 791. in which students
research a problem of significant management
concern in a participating firm or agency. Through
graduate program requirements and faculty research
activities students gain exposure to state and federal
agencies and to the vast educational, research,
library, and cultural resources of Washington. DC
The students also have access to the
exceptional academic and professional resources of
the College Park campus including excellent library
and computer facilities A remote computer terminal
and on-line teletype facilities are located in the
building.
Financial Assistance
Financial aid is available to qualified students in the
form of fellowships and graduate assistantships. and.
for DBA students, instructorships.
Additional Information
The College has available brochures which give
specific degree requirements for the MBA and DBA
programs. Initial inquiries should be directed to:
Director of the MBA Program
College of Business and Management
or
Director of the Doctoral Program
College of Business and Management
Uiversity of Maryland
Courses
BMGT 401 Introduction to Systems Analysis (3)
Students enrolled in the College of Business and
Management curricula will register lor IFSM 436. For
detailed information on prerequisites and descriptions of
the course, refer to IFSM 436 The credits earned in
IFSM 436 may be included in the total credits earned in
the area of concentration in Business and Management.
BMGT 410 Fund Accounting (3) Prerequisite: BMGT
310. An introduction to the fund-based theory and
practice of accounting as applied to governmental entities
and other not-for-profit associations.
BMGT 417 Advanced Tax Accounting (3)
Prerequisites: BMGT 31 1 and 323. Federal taxation of
corporations, partnerships, fiduciaries, and gratuitous
transfers. Tools and techniques of tax research for
compliance and planning.
BMGT 420 Undergraduate Accounting Seminar (3)
Prerequisite: Senior standing as an accounting major or
consent of instructor. Enrollment limited to upper
one-third of senior class. Seminar coverage of
outstanding current non-text literature, current problems
and case studies in accounting.
BMGT 421 Undergraduate Accounting Seminar (3)
Prerequisite: Senior standing as an accounting major or
consent of instructor. Enrollment limited to upper
one-third of senior class. Seminar coverage of
outstanding current non-text literature, current problems
and case studies in accounting.
BMGT 422 Auditing Theory and Practice (3)
Prerequisite: BMGT 311 A study of the principles and
problems of auditing and application of accounting
principles to the preparation of audit working papers and
reports
BMGT 423 Apprenticeship In Accounting (0)
Prerequisites: Minimum of 20 semester hours in
accounting and the consent of the accounting staff. A
period of apprenticeship is provided with nationally
known firms of certified public accountants from atx>ut
January 15 to February 15.
BMGT 424 Advanced Accounting (3) Prerequisite:
BMGT 31 1 . Advanced accounting theory applied to
specialized topics and current problems. Emphasis on
consolidated statements and partnership accounting.
BMGT 425 CPA Problems (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 424
or consent ol instructor. An intensive study of various
accounting areas covered in the Uniform CPA
examination.
BMGT 426 Advanced Cost Accounting (3)
Prerequisite: BMGT 321 Advanced cost accounting with
emphasis on managerial aspects of intemal
record-keeping and control systems.
BMGT 427 Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice
(3) Prerequisite: BMGT 422 An examination and in
depth study ol special auditing topics such as statistical
sampling, professional ethics. EDP auditing, legal liability,
and SEC accounting
BMGT 430 Linear Statistical Models In Business (3)
Prerequisite: BMGT 230 or consent of instructor. Model
building involving an intensive study of the general linear
stochastic model and the applications of this model to
business problems. The model is derived in matrix form
and this form is used to analyze both the regression and
anova formulations of the general linear model.
BMGT 431 Design of Statistical Experiments In
Business (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 230 or 231 Sun/eys
anova models, basic and advanced experimental design
concepts. Non-parametric tests and correlation are
emphasized. Applications of these techniques to
business problems in primarily the marketing and
behavioral sciences are stressed.
Business and Management Program 61
BMGT 432 Sample Survey Design for Business and
Economics (3) Prerequisite BMGT 230 or 231 . Design
of probability samples Simple random sampling,
stratified random sampling, systematic sampling, and
cluster sampling designs are developed and compared
for efficiency under varying assumptions about ttie
population sampled. Advanced designs sucfi as
multistage cluster sampling and replicated sampling are
surveyed. Implementing ttiese tecfiniques in estimating
parameters of business models is stressed.
BMGT 433 Statistical Decision Theory In Business (3)
Prerequisite. BMGT 231 or consent of instructor.
Bayesian approach to tfie use of sample information in
decision-making. Concepts of loss, risk, decision criteria,
expected returns, and expected utility are examined.
Application of tfiese concepts to decision-making in ttie
firm in various contexts are considered
BMGT 434 Introduction to Optimization Theory (3)
Prerequisite f^^ATH 220. or permission of instructor.
Primanly for students majonng in management science
and statistics. Linear Programming, postoptimality
analysis, network algorithms, dynamic programming,
nonlinear programming and single variable minimization.
BMGT 435 introduction to Applied Probability Models
(3) Prerequisite;IVIATH 220 and BMGT 231 or permission
of the instructor Stochastic models in management
Stochastic Markov processes, probabalistic inventory
models, queueing theory, simulation, reliability theory and
dynamic programming
BMGT 436 Applications of Mathematical
Programming In Management Science (3) Prerequisite:
BMGT 434 or permission of instructor. Theory and
applications of linear, integer, and nonlinear programming
models to management decisions Topics convered
include the basic theorems of linear programming; the
matrix formulation of the simplex, and dual simplex
algorithms; decomposition, cutting plane, branch and
bound, and implicit enumeration algorithms; gradient
tased algorithms: and quadratic programming. Special
emphasis is placed upon model formulation and solution
using prepared computer algorithms
BMGT 438 Topics in Statistical Analysis for Business
Management (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 430 and IvIATH
240 or permission of the instructor. Selected topics in
statistical analysis which are relevant to management for
students with knowledge ot basic statistical methods.
Topics include evolutionary operation and response
surface analysis, forecasting techniques, pathologies of
the linear model and their remedies, multivariate
statistical models, and non-parametric models.
BMGT 440 Financial Management (3) Prerequisite
BMGT 340. Analysis and discussion of cases and
readings relating to financial decisions of the firm. The
application of finance concepts to the solution of financial
problems is emphasized
BMGT 443 Security Analysis and Valuation (3)
Prerequisite: BMGT 343. Study and application of the
concepts, methods, models, and empirical findings to the
analysis, valuation, and selection of securities, especially
common stock
BMGT 445 Commercial Bank Management (3)
Prerequisites: BMGT 340 and ECON 430 Analysis and
discussion of cases and readings in comercial bank
management The loan function is emphasized; also the
management of liquidity reserves, investments for
income, and source of funds. Bank objectives, functions,
policies, organization, structure, services, and regulation
are considered.
BMGT 450 Marketing Research Methods (3)
Prerequisites: BMGT 230 and 350 Recommended that
BMGT 430 be taken pnor to this course. This course is
intended to develop skill in the use of scientific methods
in the acquisition, analysis and interpretation of marketing
data. It covers the specialized fields of marketing
research: the planning of survey protects, sample design,
tabulation procedure and report preparation
BMGT 451 Consumer Analysis (3) Prerequisites:
BMGT 350 and 351 Recommended that PSYC 100 and
221 be taken prior to this course. Considers the growing
importance of the Amencan consumer in the marketing
system and the need to understand him Topics include
Ifie foundation considerations underlying consumer
behavior such as economic, social, psychological and
cultural factors Analysis of the consumer in mari<eting
situations-as a buyer and user of products and
services-and in relation to the various iridividual social
and marketing factors affecting his behavior. The
influence of marketing communications is also
considered
BMGT 453 Industrial Marketing (3) Prerequisites
BMGT 350 plus one other marketing course The
industnal and business sector of the marketing system is
considered rather than the household or ultimate
consumer sector Industnal products range from raw
materials and supplies to the major equipment in a plant,
business office, or institution Topics include product
planning and introduction, market analysis and
forecasting, channels, pricing, field sales force
management, advertising, marketing cost analysis, and
government relations Particular attention is given to
industrial, business and institutional buying policies and
practice and to the analysis of buyer behavior
BMGT 454 international Marketing (3) Prerequisites
BMGT 350 plus any other marketing course. A study of
the marketing functions from the viewpoint of the
international executive, in addition to the coverage of
international marketing policies relating to product
adaptation, data collection and analysis, channels of
distribution, pncing. communications, and cost analysis,
consideration is given to the cultural, legal, financial, and
organizational aspects of international marketing
BMGT 455 Sales Management (3) The role of the sales
manager, both at headquarters and in the field, in the
management of people, resources and marketing
functions. An analysis of the problems involved in sales
organization, forecasting, planning, communicating,
evaluating and controlling. Attention is given to the
application of quantitative techniques and pertinent
behavioral science concepts in the management of the
sales effort and sales force
BMGT 456 Advertising (3) Prerequisite BMGT 354 The
role of advertising in the Amencan economy, the impact
of advertising on our economic and social life, the
methods and techniques curtently applied by advertising
practitioners; the role of the newspaper, magazine, and
other media in the development of an advertising
campaign, modern research methods to improve the
effectiveness of advertising and the organization of the
advertising business (Not open for credit to students with
credit for BMGT 352.)
BMGT 457 Marketing Policies and Strategies (3)
Prerequisite: Three courses in marketing. Integrative
decision making in marketing Emphasis on consumer
and market analysis and the appropriate decision
models. Case studies are included.
BMGT 460 Personnel Management — Analysis and
Problems (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 360 Recommended.
BMGT 230. Research findings, special readings, case
analysis, simulation, and field investigations are used to
develop a better understanding of personnel problems,
alternative solutions and their practical ramifications
BMGT 462 Labor Legislation (3) Case method analysis
of the modern law of industrial relations. Cases include
the decisions of administrative agencies, courts and
arbitration tribunals.
BMGT 463 Public Sector Labor Relations (3)
Prerequisite BMGT 362 or permission of instructor.
Development and structure of latx)r relations in public
sector employment, federal, state, and local government
responses to unionization and collective bargaining
BMGT 464 Organizational Behavior (3) Prerequisite
BMGT 364 An examination of research and theory
concerning the forces which contribute to the tiehavior of
organizational members. Topics covered include: work
group behavior, supervisory behavior, intergroup
relations, employee goals and attitudes, communication
problems, organizational change, and organizational
goals and design.
BMGT 467 Undergraduate Seminar In Personnel
Management (3) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor This
course is open only to the top one-third of undergraduate
majors in personnel and labor relations and is offered
during the fall semester of each year Highlights ma|or
developments Guest lecturers make periodic
presentations
BMGT 470 Land Transportation Systems (3)
Prerequisite: BMGT 370 Overall view of managerial
problems facing land carriers, emphasis on rail and
motor modes of transportation.
BMGT 471 Air and Water Transportation Systems (3)
Prerequisite: BMGT 370. Overall view of managerial
problems facing air and water carriers, emphasis on
international and domestic aspects of air and water
modes of transportation Not open for credit to students
who have credit tor BMGT 472
BMGT 473 Advanced Transportation Problems (3)
Prerequisite BMGT 370 A critical examination of current
government transportation policy and proposed solutions
Urban and intercity managerial transport problems are
also considered-
BMGT 474 Urban Transport and Urban Development
(3) Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205 An analysis ot the
role ot urban transportation in present and future urban
development The interaction of transport pricing and
service, urban planning, institutional restraints, and public
land uses is studied
BMGT 475 Advanced Logistics Management (3)
Prerequisites: BMGT 370. 372. 332 Application ot the
concepts of BMGT 372 to problem solving and special
projects in logistics management; case analysis is
stressed
BMGT 480 Legal Environment of Business (3) The
course examines the principal ideas in law stressing
those which are relevant for the modern business
executive. Legal reasoning as it has evolved in this
country will be one of the central topics of study Several
leading antitrust cases will be studied to illustrate vividly
the reasoning process as well as the interplay of
business, philosophy, and the various conceptions ot the
nature of law which give direction to the process
Examination of contemporary legal problems and
proposed solutions, especially those most likely to affect
the business community, are also covered
BMGT 481 Public Utilities (3) Prerequisite: ECON 203
or 205. Using the regulated industries as specific
examples, attention is focused on broad and general
problems in such diverse fields as constitutional law.
administrative law. public administration, government
control of business, advanced economic theory,
accounting, valuation and depreciation, taxation, finance,
engineering, and management
BMGT 482 Business and Government (3) Prerequisite
ECON 203 or 205. A study of the role of government in
modern economic life. Social control of business as a
remedy for the abuses of business enterprise ansmg
from the decline of competition, Cnteria of limitations on
govemment regulation of private enterprise
BMGT 485 Advanced Production Management (3)
Prerequisite: BMGT 385 A study of typical problems
encountered by the factory manager The objective is to
develop the ability to analyze and solve problems in
management control of production and in the formulation
of production policies. Among the topics covered are
plant location, production planning and control, methods
analysis, and time study.
BMGT 490 Urban Land Management (3) Covers the
managerial and decision making aspects of urban land
and property, included are such subjects as land use
and valuation matters. »
BMGT 493 Honors Study (3) First semester of the
senior year. Prerequisite: Candidacy for honors in
Business and Management. The course is designed for
honors students who have elected to conduct intensive
study {independent or group) The student will work
under the direct guidance of a faculty advisor and the
chairman of the honors committee. They shall determine
that the area of study is of a scope and intensity
deserving of a candidate's attention Formal wntlen
and/or oral reports on the study may be required by the
faculty advisor and/or chairman of the honors program
Group meetings of the candidates may be called at the
discretion of the faculty advisors and/or chairman of the
honors committee.
BMGT 494 Honors Study (3) Second semester of the
senior year Prerequisite: BMGT 493, and continued
candidacy lor honors in Business and Management. The
student shall continue and complete the research
initiated in BMGT 493, additional reports may be required
at the discretion of the faculty advisor and honors
program chairman Group meetings may be held.
BMGT 495 Business Policies (3) Prerequisites BMGT
340, 350, 364, and senior standing. A case study course
in which the aim is to have the student apply what they
have learned of general management principles and their
specialized functional applications to the overall
management function in the enterprise.
62 Business and Management Program
BMGT 496 Business and Society (3) Prerequisite: One
course in BMGT or consent of instructor. Normative role
ol business in society; consideration ol the sometimes
conflicting interests and claims on the firm and its
objectives
BMGT 498 Special Topics In Business and
Management (3) Prerequisite: Permission of instructor
Special topics in Business and Management designed lo
meel the changing needs and interests ol students and
faculty Repealable to a maximum ol six credits if the
subject matter is different.
BMGT 501 Business Functions (3) Intensive review of
the management functions in the business enterprise, the
development of management thought, and the nature of
the managerial process. Credit not applicable towards
graduate degrees
BMGT 502 Public Policy and the Environments of
Business (3) Intensive review of the social, economic
and legal environments ol the business enterprise. Credit
not applicable towards graduate degrees
BMGT 503 Accounting and Information Systems (3)
Intesive review of the technical and conceptual aspects
of financial accounting and accounting iniormalion
systems as they apply to the business enterprise. Credit
not applicable towards graduate degrees.
BMGT 504 Quantitative Methods and Computer
Laboratory (4> Intensive review of the mathematical,
statistical, and computer concepts, methods and skills
requisite lo the analysis of business problems Credit not
applicable towards graduate degrees.
BMGT 606 Information Systems Technology (3)
Introduction to graduate courses in IFSM, a survey tor
interested graduate students in other fields. The
concepts, theory and techniques of information systems
The system life cycle. The role ol information systems in
the management and control of the organization.
Effectiveness measures of information systems. Case
studies of information systems as developed by industry
and govemmenl. Societal impact.
BMGT 701 Management Analysis and
Communication (1) Analysis of business problems
through case studies to generate written and/or oral
reports describing problem delinition, altemative
solutions, decision criteria, and recommended solutions
BMGT 708 Special Topics In Business and
Management (3) Prerequisite: Admission to a graduate
program in Business and Management or approval of the
college program director. Selected advanced topics in
the various fields of graduate study in Business and
Management. With permission of the college program
director, may be repeated to a maximum of six credits
provided the content is different.
BMGT 710 Advanced Accounting Theory (3) The
study ol the theoretical and conceptual foundations for
generally accepted accounting principles and practices.
The basic postulates, assumptions, and standards which
underiie the measurement criteria and practices of
financial accounting. '
BMGT 712 Accounting In Regulated Industries (3)
Study of the unique accounting problems ol industries
subject to regulation by governmental agencies
BMGT 713 The Impact of Taxation on Business
Decisions (3) The impact of tax law and regulations on
altemative business strategies with particular emphasis
on the large, multidivisional firm. Problems ol
acquisitions, mergers, spinoffs, arxl other divestures Irom
the viewpoint of profit planning, cash How, and tax
deferment.
BMGT 715 International Auditing (3) International
accounting, its problems and organizations associated
with the study ol the issues involved: International
standards of accounting and auditrng; national
differences in accounting thought and practice.
BMGT 720 Managerial Accounting I (3) The use of
accounting data for corporate financial planning and
control Organization for control, profit planning,
budgeting, relevant costing, return on investment, and
administration ol the controllership function in smaller
organizations
BMGT 721 Requirements Analysis and Logical
Design of Information Systems (3) Prerequisite: IFSM
606 or permission ol instructor. Prerequisite IFSM 606
or permission ol instructor The life cycle ol an
inlormation processing system The eariy part ol the life
cycle, i.e., the perception of need and the collection ol
requirements. Feasibility analysis of proposed
infomnation processing systems Techniques for
statement of the requirements of an information
processing system, ranging from the eariy industrial
engineering origiriated methods to current
computer-aided ones Concepts of logical design Irom
the synthesis of requirements.
BMGT 722 The Physical Design of Information
Systems (3) Prerequisite: IFSM 606 or permission ol
instructor Mapping the logical design to the available
hardware and off-the-shelf software in the best' way
possible. Human lactors and social implications.
BMGT 723 Database Technology (3) Prerequisite:
IFSM 606 or permission ol instructor. The concepts,
theory and models ol data, its structure, manipulation,
and storage. The various architectures of data
management systems. Evaluation and selection of
database systems.
BMGT 724 Application of Management Methods to
Information Systems (3) Prerequisities IFSM 606,
BMGT 734 or equivalent. Theory and practice ol
management techniques from strategic planning to
system acquisition to operation as applied to inlormation
systems. Methods ol organizing the information center,
allocation ol chargebacl< policies, performance monitoring
and projection, security and integrity evaluation, project
selection and staffing, outside services for resource
leveling.
BMGT 730 Bayeslan Statistics and Decision Theory
(3) Prerequisite: BMGT 732 or consent ol instructor
Concepts and methods of Bayeslan statistical decision
theory with application to business problems.
BMGT 731 Theory of Survey Design (3) Examines the
uselulness of statistical principles in survey design.
Topics include: The nature ol statistical estimation, the
differential attributes of different estimators, the merits
and weaknesses ol available sampling methods and
designs, the distinctive aspects ol simple random
samples, stratified random samples, and cluster samples,
ratio estimates and the problems posed by biases and
non-sampling errors
BMGT 732 Management Statistics and Computer
Laboratory (4) Prerequisite: BMGT 504 or permission of
college. Application ol statistical concepts to solution of
business problems; laboratory use ol computer
packages.
BMGT 734 Management Science and Computer
l-aboratory (4) Prerequisite: BMGT 504 or permission ol
college. Application ol management science concepts to
solution of business problems; laboratory use ol
computer packages.
BMGT 735 Application of Management Science (3)
Prerequisite: BMGT 734 or consent of instructor.
Selected topics and case studies in the application of
management science to decision making in various
lunctional lields.
BMGT 736 Philosophy and Practice of Management
Science (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 734 or 735, or consent
of instructor. Critical examination ol the philosophy
underiiriing the techniques and methodology of
management science Irom a systems analysis point of
view.
BMGT 737 Management Simulation (3) Prerequisite:
BMGT 734 or consent ol instructor Methodology ol
systems simulation, Monte Carlo simulation, and discrete
simulation. Veriticalion and validation ol simulation
models with computer applications.
BMGT 740 Financial Management (3) Prerequisite:
BMGT 501, 503 and 504 or permission ol college The
role ol financial management in the firm. Topics include
valuation and leverage, capital budgeting, cost of capital,
dividend policy, long-term financing, working capital
management, short-temi financing, intermediate-term
financing and leasing, and mergers. Required of all MBA
students
BMGT 741 Advanced Financial Management (3)
Prerequisite: BMGT 740. Concepts underiying linancial
decision making in the lirm. Case studies, model building
and applications in linancial theory and management.
BMGT 743 Investment Management (3) Prerequisite:
BMGT 740 Methods ol security selection and portfolio
management in the debt and equity markets. Investment
altematives. securities markets, bond and common stock
valuation, options, portfolio theory, and behavior ol stock
prices.
BMGT 745 Financial Institutions Management (3)
Prerequisite: BMGT 740 The role ol financial
management in linancial institutions The economic role
and regulation ol financial institutions, analysis ol risks
and retums on financial assets and liabilities, and the
structure of assets, liabilities and capital
BMGT 746 International Financial Management (3)
Prerequisite: BMGT 740. The role ol financial
management in the multinational lirm. The financing and
managing of foreign investments, assets, currencies,
imports and exports National and international linancial
Institutions and markets
BMGT 747 Risk Management (3) Prerequisites: BMGT
720, 732, 740 Strategies lor pure risk management,
including property, personnel, and liability exposures.
Quantitative decision-making techniques applied to
sell-insurance, insurance, and noninsurance transfers in
organizations.
BMGT 750 Marlteting Management (3) Prerequisite:
BMGT 501 or permission ol college Analysis of
marketing problems and evaluation of specific marketing
efforts as they contribute to a coordinated marketing
program. Product, price and service policies; market
characteristics; channel selection; promotion and
organization structure
BMGT 751 Marketing Communications Management
(3) Required lor MBA. candidates concentrating in
marketing. Concerned with the part that advertising,
promotion, public relations and related efforts play in the
accomplishment of a firm's total marketing objectives. Its
purpose is to develop competence in the formulation ol
mass communications, objectives in budget optimization,
media appraisal, theme selection, program
implementation and management, and results
measurement.
BMGT 752 Marketing Research Methods (3) Required
lor MBA. candidates concentrating in marketing. Deals
with the process ol acquiring, classifying and interpreting
primary and secondary marketing data needed for
intelligent, prolitable marketing decisions. Through
readings, discussion, and case studies, efforts are made
to develop skill in evaluating the appropriateness ol
altemative methodologies such as the inductive,
deductive, survey, observational, and experimental.
Consideration is also given lo recent developments in the
systematic recording and use ol internal and external
data needed lor martteting decisions
BMGT 753 International Marketing (3) Deals with
environmental, organizational, and linancial aspects of
international marketing as well as problems ol marketing
research, pricing, channels ol distribution, product policy,
and communications which lace U.S. firms trading with
loreign firms or which face foreign firms in their
operations.
BMGT 754 Buyer Behavior Analysis (3) A systematic
examination and evaluation ol the literature, research
tradition and theory ol buyer behavior in the market place
Irom a lundamental and applied perspective. The
cognitive and behavioral bases underiyirig the buying
process of individuals and institutions is investigated to
tjetter understand, predict, and inlluence the process
through the elfective utilization of the lirms' marketing
resources.
BMGT 760 Personnel Administration (3) Examination
ol the human resource lunclion in organizations. Human
resource planning, procurement and selection, training
and development, performance appraisal, wage and
salary administration, and equal employment opportunity.
BMGT 761 Problems and Applications In Personnel
Administration (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 760 or
equivalent, or permission ol instructor. Applications in
the design, implementation, and evaluation ol human
resource management programs. Experiential learning
activities and simulations.
BMGT 762 Problems and issues in Collective
Bargaining (3) Current problems and issues in collective
bargaining, including methods ol handling industrial
disputes, legal restrictions on various collective
bargaining activities, theory and philosophy ol collective
bargaining, and internal union problems.
BMGT 763 Administration of Labor Relations (3)
Analysis ol labor relations at the plant level with
emphasis on the negotiation and administration ol labor
Business and Management Program 63
contracts Union policy and influence on personnel
management activities.
BMGT 764 Behavioral Factors In Management (3)
Prerequisite: BMGT 501 or permission of college
Analysis of the influence of Behavioral Sciences on the
theory and practice of management-
BMGT 765 Application of Behavioral Science to
Business (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 764 or permission of
professor Stresses case analysis of behavioral
knowledge applied to management problems. Typical
topics include analysis of modes for introducing change,
group versus organizational goals, organizational barriers
to personal growth, the effect of authority systems on
t>ehavior. and the relationship between technology and
social structure.
BMGT 770 Transportation Theory and Analysis (3)
Examines the transportation system and its components.
Key topics in the development and present form of
transportation in tioth the United States and other
countnes are considered together with theoretical
concepts employed in the analysis of transport problems.
BMGT 771 Transport and Public Policy (3) An
intensive study of the nature and consequences of
relations between governments and agencies thereof,
carriers in the various modes, and users of transport
services. Typical areas subjected to examination and
analysis include: the control of transport firms by
regulatory txKJies, taxation of carriers, metho-Js employed
in the allocation of funds to the construction, operation,
and maintenance of publicly-provided transport facilities,
and the direct subsidization of services supplied by
privately-owned entities Additional problems considered
include lat»r and safety. Comparative international
transport policies and problems are also examined.
BMGT 772 Management of Physical Distribution (3)
Focuses on managerial practices required to fulfill
optimally the physical movement needs of extractive,
manufacturing, and merchandising firms. Attention is
given to the total cost approach to physical distribution.
Interrelations among purchased transport services,
privately-supplied transport services, warehousing,
inventory control, materials handling, packaging, and
plant location are consideied. An understanding of the
communications network to support physical distribution
is developed in conjunction with study of the problems of
coordination between the physical movement
management function and other functional areas within
the business firm — such as accounting, finance,
marketing, and production
BMGT 773 Transportation Strategies (3) Treats
organization structure, policies. and procedures
employed in the administration of inter- and intraurban
transport firms Problems receiving attention include
managerial development, operational and financial
planning and control, demand analysis, pricing,
promotional policies, intra- and inlermodal competitive
and complementary relationships, and methods for
accommodating public policies designed to delimit the
managerial discretion of carrier executives. Administrative
problems peculiar to publicly-owned and operated
transport entities are also considered
BMGT 774 Private Enterprise and Public Policy (3)
Examines the executive's social and ethical
responsibilities to his employees, customers and to the
general public Consideration is given to the conflicts
occasioned by competitive relationships in the private
sector of busiriess arid the effect of institutiorial restrairits.
The trerids in public policy and their future effect upon
management are examined. For comparative purposes,
several examples of planned societies are considered.
BMGT 775 Product, Production and Pricing Policy (3)
Required of MBA candidates. The application of
economic theory to the business enterprise in respect to
the determination of policy and the handling of
management problems with particular reference to the
firm producing a complex line of products, nature of
competition, pricing policy, interrelationship of production
and marketing problems, basic types of cost, control
systems, theories of depreciation and investment and the
impact of each upon costs
BMGT 777 Policy Issues In Public Utilities (3) A critical
analysis of current developments in regulatory policy and
issues arising among public utilities, regulatory agencies,
and the general public Emphasis is placed on the
electric, gas, water, and communications industries in
both the public and private sectors of the economy
Changing and emerging problems stressed include those
pertinent to cost analysis, depreciation, finance, taxes,
rate of return, the rate base, differential rate-making, and
lat)or. In addition, the growing importance of
technological developments and their impact on state
and federal regulatory agencies are explored.
BMGT 781 International Business Administration (3)
Examines the international business environment as it
affects company policy and procedures. Integrates the
business functions undertaken in international operations
through analysis in depth and comprehensive case
studies. This course can be credited toward the 18-hour
requirement for a major field in the D.B.A, program.
BMGT 782 Management of the Multinational Firm (3)
Deals with the problems and policies of international
business enterprise at the management level. Considers
management of a multinational enterprise as well as
management within foreign units. The multinational firm
as a socio-econometric institution is analyzed in detail.
Cases in comparative management are utilized.
BMGT 785 Management Planning and Control
Systems (3) Prerequisite BMGT 501 or permission of
college. Analysis of planning and control systems as they
relate to the fulfillment of organizational objectives.
Identification of organizational objectives, responsibility
centers, information needs, and information networks
Case studies of integrated planning and control systems.
BMGT 786 Development and Trends In Production
Management (3) Case studies of production problems in
a numtier of industries. Focuses attention on decisions
concerning operating programs and manufacturing
policies at the top level of manufacturing. Basic concepts
of process and product technology are covered, taking
into consideration the scale, operating range, capital
cost, method of control, and degree of mechanization at
each successive stage in the manufacturing process
BMGT 790 Total Enterprise Strategy (3) Prerequisite:
BMGT 501 , 502, 503 and 504, or permission of college
Case studies and research in the identification of
management problems, the evaluation of alternative
solutions, and the recommendation for management
implementation
BMGT 791 Total Enterprise Strategy-Management
Practlcum (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 501, 502, 503 and
504, and permission of director of MBA program,
Experiental research project in the identification of
management problems, the evaluation of alternative
solutions, and the recommendation for management.
BMGT 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
BMGT 808 Doctoral Seminar (3) Prerequisite
Admission to the D.B.A. program or approval of the
College Director of Graduate Studies. Selected advanced
topics in the various fields of doctoral study in business
and management. With permission of the College
Director of Graduate Studies, may be repeated provided
the content is different
BMGT 811 Seminar In Accounting Theory (3)
Prerequisite: BMGT 710 or equivalent. Seminar in the
continuing development of the fundamental theoretical
framework of accounting.
BMGT 814 Current Problems of Professional Practice
(3) Generally accepted auditing standards, auditing
practices, legal and ethical responsibilities, and the
accounting and reporting requirements of the securities
and exchange commission.
BMGT 821 Seminar In Management Accounting (3)
Prerequisite: BMGT 720 or equivalent. Seminar in the
management and controllership aspects of accounting in
large business organizations.
BMGT 828 Independent Study in Business and
Management (1-9)
BMGT 830 Operations Research: Linear
Programming (3) Prerequisite: MATH 240 or equivalent,
or permission of instructor. Concepts and applications of
linear programming models, theoretical development of
the simplex algorithm, and primal-dual problems and
theory
BMGT 831 Operations Research: Extension of Linear
Programming and Network Analysis (3) Prerequisite
BMGT 830 or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
Concepts and applications of network and graph theory
in linear models with emphasis on computional
algorithms.
BMGT 832 Operations Research: Optimization and
Nonlinear Programming (3) Prerequisites BMGT 830
and MATH 241 or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
Theory and applications of algorithmic approaches to
solving unconstrained and constrained non-linear
optimization problems. The Kuhn Tucker conditions,
Lagrangian and duality theory, types of convexity, and
convergence criteria Feasible direction procedures,
penalty and barrier techniques, and cutting plane
procedures.
BMGT 833 Operations Research: integer
Programming (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 830 and MATH
241 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Theory,
applications, and computational methods of interger
optimization. Zero-one implicit enumeration, branch and
twund methods, and cuffing plane methods.
BMGT 834 Operations Research: Probabilistic Models
(3) Prerequisites: MATH 241 and STAT 400 or
equivalent, or permission of instructor. Theoretical
foundations for the construction, optimization, and
applications of probabilistic models. Queuing theory,
inventory theory. Markov processes, renewal theory, and
stochastic linear programming.
BMGT 835 Simulation and Design of Experiments (3)
Prerequisites: Knowledge of forlran programming. BMGT
732 and 734 or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
Statistical design and analysis of simulation experiments.
BMGT 841 Seminar In Corporate Finance (3)
Prerequisite: Permission ot instructor. Seminar in
selected classic and current theoretical and empirical
research iri corporate linarice
BMGT 843 Seminar In Portfolio Theory (3)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Seminar in
selected classic and current theoretical and empirical
research in portfolio theory.
BMGT 845 Seminar In Financial Institutions and
Markets (3) Prerequisite: Permission of instructor
Seminar in selected classic and current theoretical and
empirical research in financial institutions and markets.
BMGT 850 Marketing Channels Analysis (3) Focuses
on the fundamentals explain alternate channels of
distribution and the roles played by various
intermediaries, the evolution of business structures in
marketing, reasons for change, and projected marketing
patterns for the future. M.B.A. candidates may register
with permission of instructor.
BMGT 851 Quantitative Methods in
Marketing— Demand and Cost Analysis (3)
Consideration is given to quantitative methods in the
analysis and prediction of market demand and marketing
costs. Topics in connection with demand include market
potentials, sales forecasting, consumer analysis,
promotional and pricing results, and the like. Cost
analysis focuses on allocation ot costs by marketing
functions, products, territories, customers arid marketirig
personnel. Statistical techniques, mathematics, models
and other methods are utilized in the solution of
marketing problems. M.B.A. candidates may register with
permission of instructor.
BMGT 852 Theory In Marketing (3) An inquiry into the
problems and elements of theory development in general
with specific reference to the field of marketing. A critical
analysis and evaluation of past and contemporary efforts
to formulate theories of marketing and to integrate
theories from the social sciehces irito a marketirig
framework. Attention is given to the development of
concepts in all areas of marketing thought and to their
potential application in the business firm.
BMGT 860 Seminar In Human Resource Planning and
Selection (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 760 or permission of
instructor. Seminar in selected theoretical and empirical
literature in human resource planning, forecasting, and
staffing.
BMGT 861 Seminar In Performance Appraisal and
Training (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 760 or permission of
instructor. Seminar in selected theoretical and empirical
literature in performance appraisal and training.
BMGT 862 Seminar In Compensation Administration
(3) Prerequisite: BMGT 760 or permission of instructor.
Seminar in selected theoretical and empirical literature iri
the comperisatiori of humeri resources.
BMGT 863 Seminar: The Organization and the
Individual (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 764 or equivalent, or
permission of instructor. Seminar in the literature on the
64 Chemical Engineering Program
relationship between individual and organizational
characteristics.
BMGT 864 Seminar In Interpersonal Relations and
the Group Process In Organizations (3) Prerequisite:
BMGT 764 or equivalent, or permission ol instructor
Emphasis on the literature of small group t>ehavior
among industrial wor1< groups, white-collar work groups,
professional staff, and managerial units.
BMGT 865 Seminar In Comparative Theories of
Organization (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 764 or equivalent,
or permission of instructor. Emphasis on the
interdisciplinary literature on classical management,
systems, and contingency theories of organization.
BMGT 866 Seminar In Organizational Conflict and
Change (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 764 or equivalent, or
permission of instructor. Emphasis on the introduction of
planned and systematic changes in small work groups,
organizational subsystems, and the entire or organization
through the use of behavioral science techniques.
BMGT 872 Business Logistics (3) Concentrates on the
design and application of methods for the solution of
advanced physical movement problems of business
firms. Provides thorough coverage of a variety of
analytical techniques relevant to the solution of these
problems. Where appropriate, experience will be
provided in the utilization of computers to assist in
managerial logistical decision-making.
BMGT 873 Transportation Science (3) Focuses on the
application of quantitative and qualitative techniques of
analysis to managerial problems drawn from firms in
each of the various modes ol transpon. Included is the
application of simulation to areas such as the control of
equipment selection and terminal and line operations.
The application of advanced analytical techniques to
problems involving resource use efficiency within the
transportation industry and between transportation and
other sectors of the economy is an integral part of the
course.
BMGT 880 Business Research Methodology (3)
Covers the nature, scope, and application of researcli
methodology The identification and formulation of
research designs applicable to business and related
fields. Required of D.B.A. students
BMGT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Chemical Engineering
iram
Progi
Prolessor and Director: Smith
Professor and Department Chairman: Cadman
Professors: Beckmann, Birkner^, Gentry^, Regan,
Schroeder', Smith
Adjunct Professors: Bolsaitis
Associate Professors: Gasner, Hatch
Assistant Professors: Ca\abtese, Finger', Hong
'pan- time
^joint appointment with Civil Engineering
'joint appointment with Institute for Physical Science
and Technology
An individual plan of graduate study compatible with
the student's Interest and background is established
between the student, his advisor, and the
Department Chairman. The general chemical
engineering program is focused on lour major areas;
applied polymer science, biochemical engineering,
environmental and energy-related engineering,
process and analysis simulation.
Admission and Degree Information
The programs leading to the MS and Ph.D.
degrees are open to qualified students holding the
B.S. degree. Admission may be granted to students
with degrees in any of the engineering and science
areas from accredited programs. In some cases it
may be necessary to require courses to fulfill the
background. The general regulations of the
Graduate School apply in reviewing applications.
The candidate lor the M.S. degree has the
choice of following a plan of study with or without
thesis. The equivalent ol at least three years ol
full-time study beyond the B.S. degree is required for
the Ph.D. degree. All students seeking graduate
degrees in Chemical Engineering must enroll in
ENCH 610, 620, 630, and 640. In addition to the
general rules of the Graduate School certain special
degree requirements are set forth by the Department
in its departmental publications.
Facilities and Special Resources
A number of special facilities are available for
graduate study and research and are coordinated
through the Laboratory for Radiation and Polymer
Science, the Laboratory for Process Analysis and
Simulation, the Laboratory for Biochemical
Engineering and Environmental Studies, and the
Nuclear Reactor Facility. These laboratories contain
analog and digital process control computers, a
gamma radiation facility, an electron accelerator, an
electron paramagnetic resonance spectrometer,
crystal growth and mechanical testing equipment,
and X-ray units.
Courses
ENCH 425 Transport Processes II— Heat Transfer (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 246 Pre- or corequisite: ENCH 280
Steady and unsteady stale conduction, convective heat
transfer, radiation, design of condensers, heat
exchangers, evaporators, and other types of heat transfer
equipment.
ENCH 427 Transport Processes III— Mass Transfer (3)
Prerequisite: ENCH 425. Steady and unsteady state
molecular diffusion, inter-phase transfer, simultaneous
heal and mass transfer, boundary layer theory, mass
transfer and chemical reaction Design applications in
humidificatlon, gas absorption, distillation, extraction,
absorption and ion exchange.
ENCH 437 Chemical Engineering Laboratory (3)
Prerequisites: ENCH 427, ENCH 440, ENCH 442.
Application of chemical engineering process and unit
operation principles in small scale semi-commercial
equipment. Data from experimental observations are
used to evaluate performance and efficiency of
operations. Emphasis on correct presentation of results
in report fomi.
ENCH 440 Chemical Engineering Kinetics (3)
Prerequisites: ENCH 300, ENCH 325, CHEM 481.
Fundamental of chemical reaction kinetics and their
application to the design and operation of chemical
reactors. Reaction rate theory, homogeneous reactions
and catalysis electrochemical reactions. Catalytic reactor
design.
ENCH 442 Chemical Engineering Systems Analysis
(3) Prerequisites: ENCH 300. ENCH 425. Dynamic
response applied to process systems. Goals and modes
of control, Laplace transformations, analysis and
synthesis of simple control systems, closed loop
response, dynamic testing.
ENCH 444 Process Engineering Economics and
Design I (3) Prerequisites: ENCH 427, ENCH 440,
ENCH 442. Principles of chemical engineering
economics and process design. Emphasis on equipment
types, equipment design principles, capital cost
estimation, operating costs, and profitability.
ENCH 445 Process Engineering and Design (3)
Prerequisite: ENCH 427. Utilization of Chemical
Engineering principles for the design of process
equipment. Typical problems in the design of chemical
plants. Comprehensive reports are required.
ENCH 446 Process Engineering Economics and
Design II (3) Prerequisite: ENCH 444 Application of
Chemical Engineering principles for the design of
chemical processing equipment. Typical problems in the
design of chemical plants Not open to students who
already have credit for ENCH 445.
ENCH 450 Chemical Process Development (3)
Prerequisite: ENCH 427. Chemical process industries
from the standpoint of technology, raw materials,
products and processing equipment. Operations of major
chemical processes and industries combined with
quantitative analysis of process requirements and yields.
ENCH 452 Advanced Chemical Engineering Analysis
(3) Prerequisite: ENCH 427. Application of digital and
analog computers to Chemical Engineering problems.
Numerical methods, programmirig, differential equations,
curve fitting, amplifiers and analog circuits.
ENCH 453 Applied Mathematics In Chemical
Engineering (3) Prerequisite: ENCH 427 Mathematical
techniques applied to the analysis and solution of
Chemical Engineering problems Use of differentiation,
integration, differential equations, partial differential
equations and integral transforms Application of infinite
series, numerical and statistical methods.
ENCH 454 Chemical Process Analysis and
Optimization (3) Prerequisites: ENCH 427, 440.
Applications of mathematical models to the analysis and
optimization of chemical processes. Models based on
transport, chemical kinetics and other chemical
engineering principles will be employed. Emphasis on
evaluation of process alternatives.
ENCH 455 Chemical Process Laboratory (3)
Prerequisite: ENCH 427 and 440 One lecture and six
hours of laboratory per week Experimental study of
various chemical processes through laboratory and small
semi-commercial scale equipment. Reaction kinetics,
fluid mechanics, heat and mass transfer.
ENCH 461 Control of Air Pollution Sources (3)
Prerequisite: Senior standing in Engineering or consent
of instrijctor. Theory and application of methods for the
control and removal ol airborne materials. Pririciples of
design and performance ol air quality control equipment.
ENCH 468 Research (1-3) Prerequisite: Permission of
the instructor. Investigation of a research project under
the direction of a faculty member. Comprehensive
reports are required. Repeatable to a maximum ol six
credits.
ENCH 475 Electrochemical Engineering (3)
Prerequisite: ENCH 425. Fundamentals of
Electrochemistry with application to erigineering and
commercial processes. Equilibrium potentials, reaction
mechanisms, cell kinetics, polarization, surtace
phenomena Electrorefining, electrowinning, oxidation
and reduction, solid, liquid and gas systems. Aspects of
design and pertormance of electroprocess plants.
ENCH 480 Engineering Analysis of Physiological
Systems (3) Engineering description and analysis of
physiological systems. Survey ol bioengineering
literature and an introduction to mathematical modeling of
physiological systems.
ENCH 482 Biochemical Engineering (3) Prerequisite:
Senior standing in Engineering or consent of instructor.
Introduction to biochemical and microbiological
applications to commercial and engineering processes,
including industrial fermentation, enzymology,
ultrafiltration, food and pharmaceutical processing and
resulting waste treatment. Enzyme kinetics, cell growth,
energetics and mass transfer.
ENCH 485 Biochemical Engineering Laboratory (2)
Prerequisite or co-requisite: ENCH 482. Techniques of
measuring pertinent parameters in fermentation reactors,
quantification of production variables for primary arid
secondary metalxilites such as enzymes and antibiotics,
the insolublization of enzymes for reactors, and the
demonstration ol separation techniques such as
ultrafiltration and affinity chromatography.
ENCH 490 Introduction to Polymer Science (3)
Prerequisite: ENCH 425. The elements of the chemistry,
physics, processing methods, and engineering
applications of polymers.
ENCH 492 Applied Physical Chemistry of Polymers
(3) Prerequisite: CHEM 481. Corequisite, CHEM 482 or
conserit of instructor. Kinetics of formation of high
polymers, determination of molecular weight and
structure, and applied thermodynamics and phase
equilibria of polymer solutions
ENCH 494 Polymer Technology Laboratory (3)
Prerequisite: ENCH 490 or 492. One lecture and two lab
periods per week. Measurement of mechanical, electrical,
optical, thermal properties of polymers Measurement of
molecular weight by viscosimetry isometric and light
scattering methods. Application of X ray, NMR, ESR
spectroscopy molecular relaxatiori, microscopy aric
electron microscopy to the determination of polymei
structure, effects of ultraviolet light and high energy
radiation.
ENCH 495 Rheology of Polymer Materials (3)
Prerequisite: ENCH 490 or 492. Mechanical behavior
with emphasis on the continuum point of view and its
relationship to structural types. Elasticity, viscoelasticity,
anelasticity and plasticity of single phase and multiphase
materials. (Students who have credit for ENCH 495 may
Chemical Physics Program 65
not take ENMA 495 for credit.)
ENCH 496 Processing of Polymer Materials (3)
Prerequisite: ENCH 490 or 492 A comprehensive
analysis ol ttie operations carried out on polymeric
materials to increase their utility. Conversion operations
such as molding extrusion, blending, film forming, and
calendering Development of engineenng skills required
to practice in the high polymer industry. Students who
have credit lor ENCH 496 may not take ENMA 496 for
credit
ENCH 609 Graduate Seminar (1)
ENCH 610 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics
(3) First semester. Advanced application of the general
thermodynamic methods to chemical engineering
problems First and second law consequences;
estimation and correlation of thermodynamic properties;
phase and chemical reaction equilibria
ENCH 620 Methods of Engineering Analysis (3) First
semester Application of selected mathematical
techniques to the analysis and solution of engineeririg
problems; included are the applications of matrices,
vectors, tensors, differential equations, integral
transforms, and probability methods to such problems as
unsteady heat transfer, transient phenomena in mass
transfer operations, stagewise processes, chemical
reactors, process control, and nuclear reactor physics
ENCH 630 Transport Phenomena (3) First semester
Heat, mass and momentum transfer theory from the
viewpoint of the basic transport equations. Steady and
unsteady state; laminar and turbulent flow; boundary
layer theory, mechanics of turbulent transport; with
specific application to complex chemical engineeririg
situations.
ENCH 640 Advanced Chemical Reaction Kinetics (3)
Second semester. The theory and application of chemical
reaction kinetics to reactor design Reaction rate theory;
homogeneous batch and flow reactors; fundamentals of
catalysis; design of heterogeneous flow reactors.
ENCH 648 Special Problems In Chemical Engineering
(1-16)
ENCH 655 Radiation Engineering (3) Prerequisite:
Permission of instructor An analysis of such raijiation
applications as synthesizing chemicals, preserving foods,
control ol industrial processes Design ol irradiation
installations, E.G., cobalt 60 gamma ray sources,
electronuclear machine arrangement, and chemical
reactors.
ENCH 656 Radiation Engineering (3) Prerequisite:
Permission of instructor An analysis of such radiation
applications as synthesizing chemicals, preserving foods,
control of industrial processes Design of irradiation
installations, EG., cobalt 60 gamma ray sources,
electronuclear machine arrangement, and chemical
reactors.
ENCH 667 Radiation Effects Laboratory (3) The effects
of radiation on the properties of matter for purposes other
than those pointed toward nuclear power Radiation
processing, radiation-induced chemical reactions, and
conversion of radiation energy; isotope power sources.
ENCH 670 Rheology of Engineering Materials (3)
Prerequisite: ENMA 650 Mechanical Ijehavior with
emphasis on the continuum point of view and its
relationship to structural types Elasticity, viscoelasticity,
anelasticity and plasticity in single phase and multiphase
materials
ENCH 720 Process Analysis snd Simulation (3)
Second semester Prerequisite: ENCH 630 Development
of mathematical models of chemical processes based on
transport phenomena, chemical kinetics, and other
chemical engineering methods. Emphasis on principles of
model building and simulation utilizing mathematical
solutions and computer methods.
ENCH 723 Process Engineering and Design (3) First
and second semesters Coordination of chemical
engineering ar>d economics to advanced process
engineering and design. Optimization of investment and
operating costs. Solution of typical problems encountered
in the design of chemical engineering plants.
ENCH 730 Complex Equilibrium Stage Processes (3)
Second semester The theory and application of complex
equilibrium stages. Binary arid multioomporient
absorption; extraction, liquefaction
ENCH 735 Chemical Process Dynamics (3) First
semester. Prequisites: Differential equations or consent
of instructor Analysis of open and closed control loops
and their elements; dynamic response of processes;
choice of variables and linkages; dynamic testing and
synthesis; noise and drift, chemical process systems
analysis; strategies for optimum operation.
ENCH 737 Chemical Process Optimization (3) Second
semester Techniques of modem optimizatioh theory as
applied to chemical erigirieeririg problen's. Optimizatiori
of single and multivariate systems with arid without
constraints Application of partial optimization techniques
to complex chemical engineering processes.
ENCH 761 Enzyme Engineering (3) Prerequisite: ENCH
640. Enzyme science and kinetics; principles ol enzyme
insolublization and denaturation with application to
design, operation and modeling ol enzyme reactors. The
relationship between mass trarisfer arid apparent kinetics
in erizyme systems; and techniques of separation and
purificatiori of erizymes.
ENCH 762 Advanced Biochemical Engineering (3)
Prerequisite: ENCH 482 or permission of instructor.
Advanced topics to include use of a digital computer for
mathematical modeling of the dynamics of biological
systems; separation techniques for heat sensitve
biologically active materials; and transport phenomena In
biological systems.
ENCH 763 Engineering of ArtHlclal Organs (3)
Prerequisite: ENCH 480 or permission ol instructor.
Design concepts and engineering analysis of devices to
supplement or replace natural functions; artificial kidney;
heart assistor, membrane oxygenator; materials
problems, physiological considerations.
ENCH 784 Polymer Physics (3) Prerequisite: ENCH 490
or consent ol instructor Application and correlation of
mechanical and dielectric relaxation, NMR, electron
microscopy. X-ray diffraction, diffusion and electrical
properties to the mechanical properties and structure of
polymers in the solid state.
ENCH 786 Polymer Processing and Applications (3)
Prerequisite: ENCH 490 or consent ol instnjctor.
Application of theoretical knowledge of polymers to
industrial processes. An analysis of polymerization,
stabilization, electrical, rheologlcal. thermal, mechanical
and optical properties arid their influence on processing
coriditioris and end use applications
ENCH 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
ENCH 818 Advanced Topics In Thermodynamics (3)
Second semester Prerequisite: CHEM 604.
ENCH 828 Advanced Topics In Chemical Reaction
Systems (3) First semester Offered in alternate years.
Prerequisite: ENCH 640.
ENCH 838 Advanced Topics In Transfer Theory (3)
First semester Offered in alternate years Prerequisite:
ENCH 720.
ENCH 848 Advanced Topics In Separation Processes
(3) Second semester Offered in alternate years
ENCH 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Chemical Physics
Program
Acting Director: Sengers.
Associate Director: Alexander.
(CHEM) Professors: Alexander. McNesby. Moore.
Associate Professors: Greer, Khanna, Miller,
Murphy, Tossell. Weiner.
Assistant ProfessorMignerey
(ENCH/IPST) Professor: Gentry.
(ENEE) Professors: Hochuli, Lee.
Associate Professor: Davis.
(IPST) Professors: Benesch, Ginter, Montroll.
Sengers. Wilkerson. Zwanzig
Associate Professors: Coplan. Gammon. Mcllrath.
(METO) Associate Professor: Ellingson.
Assistant Professor: Pitter
(PHYS) Associate Professors: Lynn. Radish
(PHYS/IPST) Professors: Dorlman. Ferrell
The Chemical Physics Program provides an
academic path for those candidates wishing to
establish a professional career for which knowledge
of both physics and chemistry is desirable. The
program offers M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in chemical
physics. Candidates have the option of concentrating
their studies in chemistry, physics, chemical
engineering, electrical engineering or meteorology.
A recent survey among industrial and government
latxiratories indicated considerable interest in
graduates with a degree in chemical physics.
The Chemical Physics Program is under the joint
sponsorship of the Institute for Physical Science and
Technology, the Chemistry Department, the
Department of Physics and Astronomy and the
College of Engineering. The Chemical Physics
Committee oversees the program. The Committee
consists of faculty representatives of the sponsoring
units, and has the director of the Chemical Physics
Program as its chairman. The Chemical Physics
Program Office vi/hich is affiliated with the Institute
for Physical Science and Technology administers the
program.
About 30 faculty members at the College Park
campus, active in subject areas related to chemical
physics, are affiliated with the Chemical Physics
Program. The areas of study cover a very broad
range of subjects. Examples are: atomic and
molecular science including atomic and molecular
structure and spectroscopy, laser physics and
quantum electronics, atmospheric physics and
spectroscopy, statistical physics, thermodynamics
and phase transitions, physics and chemistry of
gases and ixndensed matter. Some of the research
activities are related to similar activities in several
government laboratories in the Washington
metropolitan area. A booklet describing the scope of
chemical physics at the College Park campus can be
obtained from the Chemical Physics Program Office
upon request.
Admission and Degree Information
Students with an undergraduate major in physics,
chemistry, engineering or mathematics may apply.
However, for a successful completion of the
chemical physics study a strong background in
physics and some background in chemistry is
desirable. Students admitted to the Chemical
Physics Program will also be listed as graduate
students in the department of their chosen area of
concentration; however, all matters concerning the
course of study will be handled by the Chemical
Physics Program Committee and the Chemical
Physics Program Office.
The course program will be adjusted to the
needs of the individual student In case the
candidate does not possess the required
undergraduate background in t>oth physics and
chemistry, the candidate's advisory committee will
prescribe appropriate undergraduate courses.
Candidates for the Ph D degree are required to
pass the chemical physics qualifying examination
which is based on material covered by the physics
qualifying examination in the areas of classical
mechanics, quantum mechanics. statistical
mechanics. thermodynamics. electricity and
magnetism. Additional questions cover areas
specifically appropriate to chemical physics, namely
atomic and molecular spectroscopy and structure,
molecular bonding theory, chemical reaction
dynamics and chemical thermodynamics and
statistical mechanics In addition to successfully
passing the qualifying examination, the student will
be required to take a graduate laboratory course, 3
semesters of seminar, 4 advanced courses and 12
credit hours ol thesis research concluded by the
presentation and defense of an original dissertation
Under certain circumstances graduate students can
have access to the resources available at
government laboratories in the Washington
metropolitan area
Candidates lor the MS degree may choose
between a thesis or non-thesis option Programs ol
work are arranged on an individual basis and require
approval of an advisor associated with the chemical
physics program The requirements for the
non-thesis option are completion ol 30 credit hours
of courses including PHYS 602, PHYS 622, CHEM
601 and a graduate laboratory course, unless
66 Chemistry Program
specifically exempted, submitting a scholarly paper
and passing a written examination. The requirements
(or the thesis option are completion of 24 credit
hours of courses including PHYS 602, PHYS 622,
CHEM 601 and a graduate latxjratory, unless
specifically exempted. 6 credit hours of thesis
research, a written thesis and a passing grade on an
oral examination which includes the defense of the
written thesis
Financial Assistance
Teaching and research assistantships are available
for qualified students.
Additional Information
Requests for further information concerning the
Chemical Physics Program can be obtained by
writing to ;
Professor J. V. Sengers, Acting Director,
Chemical Physics Program Institute for Physical
Science and Technology.
Institute for Physical Science and Technology,
University of Maryland
Courses
CHPH 611 Fundamentals of Atomic and Molecular
Spectroscopy (3) PrerequisilePHYS 622 or equivalent
Atomic and Molecular physics. Energy levels of
multi-electron atoms and diatomic molecules: transition
Ijetween energy levels.
CHPH 612 Molecular Structure and Kinetics (3)
Prerequisite:CHPH 611 or equivalent Continuation of
CHPH 611 Molecular structure, atomic and molecular
collision and chemical kinetics, including experimental
techniques.
CHPH 618 Special Projects In Chemical Physics (1-3)
Prerequisite:Consenl of instructor Independent reading
in study covering chemical physics subject areas not
available in other courses. May be repeated to a
maximum of 6 credits.
CHPH 709 Seminar In Chemical Physics (1) Current
research and developments in chemical physics.
CHPH 718 Special Topics In Chemical Physics (1-3)
A discussion of current research problems in chemical
physics
CHPH 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
CHPH 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Chemistry Program
Professor and Chairman: McNesby
Professors: Adier. Alexander. Ammon. Bellama,
Castellan, Fraser-Reid, Freeman, Goldsby, Gordon,
Grim, Henery-Logan, Holmlund, Huheey. Jaquith,
Jarvis, Keeney, Mariano, Mazzocchi, Moore. Munn.
O'Haver. Ponnamperuma. Stewart, Walters, Zoller
Associate Professors: Boyd, Campagnoni, DeVoe,
Gokel, Greer, Hansen, Heikkinen, Helz, Kasler,
Khanna, Lakshmanan, Miller, Murphy, Sampugna.
Tosseli, Weiner
Assistant Professors: Armstrong,Cheng,
Dunaway-Mariano, McArdle, Means, Mignerey.
Schuda
Research Professor: Bailey
The Chemistry Department offers programs leading
to the Master of Science or Doctor of Philosophy
degrees with specialization In the fields of analytical
chemistry, biochemistry, chemical physics (in
cooperation with the Institute of Physical Sciences &
Technology and the Department of Physics and
Astronomy), environmental chemistry, geochemistry.
Inorganic chemistry, nuclear chemistry, organic
chemistry, and physical chemistry. The graduate
program in biochemistry is described separately in
this catalog. The graduate program in chemistry has
been designed with maximum flexibility so that a
student can achieve a strong background in his
chosen field of specialization. Graduates usually
accept positions with state, federal, or private
research laboratories.
Admission and Degree Information
Both the thesis and non-thesis options are offered
for the M.S. degree Departmental regulations
concerning diagnostic examinations, comprehensive
examinations, and other matters pertaining to course
work have been assembled for the guidance of
candidates for graduate degrees. Copies of these
regulations are available from the Department of
Chemistry.
Facilities and Special Resources
The Department has many special research facilities
to support research in the fields given above. The
new research wing of the chemistry building houses
biochemistry research, a centralized animal colony,
and some of the inorganic and analytical chemical
research. Nuclear chemistry facilities include the
140-MeV cyclotron housed in the Physics
Department. Other facilities include "clean" rooms for
lunar and environmental sample analysis, an
electron microscope. X-ray fluorescence
instrumentation, an electron microprobe, mass
spectrometers, NMR spectrometers including 100
MHz and 200 MHz Fourier-transform NMR
spectrometers, ultracentrifuges, and analytical optical
spectrometers. Departmental research is supported
on two large computers in the Computer Science
Building, a UNIVAC 1100/41 and a UNIVAC 1108,
both of which are accessible by remote time-sharing
terminals. A variety of facilities including a laser
laboratory, other electron microscopes, and an
ESCA spectrometer are available through the Center
of Materials Research on campus. The Department
has an excellent glassblowing shop, a fine student
faculty machine shop, and access to other campus
machine shops. The Chemistry Library, located in
the new research wing, has an extensive collection
of books, journals, and abstracts in chemistry,
biochemistry and allied fields. Included in the
Chemistry Library is a computer terminal for
literature searching.
Financial Assistance
Entering graduate students are normally supported
on graduate teaching assistantships. Their
assistantships usually involve teaching
undergraduate laboratory and recitation classes and
enable the student to pursue a ten-credit program of
graduate study each semester
Additional Information
The Department has a brochure available describing
its graduate program and the research interests of
its faculty. For a copy of the brochure, or for specific
information on graduate programs in chemistry,
admissions procedures, or financial aid, contact:
Dr. Paul Mazzochi
Associate Chairman for Graduate Studies and
Research,
Department of Chemistry
University of Maryland
Courses
CHEM 401 Inorganic Chemistry (3) Three lectures per
week. Prerequisite, CHEM 481
CHEM 403 Radlochemlslry (3) Three lectures per week
Prerequisite, One year of college chemistry and one year
of college physics. Radioactive decay: introduction to
properties of atomic nuclei: nuclear processes in
cosmology: chemical, biomedical and environmental
applications of radioactivity; nuclear processes as
chemical tools: interaction of radiation with matter.
CHEM 421 Advanced Quantitative Analysis (3) Three
lectures per week Prerequisites, CHEM 430 and 482 or
concurrent registration. An examination of some
advanced topics in quantitative analysis including
nonaqueous titrations, precipitation phenomena, complex
equilibria, and the analytical chemistry of the less familiar
elements.
CHEM 423 Organic Quantitative Analysis (2) Two
three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite.
CHEM 203-204 or 213-214. and consent of the
instructor. The semi-micro determination of carbon,
hydrogen, nitrogen, halogen and certain functional
groups
CHEM 433 Chemical Synthesis (3) One lecture and two
three-hour lat>oralory periods per week Prerequisites:
CHEM 220-221 or 222-223
CHEM 441 Advanced Organic Chemistry (3)
Prerequisite, CHEM 481. An advanced study of the
compounds of carbon, with special emphasis on
molecular orbital theory and organic reaction
mechanisms.
CHEM 443 Qualitative Organic Analysis (3) One
lecture and two-three hour laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisites: CHEM 220-221 or 222-223. The
systematic identification of organic compounds.
CHEM 473 Geochemistry of Solids (3) Three lectures
per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 482 or GEOL 422
Principles of Crystal Chemistry applied to structures,
properties and reactions of minerals and non-metallic
solids Emphasis is placed on the relation of structural
stability to bonding, ionic size, charge, order-disorder,
polymorphism, and isomorphism.
CHEM 474 Environmental Chemistry (3) Three lectures
per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 481, or equivalent. The
sources of various elements and chemical reactions
between them in the atmosphere and hydrosphere are
treated. Causes and biological effects of air and water
pollution by certain elements are discussed.
CHEM 481 Physical Chemistry I (3) Three lectures per
week Prerequisite, CHEM 203-204 or 213-214, MATH
141. PHYS 142 or PHYS 263 (PHYS 263 may by taken
concurrently with CHEM 481) or consent of instructor. A
course primarily for chemists and chemical engineers.
CHEM 482 Physical Chemistry II (3) Three lectures per
week. Prerequisite, CHEM 481, or consent of instructor.
A course primarily for chemists and chemical engineers.
CHEM 483 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I (2)
Corequisite:CHEM 481 One hour lecture-recitation and
one three-hour latioratory period per week. An
introduction to the principles and application of
quantitative techniques in physical chemical
measurements. Experiments will be coordinated with
topics in CHEM 481 "CHEM 484 Physical Chemistry
Laboratory II (2) PrerequisiteCHEM 481,
483:Corequisite: CHEM 482 One hour lecture-recitation
and one three-hour latioratory period per week. A
continuation ol CHEM 483 Advanced quantitative
techniques necessary in physical chemical
measurements. Experiments will be coordinated with
topics in CHEM 482.
CHEM 485 Advanced Physical Chemistry (2)
Prerequisite, CHEM 482. Quantum Chemistry and other
selected topics.
CHEM 486 Advanced Physical Chemistry Laboratory
(2) Two three-hour laboratory periods per week
Prerequisites, CHEM 482 and consent of instructor.
CHEM 498 Special Topics In Chemistry (3) Three
lectures or two lectures and one three-hour laboratory
per week. Prerequisite varies with the nature of the topic
being considered. Course may be repeated for credit if
the subject matter is substantially different, but not more
than three credits may be accepted in satisfaction of
major supporting area requirements for Chemistry
majors.
CHEM 601 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry I (3)
Prerequisite: CHEM 401 or equivalent. Three lectures per
week. A survey of the fundamentals of modem inorganic
chemistry which serves as a basis for more advanced
work.
CHEM 602 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry II (3)
Prerequisite: CHEM 601. Three lectures per week. A
continuation of CHEM 601 with more emphasis on
current work in inorganic chemistry.
CHEM 603 Advanced Inorganic Laboratory (3)
Prerequisite: CHEM 601 or concurrent registration
therein One lecture and two three-hour laboratories per
week. Practice in synthesis and modem experimental
techniques in inorganic chemistry.
CHEM 605 Chemistry of Coordination Compounds (3)
Prerequisite: CHEM 601 or consent ol instmctor. Three
Civil Engineering Program 67
lectures per week Structure and properties of
coordination compounds and the theoretical bases on
which these are interpreted
CHEM 606 Chemistry of Organometalllc Compounds
(3) Prerequisite: CHEM 601 or consent of instructor.
Three lectures per weei<. An in-depth treatment of the
properties of compounds having metal-cartwn bonds.
CHEM 608 Selected Topics In Inorganic Chemistry
(1-3) Prerequisite. CHEM 601 and 602, or equivalent.
One to three lectures per week Topics of special interest
and current importance. Course may be repeated to a
maximum of six credits if topics are different.
CHEM 621 Chemical Microscopy I (2) One lecture and
one three hour laboratory penod per week. Registration
limited. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor A study of the
use of the microscope in chemistry
CHEM 622 Chemical Microscopy II (2) One lecture and
one three hour laboratory penod per week. Prerequisite:
CHEM 621 . A study of the topical properties of crystals.
CHEM 623 Optical Methods of Quantitative Analysis
(3) Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: CHEM 421 and 482 The quantitative
applications of emission spectroscopy, atomic absorption
spectroscopy, ultraviolet, visible, and infrared
spectrophotometry, fluorescence, atomic fluorescence,
nephelometry, and of certain closely related subjects like
NMR and mass spectroscopy
CHEM 624 Electrical Methods of Quantitative
Analysis (3) Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory
per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 421 and 482. The use of
conductivity, polentiometry. polarography, voltammetry,
amperometry, coulometry. chronopotentiometry in
quantitative analysis.
CHEM 625 Separation Methods In Quantitative
Analysis (3) Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory
per week Prerequisites: CHEM 421 and 482 The theory
and practical application to quantitative analysis of the
various forms of chromatography, ion exchange, solvent
extraction, and distillation
CHEM 628 Modern Trends In Analytical Chemistry (2)
Two lectures per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 421 and
482. A study of advanced methods, including topics such
as statistical treatment of analytical data, kinetic methods
In analytical chemistry, analytical measurements based
on radioactivity, and enzymatic techniques,
CHEM 641 Organic Reaction Mechanisms (3)
CHEM 642 Physical Organic Chemistry (3)
CHEM 643 Organic Chemistry of High Polymers (2)
An advanced course covenng the synthesis of
monomers, mechanisms of polymerization, and the
correlation between structure and properties in high
polymers.
CHEM 644 Molecular Orbital Theory (2) A partial
quantitative application of molecular orbital theory and
symmetry to the chemical properties and reactions of
organic molecules Prerequisites: CHEM 441 and 482.
CHEM 645 The Chemistry of the Steroids (2)
CHEM 646 The Heterocyclics (2)
CHEM 648 Special Topics In Organic Chemistry (1-3)
One to three lecture hours por week Topics of special
interest and current importance Course may be repeated
to a maximum of nine credits provided the topics are
different
CHEM 664 The Chemistry of Natural ProducU (2)
Prerequisite: CHEM 441. The chemistry and
physiological action of natural products. Methods of
isolation, determination of structure and synthesis
CHEM 678 Special Topics In Environmental
Chemistry (3) Prerequisite: CHEM 474 In-depth
treatment of environmental chemistry problem areas of
current research interest. The topics will vary somewhat
from year to year Repeatable to maximum of 6 credits.
Provided subject is different
CHEM 681 Infra-Red and Raman Spectroscopy (2)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor
CHEM 682 Reaction Kinetics (3)
CHEM 683 Electrochemistry (3) Prerequisite: CHEM
664 or equivalent
CHEM 684 Chemical Thermodynamics (3) Prerequisite:
CHEM 482 or equivalent.
CHEM 685 Molecuiar Structure (3)
CHEM 686 Chemical Crystallography (3) Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor. A detailed treatment of
single-crystal x-ray methods
CHEM 687 Statistical Mechanics and Chemistry (3)
Prerequisite: CHEM 684 or equivalent.
CHEM 688 Selected Topics In Physical Chemistry (2)
CHEM 689 Special Topics In Physical Chemistry (3)
CHEM 690 Quantum Chemistry I (3) Prerequisite:
CHEM 485.
CHEM 691 Quantum Chemistry II (3) Prerequisite:
CHEM 690 or PHYS 622
CHEM 699 Special Problems In Chemistry (1-6)
Prerequisite: One semester of graduate study in
chemistry. Laboratory experience in a research
environment Restricted to students in the non-thesis
M.S. option Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits.
CHEM 702 Radlochemlstry Laboratory (1-2) One or
two four-hour laboratory periods per week Registration
limited- Prerequisites: CHEM 403 (or concurrent
registration therein), and consent of instructor.
CHEM 703 Advanced Radlochemlstry (2) Prerequisite:
CHEM 403 and BCHM 462. Utilization of radioisotopes
with special emphasis on applications to problems in the
life sciences.
CHEM 704 Advanced Radlochemlstry Laboratory
(1-2) One or two four-hour laboratory periods per week
Prerequisite: CHEM 702 and consent of instructor.
Laboratory training in the utilization of radioisotopes with
special emphasis on applications to problems in the life
sciences.
CHEM 705 Nuclear Chemistry (3) Nuclear structure
models, radioactive decay processes, nuclear reactions
in complex nuclei, fission, nucleosynthesis and nuclear
particle accelerators.
CHEM 718 Special Topics In Nuclear Chemistry (1-3)
One to three lectures per week. A discussion of current
research problems. Subtitles will be given at each
offering Repeatable for credit to a maximum of six hours.
CHEM 721 Organic Geochemistry (3) Prerequisite:
CHEM 221 or equivalent. Three lectures per week. A
discussion of the fate of natural organic products in the
geological environment. The influence of diagenetic
factors, such as hydrolysis, heat, pressure, etc., on such
compounds as cellulose, lignin, proteins, and lipids,
detailed consideration of the origin of soil organic matter,
cartionaceous shales, coal, and crude oil.
CHEM 722 Cosmochemlstry (3) Prerequisite: CHEM
482 or equivalent. Current theories of origin and
evolution of the solar system with emphasis on the
experimental data available to chemists from examination
of meteorites, the moon, and the earth.
CHEM 723 Marine Geochemistry (3) Prerequisite:
CHEM 481 or equivalent. The geochemical evolution of
the ocean; composition of sea water,
density-chlorinity-salinity relationship and carbon dioxide
system. The geochemistry of sedimentation with
emphasis on the chemical stability and inorganic and
biological production of carbonate, silicate and phosphate
containing minerals.
CHEM 727 Geochemical Differentiation (3) Distribution
of the chemical elements in the earth and the
mechanisms by which the distributions came atx>ut.
CHEM 728 Selected Topics in Analytical
Geochemistry (2-3) One or two lectures per week and
one laboratory per week Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor This course will be subtitled each time it is
offered to indicate the analytical method discussed.
Repeatable for credit to a maximum of nine hours.
Enrollment will be limited.
CHEM 729 Special Topics In Geochemistry (1-3) One
to three lectures per week. A discussion of current
research problems. Subtitles will be given at each
offering. Repeatable lor credit to a maximum of six hours.
CHEM 750 Chemical Evolution (3) Prerequisite: CHEM
441 or 721; BCHM 462 or ZOOL 446; or BOTN 616; or
consent of instructor The chemical processes leading to
the appearances of life on earth Theoretical and
experimental considerations related to the geochemical,
organic, and biochemical phenomena of chemical
evolution.
CHEM 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
CHEM 898 Seminar (1)
CHEM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Civil Engineering
Program
Professor and Chairman: Wilezak
Professors: Birkner. Carter. Colville, Heins. McCuen,
Pagan, Sternberg
Associate Professors: Aggour. Albrecht.Garber.
Piper, Schelling, Vannoy
Assistant Professors: Alleman. Goodings.Kavanagh,
Saklas. Schonfeld, Schwartz
The Department of Civil Engineering offers graduate
work leading to the degrees of Master of Science
and Doctor of Philosophy All programs are planned
on an individual basis by the student and his advisor
to consider the student's background and special
interests. Courses and research opportunities are
available in the general areas of transportation and
urban systems, environmental engineering and water
resources, structural engineering, and geotechnical
engineering. In general, emphasis is on learning
sound engineering principles and applying them, to
provide for the needs of man.
Admission and Degree Information
Applicants for admission should hold a B.S. degree
in Civil Engineering. However, applicants with
undergraduate degrees in other disciplines may be
accepted with the stipulation that deficiencies in
prerequisite undergraduate course wori< be corrected
before enrolling in graduate courses There are no
entrance examinations required for the program.
Two options are available for the Master of
Science degree: thesis and non-thesis. The
Department's policies and requirements are the
same as the requirements of the Graduate School
The requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy
degree are the same as those imposed by the
Graduate School. An individual program of study to
suit the needs of the student is developed by the
student and his advisor The equivalent of two years
of full-time study beyond the Master of Science
degree is the minimum requirement. The student
must pass a qualifying examination before being
admitted to candidacy. Normally, the qualifying
exam is taken one year after the completion of the
M.S. degree. There is no language requirement lor
the Ph.D. degree
Facilities and Special Resources
The research facilities of the Department are
available to graduate students These include
laboratories in the following areas: transportation,
systems analysis, environmental, hydraulics,
structures, remote sensing, and soil mechanics. A
UNIVAC 1106 and a UNIVAC 1108. complemented
by remote access units located in the Department
and engineering building, are available.
The Washington and Baltimore Metropolitan
Areas are easily accessible for data, field studies,
library access, contacts with national organizations
and attendance at national meetings. The location of
the University of Maryland offers a unique
opportunity to obtain an advanced degree in Civil
Engineering.
Financial Assistance
Almost all full-time graduate students receive
financial assistance. Inquiries about financial
assistance and program information should be
directed to :
Director of Graduate Studies
Department of Civil Engineering
University of Maryland
68 Civil Engineering Program
Courses
ENCE 410 Advanced Strength ol Materials (3)
Prerequisites: ENES 220, ENCE 350 and MATH 246,
Strength and deformation of delormable bodies, plane
stress and strain. Torsion theory, unsymmetical bending,
curved beams. Behavior of beams, columns, slabs,
plates and composite members under load. Elastic and
inelastic stability.
ENCE 411 Experimental Stress Analysis (4) Three
lectures and one laboratory per week Prerequisite:
ENES 220. Application of experimental data on materials
to design problems. Correlation of analytical and
experimental methods of analysis with design. Electric
strain gages, photoelasticty. brittle laquer methods and
various analogies
ENCE 420 Basic Civil Engineering Planning I (3)
Prerequisite: Senior standing or consent of the instructor.
Urban-regional physical planning from the Civil
Engineering viewpoint. Integration of the planning
aspects ol engineering, environmental, structural,
transportation and water resources into a systems
approach to the practice of Civil Engineering Also
included: site, construction, and engineering materials
planning; engineering economics and evaluation; current
topics
ENCE 421 Construction Engineering (3) Two lectures
and one laboratory per week Prerequisites: ENCE 340.
351 . 370 or consent of instructor. The ordering of
engineered construction. Modern techniques of
construction planning, estimating, scheduling, operation,
control. Construction methods Contract and Resource
Management. Systems approach to Constmction
Management practice.
ENCE 430 Hydraulic Engineering and Open Channel
Flow (4) Three lectures and one latxiratory per week
Prerequisite: ENCE 330. Application of basic principles
to the solution of engineering problems: ideal fluid flow,
mechanics of fluid resistance, open channel flow under
uniform, gradually varied and rapidly varied conditions,
sediment transport, role of model studies in analysis and
design.
ENCE 431 Surface Water Hydrology (3) Prerequisites:
ENCE 330 and 360 Study of the physical processes of
the hydrologic cycle. Hydrometeorology. concepts of
weather modification, evaporation and transpiration
infiltration studies, runoff computations, flood routing,
reservoir requirements, emphasis on process simulation
as a tool in the water resource development.
ENCE 432 Ground Water Hydrology (3) Prerequisites:
ENCE 330. Concepts related to the development of the
ground water resource, hydrogeology. hydrodynamics of
flow through porous media, hydraulics of wells, artificial
recharge, sea water intrusion, basin-wide ground water
development
ENCE 433 Environmental Engineering Analysis (3)
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. The theory
and analytical techniques used in evaluating man's
environment Emphasis is given to the areas of
Quantitative, Physical. Electroanalytical and Organic
Chemistry as applied to chemical analysis of water.
ENCE 434 Air Pollution (3) Classifi<%tion of atmospheric
pollutants and their effects on visibility, inanimate and
animate receptors. Evaluation of source emissions and
principles of air pollution control; meteorological factors
governing the distribution and removal of air pollutants;
air quality measurements and air pollution control
legislation.
ENCE 435 Sanitary Engineering Analysis and Design
(4) Three lectures and one laboratory per week
Prerequisite; ENCE 221 and ENCE 330. The application
of sanitary analysis and fundamental principles to the
design and operation of water and waste water treatment
plants and the control of stream pollution.
ENCE 440 Engineering Soil Tests (4) Two lectures and
two laboratory sessions per week Prerequisite ENCE
340 or equivalent. Critical review of major soil tests and
their interpretation for engineering purposes. Engineering
classification tests (Attertserg limits, grain-size distribution,
specific gravity), permeability and seepage properties,
in-situ and lab density-moisture tests, soil strength
(penetrometers. vane shear. CBR. unconfined
compression, direct shear and triaxial) and
compressibility characteristics.
ENCE 441 Soil-Foundation Systems (3) Prerequisite
ENCE 340 or equivalent. Critical review of classical
lateral earth pressure theories, analysis ol braced
excavation systems, cantilever and anchored sheet piling
design. Bearing capacity of shallow foundations (footings
and mats) design of deep pile foundations to include pile
capacity and pile group action, and seismic effects upon
foundations are treated
ENCE 442 Highway and Airfield Pavement Design (3)
Prerequisite: ENCE 340 or equivalent. Principles relative
to the design, construction and rehabilitation of highway
and airfield pavement systems. Introduction to
multi-layered elastic and slab theories, properties of
pavement matenals and methods of characlenzation.
stochastic treatment of design variables, economic
principles of design alternates and the effect of
environment upon pavement performance. A critical
review of existing rigid and flexible design methods as
well as major fundamentals relative to the rehabilitation of
existing pavement systems.
ENCE 450 Design of Steel Structures (3) Prerequisites
ENCE 350 and pre — or corequisite registration in ENCE
360. Analyses for stresses and deflections in structures
by methods of consistent deformations, virtual work and
intemal strain energy. Application to design of plate
girders, indeterminate and continuous trusses, two
hinged arches and other structures. Elements of plastic
analysis and design of steel structures
ENCE 451 Design of Concrete Structures (4)
Prerequisites: ENCE 351 and pre- or corequisite ENCE
360 Three lecture hours and one latxiratory per week
Design of reinforced concrete structures, including slabs,
footings, composite members, building frames, and
retaining walls. Approximate methods ol analysis; code
requirements: influence of concrete properties on
strength and deflection: optimum design. Introduction to
prestressed concrete
ENCE 460 Modern Techniques for Structural Analysis
(3) Prerequisite: ENCE 360 and pre — or corequisite:
ENCE 351. Two lecture hours and one latxiratory per
week. Application ol computer oriented methods and
numerical techniques to analysis and design of structural
systems. Matrix formulation of the stiffness and flexibility
methods for framed structures. Introduction of numerical
techniques to the solution of selected problems in such
topics as plates, structural stability, and vibrations
ENCE 461 Analysis of Civil Engineering Systems I (3)
Prerequisite. Senior standing or consent of instructor.
Application of the principles of Engineering Economy and
statistics to the solution of Civil Engineering problems.
Economic comparison ol alternatives using present
worth, annual cost, rate of return and cost benefit
analyses. Development and use of simple and multiple
regression models, and statistical decision theory.
ENCE 463 Engineering Economics and System
Analysis (3) Prerequisite: Senior standing in
Engineering, or consent of instructor Development and
application of the principles of Engineering Economics to
problems in Civil Engineenng. Evaluation of design
altematives. depreciation and sensitivity analysis. Use of
systems analysis techniques, including CPM, pert and
decision networks.
ENCE 470 Highway Engineering (4) Three lectures and
one three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENCE
340. Location, design, construction and maintenance of
roads and pavements. Introduction to traffic engineering
ENCE 473 Air and Water Transportation Engineering
(3) Prerequisite: ENCE 370. Detailed study of the
planning, design. construction, operations and
maintenance of airports and watenivays. emphasis on
design and operations of transportation facilities.
ENCE 474 Railroad Mass Transportation Engineering
(3) Prerequisite: ENCE 370. Detailed study of the
planning, design, construction, operations, and
maintenance of railroads and mass transportation
systems, emphasis on design and operations of
transportation facilities.
ENCE 489 Special Problems (3) Prerequisite: Senior
standing A course arranged to meet the needs of
exceptionally well prepared students for study in a
particular field of Civil Engineering.
ENCE 600 Advanced Engineering Materials
laboratory (3) Prerequisites: ENES 220, 221 and ENCE
300 or equivalent. Critical examination of the methods lor
testing engineering materials and structures under static,
repeated, sustained and impact forces. Laboratory
experiments for the determination of strength and
stiffness of structural alloys, concrete and other
construction materials Critical examination of the effects
of test factors on the determination of engineering
properties
ENCE 601 Structural Materials and Design (3)
Prerequisite: ENCE 410 and 41 1 or consent of instructor.
Relation of structural analysis, properties of materials and
laboratory study of the behavior of members to structural
design methods, codes and specifications. Effects ol
temperature, loading rates and state of combined stress
on behavior of construction materials.
ENCE 603 Theories of Concrete and Granular
Materials (3) Prerequisites: ENCE 600, or consent of
instructor. Critical reviews ol analytical and experimental
investigations of the behavior of concretes under diverse
conditions of loading and environment. Mechanics of
granular aggregates and the chemistry of cements.
Theories of the design of Portland cement and field
experience.
ENCE 610 Advanced Strength of Materials (3)
Prerequisites: ENES 220. 221 and ENCE 300. or
equivalent. Analysis for stress and deformation in
engineering members by the methods ol mechanics ol
materials and elementary theories ol elasticity and
plasticity. Problems in flexure, torison plates and shells.
stress concentrations, indeterminate combinations,
residual stresses, stability
ENCE 612 Structures Research Methods and Model
Analysis (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 450 and ENCE 451 or
equivalent Instrumentation, data analysis; stales ol
stress; structural models, structural similitude; analogies;
non-destructive testing techniques; planning research
projects, lab studies and reports
ENCE 620 Urban-Regional Civil Engineering Planning
(3) First semester. Prerequisite: Degree in civil
engineering or consent instructor. Theory and
methodology for the synthesis of general civil engineering
aspects of urban and regional planning. Integration of
land use conditions and capabilities, population factors
and needs, engineering economics and engineering
technologies. Application to special problems in
urban-regional development. Preparation of engineering
reports Presentation methods.
ENCE 621 Civil Engineering Planning (3) Second
semester Prerequisite: ENCE 620 or equivalent General
to comprehensive planning of complex engineering
facilities such as industrial plants, bridges, utilities and
transportation projects. Planning based on the synthesis
of all applicable factors Emphasis on general civil
engineering planning including site, structural and
construction planning Plan evaluation and feasibility.
ENCE 622 Urban and Regional Systems Analysis (3)
Prerequisite or corequisite: ENCE 461 or consent of
instructor. Current applications and research approaches
in land-use forecasting, land-use evaluation, urban
transportation, land-use interrelationships, and the
planning implementation process in a systems analytic
framework.
ENCE 623 Interpretation of Satellite Imagery for
Regional Analysis (3) PrerequisitesFoudation courses
in computer programming and statistics. The concepts
and approaches used in the computer-aided
interpretation ol digital format data collected by orbiting
electro-magnetic scanner systems. Emphasis on the
translation of the computer compatible tapes from the
Landsat series of satellites into information required for
the analysis lor land and water related problems on a
regional scale.
ENCE 630 Environmental and Water Resource
Systems I (3) Prerequisite:Permission of Instructor.
Application of statistical and systems engineering
techniques in the analysis of information necessary lor
the design for characterization of environmental or
hydrologic processes; emphasis on the fundamental
considerations that control the design of information
collection programs, data interpretation, and the evolution
of simulation models used to support the decision-making
process
ENCE 631 Physical Foundations for Hydrologic
Modeling (3) PrerequisiteENCE 431 or permission of
instructor A detailed analysis of the physical processes
controlling the distribution of runoff from land areas.
Infiltration, interception, transpiration, evaporation, and
spatially varied flows. Emphasis on developing an
understanding of the physics of hydrologic processes
Civil Engineering Program 69
and translatng this understanding into models tt^at can
be used.
ENCE 632 Free Surface Row (3) Prerequisite ENCE
330 or equivalent. Application of fundamentals ol fluid
mechanics to problems of free surface flow: computation
of steady and transient water surface profiles; stratified
flows in reservoirs and estuaries; diffusion, transition
structures; sediment transport
ENCE 633 The Chemistry of Natural Waters (3)
Prerequisite ENCE 433 or consent of instructor.
Application of principles from chemical thermodynamics
and kinetics and to the study and interpretation of the
chemical charactenstics of natural water systems.
Explanation of the chemical composition of natural
waters from a consideration of metal ion solubility control.
Ph, cart5onate equilibria, absortiori reactioris. redox
reactions, and the kinetics ol oxygenation reactions
which occur in natural water environments
ENCE 634 Air Sampling and Analysis (3) Prerequisite;
ENCE 434 or consent of instructor Two lectures and one
latjoratory a week. The theory and techniques used in
the determination and measurement of chemical,
radiological, and biological pollutants in the atmosphere.
Discussion ol air sampling equipment, analytical methods
and data evaluation.
ENCE 635 Design of Water Purification Facilities (3)
Corequisite: ENCE 636 or equivalent One lecture and
two latwratory periods a week Application of basic
scierx^ and engineering science to design of water
supply and purification processes; design and economics
of unit operations as applied to environmental systems.
ENCE 636 Unit Operations of Environmental
Engineering (3) Prerequsite: ENCE 221 or consent of
Instructor Properties and quality criteria of drinking water
as related to health are interpretated by a chemical and
biological approach Legal aspects of water use and
handling are considered Theory and application of
aeration, sedimentation, filtration, centrifugation,
desalinization, conosion and corrosion control are among
topics to be considered
ENCE 637 Biological Principles of Environmental
Engineering (3) Prerequisite Permission of instructor
An examination of biological pnnciples directly altecting
man and his environment, with particular emphasis on
microbiological interactions in environmental engineering
related to air, water and land systems; microbiology and
biochemistry of aerobic and anerobic treatment
processes for aqueous wastes.
ENCE 640 Advanced Soil Mechanics (3) Prerequisites:
ENCE 340 or equivalent Introduction to the use of elastic
theory in stress and displacement solutions to
geotechnical engineering (soil and rock mechanics). The
effect of soil moisture (at rest) relative to effective stress
principles, capillary and frost Exact and numeric
techniques tor the analysis for soil seepage under
isotropic and anisotropic conditions. Classical settlement
(consolidation) and compressibility theories, including
finite difference solution for vertical and radial drainage.
ENCE 641 Advanced Foundations (3) Prerequisite:
ENCE 340 or equivalent Introduction to braced lateral
earth pressure concepts and theories applied to
foundations Analysis of braced excavations, retaining
walls and design of cantilever and anchored sheet piling
systems. Principles of Cofferdam design; bearing
capacity theories related to shallow and deep
foundations; soil-foundation interactions for footing and
mat designs and analysis of single pile and pile group
foundations. Exact and numeric solution techniques.
ENCE 642 Soil Dynamics (3) Pre- or corequisite: ENCE
640 or consent of instructor Introduction to field and
laboratory methods for determining the dynamic
characterization of soil at both small and large strain
levels. Analysis and design of soil foundations subjected
to machinery generated vibrations. A critical review of
earthquake causes and their effect upon foundations and
earth structures relative to earthquake resistant design
methodologies
ENCE 643 Stability of Earth Structures (3)
Prerequisite: ENCE 340 or equivalent. Shear strength of
saturated and partially saturated cohesive and
cohesionless soils incorporating the effects of stress
history and in-situ stress conditions. Fundamentals of
lateral earth pressure and classical methods of analysis
Integration of basic techniques of subsurface exploration
metfiods (equipment, sampling tubes, and number ol
samples) with the above topics to critically analyze
stability of earth structures (landslides, slope stability and
earth dam stability)
ENCE 644 Engineering Soil Problems of North
America (3) Prerequisites ENCE 340 or equivalent A
critical review of the distribution of the soils in North
Amenca with respect to engineenng design and
construction problems. Design factors such as availability
of quality aggregate resouces, soil origin and texture,
high volume change soils, potentially poor subgrade
support conditions, and frost-susceptible soils.
ENCE 651 Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis (3)
Review of basic structural and matrix theory
Development of force and displacement methods with
emphasis on the latter. Discussion of special topics such
as geometric non-lineanty, automated and optimum
design non-prismatic members and thin-walled open
sections and sub-division of large structures. Emphasis
on applications to civil engineering structures.
ENCE 652 Analysis of Plate and Shell Structures (3)
Prerequisites: ENCE 410 and ENCE 381 or equivalent.
Review of theory of elasticity and in-plane forces; theory
of orthotropic plates; approximate methods; large
deflection theory, buckling: general theory of shells,
cylindrical shells, domes.
ENCE 655 Plastic Analysis and Design of Structures
(3) Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. The study of
the factors effecting the plastic behavior of steel
structures and the criteria riecessary for desigri. The
desigri of beams, ngid frames and multi-story braced
frames using cunent specifications A review of cunent
research and practice.
ENCE 656 Advanced Steel Design (3) Prerequisite:
ENCE 450 and ENCE 451 or equivalent. Interpretation
of specifications and codes for the design of steel
buildings and bridges. Discussion of the behavior of steel
connections, members and structures; the relationship
between behavior and design specifications.
ENCE 657 Theory of Structural Design (3)
Prerequisite: ENCE 656, Correlation of theory,
experterice, and experiments in study of structural
behavior, proportioning, and preliminary design. Special
design problems of fatigue, buckling, vibrations, and
impact
ENCE 660 Engineering Analysis (3)
ENCE 661 Finite Element Techniques In Engineering
Analysis (3) Prerequisite: Consent ol instructor Basic
principles and fundamental concepts of the finite element
method. Consideration of geometric arid matenal
nonlinearities, convergence, mesh gradation and
computational procedures in analysis. Applications to
plane stress and plane strain, plates and shells,
eigenvalue problems, axi-symmetric stress analysis, and
other problems in civil engineering.
ENCE 670 Highway Traffic Characteristics and
Measurements (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 470 or consent of
instructor The study of the fundamental traits and
behavior patterns of the road user and his vehicle in
traffic. The basic characteristics of the pedestriari, the
driver, the vehicle, traffic volume and speed, stream flow
and intersection operation, parking, and accidents
ENCE 671 Highway Traffic Operations (3) Prerequisite:
ENCE 470, ENCE 670 or consent of instructor, A survey
of traffic laws and ordinances. The design, application
and operation of traffic control devices and aids,
including traffic signs and signals, pavement markings,
and hazard delineation. Capacity, accident, and parking
analyses
ENCE 672 Regional Transportation Planning (3)
Prerequisite: ENCE 471 or consent of instructor. Factors
involved and the components of the process lor planning
statewide and regional transportatiori systems,
encompassing all modes Transportation planning
studies, statewide traffic models, investment models,
programming and scheduling.
ENCE 673 Urban Transportation (3) Prerequisite;
ENCE 672 or consent of instructor Relationship of
transportation to the total urban complex, the urban
transportation planning process, the models used to
achieve the vanous steps in the process and the
relationship of private and public transportation.
Consideration of the factors influencing the demand for
transportation and the socio-economic consequences of
transportation
ENCE 674 Urban Transit Planning and Rail
Transportation Engineering (3) Prerequisite ENCE 471
or consent ol instructor Basic engineering components
ol conventional and high speed railroads and ol air
cushion and other high speed new technology The study
of urban rail and bus transit. The characteristics of the
vehicle, the supporting way, and the terminal
requirements will be evaluated with respect to system
performance, capacity, cost, and level of service
ENCE 675 Airport Planning and Design (3)
Prerequisite: ENCE 471 or consent ol instructor The
planning and design of airports including site selection,
runway configuration, geometric and structural design ol
the landing area, and terminal facilities Methods of
financing airports, estimates of aeronautical demand, air
traffic control, and airport lighting are also studied
ENCE 676 Highway Traffic Flow Theory (3)
Prerequisite: ENCE 461, ENCE 462 or consent ol the
instructor. An examination ol physical and statistical laws
that are used to represent traffic flow phenomena
Deterministic models including heat flow, fluid flow, and
energy-momentum analogies, car following models, and
acceleration noise. Stochastic approaches using
independent and Markov processes, queuing models,
and probability distributions
ENCE 677 Quantitative Methods In Transportation
Engineering (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 461 or consent of
instructor. Theory, methods and applications relevant to
the study ol micro- and macro-scale transportation
systems, in terms ol their t>ehavior, design, and
evaluation. A selected overview ol optimization,
multivariate statistics, stochastic processes and the
general science ol systems decision processes will form
the basis for a selected study of pertinent examples
ENCE 688 Advanced Topics in Civil Engineering
(1-3) Prerequisite; Permission ol instructor Advanced
topics selected by the laculty from the current literature of
civil engineering to suit the needs and background ol
students. May be taken for repeated credit when
Identified by topic title.
ENCE 689 Seminar (1-16)
ENCE 730 Environmental and Water Resource
Systems 11 (3) Prerequisite ENCE 630 or permission of
instructor. Advanced topics in operational research
Applications to complex environmental and water
resource systems The use of systems simulation and
probabalistic modeling
ENCE 731 Advanced Ground Water Hydrology (3)
Prerequisite: ENCE 432 or equivalent. Theory and
application ol unsteady flow in porous media Analysis ol
one and two dimensional unsteady flow. Solutions of
non-linear equation of unsteady flow with a free surtace
Development and use of approximate numerical and
graphical methods in the study of ground water
movement.
ENCE 732 Advanced Hydroiogic Analysis (3)
Prerequisite:Permission ol instructor A critical
examination ol advanced data analysis and modeling
techiniques used in hydrology; stochastic-deterministic
interfaces; trade-offs among lumped, linked system and
spatially distributed models, sensitivity analysis in
pertormance evaluation; model formulation; calibration
and verification coricepts.
ENCE 733 Applied Water Chemistry (4) Prerequisite:
ENCE 633 or consent of instructor Three lectures, one
lab a week. A study of the chemistry of both municipal
and industrial water treatment processes. Among the
topics to be considered are water softening, stabilization,
chemical destabilization of colloidal materials, ion
exchange, disinfection, chemical oxidation and
oxygenation reactions
ENCE 734 Aerosol Science and Technology (3)
Prerequisite: ENCE 430 or equivalent. Physical
properties of air-borne particles. Theories of particle
motiori under the action of extemal forces; coagulation;
Brownian motion and diffusion. Application of aerosols in
atmospheric sciences and industrial processes.
ENCE 735 Design of Municipal and industrial Wastes
Treatment Facilities (3) Corequisite ENCE 736 or
equivalent. One lecture arid two laboratory periods a
week. Application of basic science and engineering
science to design of municipal and industrial waste
treatment processes; design and economics of unit
operations as applied to environmental systems.
70 Communication Arts and Theatre Program
ENCE 736 Theory of Aqueous and Solid Waste
Treatment and Disposal (3) Prerequisites: ENCE 221
and lundamentais ol microbiology, or consent ol
Instructor. Theory and basic principles ot treating and
handling waste products; hydraulics of sewers; biological
oxidation; principles and design criteria ol biological and
physical treatment processes: disposal of waste sludges
and solids
ENCE 737 Industrial Wastes (3) Corequisite: ENCE 736
or equivalent A study of the characteristics of liquid
wastes from major industries, and the processes
producing the wastes The theory and methods of
eliminating or treating the wastes, and their effects upon
municipal sewage-treatment plants, and receiving waters
ENCE 738 Selected Topics In Porous Media Flow (3)
Prerequisite: ENCE 731 Analysis of two-liquid flows lor
Immiscible lluids. simultaneous How of two immiscible
fluids and miscible lluids Hydrodynamic dispersion
theones, parameters of dispersion and solutions ol some
dispersion problems with emphasis on migration ol
pollutants. A maximum ol six hours may be earned in
this course
ENCE 741 Aircraft Remote Sensing In Civil
Engineering (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 340 or equivalent or
consent ol instructor. Theoretical and practical aspects
of the use of remote sensing in engineering. Emphasis
on the interpretation of aerial photography and inlrared.
radar, multispectral and other sensor data. The planning
ol aerial and Held remote sensing missons and the
applications ol these sensors to engineering programs
including regional inventories. route locations,
environmental surveys and site investigations. Computer
analysis ol remote sensing data is considered.
ENCE 742 Site Investigation (3) Prerequisite: ENCE
340 or equivalent or consent ol instructor A study ol
various techniques for evaluating the physical
environment and performing exploration programs for
engineering facilities. Methods lor using various
techniques available lor engineering site investigations,
including interpretation of topographic, geological and
agricultural soil maps: and the use ol geophysical and
subsurface exploration systems.
ENCE 750 Analysis and Design of Structural Systems
(3) Prerequisite: ENCE 450 and ENCE 451 or equivalent.
Review ol classical determinate and indeterminate
analysis techniques; numerical technique; mullislory
buildings, space structures; suspension bridges and
cables structures; arches; long span bridges.
ENCE 751 Advanced Problems In Structural Behavior
(3) Prerequisite: ENCE 750 or equivalent. Elastic and
inelastic behavior of structural members and frames;
problems in torsion, stability and bending; open and
closed thin-walled sections; curved girders.
ENCE 753 Reinforced Concrete Structures (3)
Prerequisite: ENCE 450 and 451 or equivalent. The
behavior and strength ol reinforced concrete members
under combined loadings, including the effects of creep,
shrinkage and temperature Mechanisms ol shear
resistance and design procedures lor bond, shear and
diagonal tension Elastic and ultimate strength analysis
and design of slabs. Columns in multistory frames.
Applications to reinforced concrete strutures.
ENCE 754 Prestressed Concrete Structures (3)
Prerequisite: ENCE 450 and 451 or equivalent.
Fundamental concepts ot prestressed concrete Analysis
and design ol llexural members including composite and
continuous beams with emphasis on load balancing
technique. Ultimate strength design lor shear. Design ol
post tensioned flat slabs. Various applications ol
prestressing including tension members, compression
members, circular prestressing, Irames and lolded plates.
ENCE 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
ENCE 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Communication Arts
and Theatre Program
Professor and Chairmar): Aytoard
Professors: Lichty, Jamieson, Meersman, Pugliese,
Wolvin
Associate Professors: Falcione. Finx, Freimuth,
Gomery. Kirkley. Kolker. Linkow, OLeary. Weiss,
GS
Assistant Professors: Cline, Conger, Daniel.
duMonceau, Kauffman. Leong, McCaleb. McCleary.
Patterson. Philporl. Sailer
Lecturer: Niles
The Department of Communication Arts and Theatre
offers the Master of Arts degree in each of the three
divisions: speech communication; theatre;
radio-lelevision-film. Within each of these divisions it
Is possible to concentrate in specific areas which are
descrilsed below.
Plans are currently undenway (or a new MFA
program in theatre.
The Department also participates in the Ph.D.
degree in Public Communication, which embraces all
three divisions and the College of Journalism
Although the Ph.D. program is interdisciplinary within
the four areas, a student is free to explore and
concentrate in specific areas such as rhetoric and
public address, organizational and political
communication, governmental communication,
broadcast communication, public relations,
international communication, science and medical
communication, theatrical theory and aesthetics,
theatre history and cinema history and aesthetics.
For complete information on admission and degree
requirements, see the "Public Communication
Program" entry.
There are increasing opportunities for
employment In many fields associated with all
aspects of communication. Employment opportunities
may be found in private business and industry, local.
state and federal government agencies, in various
educational institutions, and in the media and
theatre.
Admission and Degree Information
For admission to the graduate program in any of the
divisions, the applicant must meet all requirements
of the Graduate School and. normally, provide
acceptable Graduate Record Examination Scores. If
an applicant does not have the equivalent of an
undergraduate major in his field of interest,
opportunities exist lor him to take course work in
preparation for subsequent admission.
The Department offers the MA. degree with
thesis and non-thesis options. Along with the
minimum requirements established by the Graduate
School, each division of CMRT has special requisites
for the completion of its own program. Graduate
assistants are generally able to complete their 30
hour programs in 18 months, while students without
assistantshlps most often finish in a calendar year.
Radio-Teievision-Fitm
A student in the Radio-Television-Film Division may
either concentrate in a particular area (film or
broadcasting, for example) or elect a more general
program covering the multiple aspects of electronic
and film communication. A student whose academic
goals extend beyond the Radio-Television-Film
Division may. upon approval of his advisor, take as
many as twelve credit hours in cognate fields in
other divisions or other departments of the
University. Examples of such programs would
include educational uses of media, broadcast
management, and electronic journalism.
Speech Communication
students who elect to pursue a program of study in
the Division of Speech Communication are
encouraged to develop programs reflecting an
understanding of the genesis, the nature, and the
effects of human speech behavior. A student may
concentrate within a specialized area of Speech
Communication (Political Communication or
Organizational Communication, for example) or may
elect a more general course of study. Students in
the Speech Communication Division are urged to
augment their program of study with coursework in
complementary disciplines and with communication
internships in the Washington. DC. Metropolitan
area.
Theatre
The MA. program in Theatre is designed to provide
the student with opportunities to enhance artistic and
creative talents and to develop historical and critical
faculties The student may pursue a general program
or specialize in such single areas of concentration as
history and criticism, performance, design and
technical direction, children's theatre, musical
theatre, and arts management The Division of
Theatre offers both the research thesis and the
production thesis. Before electing a production
thesis, a student must demonstrate proficiency in
his/her chosen area of concentration.
Facilities and Special Resources
The University of Maryland is within a few miles of
the John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts,
Arena Stage, and the National, Fords and Folger
Theatres, and the Wolf Trap Farm Park for the
Performing Arts. In addition, a number of Equity and
non-Equity dinner theatres and semi-professional
experimental theatres abound in the area.
Two ol the greatest libraries in the worid. The
Library of Congress and the Folger Shakespeare
Library are in close proximity to Campus. Likewise,
students regularly make use of the Broadcast
Pioneers Library, the Smithsonian Institution, the
National Archives and the more than 50 specialized
libraries and institutions in the Washington
metropolitan area.
The Department has use of the Tawes Fines
Arts Theatre, other smaller theatres on campus, the
Communication Research Center and audio and
video production facilities.
Financial Assistance
The Department is able to offer approximately
one-half of all full-time graduate students teaching or
research assistantships. A lew additional students
are employed in various divisions of the Department;
these are required to pay their own tuition and fees.
Additional Information
Descriptions of the Departmental programs and
divisions and other information may be obtained by
writing to:
Director of Graduate Studies
Department of Communication Arts and Theatre
University of Maryland
Courses
Radio, Television and Film
RTVF 402 Advanced Sound Production (3)
Prerequisite: RTVF 302 and consent ol instructor. An
advanced sound production methodology in radio drama
and documentaries.
RTVF 413 The History of the Film (3) An advanced
survey of the film as an art form. Cinema pre-history,
actualities and the Lumiere tradition. Melies. Griffith, and
their contemporaries, the silent film (1920-29): Germany,
Russia, and the U.S.A.. screen comedy, the sound film
(1926-present): American and loreign master directors,
recent and current trends Recommended prior to this
course: RTVF 31 4
RTVF 414 Contemporary American Cinema (3)
Prerequisite: RTVF 222 An analysis of the trends and
major social issues in American culture as they are
expressed through the lilm medium. Emphasis on "new
wave', experimental, underground, independent, and
cinema verite motion pictures
RTVF 415 Contemporary European Cinema (3) A
comparative and critical analysis ol the European motion
picture both as a distinct art lorm reflecting the national
character ol a particular country and as a medium lor
mass communications demonstrating the universality of
the human condition.
RTVF 417 Dramatic Writing (or Broadcasting and
Rim (3) Prerequisite: RTVF 317 or consent ol instructor
An introduction to the principles, methods and limitations
of writing comedy, drama, and the documentary for radio.
Communication Arts and Theatre Program 71
television, and film.
RTVF 418 The Film Auteur (3) The intensive
chronological study of the work of one European or
American film director each semester.
RTVF 419 Film Genres (3) The study ot one major film
genre each semester (the gangster film, the western,
science fiction and horror, the political film). Cinema
develops formal and thematic conventions and how, as a
medium for reflecting social ideals and needs
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.
RTVF 420 The Documentary Film (3) Growth,
implicafion, and the use of the international nonfiction film
as propaganda, public service, promotion, education, and
entertainment Case studies from representative
documentaries will be analyzed
RTVF 421 Film Criticism and Theory (3)
Critical-aesthetic approaches to film in order to develop a
vocabulary for film analysis. Included will be shot
analysis, montage and deep focus; the Auteur theory; the
role of screenwriter, director of photography, actor; genre
analysis; analysis of film as popular art.
RTVF 425 Television and Politics (3) Critical review of
studies of the effects of political broadcasts; legal and
social issues; surveys and media campaigns.
RTVF 440 Television Direction (3) Prerequisites: RTVF
340 and consent of instructor. Pnnciples of television
direction including elements of composition, picturization,
timing, script notation and program coordination.
RTVF 441 Television Direction II (3) Prerequisite: RTVF
440 or consent of instructor. Advanced theories of
television direction, script analysis and adaptation,
production coordination, casting, blocking, rehearsals and
mixing.
RTVF 447 Quantitative Methods of Broadcast
Research (3) Prerequisite: RTVF 347 or the consent of
instructor. An examination of the fundamentals of survey
research methodology as it relates to the study and
analysis of broadcast audiences
RTVF 449 Television Work'^hop (1-3) Prerequisite:
consent of instructor Special studio projects.
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits
RTVF 450 Radio and Television Station Management
(3) The role of the manager in the modem broadcasting
industry. Stafion communication factors, regulation,
licensing, personnel functions, sales, programming
supervision, audience analysis, and station promotion.
RTVF 451 Broadcast Criticism (3) An analysis of the
professional, historical, social, and psychological criticism
of Amencan radio and television, together with practical
application of professional and scholarly cntical methods.
RTVF 452 International and Comparative
Broadcasting Systems (3) A comparative study of
international broadcasting program policies, economic
systems, control and organization. The use of
broadcasting in international affairs as an instrument of
propaganda, culture and information dissemination.
Monitoring ot overseas broadcasts, television programs
and discussions with representatives of domestic and
foreign international broadcast agencies
RTVF 453 Broadcast Regulation (3) Prerequisite: RTVF
223. Legal issues involving radio and television: freedom,
restraints, self-regulation; regulation of programming,
compefition, rights as seen by the broadcaster, regulatory
agencies and the public
RTVF 454 Cable Television (3) Prerequisite: RTVF 223
History, regulatory development, system designs,
communications capability and franchising of cable
television.
RTVF 456 Structure and Criticism of TV Advertising
(3) Prerequisites: RTVF 222, RTVF 223 and RTVF 317
An examination of the persuasive power of television
advertising Analysis of form, structure and content of the
television commercial and techniques used to influence
attitudes and behavior
RTVF 466 Film Production III, Synchronized Sound
Film Systems (3) Prerequisites: RTVF 355 and consent
of instructor Synchronized sound and color technology
with emphasis on the 16mm format.
RTVF 467 Film Production IV, Advanced (3)
Prerequisites: RTVF 464 and consent of instnjctor
Direction and production of 16mm, color, synchronized
sound motion picture. Production management.
cinematography, and sound recording.
RTVF 498 Seminar (3) Prerequisites: Senior standing
and consent of instructor. Present day
radio-television-film research. Repeatable to a maximum
of six credits.
RTVF 600 Introduction to Graduate Study In
Broadcasting (3)
RTVF 601 Visual Communication (3) A theoretical
analysis of aspects of perception; effects of visual
messages in human communication through television
and film.
RTVF 621 Formal Film Analysis (3) The elements and
composition of intensive analysis of selected narrative
films on a shot by shot basis.
RTVF 628 Seminar In Film (3) Studies of various
aspects of film. Subject matter changed each semester.
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits.
RTVF 629 Special Problems In Film (3) An
experimental course lor the development of new ideas in
film. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 credits, if
subject is different.
RTVF 640 Advanced Television Direction (3)
Prerequisite: RATV 440 or consent of instructor.
Principles of television direcfion as applied to dramatic
programs, together with a consideration of the specific
aesthetic values of the television medium.
RTVF 642 History of Broadcasting (3) Seminar study
of the individuals, technological developments, and social
and economic factors responsible for the development
and direction of the broadcast media in the United
States
RTVF 648 Seminar In Broadcasting (3) Studies of
various aspects of broadcasting. Subject matter changed
each semester
RTVF 649 Special Problems In Broadcasting (3) An
experimental course lor the development o( new ideas in
broadcasting.
RTVF 662 Seminar in Political Broadcasting (3) A
seminar integrating the theory of mass communication
with rhetorical-critical theory in an analysis of major
political uses of the broadcast media.
RTVF 666 Producing and Production Management for
Film (3) Prerequisites: RTVF 357 or equivalent
Management problems facing independent and
organizational filmmakers, budgeting, production
management, unions, financing, insurance, taxes, and
distribution.
RTVF 699 independent Study (1-3)
RTVF 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
Speech
SPChI 400 Introduction to Research Methodologies in
Speech Communication (3) Prerequisite: Speech
communication major or minor or consent of the
instructor. An introductory survey of empirical and
historical-critical research methodologies in speech
communication. The course is designed to prepare the
student to understand and to conduct basic research in
the field
SPCH 420 Advanced Group Discussion (3)
Prerequisite SPCH 220 or consent of the instructor. An
examination of current research and techniques in the
discussion and conference, including extensive practice
in various types of discussions Emphasis is upon small
group leadership and dynamics.
SPCH 422 Interviewing (3) Prerequisite: Permission of
instructor. Speech principles and practices basic to
recognized types of interview, giving special attention to
behavioral objectives and communication variables
involved in the process of interviewing.
SPCH 423 Communication Processes In Conferences
(3) Prerequisite: One course in speech communication or
consent of the instructor Group participation in
conferences, methods of problem solving, semantic
aspects of language, and the function of conferences in
business, industry and government settings
SPCH 424 Business, Industrial and Government
Communication (3) Prerequisite, permission of the
instructor. Structure, methodology and application of
communication theory in the industrial setting will be
emphasized.
SPCH 425 Communication and Sex Roles (3) An
investigation of the creation of images of male and
female, and masculine and feminine, through
communication The differences in male and female
communication behaviors and styles, and the implications
of those images and styles for male-female interpersonal
transactions.
SPCH 440 Advanced Oral interpretation (3)
Prerequisite: SPCH 240 A study of the advanced
theories and techniques employed in the interpretation of
prose, poetry and drama. Attention is given to selections,
analyses, cuttings, script compilations, and the planning
of programs and performances in oral interpretation.
SPCH 441 Readers Theatre (3) Prerequisite: SPCH 240
or consent of the instructor. Theories and techniques of
readers theatre will be analyzed to enhance the
interpreting and directing abilities of students. Special
attention will be given to interpretation and direction of
prose, drama, and script compilation.
SPCH 450 Classical and Medieval Rhetorical Theory
(3) Prerequisite: SPCH 200 or consent of instructor The
theories of speech-making and speech composition as
propounded by the classical rhetoricians. Special
attention is given to Plato, Anstotle, Socrates, Cicero,
Quintlian, and St. Augustine
SPCH 451 Renaissance and Modern Rhetorical
Theory (3) Prerequisite: SPCH 200 or consent of the
instructor. A study of the development of modern
rhetorical theories in Europe and America with
consideration of the application of the theories to public
address. Special attention is given to Thomas Sheridan,
John Walker, George Campbell, Hugh Blair, Richard
Whately, James A Winans, Charies Woolbert, I A.
Richards, and Kenneth Buri<e
SPCH 455 Speechwriting (3) Prerequisite: SPCH 200 or
consent of the instructor. Intensive study of rhetorical
principles of speech composition through study of model
speeches and through a practicum in speech writing.
Emphasis will be placed on the application of research in
speech writing to various forms and styles of speeches.
SPCH 460 American Public Address 1635-1900 (3)
Prerequisite: SPEECH 200 or consent of the instructor.
Course examines the rhetorical development of major
historical movements and influential spokesmen from
1635-1900 Emphasis on the reign ot theocracy, the
American RevoluWon, the Presidential Inaugural as a
rhetorical type, the Compromise of 1850. the
Lincoln-Douglas debates, the Civil War rhetoric and the
Populist movement
SPCH 461 American Public Address In the 20th
Century (3) Prerequisite: SPCH 200 or consent of
instructor Course examines the rhetorical development
of major historical movements and influential spokesmen
from 1900 to the present Focus on the progressive
movement the rise of labor, women's suffrage,
McCarthyism and the evolution of pro- and anti-war
rhetoric.
SPCH 462 British Public Address (3) Prerequisite,
SPEECH 200 or consent of the instructor. A biographical,
textual and critical-rhetorical study of great British
speakers and their influences. Special attention will be
devoted to the "Golden Age' of British oratory and to the
forms and styles of contemporary speakers
SPCH 470 Listening (3) A study of the listening process,
listening variables, listening levels, and the development
of effecfive listening behavior.
SPCH 472 Nonverbal Communication (3) Sun/ey of
nonverbal communication in human interaction; theory
and research on proxemics, kinesics and paralinguistics
as expression of relationship, affect and orientation within
and across cultures
SPCH 474 Communication Theory and Process (3) A
general survey of introductory material in communication
theory.
SPCH 475 Persuasion in Speech (3) Prerequisite:
SPCH 200 or 230. A study of the bases of persuasion
with emphasis on recent experimental developments in
persuasion.
SPCH 476 Foundations of Speech Behavior (3) This
course will provide a study of the acquisition of speech,
the elements that influence speech behavior, the
influences of speech behavior, and a theoretical
framewori< lor the analysis of communication situafions.
Students will apply the theory to analysis of specific
72 Communication Arts and Theatre Program
communication situations
SPCH 477 Speech Communication and the Study of
Language Acquisition (3) Survey of language
acquisition and development in fiuman communication
t)ehavior; theory and research on language structure,
syntactic, phonological, and cognitive systems as an
influence of an individual's onentalion and development
within and across cultures
SPCH 478 Speech Communication Colloquium (1)
Current trends and issues in the field of speech
communication, stressing recent research methods
Recommended for senior and graduate student majors
and minors in speech communication. Repeatable to a
maximum of 4 hours.
SPCH 482 Intercultural Communication (3) The major
variables of communication in an intercultural context.
Communication problems created by cultural, racial, and
national differences; analysis of stereotypes, values, and
cultural assumptions influencing verbal and nonvert>al
communication.
SPCH 483 Urban Communication (3) A study of
communication variations in the urban community,
exploration of strategies for improving communication.
SPCH 488 Speech Communication Internship (1-6)
Registration by permission of adviser only. This
independent internship is designed to give the speech
communication student practical career experience with a
speech communication professional in the Washington
Metropolitan area. Limited to a maximum of six credits
SPCH 489 Speech Communication Workshop (1-6)
Workshops devoted to special, in-depth study in speech
communication. Course may be repeatable to a
maximum of six semester hours
SPCH 498 Seminar (3) Prerequisites: Senior standing
and consent of instructor Present-day speech research
SPCH 499 Honors Seminar (3) For honors students
only. Readings, symposiums visiting lectures,
discussions
SPCH 600 Empirical Research In Speech
Communication (3)
SPCH 601 Historical-Critical Research In Speech
Communication (3) Intense study in critical and
historical methodology as applicable to research in
speech communication. Emphasis will be placed on the
composition and the evaluation of historical-cntical
studies of significance in the field of rhetorical
communication scholarship.
SPCH 628 Organization Communication: Research
and Intervention (3) Prerequisite: SPCH 424 or consent
of the instructor. The role of the internal and external
communication consultant as an organization change
agent. Emphasis upon data gathered to facilitate the
communication development of the organization.
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits.
SPCH 655 Seminar in Speechwrlting (3) Theoretical
and practical aspects oi speechwriting at an advanced
level.
SPCH 670 Seminar In Listening Behavior (3)
Prerequisite: SPCH 470 or consent of instructor A study
of research in and measurement of listening behavior.
SPCH 680 Speech Communication Programs in
Education and Training (3) An analysis of instoictional
development in speech communication Instructional
objectives, strategies and evaluation are applied to
educational, corporate and industrial training programs
SPCH 688 Speech Communication Field Experience
(1-6) Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor Applications
of speech communication principles and research in
professional communication settings
SPCH 698 Special Problems In Speech
Communication (3)
SPCH 720 Seminar In Small Group Communication
(3) The seminar will explore the variables involved in
small group communication (lormation and membership,
leadership, functions, and current research problems)
The focus of the course will be two-lold: (1) to give the
student a survey of small group communication theory,
and (2) to provide some in-depth analysis of cunent
problems in small group communication.
SPCH 724 Seminar In Organizational Communication
(3) Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Theones
and problems of human communication within, between.
and/or amor>g formal organizations will be emphasized.
SPCH 755 Seminar in Rhetorical Theory (3) Second
semester. Prerequisite, SPCH 460. 461 or 450.
Examination ol selected theories of style drawn from the
fields ol rhetoric and literature, and analysis of model
speeches
SPCH 760 Seminar in Political Communication (3)
Prerequisite: SPCH 601 or consent ol the instructor A
blend ol theory and practice to integrate rheotrical-crilical
theory and empirical methods with politics. Practitioners
in political communication will be drawn in as resource
persons. Students will map the communication strategy
lor candidates and analyze actual campaign strategies.
SPCH 762 Seminar in Public Address (3) An in-depth
study of national and international speal<ers and issues
throughout the history of the spoken word. Emphasis will
t>e placed upon the application of rhetorical principles to
the analysis of world speakers and their speeches.
SPCH 775 Seminar In Persuasion and Attitude
Change (3) This seminar will concentrate on the problem
of making message strategy decisions. Course content
will consist of study of both theoretical and empirical
research on attitude and attitude change in persuasive
communication.
SPCH 776 Interpersonal Communication (3) Problems
and processes of symbolic representation in speech, the
effects ol language on communication, semantic
redundancy, and interaction between meaning and the
structure of oral language.
SPCH 798 Independent Study (1-3) Prerequisite:
Consent ol instructor. An individual course designed for
intensive study or research of problems in any one of the
three areas ol drama, general speech, or radio/TV
SPCH 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
Theatre
THET 420 Styles and Theories of Acting (3)
Prerequisites: THET 120. 221. 320 or consent of
instructor. Emphasis on the philosophical basis and
techniques necessary for acting modern realistic drama
and acting period style dramas. In-depth study of
Slanislavski system and application of those techniques
toward performance in scenes. Examination and
application of the techniques necessary for the
preparation and performance of an acting score for
performing Shakespeare. Improvisation. Required
attendance at live theatre productions.
THET 429 Actor's Studio (1-3) Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor. Participation in dramatic roles executed under
faculty supervision in the department's productions.
Eligible students must make commitments and plan
performances with course instructor during
pre-registration. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.
THET 430 Advanced Directing for the Stage (3)
Prerequisite: THET 330 or consent of instructor.
Discussion of the preparation procedures and rehearsal
practices necessary for the presentation of a variety of
theatrical styles and forms. Emphasis on understanding
the relationship between the director, the actor, the script
and the audience. A series of student-directed scenes
supplemented by attendance at theatre productions.
THET 440 Children's Dramatics (3) Principles and
methods of creative dramatics as applied In the
classroom or community center for elementary,
secondary and exceptional children. Supervised
conducting of classes in creative dramatics at the
University, nearby community centers or schools.
THET 445 Directing Plays for Children's Theatre (3)
Prerequisite: THET 440. An introduction into the formal
elements ol directing plays for children. The organization
of large groups of children in the framework ol children's
theatre. History of children's theatre, script analysis, and
basic directing skills for staging children's theatre. A final
presentation of a short established or original children's
play is required.
THET 450 American Musical Comedy (3) The evolution
of musical comedy through opera to eariy American
extravaganzas and minstrels to the musicals of the
1920's and 1930's. The development and highlights of
the forni since 1940. The function and form of the
libretto, music and lyrics, and the roles of the creative
personnel ol a musical production. Workshops In
pertonnance skills.
THET 460 Theatre Management I (3) The practical tools
of theatre management: production philosophies,
selecting and balancing a season, tickets and box office
procedures, budgeting, graphic arts production,
advertising, publicity and other promotional devices.
THET 461 Theatre Management II (3) Prerequisite:
THET 460 or consent of instructor. Case studies,
discussions, lectures and projects concerning advance
theatre management decision making and administration,
including such areas as personnel relations, contract
negotiations, theatrical unions, lund raising, touring,
audience development and public relations.
THET 471 Advanced Scenic Design (3) Prerequisites:
THET 170. 273. 375 or consent ol instructor. Study of
period styles and techniques in scenic design. Emphasis
on individual projects and multi-use theatres.
THET 476 Principles and Theories of Stage Lighting
(3) Prerequisite: THET 170. recommended THET 273. A
study of the theories ol electrification, instruments,
design, color, and control lor stage and television. Brief
survey of sound for the theatre. Practical work on
productions.
THET 477 Advanced Lighting Design (3) Prerequisite:
THET 476. Study ol history and theory of lighting design.
Design exercises in proscenium, in-the-round, thrust,
outdoor pageant, circus, concert, spectacle, dance and
television lighting. A survey of lighting companies and
equipment and architectural lighting.
THET 479 Theater Workshop (1-3) Prerequisite: THET
170 and permission of the instructor. Participation in the
technical aspects ol theatre production in selected
University and experimental theatre productions.
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.
THET 480 Stage Costume Design I (3) Prerequisite:
THET 282 Basic principles ol theatre costume design
and introduction to rendering skills. Emphasis on
development of design conception, unity, character
statement, basic clothing design and period style
adaptation.
THET 481 Stage Costume Design li (3) One lecture
and six hours ol laboratory per week. Prerequisite: THET
480. An advanced study of costume design and
interpretation leading to understanding and facility in
design of stylized productions Emphasis on design for
musical comedy, dance theatre, opera and various
non-traditional forms of theatre production
THET 485 Advanced Makeup (3) Prerequisite: THET
180 or consent ol instructor. Advanced techniques and
materials in makeup for the theatre, television and film.
Practical work with three-dimensional makeup (prosthetic
devices), hair pieces, mask-making and stylized makeup.
Opportunity to develop skills in a creative approach to
makeup design.
THET 490 History of the Theatre I (3) Evolution of the
theatre from primitive origins, through the eariy
Renaissance with emphasis on playwrights and plays,
theatre architecture and decor, and significant
personalities. Extensive use of graphic material, play
reading, related theatre-going.
THET 491 History o) the Theatre II (3) A continuation of
THET 490 beginning with the 16th century and
progressing into the 20th, examining the late
Renaissance, Elizabethan, Restoration, 17th to 19th
century European, and Early American theatres.
Emphasis on dramatic forms and styles, theatre
architecture and decor, and significant personalities.
Extensive use of graphic material, play reading, related
theatre-going.
THET 495 History of Theatrical Theory and Criticism
(3) The development of theatrical theory and criticism
from the Greeks to the modem theorist. The
philosophical basis ol theatre as an art form Important
theorists and the practical application of their theories in
either play scnpts or theatrical productions. Required
attendance at selected live theatre productions.
THET 499 Independent Study (3) Prerequisite:
Permission of instructor An independent study course in
which each student completes an assigned major theatre
project under close faculty supervision. Projects may
culminate with term papers, scenic or costume designs,
or a stage production. Repeatable to a maximum of six
credits.
THET 600 Introduction to Graduate Study In Theatre
(3)
Computer Science Program 73
THET 669 Independent Study (1-3)
THET 678 Theory of Visual Design for Itie Performing
Arts (3) Prerequisite: THET 375 or consent of instructor.
An historical and theoretical study of design practices in
the perlorming arts
THET 688 Special Problems In Drama (3) The
preparation of adaptations and other projects in
dramaturgy
THET 689 Theories of the Drama (3) Advanced study
o( the identification and development of dramatic tomn
from the early Greek drama to contemporary forms; the
aesthetics of theatre arts; and dramatic criticism.
THET 698 Seminar— Studies In Theatre (3) Research
pro|ects adapted to individual backgrounds and special
work.
THET 699 The Theory of Pre-Modem Dramatic
Production (3) An historical survey of production styles
THET 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
Comparative Literature
Program
Professor and Director: Fuegi
Professors: Barry, Best, Bryer, Freedman,
Gramberg. Herin, Helton, Jones, MacBain, Panichas,
Pattison, J. Russell, Salmanca, Sosnowski,
Whittemore
Associate Professors: Beiken, Coogan, Demaitre,
Fink, GreenvKOod. Mack, C. Russell
Assistant Professors: Carmello, Bennett, Peterson
The Program in Comparative Literature offers
graduate work leading to the degrees of Master of
Arts and Doctor of Philosophy.
The CMLT Program draws on a distinguished
faculty in several departments and offers
concentrated work in Medieval and Renaissance
studies, and in major movements and genres of the
modem period including the Eighteenth Century
TTiough the focus of courses and seminars is usually
specifically literary, interdisciplinary work is very
much encouraged as is practical criticsm in the arts.
Departments cooperating in the Program include:
American Studies, Classics, English, French and
Italian, German and Slavic, History, Spanish and
Portuguese, Dramatic Arts, Radio-Television-Film,
and the Women's Studies Programs.
Admission and Degree Information
Applicants should have a strong background in the
arts and humanities Since advanced work in
Comparative Literature is based on the premise that
literature should be read in the original whenever
possible, students are expected to be able to read at
least one language other than English with a high
degree of aesthetic appreciation Ph D students are
expected to use at least two foreign languages
actively in their work, and it is assumed that efforts
will be made to develop an acquaintance with one or
two additional languages Entrance examinations are
not required, but high scores on GRE literature and
language examinations will add weight to
applications
Students take courses in CMLT and in two other
departments of literature The MA. degree requires
thirty hours, either 24 hours of course work and a
thesis, or thirty hours of course work and a
comprehensive examination. No specific number of
hours is required for the Ph.D., as the number will
vary according to the preparation and goals of the
individual student; the average has been eight to ten
courses beyond the MA A Master's degree is a
required step toward the Ph.D. The PhD.
comprehensive examinations cover four major areas,
determined after consultation with the individual
student's committee
Facilities and Special Resources
The resources of the Kennedy Center, the Folger
Library, the American Film Institute. Kennan Institute,
and Dumbarton Oaks are regularly drawn upon as
are internship possibilities in the greater Washington
area and graduate exchange programs with
European Universities.
Financial Assistance
Various assistantships and general university
fellowships are available CMLT students may leach
in various departments cooperating in the CMLT
Program and may be considered for a year abroad
as a teacher at cooperating European universities.
Courses
CMLT 401 Introductory Survey of Comparative
Literature (3) Survey of the tiackground of European
literature through study of Greek and Latin literature in
English translations, discussing the debt of modem
literature to the ancients
CMLT 402 Introductory Survey of Comparative
Literature (3) Study of the medieval and modern
continental literature.
CMLT 411 The Greek Drama (3) The chief works of
Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, and Aristophanes in
English translations. Emphasis on the historic
liackground, on dramatic structure, and on the effect of
the attic drama upon the mind of the civilized world.
CMLT 415 The Old Testament as Literature (3) A
study of sources, development and literary types.
CMLT 416 New Testament as Literature (3) A study of
the books of the New Testament, with attention to the
relevant historical background and to the transmission of
the text A knowledge of Greek is helpful, but not
essential.
CMLT 421 The Classical Tradition and Its Influence In
the Middle Ages and the Renaissance (3) Emphasis
on major writers Reading knowledge of Greek or Latin
required
CMLT 422 The Classical Tradition and Its Influence In
the Middle Ages and the Renaissance (3) Emphasis
on major writers. Reading knowledge of Greek or Latin
required.
CMLT 430 Literature of the Middle Ages (3) Narrative,
dramatic and lyric literature of the Middle Ages studied in
translation.
CMLT 433 Dante and the Romance TradRlon (3) A
reading of the Divine Comedy to enlighten the discovery
of reality in Westem literature.
CMLT 461 Romanticism— Early Stages (3) Emphasis
on England, France and Germany Reading knowledge
of French or German required.
CMLT 462 Romanticism— Flowering and Influence (3)
Emphasis on England, France and Germany. Reading
knowledge of French or German required.
CMLT 469 The Continental Novel (3) The novel in
translation Irom Stendhal through the Existentialists,
selected from literatures of France, Germany, Italy,
Russia, and Spain
CMLT 470 Ibsen and the Continental Drama (3)
Emphasis on the major work of Ibsen, with some
attention given to selected predecessors, contemporaries
and successors
CMLT 479 Major Contemporary Authors (3)
CMLT 488 Genres (3) A study of a recognized literary
form, such as tragedy, epic, satire, literary criticism,
comedy, tragicomedy, etc The course may be repeated
for cumulative credit up to six hours when different
material is presented
CMLT 489 Major Writers (3) Each semester two major
writers from different cultures and languages will be
studied. Authors will be chosen on the basis of significant
relationships of cultural and aesthetic contexts, analogies
t)etween their respective works, and the importance of
each writer to his literary tradition
CMLT 496 Conference Course In Comparathre
Literature (3) Second semester A tutorial type
discussion course, correlating the courses in various
literatures which the student has previously taken with
the primary themes and masterpieces ol worid literature.
This course is required ol undergraduate majors in
comparative literature, but must not be taken until the
final year of the student's program
CMLT 498 Selected Topics In Comparative Literature
(3)
CMLT 601 Problems In Comparative Literature (3)
CMLT 610 Folklore In Literature (3)
CMLT 631 The Medieval Epic (3)
CMLT 632 The Medieval Romance (3)
CMLT 639 Studies in the Renaissance (3) Repeatable
to a maximum ol nine hours
CMLT 640 The Italian Renaissance and Its Influence
(3)
CMLT 642 Problems of the Baroque In Literature (3)
CMLT 649 Studies In Eighteenth Century Literature
(3) Studies in eighteenth century literature: as
announced Repeatable to a maximum of 9 hours
CMLT 658 Studies In Romanticism (3) Studies in
Romanticism: as announced Repeatable to a maximum
o( 9 hours
CMLT 679 Seminar In Modem and Contemporary
Literature (3) Seminar in modem and contemporary
literature: as announced Repeatable to a maximum of 9
hours.
CMLT 681 Literary Criticism— Ancient and Medieval
(3)
CMLT 682 Literary Criticism— Renaissance and
Modern (3)
CMLT 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
CMLT 801 Seminar In Themes and Types (3)
CMLT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Computer Science
Program
Professor and Cf)airman: 'Veh
Professors: Atchison, Chu^, Edmundson', Kanal,
Minker, Stewart*
Associate Professors: Agrawala, Austing, Basili,
Davis, Hamlet, Rieger, Shneiderman Zelkowitz
Assistant Professors: Brodie, Gannon, Jacobs, Kim,
Nau, O'Leary, Roussopoulus, Samet, Tripathi,
Weiser
Researcfi Professor: Rosenfeld'
Adjunct Professor: Mills
'joint appointment with Computer Science Center.
^joint appointment with Electrical Engineering
^joint appointment with Mathematics
'joint appointment with Insitute for Physical Science
and Technology.
The Department ol Computer Science offers
graduate programs leading to the degrees of Master
of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in the following
areas: applications, artificial intelligence, computer
systems, information processing, numerical analysis,
programming languages, and theory of computing
Admission and Degree Information
Admission and degree requirements specific to the
graduate programs in computer science are
described in a brochure available through the
Departmental Education Office There are two
options for the master's degree: 24 hours ol course
work plus the completion of a thesis: or 33 hours of
course work, a comprehensive examination plus the
completion of a scholariy paper There is no
minimum course requirement in the doctoral
program. The number and variety of courses offered
each semester enables students and their advisors
to plan individualized degree programs
Facilities and Special Resources
The Department maintains a laboratory consisting of
several PDP 11/45 computer systems, display
devices, peripheral equipment, and utilizes the
UNIVAC 1108/1140 computer system maintained by
the Computer Science Center
74 Computer Science Program
Additional Information
For Information on degree programs and graduate
assistantships. contact:
Dr. Richard H. Austing
Department of Computer Science.
University of Maryland
Courses
CMSC 400 Introduction to Computer Languages and
Systems (3) Prerequisite, MATH 241 or equivalent A
terminal course suitable for non-CMSC majors with no
programming background Organization and
charactenstics of computers Procedure oriented and
assembly languages Representation of data, characters
and instructions. Introduction to logic design and
systems organization. Macro definition and generation.
Program segmentation and linkage Extensive use of the
computer to complete projects illustrating programming
techniques and machine structure, (CMSC 400 may not
C>e counted for credit in the graduate program in
computer science.)
CMSC 411 Computer System Architecture (3)
Prerequisite: CMSC 311 or equivalent. Input/output
processors and techniques. Infra-system communication,
buses, caches. Addressing and memory hierarchies.
Microprogramming, parallelism, and pipeling.
CMSC 412 Operating Systems (3) Prerequisite: CMSC
311 or equivalent An introduction to batch systems,
spooling systems, and third-generation multiprogramming
systems Description of the parts of an operating system
in terms of function, structure, and implementation. Basic
resource allocation policies
CMSC 415 Systems Programming (3) Prerequisite
CMSC 220, 410. Basic algorithms of operating system
software. Memory management using linkage editors and
loaders, dynamic relocation with base registers, paging
Rle systems and input/output control. Processor
allocation for multiprogramming, timesharing The
emphasis of the course is on practical systems
programming, including projects such as a simple linkage
editor, a stand-alone executive, a file system, etc.
CMSC 420 Data Structures (3) Prerequisite, CMSC 220
or equivalent. Description, properties, and storage
allocation of data structures including lists and trees
Algorithms for manipulating structures Applications from
areas such as data processing, information retrieval,
symbol manipulation, and operating systems.
CMSC 426 Image Processing (3) Prerequisite: CMSC
420 or equivalent. An introduction to basic techniques of
analysis and manipulation of pictorial data by computer
Image input/output devices, image processing software,
enhancement, segmentation, property measurement,
Fourier analysis. Computer encoding, processing, and
analysis of curves.
CMSC 430 Theory of Language Translation (3)
Prerequisite: CMSC 120 and 250, or equivalent: CMSC
330 recommended. Formal translation of programming
languages, program syntax and semantics Finite state
grammars and recognizers. Context free parsing
techniques such as recursive descent, prededence,
LL(K), LR(K) and SLR(K). Machine independent code
improvement and generation, syntax directed translation
schema. Not open to students who have credit for CMSC
440.
CMSC 432 Compiler Writing (3) Prerequisites: CMSC
220, 330, 430. A detailed examination of a compiler for
an algebraic language designed around the writing of a
compiler as the major part of the course. Scanning and
parsing, code generation, optimization and error
recovery, and compiler-writing techniques such as
tx>otstrapping and translator writing systems
CMSC 435 Software Design and Development (3)
Prerequisite, CMSC 420 and 430, or equivalent.
State-of-the-art techniques in software design and
development. Laboratory experience in applying the
techniques covered. Structured design, structured
programming, top-down design and development,
segmentation and modularizatiori techniques, iterative
enhancement, design and code inspection techniques,
correctness, and chief-programmer teams The
development of a large software project
CMSC 450 Elementary Logic and Algorithms (3)
Prerequisite, MATH 240 or consent of instructor This is
the same course as MATH 444, An elementary
development of proposltlonal logic, predicate logic, set
algebra, and Boolean algebra, with a discussion of
Markov algorithms, taring machines and recursive
functions. Topics include post productions, word
problems, and formal languages.
CMSC 451 Design and Analysis of Computer
Algorithms (3) PrerequisilesCMSC 120 and CMSC 250,
CMSC 420 recommended. Fundamental techniques for
designing and analyzing computer alogorithms. Basic
methods include Greedy methods, divide-and-conquer
techniques, search and traversal techniques, dynamic
programming, backtracking methods, branch-and-tx)und
methods, and algebraic transformations.
CMSC 452 Elementary Theory of Computation (3)
Prerequisites, CMSC 120, 250. This course is intended
to serve two purposes: (1) an introduction to the theory
of computation, and (2) a lie between many abstract
results and their concrete counterparts. This course
establishes a theoretical foundation for the proper
understanding of the inherent limitations and actual
power of digital computers. Also, it provides a relatively
uniform way of stating and investigating problems that
arise in connection with the computation of particular
functions and certain classes of functions. Topics
covered include an introductory treatment of classes of
computable functions, computability by register
machines, computability by turing machines, unsolvable
decision problems, concrete computational complexity,
and complexity of loop programs
CMSC 455 Elementary Formal Language Theory (3)
Prerequisites CMSC 1 20, 250. This course is intended to
serve as an introduction to the theory of formal
languages. This theory is encountered in the study of
both programming languages and natural languages, and
consequently will be useful in numerous other courses in
computer science at the undergraduate and graduate
levels. Topics covered include the highlights of
Chomsky's hierarchy of grammars and Chomsky's
hierarchy of languages, a summary treatment of
acceptors related to these languages, and a brief
introduction to the theory of transformational grammars.
CMSC 460 Computational Methods (3) Prerequisites:
MATH 240, 241, and CMSC 110, or equivalent. Basic
computational methods for interpolation, least squares,
approximation, numerical quadrature, numerical solution
of polynomial and transcendental equations, systems of
linear equations and initial value problems for ordinary
differential equations Emphasis on the methods and
their computational properties rather than on their
analytic aspects. Listed also as MAPI 460. (Credit will
be given for only one of the courses, CMSC 460 or
CMSC 470.)
CMSC 470 Numerical Mathematics: Analysis (3)
Prerequisites: MATH 240 and 241; CMSC 110 or
equivalent. The first half of a one-year introduction to
numerical analysis at the advanced undergraduate level,
supplemented with programming assignments.
Interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration,
solution of nonlinear equations, acceleration of
convergence, numerical treatment of differential
equations. Listed also as MAPL 470, (Credit will be given
for only one of the courses CMSC 460 or CMSC 470 )
CMSC 471 Numerical Mathematics: Linear Algebra (3)
Prerequisites: MATH 240 and 241; CMSC 110 or
equivalent. The course, with MAPL7CMSC 470, forms a
one-year introduction to numerical analysis at the
advanced undergraduate level. Direct solution of linear
systems, norms, least squares problems, the symmetric
eigenvalue problem, basic iterative methods. Topics will
t5e supplemented with programming assignments. (Listed
also as MAPL 471 )
CMSC 475 Combinatorics and Graph Theory (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 240 and MATH 241 General
enumeration methods, difference equations, generating
functions. Elements of graph theory, matrix
representations of graphs, applications of graph theory to
transport networks, matching theory and graphical
algorithms (Also listed as MATH 475.)
CMSC 477 Optimization (3) Prerequisites: CMSC 110
and MATH 405 or MATH 401 Linear programming
including the simplex algorithm and dual linear programs,
convex sets and elements of convex programming,
combinatorial optimization integer programming. (Listed
also as MAPL 477.)
CMSC 480 Simulation of Continuous Systems (3)
Prerequisite, CMSC 280 or equivalent. Introduction to
digital simulation; simulation by mimic programming;
simulation by Fortran programming; simulation by DSLy90
(or CSMP) programming; logic and construction of a
simulation processor; similarity t)etween digital
simulations of continuous and discrete systems.
CMSC 498 Special Problems In Computer Science
(1-3) Prerequisite, Permission of instructor. An
individualized course designed to allow a student or
students to pursue a specialized topic or project under
the supervision of the senior staff. Credit according to
wort( done.
CMSC 612 Computer Systems Theory (3) Prerequisite:
CMSC 411, CMSC 412, CMSC 250, and STAT 400, or
equivalent. Basic theoretical results in computer
systems, including synthetic models of system structure,
analytical (probabilistic) models of system structure,
analysis of computer system mechanisms, analysis of
operating system mechanisms, and analysis of resource
allocation policies.
CMSC 620 Problem Solving Methods In Artificial
Intelligence (3) Prerequisites CMSC 420 and 450.
Underiying theoretical concepts in solving problems by
heuristically guided trial and error search methods.
State-space problem reduction, and first-order predicate
calculus representations for solving problems. Search
algorithms and their optimality' proofs.
CMSC 630 Theory of Programming Languages (3)
Prerequisite: CMSC 430. Syntactic and semantic models
of programming languages Finite state processors and
their application to lexical analysis. Context free
languages, LR(K), precedence languages as models of
programming languages. Extensions to context free
grammars such as property grammars, inherited arid
synthesized attributes. Van Wijngearden grammars
(ALGOL 68), abstract syntax, the Vienna definition
language, graph models Translator writing systems.
CMSC 640 Computability and Automata (3)
Introduction to formal treatment of abstract computing
devices and the concept of 'effective procedure'. Major
topics: (1) Finite-state automata. Finite-state transducers
and acceptors, finite-slate languages, regular
expressions and sets. (2) Turing machines, computability,
and partial recursive functions. The turing formalism as a
model of the computation process: (3) Representative
models of digital computers.
CMSC 660 Algorithmic Numerical Analysis (3)
Prerequisites, MATH/CMSC 460 or 470, and CMSC 110.
Detailed study of problems arising in the implementation
of numerical algorithms on a computer. Typical problems
include rounding errors, their estimation and control;
numerical stability considerations; stopping criteria for
converging processes; parallel methods Examples from
linear algebra, differential equations, minimization, (Also
listed as MATH 684).
CMSC 700 Translation of Programming Languages
(3) Prerequisites: CMSC 420 and 440 Application of
theoretical concepts developed in formal language and
automata theory to the analytic design of programming
languages and their processors. Theory of push-down
automata, precedence analysis, and txiunded-context
syntactic analysis as models of syntactic portion of
translator design. Design criteria underiying compiler
techniques, such as backtracking and lookahead.
Methods for analyzing translator operation in terms of
estimating storage space and translation time
requirements. Current version of Backus-Naur form.
Associated semanic notations for specifying the operation
of programming language translators.
CMSC 710 Simulation of Computers and Software (3)
Prerequisite: CMSC 410 or equivalent. Computer
simulation language, marco and micro simulation,
Boolean translation, software-hardware transformation,
descriptiori and simulation of a microprogrammed
computer, construction and simulation of an assembler,
project for unified hardware-software design,
CMSC 720 Information Retrieval (3) Prerequisite:
CMSC 420. Designed to introduce the student to
computer techniques for information organization and
retrieval of natural language data. Techniques of
statistical, syntactic and logical analysis of natural
language for retrieval, and the extent of their success.
Methods of designing systems for use in operational
environments. Applications to both data and document
systems.
CMSC 723 Computational Linguistics (3) Prerequisite:
CMSC 420. Introductory course on applications of
computational techniques to linguistics and
Counseling and Personnel Services Program 75
natural-language processing. Research cycle of corpus
selection. pre-editmg. key-punching, processing,
post-editing, and evaluation. General-purpose input,
processing, and output routines. Special-purpose
programs for sentence parsing and generation,
segmentation, idiom recognition, paraphrasing, and
stylistic and discourse analysis. Programs lor dictionary,
tliesaurus, and concordance compilation, and editing.
Systems lor automatic abstracting, translation, and
question-answeri ng
CMSC 725 Mathematical Linguistics (3) Prerequisites:
CMSC 640 and STAT 400 Introductory course on
applications ol mathematics to linguistics Elementary
ideas in phonology, grammar, and semantics Automata,
formal grammars and languages, Chomsky's theory ol
translormational grammars, Yngve's depthhypothesis and
syntactic complexity. Markov-chain models ol word and
sentence generation. Shannon's inlormation theory,
Camap and Bar-Hillel's semantic theory, lexicostatistics
and stylostatistics, Zopl's Law ol Frequency and
Mandelbrot's Rank Hypothesis. Mathematical models as
theoretical loundation lor computational linguistics
CMSC 730 Artificial Intelligence (3) Prerequisites:
CMSC 620 and STAT 401 Heuristic programming: tree
search procedures. Programs lor game playing, theorem
finding and proving, problem solving; multiple-purpose
programs Conversation with computers;
question-answering programs. Trainable pattern
classifiers-linear, piecewise linear, quadratic, '0'. and
multilayer machines Statistical decision theory, decision
functions, liklihood ratios; mathematical taxonomy, cluster
detection Neural models, computational properties ol
neural nets, processing ol sensory inlormation.
representative conceptual models ol the brain.
CMSC 733 Computer Processing of Pictorial
Information (3) Prerequisite: CMSC 420. Input, output,
and storage ol pictonal inlormation Pictures as
information sources, efficient encoding sampling,
quantization, approximation. Position-invanant operations
on pictures, digital and optical implementations, the pax
language, applications to matched and spatial Irequency
filtering. Picture quality, image enhancement' and image
restoration'. Picture properties and pictonal pattern
recognition. Processing ol complex pictures; figure'
extraction, properties of figures. Data structures lor
pictures descnption and manipulation; picture
languages'. Graphics systems lor alphanumehc and
other symbols, line drawings ol two- and
three-dimensional objects, cartoons and movies,
CMSC 737 Topics In Information Science (3)
Prerequisite: Permission ol the instructor. This is the
same course as LBSC 721 Delinition ol inlormation
science, relation to cybernetics and other sciences.
systems analysis, inlormation, basic constraints on
inlormation systems, processes ol communication.
classes and their use. optimalization and mechanization.
CMSC 740 Automata Theory (3) Prerequisite: CMSC
640. This is the same course as ENEE 652 Introduction
to the theory ol abstract mathematical machines-
Structural and behavioral classilicalion ol automata.
Finite-state automata; theory ol regular sets Pushdown
automata. Linear-bounded automata. Finite transducers.
Turing machines, universal luring machines
CMSC 745 Theory of Formal Languages (3)
Prerequisite: CMSC 640. Formal grammars; syntax and
semantics Post productions. Markov algorithms
Finite-state languages, parsing, trees, and ambiguity.
Theory of regular sets. Context-tree languages;
pushdown automata Context-sensitive languages;
linear-bounded automata. Unrestricted rewriting systems;
turing machines Closure properties ol languages under
operations Undecidability theorems
CMSC 750 Theory of Computablllty (3) Prerequisite:
CMSC 640, Algorithms; Church's thesis. Primitive
recursive lunctions; Godel numbering. General and
partial recursive lunctions. Turing machines; Turings'
thesis. Markov algorithms. Church's lamda calculus.
Grzegorczyk hierarch; Peter hierarchy. Relative
recursiveness Word problems. Post's correspondence
problem.
CMSC 755 Theories of Information (3) Prerequisite
CMSC 620 and STAT 401. Mathematical and logical
foundations ol existing theories ol inlormation Topics
include Fisher's theory ol statistical inlormation, Kullback
and Leibler's theory ol statistical inlormation. Shannon's
theory ol selective inlormation, and Carnap and
Bar-Hillel's theory ol semantic inlormation. The
similarities and differences of these and other theories
are treated.
CMSC 770 Advanced Linear Numerical Analysis (3)
Prerequisite: MAPL 470, 471 and MATH 405 or MATH
474; or consent ol instructor. Advanced topics in
numerical linear algebra, such as dense Eigenvalue
problems, sparse elimination, iterative methods, and
other topics (Same as MAPL 600.)
CMSC 772 Numerical Solution of Nonlinear Equations
(3) Prerequisite: MAPL 470. 471 and MATH 410; or
consent of instructor. Numencal solution ol nonlinear
equations in one and several variables. Existence
questions. Minimization methods. Selected applications.
(Same as MAPL 604 )
CMSC 780 Computer Applications to the Physical
Sciences (3) Prerequisites: CMSC 210, STAT 400. and
a graduate course in physical science. Applications ol
computers to numencal calculation, data reduction, and
modeling in the physical sciences. Stress will be laid on
the leatures ol the applications which have required
techniques not usually considered in more general
contexts.
CMSC 782 Modeling and Simulation of Physical
Systems (3) Prerequisites: CMSC 210 and STAT 401
Monte-Cario and other methods ol investigating models
ol interest to physical scientists. Generation and testing
ol random numbers Probabilistic, delemiinistic and
incomplete models.
CMSC 798 Graduate Seminar In Computer Science
(1-3)
CMSC 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
CMSC 818 Advanced Topics In Computer Systems
(1-3) Prerequisite: Permission ol Instructor. Advanced
topics selected by the laculty Irom the literature ol
computer systems to suit the interest and background ol
students May be repealed lor credit
CMSC 828 Advanced Topics In Information
Processing (1-3) Prerequisite: Pennission ol instructor.
Advanced topics selected by the laculty Irom the
literature of inlormation processing to suit the interest and
background ol students May be repealed lor credit.
CMSC 838 Advanced Topics In Programming
Languages (1-3) Prerequisite: Permission ol instructor.
Advanced topics selected by laculty Irom the literature ol
programming languages to suit the interest and
background ol students. May tie repeated lor credit.
CMSC B40 Advanced Automata Theory (3)
Prerequisite: CMSC 740. Advances and innovations in
automata theory. Variants ol elementary automata,
multitape, multihead. and multidimensional machines.
Counters and stack automata. Wang machines;
Shepherdson-Slurgis machines Recursive hierarchies.
Effective computablllty; relative uncomputability.
Probabilistic automata.
CMSC 858 Advanced Topics In Theory of Computing
(1-3) Prerequisite: Permission ol instructor. Advanced
topics selected by the laculty Irom the literature of theory
of computing to suit the Interest and background ol
students. May be repeated lor credit.
CMSC 878 Advanced Topics In Numerical Methods
(1-3) Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Advanced
topics selected by the laculty Irom the literature ol
numerical methods to suit the Interest and background ol
students May be repealed lor credit.
CMSC 898 Advanced Topics In Applications (1-3)
Prerequisite: Permission ol instructor. Advanced topics
selected by the laculty Irom the literature ol applications
ol Computer Science to suit the interest and background
of students May be repeated for credit
CMSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) (1-8)
Counseling and
Personnel Services
Program
Professor and Chairman: Byrne
Professors: Marx, Magoon''^, Pumroy', Schlossberg
Associate Professors: Allan, Birk^, Greenberg,
Knefelkamp, Lawrence, Leonard, Medvene^, Power,
Ray. Rhoads, Westbrook
Assistant Professors: Boyd, Celotta, Freeman,
Hoffman, Sellars, Spokane, Strein, Teglasi, Thomas,
Waldo
'Joint appointment with Psychology
^Joinl appointment with Counseling Center.
Historically, the programs of the Department of
Counseling and Personnel Services have been
responsive to societal needs in providing leadership
in the training of specialized personnel service
workers. The programs are designed for the
preparation of professionals who sen/e in a variety of
social settings including schools, colleges,
rehabilitative agencies, government agencies and
other community agencies. These professionals may
serve one of several roles either at the practitioner's
level or at an advanced level of leadership,
supervision and research Programs of preparation
for practitioners are offered at the master's and
Advanced Graduate Specialist level while the
advanced offerings for researchers, supervisors, and
personnel administrators are conducted at the
doctoral level. The master's and Advanced Graduate
Specialist programs are offered among the following
six specialty programs within the Department.
1 ) The Elementary School Counseling Specialty
Program prepares the student as a child
development consultant, individual and group
counselor and coordinator of pupil services. 2) The
Secondary School Counseling Program prepares the
student to serve as a member of a human resources
team in individual and group counseling, as
information specialist regarding personal, social,
educational and vocational matters, and pupil
personnel program coordination. 3) The School
Psychology Program prepares the student to be
certified as a school psychologist where his principal
functions are to assess psychological conditions and
devise intervention strategies to enhance the
learning of pupils 4) The College Student Personnel
Specialty Program prepares specialists at the higher
education level in two areas of concentration; college
counseling and Student Personnel Administration
which includes areas such as Student Development,
Student Union, Housing, Admissions, Placement,
Deans of Students and Vice Presidents of Student
Affairs. 5) The Community Counseling Specialty
Program provides three emphases within the
program: Career development and vocational
counseling, personal-social counseling and
community mental health consultation, and adult
counseling. 6) The Rehabilitation Counseling
Specialty Program prepares counselors to work with
mentally, emotionally, socially and physically
handicapped persons in public and private agencies.
The doctoral programs in Counseling and
Personnel Services are designed to prepare
students to achieve exceptional competence in the
areas of research, theory, and practice related to
personnel services Graduates typically assume
positions of leadership, research or supervision of
personnel services in public units such as large
school systems, universities, or state rehabilitation
and community agencies; as professors in personnel
service programs; as counselors in higher education
institutions. The program leading to the Doctor of
Philosophy degree, has as Its major emphasis theory
and research in the behavioral sciences and applied
fields. The primary thrust at the master's and
Advanced Graduate Specialist levels is upon
excellence in practice.
Recent graduates in all specialty areas except in
school counseling have been employed in their
areas of interest, or in an allied area of interest. This
is so particularly for PhD graduates. Because many
of the department's students are already employed,
and study part-time, employment is not a concern.
The curtailment of student populations has greatly
reduced the number of openings for school
counselors. Correspongingly, fewer students are
enrolling in those specialty areas, but attrition and
resignations among school counselors result in
employment opportunities for those lew. Changes in
federal support for rehabilitation programs may affect
employment of graduates of that specialty area.
76 Counseling and Personnel Services Program
Admission and Degree Information
Admission to these programs is not only based on
meeting minimum requirements, but is also
competitively based on staff resources available.
Tfie requirements for tfie masters and Advanced
Graduate Specialist's diplomas are spelled out for
each of the six specialty areas Write or call for the
specialty area brochure(s) which interest you, (301)
454-2026,
The doctoral program of studies is developed
with an advisor. The single required course is
Advanced Statistics. There are no language
requirements for the Ph.D. degree.
Courses
EDCP 410 Introduction to Counseling and Personnel
Services (3) Presents principles and procedures, and
examines the function of counselors, psychologists in
schools, school social workers, and other personnel
service workers.
EDCP 411 Mental Hygiene (3) The practical application
of the principles of mental hygiene to classroom
problems.
EDCP 413 Behavior Modification (3) Knowledge and
techniques of intervention in a variety of social situations,
including contingency contracting and time out will be
acquired
EDCP 414 Principles of Behavior (3) Development of
student proficiency in analysing complex pattems of
behavior on the basis of empirical evidence
EDCP 415 Behavior Mediation (3) Prerequisite; EDCP
414. Basic Principles of human behavior will be reviewed
and and application of these principles will be
implemented under supervision.
EDCP 417 Group Dynamics and Leadership (3) The
nature and property of groups, interaction analysis,
developmental phases, leadership dynamics and styles,
roles of members and interpersonal communications.
Two hours of lecture discussion and two hours of
laboratory per week, laboratory involves experimental
based learning
EDCP 420 Education and Racism (3) Strategy
development for counselors and educators to deal with
problems of racism.
EDCP 460 Introduction to Rehabilitation Counseling
(3) Introductory course tor majors in rehabilitation
counseling, social wort(, psychology, or education who
desire to wort< professionally with physically or
emotionally handicapped persons
EDCP 470 introduction to Student Personnel (3)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. A systematic analysis
of research and theoretical literature on a variety of major
problems in the organization and administration of
student personnel services in higher education. Included
will be discussion of such topics as the student personnel
philosophy in education, counseling sen/ices, discipline,
frousing, student activities, financial aid, health, remedial
services, etc
EDCP 489 Field Experience In Counseling and
Personnel Services (1-4) Prerequisites: At least six
semester hours in Education at the University of
Maryland plus such other prerequisites as may be set by
the major area in which the expenence is to be taken.
Planned field expenence may be provided for selected
students who have had teaching expenence and whose
application for such field experience has been approved
by the Education faculty. Field experience is offered in a
given area to both major and nonmaior students Note:
The total number of credits which a student may eam in
EDCP 489, 888, and 889 is limited to a maximum of 20
semester hours
EDCP 498 Special Problems in Counseling and
Personnel Services (1-3) Prerequisite Consent of
instructor Available only to major students who have
formal plans for individual study of approved problems.
EDCP 499 Worlcshops, Clinics. InstKutes (1-6) The
maximum number of credits that may be eamed under
this course symtx>l toward any degree is six semester
trours; the symtx)l may be used two or more times until
six semester hours have been reached. The following
type of educational enterprise may be scheduled under
this course heading: workshops conducted by the
Department of Counseling and Personnel Services (or
developed cooperatively with other departments, colleges
and universities) and not othenwise covered in the
present course listing; clinical experiences in counseling
and testing centers, reading clinics, speech therapy
laboratories, and special education centers; institutes
developed around specific topics or problems and
intended for designated groups.
EDCP 605 issues In Counseling Adults (3) Theoretical
approaches to adult development. The scope and variety
of settings (industry, education, government) in which
programs of adult counseling and guidance take place,
and the nature of such programs.
EDCP 611 Occupational Choice Theory and
Information (3) Research and theory related to
occupational and educational decisions; programs of
related information and other activities in occupational
decision.
EDCP 614 Personality Theories In Counseling and
Personnel Services (3) Examination of constructs and
research relating to major personality theories with
emphasis on their significance for working with the
behaviors of individuals.
EDCP 615 Cases In Appraisal (3) Prerequisite: EDMS
446 or EDMS 451. Collecting and interpreting
non-standardized pupil appraisal data, synthesis of all
types of data through case study procedures
EDCP 616 Counseling — Theoretical Foundations and
Practice (3) Prerequisite: EDCP 615, Exploration of
learning theories as applied to counseling in school, and
practices which stem from such theories
EDCP 617 Group Counseling (3) Prerequisite: EDCP
616 A survey of theory, research and practice of group
counseling and psychotherapy with an introduction to
growth groups and the laboratory approach, therapeutic
factors in groups, composition of therapeutic groups,
problem clients, therapeutic techniques, research
methods, theories, ethics and training of group
counselors and therapists.
EDCP 619 Practlcum In Counseling (2-6)
Prerequisites: EDCP 616 and permission of instructor.
Sequence of supervised counseling experiences of
increasing complexity. Limited to eight applicants in
advance. Two hours class plus latxDratory.
EDCP 626 Group Counseling Practlcum (3)
Prerequisite: EDCP 617, EDCP 619, and consent of
instructor. A supervised field experience in group
counseling.
EDCP 627 Process Consultation (3) Prerequisite
Graduate course in group process. Study of case
consultation, systems consultation, mental health
consultation and the professionals role in systems
intervention strategies,
EDCP 633 Diagnostic Appraisal of Children I (4)
Assessment of development, emotional and learning
problems of children in schools. Practlcum experience.
EDCP 634 Diagnostic Appraisal of Children II (4)
Prerequisite: EDCP 633 Assessment of development,
emotional, and learning problems of adolescents in
schools. Practlcum experience.
EDCP 635 Therapeutic Techniques and Classroom
Management I (3) Prerequisite; EDCP 414. Diagnosis
and treatment of problems presented by teachers and
parents. Practlcum experience.
EDCP 636 Therapeutic Techniques and Classroom
Management II (3) Prerequisite: EDCP 635 The
objective of this course is to understand and to treat
children's problems. The focus is primarily on the older
child in secondary school and the onentation is
essentially behavioral. Practlcum experience will be
provided.
EDCP 645 Counseling In Elementary Schools (3)
Prerequisite: EDCP 615 or consent of instructor.
Counseling theory and practices as related to children
Emphasis will be placed on an awareness of the child's
total behavior as well as on specific methods of
communicating with the child through techniques of play
inten/iews, observations, and the use of non-parametric
data.
EDCP 655 Organization and Administration of
Personnel Services (2) Prerequisite: EDCP 619 or
permission of instructor Exploration of Personnel
services programs and implementing personnel services
practices
EDCP 656 Counseling and Personnel Services
Seminar (2) Prerequisite; Advanced standing
Examination of issues that bear on professional issues
such as ethics, interprofessional relationships and
research,
EDCP 661 Psycho-Social Aspects of Disability (3)
Prerequisite; EDCP 460 or consent of instructor. This
course is part of the core curriculum for rehabilitation
counselors II is designed to develop an understanding of
the nature and importance of the personal and
psycho-social aspects of adult disability.
EDCP 662 Psychiatric Aspects of Disability i (3)
Prerequisite: EDCP 460 or equivalent and consent of
instructor. Part of core curriculum in rehabilitation
counseling It is designed to develop an understanding of
the rehabilitation process, clients served, and skills and
attitudes necessary tor working effectively with the
physically disabled.
EDCP 663 Psychiatric Aspects of Disability li (3)
Prerequisite: EDCP 460 or equivalent and consent of
instructor. Pan of core curnculum in rehabilitation
counseling. The psychiatric rehabilitatiori client;
understanding his needs, treatment approaches
available, and society's reaction to the client.
EDCP 668 Special Topics In Rehabilitation (1-6)
Prerequisite; Permission of the instructor Repeatable to
a maximum of six hours.
EDCP 716 Advanced Counseling Theory Seminar (3)
Prerequisite: Masters degree in counseling, or
instructor's permission. Systematic investigation ol
methods of theory analysis and their application to
counseling theory,
EDCP 718 Advanced Seminar in Group Processes
(2-6) Prerequisites EDCP 626. Repeatable to a
maximum of six credits.
EDCP 735 Seminar In Rehabilitation Counseling (2)
This course is part of the core curriculum for
rehabilitation counselors. It is designed to provide the
advanced rehabilitation counseling student with a fonnal
seminar to discuss, evaluate and attempt to reach
personal resolution regarding pertinent professional
problems and issues in the field
EDCP 771 The College Student (3) A demographic
study of the characteristics of college students as well as
a study of their aspirations, values, and purposes.
EDCP 776 Modification of Human Behavior:
Laboratory and Practlcum (3) Prerequisite: Permission
of instructor. Individual and group supervised introduction
to intake and counseling relationships.
EDCP 777 Modification of Human
Behavior — Laboratory and Practlcum (3) Prerequisite;
EDCP 776 and permission of instructor Continuation of
EDCP 776. Further experience under direct supen/ision
of more varied forms of counseling relationships.
EDCP 778 Seminar In Student Personnel (2-6) An
intensive study of the various studen* personnel
functions A means to integrate the knowledge from
various fields as they relate to student personnel
administration,
EDCP 788 Advanced Practlcum in Counseling (1-6)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor, previous practlcum
experience. Individual supervision of counseling, arkJ
group consultation Repeatable to a maximum of six
credits.
EDCP 789 Advanced Topics in Counseling and
Personnel Services (1-6) Repeatable to a maximum of
6 credits.
EDCP 798 Special Problems In Counseling and
Personnel Services (1-6) Master's AGS. or doctoral
candidates who desire to pursue special research
problems under the direction of their advisers may
register for credit under this number.
EDCP 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) Registration
required to the extent of six hours for masters thesis.
EDCP 888 Apprenticeship in Counseling and
Personnel Services (1-8) Apprenticeships in the major
area of study are available to selected students whose
application for an apprenticeship has been approved by
the education faculty. Each apprentice is assigned to
wori< for at least a semester full-time or the equivalent
with an appropriate staff member of a cooperating
school, school system, or educational institution or
agency. The sponsor of the apprentice maintains a close
Criminal Justice and Criminology Program 77
working relationship with the apprentice and the other
persons involved Prerequisites: teaching experience, a
master's degree in education, and at least six semester
hours in education at the University o( Maryland. Note:
The total number of credits which a student may earn in
EDCP 489. 888. and 889 is limited to a maximum of
twenty (20) semester hours
EDCP 889 Internship In Counseling and Personnel
Services {a-8) Internships in the major area of study are
available to selected students who have teaching
expehence The following groups of students are eligible:
(a) Any student who has been advanced to candidacy for
the doctors degree: and (b) Any student who receives
special approval by the education faculty for an
internship, provided that prior to tal<ing an internship,
such student shall have completed at least 60 semester
hours of graduate work, including at least six semester
hours in education at the University of Maryland. Each
intem is assigned to worii on a full-time basis for at least
a semester with an appropriate staff member in a
cooperating school, school system, or educational
institution or agency. The intemship must t)e taken in a
school Situation different from the one where the student
is regularly employed The interns sponsor maintains a
close working relationship with the intern and the other
persons involved Note: The total number of credits
which a student may earn in EDCP 489, 888, and 889 is
limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester hours.
EDCP 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Registration required to the extent of 6-9 hours for an
Ed.O project and 12-18 hours for a Ph D dissertation.
Criminal Justice and
Criminology Program
(Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology)
Directorand Professor Wellford
Professor Emeritus: Lejins
Associate Professors: Ingraham, Maids, Tennyson
Assistant Professor: B Johnson
The Program of graduate study leading to a Master
of Arts and Ph.D degree in the area of Criminal
Justice and Criminology is intended to prepare
students for research, teaching and professional
employment in the operational agencies in the field
of criminal justice This program combines an
intensive background in a social science discipline
such as sociology, psychology, public administration,
etc., with graduate-level study of selected aspects of
the criminal justice field.
A study recently completed of Institute MA and
Ph.D alumni reveals that Masters degree graduates
have found employment in both public and private
institutions in virtually every kind of activity
associated with the criminal justice system: research,
teaching, state, federal, and local law enforcement,
courts, corrections, private security, funded
programs, etc PhD graduates have found
employment mostly in teaching, research, and as
administrators in government agencies.
Admission and Degree Information
In addition to the general Graduate School
requirements, special admission requirements
include the Graduate Record Examination Aptitude
Test, a major in a social science discipline, and 9
hours of course work in the appropriate area of
criminal justice For the MA applicant, the
undergraduate social science major must have
included at least one course each in theory, statistics
and research methods The Ph.D applicant must
have completed two statistics, two research methods
and two theory courses, one of each being at the
masters-level Admission to the Ph.D. program
presupposes completion of the MA degree At the
discretion of the Graduate Admissions Committee of
the Institute, deficiencies in some of the above areas
may be made up by noncredit work at the beginning
of the program
Students enrolled in the MA. program have two
options: a Criminology option and a Criminal Justice
option. The general plan of study for both options,
totaling to 30 semester hours, is as follows: 1) Three
social science courses on an appropriate level in
theory, methodology, and statistics. 2) Three
appropriate-level courses in Criminology or Law
Enforcement, depending upon the option Two of
these must be at the 600 level or above One of
these should be a general seminar dealing with the
overall field of criminal justice (LENF 600) 3) Two
elective courses 4) Tutorial courses may be taken
only as elective courses 5) The student has a
choice between: a) an M.A. degree with an MA.
thesis, b) an MA. degree without thesis, but with
some additional requirements.
For completion of the Ph.D. degree, in addition
to the general Graduate School Ph.D. requirements,
competence in the theory of at least one social
science discipline, in research methodology and in
quantitative techniques is expected, as well as
competence in the general theory of the criminal
justice field and in the specialization area selected
by the student The necessary coursework is
determined on the basis of the student's previous
preparation, needs, and interests. The candidate is
required to pass comprehensive examinations.
Financial Assistance
Graduate teaching assistantships are available on a
competitive basis. Further, graduate research
assistantships are sometimes available for graduate
students to participate in research projects directed
by faculty members and funded by outside sources
Additional Information
A brochure describing the Institute of Criminal
Justice and Criminology and its programs is
available upon request Inquiries should be directed
to:
Graduate Program Coordinator
Institute of Criminal Justice
University of Maryland
Courses
Criminology
CRIM 432 Law of Corrections (3) Prerequisite, LENF
230 or 234 and CRIM 220. A review of the law of
criminal corrections from sentencing to final release or
release on parole Probation, punishments, special
treatments for special offenders, parole and pardon, and
the prisoner's civil nghts are also examined.
CRIM 450 Juvenile Delinquency (3) Prerequisite. SOCY
100. Juvenile delinquency in relation to the general
problem of crime, analysis of factors underlying juvenile
delinquency: treatment and prevention.
CRIM 451 Crime and Delinquency Prevention (3)
Prerequisites, CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or consent of
instructor Methods and programs in prevention of crime
and delinquency.
CRIM 452 Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents In
the Community (3) Prerequisite, CRIM 220 or CRIM 450
or consent of instructor Analysis of the processes and
methods in the modification of cnminat patterns of
behavior in a community setting.
CRIM 453 Institutional Treatment of Criminals and
Delinquents (3) Prerequisite, CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or
consent of instructor. History, organization and functions
of penal and correctional institutions for adults and
juveniles.
CRIM 454 Contemporary Criminological Theory (3)
Prerequisite, CRIM 220, CRIM 450, and CRIM 451 or
CRIM 452 or CRIM 453. Brief historical overview of
criminological theory up to the 50's Deviance. Labeling
Typologies Most recent research in criminalistic
sutKultures and middle class delinquency. Recent
proposals for "decriminalization'.
CRIM 455 Psychology ol Criminal Behavior (3)
Prerequisites: CRIM 220 or equivalent and PSYC 331 or
equivalent. Biological, environmental, and personality
factors which influence criminal behaviors. Biophysiology
and crime, stress and crime, maladjustment patterns,
psychoses, personality disorders, aggression and violent
crime, sex-motivated crime and sexual deviations,
alcohol and drug abuse, and criminal behavior
CRIM 498 Selected Topics In Criminology (3) Topics
of special interest to advanced undergraduates in
criminology Such courses will be offered in response to
student request and faculty interest No more than six
credits may be taken by a student in selected topics
CRIM 610 Research Methods In Criminal Justice and
Criminology (3) Prerequisite Completion of research
methods and statistics requirements for the M A degree.
Examination of special research problems and
techniques
CRIM 850 Advanced Criminology (3) First semester
Survey of the principal issues in contemporary
crimiriological theory and research
CRIM 651 Seminar In Criminology (3) Second
semester.
CRIM 652 Seminar In Juvenile Delinquency (3) First
semester
CRIM 653 Crime and Delinquency as a Community
Problem (3) Second semester An intensive study ol
selected problems in adult cnme and juvenile
delinquency in Maryland
CRIM 654 History of Criminological Thought (3)
Prerequisite: CRIM 454 or its equivalent A study of the
development of criminological ttiought from antiquity to
the present
CRIM 699 Special Criminological Problems (1-3)
Prerequisite :Consent of instructor. Supervise study of
selected problems in the field of cnminology. Repeatable
to a maximum of 6 credits.
CRIM 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
CRIM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Doctoral dissertation research in cnminal justice and
criminology.
Law Enforcement
LENF 444 Advanced Law Enforcement
Administration (3) Prerequisite: LENF 340 or consent of
instructor. The structunng of manpower, malenal. and
systems to accomplish the major goals of social control
Personnel and systems management. Political controls
and limitations on authority and junsdiction.
LENF 455 Dynamics of Planned Change In Criminal
Justice I (3) Prerequisite: Consent of instaiclor An
examination of conceptual and practical issues related to
planned change in criminal justice. Emphasis on the
development of innovative ideas using a research and
development approach to change
LENF 456 Dynamics of Planned Change In Criminal
Justice II (3) Prerequisite LENF 455 or consent of
instructor An examination of conceptual and practical
issues related to planned change in criminal justice
Emphasis on change strategies and tactics which are
appropriate for criminal justice personnel in entry level
positions.
LENF 462 Special Problems In Security
Administration (3) Prerequisites: LENF 360 and consent
ol instructor- An advanced course for students desinng to
focus on specific concerns in the study of pnvate security
organizations: business intelligence and espionage:
vulnerability and criticality analyses in physical security;
transportation, banking, hospital and military security
problems; uniformed security forces; national defense
information; and others.
LENF 498 Selected Topics In Criminal Justice (1-6)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor Supervised study of a
selected topic to be announced in the field of crimirial
justice. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.
LENF 600 Criminal Justice (3) Prerequisites: Admission
to the graduate program in criminal justice or consent of
instructor. Current concept of criminal justice in
relationship to other concepts in the field. Historical
perspective. Criminal justice and social control
Operational implications Systemic aspects Issues of
evaluation.
LENF 630 Seminar In Criminal Law and Society (3)
Prerequisite: LENF 230 or its equivalent and a course in
introductory criminology The cnminal law is studied in
the context of general studies in the area of the sociology
of law. The evolution and social and psychological
factors affecting the formulation and administration of
criminal laws are discussed Also examined is the impact
of criminal laws and their sanctions on behavior in the
light of recent empirical evidence
78 Early Childhood-Elementary Education Program
LENF 640 Seminar In Criminal Juatlce Administration
(3) Prerequisites: One course in the theory ol groups or
organizations, one course in administration, or consent of
instructor Examination o( exiemal and intemai factors
that currently impact on police administration
Intra-organizational relationships and policy formulation;
the conversion of inputs into decisions and policies.
Strategies for formulating, implementing and assessing
administrative decisions.
LENF 699 Special Problem* In Criminal Justice (1-3)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Supervised study of a
selected problem in the field of criminal justice.
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits.
LENF 720 Criminal Justice System Planning (3)
Prerequisites: One course in criminal justice and one
course in research methodology System theory and
method; examination of planning methods and models
t}ased primarily on a systems approach to the operations
of the criminal justice system
LENF 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
Early
Childhood-Elementary
Education Program
Interim Chairman:
Professors: RcxJerick, Sublett, Weaver, R. Wilson
Associate Professors: Amershek, Church, Eley,
Heidelbach, Herman, Jantz, Johnson, Seefeldl,
Williams.
Assistant Professors: Cole, Dreher, Gambrell,
Garner, Knifong, Madison, Saracho. Schumacher
Graduate programs leading to MA.. M.Ed . Ed.D.,
and Ph.D. degrees in the Department of Early
Childhood-Elementary Education are designed to
prepare teachers, curriculum specialists, supervisors,
administrators, and higher education instnjctors to
function effectively in leadership positions in
programs for children.
Students have opportunities to specialize in any
of the following areas; early childhood education,
elementary education, reading science education,
mathematics education, language arts, social studies
education, or nursery-kindergarten education.
Admission and Degree Information
Masters Degree programs average 30-36 semester
hours. Ed.D. and Ph.D. programs average 90
semester hours, including work at the master's level.
All applicants must submit the Miller Analogy Test
score as prerequisite to admission
EDEL 500 and 501 , qualifying courses for which
no graduate credit is offered, may be required of
some students.
Programs, particularly at the doctoral level, are
individualized to reflect the students' backgrounds
and to meet their particular career goals. Regular
counseling with an advisor is an important aspect of
each program. An effort is made to ascertain that
graduate programs include both theory and
practicum, professional work and academic courses.
There is a comprehensive examination near the
completion of work at the master's level. The Ph.D.
program includes a preliminary examination after
approximately 12 semester hours of work and a
comprehensive examination near the completion of
the program.
Facilities and Special Resources
special facilities for graduate study include the
Reading Center, the Science Teaching Center, the
Arithmetic Center, the Teacher Education Centers in
local schools, and the Center for 'Voung Children.
Financial Assistance
The Department is able to give financial aid, in the
form of graduate sitanships, to a limited number
of students of proven ability who have had public
school teaching experience.
Courses
EDEL 401 Science In Early Childhood Education (3)
Designed primarily to help in-service teachers, nursery
school through grade 3. to acquire general science
understandings and to develop teaching materials for
practical use in classrooms Includes experiments,
demonstrations, constructions, observations, field trips
and use of audio-visual materials. The emphasis is on
content and method related to science units in common
use in nursery school through Grade 3. Offered during
summer sessions and in off-campus programs taught
through University College. Ordinarily there is no field
placement.
EDEL 402 Science In the Elementary School (3)
Designed primarily to help in-service teachers, grades
1-6, to acquire general science understandings and to
develop teaching materials for practical use in
classrooms. Includes experiments, demonstrations,
constructions, observations, field trips and use of
audio-visual materials. The emphasis is on content and
method related to science units in common use in grades
1-6. Offered during summer sessioris and in off-campus
programs taught through University College. Ordinarily
there is no field placement.
EDEL 404 Language Arts In Early Childhood
Education (3) Teaching of spelling, handwriting, oral and
written expression and creative expression. Designed
primarily for in-service teachers, nursery school through
grade 3. Offered during summer sessions and in
off-campus programs taught through University College
Ordinarily, there is no field placement.
EDEL 405 Language Arts In the Elementary School
(3) Teaching of spelling, handwriting, oral and written
expression and creative expression Designed primarily
lor in-service teachers, grades 1-6. Offered during
summer sessions and in off-campus programs taught
through University College. Ordinarily there is no field
placement,
EDEL 406 Social Studies In Early Childhood
Education (3) Consideration given to curriculum,
organization and methods of teaching, evaluation of
newer materials and utilization of environmental
resources. Designed lor in-service teachers, nursery
school through grade 3, Offered during summer sessions
and in off-campus programs taught through University
College. Ordinarily there is no field placement,
EDEL 407 Social Studies In the Elementary School
(3) Consideration given to curriculum, organization and
methods of teaching, evaluation of newer materials and
utilization ol environmental resources. Designed for
in-service teachers, grades 1-6, Offered during summer
session and in off-campus programs taught through
University College Ordinarily there is no field placement.
EDEL 410 The Child and the Curriculum— Early
Childhood (3) Relationship of the school curriculum,
nursery school through grade 3, to child growth and
development. Recent trends in curriculum organization;
the effect of environment on leaming; readiness to team;
and adapting curriculum content and methods to maturity
levels of children. Designed for in-service teachers,
nursery school through grade 3, Offered during summer
sessions and in off-campus programs taught through
University College. Ordinarily there is no field placement.
EDEL 411 The Child and the Curriculum— Elementary
(3) Relationship of the school curriculum, grades 1-6, to
child growth and development Recent trends in
curriculum organization; the effect of environment on
leaming: readiness to learn; and adapting cumculum
content and methods to maturity levels of children.
Designed for in-service teachers, grades 1-6 Offered
during summer sessions and in off-campus programs
taught through University College Ordinarily there is no
field placement,
EDEL 412 Art In the Elementary School (3) Concerned
with art methods and materials for elementary schools.
Includes laboratory experiences with materials
appropriate for elementary schools,
EDEL 413 Mathematics In Eariy Childhood Educatton
(3) Prerequisite: MATH 210 or equivalent Emphasis on
materials and procedures which help pupils sense
arithmetic meanings and relationships. Designed to help
in-service teachers, nursery school through grade 3, gain
a better understanding of the number system and
arithmetical processes. Offered during summer sessions
and in off-campus programs taught through University
College. Ordinarily there is no field placement.
EDEL 414 Mathematics In the Elementary School (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 210 or equivalent. Emphasis on
materials and procedures which help pupils sense
arithmetic meanings and relationships. Designed to help
in-service teachers, Grades 1-6. gain a better
understanding of the number system and arithmetical
processes. Offered during summer sessions and in
off-campus programs taught through University College.
Ordinarily there is no field placement,
EDEL 415 Diagnosis and Treatment of Learning
DIsablltles In Mathematics I (3) Prerequisite: EDEL 351
or equivalent and approval of instructor. Diagnosis and
treatment of disabilities in mathematics. Theoretical
models, specific diagnostic and instructional techniques
and materials for working with children in both clinical
and classroom settings. Practice using techniques by
conducting case studies with children previously
diagnosed as primarily corrective rather than severely
disabled. Clinic hours to be arranged,
EDEL 416 The Mathematics Laboratory (3)
Prerequisite: EDEL 351 or equivalent, or consent of the
instructor. The definition, design, and uses ol an
elementary school mathematics laboratory Latx>ratory
visitations. The design of instructional activities and
field-test activities with children,
EDEL 417 Social Studies and Multiethnic Education
(3) Prerequisites: A preservice Social Studies methods
course or permission of the instructor. Seminars will be
held relating to general social science principles that are
applicable to multiethnic education as a component of
social studies instruction. Cultural experiences arranged
on an independent basis for each participant,
EDEL 424 Literature for Children and Young People,
Advanced. (3) Development of literary materials for
children and young people. Timeless and ageless
books, and outstanding examples of contemporary
publishing. Evaluation of the contributions of individual
authors and illustrators and children's book awards.
EDEL 425 The Teaching of Reading— Early Childhood
(3) Concerned with the fundamentals of developmental
reading instruction, including reading readiness, use of
experience stories, procedures in using basal readers,
the improvement of comprehension, teaching reading in
all areas of the curriculum, uses of children's literature,
the program in word analysis, and procedures for
determining individual needs Designed for in-service
teachers, nursery school through grade 3 Offered during
summer sessions and in off-campus programs taught
through University College Ordinarily, there is no field
placement
EDEL 426 The Teaching of Reading — Elementary (3)
Concerned with the fundamentals of developmental
reading instruction, including reading readiness, use of
experierice stories, procedures in using basal readers,
the improvement of comprehension, teaching reading in
all areas of the curriculum, uses of children's literature,
the program in word analysis, and procedures for
determining individual needs. Designed for in-service
teachers, grades 1-6 Offered during summer sessions
and in off-campus programs taught through University
College. Ordinarily, there is no field placement.
EDEL 430 Corrective-Remedial Reading Instruction
(3) Prerequisite: EDEUEDSE 427 or equivalent, and
consent of the department. For teachers, supervisors,
and administrators who wish to identify and assist pupils
with reading difficulties. Concerned with diagnostic
techniques, instructional materials and teaching
procedures useful in the regular classroom,
EDEL 431 Laboratory Practices In Reading (3)
Prerequisite: EDEL 430 A iatwralory course in which
each student has one or more pupils for analysis and
instruction At least one class meeting per week to
diagnose individual cases and to plan instruction
EDEL 488 Special Topics In Elementary Education
(1-3) Prerequisite: Consent ol instructor. Special
treatment of current topics and issues in elementary
education, Repeatable to maximum ol 6 credits, provided
content is different
EDEL 489 Field Experience In Education (1-4)
Prerequisites: at least six semester hours in education at
the University of Maryland plus such other prerequisites
as may be set by the major area in which the experience
is to be taken Planned field experience may be provided
lor selected students who have had teaching experience
and whose application for such field experience has been
approved by the education faculty. Field experience is
Early Childhood-Elementary Education Program 79
offered in a given area to both major and nonmajor
students. Note — The total number of credits which a
student may earn in EDEL 489. 888. and 889 is limited
to a maximum of 20 semester hours.
EDEL 498 Special Problems In Education (1-3)
Prerequisite Consent ol instructor. Available only to
mature students who have definite plans for individual
study of approved problems
EDEL 499 Worksliops, Clinics, and Institutes (1-6)
The maximum number of credits that may be earned
under this course symbol toward any degree is six
semester hours; the symbol may t5e used two or more
times until six semester hours have been reached the
following types of educational enterprise may be
scheduled under this course heading: workshops
conducted by the College of Education (or developed
cooperatively with other colleges and universities) and
not otherwise covered in the present course listing;
clinical experiences in pupil-testing centers, reading
clinics, speech therapy laboratories, and special
education centers; institutes developed around specific
topics or problems and intended for designated groups
such as school supehntendents, principals and
supervisors
EDEL 500 Education of the Young Child (3)
Prerequisites: A baccalaureate degree and consent of
the department An initial course for persons entering
graduate study in eariy childhood education, to provide a
foundation for further graduate study or a supplement to
other areas Intensive study of current education
programs, teacher roles, and planning, staffing, and
organizing for children s learning needs. Not applicable
towards graduate degrees
EDEL 501 Materials and Practices In Early Childhood
Education (3) Prerequisites A baccalaureate degree
and consent of the department An overview of practices
and media available for innovative approaches in eariy
childhood programs, including diagnostic and prescriptive
techniques Not applicable toward graduate degrees
EDEL 600 Seminar In Elementary Education (3)
Primarily for individuals who wish to write seminar
papers Prerequisite. At least 1 2 hours of graduate work
in education
EDEL 601 Problems In Teaching Science In
Elementary Schools (3) Prerequisite EDEL 353 or 402
or consent of the instructor Analysis of the teaching of
science to children through (1) the identification ol
problems to teaching science. (2) the investigation and
study of research reports related to the identified
problems, and (3) the hypothesizing of methods for
Improving the effectiveness of science education for
children
EDEL 605 Problems of Teaching Language Arts In
Elementary Schools (3) Prerequisite: EDEL 404 or
approval of instructor This course is designed to allow
each student an opportunity (1) to analyze current
issues, trends, and problems in language-arts instruction
in terms of research in fundamental educational theory
and the language arts, and (2) to use this analysis in
effecttr>g changes in methods and materials for
classroom instruction
EDEL 607 Problems of Teaching Social Studies In
Elementary Schools (3) Prerequisite. EDEL 406 or
approval of instructor An examination of current literature
and research reports in the social sciences and in social
studies curi'iculum design and instruction, with an
emphasis on federally-sponsored projects as well as
programs designed for urban children
EDEL 613 Theoretical and Research Foundations of
Elementary School Mathematics (3) Prerequisite:
EDEL 351 or equivalent, or permission of the instructor.
Theoretical and research literature interrelating
mathematics education with psychology, sociology,
philosophy, and history. Evaluation of the influence of
this literature on research, teacher preparation, and
mathematics instruction in schools.
EDEL 614 Elementary School Mathematics Curricula
(3) Prerequisite, EDEL 314 or equivalent and approval of
instructor Critical evaluation of past and present
curricular projects, expenmental programs, and
instructional materials. Design and implementation of
elementary school mathematics curricula
EDEL 615 Diagnosis and Treatment of Learning
Disabilities In Mathematics II (3) Prerequisite, EDEL
415 or equivalent and approval of instructor. Diagnosis
and treatment of severe learning disabilities in
elementary school mathematics. Theoretical models,
relevent research and specific techniques appropriate for
accessing the interaction of subject matter, organismic.
and instnjctional variables will be developed. Clinic hours
for case study work to be arranged.
EDEL 618 Practlum In Diagnoses and Treatment of
Learning Disabilities In Mathematics (3) Prerequisite:
EDEL 615 or equivalent and approval of instructor.
Supervised clinical research studies with children
experiencing learning difficulties in Mathematics.
Extension of diagnostic treatment and reporting
procedures developed in EDEL 415 and 615 Course
may be repeated to a maximum of 6 hours
EDEL 620 Teaching Children's Literature In the
Elementary Classroom (3) Issues and trends in
children's literature with emphasis on implications in
classroom settings. Contemporary social conditions and
problems, trends in publishing, advertising, censorship,
media adaptation, and reading habits.
EDEL 624 Reading Diagnostic Assessment and
Prescription (3) Prerequisites: 12 credits of graduate
study in Education, or consent of instructor. Survey
course in reading diagnosis and prescription lor graduate
students not majoring in Reading. The interpretation of
reading diagnostic techniques with an overview of
various prescriptions based on diagnosis.
EDEL 626 Problems In the Teaching of Reading In
the Elementary School (3) Implications of current theory
and the results of research for the teaching of reading in
the elementary school. Attention is given to all areas of
developmental reading instruction, with special emphasis
on persistent problems.
EDEL 627 Clinical Assessment In Reading (3)
Prerequisites: EDEL 430. EDEL 626. EDf^S 446 and
EDMS 622. Clinical diagnostic techniques and materials
useful to the reading specialist in assessing serious
reading difficulties.
EDEL 630 Clinical Remediation of Reading
Disabilities (3) Prerequisites: EDEL 430. EDEL 626,
EDMS 446 and 622 Remedial procedures and materials
useful to the reading specialist in planning programs of
individual and small group instruction.
EDEL 631 Advanced Laboratory Practices Diagnosis
(3) Prerequisite: EDEL 630, Diagnostic work with children
in clinic and school situations. Administration, scoring,
interpretation, and prescription via diagnostic instruments
is stressed Case report writing and conferences are also
stressed EDEL 631 is taken with EDEL 632
EDEL 632 Advanced Laboratory Practices
(Instruction) (3) Prerequisite, EDEL 630 Remedial
instruction with children in clinic and school situations.
Develop competency in various remedial techniques,
diagnostic teaching and evaluation. Development of the
reading resource role is stressed. EDEL 632 is taken
with EDEL 631 .
EDEL 636 Communications and the School
Curriculum (3) Cumculum development based on
communication as the major vehicle for describing the
learner's interactions with persons, knowledge, and
materials in the classroom and school environment.
EDEL 640 Curriculum for Early Childhood Education
(3) Basic examination of curriculum theory, research and
practice in educational settings for children birth to eight.
Primarily for entering master's students or post-master's
students who have not had a basic graduate curriculum
course iri eariy childhood education.
EDEL 641 The Young Child In the Community (3)
Analysis ol the impact ol major social and economic
trends on young children through study and research of
community agencies, commercial enterprises and social
experiences
EDEL 642 Teaching Strategies In Early Childhood
Education (3) An examination of theory and research
concerning teacher-learner interaction. Analysis of
planning, organization ol learning environments,
evaluation of learning, general classroom management,
and inter-personal relationships.
EDEL 643 Teacher-Parent Relationships (3) A study ol
the methods and materials, trends, and problems in
establishing close home-school relationships.
EDEL 644 Intellectual and Creative Experiences In
Early Childhood Education (3) A critical examination of
theories of intellectual and creative development,
language development, problem solving and critical
thinking.
EDEL 650 Seminar In Early Childhood Education (3)
A problem seminar in Eariy Childhood Education.
Prerequisites: At least 1 2 hours ot graduate work in Eariy
Childhood Education.
EDEL 651 Staffing In Early Childhood Programs (3)
Prerequisite: Admission to doctoral programs in eariy
childhool education or educational administration;
adminstrative experience or consent of instructor.
EDEL 652 Education and Group Care of the Infant
and Young Child (3) Prerequisite: EDI^S 446 or consent
ol the instructor. The historical, theoretical and empirical
basis for the group care and education of young children
with special emphasis on the child under the age of
three
EDEL 653 Curriculum Innovations In Early
Childhood-Elementary Science Education (3)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor A study of the most
recently developed curricula in Eariy
Childhood-Elementary Science Education including the
psychological basis ol each science curriculum; analysis
ol the components of each curriculum; and interaction
with eariy childhood-elementary school children using
selected activities from science curricula.
EDEL 701 Seminar In Research and Development of
Science Education for Children (3) Prerequisites:
EDEL 601 and EDEL 653; or consent ol instmctor The
development ol science education lor children; the study,
description and interpretation of science education
research reports; the identification and critical analysis of
one specific topic in Eariy Childhood-Elementary Science
Education; and the development of a research proposal
for an investigation designed to furr the the student's
knowledge of the selected topic in Eariy
Childhood-Elementary Science Education.
EDEL 707 Elementary School Social Studies
Research (3) Prerequisites: EDEL 607, EDMS 446, and
12 graduate hours in the Social Sciences. The
indentification of a significant problem in Elementary
School Social Studies, the design and execution of a
research study to resolve the problem Intended for
advanced graduate students whose concentration is in
Elementary School Social Studies.
EDEL 719 Research Seminar in Teaching and
Learning of Elementary School Mathematics (3)
Prerequisite: EDMS 645 and EDEL 613. or consent of
instructor Critical evaluation ot past and current
research, formulation of researchable questions, design
and conduct ol research in the teaching and learning of
elementary school mathematics Course may be
repeated to a maximum of 6 credits.
EDEL 726 Research Design in Eariy Childhood
Education (3) Prerequisites: EDMS 646 or equivalent.
Provides opportunity for designing and conducting
research with children from birth to eight years of age
based on reviews, evaluations and discussions of
significant and relevant early childhood research
literature.
EDEL 729 Theory and Research Seminar in Reading
(3) Prerequisite-Consent of instructor. Survey of the
literature in reading and allied fields, an examination of
current research directions and methodologies.
Implications for classroom practice Repeatable to a
maximum of six credits.
EDEL 788 Special Topics In Elementary Education
(1-3) Prerequisite, Consent of instructor Special and
intensive treatment of current topics and issues in
Elementary Education Repeatable to maximum of 6
credits.
EDEL 798 Special Problems In Education (1-6)
Master's AGS. or doctoral candidates who desire to
pursue special research problems under the direction of
their advisers may register for credit under this number.
Course card must have the title of the problem and the
name of the faculty member under whom the work will be
done.
EDEL 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) Registration
required to the extent of six hours for master's thesis.
EDEL 877 Doctoral Research Seminar (3)
PrerequisiteConsent ol advisor Definition of the
problem, development of research design, design of data
collection processes, and writing of proposal for the
doctoral dissertation or project.
80 Economics Program
EDEL 888 Apprenticeship In Education (1-8)
Apprenticeships in the major area of study are available
to selected students whose application lor an
apprenticeship has been approved by the Education
faculty Each apprentice is assigned to work for at least a
semester full-time or the equivalent with an appropriate
staff member of a cooperating school, school system, or
educational institution or agency. The sponsor of the
apprentice maintains a close working relationship with
the apprentice and the other persons involved.
Prerequisites, Teaching experience, a Masters degree In
Education, and at least six semester hours in Education
at the University of Maryland Note: The total number of
credits which a student may earn in EDEL 489, 888 and
889 is limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester
hours.
EDEL 889 Internship In Education (3-8) Intemships In
the major area of study are available to selected students
who have teaching expenence The following groups of
students are eligible; (a) Any student who has been
advanced to candidacy for the doctor's degree; and (b)
Any student who receives special approval by the
Education faculty for an internship, provided that prior to
taking an internship, such student shall have completed
at least 60 semester hours of graduate work. Including at
least six semester hours in Education at the University of
Maryland. Each intern is assigned to work on a full-time
basis for at least a semester with an appropriate staff
member in a cooperating school, school system, or
educational institution or agency. The intemship must be
taken in a school situation different from the one where
the student is regularty employed. The interns sponsor
maintains a close working relationship with the intern and
the other persons involved.
Note: The total number of credits which a student may
earn in EDEL 489. 888, and 889 is limited to a maximum
of twenty (20) semester hours.
EDEL 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Registration required to the extent of 6-9 hours for an
ED.D. project and 12-18 hours for a Ph.D. dissertation
Economics Program
Professor and Cha/rman.Clague
Professors: Aaron, Adams, Almon, Bailey,
Bergmann, Betancourt, Brechling, Cumberland,
Dillard, Harris, Kelejian. Marris, McGuire, Mueller,
Oates, OConnell, Olson, Schultze, Straszheim,
Ulmer, Wonnacott
Professor Emeritus: Gruchy
Associate Professors: Bennett, Brown, Betancourt,
Johnson, Knight, Meyer, Weinstein
Assistant Professors: Boner. Cropper, Dunson,
Lachler, Mans. Murrell, Panagariya, Pnjcha, Swartz
Programs are offered leading to the Master of Arts
and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Areas of
specialization include; economic theory, advanced
economic theory, comparative Iconomic systems
and planning, econometrics, economic development,
economic history, environmental and natural
resource economics, history of economic thought,
industrial organization, institutional economics,
international economics, labor economics, monetary
economics, public finance, public choice, and
regional and urban economics.
Admission and Degree Information
Applicants should have taken (or should plan to take
Immediately) at least one advanced undergraduate
course in microeconomics, macroeconomics,
statistics, and calculus. In addition, the Aptitude Test
section of the Graduate Record Examination is
required, and the Advanced Economics Test is
strongly recommended. Letters of recommendation
from three persons competent to judge the
probability of the applicant's success in graduate
school should be sent directly to the Director of
Graduate Studies in Economics. Part-time graduate
study is difficult, since few courses are taught at
night.
The Master of Arts degree in Economics may be
taken under either (1) the thesis option (24 hours
plus a thesis) or (2) the non-thesis option (30 hours,
including Economics 621-622. plus a written
examination in Economic Theory and a research
paper). The requirements for the non-thesis option
for the MA. are met automatically in the course of
the Ph.D. program in Economics.
The main requirements of the Ph.D. program are
(1) a written examination in economic theory,
normally taken at the beginning of the second year
of full-time graduate study; (2) written examinations
in two approved optional fields: (3) a comprehensive
oral examination covering economic theory and the
two optional fields; (4) two courses in Quantitative
Methods in Economics; (5) two courses (ECON 606,
607) in the History of Economic Thought; or one in
Thought and one in Economic History (ECON 61 1 or
613): (6) foreign language competency or one of
several options: (7) a research paper available to the
faculty at the time of the oral comprehensive
examination: (8) a dissertation and its successful
oral defense.
Facilities and Special Resources
The graduate program in Economics is a
comprehensive one. The department possesses
special strength in the Economics of the Public
Sector and Public Choice. The department has
general strengths in urban economics, poverty,
natural resources and the environment, in
international economics and economic development,
and other applied areas. Special research projects
under the supervision of faculty members are carried
on in the Economics of Environmental Management,
Inter-industry Forecasting, and other fields.
Financial Assistance
Research assistantshlps are available in special
projects. Numerous teaching assistantshlps are also
available. The department can usually help graduate
students find half-time employment in Federal
agencies engaged in economic research. There are
a limited number of fellowships available, including
several for members of groups presently
underrepresented among economists.
Additional Information
A complete description of the requirements of the
degrees in economics and the admission process is
available on request from:
Director of Graduate Studies in Economics
Department of Economics
University of Maryland.
Courses
ECON 401 National Income Analysis (3) Prerequisite:
ECON 201, 203. Required for economics majors.
Analysis of the determination of national income,
employment, and price levels. Discussion of
consumption. Investment, inflation, and govemment fiscal
and monetary policy.
ECON 402 Business Cycles (3) First semester.
Prerequisite: ECON 430. A study of the causes of
depressions and unemployment, cyclical and secular
instability, theories of business cycles, and the problem
of controlling economic instability.
ECON 403 Intermediate Price Theory (3) Prerequisite:
ECON 201, 203. Required for economics majors. An
analysis of the theories of consumer behavior and of the
firm, and of general price and distribution theory, with
applications to current economic issues.
ECON 405 intermediate Macro-Economic Theory (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 201, 203 and MATH 220 or its
equivalent. Analysis of determination of national income,
employment, prices, and growth. Major sectors of
economy, models of their interaction, fiscal and monetary
policy, inflation. Especially recommended for economics
majors and those with analytic backgrounds Credit will
be given for only one course. ECON 401 or ECON 405.
ECON 406 intermediate Micro-Economic Theory (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 201. 203 and MATH 220 or its
equivalent. Theory of prices and maritets. Analysis of the
theory of the household and of the firm, concepts of
general equilibrium, and welfare economics. Especially
recommended for economics majors and those with
analytic backgrounds. Credit will be given lor only one
course, ECON 403 or ECON 406.
ECON 407 Contemporary Economic Thought (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201, 203, and senior standing.
Graduate students should take ECON 705 A survey of
the development of economic thought since 1900 with
special reference to Thorstein Veblln and other pre-1939
institutionalists and to post- 1945 neo-instilutionalists such
as J.K. Galbralth and Qunnar Myrdal.
ECON 415 introduction to Economic Development of
Underdeveloped Areas (3) Prerequisite: ECON 201 and
203; or 205. An analysis of the economic and social
characteristics of underdeveloped areas Recent theories
of economic development, obstacles to development,
policies and planning for development.
ECON 418 Economic Development of Selected Areas
(3) A— Latin America B— Asia C— Africa Prerequisite:
ECON 415. Institutional characteristics of a specific area
are discussed and alternate strategies and policies for
development are analyzed.
ECON 421 Economic Statistics (3) Prerequisite: MATH
11 0 or equivalent. Not open to students who have taken
BMGT 230 or BMGT 231 . An introduction to the use of
statistics in economics. Topics include: probability,
random variables and their distributions, sampling theory,
estimation, hypothesis testing, analysis of variance,
regression analysis, correlation
ECON 422 Quantitative Methods in Economics (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201 . 203. and 421 (or BMGT 230);
or permission of instructor Emphasizes the interaction
between the economic problems posed by economists
and the assumptions employed in statistical theory. Deals
with the fonnulation. estimation and testing of economic
models Topics include single variable and multiple
variable regression techniques, theory of identification,
autocorrelation and simultaneous equations. Independent
work relating the material in the course to an economic
problem chosen by the student is required.
ECON 425 Mathematical Economics (3) Prerequisites:
ECON 401 and 403 and one year of college
mathematics. A course designed to enable economics
majors to understand the simpler aspects of
mathematical economics. Those parts of the calculus and
algebra required for economic analysis will be presented.
ECON 430 Money and Banking (3) Prerequisits: ECON
201. 203. Relation of money and credit to economic
activity and prices; impact of public policy in financial
markets and for goods and services; policies, structure,
and functions of the federal reserve system; organization,
operation, and functions of the commercial banking
system, as related particulariy to questions of economic
stability and public policy.
ECON 431 Theory of Money, Prices and Economic
Activity (3) Prerequisite: ECON 430 A theoretical
treatment of the influence of money and financial markets
on economic activity and prices, and of the effects of
monetary policy on the markets for goods and services;
the role of money in the classical and Keynesian
macro-systems; topics of theoretical interest in monetary
policy formation and implementation.
ECON 440 international Economics (3) Prerequisite:
ECON 201. 203. A descriptive and theoretical analysis of
international trade, balance of payments accounts, the
mechanism of international economic adjustment,
comparative costs, economics of customs unions.
ECON 441 International Economic Policies (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 401. 403. and 440. Contemporary
balance of payments problems; the international liquidity
controversy investment, trade and economic
development: evaluation of arguments for protection.
ECON 450 introduction to Public Finance (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 201 , 203; or ECON 205. The role of
federal, state, and local governments in meeting public
wants. Analysis of tax theory and policy, expenditure
theory, govemment budgeting, benefit-cost analysis, and
income redistribution.
ECON 451 Public Choice and Public Policy (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 201, 203. or 205 Analysis of
collective decision making, economic models of
govemment. program budgeting. and policy
implementation; emphasis on models of public choice
and institutions which affect decision making.
ECON 454 State and Local Public Finance (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 201 and 203; or 205. Principles and
problems of governmental finance with special reference
Economics Program 81
to state and local jurisdictions. Topics to be covered
include taxation, expenditures and intergovernmental
fiscal relations.
ECON 460 Industrial Organization (3) Prerequisite:
ECON 201 and 203; or 205 Changing structure of the
American economy: price policies in different industrial
classifications of monopoly and competition in relation to
problems of public policy
ECON 471 Current Problems In Labor Economics (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 470 For students who wish to
pursue, in depth, selected topics in the latwr field. Issues
and topics selected tor detailed examination may include:
manpower training and development, unemployment
compensation and social security, race and sex
discrimination in employment, wage theory, productivity
analysis, the problems of collective bargaining in public
employment, wage-price controls and incomes policy
ECON 482 Economics of the Soviet Union (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 201 and 203; or 205. An analysis of
the organization, operating principles and performance of
the Soviet economy with attention to the historical and
ideological background, planning, resources, industry,
agriculture, domestic and foreign trade, finance, labor,
and the structure and grovKlh of national income.
ECON 484 The Economy of China (3) Prerequisite:
ECON 201 and 203; or 205. Policies and perfonnances
of the Chinese economy since 1949. Will begin with a
survey of modern China's economic history Emphasizes
the strategies and institutional innovations that the
Chinese have adopted to overcome the problems of
economic development Some economic controversies
raised during the "Cultural Revolution' will be covered in
review of the problems and prospects of the present
Chinese economy
ECON 486 The Economics of National Planning (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 201 and 203; or 205 An analysis of
the principles and practice of economic planning with
special reference to the planning problems of West
European countries and the United States
ECON 490 Survey of Url>an Economic Problems and
Policies (3) Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 203; or 205.
An introduction to the study of urban economics through
the examination of current policy issues. Topics may
include suburbanization of |obs and residences, housing
and urban renewal, urban transportation, development of
new towns, ghetto economic development, problems in
services such as education and police.
ECON 491 Economics and Control of Urban Growth
(3) Prerequisite: ECON 490. An analysis of metropolitan
development processes, the consequences of alternative
grovirth pattems, and the evaluation of policies to control
growth
ECON 492 Economics of Location and Regional
Grotvth (3) Prerequisite: ECON 403, or consent of
instructor Study of the theories, problems, and policies of
regional economic development and the location of
economic activity lor t)0th airal and metropolitan regions.
Methods of regional analysis
ECON 601 Macro-Economic Analysis (3) First
semester of a two-semester sequerKe, 601 and 602.
Topics normally include general equilibrium theory in
classical, Keynesian, and post-Keynesian treatments; the
demand for money; theories of consumption behavior
and of inflation.
ECON 602 Economic Growth and Instability (3)
Second semester A continuation of ECON 601. Major
topics include growth and technological change,
investment, business cycles, and large empirial
macroeconomic models. Also Included are material on
wages and employment and on international and
domestic stability
ECON 603 Micro-Economic Analysis I (3) Prerequisite:
A calculus course or concurrent registration in ECON
621. The first semester of a two-semester sequence
which analyzes the usefulness and shortcomings of
prices in solving the basic economic problem of
allocating scarce resources among alternative uses The
central problem of welfare economics and general
equilibrium as a framework for a detailed analysis of
consumption and production theories including linear
programming with decisions under uncertainty.
ECON 604 Micro-Economic Analysis II (3) Prerequisite:
ECON 603 A continuation of ECON 603 Theory of
capital, interest and wages Qualifications of the basic
welfare theorem caused by noncompetitive mari<et
structures, external economies and diseconomies and
secondary constraints Application of price theory to
public expenditure decisions, investment in human
capital, international trade, and other areas of economics.
ECON 605 Welfars Economics (3) First semester
Prerequisite: ECON 603 The topics covered Include
pareto optimality, social welfare funtions, indivisibilities,
consumer surplus, output and price policy in public
enterprise, and welfare aspects of the theory of public
expenditures
ECON 606 History of Economic Thought (3) First
semester. Prerequisite: ECON 403 or consent of the
instructor A study of the development of economic
thought and theories including the Greeks, Romans,
Canonists, Mercantilists, Physiocrats, Adam Smith,
Malthus, Ricardo Relation of ideas to economic policy.
ECON 607 Economic Theory In the Nineteenth
Century (3) Second semester. Prerequisite: ECON 606
or consent of the instructor. A study of
nineteenth-century and twentieth-century schools of
economic thought, particulariy the Classicists.
Neo-Classists, Austrians. German historical school,
American economic thought, the Socialists, and Keynes
ECON 611 Seminar In American Economic
Development (3)
ECON 613 Origins snd Development of Capitalism (3)
Second semester Studies the transition from feudalism
to modem capitalistic economies in Western Europe.
Whenever possible, this economic history is analyzed
with the aid of tools of modern economics, and in the
light of comparisoris and contrasts with the less
developed areas of the present day.
ECON 615 Economic Development of
Underdeveloped Areas (3) First semester. Prerequisite:
ECON 401 and 403. An analysis ol the forces
contributing to and retarding economic progress in
underdeveloped areas Macro and micro-economic
aspects of Development planning and strategy are
emphasized.
ECON 616 Seminar In Economic Devalopmsnt (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite: ECON 615 or consent of
instructor A continuation of ECON 615 Special
emphasis is on the application of economic theory in the
institutional setting of a country or area ol particular
interest to the student
ECON 617 Money and Finance In Economic
Development (3) First semester Economic theory,
strategy and tactics for mobilizing real and financial
resources to finance and accelerate economic
development Monetary, fiscal, and tax refomi policy and
practice by the government sector to design and
implement national development plans.
ECON 621 Quantitative Economics I (3) First semester
An introduction to the theory and practice of statistk^l
inference Elements ol computer programming and a
review ol mathematics germane to this and other
graduate economics courses are included
ECON 622 Quantitative Economics II (3) Second
semester Prerequisite: ECON 621 Techniques ol
estimating relationships among economic variables
Multiple regression, the analysis of variance and
covariance, and techniques for dealing in time series
Further topics in mathematics
ECON 623 Econometrics I (3) Introduction to and
development ol aspects of mathematical statistics
relevant for econometrics; distributiori theory and
infererice. Topics considered include, random variables,
density functions, moment generating functions,
maximum likelihood estimators, and sufficient statistics.
ECON 624 Econometrics II (3) PrerequisiteECON 623.
Fomial treatment ol regression analysis; emphasis on
formulation, specifications, and estimation of single
equation models; elements ol computer usage;
experience with problems and examples
ECON 661 The Corporate Firm (3) Prerequisites ECON
603, 622 or 624. The modern firm; review of the theory
of profit; neoclassical and managerial theones of the firm
Decisions ol the firm: Investment, research and
development, advertising, mergers; analysis of
detenninates and effects ol these decisions. Theoretical
and empirical studies of the firm.
ECON 662 Industry Structure, Conduct, and
Performance (3) PrerequisitesECON 603, 622 or 624
Determinants of industry structures; structural effects on
firm conduct and performance. Plant and firm economies
or scale and their relations to concentration levels
Industry entry barriers; competitive, oligopolistic, and
morwpolistic pricing. Impact of concentration, entry
barriers, and other structural variables ori prices and
profit ol the industry Social cost of market power
ECON 663 AntHrust Policy and Regulation (3)
Prerequisites:ECON 603, 622 or 624 US antitmst
policy after 1890; actual policies compared to theoretical
policies to promote economic efficiency Development ol
poltey toward monopolies, cartels, mergers, and patents
Models ol the regulatory process and empirical
eveidence. Studies of regulation of electricity,
transportation, airtines, and other industries. Economics
of product safety Regulation of dmgs, automobiles, food,
and other products.
ECON 670 The Economics of l^bor Markets (3)
Prerequisite:ECON 603 or consent of instructor
Economics of labor martlets with trade unions and
govermental control Employer-employee relations in the
public, voluntary, and private sectors. Nature of unions in
bargaining and their impact on relative wages, wage
levels, productivity, employment, inflation. Economic
goals and consequences ol public control, bargaining,
and employment conditions.
ECON 682 Seminar In Economic Development of the
Soviet Union (3) Second semester Prerequisite: ECON
482 or consent of instructor Measurement and
evaluation of soviet economic growth including
interpretation and use of Soviet statistics, measurement
of national income, fiscal policies, investment and
technological change, planning and economic
administration, manpower and wage policies, foreign
trade and aid Selected topics in bloc development and
reform
ECON 686 Economic Growth In Mature Economies
(3) A comparative analysis ol measures for achieving
economic stability and progress in mature economies
such as the major West European countnes and the
United States, including fiscal and monetary policies, tax
incentives, manpower programs, redistributional efforts,
planning procedures and nationalization
ECON 698 Selected Topics In Economics (3)
ECON 703 Advanced Economic Theory I (3)
Prerequisite: Background in calculus and matrix algebra
such as provided by ECON 621 and 622 Optimization
techniques such as Lagrangian multipliers and linear
programming Mathematical treatment ol general
equilibrium, including interindustry analysis, the theory ol
production, consumption, and welfare
ECON 704 Advanced Economic Theory II (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 703 Multi-sectoral growth models
and questions of optimal growth. Last half ol course
consists of presentations of seminar papers
ECON 705 Seminar In Institutional Economic Theory
(3) Second semester A study ol the recent
developments in the field ol institutional economic theory
in the United States and abroad
ECON 706 Seminar In Institutional Economic Theory
(3) 'ECON 721 Econometrics III (3) PrerequisiteEcon
624. Additional topics on the single equation model,
including autocon-elation, heteroskedastidty. dummy
variables, maximum likelihood estimation, and lunctional
fomis Consideration ol systems problems
ECON 722 Econometrics IV (3) PrerequisiteECON 721
Nonlinear econometric systems, simulation, dynamic
properties ol models, disequilibrium systems, random
parameter models, Bayesian analysis, stochastic control,
and other topics Emphasis on applications to micro and
macro models, to value-ofinformation problems, and to
ottier problems
ECON 731 Monetary Theory and Policy (3) First
semester An adequate knowledge ol micro and
macro-economics is assumed Theory ol money, financial
assets, and economic activity; review ol classical,
neo-classical and Keynesian contribution, emphasis on
post-Keynesian contributions, including those ol Tobin,
Patinkin, Guriey-Shaw, Friedmari, and others
ECON 732 Seminar In Monetary Theory and Policy (3)
Second semester Prerequisite ECON 731 or consent ol
instructor Theory of the mechanisms through which
central banking affects economic activity and pnces.
formation and implementation ol of monetary policy,
theoretical topics in monetary policy
82 Education Policy, Planning, and Administration Program
ECON 741 Advanced International Economics I (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 601 The inlernalional mechanism of
adjustment price, exchange rate, and income changes
The flexible exchange rate system, international
monetary reform and international investment and capital
flows
ECON 742 Advanced International Economics II (3)
Prerequisite; ECON 603 and ECON 741. The pure theory
of international trade. Comparative costs, the
Heckscher-Ohlin Theorem, and the effect of trade on
factor prices Tariff analysis, commercial policy and
customs unions The gains from trade and ranking of
policy interventions.
ECON 751 Advanced Theory of Public Finance (3)
Review of utility analysis to include the theory of
individual consumer resource allocation and exchange
and welfare implications. Effects of alternative tax and
subsidy techniques upon allocation, exchange, and
welfare outcomes. Theories of public goods, their
production, exchange and consumption. Principles of
benefit-cost analysis for government decisions.
ECON 752 Seminar In Public Finance (3) Second
semester. Theory of taxation and tax policy, with
particular emphasis on income taxation; empirical
studies; the burden of the public debt. Research paper
by each student to be presented to seminar
ECON 755 Theory of Public Choice i (3) Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor. An examination of rationality in
individual and collective decision-making with particular
reference to the theory of games. The reasons why
nonmarket collective decision procedures are required
The properties of several voting rules, and their
normative implications. Majority rule, the unanimity rule,
the Borda rule, and the "demand revealing process." The
properties of various representative voting mechanisms.
ECON 756 Theory of Public Choice II (3) Prerequisite
ECON 755. or consent of instructor. The normative
properties of collective choice procedures. Specific
reference to the theories of justice advanced by Rawls.
Nozick. and others; and the import of contractarian
theories in general. The impossibility theorems of Arrow
and Sen Problems raised by voter ignorance and
bounded rationality. The theory of bureaucracy.
ECON 771 Advanced Labor Economics: Theory and
Evidence (3) Prerequisites: ECON 603. 622. 624. or
consent of instructor. Modern analytical and quantitative
labor economics Latxir supply decisions of individuals
and households, human capital model and distribution of
income. Demand for labor, marginal productivity theory,
imperfect information and screening. Interaction of labor
demand and supply; unemployment; relative and
absolute wages; macroeconomic aspects of the labor
market -
ECON 772 Government Policy and the Labor Market
(3) Prerequisite:ECON 771. or the consent of the
instructor. Impact of governmental programs on the
labor market. Programs examined chosen from among:
employment training and public employment programs;
public assistance; unemployment insurance, social
secunty. wage-setting policies such as Fair Labor
Standards Act and Davis-Bacon act; Policies toward
unionization; anti-discrimination programs,
ECON 781 Advanced Environmental Economics (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 603 and 621. or consent of
instructor. Theory of externalities, microeconomic models
of pollution damage functions, benefits and costs of
alternative pollution control measures, macroeconomic
models of material and energy balance, limits to
economic growth and long-run problems of
intergenerational and interregional efficiency and equity.
ECON 785 Advanced Economics of Natural
Resources (3) Prerequisites: ECON 603 and 621. or
consent of instructor. The rate of use of renewable and
non-renewable resources from the normative and positive
points of view; evaluation of alternative uses of natural
environments; irreversibilities. discounting and
intergenerational transfers Discussion of natural
resource problems and policies,
ECON 790 Advanced Urban Economics (3) (Market
processes and public policies as related to urban
problems and metropolitan change. Employment,
housing, discrimination, transportation and the local
public sector.
ECON 792 Regional and Urban Economics (3)
Theoretical and empincal analysis of the location and
spatial distribution of economic activity Analysis of
regional growth and development. The study of analytical
methods and forecasting models
ECON 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
ECON 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Education Policy,
Planning, and
Administration Program
Professor and Chairman: Warren
Professors: Anderson. JR.. Anderson. V.E.
(Emeritus), Berdahl. Berman. Carbone, Dudley,
Male. McClure. McLoone, Newell, Stephens, van
Zwoll (Emeritus), Wiggin (Emerita)
Associate Professors.Agre.Clague, Finkelstein,
Goldman, Hopkins, Huden. Lindsay. Noll, Selden,
Splaine
Assistant Professors: Brand, Clabaugh, Coley,
Intriligator, King,Schmidtlein, Slater
The Department of Education Policy, Planning, and
Administration offers programs of study for the M.A.,
M.Ed,, Ed,D,, and PhD, degrees as well as for the
Advanced Graduate Specialist certificate. Areas of
specialization include; administration, curriculum,
education policy, educational technology, higher and
adult education, social foundations of education and
supervision. Social foundations of education majors,
particularly those at the doctoral level, are expected
to have knowledge of the history, sociology, and
philosophy of education as well as comparative
education. Each specializes in one of these areas
with opportunities for related course work in history,
philosophy, government and politics, anthropology,
or sociology- The Ed D. programs in administration,
curriculum, and supervision are offered in field-based
settings in addition to the College Park campus. All
of the Departments graduate programs are tailored
to students' objectives and backgrounds. The
programs prepare graduates for careers in research,
administration, policymaking, planning, supervision,
or teaching. Many take positions in public or phvate
schools, adult and higher education, non-school
educational settings, government agencies, or
community organizations. Some find career
opportunities in other countries or with inlernalional
organizations dealing with education.
Admission and Degree Information
Applicants must have an overall B average and a B
average in the last two years of the undergraduate
program. In addition, doctoral applicants must have
strong Miller Analogies Test or Graduate Record
Examination scores. Selective screening of qualified
applicants is necessary to limit enrollment to the
available faculty resources of the Department.
Doctoral students take a preliminary examination
after they have completed 12 to 18 hours of course
work.
A research, teaching, or field internship is required of
all AGS. and doctoral candidates. The internship is
performed under faculty supervision in schools,
colleges, or agencies, in roles that are consistent
with the candidate's program emphasis.
Facilities and Special Resources
The Department has developed close working
relationships with area schools, colleges, and local,
state, and federal education agencies so that they
may serve as resources for the academic offerings
on campus. Procedures have been established
which facilitate the use of these agencies for
research and field experiences. Embassies in
Washington, DC, provide access to materials for
the study of foreign educations systems. Students in
the Department make use of the Center for the
Study of Education Policy and Human Values.
Comparative Education Center. Educational
Technology Center, and the Institute for Higher and
Adult Education.
Financial Assistance
Some Graduate Assistantships are available to
qualified graduate students.
Additional Information
MFdnformation and a departmental brochure, please
write to the Director of Graduate Programs
Courses
EDPA 410 History of Education in Western
Civilization (3) Educational institutions through the
ancient, medieval and early modern periods in western
civilization, as seen against a background of
socio-economic development.
EDPA 411 History of Education in the United States
(3) A study of the origins and development of the chief
features of the present system of education in the United
States.
EDPA 412 Logic of Teaching (3) An analysis of the
structure of basic subject matters in the curriculum and of
the standard logical moves in teaching.
EDPA 413 Philosophy of Education (3) A study of the
great educational philosophers and systems of thought
affecting the development of modern education.
EDPA 414 Educational Sociology (3) Data of the social
sciences germane to the work of teachers: implications of
democratic ideology lor educational endeavor, education
tasks imposed by changes in population and
technological trends, the welfare status of pupils, the
socioeconomic attutudes of individuals who control the
schools, and other elements ol community background.
EDPA 440 Utilization of Educational Media (3) Sun/ey
of classroom uses of instructional media Techniques lor
integrating media into instruction. Includes preparation of
a unit of instruction utilizing professional and teacher
produced media
EDPA 441 Graphic Materials for Instruction (3)
Prerequisites: EDPA 440 or consent of instructor A
laboratory course which combines graphic and
photographic processes for education and training
purposes. Techniques include lettering, coloring,
transparencies, illustrations, converting, duplicating
transparent and opaque media. Emphasis is placed on
appropriate media selection for target audiences. Heavy
student project orientation.
EDPA 442 Instructional Media Services (3)
Prerequisites, leaching experience and EDPA 440. or
equivalent. Procedures lor coordinating instructional
media programs, instructional materials acquisition,
storage, scheduling, distribution, production, evalution
and other service responsibilities; instructional materials
center staff coordination ot research, curriculum
Improvement and faculty development programs.
EDPA 443 Instructional Television Utilization (3)
Combining televised lesssons. on-campus seminars, and
related workbook assignments, this course focuses upon
planning for the various uses of instructional television
with students. State, local school unit, school, and
classroom uses will be illustrated through film and studio
production The aspects ol producing ITV programs are
developed through the television lessons and hands-on'
assignments ot the seminars.
EDPA 444 Programmed Instruction (3) Analysis of
programmed instruction techniques; selection, utilization
and evaluation of existing programs and teaching
machines; developing learning objectives; writing and
validating programs.
EDPA 471 The Legal Rights and Obligations of
Teachers, and Students (3) Selected state and federal
court decisions, legislation, and executive guidelines
regulating public education: speech and other forms of
expression, privacy, suspensions, expulsions, search and
seizure, tort liability for negligence (including education
malpractice). hiring. promotion. dismissal and
non-renewal of teachers. No prior legal training required.
EDPA 488 Special Topics in Education Policy and
Administration (1-3) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
Special and intensive treatment ol current topics and
issues in education policy and administration. Repeatable
to a maximum of six credits.
Education Policy, Planning, and Administration Program 83
EDPA 489 Field Experience In Education (1-4)
Prerequisites, at least six semester fiours in education at
the University of Maryland plus such other prerequisites
as may be set by the major area in which the experience
is to be taken Planned field experience may be
provided lor selected students who have had teaching
experience and whose application lor such field
experience has been approved by the education laculty
Field expenence is offered in a given area to both major
and non-ma|or students The total number of credits
which a stuoent may earn in EDPA 489. 888, and 889 is
limited to a maximum of twenty semester hours.
EDPA 498 Special Problems In Education (1-3)
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Available only to
mature students who have definite plans for individual
study of approved problems.
EDPA 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes (1-6)
The maximum number of credits that may be earned
under this course symbol toward any degree is six
semester hours; the symbol may be used two or more
times until six semester hours have been reached. The
following type of educational enterprise may be
scheduled under this course heading: workshops
conducted by the college of education (or developed
cooperatively with other colleges and universities) and
not otherwise covered in the present course listing;
clinical experiences in pupil-testing centers, reading
clinics, speech therapy laboratories, and special
education centers; institutes developed around specific
topics or problems and intended lor designated groups
such as school superintendents, principals and
supervisors
EDPA 601 Contemporary Social Issues In Education
(3) Theoretical and practical consideration of vital social
issues currently affecting education.
EDPA 60S Comparative Education (3) Analyzes and
compares leading issues in education in various
countnes of the worid, particulariy as they relate to
crucial problems in American education.
EDPA 634 The School Curriculum (2-3) A foundations
course embracing ttie curnculum as a whole Irom eariy
childhood through adolescence, including a review of
historical developments, an analysis of conditions
affecting curnculum change, an examination of issues in
curriculum making, and a consideration of current trends
in curriculum design.
EDPA 635 Principles of Curriculum Development (3)
Curriculum planning, improvement, and evaluation in the
schools; pnnciples lor the selection and organization of
the content and learning experiences; ways of working in
classroom and school on curnculum improvement.
EDPA 636 Communication and the School
Curriculum (3) Curriculum development based on
communication as the major vehicle for describing the
leamer's interactions with persons, knowledge, and
materials in the classroom and school environment
(Listed also as EDEL 636 )
EDPA 641 Selection and Evaluation of Instructional
Media (3) Development ol criteria for selection and
evaluation ol instructional materials lor classroom, school
and system use; includes measures of readability,
listenability. visual dilficulty. and interest level.
EDPA 642 Mediated instructional Systems (3)
Prerequisite. EDPA 440 and EDPA 444. Survey of
innovative instructional systems. Comparison ol
effectiveness of alternate teaching-learning systems.
System design to improve teaching-learning efificiency
through instructional media.
EDPA 644 Practicum in instructional Systems (2-6)
Prerequisite. EDPA 444 or EDPA 642. Design and
Development ol expenmental instructional materials or
systems to solve a specific instructional problem in the
field.
EDPA 651 Higher Education Law (3) Selected court
opinions, legislation and executive guidelines regulating
higher education First and fourth amendment rights of
students and faculty, procedural due process, equal
educational opportunity, equal protection in hiring,
promotion, non-renewal and salaries, individual and
institutional liability for civil rights violations and common
law torts. No prior legal training required.
EDPA 653 Organization and Administration of Higher
Education (3) Organization and administration ol higher
education at the local, slate, and federal levels, and an
analysis ol administrative relationships and functions and
their effects in curriculum and instruction.
EDPA 654 The Junior College (3) Histoncal
development and philosophical underpinings of
community.'junior colleges. organizational and
administrative structures in two-year institutions, the
clientele that these institutions serve
EDPA 655 Administration of Adult and Continuing
Education (3) An overview ol the field ol adult/continuing
education tocusing on the administration of institutions
and organizations that provide both credit and non-credit
educational experiences for adult learners. Historical
development ol adult education in America. Concepts
that have molded the adult education movement, and
issues in financing and delivering adult education
programs.
EDPA 656 Collective Barganing in Higher Education
(3) Legal and education policy of collective bargaining in
higher education Nature and scope ol the bargaining
process, impact of collective bargaining on academic
governance, student interests, personnel decisions, and
grievance mechanisms.
EDPA 660 Administrative Foundations (3) Develops a
theoretical and research-based structure lor the study
and practice of administration in the field ol education by
introducing the student to selected contricutors to
administration, and by indicating the multidisciplinary
nature ol administrative study as it relates to
purpose-determination, ploicy-delinilion. and
task-accomplishment.
EDPA 661 Administrative Behavior and
Organizational Management (3) A critical analysis ol
organizational management (informal and lormal
dimensions), an assessment ol the contributions from
other fields (traditional and emerging) to the study of
administrative behavior and the governance of
organizations, and an analysis and assessment of the
administrator's motivations, perceptions, and sensitivity
as determinants of behavior The theoretical and
research basis for these areas and such related
concepts as status, role, systems, interpersonal relations,
and sensitivity training are examined
EDPA 662 Administrative Processes (3) Develops
competence with respect to selected administrative
process areas Examines efforts to develop theories and
models in these areas and analyzes research studies
and their implications for administrative practice.
Develops skill in selected process areas through such
techniques as simulation, role-playing, case analysis, and
computer-assisted instruction
EDPA 663 Policy Formulation in Education (3)
Introduction to education policy at all levels ol school
governance. Policy formation, administration and
evaluation issues are studied. Conceptual and analytical
models lor the study of policy.
EDPA 664 School Surveys (3) Prerequisite, consent of
instructor Includes study of school surveys with
emphasis on problems ol school organization and
administration, linance and school plant planning. Field
work in school surveys is required.
EDPA 665 The Organization and Administration of
Secondary Schools (3 ) Prerequisite: Consent ol
instructor The work ol the secondary school principal
Includes topics such as personnel problems,
school-community relationships, student activities,
schedule making, and internal financial accounting.
EDPA 666 Administration and Supervclsion in
Elementary Schools (3) Problems in administering
elementary schools and improving instruction.
EDPA 667 Public School Supervision (3) The nature
and functions of supervision; various supervisory
techniques and procedures, human relationship factors,
and personal qualities lor supervision,
EDPA 671 Elementary and Secondary School Law (3)
Selected court opinions, legislation and executive
guidelines regulating elementary and secondary
education. Equal educational opportunity, lirst and lourth
amendment rights of students and teachers, tort liability
lor negligence, equal protection in hinng, firing and
non-renewal of teachers, individual and institutional
liability for federal civil rights violations and common law
torts No prior legal training required
EDPA 673 Collective Bargaining In
Elementary-Secondary Education (3) Evolution and
impact of collective bargaining in elementary and
secondary education Impact of collective bargaining on
the educational power structure, third-party community
interests and education policy making.
EDPA 675 Public School Personnel Administration
(3) A comparison ol practices with principles governing
the satislaction ol school personnel needs. Including a
study ol tenure, salary schedules, supervision, rewards,
and other benefits.
EDPA 676 School Finance and Business
Administration (3) An Introduction to principles and
practices in the administration of the public school
linance activity Sources of tax revenue, the budget, and
the function of finance in the educational program are
considered.
EDPA 679 Seminar In Educational Administration and
Supervision (2-4) Prerequisite: at least lour hours in
educational administration and supervision or consent of
instructor A student may register for two hours and may
take the seminar a second time lor an additional two
hours.
EDPA 705 international Educational Change (3) An
exploration and analysis ol major trends in education in
several parts of the world, with attention directed to
educational change as the outcome of deliberate efforts
by nations and international organizations as well as
those which occur without central planning or direction.
EDPA 706 Education in Africa (3) An examination of
the development of modern educational systems in Africa
south of the Sahara out of the colonial and pre-colonial
past into the independent present and future The locus
is on research into the changing philosophies and
persistent problems in African education.
EDPA 707 Education in the Near East (3) A
consideration ol current educational problems of the Near
East as they have emerged Irom the conlrontation of the
traditional Muslim educational heritage with the foreign
educational activities and the forces of nationalism and
modernization,
EDPA 712 Analysis of Educational Concepts (3)
Analyses of selected concepts used in thinking atwut
education.
EDPA 734 Organization and Administration of
Teacher Education (3) Teacher education today.
Current patterns and significant emerging changes,
particulary those involving teachers and schools. Deals
with selection, curriculum, research, accreditation, and
institution-school relationships.
EDPA 738 Scholarly Thought and Contemporary
Curriculum (1-3) Current Curricular trends, issues,
theory, and research in the light of past curricular and
social thought. Linguistic analysis, analysis of thinking,
disciplines as modes ol inquiry, inlluence ol romantic
thought, influence of the industrial model, school as
transformer of society, and political ideologies. May be
repeated to a maximum of six credits
EDPA 756 Curriculum in Higher Education (3) An
analysis of research in curriculum and ol conditions
affecting curriculum change, with examination of issues
in curriculum making based upon the history ol higher
education curriculum development.
EDPA 757 College Teaching (3) Various methods of
college instruction analyzed in relation to the curriculum
and psychological basis These would include the case
study method, the demonstration method, the lecture
method, the recitation method, teaching machines,
teaching by television, and other teaching aids
EDPA 759 Seminar in Adult Education (3) Inquiry into
current issues and problems in adult/continuing education
and lifelong learning in America.
EDPA 760 The Human Dimension in Administration
(3) Prerequisite: EDPA 660 or consent of instructor.
Theory. Research findings, and laboratory experiences in
human skills in organizations. Goal setting,
communication, conflict, decision making evaluation, and
consultant intervention
EDPA 761 Group Relationships in Admlnlstation (3)
Prerequisite: EDPA 660 or consent ol instructor. Group
relationships and relevant administrative skills in
educational settings. The role of authority, group
maturation, group member roles, group decision making,
and intra-group and inter-group conflict.
EDPA 764 General Systems Theory I (3) Prerequisite:
EDPA 662 or permission of instructor Theory of
84 Electrical Engineering Program
complex systems, principles and mechanisms of
regulation, control, and adaptation in physical, biological,
social, and symtxillc systems, equl-finallty. evolution,
feedback, hierarchy theory, homeostasis, requisite
vanety. and self-organization, applications to policy
making, planning, and management in educational
organizations.
EDPA 765 General Systems Theory II (3) Prerequisite
EDPA 764 or permission of instructor General systems
theory applied to actual organizational problems. Field
work and relevant social science literature for the
definition of one or more key. long-range problems and
the development of plans to solve the problems,
EDPA 766 Child Accounting (2) An inquiry Into the
record-keeping activities of the school system, including
an examination of the marking system.
EDPA 788 Special Topics In Education Policy and
Administration (1-3) Prerequisite Consent of instructor
Special and intensive treatment of current topics and
issues in education policy and administration,
Repeatable to maximum of six credits,
EDPA 798 Special Problems in Education (1-6)
Master's. AGS,, or doctoral candidates viiho desire to
pursue special research problems under the direction of
their advisors may register for credit under this number,
EDPA 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) Registration
required to the extent of six hours for master's thesis,
EDPA 805 Seminar In Comparative Education (3)
Analysis of educational issues on a worldwide basis with
opportunities to focus on a particular country on an
individual basis. Analysis of qualitative research methods
as used in cross-cultural and comparative education
studies
EDPA 809 Research Methods (3) Specific
methodologies employed in educational studies
EDPA 811 Seminar in History of Education (3)
Examination of current developments and continuing
controversies in the field o( history of education. The
analysis of the vanous ways in whicti history of education
is approached methodologically and interpretatlvely
EDPA 812 Seminar In Philosophy of Education (3)
Examination of current developments and continuing
controversies in the field of philosophy of education. The
function of educational philosophy, methodological
approaches, and current research trends.
EDPA 813 Seminar in Educational Sociology (3)
Sociological analysis of educational processes and
institutions; emphasis on the social effects of formal
organizations
EDPA 837 Curriculum Theory and Research (3)
Cntical and analytic review of maior themes, concepts
and language forms relevant to current curriculum theory
and research.
EDPA 839 Seminar In Teacher Education (3-6) A
problem seminar in teacher education. A maximum of six
hours may be earned in this course.
EDPA 850 Seminar In Problems of Higher Education
(3) Contemporary issues and problems in post-secondary
education relevant to the interests of both administrators
and college university faculty members. Problems of
individual interest Preparation of papers for publication
on post-secondary education topics
EDPA 853 Problems In Higher Education (3)
Consideration of current isues in higher education from a
histohcal perspective,
EDPA 861 Seminar: Research in School
Effectiveness (3) Prerequisite: EDPA 660. 661. 662.
663. and consent of instructor Examination of
organizational effectiveness and the methodologies for
assessing organizational effectiveness An individual
research project is required
EDPA 862 Seminar: Theoretical Basis of
Administrative Behavior (3) Prerequisite EOPA 660.
661. 662. 663. and consent of instructor Study of
administrative behavior in educational institutions.
Development of a research design for the study of
administrative behavior in one educational institution
EDPA 888 Apprenticeship in Education (1-8)
Apprenticeships in the maior area of study are available
to selected students whose application for an
apprenticeship has been approved by the education
faculty. Each apprentice is assigned to work for at least a
semester full-time or the equivalent with an appropriate
staff member of a cooperating school, school system, or
educational institution or agency The sponsor of the
apprentice maintains a close working relationship with
the apprentice and the other persons involved
Prerequisites: Teaching expenence. a master's degree in
education, and at least six semester hours in education
at the University of Maryland. The total number of credits
which a student may earn in EDPA 489. 888. and 889 is
limited to a maximum of twenty semester hours
EOPA 889 internship In Education (3-8) Internships in
the major area of study are available to selected students
who have teaching experience. The following groups of
students are eligible (a) any student who has been
advanced to candidacy for the doctor's degree; and (b)
any student who receives special approval by the
education faculty for an internship, provided that prior to
taking an internship, such student shall have completed
at least 60 semester hours of graduate work, including at
least six semester hours in education at the University of
Maryland. Each intern is assigned to work on a full-time
basis for at least a semester with an appropriate staff
member In a cooperating school, school system, or
educational institution or agency The internship must be
taken in a school situation different from the one where
the student is regularly employed The intern's sponsor
maintains a close working relationship with the intern and
the other persons involved The total number of credits
which a student may earn in EDPA 489. 888 and 889 is
limited to a maximum of twenty semester hours.
EDPA 895 Doctoral Research Seminar (3) Prerequisite
Consent of instructor Development of the dissertation
proposal Definition of the problem, development of
research design, design of data collection processes, and
discussion of writing of the dissertation.
EDPA 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Registration required to the extent of 6-9 hours for an
Ed.D. project and 12-18 hours for a Ph.D. dissertation.
Electrical Engineering
Program
Professor and Chairman: Davisson
Professors: Chu', DeClaris. Galloway (part-time),
Harger. Hochuli. Lee. Ligomenides. Lin Newcomb,
Ott^ Reiser^. Taylor
Associate Professors: Baras, Basham, Blankenship,
Davis, Destler. Emad. Ephremides. Levine, Pugsley,
Rhee, Silio. Simons. Striffler. Tretter, Wang, Zaki
Assistant Professors: Krishnaprasad, Ho. Makowski,
Narayan. Tits
'joint appointment with Computer Science
'joint appointment with Physics
The Electrical Engineering Department offers
graduate programs leading to the MS, and PhD,
degrees, A diverse offering of courses, as well as
seminars, colloquium series, and thesis guidance,
encompasses a broad spectrum of topics.
Specialization is possible in bioelectrical engineering
(neurophysiological systems, networks, and signals),
circuits (network analysis and synthesis, microwave
and integrated circuits, computer-aided design),
communications (random processes; detection,
estimation and coding, information theories; digital
signal processing. optical communications,
communication networks, remote sensing systems),
computers (computer architecture and design,
operating and software systems), control
(computer-aided design, nonlinear, and distributed
parameter systems, system optimization, optimal and
stochastic control), and electrophysics
(electromagnetic theory, charged-particle dynamics,
quantum electronics, microwave, antenna, and
optical engineering), lasers, nonlinear optics, and
spectroscopy.
Joint programs are maintained with the
mathematics, physics, and computer science
departments and the material science and chemical
physics programs. Opportunities for programs of
study in conjunction with many national laboratories
and technical facilities also exist. The department
has active theoretical research projects in optical
communication, communication networks, coding
theory, traffic control, remote sensing, solar energy
conversion devices, electric energy systems, and
many other areas.
Employment opportunities for graduates of the
Department have been exceptionally rich in recent
years. Private industry, research laboratories,
government agencies and labs, and academic
institutions have been hiring at virtually
unprecedented rates. This strong demand should
continue through the coming decade. The
accompanying salary scales have been, and should
continue to be, very attractive. Recent graduates
from the Electrical Engineering Department have
been employed by IBM, Westinghouse. the Applied
Physics Laboratory, the Naval Research Laboratory
and similar institutions in advanced research and
development positions Others have been employed
by consulting firms working on a wide range of
special problems. The growing demand for
engineering faculty, particularly in the areas of
computer engineering and microelectronics, has
created a large number of opportunities for those
interested in teaching careers
Admission and Degree Information
Present minimum requirement for admission to the
Graduate School as an Electrical Engineering
student is graduation from an ECPD accredited
undergraduate program in Electrical Engineering
with an average no lower than B, or similar
undergraduate preparation in mathematics, computer
science, physics, or other areas of engineering or
science.
Requirements for the masters thesis and
nonthesis options are those of the Graduate School.
All requirements must be completed within 5 years.
Requirements for the PhD, degree include a
minimum of 42 semester hours of graduate
approved courses; the PhD, qualifying examination;
and completion of all dissertation and oral
examination requirements.
Facilities and Special Resources
There are modern research and project laboratories
within the department which support a wide vanety
of research programs. These laboratories include a
laser and electromagnetics laboratory; a
microprocessor development laboratory; a gas laser
laboratory (He, Ne, and C02 laser stability and
lifetime and applications); a solid stale laser
laboratory (nonlinear optics); an integrated circuits
laboratory (a full-line facility capable of producing
monolithic, thin-film, and MOS structures); a
microwave circuits laboratory; and an electron-ring
accelerator laboratory (ion beam acceleration
studies). The department has a computational facility
with conversational and remote-batch terminals
linked to the University's UNIVAC 1108 digital
computers, as well as PDP-9 and PDP-11 digital
computers, and AD-5 analog computer,
microcomputers and minicomputers, and associated
peripherals, A complete engineering library is
housed nearby in conjunction with the mathematics
and physical science collections,
Financial Assistance
Financial aid is available to graduate students in the
form of Graduate Research Assistantships, Graduate
Teaching Assistantships and Fellowships.
Applications for Graduate Research and Teaching
Assistantships should be completed and sent to the
Electrical Engineering Office of Graduate Studies.
Graduate Research Assistantships are awarded
subject to availability of funds and are renewed
subject to satisfactory research progress Summer
appointments are often available.
Graduate Teaching Assistantships are usually
awarded in April. Preference is given to United
States citizens. Duties may include laboratory
teaching assignments, assistance in the compulation
facility, or assistance in courses. Teaching Assistants
must register for at least nine credit hours per
semester.
Local industries and government agencies have
work-study programs in which about half of the
Electrical Engineering Program 85
Electrical Engineering graduate student body
participates. Application should be made directly to
the agencies
Additional Information
Special brochures or publications offered by the
Department may be obtained by writing to this
address:
Electrical Engineering Office of
Graduate Studies
University of Maryland
Courses
ENEE 400 Computer Aided Circuit Analysis (3)
Prerequisite: ENEE 314 Computer aided analysis ol
electronic devices and components Network topology,
computer formulation of Kirchhoff laws, nodal analysis of
linear and non-linear networl<s, computer formulation of
the state equations, time domain and frequency domain
solution, sensitivity calculalions.
ENEE 402 Advanced Pulse Techniques (3) (See ENEE
403 for optional related laboratory course) Prerequisite:
ENEE 314 or 410 or equivalent. Bistable, monostable,
and astable circuits, sweep circuits, synchronization,
counting, gates, comparators l^agnetic core circuits,
semi-conductor and vacuum-tube circuits
ENEE 407 Microwave-Circuits Laboratory (2)
Prerequisite: Senior standing in Electrical Engineenng or
consent of instructor. One lecture and three lab hours per
week. Experiments concerned with circuits constructed
from microwave components providing practical
experience in the design, construction and testing of
such circuits. Projects include microwave filters and
S-parameter design with applications of current
technology
ENEE 410 Electronic Circuits (3) Prerequisite ENEE
300 or equivalent knowledge of circuit theory or consent
of the instructor This course is intended for students in
the Physical Sciences, and for Engineenng students
requinng additional study of electron circuits. Credit not
normally given for this course in an Electrical Engineering
major program (ENEE 413 may optionally be taken as
an associated laboratory) P-f^ junctions, transistors,
vacuum tubes, biasing and operating point stability,
switches, large-signal analysis, models, small-signal
analysis, frequency response, feedback and multistage
amplifiers, pulse and digital circuits
ENEE 412 Telemetry Systems (3) Prerequisite ENEE
314. Selected digital circuits: frequency division
multiplexing: FN^/AM systems, SSB/FM systems; time
division multiplexed systems, pulse amplitude
modulation, pulse duration modulation, pulse code
modulation: analog to digital converters: multiplexers and
DC-commutators
ENEE 413 Electronics laboratory (2) Corequisite
ENEE 314 One lecture and three lab hours per week
Provides experience in the specification, design, and
testing of basic electronic circuits and practical
interconnections Emphasis on design with discrete solid
state and integrated circuit components for t)oth analog
and pulse circuits.
ENEE 414 Network Analysis (3) Prerequisite: ENEE
304. Network properties: Linearity, reciprocity, etc.:
2-pon descriptions and generalization Y.S. hybird
matrices, description properties: symmetry, para-unity,
etc; basic topological analysis; state-space techniques;
computer-aided analysis; sensitivity analysis;
approximation theory.
ENEE 416 Network Synthesis (3) Prerequisite ENEE
304 Active and passive components, passivity, twunded
and positive real, RC properties and synthesis, Brune
and Dariington synthesis, transfer-voltage and Y21
synthesis, active feedback configurations, image
parameter design, computer-aided optimization synthesis
via the embedding concept
ENEE 418 Projects In Electrical Engineering (1-3)
Hours to be arranged. Prerequisites: senior standing and
permission of the instructor May t>e taken for repeated
credit up to a total of 4 credits, with the permission of the
students advisor and the instructor Theoretical and
expenmental projects
ENEE 419 Apprenticeship In Electrical Engineering
(2-3) Hours to t>e arranged Prerequisite Completion of
sophomore courses and permission of an apprenticeship
director May be taken for repeated credit up to a total of
nine credits A unique opportunity for experience in
Experimental Research and Engineenng Design A few
highly qualified students will be selected as apprentices
in one of the research (acilities of the Electrical
Engineering Department and will participate in the current
research under the supervision of the laboratory director
In the past, apprenticeships have been available in the
following laboratones: biomedical. electron nng
accelerator, gas laser, integrated circuits, simulation and
computer, and solid slate laser.
ENEE 420 Communication Systems (3) Prerequisite
ENEE 324 Founer senes, Fourier transforms and linear
system analysis; random signals, autocorrelation
functions and power spectral densities: analog
communication systems amplitude modulation,
single-sideband modulation, frequency and phase
modulation, sampling theorem and pulse-amplitude
modulation: digital communication systems pulse-code
modulation, phase-shift keying, differential phase shift
keying, frequency shift keying, periormance of analog
and digital communication systems in the presence of
noise.
ENEE 421 information Theory and Coding 3
Prerequisite: ENEE 324 Definition of information and
entropy; Memoryless and Markov Sources, source
coding; Kraft and MacMillan Inequalities; Shannon's First
Theorem; Hoffman Codes; Channels. Mutual Information,
and Capacity; Shannons Noisy Channel Coding
Theorem; Error Correcting Codes
ENEE 425 DIgltai Signal Processing (3) Prerequisite
ENEE 322. Sampling as a modulation process: aliasing,
the sampling theorem; the Z-transform and discrete-time
system analysis, direct and computer-aided design of
recursive and nonrecursive digital filters, the Discrete
Fourier Transform (DfT) and Fast Fourier Transform
(Ffn"); digital filtering using the FFT. analog-to-digital and
digital-to analog conversion, effects of quantization and
finite-word-length anthmetic.
ENEE 432 Electronics tor Life Scientists (4) Three
hours of lecture and two hours ol latjoratory per week.
Prerequisites: College Algebra and a Physics course,
including basic electncity and magnetism Not accepted
for credit in an Electrical Engineenng major program. The
concept of an instrumentation system with emphasis
upon requirements for transducers, amplifiers, and
recording devices, design critena and circuitry of power
supplies amplifiers, and pulse equipment, specific
instruments used for biological research, problems of
shielding against hum and noise pickup and other
interference problems characteristic of biological
systems.
ENEE 433 Electronic Instrumentation for Physical
Science (3) Two hours of lecture and two hours ol
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ENEE 300 or 306.
PHYS 271 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. The
concept of instrumentation systems from sensor to
readout, discussions of transducers, system dynamics,
precision and accuracy; measurement of electrical
parameters; direct, differential, and potentiometric
measurements; bridge measurements, time and
frequency measurements, waveform generation and
display.
ENEE 434 Introdudlon to Neural Networks and
Signals 3 Prerequisite: ENEE 204 or 300 Introduction in
the generation and processing of bioelectric signals
including structure and function of the neuron, membrane
theory, generation and propagation of nerve impulses,
synaptic mechanisms, transduction and neural coding of
sensory events, central nervous system processing of
sensory information and correlated electrical signals,
control of effector organs, muscle contraction and
mechanics, and models ol neurons and neural networi<s
ENEE 435 Electrodes and Electrical Processes in
Biology and Medicine (3) Prerequisite ENEE 204 or
300 Techniques for recording biological signals such as
brain, muscle and cardial electrical potentials; membrane
theory, half-cell potentials, liquid junction potentials,
polarization of electrodes; biological and medical
instrumentation; and applications in the design ol cardial
pacemakers, or a similar case study
ENEE 438 Topics In Biomedical Engineering (1-3)
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor May be taken
for repeated credit The content may vary from semester
to semester. Selected topics of current interest from such
areas as bioelectric systems, modeling instrumentation,
automated diagnostic, health-care delivery, etc.
Repeatable to a maximum of 9 hours
ENEE 442 Software Engineering (3) Prerequisites
ENES 240; ENEE 250 or equivalent Architectural
aspects of Software Engineering Machine language and
machine structure, assembly language and assemblers
macro-language and macro-processors, loaders and
linkers; programming languages and language structure
compilers and interpreters, operating systems
ENEE 444 Logic Design of Digital Systems (3)
Prerequisite ENEE 250 Review of Switching Algebra
gates and logic modules, map simplification techniques,
multiple-output systems, memory elements and
sequential systems, large switching systems, iterative
networks; sample designs, computer oriented
simplification algorithms, slate assignment, partition
techniques, sequential system decompositions
ENEE 445 Computer Laboratory (2) Prerequisite ENEE
444 One lecture and three lab hours per week
Hardware onented experiments providing practical
expenence in the design, construction, and checkout of
components and interfaces for digital computers and data
transmission systems. Projects include classical design
techniques and applications of current technology
ENEE 446 Digital Computer Design (3) Prerequisite
ENEE 250 Essential elements of the hardware design o(
digital computers Anthemetic and logic units, adders,
mulitpliers, dividers, logic and shifting operations, floating
point arithmetic Memory organization, design of a basic
computer instruction set, bus structure, (etch-execute
microoperations, hard-wired control unit,
microprogrammed control unit, index registers, indirect
addressing, interrupt operation, direct memory access
Organization of commercially available computers No
student will be allowed credit for both CMSC 410 and
ENEE 446
ENEE 450 Discrete Structures (3) Prerequisite ENES
240 or equivalent. Review of Set Algebra including
relations, partial ordering and mappings Algebraic
structures including semigroups and groups Graph
theory including trees and weighted graphs Boolean
Algebra and prepositional logic. Applications of these
structures to various areas of Computer Engineering
ENEE 460 Control Systems (3) Prerequisite ENEE 322
Mathematical models for control system components
Transform and time domain methods (or linear control
systems. Introductory stability theory Root locus. Bode
diagrams and Nyquist plots Design specifications in the
time and (requency domains. Compensation design in
the time and frequency domain. Introduction to sampled
data systems. Introduction to computer aided design of
control systems
ENEE 461 Control Systems Laboratory (2)
Prerequisite: ENEE 460. One lecture and three lab hours
per week. Projects to enhance the student's
understanding of feedback control systems and to
familiarize him with the charactenstics and limitations ol
real control devices Students will design, build, and test
servomechanisms, and will conduct analog and hybrid
computer simulations of control systems
ENEE 462 Systems, Control and Computation (3)
Prerequisites: ENEE 300 or 304, and MATH 246 or
consent of instructor. Matrix Algebra, state space
analysis of discrete systems, state space analysis ol
continuous systems, computer algorithms for circuit
analysis, optimization and system simulation
ENEE 472 Transducers and Electrical Machinery (3)
Prerequisite: ENEE 304. Electromechanical transducers,
theory of electromechnical systems, power and wideband
transformers, rotating eleclncal machinery from the
theoretical and performance points of view,
ENEE 473 Transducers and Electrical Machinery
Laboratory (1) Corequisite: ENEE 472 Experiments on
transformers, synchronous machines, induction motors,
synchros, loudspeakers, other transducers.
ENEE 480 Fundamentals of Solid State Electronics
(3) Prerequisite: ENEE 381 Review of Maxwell's
Equation, electromagnetic properties of dielectrics;
introduction to quantum mechanics and quantum
statistics; classical and quantum theory ol metals, theory
of semiconductors and semiconductor devices; principle
of magnetic devices and selected topics
ENEE 481 Antennas (3) Prerequisite ENEE 381
Introduction to the concepts of radiation, generalized far
field formulas; antenna theorems and fundamentals;
antenna arrays, linear and planar arrays; aperture
86 Electrical Engineering Program
antennas: terminal impedance; propagation.
ENEE 483 Electromagnetic Measurements Laboratory
(2) Prerequisites: ENEE 305 and ENEE 380 One lecture
and three lab tiours per week. Experiments designed to
provide familiarity witti a large class of micro-wave arxl
optical components, tectiniques for interconnecting ttiem
into useful systems, and techniques of high frequency
and optical measurements
ENEE 487 Particle Accelerators, Physical and
Engineering Principles (3) Prerequisites: ENEE 380
and PHYS 420, or consent of the instructor. Sources of
charged particles: methods of acceleration and focusing
of ion tieams in electromagnetic fields; basic theory,
design, and engineenng principles of particle
accelerators
ENEE 488 Topics In Electrical Engineering (3) Credit
up to a total ol six credits, with the permission of the
student's advisor and the instructor
ENEE 496 Lasers and Electro-Optic Devices (3) Pre-
or corequisite: ENEE 381 Optical resonators, fabry-perot
etalon. Theory of laser oscillation, rate equations
Gaseous, solid state, semiconductor and dye laser
systems. Electro-optic effects and parametric oscillators.
Holography.
ENEE 601 Active Network Analysis (3) Prerequisite:
ENEE 406 or equivalent. The complex frequency plane,
conventional feedback and sensitivity, theorems for
feedback circuits, stability and physical realiability of
electrical networks, Nyquists and Routh's criteria for
stability, activity and passivity criteria.
ENEE 604 Advanced Electronic Circuit Design (3)
Prerequisite: ENEE 312 or consent of the instructor
Comparison of bipolar and field effect transistors, detailed
frequency response of single and multistage amplifiers,
design of feedback applifiers. D-C coupling techniques,
design of multistage tuned amplifiers.
ENEE 605 Graph Theory and Network Analysis (3)
Prerequisite: ENEE 600. Linear graph theory as applied
to electrical networks, cut sets and tie sets, incidence
matrices, trees, branches, and mazes, development of
network equations by matrix and index notation, network
characteristic equations for natural circuit behavior,
signal-flow-graph theory and Mason-S rule, stability of
active two-part networi<s
ENEE 608 Graduate Seminar (1-3) Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor Every semester regular seminars
are held in electrical science and in the six areas of
specialization offered by the electrical engineering
department. They may be taken, by arrangement with the
students advisor, for repeated credit
ENEE 609 Projects In Electrical Engineering (1-3)
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Individual pro|ects
on advanced systems in electrical engineering. May be
repeated for credit up to a maximum of three credits
ENEE 610 Electrical Network Theory (3)
Undergraduate circuit theory or consent of the instructor
Matrix algebra, network elements, ports, passivity and
activity, geometrical and analytical descriptions of
networi<s, state variable characterizations, scattering
matrices, signal flow graphs, sensitivity
ENEE 620 Random Processes In Communication and
Control (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 324 or equivalent
Introduction to random processes: characterization,
classification, representation: Gaussian and other
examples Linear operations on random processes,
stationary processes: covariance function and spectral
density Linear least square waveform estimating
Wiener-Kolmogroff filtering, Kalman-Bucy recursive
filtering: function space characterization, non-linear
operations on random processes
ENEE 621 Estimation and Detection Theory (3)
Prerequisite: ENEE 620 or equivalent or consent of
instructor Estimation of unknown parameters.
Cramer-Rao lower bound; optimum (map) demodulation,
filtering, amplitude and angle modulation, comparison
with conventional systems; statistical decision theory
Bayes, Minimax, NeymanPearson. Criteria-68 simple
and composite hypotheses, application to coherent and
incoherent signal detection, M-ary hypotheses;
application to uncoded and coded digital communication
systems (Listed also as MAPL 644.)
ENEE 630 Advanced Topica — Radar Signals and
Systems (3) Corequisite ENEE 620 Review of linear
systems and signals: Fourier transform representation
time bandwidth product. resolution, complex
representation: maximum signal-to-noise ratio critenon
receiver and signal design, radar range equation;
statistical detection theory: probability ol error
performance: statistical estimation theory: unknown
parameters. range-Doppler radar, ambiguity problem,
asymptotic maximum likelihood estimation and
Cramer-Rao lower bound, resolution ol multiple objects.
ENEE 633 Modeling of Nerves and Muscles with
Applications to Prosthetic Devices (3) Prerequisite
Undergraduate degree in Engineenng or Physics, or
permission of the instructor. Principles and circuit models
for resting and active membrane potentials of nerves and
muscles; synaptic mechanisms including probabilistic
models of neuromuscular transmission; electrode
potentials and reactions; propagation of biopotentials in a
volume conductor, properties, mechanical models, and
circuit analogs tor muscles and proprioceptors; spinal
reflexes in the control of posture; applications of the
above in the design ol prosthetic and orthotic devices
ENEE 634 Models of Transduction and Signal
Processing In Sensory Systems (3) Prerequisite
ENEE 633 or ENEE 435 or permission of the instructor.
General organization of sensory systems; receptor
mechanisms; receptor and neural models; statistics of
neural spike trains; peripheral signal processing in
sensory systems, with emphasis on vision and audition;
introduction to signal processing in the central nervous
system; applications to development of sensory
protheses.
ENEE 642 Software System Implementation (3)
Prerequisite: ENEE 442 or equivalent. Implementation
aspects of software engineering. Programming
languages; architectural designs; program design;
structured programming; peripheral storage devices. I/O
programming; debugging and evaluation.
ENEE 646 Digital Computer Design (3) Prerequisite:
ENEE 446. Introduction to design techniques lor digital
computers; digital arithmetic; logic circuits; digital
memories; design of computer elements; arithmetic unit;
and control unit, A simple digital computer will be
designed
ENEE 648 Advanced Topics In Electrical Engineering
(3) Every semester courses intended lor high degree ol
specialization are offered by visiting or regular electncal
engineering faculty members in two or more of the areas
listed in 488. The student should check with the electrical
engineenng office of graduate studies for a list and the
description of the topics offered currently.
ENEE 654 Combinatorial Switching Theory (3)
Prerequisites: ENEE 450 and ENEE 444, Application of
algebraic techniques to combinatorial switching networks,
multi-valued systems; symmetries and their use;
optimization algorithms; heuristic techniques; majority and
threshold logic; function decomposition, cellular
cascades
ENEE 655 Structure Theory of Machines (3)
Prerequisites: ENEE 450 and ENEE 444. Machine
realizations; partitions and the substitution property; pair
algebras and applications; variable dependence;
decomposition; loop-free structures; set system
decompositions; semigroup realizations
ENEE 657 Simulation of Dynamic Systems (3)
Prerequisite: ENEE 443. Mechanistic methods for
differential equation solution; application of analog or
hybrid computers and digital differential analyzers for that
purpose; design and structure of languages for
digital-analog simulation on a general purpose digital
computer: mimic language and examples of its use
Class will run simulation programs on a larger-scale
computer
ENEE 660 Modern Control System Design Method (3)
Prerequisite: ENEE 663 and ENEE 620. or equivalent, or
consent of the instructor. Applications of state space
design methods; linear regulator problem and
applications to tracking, stabilization and disturbance
elimination; self-tuning regulators. State estimators. The
second method of Liapunov and applications in contol
systems design. Applications of modern frequency
domain methods in control system design; diagonal
dominance, dynamic compensation, decoupling.
Applications of the linear quadratic Gaussian problem in
control systems design. Case studies from industrial,
guidance and other engineering control problems.
Analysis of computer algorithms are analyzed for each of
the above four basic design methods provided. Analysis
of interactive computer aided design methods and
validation procedures are extensively analyzed.
ENEE 661 Nonlinear Control Systems (3) Prerequisite:
ENEE 460 or consent of instructor State space methods
of stability analysis including second order systems and
the phase plane, linearization and stability in the small,
stability in the large and Lyapunovs second method.
Frequency domain methods including the describing
function. Popov's method and functional analytic
methods. Introduction to Volterra series representations
of nonlinear systems. Applications to control system
design
ENEE 662 Sampled-Data Control Systems (3)
Prerequsite: Preparations in linear feedback control
theory or consent of instructor. Z-transform and modified
z-transform method ol analysis, root locus and frequency
response methods of analysis, ideal and finite width
sampling, discrete and continuous compensation of
digital control systems, state space equations,
controllability and observability of discrete systems,
stability, minimum time and minimum energy control,
statistical design and the discrete Kalman filter.
ENEE 663 System Theory (3) General systems models
State variables and state spaces. Differential dynamical
systems. Discrete time systems. Linearity and its
implications. Controllability and observability. State space
structure and representation Realization theory and
algorithmic solutions Parameterizations of linear
systems; canonical forms. Basic results from stability
theory, Stabilizability. Fine structure of linear multivariable
systems; minimal indices and polynomial matrices.
Inverse Nyquist array Geometric methods in design.
Interplay tjetween frequency domain and state space
design methods. Interactive computer-aided design
methods. (Listed also as MAPL 640)
ENEE 664 Optimal Control (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 460
or consent of the instructor General optimization and
control problems. Static optimization problems. Linear
and nonlinear programming methods. Geometric
interpretations Dynamic optimization problems. Discrete
time maximum principle and applications. Pontryagin
maximum principle in continuous time.
Dynamic-programming, Feedback realization of solutions.
Extensive applications to problems in optimal design,
navigation and guidance, power systems. Introduction to
state constrained and singular optimal control problems.
(Listed also as MAPL 641.)
ENEE 665 Linear System identification (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 400 and ENEE 322 or equivalent:
ENEE 620 Representations for linear systems.
Parameter estimation techniques such as least square
and maximum likelihood. Correlation methods with white
noise inputs. Stochastic approximation and gradient
algorithms. Applications of quarilinearizatiori arid invariant
imbedding. Effect of abrevation noise.
ENEE 680 Electromagnetic Theory I (3) Prerequisite:
ENEE 381 or equivalent Theoretical analysis and
engineering applications of Maxwell's equations.
Boundary value problems of electrostatics and
magnelostatics
ENEE 681 Electromagnetic Theory 11 (3) Prerequisite:
ENEE 381 or equivalent. Continuation of ENEE 680.
Theoretical analysis and engineering applications of
Maxwell's Equations The homogeneous wave equation.
Plane wave propgation The interaction of plane waves
and material media. Retarded potentials. The Hertz
potential. Simple radiating systems. Relativisitic
covariance of Maxwell's Equations.
ENEE 686 Charged Particle Dynamics, Electron and
Ion Beams (3) Three hours per week Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor. General principles of single-particle
dynamics; mapping of the electric and magnetic fields;
equation of motion and methods of solution; production
and control of charge particle beams; electron optics;
Liouville's Theorem; space charge effects in high current
beams; design principles of special electron and ion
beam devices.
ENEE 690 Quantum and Wave Phenomena with
Electrical Application (3) Two lectures per week.
Prerequisite: ENEE 381 and ENEE 382 or equivalent.
Introduction of quantum and wave phenomena from
electrical engineering point of view. Topics included:
general principles of quantum mechanics, operator
algebra, the microwave resonant cavity and the
analagous potential well problem, harmonic oscillator,
hydrogenic atom. Perturbation method applied to the
transmission line and potential well problems. Periodically
loaded transmission line and Kronig-Penny model of
Engineering Materials Program 87
band theory
ENEE 696 Integrated and MIowave Electronics (3) cr
Prerequisite: ENEE 310 Registration in ENEE 793
recommended. Active and passive elements used in
semiconductor structures. Design application ot linear
and digital integrated circuits
ENEE 697 Semiconductor Devices and Technology
(3) Prerequisite; ENEE 496 or equivalent. Registration in
ENEE 793 recommended. The principles, structures and
characteristics of semiconductor devices. Technology
and fabrication of semicoriductor devices.
ENEE 700 Network Synthesis (3) Prerequisite: ENEE
605 or equivalent- Design of driving-point and transfer
Impedance functions with emphasis of the transfer loss
and phase of minimum-phase networks, flow diagrams,
physical network characteristics, including relations
existing between the real and imaginary components of
network functions, modern methods of network synthesis.
ENEE 701 Network Synthesis (3) Prerequisite ENEE
700 or equivalent. Design of driving-point and transfer
impedance functions with emphasis of the transfer loss
and phase of minimum-phase networks, flow diagrams,
physical network characteristics, including relations
existing between the real and imaginary components of
networi< functions, modern methods of network synthesis.
ENEE 703 Semiconductor Device Models (3)
Prerequisite ENEE 605 or equivalents Single-frequency
rrKxJels for transistors; small-signal and wide-band
models for general non-reciprocal devices. hybrid-PI and
TEE models for transistors, relationship of models to
transistor physics, synthesis of wide-band models from
terminal behavior, computer utilization of models for other
semiconductor devices
ENEE 721 Information Theory (3) Corequisite; ENEE
620. Prerequisite: STAT 400 or equivalent. Information
measure, entropy, mutual information, source encoding;
noiseless coding theorem, noisy coding theorem;
exponential error bounds; introduction to probabilistic
error correcting codes, block and convolutional codes
and error tx)unds; channels with memory; continuous
channels; rate distortion function. (Same as MAPL 731.)
ENEE 722 Error Correcting Codes (3) Introduction to
linear codes. tx)unds on the error correction capabilities
of codes; convolutional codes with threshold, sequential
and Viterbi decoding; cyclic random error correcting
codes; P-N sequences; cyclic and convolutional burst
error correcting codes
ENEE 724 Oigitai Signal Processing (3) Prerequisite:
ENEE 620 or consent of instructor Review of z
transforms, correlations functions and power spectral
densities for discrete time stochastic processes; discrete
time Wiener filters; methods for designing digital filters to
meet precise frequency domain specification, effects of
truncation, round-off and finite word length arithmetic on
the accuracy and stability of digital filters; adaptive
equalizers for narrow band data channels, discrete
Fourier transform and fast Fourier transform;
tiomomorphic filtering. Gauss-Markov estimates; spectral
density estimation
ENEE 728 Advanced Topics In Communication
Theory (3) Topics selected, as announced, from
advanced communication theory and its applications
ENEE 730 Advanced Topics— Radar Signals and
Systems (3) Prerequisite ENEE 620 or equivalent. The
theory of imaging radar systems. Classifications,
resolution mechanisms, and principles. System design
for additive noise; effects of ambiguity, multiplicative
noise, motkjn errors, nonllnearities. and scattering
mechanism System design for ambiguity and
multiplicative noise. Optical processing. Application to
synthetic aperture, astronomical, and hologram radar
ENEE 733 Neural Control of Animal Movement (3)
Prerequisite ENEE 633 or 634. Properties of muscles,
proprioceptors, reflexes, arid ceritral nervous system
structures; linear and nonlinear models, field potential
analysis and theories of cerebellar function, and the
control and coordination of these structures during
voluntary and involuntary movement in animals
ENEE 746 Digitai Systems Engineering (3)
Prerequisite ENEE 646 Systems aspects of
digitat-computer-based systems, data flow analysis;
system organization; control languages, consoles and
displays; remote terminals, software-hardware tradeoff;
system evaluation; case studies from selected
applications areas such as data acquisition and reduction
information storage, or the like.
ENEE 748 Topics in Computer Design (1-3)
Prerequisite; Permission of the instructor. Such topics as
computer arithmetic, computer reliability, arid threshold
logic will be considered. May be taken for repeated
credit.
ENEE 760 Mathematical Methods In Control
Engineering (3) Prerequisite ENEE 663 or consent of
instructor Applications of compactness in control and
communication, geometric methods in optimal control of
lumped and distributed systems and harmonic analysis of
linear systems Applications to control and estimation
problems (Listed also as MAPL 740 )
ENEE 761 Control ot Distributed Parameter Systems
(3) Prerequisite; An introductory course in functional
analytic methods at the level of ENEE 760. and
background in control and system theory Study of
systems governed by pantial differential equations.
Delay systems. Boundary and distributed control,
Lyapunov stability, optimal control of systems governed
by paritial differential equations and of delay systems.
Applications to continuum mechanics, distributed
networks, biology, ecorramics, and engineering. (Same
as MAPL 741.)
ENEE 762 Stochastic Control (3) Prerequisites; ENEE
620 or equivalent; and ENEE 663/MAPL 640; or consent
of the instructor Stochastic control systems, numerical
methods for the Ricatti Equatiori. the separation principle,
control of linear systems with Gaussian signals and
quadratic cost, non-linear stochastic control, stochastic
stability, introduction to stochastic games, (Same as
MAPL 742.)
ENEE 769 Advanced Topics In Control Theory (3)
Topics selected, as announced, from advanced control
theory and its applications.
ENEE 772 Advanced Methods and Algorithms In
Detection and Filtering (3) Prerequisite ENEE 621
Foundations of random processes Conditional
expectations Markov processes and Martingales ITO
calculus Detection and estimation of continuous signals
with continuous observations Jump processes. Detection
and estimation with discontinuous observations.
Discrete-time case Fast algorithms for digital filtering
problems. (Listed also as MAPL 735.)
ENEE 774 Mathematics of Continuous Networks (3)
Nonoriented systems, ports, linear orientations, theory of
distnbutions. scattering matrices, operator theory of
networks, activity, invariant embedding, multivariable PR
and BR state-determined systems, synthesis, interval
functions, tolerance analysis, neuron networks and
models, Manley-Rowe relations, oscillators and nonlinear
subharmonic generation.
ENEE 780 Microwave Engineering (3) Prerequisite:
ENEE 681 . Mathematical methods for the solution of the
wave equation, transmission lines and waveguides,
selected topics in the theory of waveguide structures,
surface guides and artificial dielectrics
ENEE 781 Optical Engineering (3) Fourier analysis in
two dimensions, diffraction theory, optical imaging
systems, spatial flitering. holography.
ENEE 782 Radio Wave Propagation (3) Two lectures
per week. Prerequisite; ENEE 681 General solutions of
Maxwell's Equations, geometrical optics approximations,
propagation above a plane earth, effects of surtace
irregularities arid stratified atmospheres, scattering by
turbulence.
ENEE 784 Antenna Theory (3) Two lectures per week
Prerequisite: ENEE 681 or equivalent. Review of
Maxwell's Equations; radiative networks; linear antennas;
antenna arrays; aperture antennas; advanced topics.
ENEE 790 Quantum Electronics I (3) Two lectures per
week. Prerequisite; A knowledge of quantum mechanics
and electromagnetic theory Spontaneous emission,
interaction of radiation and matter, masers. optical
resonators, the gas. solid and semi-conductor lasers,
electro-optical effect, propagation in anisotropic media
and light modulation.
ENEE 791 Quantum Electronics il (3) Nonlinear optical
effects and devices, tunable coherent light sources;
optical parametric oscillator; frequency conversion and
dye laser. Ultrashort pulse generation and measurement,
stimulated Raman effect, and applications. Interaction of
acoustic and optical waves, and holography.
ENEE 793 Solid State Electronics (3) Prerequisite: A
graduate course in quantum mechanics or consent of
instructor. Properties of crystals; energy bands: electron
transport theory; conductivity and hall effect; statistical
distributions; Fermi level: impurities; non-equilibrium
carrier distributions; normal modes of vibration; effects of
high electric fields; P-N junction theory, avalanche
breakdown; tunneling phenomena; surtace properties.
ENEE 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
ENEE 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Engineering l\/laterials
Program
Professor and Actiryg Director: Dieter^
Professor and Department Chairman: Cadman'
Professors: Armstrong^. Arsenault',
Adjunct Professor: Kramer
Assistant Professor: Mathers'
Associate Faculty: l^arcinkowski ', Park'
'Chemical and Nuclear Engineering
^Dean. College of Engineering
'Mechanical Engineering
"Physics and Astronomy
The Engineering Materials program is
interdisciplinary between Chemical and Mechanical
Engineering. It is administered by the Department of
Chemical and Nuclear Engineering. Special areas of
concentration include diffraction, dislocation and
mechanical behavior of materials, x-ray and electron
microscopic techniques, electronic and magnetic
behavior of materials, and the chemical physics of
materials.
Admission and Degree Information
The programs leading to the MS and PhD.
degrees are open to qualified students holding the
B.S degree Admission may be granted to students
with degrees in any of the engineering and science
areas from accredited prograiris. In some cases it
may be necessary to require courses to fulfill the
back ground. The candidate for the MS. degree
has the choice of following a plan of study with
thesis or without thesis The equivalent of at least
three years of full-time study beyond the B.S. degree
is required for the Ph.D. degree. All students seeking
graduate degrees in Engineering Materials must
enroll in ENMA 650, 660 and 671 In addition to the
general rules of the Graduate School certain special
degree requirements are set forth by the Department
in their departmental publications.
Facilities and Special Resources
Special equipment available includes a scanning
electron microscope, x-ray diffraction equipment,
crystal growing, sample preparation and mechanical
testing facilities, and high pressure and cryogenic
equipment.
Additional Information
Information is available from:
Director, Engineering Materials Program
Department of Chemical and
Nuclear Engineering.
University of Maryland
Courses
ENMA 462 Deformation of Engineering Materials (3)
Prerequisites; ENES 230 or consent of instructor.
Relationship of structure to the mechanical properties of
materials Elastic and plastic deformation, microscopic
yield criteria, state of stress and ductility Elements of
dislocation theory, work hardening, alloy strengthening,
creep, and fracture in terms of dislocation theory.
ENMA 463 Chemical, Liquid and Powder Processing
of Engineering Materials (3) Prerequisites ENES 230
or consent of instructor Methods and processes used in
the production of primary metals. The detailed basic
principles of beneficiation processes, pyrometallurgy,
hydrometallurgy, electrometallurgy, vapor phase
88 English Language and Literature Program
processing and electroplating Liquid metal processing
including casting, welding, brazing and soldering Powder
processing and sintering. Shapes and structures
produced in the above processes.
ENMA 464 Environmental EHects on Engineering
Materials (3) Prerequisites; ENES 230 or consent of
instructor Introduction to the phenomena associated with
the resistance of materials to damage under severe
environmental conditions Oxidation, corrosion, stress
corrosion, corrosion fatigue and radiation damage are
examined from the point of view of mechanism and
influence on the properties of matenals Methods of
corrosion protection and criteria for selection of materials
for use in radiation environments.
ENMA 470 Structure and Properties of Engineering
Materials (3) A comprehensive survey of the atomic and
electronic structure of solids with emphasis on the
relationship of structure to the physical and mechanical
properties.
ENMA 471 Physical Chemistry ol Engineering
Materials (3) Equilbrium multicomponerit systems and
relationship to the phase diagram. Thermodynamics of
polycrystalline and polyphase materials. Diffusion in
solids, l(inetics of reactions in solids.
ENMA 472 Technology ol Engineering Materials (3)
Relationship ol properties of solids to their engineering
applications. Criteria for the choice of materials for
electronic, mechanical and chemical properties. Particular
emphasis on the relationships between structure of the
solid and its potential engineering application.
ENMA 473 Processing of Engineering Materials (3)
The effect of processing on the structure of engineering
materials. Processes corisidered include refining, melting
and solidification, purification by zone refining, vapor
phase processing, mechanical working and heat
treatments.
ENMA 495 Rheology of Engineering Materials (3)
Prerequisites: ENES 230 or consent of instructor. Study
ol the defomiation and flow of engineering materials and
its relationship to structural type. Elasticity, viscoeiasticity,
anelasticity and plasticity of single phase and multiphase
materials Students who have credit for ENMA 495 may
not take ENCH 495 for credit.
ENMA 496 Polymeric Engineering Materials (3)
Prerequisite: ENES 230 A comprehensive summary ol
the fundamentals of particular interest in the science and
applications of polymers. Polymer single crystals,
transformations in polymers, fabrication of polymers as to
shape and internal structure. Students who have credit
for ENIVIA 496 may not take ENCH 496 for credit.
ENMA 650 Structure of Engineering Materials. (3)
Prerequisite: ENMA 470 or equivalent. The structural
aspects of crystalline and amorphous solids and
relationships to bonding types Point and space groups.
Summary of diffraction theory and practice The
reciprocal lattice, relationships ol the microscopically
measured properties to crystal symmetry. Structural
aspects of defects in crystalline solids.
ENMA 651 Electronic Structure of Engineering
Materials. (3) Prerequisite: ENMA 650 Electronic and
magnetic materials in relationship to their applications.
Metallic conductors, resistive alloys, superconducting
materials, semiconductors, hard and soft magnetic
materials, piezo-electric and piezo-magnetic materials,
optical materials. Emphasis on relationships between
electronic configuration, crystal structure, defect structure
and physical properties.
ENMA 659 Special Topics In Structure of Engineering
Materials. (3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor
ENMA 660 Chemical Physics of Engineering
Materials. (3) Prerequisite: ENMA 650 Thermodynamics
and statistical mechanics of engineering solids
Cohesion, thermodynamic properties Theory of solid
solutions. Thermodynamics of mechanical, electrical,
and magnetic phenomena in solids. Chemical
thermodynamics, phase transitions and thermodynamic
properties of polycrystalline and polyphase materials.
Thermodynamics of defects in solids.
ENMA 661 Kinetics of Reactions In Materials. (3)
Prerequisite: ENMA 660 The theory ol thermally
activated processes in solids as applied to diffusion,
nucleation and interlace motion Cooperative and
ditfusionless transformations. Applications selected from
processes such as all otropic translormations,
precipation, martensite fomiation, solidification, ordering.
ENMA 669 Special Topics In the Chemical Physics of
Materials. (3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor
ENMA 671 Dislocations In Crystalline Materials. (3) cr
Prerequisite: ENMA 650. The nature and interactions of
defects in crystalline solids, with primary emphasis on
dislocations. The elastic and electric fields associated
with dislocations. Effects of impertections on mechanical
and physical properties.
ENMA 672 Mechanical Properties of Engineering
Materials. (3) Prerequisite: ENMA 67t . The mechanical
properties ol single crystals, polycrystalline and
polyphase materials. Yield strength, wori< hardening,
fracture, fatigue and creep are considered in terms of
fundamental material properties.
ENMA 679 Special Topics In the Mechanical Behavior
of Materials. (3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor
ENMA 680 Experimental Methods In Materials
Science. (3) Methods ol measuring the staictural
aspects ol materials Optical arid electron microscopy.
Microscopic analytical techniques. Resonance methods.
Electrical, optical and magnetic measurement techniques.
Thermodynamic methods.
ENMA 681 Diffraction Techniques In Materials
Science. (3) Prerequisite: ENCH 620 Theory of
diffraction of electrons, neutrons and x-rays. Strong
emphasis on diffraction methods as applied to the study
of defects in solids Short range order, thermal vibrations,
stacking faults, microstrain.
ENMA 689 Special Topics In Experimental
Techniques In Materials Science. (3) Prerequisite:
consent ol instructor.
ENMA 691 Special Topics In Engineering Materials.
(3) Prerequisite: consent ol instructor.
ENMA 697 Seminar In Engineering Materials. (1)
ENMA 698 Special Problems In Engineering
Materials. (1-«)
ENMA 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
ENMA 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
English Language and
Literature Program
Professor ar\d Chairman: Patterson
Professors: Bode, Bradley, Bryer, Freedman, Helton
Hovey, Kenny, Isaacs, Lawson, Lutwack. MIsh,
Myers, Panichas, Peterson, Russell, Salamanca,
Schoenbaum, Vitzthum Whittemore, Winton,
Wittreich
Associate Professors: Barnes, Barry, Birdsall, Brown,
Coogan, Cooper, Fry, Greenwood, D. Hamilton, G.
Hamilton, Herman, Howard, Jellema, Kleine, Mack,
Miller, Ousby, Smith, Thorberg, Trousdale, Wilson
Assistant Professors: Burger, Caramello, Carretta,
Gate, Coletti, Dunn, Hammond, James, MancinI,
Marcuse, Peterson, Procopiow, Rutherford, Van
Egmond
The Department of English offers graduate work
leading to the degrees of Master of Arts and Doctor
ol Philosophy. Areas of specialization (or the MA.
and Ph.D. include: English literature, American
literature, and folklore. In addition, candidates for the
M.A. degree may specialize in creative writing, and
in linguistics. Traditionally most students enrolled in
graduate programs in English language and
literature have sought employment in postsecondary
teaching. Although this situation continues today, the
declining number of projected faculty openings
means that an increasing number of students are
finding it desirable to seek non-academic
employment. The non-academic areas that attract
most of these students include publishing, business
and technical writing, administration and personnel
management. For the student who decides to seek
one of these alternatives, the University of Maryland
offers assistance in two forms. First, for the graduate
student in English there is an internship program
which provides students contact with and work
experience in various governmental and professional
communities. Second, there is the University's
Career Development Center which helps place
students in careers suitable to their interests and to
their level of educational achievement.
Admission and Degree Information
In addition to the general Graduate School
requirements, applicants to the MA. program
ordinarily should present a 3 5 GPA in English and a
minimum of 24 hours of upper-level English courses.
Applicants to the Ph.D. program should present a
3.75 GPA and an MA. degree in English.
The Department requires 30 credits for the MA.
with thesis. These credits include ENGL 601 and a
distribution requirement to assure coverage of the
major historical fields Candidates have a non-thesis
option under which they lake 31 credits, submit an
independent research paper, and pass a three-hour
written comprehensive examination.
Departmental requirements for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy include: (1) a foreign language
requirement; (2) at least three hours of linguistics;
(3)both a general oral examination on the major
areas of English and American literature to be taken
after 12-18 hours of PhD. course work, and a
written examination on the student's area of
specialization to be taken after course work is
completed.
Facilities and Special Resources
In addition to drawing on the cultural and intellectual
resources of Washington, DC, the English
department is an active participant in the Folger
Institute of Renaissance and 18th Century Studies.
Folger Institute fellowships have been awarded to
advanced graduate students in the English
department.
The Department is also a member of South
Atlantic Graduate English (SAGE). Graduate
students from Maryland may take courses at other
SAGE institutions, and the English department is
eligible for a lecturer of its choice from another
SAGE institution.
Financial Assistance
Financial assistance is available in the form of
fellowships and teaching assistantships. Fellowships
are awarded directly by the Graduate School to
nominees from the English department. The number
of teaching assistantships is contingent on available
funds; currently 96 students are teaching assistants
Additional Information
Additional information on admission, financial aid,
and degree requirements can be obtained from:
Jackson G. Barry
Director of Graduate Studies
Department of English
University of Maryland
Courses
ENGL 402 Chaucer (3)
ENGL 403 Shakespeare (3) Eariy period— histories and
comedies
ENGL 404 Shakespeare (3) Late periods— tragedies
and romances
ENGL 407 Literature of the Renaissance (3)
ENGL 410 Edmund Spenser (3)
ENGL 411 Literature of the Renaissance (3)
ENGL 412 Literature of the Seventeenth Century,
1600-1660 (3)
ENGL 414 MIKon (3)
ENGL 415 Literature of the Seventeenth Century,
1660-1700 (3)
ENGL 416 Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3)
Age of Pope and Swift.
ENGL 417 Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3)
Age ol Johnson and the Preromantics.
Entomology Program 89
ENGL 418 Major British Writers (3) Two writers studied
intensively each semester
ENGL 419 Major British Writers (3) Two writers studied
intensively each semester
ENGL 420 Literature of the Romantic Period (3) First
generation: Blake. Wordsworth. Coleridge, et al.
ENGL 421 Uteralure of the Romantic Period (3)
Second generation: Keats. Shelly. Byron, et al
ENGL 422 Literature of the Victorian Period (3) Early
years.
ENGL 423 Literature of the Victorian Period (3) Middle
years
ENGL 424 Late Victorian and Edwardian Literature (3)
A study of the literary movements and techniques which
effected the transition from Victorian to modem literature.
ENGL 425 Modern British Literature (3) An historical
survey of the major writers and literary movements in
English prose and poetry since 1 900
ENGL 430 American Literature, Beginning to 1810,
the Colonial and Federal Periods (3)
ENGL 431 American Literature, 1810 to 1865, the
American Renaissance (3)
ENGL 432 American Literature, 1865 to 1914, Realism
and Naturalism (3)
ENGL 433 American Literature, 1914 to the Present,
the Modem Period (3)
ENGL 434 American Drama (3)
ENGL 435 American Poetry— Beginning to the
Present (3)
ENGL 436 The Literature of American Democracy (3)
ENGL 437 Contemporary American Literature (3) A
sun/ey of the poetry, prose, and drama written in
America in the last decade
ENGL 438 Major American Writers (3) Two writers
studied intensively each semester
ENGL 439 Major American Writers (3) Two writers
studied intensively each semester.
ENGL 440 The Novel In America to 1910 (3)
ENGL 441 The Novel In America since 1910 (3)
ENGL 442 Uterature of the South (3) A historical
survey, from eighteenth-century beginnings to the
present
ENGL 443 Afro-American Literature (3) An examination
of the literary expression of the Negro in the United
States, from its beginning to the present
ENGL 444 Experimental Approaches to
Uterature — Emerson and Thoreau (3) Variable subject
matter presented in expenmental methods and
approaches Grading in Satisfactory/Fail only. Consent of
instructor required lor admission
ENGL 445 Modem British and American Poetry (3)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor required for
students with credit in ENGL 345. A study of the
formation ol the "Modem Tradition' in British and
American poetry, exploring the distinctive energy and
consciousness in the poets of the earty Twentieth
Century (1896-1930) Special emphasis on Hopkins,
Yeats. Pound. Eliot, and Stevens Collateral readings in
essays on modern poetics, and in other poets of the
pehod
ENGL 446 Contemporary British and American
Poetry (3) Prerequisite: Permission ol instructor required
lor students with credit in ENGL 345. A study ol British
and Amencan poetry from the Depression to the present.
Special emphasis on Auden, Williams. Dylan Thomas,
Theodore Roethke, Robert Lowell A more general study
ol the wori< ol some ol these Berryman. Janell, Fuller,
Bisfiop. Wright, Kinnell, Lari<in and including the
projectivists. the beats and the present scene
ENGL 447 Satire (3) An introduction to English and
American satire from Chaucer to the present,
ENGL 449 Playwrlting (3)
ENGL 450 Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama (3)
Beginnings to Mariowe
ENGL 451 Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama (3)
Jonson to Webster
ENGL 452 English Drama from 1660 to 1800 (3)
ENGL 453 Literary Criticism (3)
ENGL 454 Modem Drama (3)
ENGL 455 The English Novel (3) Eighteenth Century
ENGL 456 The English Novel (3) Nineteenth Century
ENGL 457 The Modern Novel (3)
ENGL 461 Folk Narrative (3) Studies in legend, tale and
myth Prerequisite: ENGL 460.
ENGL 462 Folksong and Ballad (3) Prerequisite: ENGL
460.
ENGL 463 American Folklore (3) Prerequisite: ENGL
460 An examination of American folklore in terms of
history and regional folk cultures. Exploration ol
collections ol folklore from various areas to reveal the
difference in regional and ethnic groups as witnessed in
their oral and literary traditions
ENGL 464 Afro-American Folklore and Culture (3) An
examination ol the culture ol the Negro in the United
States in terms ol history (antebellum to the present) and
social changes (rural to urban). Exploration ol aspects ol
Negro culture and history via oral and literary traditions
and lite histories,
ENGL 465 Urban Folklore (3) Prerequisite: ENGL 460
An examination of the folklore currently originating in
white, urban, American cutture.
ENGL 466 Arthurian Legend (3) Development of the
Arthuriari legend of heroism and love in English literature
from medieval to modern times
ENGL 474 Literature for Children (3) Analysis of
nineteenth and twentieth century classics ol the genre.
Relation ol this literature to the forming of luture literary
perceptions,
ENGL 475 Literature for Adolescents (3) Adolescent
themes in contemporary and older literature designed lor
adolescent and young adult audiences
ENGL 476 Modern Fantasy and Science Fiction (3)
Major works ol fantasy and science liction since the
mid-eighteenth century, emphasizing their continuity and
their relationships to philosophical speculation, scientific
discovery, literary history and cultural change.
ENGL 478 Selected topics In English and American
Literature before 1800 (3)
ENGL 479 Selected topics in English and American
Literature after 1800 (3)
ENGL 481 introduction to English Grammar (3) A briel
review ol traditional English grammar and an introduction
to structural grammar, including phonology, morphology
and syntax
ENGL 482 History of the English Language (3)
ENGL 483 American English (3)
ENGL 484 Advanced English Grammar (3) Credit may
not be granted in both ENGL 484 and LING 402
ENGL 486 Introduction to Old English (3) An
introduction to the grammar, syntax, and phonology ol
Old English Selected readings Irom Old English prose
and poetry
ENGL 489 Special Topics In English Language (3)
Studies in topics ol current interest: repeatable to a
maximum ol 9 hours
ENGL 493 Advanced Expository Writing (3)
ENGL 498 Creative Writing (3)
ENGL 499 Advanced Creative Writing (3)
ENGL 601 Bibliography and Methods. (3)
ENGL 602 Middle English. (3)
ENGL 603 Readings in English Language History. (3)
An historical survey ol the syntactic, lexical, and
phonological patterns ol English Irom Old English and its
sources in Germanic and Indo-European through modern
English
ENGL 604 Old English. (3) Grammar, syntax, phonology
and prosody ol Old English designed to give graduate
students a working knowledge of Old English and to
introduce them to the major Old English texts in the
original.
ENGL 605 Readings In Linguistics (3) A sun/ey ol
theoretical and applied linguistics
ENGL 611 Approaches to College Composition. (3) A
seminar emphasizing rhetorical and linguistic foundations
lor the handling of a course in Ireshman composition For
graduate assistants (optional to other graduate students)
ENGL 620 Readings In Medieval English Literature.
(3)
ENGL 621 Readings in Renaissance English
Uterature. (3)
ENGL 622 Readings In Seventeentfi — Century
English Literature. (3)
ENGL 623 Readings Eighteenth-Century English
Literature. (3)
ENGL 624 Readings In English Romantic Literature.
(3)
ENGL 625 Readings in English Victorian Literature.
(3)
ENGL 626 Readings In American LHerature before
1865. (3)
ENGL 627 Readings in American Literature since
1865. (3)
ENGL 630 Readings In 20th Century English
Uterature. (3)
ENGL 699 Independent Study. (1-3) or Prerequisite:
departmental approval of research project and consent of
the instructor.
ENGL 718 Seminar In Medieval LHerature. (3)
ENGL 719 Seminar In Renaissance Literature. (3)
ENGL 728 Seminar in Seventeenth-Century
Literature. (3)
ENGL 729 Seminar In Eighteenth-Century Literature.
(3)
ENGL 738 Seminar In Nineteenth-Century Literature.
(3)
ENGL 739 Seminar in Nineteenth-Century Literature.
(3)
ENGL 748 Seminar In American Literature. (3) cr
ENGL 749 Studies in Twentieth-Century Literature. (3)
ENGL 758 Uterary Criticism. (3)
ENGL 759 Seminar In Literature and the Other Arts.
(3)
ENGL 768 Studies in Drama. (3)
ENGL 769 Studies In Fiction. (3)
ENGL 778 Seminar in Folklore. (3)
ENGL 788 Studies in the English Language. (3) May
be repeated lor credit to a maximum ol 9 hours
ENGL 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
ENGL 819 Seminar In Themes and Types In English
Literature. (3)
ENGL 828 Seminar In Themes and Types In
American Literature. (3)
ENGL 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
Entomology Program
Professor and Chairman: Steinhauer
Professors: Baker, Caron, Davidson, Harrison,
Jones, Knutson, Menke, Menzer, Messersmilh. Wirth
Associate Professors: Barbosa. Batra. Denno.
Dively. Hellman. Linduska, Miller, Reichelderfer.
Wood
Assistant Professors: Armstrong, Grissell,
Ma.Mellors, Uitter. Nelson. Opier
Lecturer: Marsh. Spangler
Professor Emeritus: Bickley
The Department of Entomology offers both the M S
and PhD degrees Graduate students may
specialize in physiology and morphology, toxicology.
biosystematics. ecology and behavior, medical
entomology, apiculture, insect pathology, economic
entomology and pest management
90 Entomology Program
Employment opportunities for graduates exist in
industry, academia. federal, state, and local
governments, and in international and national
spheres
Admission and Degree Information
Students applying for graduate work in entomology
are expected to have strong backgrounds in the
biological sciences, chemistry and mathematics
Since the Department is particularly anxious to find
strong basic preparation, an undergraduate major in
entomology is not required for admission to the
program Students lacking certain specific courses in
their undergraduate program may need to extend
the normal period of time required for the degree.
In the MS. and Ph D. programs, the student is
given great latitude in the selection of the advisory
study committee, choice of the major study areas
and supporting course work and choice of the
research program. The M.S. degree is awarded
following the successful completion of the course
requirements and a satisfactory thesis. A non-thesis
M.S. option is available for those interested in
qualifying as pest management specialists. In this
program a field experience course including a
comprehensive report is substituted for the thesis.
Upon admission to the M.S. or Ph.D. program,
the student is given a written departmental
examination to evaluate general knowledge of
biology and entomology. After passing this
examination the student's study committee suggests
a program of course work and approves a detailed
research proposal. Following completion of most
course work and demonstration of competency in
one foreign or computer language, the Ph.D. student
is given an oral qualifying examination before
applying for admission to candidacy
Facilities and Special Resources
Facilities are maintained in the Department for
research in all areas of specialization offered, and in
addition, cooperative programs with other
departments in Agricultural and Life Sciences are
possible. Cooperative research programs are often
maintained by the Department with several
government agencies, such as the Beltsville
Agricultural Research Center, The U.S. National
Museum of Natural History, and the Walter Reed
Army Institute of Research Students may also
participate in the Maryland Center for Sytematic
Entomology where cooperative guidance toward
advanced degrees has bieen established between
the Department and scientists in the Insect
Identification and Beneficial Insect Introduction
Institute, SEA., US DA. and the Department of
Entomology, Smithsonian Institution. Specialized
facilities are frequently made available to graduate
students in these programs. In many instances
graduates of the programs in entomology find
employment in such government agencies tiecause
of the contacts made in these cooperative projects.
Financial Assistance
Ttiere are a limited number of teaching and research
assistantships available to entomology graduate
students on a competitive basis. Several part-time
employment opportunities are available in
governmental and private research and
developemental lat>oratories in the area.
Additional Information
The Departments "Guidelines for Graduate
Students" gives additional infonnation on the
graduate program, including requirements for
admission, course requirements, examinations,
seminars and research areas and facilities Copies
are available from:
Department of Entomology
University of Maryland.
Courses
ENTM 407 Entomology for Science Teachers (4)
Summer, Four lectures arxl four three-hour latwratory
periods a week. This course will include the elements of
morphology, taxonomy and biology of insects using
examples commonly available to high school teachers It
will include practice in collecting, preserving, rearing and
experimenting with insects insofar as lime will permit.
ENTM 412 Advanced Apiculture (3) One lecture and
two three-hour latX)ratory penods a week. Prerequisite:
ENTM III. The theory and practice of apiary
management Designed for the student who wishes to
keep bees or requires a practical knowledge of bee
management.
ENTM 421 Insect Taxonomy and Biology (4) Two
lectures and two three-hour latroratory periods a week.
Prerequisite: ENTM 204. Introduction to the principles of
systematic entomology and the study of all orders and
the important families of insects: immature forms
considered
ENTM 451 Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops (4)
Prerequisite: ENTM 204. Two lectures and two two-frour
laboratory penods a week. The recognitio biology and
control of insects injurious to tniil and vegetable crops,
field crops and stored products
ENTM 452 Insecticides (2) Prerequisite Consent of the
department. The development and use of contact and
stomach poisons, fumigants and other important
chemicals, with reference to their chemistry, toxic action,
compatability, and host injury. Recent research
emphasized
ENTM 453 Insect Pests of Ornamentals and Turf (3)
Prerequisite: ENTM 204 or consent of instructor. Two
lectures and one three-hour latKjratory period a week.
The recognition, biology and control of insects and mites
injurious to omamental shrubs, trees, greenhouse crops,
and turf. Emphasis on pests of woody omamental plants
ENTM 455 Urban Entomology (3) Prerequisite: ENTM
421 or consent of instructor Two lectures and one
three-hour latx>ralory perio week. A study of the
appearance, habits, life cycles and methods of control of
pests of humans, pets and structures in the urban
environment Field observations of professional pest
control operations and a paper on a selected pest group
are required.
ENTM 472 Medical and Veterinary Entomology (4)
Three lectures and one two-hour latxjralory period a
week. Prerequisite: ENTM 204 or consent of
department, A study of the morphology, taxonomy,
biology and control of the arthropod parasites and
disease vectors of man and animals. The ecology and
behavior of vectors in relation to disease transmission will
tie emphasized,
ENTM 611 Biological Control of Insects and Weeds.
(3) Biological control of insects and weeds. Two lectures
and one three-hour latxjratory period per week.
Prerequisite: ENTM 421, A study of the principles and
practices of the biological control of insect pests and
weeds. Systematic latx>ralory study of entomophagous
insects with emphasis on the parasitic wasps; collection
required-
ENTM 612 Insect Ecology. (3) Prerequisite: a course in
general ecology or permission of instructor. An advanced
course in population and community ecology, plant-insect
interactions, and insect biogeography. Emphasis on
current entomological literature
ENTM 622 Principles of Systematic Entomology. (3)
Two lectures and one three-hour latx>ratory period a
week. Prerequisite: ENTM 421, The principles of
systematics including traditional classification methods,
statistics, and numerical taxonomy Nomenclature,
continental drift, and speciation theory, A laboratory
problem in systematics is required
ENTM 625 Experimental Honey Bee Biology. (2) Rrst
semester One three-hour lab a week. Fifteen labs during
Semester will include topics such as communication, nest
construction and organization, behavior, insect societies
and hee and wasp biology,
ENTM 631 Insect Anatomy. (3) Two one-hour lectures
and one three-hour laboratory per week, general
organization and development of insects, the txxjy well
and its denvatives. txxjy regions, sclerites and
segmentation, segmental appendages, head and its
appendages, tfwrax, legs and wings, the abdomen.
alimentary canal, organs of distribution, respiratory
system, nervous system, sense organs, and the
reproductive organs Dissections of selected systems of
a grasshopper
ENTM 641 Advances In Insect Physiology. (3) Two
lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: ENTM 322 and BCHM 261 or their
equivalents, or consent of instructor. Lectures and
laboratory exercises on the functioning of insect body
systems, metatx)lism, neuro-physiology. endocrinology,
and physiological ecology of insects
ENTM 653 Toxicology of Insecticides. (4) First
semester. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory
period a week (Alternate years, not offered 1973-1974,)
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor, A study of the
physical, chemical, and bioligical properties of
insecticides. Emphasis is placed on the relationship ol
chemical structures to insecticidal activity and mode of
action. Mechanisms of resistance are also considered.
ENTM 654 Advanced Pest Management. (3) Three
lectures a week Prerequisite consent ol instructor.
Cunent developments in pest management theory and
practice Emphasis on agro-ecosystem components and
their manipulation. Biological and environmental
monitoring, decision-making, cost-benefit relationships,
and pest management modeling in major cropping
systems
ENTM 662 Insect Pathology. (3) Three lectures with
directed independent laboratory study. Prerequisite:
MICB 200. pre- or corequisite: ENTM 641 or consent of
the Instructor, An examination of primarily insect
pathogens with special reference to symptomology.
epizootiology and mode of action, and the microbial
control of insect pests
ENTM 672 Culicldology. (2) Second semester One
lecture and one three-hour laboratory period a week.
(Alternate years.) The classification, distribution, ecology,
biology, and control of mosquitoes.
ENTM 699 Advanced Entomology. (1-6) Credit and
prerequisites to be determined by the department. Rrst
and second semesters. Studies of minor problems in
morphology, physiology, taxonomy and applied
entomology, with particular reference to the preparation
of the student for individual research
ENTM 722 Biology and Taxonomy of Aquatic Insects.
(4) Biology and taxonomy of aquatic insects. One
four-hour lecture and latxjratory combined per week.
Prerequisite: ENTM 421, Fifteen Saturday labs per
semester will include the morphology, biology, and
taxonomy of adult and immature insects living in water
ENTM 723 Taxonomy of Larval Insects. (2) Taxonomy
of larval insects One lecture and one two-hour latX)ratory
period a week. Prerequisite: ENTM 421 and consent of
instructor A study o( the identification and biology of
larval insects, A collection is required,
ENTM 725 Acarology. (3) Two lectures and one
three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite:
consent ol instructor Introduction to the taxonomy and
biology of mites and ticks Emphasis on the recognition
of adult females at the family level. Consideration of adult
males and immatures A collection of slide mounted
specimens is required
ENTM 728 Advanced Systematics of Selected Orders.
(1-3) Advanced systematics of selected orders. One
lecture or one three-hour laboratory a week for each
credit hour. Prerequisite: consent ol department. Lectures
and laboratory sessions on the systematics of selected
major insect orders such as coleoplera, lepidoptera,
diptera. and hymenoptera. or groups of minor orders.
ENTM 743 Aspects of Insect Biochemistry. (2) First
semester Two lectures a week (Alternate years) One
year of biochemistry, or equivalent, or consent of the
instnjctof. Lectures and group discussions of the energy
sources of insects. Intermediary metabolism, utilization of
energy sources, specialized subjects of current interest,
such as light production, insect pigment formation,
pheromones, venoms, and chemical defense
mechanisms.
ENTM 788 Entomological Topics. (1-3) One lecture or
one two-hour latxjratory period a week for each credit
hour. Prerequisite: consent of department. Lectures,
group discussions or laboratory sessions on selected
topics such as: aquatic insects, biological control of
insects, entomological literature, forest entomology,
history of entomology, insect biochemistry, insect
Family and Community Development Program 91
embryology, immature insects, insect behavior, insect
communication, principles of entomological researcti
ENTM 789 Field Experience in Pest Management.
(1-6) Prerequisite, ENTM 654 or consent of the
department. Involvement in practical problems of pest
management in field situations. The student will be
assigned to a problem area for intensive experience,
usually during the summer. A final wntlen report is
required for each assignment. Repeatable to a maximum
of six credits.
ENTIM 798 Topic Seminar. (1) Discussion and
presentation of current research and literature.
ENTiM 799 IMaster's Thesis Research (1-6)
ENTM 899 Doctorai Dissertation Research. (1-8)
Family and Community
Development Program
Professor ar)d Chairman: Hanna
Professors: Clignet. Gaylin
Associate Professors: Myricks. Rubin, Wilson
Assistant Professors: Anderson, Churaman, Hula,
Macklin, Phillips. Valadez
The Department of Family and Community
Development is devoted to describing, explaining,
and improving the quality of life in urban, suburban,
and rural areas by means of interdisciplinary
research, education, community outreach, and public
service. The curriculum places special emphasis
upon the family and the community as mediating
stnjctures in determining life quality The approach is
holistic, i.e., human ecology. Departmental graduate
training prepares students for jobs in research
centers, consulting firms, voluntary organizations,
federal, state, and local governments, international
organizations, and private practice.
The Department offers a Master of Science
degree with three areas of emphasis. Community
Development is concerned with the processes and
methods of local change, as well as individuals or
groups as agents of change Emphases include
neighborhood reritualization. international community
development, and the improvement of community
services. Management and Consumer Studies
focuses on the efficient utilization of available family
and community resources, the relationship between
available resources and governmental (and private
sector) policies, and the development of expanded
resources through citizen action. Family Studies
stresses a working knowledge of the growth of
individuals throughout the life span, with particular
emphases on inter-generational aspects of family
living and the effective delivery of family-oriented
services. A cross-cultural perspective is employed.
The familty emphasis includes family therapy, which
draws upon knowledge of family dynamics and
change usingthe clinical techniques of therapy and
consultation.
Admission and Degree Information
The Department employs the general policies of the
graduate school as the basic criteria for admission to
the Master's program In addition, it is required that
individuals take the Aptitude section of the GRE and
have adequate undergraduate preparation in one or
more of the following areas: anthropology,
economics, geography, family development,
planning, political science, psychology, public
administration, social work, sociology, or urban
studies. A course in elementary statistics at the
undergraduate level is required
The Master's program is 30 hours. The student
may choose either the thesis or non-thesis option. A
student selecting the thesis option is required to
enroll for six hours of thesis research. For the
non-thesis option, a student will complete 30 hours
of course work and take oral and written
comprehensive examinations.
Financial Assistance
Due to the limited number of available Graduate
Teaching Assistantships, and the high demand,
application for financial aid should be made prior to
April 1st for the Fall semester of the coming year
Additional Information
Further information regarding this program should be
obtained by contacting the Department directly;
telephone (301) 454-2142.
Courses
FMCD 430 Gender Roie Development in the Famliy
(3) Prerequisite: FMCD 260 The development ol
masculinity and femininity within the context of the
contemporary family and the implications for family life.
FMCD 431 Family Crises and Rehabilitation (3) Deals
with various types ol family crises situations and how
families cope with the rehabilitation process. It covers
issues at vanous stages ol the family cycle ranging from
divorce, teenage runaways, abortion, to the effect of
death on a family. Role playing and interviewing
techniques are demonstrated and ways of helping the
family through the crises are emphasized.
FMCD 432 intergeneratlonal Aspects of Family Living
(3) Prerequisites: FMCD 105. 260 and 332. or permission
of instructor The historical, cultural, developmental, and
psychosocial experiences of contemporary american
generations Interactions among different generations
within the family and consequences for individual
development.
FMCD 441 Personal and Famliy Finance (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 203 or pennission of
instructor Study of individual and family finances with
particular emphasis upon financial planning, savings,
insurance, investments, income taxes, housing, and use
of credit. May not be taken by students who have credit
lor FMC0 341 orCNEC410
FMCD 443 Consumer Problems (3) Consumer
practices of American families Merchandising practices
as they affect the consumer. Organizations and laws in
the interest of the consumer,
FMCD 446 Living Experiences with Families (3-6)
A — Domestic Intercultural
B — International Intercultural Prerequisites: FMCD
330. ANTH 101; FMCD 250; optional, language
competence. An individual experience in living with
families of a sub-culture within the U.S. or with
families of another country, participating in family
and community activities. A foreign student may
participate and live with an American family.
FMCD 447 Home Management for the Disabled (3)
Application of home management concepts in the use ol
resources to promote maintenance ol homemal<er
independence through physiological and psychological
ad|ustments in the family and home environment. The
purpose ol this course is to prepare students lor working
effectively with disabled homemakers.
FMCD 44B Selected Topics In Home Management (3)
Seminar lormat will be used to examine the ways lamilies
set priorities and organize their efforts and resources to
achieve both social and economic goals. Prior
registration in FMCD 250. 341. or other courses in
management theory, systems analysis or research
methods is desirable. Repeatable lor a maximum ol 6
credits provided subject matter is different.
FMCD 453 Family-Community Advocacy (3)
Prerequisite: FMCD 201 or permission of instructor.
Decision-making processes at the federal, slate and local
levels regarding social policy determination in the lamily
and community lield. The origins and consequences of
policies as they affect family and community functioning,
FMCD 460 Violence In the Family (3) Prerequisites:
FMCD 260 or 330 or 332 Violence in the family from the
perspective of interfamilial patterns and systems. The
ways in which societal forces augment, support or deter
violent interchanges.
FMCD 483 Family and Community Service Systems
(3) Prerequisite: By permission ol instructor The
planning, implementation, administration, and evaluation
of human service systems affecting families and
communities. Major organizational theories, managerial
styles, administrative techniques, and relevant issues in
human service delivery.
FMCD 485 Introduction to Famliy Counseling (3)
Provides the fundamental theoretical concepts and
clinical procedures that are unique to marital and family
therapy. These techniques are contrasted with
individually-orientated psychotherapy. Pre-marital, marital
and family, and divorce counseling techniques are
demonstrated and evaluated
FMCD 487 Legal Aspects of Family Problems (3)
Laws and legal involvement that directly affect specific
aspects of the family: adoption, marriage, estate
planning, property rights, wills, etc. Emphasis will be
given to the involvement of a professional lawyer;
principles and interpretation of the law.
FMCD 499 Special Topics (1-3)
A — Family Studies
B — Community Studies
C — Management and Consumer Studies
FMCD 600 Readings In Research and Theory of the
Family. (3) Emphasis is placed on surveying current
research, concepts and theory in marital and family
dynamics. The relationship ol the contemporary family to
the society and community are discussed and family
patterns within various social classes and across different
cultures are compared. Changes in family functioning
throughout the family lile cycle and over the last hundred
years are described and analyzed.
FMCD 602 Integrative Aspects of Family and
Community Development (3) Integrative approach to
studying and improving the quality ol life, drawing upon
family, consumer, and community studies
FMCD 605 Community Development In
Neighborhoods (3) Exploration of neighborhoods in
cities and suburbs, as well as small towns, including their
varying character, their dynamics of change, and the
possibility of community development.
FMCD 609 Seminar: Current Issues In Famliy and
Community Development. (1^4) This seminar will be
open to all graduate students for non-credit or variable
credit by prior arrangement. II is considered an informal
vehicle to generate communication and discussion
among all members of the department. Presentations will
include reviews and critiques ol recent articles and tjooks
within the lield and those relevant to it. In addition,
original informal discussion papers from faculty and
students will be generated for presentation and
discussion Guest speakers and discussants will t>e
encouraged when deemed appropriate.
FMCD 610 Famlllmetrlcs. (3) Prerequisites. FMCD 401
and statistics. The primary focus is on the advantages
and limitations of family research procedures and the
degree of correspondence between these methods.
Ways of developing and evaluating adequate research
procedures will be emphasized and recent innovations in
the lield will be considered.
FMCD 615 Needs Assessment in Famliy and
Community Development (3) Exploration and
application ol needs assessment in lamily and
community programs A survey ol the theoretical and
empirical literature on needs, the quality of life, and social
indicators is followed by a wortishop approach to the
problems of conducting a needs assessment, including
instrument design, implementation, data analysis, and
reporting.
FMCD 625 Advanced Consumer Affairs. (3) An
analysis of current consumer behavior found in varous
lamily life styles and ol community processes lor dealing
with consumer problems. Emphasis is given to recent
research and theoretical frameworks in the consuemr
area.
FMCD 630 Theory and Research in Human Sexuality.
(3) Prerequisites: PSYC 100. SOCY 100. and HLTH 477,
or consent ol instructor Survey of theory and research in
human sexuality and their implications for contemporary
family lile.
FMCD 660 Program Planning and Evaluation. (1-6)
Consideration is given to research program development
and/or evaluation ol an existing research program in
relation to objectives and need. Reporting of research for
publication in a journal and periodicals will also be
stressed.
FMCD 668 Special Topics In Family Life. (1-3)
Individual study or arranged group study.
92 Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration Program
FMCD 678 Special Topics In Community
Development 1-3 Individual study or arranged group
study.
FMCO 686 Introduction to Family Counseling. (3) This
course gives the fundamental theoretical concepts and
clinical procedures that are unique to family and mantal
therapy. Family and mantal therapy are contrasted with
individually-oriented psychotherapy in terms of historical
development, assumptions and techniques. Various types
of clinical techniques for marital and family therapists are
presented. Premarital, marital and family, divorce
counseling approaches are considered.
FMCD 688 Special Topics In Management-Consumer.
(1-3) Individual study or arranged group study.
FMCD 691 Family-Community Consultation. (3) The
improvement of family and community environments
through the process of consultation. Emphasis on
techniques and approaches to consultation including both
the role of the consultant and the needs of community
agencies and family programs. Field experience with
problem-solving methodologies and planning of
consultation programs.
FMCD 695 Practlcum In Family and Community
Services. (3) A field experience which provides one of
the following; (1) direct contact with family life styles
different from ones own (2) observation and/or (3)
experience of a professional role in wort<ing with families
(consulting, counseling, informal education, leadership
training, community action, case work, etc.). Observation
and/or experience with services, educational programs or
action programs dealing with a particular type of family
problem (financial, consumer, help in emergencies,
health, housing, homemaker rehabilitation, family
relationships and management) will be included.
FMCD 698 Special Topics In General Human Ecology
(1-6) Individual study or arranged group study
FMCD 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
Food, Nutrition and
Institution
Administration Program
Professor and Chairman: Prather
Professors: Ahrens, Beaton
Associate Professors: Cox, Williams
Assistant Professors: Axelson, Brady, Caliendo,
Moser. Rinke
Lecturer: Norton
Adjunct Assistant Professors: Ivlichaelis, Reynolds,
Rinke, Rosebrough
Adjunct Associate Professors: Hamosh, Kelsay,
Szepesi
Adjunct Professors: Bodwell, Reiser, Trout
Research Associate: Marable
The Department offers a program leading to a
Master of Science degree in each of the following
major areas: food, nutrition, and institution
administration The Department participates in an
interdepartmental program for Master of Science and
Doctor of Philosophy degrees in nutritional science
which is described under that title. The area of food
includes study in experimental foods as well as
cultural and consumer aspects of food. Nutrition
includes the science of nutrition as well as the broad
area of community and clinical nutrition. Institution
administration includes all phases of food service
systems
Please also check the "Food Science" and
"Nutritional Sciences" program entries.
Admission and Degree Information
In addition to minimum Graduate School
requirements, a satisfactory score on the aptitude
portion of the Graduate Record Examination is
required. A minimum combination of 1000 with a
minimum of 450 on both the verbal and quantitative
is required for admission.
Thesis and non-thesis options are available for
the Masters of Science degree in food, nutrition or
institution administration.
All students are required to take Seminar,
Research Methods and a statistics course Other
courses are selected with the guidance of an advisor
and/or a committee. Non-thesis option students must
prepare a research paper, present an additional
seminar and take a written comprehensive
examination in addition to an oral examination. An
average of three or four semesters is usually
required to complete the M.S. thesis option and two
or three semesters for the non-thesis option.
Facilities and Special Resources
The Department has special arrangements and
cooperative agreements with laboratories at the
Nutrition Institute. A.R.S , US DA., the University
Affiliated Program in Child Development at
Georgetown University Hospital Clinic, University of
Maryland Hospital in Baltimore and Children's
Hospital for students in nutrition and foods. There
are faculty members who have advanced degrees in
the areas of experimental foods and food chemistry,
cultural foods, community nutrition, clinical nutrition,
human and animal nutrition, and food service
systems.
Financial Assistance
There are a limited number of graduate teaching
assistantships, traineeships and research
assistantships available.
Additional Information
Copies of a Department mimeograph with additional
information concerning admission requirements,
courses, faculty, facilities, etc. are available from the
Department Chairman.
Courses
FOOD 440 Advanced Food Science. (3) Three lectures
per week. Prerequisites: FOOD 250 and CHEM 261 or
461 Chemical and physical properties of food as related
to consumer use in the home and institutions.
FOOD 445 Advanced Food Science Laboratory. (1)
One three-hour latx>ratory per week. Prerequisite: CHEM
201 and consent of instructor. Chemical determination of
selected components in animal and plant foods.
FOOD 450 Experimental Food Science. (3) One
lecture, two latX3rat0ries per week Prerequisite: FOOD
440 or equivalent. Individual and group latKiratory
experimentation as an introduction to methods of food
research.
FOOD 480 Food Additives. (3) Prerequisite: FOOD 440
or equivalent. Effects of intentional and incidental
additives on food quality, nutritive value and safety.
Current regulatory procedures
FOOD 490 Special Problems In Foods. (2-3)
Prerequisite: FOOD 440 and consent of instructor
Individual selected problems in the area of food science.
FOOD 498 Special Topics. (1-3) Prerequisite: consent
of instructor Selected current aspects of food.
Flepeatable to a maximum of six credits if the subject
matter is substantially different.
FOOD 610 Readings In Food. (3) Prerequisite: FOOD
440 or consent of instructor. A critical survey of the
literature of recent developments in food research.
FOOD 620 Nutritional and Quality Evaluation of Food
(3) Prerequisite: FOOD 440 or consent of instructor
Effects of production, processing, marketing, storage,
and preparation on nutritive value and quality of foods.
FOOD 640 Food Enzymes. (3) First semester, alternate
years. Two lectures and one three-hour latxiratory.
Prerequisite, FOOD 440 or equivalent. The classification
and behavior of naturally occurring and added enzymes
in food: includes the effects of temperature, pH, radiation,
moisture, etc., on enzyme activity.
FOOD 650 Advanced Experimental Food. (3-5)
Second semester. Two lectures and three latxjratory
periods a week Selected readings of literature in
experimental foods. Development of individual problem.
FOOD 660 Research Methods. (3) Prerequisite: A
statistics course A study of appropriate research
methodology and theories including experimental design.
Each student is required to develop a specimen research
proposal
FOOD 678 Special Topics In Foods. (1-6) Individual or
group study in an area of foods
FOOD 688 Seminar. (1-2) Reports and discussions of
current research in foods.
FOOD 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
NUTR 425 International Nutrition (2) Two lectures per
week. Prerequisite: Course in basic nutrition. Nutritional
status of world population and local, national and
international programs for improvement.
NUTR 430 Nutritional Biochemistry (3) Prerequisite:
CHEM 261 or equivalent. Nutritional biochemistry with
special emphasis on the relationship between
biochemistry and nutrition.
NUTR 435 History of Nutrition (2) Two lectures per
week. Prerequisite: Course in basic nutrition. A study of
the development of the knowledge of nutrition and its
inter-relationship with social and economic developments.
NUTR 450 Advanced Human Nutrition (3)
Prerequisites: Consent of department; NUTR 300 and
CHEM 261 or concurrent registration in CHEM 462. Two
lectures and one two-hour laboratory. A critical study of
the physiological arid metabolic influences on nutrient
utilization, with particular emphasis on current problems
in human nutrition.
NUTR 460 Therapeutic Human Nutrition (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites;
NUTR 300, 450 Modificatioris of the normal adequate
diet to meet human nutritiorial needs in pathological
conditions.
NUTR 470 Community Nutrition (3) Prerequisites;
NUTR 300, 450, 460 A study of different types of
community nutrition programs, problems arid projects.
NUTR 475 Dynamics o( Community Nutrition (3)
Prerequisite: NUTR 470 or corisent of instructor. The
practice of community nutrition. Community assessment;
nutrition program planning, implementation and
evaluation: nutrition education and counseling;
grantmanship: and the legislative process.
NUTR 480 Clinical Dietetics I (2) Pre- or corequislte:
NUTR 450 Corequislte: NUTR 460 Open only to
students accepted into the coordinated dietetic program.
Pririciples of interviewing and counseling Application of
principles of riormal arid therapeutic nutrition in medical
and surgical care of patients. Thirteen hours of
supervised clinical experierice per week is required.
NUTR 485 Clinical Dietetics II (4) Prerequisite; NUTR
480. Operi only to students in the coordinated program in
dietetics. Continuation of NUTR 480 with emphasis on
development of nutritional care plans and patient
education Fourteen hours of clinical experience per
week is required. One two hour lecture.
NUTR 490 Special Problems In Nutrition (2-3)
Prerequisites: NUTR 300 and consent of instructor.
Individual selected problems in the area of human
nutrition.
NUTR 495 Clinical Dietetics ill (4) Prerequisites: NUTR
485. Open only to senior students in the coordinated
dietetic program. Clinical practice in dietetics under
supervision of a registered dietician, including
responsiblity for nutritional support and nutritional care
plans for patients, supervision of dietetic personnel and
affiliation with community agencies. Two hundred eighty
hours of clinical practice per semester.
NUTR 498 Special Topics (1-3) Prerequisite; Consent
of instructor. Selected current aspects of nutrition.
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if the subject
matter is substantially different.
NUTR 600 Recent Progress in Human Nutrition. (3)
Recent developments in the science of nutrition with
emphasis on the interpretation of these findings for
application in health and disease.
NUTR 610 Readings in Nutrition. (1-3) Reports and
discussions of signifant nutritional research arid
investigation.
NUTR 615 Maternal and Infant Nutrition. (3)
prerequisite; NUTR 460 or equivalent, or consent of
instructor. Current literature concerning the importance
Food Science Program 93
of diet during pregnancy and infancy on tfie health of the
mother and infant- Physiological and biochemical
changes dunng pregnancy and infancy, current issues in
infant feeding, such as possible effects of diet during
Infancy on obesity and degenerative diseases in later life.
and current public health programs designed to serve
pregnant women and infants-
NUTR 620 Nutrition for Community Services. (3)
Application of the principles of nutrition to various
community problems of specific groups of the public
Students may select specific problems for independent
study
NUTR 625 Nutritional Needs of the Developmentally
Disabled (2) An aniysis of the handicapping conditions
resulting from abnormal brain structure, maturation or
function and the effects on nutritional status Assessment
techniques, requirements and treatment approaches
NUTR 630 Nutritional Aspects of Energy Balance. (3)
Prerequisite: CHEM 462 or equivalent, or consent of
Instructor. The prevalence and basic causes of calonc
Imbalance, alorig with a wide vanety of approaches to
weight control.
NUTR 645 Vitamin and Mineral Nutrition In Humans
(3) Current literature concerning recent developments in
the areas of vitamin and mineral metabolism. Emphasis
on interactions of these nutrierits arid cliriical applications
of current research
NUTR 650 Nutritional Needs of Women (2) Current
literature concerning areas of nutritiori that have special
impact ori women dunng the various stages of the life
cycle. Examination of nutrient requirements from a
hormonal perspective with an emphasis on the alteration
of nutritional needs with hormonal contraceptives
NUTR 660 Research Methods. (3) Prerequisite a
statistics course A study of appropriate research
methodology arid theones including experimental design
Each student is required to develop a specimen research
proposal
NUTR 670 Intermediary Metabolism In Nutrition. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite: CHEIvt 461. 462 or
equivalent. The major routes of carbohydrate, fat. and
protein metatwiism with particular emphasis on metabolic
shifts and their detection and significance in nutrition.
NUTR 678 Special Topics In Nutrition. (1-6) Individual
or Group study in an area of nutntion.
NUTR 680 Human Nutritional Status. (3) First
semester, alternate years, f^lethods of appraisal of
human nutntional status, to include dietary, biochemical
and anthropometric techniques.
NUTR 698 Seminar In Nutrition. (1-3) A study in depth
of a selected phase of nutrition
NUTR 699 Problems In Nutrition. (1-4) Prerequisite:
permission of faculty Experience in a phase of nutrition
of interest to the student Use is made of expenmental
animals, human studies and extensive, critical studies of
research methods, techriiques or data of specific
projects
NUTR 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
lADM 410 School Food Service (3) Two lectures arid
one momirig a week for field experience in a school food
service Prerequisite FOOD 200. or 240 and 250. and
NUTR 300. or consent of instructor. Study of organization
and management, meriu plaririirig, food purchasirig,
preparation, service, and cost control in a school lunch
program.
lADM 440 Food Service Personnel Administration (2)
Prerequisite: lADM 300 Principles of personnel
administration in food services, emphasis on personnel
selection, supervision and training. |ob evaluation, wage
and payroll structure, current lator regulations, and
Interpersonal relationships and communications.
lADM 450 Food Service Equipment and Planning (2)
Two lectures a week. Prerequisite Consent of instructor
Equipment design selection, maintenance and efficient
layout, relation of the physical facility to production and
service
lADM 455 Manpower Planning and Labor Market In
the Food Service Industry (3) Manpower planning and
latwr market in the food service industry (3)
Prerequisites lADM 440 or BMGT 360 or consent of the
instructor. The labor market with particular reference to
human resource planning and development, productivity
of workforce and the progress of minority towards equal
employmerit opporturiities. The future needs and
implications indicated by the growth and present
dimensions of these and other factors
lADM 460 Administrative Dietetics I (2) Corequisite:
lADM 360 Open only to students accepted into the
coordinated dietetic program. Ten hours of supervised
clinical experience per week is required Application of
mariagement theory through guided experience in all
aspects of hospital dietary services administration
lADM 470 Administrative Dietetics II (4) Prerequisite:
lADM 360. 440 and 460. Open only to senior students in
the coordinated dietetic program. Continuation of lADti*
460 Two hundred eighty hours of supervised clinical
practice per semester required, including affiliation with a
general hospital,
lADM 480 Practlcum In Institution Administration (3)
Prerequisite: Consent of the department In-sen/ice
training and practical expenence. totaling at least 120
hours, in an approved food service operation under direct
supervision of practlcum advisor.
lADM 488 Professional Seminar (1) Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor. Problems and controversies in food
service industry. Review of non-text literature and
research findings pertinent to current problems,
lADM 490 Special Problems in Food Service (2-3)
Prerequisites: Senior standing, five hours in lADM
courses and consent of instructor Individual selected
problems in the area of food service,
lADM 498 Special Topics (1-3) Prerequisite Consent of
instructor. Selected current aspects of institution
administration, Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if
the subject matter is substantially different,
lADM 600 Food Service Administration. (3) First or
second semester Principles of organization and
management related to a food system. Control of
resources through the use of quantitative methods.
Administrative decision-making, and personnel policies
and practices-
lADM 610 Readings In Food Administration. (3)
Reports and discussion of significant research and
development in the area of Food Administration,
lADM 630 Computer Application In Food Service. (3)
Alternate years. Prerequisite: lADIul 600 or equivalent
The use of automatic data processing and programming
for the procurement and issuing of food commodities,
processing of ingredients, menu selection, and labor
allocations
lADM 640 Sanitation and Safety In Food Service. (3)
Alternate years Prerequisite: li^lCB 200 Principles and
practices of sanitatiori arid safety unique to the
production, storage and service of food in quantity
includes cunent legislation.
lADM 650 Experimental Quantity Food Production. (3)
Alternate years Two lectures and one three-hour
laboratory Prerequisites: lADI^ 430 and FOOD 450 or
equivalents. Application of experimerital methods to
quaritity food productiori, recipe development and
modification: relationship of food quality to production
methods
lADM 660 Research Methods. (3) Prerequisite a
statistics course, A study of appropriate research
methodology and theones including expenmental design
Each student is required to develop a research proposal,
lADM 670 Control and Analysis of Costs In Food
Service Industries. (3) Prerequisite — consent of the
instructor Principles of coritrolling arid analyzirig costs iri
food service operations. The effects of these principles
on day-to — day operations,
lAOM 678 Special Topics In Institutional Food. (1-6)
Individual or group study in an area of Institutional Food
Service
I ADM 688 Seminar. (1) Reports and discussion of
current research in institution administration. May tie
repeated to a maximum of three semester hours of
credit
lADM 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) First and
second semesters. Credit in proportion to work done and
results accomplished Investigation in some phases of
institution administration which may form the basis of a
thesis
Food Science Program
Professor and Chatrmar): l^attick (Dairy Science)
Professors: Whealon (Agricultural Engineering).
Bender (Agricultural and Resource Economics).
Young (Animal Science). Keeney (Chemistry). Davis.
King. Westhotf (Dairy Science). Kramer. Twigg.
Wiley (Horticulture) Health. Thomas (Poultry
Science)
Associate Professors: Stewart (Agricultural
Engineering). Buric (Animal Science). Vijay (Dairy
Science), Solomos (Horticulture)
Assistar)! Professors: Frey (Agricultural Engineering).
Schlimme (Horticulture)
Visiting Lecturers: Bednarczyk. Berry, Cross.
Gerstenfeld. Green. Park. Sidwell
The Food Science Program offers the Master of
Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees The
Program is interdepartmental with participation or
support from the Departments of Animal Science.
Dairy Science. Horticulture, Poultry Science.
Agricultural Engineering, Chemistry, and Agricultural
and Resource Economics. Programs of study and
research are individually planned with the student
and an appropriate committee Areas of study
encompass animal, plant, seafood, and fabricated
food products Specialization is available in food
microtjiology and fermentations, food chemistry and
biochemistry, quality assurance, food engineering
and product development, nutritional evaluation, food
sanitation, packaging, and distribution
Employment opportunities for MS and Ph.D.
degree graduates are excellent Students are
employed in federal and slate regulatory agencies,
research and development lalxjratories. quality
assurance laboratories, chemistry and
microbiological laboratories, and food production
plants. PhD graduates narmally accept positions in
academia with teaching and research assignments
or in upper management positions in above listed
laboratories or federal agencies. Salaries are
competitive
Admission and Degree Information
In addition to minimum Graduate School
requirements, the Aptitude Test of the GRE
Examinations is required. The Food Science
Admissions Committee evaluates and makes
recommendations on all applications based on
academic and professional experience and letters of
recommendations (at least 3 required) When
feasible the Committee may conduct a personal
interview In the absence of a bachelor's degree in
Food Science or Food Technology a strong
background in physical and biological sciences Is
recommended. Inadequate prerequisites may result
in a recommendation to complete a remedial
program as a special student, undergraduate status.
Program requirements are as follows: 1) Food
Science; the equivalent of the following courses:
FDSC 412, 413, Principles of Food Processing;
FDSC 421, 423 Food Chemistry; FDSC 430, 434
Food Microbiology; FDSC 431, Food Quality Control.
2) Biochemistry — minimum of 3 hours graduate
credit 3) Collcxiuium (seminar)- attendance each
semester and at least 2 presentations for credit
during the program of study. 4) Provisional
requirements based on admission must be satisfied
as soon as practical.
For the MS. degree, a student must complete
the program of study as approved by his committee
which will include the minimum requirements.
Students entering the Program without a background
in Food Science will probably complete about 30
hours of course wori< to obtain the MS degree For
the MS with thesis, a research proposal must be
submitted to the student's committee for review and
approval by the end of the second semester of
study. Students who for various reasons or
circumstances cannot readily satisfy the thesis
research may complete an additional 6 hours of
courses at the 600 level in addition to the program
requirements above. A scholarly paper on a subject
approved by the committee must be prepared and
94 French Language and Literature Program
presented at a regular FDSC colloquium. A final
comprehensive examination including defense of the
scholarly paper will be conducted by the student's
committee. Part of this examination will be written.
The at)Ove programs should be completed within 3
semesters and a summer session
For admission to the doctoral program, the M.S.
degree is not required but is generally
recommended. Students completing an M.S. degree
in the FDSC Program. UMCP must receive a
favorable recommendation from the M.S. degree
final examining committee. Students admitted from
outside the FDSC Program, UMCP will tie examined
orally by their committee as a basis for developing a
suitable program of study. The student must
complete a program of study as approved by the
student's committee including minimum requirements
of the Graduate School and FDSC Program
requirements. There is no required number of hours
of course work. Programs are developed on an
individual basis. There is no language requirement.
A proposal for dissertation research must be
presented to the student's committee for review and
approval by the end of the third semester of study.
A comprehensive oral examination will be conducted
by the committee and other interested faculty
members after substantial completion of the program
of study and usually before the end of the fourth
semester Satisfactory performance in this
examination is required before recommendation for
admission to candidacy is granted. Each student will
assist in teaching at least one course regardless of
whether employed as a graduate assistant. The
candidate will defend the dissertation before a
committee of at least 5 members appointed by the
Dean for Graduate Studies The candidate's advisor
is usually chairman of the committee It is
recommended that the candidate prepare initial
drafts of intended publications for review before the
final examination. This program should be
completed in 3 years or less depending on the
candidate's previous background.
Facilities and Special Resources
The combined resources of the participating
Departments are available for Food Science
research. Laboratories, pilot plants, and equipment
are located in the Animal Sciences Center. Holzapfel
Hall, Turner Latraratory and Shriver Hall. Facilities
are available for the experimental processing of
fruits, vegetables, poultry, red meat, and dairy
products. A seafood processing facility is located off
campus. Laboratories are equipped for
microbiological, biochemical, biophysical, and
engineering research including facilities for
laboratory animals. Instrumentation includes
gas-liquid chromatographs, atomic absorption
spectrophotometers, electron microscope,
radioisotope counters, amino acid analyzer,
ultracentrifuge, fermenters. and controlled
environment incubator. University research farms
are available for both plant and animal production
studies Specialized facilities of nearby government
and food industry laboratories are regularly made
available for graduate student research. The
National Agricultural Library is about 3 miles from
the campus. The FDSC Program has an exchange
agreement with the Food Science Department of the
Central University of Venezuela for graduate study
and research
Financial Assistance
Teaching and research assistantships are made
available by the participating Departments. Financial
support is also available from contracts and grants
and by special arrangements with several nearby
government laboratories.
Additional Information
A detailed brochure, "Graduate Study in Food
Science," is available in the Program Office and can
be obtained by contacting:
Dr J.F Mattick,
Coordinator and Chairman,
Food Science Program
Animal Sciences Center
University of Maryland
Telephone: 301-454-3928.
Courses
FDSC 412 Principles of Food Processing I (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory per week A study of the
basic methods by which foods are preserved (unit
operations) Effect of raw product quality and the various
types of processes on yield and quality of the preserved
products
FDSC 413 Principles of Food Processing II (3) Three
lectures per week. A detailed study of food processing
with emphasis on line and staff operations, including
physical facilities, utilies, pre-and post-processing
operations, processing line development and sanitation
FDSC 421 Food Chemistry (3) Three lectures per week.
Prerequisites: CHEM 203 and 204. The application of
basic chemical and physical concepts to the composition
and properties of foods Emphasis on the relationship of
processing technology, to the keeping quality, nutritional
value, and acceptability of foods.
FDSC 422 Food Product Research and Development
(3) Two lectures: and one laboratory per week.
Prerequisites, FDSC 413, CHEM 461, or permission of
instructor A study of the research and development
function for improvement of existing products and
development of new, economically feasible and
marketable food products. Application of
chemical-physical characteristics of ingredients to
produce optimum quality products, cost reduction,
consumer evaluation, equipment and package
development.
FDSC 423 Food Chemistry Laboratory (2) Pre- or
corequisite: FDSC 421. Two laboratory per week.
Analysis of the major and minor constituents of food
using chemical, physical and instrumental methods in
concordance with current food industry and regulatory
practices Laboratory exercises coincide lecture subjects
in FDSC 421.
FDSC 430 Food Microbiology (2) Two lectures per
week. Prerequisite: li^lCB 200 or equivalent. A study of
microorganisms of major importance to the food industry
with emphasis on lood-tx>rne outbreaks, public health
significance, bioprocessing of foods and control of
microbial spoilage of foods.
FDSC 431 Food Quality Control (4) Three lectures and
one laboratory per week Definition and organization of
the quality control function In the food industry;
preparation of specifications; statistical methods lor
acceptance sampling; in-plant and processed product
inspection. Instnjmental and sensory methods lor
evaluating sensory quality, identity and wholesomeness
and their integration into grades and standards of quality.
FDSC 434 Food Microbiology Laboratory (2) Two
laboratories per week. Pre- or corequisite: FDSC 430. A
study of techniques and procedures used in the
microbiological examination of foods.
FDSC 442 Horticultural Products Processing (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory per week Commercial
methods of canning, freezing, dehydrating, fermenting,
and chemical preservation of fruit and vegetable crops.
FDSC 451 Dairy Products Processing (3) Two lectures
and one laboratory per week Method of production of
fluid milk, butter, cheese, condensed and evaporated
milk and milk products and ice cream.
FDSC 461 Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry (3)
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. A study of the
technological factors concemed with the processing,
storage, and marketing of eggs and poultry and the
factors affecting their quality.
FDSC 471 Meat and Meat Processing (3) Two lectures
and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite, CHEM 461 or
permission of instructor. Physical and chemical
characteristics of meat and meat products, meal
processing, methods of testing and product development.
FDSC 482 Seafood Products Processing (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite, CHEM
461 or permission of instructor The principal
preservation methods lor commercial seafood products
with particular refererice to the invertebrates. Chemical
and microbiological aspects of processing are
emphasized.
FDSC 621 Systems Analysis In the Food Industry. (3)
Construction and solution of models lor optimizing feed,
product formulations, nutrient-palatability costs Methods
for optimizing processes, inventories, and transportation
systems.
FDSC 631 Advanced Food Microbiology. (2) One
lecture and one latx)ratory period a week. Prerequisite,
FDSC 430 or permission of instructor An in depth
understanding and working knowledge of a selected
number of problem areas and contemporary topics in
food microbiology.
FDSC 689 Seminar in Food Science. (1-3) A-Lipids;
B-Proteins; C-Carbohydrates; O-Organoleptic
Properties; E-Fermentation; F-Enzymes and
microorganisms, G-Flavor analysis; l-Assays, Studies in
depth of selected phases of food science are frequently
best arranged by employment if a lecturer from outside
the university to teach a specific phase Flexibility in the
credit offered permits adjustment to the nature of the
course.
FDSC 698 Colloquium In Food Science. (1) First and
second semester Oral reports on special topics or
recently published research in food science and
technology. Distinguished scientists are invited as guest
lecturers. A maximum of three credits allowed for the
M.S.
FDSC 699 Special Problems in Food Science. (1-4)
First and second semesters Prerequisite CHEM 461 or
permission of instructor. Credit according to time
scheduled and magnitude of problem. An experimental
program on a topic other than the student's thesis
problem will be conducted. Four credits shall be the
maximum allowed toward on advanced degree.
FDSC 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
FDSC 811 Advances In Food Technology. (3) First
semester, altemate years. Prerequisite. CHEM 461 or
permission of instructor. A systematic review of new
products, processes and management practices in the
food industry
FDSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
French Language and
Literature Program
Professor and Chairman: Therrien
Professors: MacBain
Associate Professors: Demaitre, Fink, Meijer,
Russell, Tarica
Assistant Professors: Ashby, Bell, Black, Felaco,
Hage, Kliffer, Rubin
The Department of French and Italian prepares
students for the MA. and Ph.D. degrees in French
language and literature. The composition of the
Graduate faculty and the variety of course offerings
make it possible for students to specialize in any
period or movement of French literature or any
aspect of the French language, with the consent of
their advisers.
Admission and Degree Information
Entry into the M.A program is open to students
having a solid grounding in French language and
literature. All applicants, whether graduates of the
University of Maryland or not, must take all parts of
the G.R.E., including the Advanced Examination in
French.
The students' knowledge of French is screened
at the beginning of their first semester through a
Language Proficiency Examination. In addition to
evidence of independent scholarly research in the
form of a thesis (thesis option) or a substantial
research paper (non-thesis option), successful
completion of the MA. program involves passing a
comprehensive examination (a six-hour written
examination followed by a one-hour oral
examination) in French literature from the Middle
Ages to the present. The MA. program is generally
completed in four semesters, or less if Summer
Session offerings are utilized.
French Language and Literature Program 95
Entry into the Ph.D. program is open to the most
highly qualified and most highly motivated
candidates, who can show that individual research is
their major interest and who give evidence of strong
qualifications to pursue that interest
All applicants for the Ph D program (except M.A.
graduates of this Department) must pass a
three-part preliminary examination administered at
the start of the Fall semester, consisting of an
explication de texte. an essay and an oral
examination, before being fully admitted to the
program. They are then required to complete a
program of seminars related to their field of interest
and to pass five Special Topic examinations and a
Foreign Language translation examination before
being admitted to candidacy and beginning work on
their dissertation.
Facilities and Special Resources
in addition to the University graduate and
undergraduate libraries, the Department maintains a
reference library. Area research facilities include the
Library of Congress and the Folger Library
(specializing in 16th and 18th-century literature).
Financial Assistance
Financial support is available in the form of
assistantships and fellowships; for information
contact the Department of French and Italian.
Additional Information
For complete information concerning the
Department's requirements, set forth in the Guide to
Graduate Programs in French, write;
Department of French and Italian
Language and Literature.
University of Maryland
Courses
FREN 400 Applied Linguistics (3) The nature of applied
linguistics arKJ its contribution to the effective teaching of
foreign languages Comparative study of English and
French, with emphasis upon points of divergence
Analysis, evaluation and construction of related drills.
FREN 401 Introduction to Styllstlcs (3) Prerequisite
FREN 302, or course chairman's consent Comparative
stylistic analysis; detailed grammatical analysis;
translation
FREN 404 Oral Practice for Teachers of French (3)
Prerequisitee FREN 311 and FREN 312, or consent of
the instructor Development of fluency in French, stress
on correct sentence structure and idiomatic expression
Credit may not be applied toward the French major.
FREN 405 Explication De Textes (3) Oral and written
analysis of short literary wori<s, or of excerpts from longer
works chosen lor their historical, structural, or stylistic
interest, with the purpose of training the major to
understand literature in depth and lo make mature
esthetic evaluations of it
FREN 406 Business and Commercial French (3) A
study of French as used in the business and commercial
world.
FREN 407 History of the French Language (3)
Evolution of the French language from Latin lo modem
French.
FREN 419 Studies In Medieval French Literature (3)
Selected topics in medieval French literature. Repeatable
with different subtitle to a maximum of six credits.
FREN 429 Studies In French Literature of the
Renaissance (3) Selected topics in French literature of
the Renaissance Repeatable with different subtitle to a
maximum of six credits
FREN 439 Studies In 17th Century French Literature
(3) Selected topics in seventeenth-century French
literature Repeatable with different subtitle to a
maximum of six credits
FREN 449 Studies In 18th Century French Literature
(3) Selected topics in eighteenth-century French
literature Repeatable with different subtitle to a maximum
of six credits.
FREN 459 Studies In 19th Century French Literature
(3) Selected topics in nineteenth-century French
literature Repeatable with different subtitle to a maximum
of six credits
FREN 469 Studies In 20th Century French Literature
(3) Selected topics in twentieth-century French literature
Repeatable with different subtitle to a maximum of six
credits.
FREN 471 French Civilization I (3) French life, customs,
culture, traditions (800-1750).
FREN 472 French Civilization II (3) French life,
customs, culture, traditions (1750 - Present-day France).
Credit not allowed lor both FREN 472 and FREN 370
FREN 475 French Cinema: A Cultural Approach (3) A
study of French culture, civilization, and literature through
the medium of film
FREN 478 Themes and Movements of French
Literature In Translation (3) Studies treatments of
thematic problems or of literary or historical movements
in French literature. Topic to be determined each
semester. Given in English.
FREN 479 Masterworks of French Literature In
Translation (3) Treats the works ol one or more major
French writers. Topic lo be determined each semester.
Given in English.
FREN 489 Pro-Seminar In Themes or Movements of
French Literature (3) Repeatable for a maximum of six
credits.
FREN 491 Honors Reading Course, Poetry (3)
H — Honors. Poetry
Supervised readings to be taken normally only by
students admitted to the honors program.
FREN 492 Honors Reading Course, Novel (3)
H — Honors. Novel
Supervised readings to be taken normally only by
students admitted to the honors program.
FREN 493 Honors Reading Course, Drama (3)
H — Honors. Drama
Supervised readings to be taken normally only by
students admitted lo the honors program.
FREN 494 Honors Independent Study (3) H — Honors
Honors independent study involves guided readings
based on an honors reading list and tested by a 6 hour
written examination Honors 494 and 495 are required to
fulfill the departmental honors requirement in addition to
two out ol the following. 491 H. 492H. 493H Open only to
students admitted lo the departmental honors program
FREN 495 Honors Thesis Research (3) H— Honors
Honors thesis research involves the writing ol a paper
under the direction ol a professor in this department and
an oral examintion. Honors 494 and 495 are required lo
fulfill the departmental honors requirement in addition to
two out ol the lollowing. 491 H. 492H. 493H Open only to
students admitted lo the departmental honors program
FREN 498 Special Topics In French LHerature (3)
Repeatable for a maximum of six credits.
FREN 499 Special Topics In French Studies (3) An
aspect of French studies, the specific topic to be
announced each time the course is offered Repeatable
for a maximum of 6 credits.
FREN 600 Problems In Bibliography and Research
Methods. (3)
FREN 601 The History of the French Language. (3)
FREN 602 Comparative Romance Linguistics. (3) Also
listed as SPAN 61 2
FREN 603 Styllstlcs. (3) Advanced composition,
translation, stylistic analysis.
FREN 609 Special Topic In the French Language. (3)
FREN 610 La Chanson de Roland. (3) cr Close reading
of the text, study of epic lomiulae and early medieval
literary techniques; reading knowledge of old French
desirable
FREN 619 Special Topic In Medieval French
Literature. (3)
FREN 629 Special Topic In Sixteenth Century French
Literature. (3)
FREN 630 Cornellle. (3)
FREN 631 Mollere. (3)
FREN 632 Racine. (3)
FREN 639 Special Topic In Seventeenth Century
French Literature. (3)
FREN 640 Voltaire. (3)
FREN 641 Rousseau. (3)
FREN 642 Diderot. (3)
FREN 649 Special Topic In Eighteenth Century
French Literature. (3)
FREN 650 French Poetry In the Nineteenth Century.
(3)
FREN 651 French Poetry In the Nineteenth Century.
(3)
FREN 652 The French Novel In the Nineteenth
Century. (3)
FREN 653 The French Novel In the Nineteenth
Century. (3)
FREN 659 Special Topic In Nineteenth Century
French Literature. (3)
FREN 660 French Poetry In the Twentieth Century. (3)
FREN 662 The French Novel In the Twentieth
Century. (3)
FREN 663 The French Novel In the Twentieth
Century. (3)
FREN 664 The French Theatre In the Twentieth
Century. (3)
FREN 665 The French Theatre In the Twentieth
Century. (3)
FREN 669 Special Topic In Twentieth Century French
Literature. (3)
FREN 679 The History of Ideas In France. (3) Analysis
of currents of ideas as reflected in different periods and
authors ol French literature
FREN 689 Seminar In a Great Literary Figure. (3)
FREN 699 Seminar. (3) Topic to be Determined Each
Semester.
FREN 702 Structural French Linguistics. (3)
Synchronic description ol the phonology, morphology and
syntax of modem spoken French: standard French in
contrast with other varieties.
FREN 709 College Teaching of French. (1) Introduction
lo the leaching ol French at the college level with
particular emphasis on methodology. Seminars in theory,
demonstration of different leaching techniques,
supervised practice teaching, training in language
laboratory procedures, evaluation of instructional
materials. Required of all graduate assistants in French.
Repeatable to a maximum ol two credits.
FREN 798 Master's Independent Study. (1-3)
Prerequisite: permission of the department's Director of
Graduate studies. Repeatable to a maximum of 3 credits.
FREN 799 Master's Tfiesls Research. (1-6)
FREN 818 French Literary Criticism. (3) Analysis and
evaluation of various trends in literary criticism as a
manifestation of the french literary genius. Topic to be
determined each semester.
FREN 898 Doctoral Independent Study. (3) Repeatable
to a maximum of six credits.
FREN 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
ITALIAN
ITAL 410 The Italian Renaissance. (3) A study of major
trends of thought in Renaissance literature, philosophy,
art. and science.
ITAL 498 Special Topics In Italian Literature. (3)
Repeatable for a maximum of six credits.
ITAL 499 Special Topics In Italian Studies. (3) An
aspect of Italian studies, the specific topic to be
announced each time the course is offered. Repeatable
lor a maximum of 6 credits.
96 Geography Program
Geography Program
Professor and Chairman: Corey
Professors: Fonarotf. Harper
Associate Professors: Brodsky, Chaves, Christian,
Groves, Mitchell, Thompson. Wiedel
Assistant Professors: Cirrincione, Kearney,
Leatherman, Petzold, Sawyer, Slocum
Lecturer.ViW
The programs for both the Master of Arts and Doctor
of Philosophy degrees in the Department of
Geography are designed to provide the student with
an opportunity for specialization in several areas.
Considering particular advantages inherent in the
College Park location the Department has built its
graduate program around four major areas of
concentration and has assembled in each a group of
faculty members with complementary and
overiapping interests. The areas are: 1)
Environmental systems studies with emphasis on
physical geography involving the inter-relationships
between landforms, climate, and other environmental
elements and their relationship with man's activities
including planning and management aspects. The
University's meteorology program and Water
Resources Research Center and work in agriculture
and biology provide support for this program as do
various government environmental programs and the
special consortium studying Chesapeake Bay and its
resources. 2) Cultural-historical geography
studies.with particular attention to tropical settlement
and resource utilization, health and disease, and
various themes of historical geography of the
Americas. This specialty draws on the incomparable
archival material in the Washington area, in state
historical agencies, and in Baltimore. 3) Metropolitan
studies and urt>an systems supported by the
Department's Institute for Urban Studies and
regional and local planning, agencies. There are
particular strengths in social aspects, land use and
transportation, and historical geography of urban
areas 4) Cartographic studies, including computer
mapping and graphics.
Individual faculty members have other Interests
that enable students to work on special programs
such as human ecology, environmental problems,
medical geography, Latin America, geomorphology,
coastal environments, and cartography. Students
planning such programs should contact the
Department or appropriate faculty member to
determine their feasibility.
Employment opportunities in applied geography,
especially in the Washington, DC. metropolitan
area, while highly competitive, remain strong.
Would-be applied geographers should stress such
marketable studies as: cartography, computer
applications, international development, locational
analysis, management and program planning.
Admission and Degree information
While progress in the graduate program is largely an
individual matter, students entering the MA. program
should consider a two-year program normal: those
entering the Ph.D. should think of three years as
the norm. The Department requires very few
r>articular courses — students at both levels initiate
their own programs of coursewori< and submit a plan
of study for approval; the statement of study
objectives sfiould be focused and specific- it is used
to assign a faculty program committee.
Incoming MA students are expected to have an
undergraduate degree in the field or in a closely
related field, with substantial work in geography. In
the latter case, remedial work may be required prior
to admission to the degree program. All graduate
applicants should submit GRE examination results.
Because of the degree of specialization inherent
in Ph.D. training, the Department only considers
applicants whose interests coincide with
departmental staff competence — in general, the first
three major areas of geography described above.
Prospective students who are unsure whether their
interests match those of the Department are
encouraged to submit a focused and specific
proposal for consideration
For admission to the doctoral program, the
Department normally requires a grade-point average
higher than 30 and an MA. degree from a
recognized geography department, or competence in
terms of fields of study and level of achievement
comparable to the MA. degree of the Department
A non MA. — direct PhD program is possible by
petition from the student and upon approval of a
faculty committee appointed by the Department
Chairman.
M.A. students have the choice of either thesis or
non-thesis programs. The non-thesis option involves
the preparation of two substantial research papers
and is suited to students desiring breadth of study.
All MA. students take an oral examination defense
of a research proposal prior to work on the thesis or
papers and a final oral examination based either on
the thesis or one of the two research papers
After completion of formal course-wort<
requirements for the Ph.D., there is a two-part
qualifying examination Part One is a written
examination in the student's two major fields of
specialization. Part Two is an oral examination
evaluating the dissertation proposal. Upon
satisfactory completion of the dissertation there is a
final oral examination.
Faciilties and Special Resources
Departmental research facilities include a
cartographic laboratory, a computer graphics and
spatial analysis facility, and a self-instruction
latxjratory A minicomputer graphics system and
numerous data terminals are housed in the building
in which the Department is located. These new
quarters, to which the Department moved in 1979,
include two physical geography laboratories,
cartographic teaching and production laboratories,
and a computational laboratory. Several faculty
members have particular skills in metropolitan
planning, quantitative methods, computer-aided
instruction, and other analytical tools; and the
Department has its own publication of monographs
in an Occasional Papers series. The University's
Institute for Urban Studies (see "Urban Studies
Program") is a program of the Department.
Additional Information
More detailed information on the MA. and Ph.D.
programs can tie obtained from:
Director of Graduate Studies
Department of Geography
University of Maryland
Courses
GEOG 400 Geography of North America (3) An
examination of the contemporary pattems of American
and Canadian life from a regional viewpoint. Major topk^
include: the significance of the physical environment,
resource use, the political framework, economic activities,
demographic and socio-cultural characteristics, regional
identiticalion, and regional proC>lems
GEOG 402 Geography o< Maryland and Adjacent
Areas (3) An analysis of the physical environment,
natural resources, and population in relation to
agriculture, industry, transport, and trade In the state of
Maryland and adjacent areas.
GEOG 406 Hlitorical Geography of North America
iMlore 1800 (3) An analysis of the changing geography
of the U.S. and Canada from pre-Columbian times to the
end of the 18th century Emphasis on areal variations
and changes in the settlements and economies of Indian
and colonial populations Areal specialization and the
changing pattems of agriculture, industry, trade, and
transportation Population growth, composition and
Interior expansion. Regkinalization.
GEOG 407 Hlitorical Geography of North America
after 1800 (3) An analysis of the changing geography of
the US. and Canada from 1800 to the 1920's. Emphasis
on the settlement expansion and socio-economic
devetopment of the U.S., and comparisons with
Canadian experieiKe. Immigration, economic activities,
industrialization, transportation and urtanization.
GEOG 410 Geography of Europe (3) Agricultural and
Industrial development of Europe and present-day
problems in relation to the physical and cultural setting of
the continent and its natural resources.
GEOG 41 1 Hlitorical Geography of Europe after 1 500
(3) An analysis of the changing geography of Europe
from the Columbian discoveries until the eariy 20th
century with particular emphasis on western Europe, the
medieval legacy, the impact of overseas expansion, and
changing patterns of population, agriculture, industry,
trade, and transportation. Attention to the development of
the nation-state and to agricultural and industrial
revolutions.
GEOG 412 Energy Resources and Planning (3)
Regional distribution of energy resources and
consumption in the US Past and present pattems of
energy use Assessment of the potential of consen/ation,
and nuclear, fossil, and renewable energy resources with
an emphasis on spatial impact of energy policy
decisions.
GEOG 413 Energy Resources and the Environment
(3) The effect of energy resource utilization on the
physical environment including land use, air and water
quality, and solid waste generation. Recent laws
designed to reduce environmental impacts are reviewed.
Also included are the physical consequences of
altemative energy technologies.
GEOG 415 Economic Resources and Development of
Africa (3) The natural resources of Africa in relation to
agricultural and mineral production: the various stages of
economic development and the potentialities of the
future.
GEOG 420 Geography of Asia (3) Lands, climates,
natural resources, and ma|or economic activities in Asia
(except Soviet Asia). Outstanding differences between
major regions.
GEOG 421 Economic and PolHlcal Geography of
Eastern Asia (3) Study of China, Korea, Japan, the
Philippines; physical geographic setting, population,
economic and political geography Potentialities of major
regions and recent developments.
GEOG 422 Cultural Geography of China and Japan
(3) Survey of geographical distribution and interpretation
of cultural patterns of China and Japan Emphasis on
basic cultural institutions, outlook on life, unique
characteristics of various groups. Trends of cultural
change and contemporary problems.
GEOG 423 Economic and Political Geography of
South and Southeast Asia (3) Study of the Indian
subcontinent. Farther India, Indonesia; physical
geographic setting, population, economic and political
geography Potentialities of various countries and
regions and their role in present Asia.
GEOG 431 Economic and Cultural Geography of
Caribbean America (3) An analysis of the physical
framewori(, broad economic and historical trends, cultural
pattems. and regional diversification of Mexico, Central
America, the West Indies.
GEI3G 432 Economic and Cultural Geography of
South America (3) A survey of natural environment and
resources, economic development and cultural deversity
of the South American Republics, with emphasis upon
problems and prospects of the countries.
GEOG 434 Historical Geography of the Hispanic
Worid (3) An examination of the social, economic,
political and cultural geography of the countries of the
Iberian Peninsula and Latin America in the past with
concentration on specific time periods of special
significance in the development of these countries.
GEOG 435 Geography of the Soviet Union (3) The
natural environment and its regional diversity
Geographical factors in the expansion of the Russian
state. The geography of agricultural and industrial
production in relation to available resources,
transportation problems, and diversity of population.
GEOG 437 Introduction to Regional Methods (3)
Inquiry into the evolution of regional methodology with
specific reference to geographic problems. Critical
analysis and evaluation of past and contemporary
theories and a thorough examination of alternate regional
methodologies. Application of quantitative and qualitative
techniques of regional analysis and synthesis to
traditional and modem regional geography emphasizing
principles of regionalization.
Geography Program 97
GEOG 440 Process Geomorptiology (3) Study of the
major processes involved in ttie development of
landforms. especially weathering, wasting, and fluvial
erosion. Evaluation of models of slope and landscape
evolution.
GEOG 441 Gaomorphologlcal Environment (3)
Prerequisite: GEOG 440 An examination of
environments, coastal, glacial, lithoiogic, etc.. which lead
to the spatial differentiation of landforms
GEOG 445 Climatology (3) The geographic aspects of
dimate with emphasis on energy-moisture budgets,
steady-stale and non-steady-stale climatology, and
climatic variations at both macro-and micro-scales
GEOG 446 Applied Climatology (3) Prerequisite: GEOG
445 or consent of instructor An in-depth analysis of the
components of the earths radiation balance and energy
budgets; radiation, soil heat flux, and the evaporation
process. Measurement and estimation techniques.
Practical applications of microclimatological theory and
techniques.
GEOG 447 The Physical Environment of Urban Areas
Prerequisite: GEOG 201 or consent of instaictor. An
analysis of the constraints imposed upon urban land use
by such environmental factors as geology,
geomorphology and hydrology. The effects ol urban land
use upon climatology, soils, earth processes, water
movement and vegetation will be investigated
GEOG 450 Cultural Geography (3) Prerequisite: GEOG
201, 202, or consent ol instructor An analysis of the
impact of man through his ideas and technology on the
evolution of geographic landscapes Major themes in the
relationships between cultures and environments.
GEOG 451 Political Geography (3) Geographical
factors in national power and intemational relations; an
analysis ol the role of "geopolitics' and "geostrategy,' with
special reference to the current world scene.
GEOG 452 Cultural Ecology (3) Basic issues
concerning the natural history of man from the
perspective ol the geographer Basic components of
selected behavioral and natural systems their evolution
and adaptation, and survival strategies.
GEOG 453 Population Geography (3) Prerequisite:
GEOG 202 or consent ol instructor. Emphasis on the
spatial characteristics of population distribution and
growth, migration, fertility and mortality from a global
perspective Basic population-environmental
relationships; canying capacity, density, relationships to
national development
GEOG 455 Urban Geography (3) Origins of cities,
followed by a study of elements of site and location with
reference to cities The patterns and functions ol some
major world aties will be analy2ed. Theories ol land use
differentiation within cities will be appraised.
GEOG 456 The Social Geography of MelropolHan
Areas (3) A socio-spatial approach to man's interaction
with his urban environment; the ways people perceive,
define, tiehave in, and structure their cities and
metropolitan areas Spatial patterns of social activities as
formed by the distribution and interaction ol people and
social institutions
GEOG 457 Historical Geography of Cities (3) The
course is concerned with the urbanization ol the United
States and Canada prior to 1920 Both the evolution of
the urban system across the countries and the spatial
distribution ol activities within cities will be considered
Special attention is given to the process of
Industrialization and the concurrent structuring of
residential patterns among ethnic groups
GEOG 459 Prosemlnar In Urban Geography (3) A
problems-oriented course for students with a background
in urt>an geography using a discussion/lecture format. It
will focus on a particular sut>-field within urban geography
each time it is taught taking advantage of the special
interests ol ttie instructor
GEOG 460 Advanced Economic Geography
>— Agricultural Resources (3) Prerequisite, GEOG 201
or 203 The nature of agricultural resources, the major
types ol agricultural exploitation in the worid and the
geographic conditions Main problems of consen/ation
GEOG 461 Geographic Aspects of Environmental
Quality (3) Prerequisite: GEOG 202 or consent of
instructor Basic issues ol human — environment
interactions. Reactions ol natural systems to human
Intervention. Examination of the geographic
characteristics of environmental disruptions.
GEOG 462 Water Resources snd Water Resource
Planning (3) GEOG 201 or 203 or permission ol
instructor Water as a component ol the human
environment. A systematic examination ol various
aspects ol water, including problems ol domestic and
industrial water supply, inigation, hydroelectric power,
fisheries, navigation, flood damage reduction and
recreation
GEOG 463 Geographic AspecU of Pollution (3) The
impact ol man on his environment and resultant
problems Examination ol the spatial aspects ol physical
and socio-economic factors in air, water, and land
pollution.
GEOG 465 Geography of Transportation (3) The
distribution of transport routes on the earth's surface,
patterns of transport routes, the adjustment ol transport
routes and media to conditions ol the natural
environment, population centers and their distribution.
GEOG 466 Industrial Localization (3) Factors and
trends In the geographic distribution of the manufacturing
Industries of the worid, analyzed with reference to
theories of Industrial location.
GEOG 470 History and Theory of Cartography (3) The
devetopment ol maps throughout history. Geographical
orientation, coordinates and map scales Map
projections, their nature, use and limitations Principles ol
representation ol leatures on physical and cultural maps
Modem uses ol maps and relationships between
characteristics of maps and use types.
GEOG 471 Cartography and Graphics Practlcum (3)
GEOG 472 Problems of Cartographic Representation
snd Procedure (3) Two hours lecture and two hours
laboratory a week Study of cartographic compilation
methods. Principles and problems of symbolization,
classification and representation of map data. Problems
ol representation of features at ditferent scales and for
different purposes. Place-name selection and lettering,
stick-up and map composition.
GEOG 473 Problems of Map Evaluation (3) Two hours
lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Schools of
topographic concepts and practices. Theoretical and
practical means of determining map reliability, amp utility,
and source materials. Nature, status and problems of
topographic mappirig in different parts of the worid.
Non-topographic special use maps. Criteria of usefulness
for purposes concerned and ol reliability.
GEOG 490 Geographic Concepts and Source
Materials (3) A comprehensive and systematic sun/ey ol
geographic concepts designed exclusively for teachers.
Stress will be placed upon the philosophy ol geography
in relation to the social and physical sciences, the use of
the primary tools of geography, source materials, and the
problems of presenting geographic principles.
GEOG 498 Topical Investigations (1-3) Independent
study under IndivkJual guidance. Restricted to advanced
undergraduate students with credit lor at least 24 hours
in geography and to graduate students Any exception
should have the approval of the head of the department
GEOG 499 Undergraduate Research (3) Directed
regional or systematic study involving several subfields ol
geography, including cartographk: presentation, and
usually requiring field work, and leading to an
undergraduate thesis.
GEOG 600 Introduction to Graduate Study In
Geography. (3) Introduces the student both to research
procedures needed in graduate work and to current
trends and developments in geographic research
Lectures by various staff members form basis for
discussion Research paper required
GEOG 601 Field Course. (3)
GEOG 605 Quantitative Spatial Analysis. (3) This
course will provide students with a woricing knowledge of
various tools of multivariate analysis in the context ol
scientific geographic methodology rather than from the
statistical theory viewpoint. Emphasis is on the
application of statistical tools and a worthing knowledge of
them will be a basis lor evaluation of professional
literature in the various fields ol geography using
quantitative techniques Students should gain a
background suitable for using the techniques in research
GEOG 610 Seminar In Geographic Methodology. (3)
The seminar will emphasize an intensive survey ol the
basic concepts of geography, a critical evaluation of
major approaches to the study of geography, and a
detailed analysis ol the principal methodological
problems both theoretical and practical confronting
geography today
GEOG 615 Geomorphology. (3)
GEOG 618 Seminar In Geomorphology. (3) Study and
discussion of empirical and theoretical research methods
applied to geomorphological problems including review of
pertinent literature.
GEOG 625 Advanced Climatology. (3) Prerequisite:
GEOG 445 or consent of the instructor Advanced study
ol elements and controls of the earth's climates Analysis
of the energy and water balances at the earth's surface
and their Importance and application to life on this planet:
radiation, soil heat flux. evaporation and
evaportranspiration.
GEOG 626 Applied Climatology. (3) Second semester
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Study of principles,
techniques, and data of micro-climatology, physical and
regional climatology relating to such problems and fields
as transportation, agriculture, industry, urtjan planning,
human comfort, and regional geographic analysis.
GEOG 628 Seminar In Meteorology and Climatology.
(3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor Selected topics in
meteorology and climatology chosen to fit the individual
needs of advanced students. Repeatable to a maximum
of six credits
GEOG 638 Seminar In Physical Geography. (3)
Prerequisite: consent of instructor An examination of
themes and problems in the field of physical geography.
Repeatable to a maximum ol six credits
GEOG 640 Theory and Practice In Cultural
Geography. (3) An introductory suroey ol the basic
stnjcture and recent trends in the field of cultural
geography Emphasis on theoretical pnnciples and
analytical procedures employed in investigating cultural
problems and on literature which has resulted from this
research.
GEOG 648 Seminar In Cultural Geography. (3)
Prerequisite: GEOG 450 or consent ol inslnjctor An
examination of themes and problems in the field of
economic geography. Repeatable to a maximum of six
credits.
GEOG 655 Theory and Method In Historical
Geography. (3) The philosophical and methodological
issues associated with historical approaches to human
geography Introduction to the use and interpretation ol
sources lor the study of the North American past.
Emphasis on incorporation of time in geographic studies,
on the evaluation of traditional approaches to past
geographies and on present theoretical, analytical, and
empirical procedures employed in historical inquiry
GEOG 658 Seminar In Historical Geography. (3) An
examination of themes and problems in histoncal
geography with reference to selected areas Prerequisite:
consent of instructor.
GEOG 668 Seminar In Economic Geography. (3)
Prerequisite: consent ol instructor An examination of
themes and problems in the field of economic geography.
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits
GEOG 670 Theory and Method In Urban Geography.
(3) Introductory sun^ey of the structure and recent trends
in urtian geography Emphasis on concepts in urt>an
geography using a problem solving approach. Urban
literature, data sources, urban inlormation systems, and
survey research and sampling
GEOG 678 Seminar In Political Geography. (3)
Beginning with a review ol contemporary advanced
theory, the seminar will tum to problems such as Itie
spatial consequences ol |X)litical twhavior, the political
system and the organization ol space including perceived
space, the organization of political space Repeatable lo
a maximum ol six semester fwurs
GEOG 679 Seminar In Urban Geography. (3) Flexible
in fonnat lo allow adaptation to particular topic being
considered, this seminar is for advanced students in the
department's metropolitan areas speciality Students
normally will have had the seminar in economic
geography Possible topics include metropolitan
systems, the impact ol migrants and immigrants on the
internal structure ol the city, the development ol black
ghettos, the use ol particular techniques in urban
geographical research.
98 Geology Program
GEOG 698 Seminar In Cartography. (1-6)
GEOG 718 Seminar In the Geography of Europe and
Africa. (3) Prerequisite: GEOG 410. 415 or consent ot
instructor. Analysis of special problems concerning the
resources and development of Europe and Africa.
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits
GEOG 738 Seminar In the Geography of EAst Asia.
(3) Analysis of problems concerning the geography of
East Asia with emphasis on special research methods
and techniques applicable to the problems of this area
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.
GEOG 748 Seminar In the Geography of Latin
America. (3) Prerequisite: GEOG 431 . 432 or consent ol
instructor, an analysis of recent changes and trends in
industrial development, exploitation of mineral resources
and land utilization. Repeatable to a maximum of six
credits.
GEOG 758 Seminar in the Geography of the U.S.S.R.
(3) Prerequisite: reading knowledge ol Russian and
GEOG 435 or consent of instructor Investigation of
special aspects ol Soviet geography. Emphasis on the
use of Soviet materials Repeatable to a maximum ol six
credits.
GEOG 768 Seminar In the Geography of the Near
East. (3)
GEOG 788 Selected Topics In Geography. (1-3)
Readings and discussion on selected topics in the field of
geography To be taken only with the joint consent ol
advisor and head of the department of geography.
GEOG 789 Independent Readings. (1-3) Independent
reading as arranged between a graduate faculty member
and student. Repeatable to a maximum ol six credits
GEOG 790 Internship In Geography. (3) Field
experience in the student's specialty in a federal, state,
or local agency or private business. A research paper
required.
GEOG 798 Independent Study. (1-6) Open only to
students in the non-thesis MA. option
GEOG 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
GEOG 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
Geology Program
Professor and C/ia/rman.Chang
Professor. Ad ler
Associate Professors flidky, Segovia, Siegrist,
Sommer, Stifel.WeidnerWyiie
Assistant Professor.Onasch
Visiting ProfessorBreger, Rose
The Department of Geology offers graduate
prograhis leading to the MS and PhD degrees.
Broad research interests among faculty members
make study and research available in all major fields
of geological sciences with specialization in (1)
Economic minerals, fuels and deposits, (2)
Engineering, evironmental and urban geology. (3)
Experimental petrology and crystal chemistry, (4)
Marine, costal and estuarine geology, and (5)
Sedimentation, stratigraphy, paleontology and
structural geology.
Graduate geologists are in demand. Job
opportunities, especially in energy, mineral and
water resources, are so bright that a recent issue of
SCIENCE chose to highlight them in its lead editorial
entitled, "The Golden Age of the Geoscientists "
Admission and Degree Information
Qualified students with a major in geology as well as
in physics, chemistry, biology, and related sciences
and engineering are invited to apply for admission to
the graduate programs. There is no single
prescribed curriculum for all graduate students The
entire course of study is individually developed for
each student by his/her graduate program
committee All students are required to take an
entrance examination, results from which are used to
design their academic schedules.
The MS degree is awarded following the
successful completion of the course requirements
and a satisfactory thesis. For the PhD degree,
requirements include satisfactory course work, a
comprehensive examination, language competency
examinations, and completion of all dissertation and
oral examination requirements
Facilities and Special Resources
The Department has all standard laboratory
equipment for rock, mineral, and fossil preparation
and treatment. Special equipment includes a fully
automated x-ray spectrometer, an electron
microprobe analyzer, x-ray diffractometers, research
transmitted and reflected light
microscopes,geophysical equipment for magnetic,
seismic, resistivity and EM measurements, and a
complete laboratory for mineral synthesis and phase
equilibrium studies at high-temperatures and
high-pressures including hydrothermal,
internally-heated piston-cylinder, and Bridgman
opposed-anvil systems. Extensive library, computer
and electron microscope facilities are available on
campus for graduate research. Opportunities for
programs of study in cooperation with many federal
and state laboratories exist within a radius of thirty
miles of the College Pari< campus.
Financial Assistance
Graduate students are eligible for departmental
teaching assistantships. Graduate School
assistantships, and grant-supported fellowships and
research assistantships. In addition, some curatorial,
library, and other part-time work is available.
Additional Information
The Department's "Graduate Programs in Geology at
Maryland" gives additional information on the
requirements, examinations, faculty research
interests and publications, research facilities, and
financial aids. Copies are available from:
Department of Geology,
University of Maryland
Courses
GEOL 421 Crystallography (3) Two lectures and one
laboratory a week. Prerequisite: Is^ATH 1 1 5 or consent of
instructor. An introduction to the study of crystals.
Stresses the theoretical and practical relationships
t>etween the internal and external properties of crystalline
solids. Encompasses morphological, optical and chemical
crystallography
GEOL 422 Mineralogy (4) Two lectures and two
laboratories a week. Prerequisite: GEOL 110 and CHEM
103 or consent of instructor. Basic mineralogy for
Geology majors. The principles ol morphologic
crystallography, crystal chemistry, and determinative
mineralogy
GEOL 423 Optical Mineralogy (3) One lecture and two
laboratories a week. Prerequisite: GEOL 422 or consent
of instructor. The optical behavior of crystals with
emphasis on the theory and application of the
petrographic microscope
GEOL 431 Invertebrate Paleontology (4) Three lectures
and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite: GEOL 102 or
consent of instructor. A systematic review of the
morphology, classification, interrelationships and geologic
significance of all the commonly fossilized invertebrate
phyla
GEOL 432 Stratlgraphic Paleontology (3) Two lectures
and one latxjratory a week Prerequisite: GEOL 431.
Principles ol biostratigraphy. paleoecology and
pateogeography Laboratory study emphasizes
significant index fossils.
GEOL 434 MIcropaleontology (3) Two lectures and one
laboratory a week. Prerequisite: GEOL 431 or consent ol
instructor A systematic review of the morphology,
classification, ecology and geologic ranges of imporiant
microtossil groups, particulariy ostracoses and
foraminifera
GEOL 436 Regional Geology of North America (3)
Prerequisite: GEOL 102 or consent of the instructor, A
systematic study ol the regional geology ol North
America including history, structure, stratigraphy and
petrology of the physiographic provinces of the United
States, Canada and the Caribbean.
GEOL 441 Structural Geology (4) Three lectures and
one laboratory a week Prerequisite: GEOL 110 and 112,
or consent of instructor. An examination ol the
defomiation of the earth's crust; stress and strain;
mechanical behavior of rocks; origin and significance of
structural features Construction of geologic maps and
cross sections, stereographic and orthographic
representation of structures.
GEOL 442 Sedimentation (3) Two lectures and one
laboratory a week Prerequisite: GEOL 322 or 422 or
consent of instructor. A study of the critical variables in
sedimentation systems: origin, dispersion accumulation,
and properties ol sediments and sedimentary rocks.
Laboratory exercises include the quantitative estimation
of compostition and textural parameters of sediments, the
description and petrologic interpretation of representative
sedimentary rocks, and field laboratory problem. A
three-day field trip is required.
GEOL 443 Petrology (3) Prerequisite: GEOL 422 or
consent of instructor. Two lectures and one latioratory
per week. A detailed study of rocks: petrogenesis:
distributions; chemical and mineralogical relation;
macroscopic descnptions and geologic signilicance.
GEOL 444 Petrography (3) One lecture and two
laboratories a week Prerequisites: GEOL 423, 442 or
consent of instructor Microscopic thin-section studies ol
rocks stressing the description and classification of
igneous and metamorphic rocks.
GEOL 445 Principles of Geochemistry (3) Three
lectures per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 103 and GEOL
422. An introduction to the basic principles ol
geochemistry including geothermometry, geobarometry,
geochronology and the genesis of natural inorganic
materials
GEOL 446 Geophysics (3) Two lectures and one
laboratory a week. Prerequisite: PHYS 122 or consent of
instructor. An introduction to the basic theories and
principles ol geophysics stressing such important
applications as rock magnetism, gravity anomolies,
crustal strain and earthquakes, and surveying.
GEOL 447 Geochemistry of Fuels (3) Prerequisite:
CHEM 104 or consent of instructor. Discussion of the
progenitors and the biochemical, chemical and physical
agencies that convert them into crude oils, coals of
various ranks, natural gas and other organic fuels. The
origin, composition, mineralogy and organic constituents
(kerogen) ol oil shales Mineralogy, geochemical cycles
and accumulation of uranium and thorium.
GEOL 450 Economic Geology of Energy Sources (3)
Problems related to current methods lor exploration lor
and recovery of crude oils, coals, asphalts, tar sands, oil
shales, gas, uranium, and geothermal energy.
Geological, geochemical, engineering, economic and
environmental considerations.
GEOL 451 Groundwater Geology (3) Prerequisite:
GEOL 1 00 or consent of instructor An introduction to the
basic geologic parameters associated with the hydrologic
cycle Problems in the accumulation, distribution and
movement ot groundwater will be analyzed.
GEOL 452 Geological Oceanography (4) Prerequisite:
Geology 475 and consent ol instructor. Study of marine
and estuarine environments with special attention to
present geological and geochemical processes. Origin
and evolution ol basins, margins, sediments and water;
sediment-water and basalt-water interactions;
environmental effects of societal actions; oceanographic
and laboratory techniques; Chesapeake Bay processes.
Shiptward excursions required Latsoratory workups on
collected samples, conducted on an individual basis to
the interests of the student
GEOL 453 Economic Geology (3) Two laboratories a
week. Prerequisite: GEOL 422 or consent ol instructor. A
study of the geology ol metallic ore deposits stressing
ore-lorming processes, configuration of important ore
bodies, and familiarization with characteristic ore mineral
suites.
GEOL 456 Engineering Geology (3) Prerequisite:
GEOL 441 or consent of the instnjctor. Two lectures and
one laboratory a week A study of the geological
problems associated with the location of tunnels, bridges,
dams and nuclear reactors, slope control, and natural
hazards
German Language and Literature Program 99
GEOL 460 Earth Science (3) Two lectures and one
laboratory a week Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor.
An Interdisapllnary course designed to show how
geology, meteorology, physical geography, soil science,
astrorromy and oceanography are interrelated in the
study ol the earth and its environment in space.
Recommended for science education.
GEOL 462 Geological Remote Sensing (3) One lecture
and two laboratories a week Prerequisites: GEOL 441
and 442. or 440. or consent of the instructor An
Introduction to geological remote sensing including
applications of aerial photographic interpretation to
problems in regional geology, engineering geology,
structural geology, and stratigraphy. Films, filters, and
criteria used in selecting imagery are also discussed.
Laboratory exercises include measurements ol geologic
parameters and compilation and transference of data to
base maps
GEOL 471 Geochemlcal Methods of Analysis (3)
Prerequisite: CHEM 103 and 104 Principles and
application of geochemlcal analysis as applied to a
variety ol geological problems X-ray and optical
spectroscopy. X-ray diffraction, atomic absorption,
electron microprotie and electron microscopy
GEOL 472 Tectonics (3) Prerequisite: GEOL 441 or
consent of instructor Selected tectonic elements of
organic belts through out the worid viewed in the
framework of plate tectonics and sea floor spreading.
GEOL 475 General Oceanography (3) Three lectures
per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 103 or equivalent, and
one additional semester of physical science An
introduction to physical, chemical and geological
processes that occur in the marine environment including
physical and chemical properties of sea water, geology of
the sea floor, general circulation of the ocean, currents,
waves, and tides
GEOL 476 Geochemistry of Biosphere (3) Prerequisite:
Two years of chemistry including one year of either
organic or physical chemistry An interdisciplinary
approach involving inorganic, organic, physical and
tjiochemistry to integrate the available information
necessary to interpret and explain the major aspects of
the geochemistry of the biosphere
GEOL 469 Special Topics In Earth Science (1-3)
Prerequisite GEOL 460 or equivalent
GEOL 490 Geology Field Camp (6) Prerequisites:
GEOL 422, 431 and 441, or consent of instructor Six
weeks of summer field work prior to senior year.
Principles and problems in sampling, measuring,
mapping. arKJ reporting of geologic data. Group field trips
arxl discussions.
GEOL 499 Special Problems in Geology (1-3)
Prerequisites: GEOL 102 and 110 or equivalent, and
consent of instructor Intensive study ol a special
geologic subject or technique selected after consultation
with instructor Intended to provide training or instruction
not available in otner courses which will aid the student's
devetopment in his field of major interest.
GEOL 610 Geometries (3) Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor Formulation and analysis of geologic problems
employing computer and statistical modeling techniques
GEOL 622 Mlnerology of the Roclc-Forming Silicates
(3) Prerequisites GEOL 422 and CHEM 481 or
equivalents and permission of instructor. A systematic
study of the structure, polymorphic relations, composition
and phase transformations of the major rock forming
silicates.
GEOL 623 Ore MIscroscopy (3) Prerequisite: GEOL
423 Pre- or corequisite GEOL 653 One lecture and
two laboratories a week. A systematic study of general
principles of reflected light optics and their application to
the reftectred light polarizing microscope as well as
techniques for identifying common ore mineral in
polished section
GEOL 632 Advanced Biostratigraphy and
Paiaoacoioty (3) Prerequisite: GEOL 432 and consent of
instructor. Two lectures and one laboratory a week.
Principles arxJ processes of biostratigraphy and
paleoecology including: controlling parameters of the
marine environment; mode of life of fossil invertebrates;
evolution and ecological function of populations,
communities arKJ provinces; ecological history; time and
siratigraphy including sedimentary systems and
correlation
GEOL 634 iMIcropaleontoiogy (3) Prerequisite: GEOL
431 or consent of instructor. Two lectures and one
laboratory a week. A systematic review of the
morphology, classification, ecology and geologic ranges
of important microfossil groups, particulary ostracoses
and foraminifera.
GEOL 641 Advanced Structural Geology (3)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Two lectures and
one laboratory a week. A detailed treatment of stress,
strairi. deformation of rocks, and resulting structures on
microscopic, mesoscopic. and macroscopic scales;
consideration of world examples of structural variatiori;
concepts and problems of plate tectonics; all designed as
a complete study of structural geology
GEOL 642 Sedimentary Petrography (3) Prerequisites:
GEOL 442 or equivalent, and consent of instructor. Two
laboratories a week. Samplirig and description of
sediments and sedimentary rocks. Includes a statistical
characterization of the mineral composition, texture,
structure, arid geometry of sedimentary bodies
GEOL 643 Igneous Petrology (3) Prerequisites: GEOL
443, CHEM 481, or permission of instructor. Two
laboratories a week. Analysis of the genesis of the
igneous rocks using chemical, mineralogic. petrographic
and field data Estimation of intensive parameters, such
as temperature and pressure on the basis of these data.
Interpretation of chemical variation in related rock suites
in terms of fractional and equilibrium crystallization and
melting processes.
GEOL 644 Metamorphic Petrology (3) Prerequisites:
GEOL 443 and CHEM 481. or consent of instructor. Two
lectures and one laboratory a week Analysis of the
physical and chemical aspects of metamorphic
processes Suites of metamorphic rocks by the use of
chemical, mineralogic, petrographic, and field data.
GEOL 646 Advanced Geophysics (3) Prerequisite:
Permission of instructor. A discussion of a rarige of
problems of currerit geophysical importahce selected
from among the general categories of plarietary magnetic
and gravity fields, thermal history and evolution, mass
transport processes, wave propagation theory and solid
state geophysics.
GEOL 653 Advanced Problems In Economic Geology
(3) Prerequisite: GEOL 453 or permission of instructor A
systematic study ol particular ore deposit types or areas
of mineralization, primarily involving major economically
important metals Geologic setting, mineralogy and form
and character of the ore txxlies. chemical and physk;al
factors affecting source, transport and deposition of ore
forming fluids.
GEOL 656 Engineering and Environmental Geology
(3) Prerequisite: Consent ol the instructor Two lectures
and one laboratory a week The relationship of man to
the planet earth; his increasing colonization based upon
available food, materials, arid eriergy; environmental
consequences of resource extraction; and the desirability
of planetary management policy as a long-term goal.
GEOL 660 Glacial and Quaternary Geology (3)
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. The dynamics,
form and thermo characteristics of ice as related to
glacial structures Quaternary deposition and strata in
relation to older strata as well as modern day sediments
The gerieral lithology. morphology, arid classification of
till Specific emphasis on the classical Wisconsin stage of
glaciation of North America
GEOL 663 Morphotectonlcs (3) Prerequisites: GEOL
462 arid GEOL 664 or consent of the instructor Two
lectures and one laboratory a week. Interactions t)etween
surface geologic processes and recent deformation of the
Earth's crust. Discussion of criteria and techniques
applicable to the identification of recent folding and
faulting Surtace manifestation ol deep structures in
areas covered by unconsolidated deposits.
GEOL 664 Surface Geologic Processes and Terrain
Analysis (3) Prerequisites GEOL 440 and GEOL 441
Two lectures and one latioratory a week Chemical and
physical processes which modify compositional and
spatial parameters of geologic materials at and near the
surface of the earth Applications of surtace process
analysis in engineering geology, soils studies,
archeology, land use planning, and mineral and
petroleum exploration
GEOL 665 Remote Sensing of Earth and Space
Resources (3) Prereequisite: Consent of instructor. One
lecture and two laboratories a week. The technology and
application of remote sensing to earth resources.
particulary oil and mineral resources. Emphasis on
computer analysis of multispectral scanner (MSS) remote
sensor data acquired by spacecraft and airplane. The
methods of analysis ol MSS data. The practicum will be
given at Goddard Space Flight Center
GEOL 671 Analytical Methods In Mineralogy (3)
Prerequisites: GEOL 422. CHEM 471 and permission of
the instructor -^ 53 Two lectures and one latxjratory a
week. An intensive study in the operation and application
of instrumentation in meneralogical problems Emphasis
on designing and testing methods of analysis for use in
the students research problems in geology
GEOL 675 Geochemistry of Sedimentary
Environments (3) Prerequisite GEOL 442 Three
lectures and one laboratory a week. Application of
geochemlcal principles arid techniques to the study of
authigenesis of sedimentary rocks. Emphasis on the
geochemlcal parameters that describe recent
sedimentary environments containing cartx>nates. clays,
oron oxides and sulfides. Centering on instrumental
techniques used in the study of chemical sediments. e.g.
e-ray analysis, electron microscopy and luminescence
petrography
GEOL 789 Recent Advances in Geology (2-4)
Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Recent
advances in geology research.
GEOL 798 Seminar in Geology (1) Prerequisite:
pennission of the instructor Discussion of special topics
in current literature in all phases of geology.
GEOL 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
GEOL 899 Dissertation Research (1-8)
German Language and
Literature Program
Professor and Chairman: Brecht
Professors: Best, Jones. Herin
Associate Professors: Fleck. Frederil<sen, Belcken,
Pfister
Assistant Professors: Bilik, Fletcher, Mehl, Walker
The Germanic Section ol the Department of
Germanic and Slavic Languages and Literatures
offers programs of study leading to the MA and
Ph.D. degrees Specialization includes the following
areas: Language Pedagogy and Applied Linguistics;
Germanic Philology; Medieval Literature and Culture;
Literature of the German Speaking Countries from
the Renaissance to the Present.
Admission and Degree Information
In addition to the Graduate School requirements,
candidates must have a bachelor's degree with an
undergraduate major in German language and
literature or the equivalent, and fluency in the written
and spoken language Candidates for the doctorate
must have a master's degree in Germanic Studies or
in a related discipline, for example: German,
Scandinavian Studies, Language Education,
Medieval Studies, etc.
Degree requirements for the MA. (thesis option)
are: 24 hours of coursework, the thesis, and a
written comprehensive examination. The MA.
(non-thesis option) requires 30 hours of coursework,
a mini-thesis with oral defense, and a written
comprehensive examination. For both options the
comprehensives consist of four two-hour
examinations based on the coursework and the MA.
Reading List.
Degree requirements for the Ph.D. are as
follows: 1) completion of at least 30 hours of
coursework beyond the master's degree, over a
period of residency at the University of Maryland of
at least one year, and a further 12 hours of
dissertation research; 2) a reading skill examination
in a language other than English or German, which
may be another Germanic language or a language
related to the candidate's research; 3)
comprehensive written examinations; 4) presentation
of the dissertation topic to the Germanic Section
graduate faculty before the topic is approved; 5) the
dissertation; 6) oral dissertation defense. The
doctoral comprehensives consist of six three-hour
100 German Language and Literature Program
examinations. The candidate has considerable
freedom in choosing the subject to be covered in
three of the examinations; the other three being the
required fields of philology or applied linguistics,
medieval literature. and modern literature
Candidates who opt for all three selected topics in
German literature will choose subjects in the
following periods: 16th and 17th centuries, 18th
century, 19th century, 20th century; in which case
the required modern literature examination will
require interpretation of a text. Candidates who
select topics from other fields such as philology,
Scandinavian Studies, medieval studies, etc, will
take a general examination in the modern literature
required exam.
Facilities and Special Resources
In addition to its course offerings listed below, the
Gem:ianic Section of the Department of Germanic
and Slavic Languages and Literatures sponsors the
German Club, the University of Maryland Chapter of
Delta Phi Alpha (the national German language
honors society). Distinguished scholars and
lecturers, as well as visiting professors, visit the
metropolitan area and campus regularly College
Parks closeness to Washington, DC. facilitates
participation in the many cultural functions of the
capital with its wealth of German and Scandinavian
social groups and national societies.
Financial Assistance
The Germanic Section is able to contribute to the
financial support of its graduate students in the form
of teaching and non-teaching assistantships as well
as several fellowships
Additional Information
For further information write to: Director of Graduate
Studies, Department of Germanic and Slavic
Languages and Literature.
Courses
GERM 001 Elementary German for Graduate
Students. (3) Intensive elementary course in the German
language designed particularly for graduate students who
wish to acquire a reading knowledge. This course does
not carry credit towards any degree at the university
GERM 401 Advanced Conversation (3) Prerequisite:
GERM 302 or equivalent Development of fluency in
spoken German Discussion of contemporary issues
GERM 403 Advanced Composition (3) Prerequisite:
GERM 302 or equivalent Advanced instmction in writing
skills.
GERM 405 Styllstlcs (3) Prerequisite: GERM 302 or
equivalent. Stylistic analysis of oral and written German
both literary and non-literary. Intensive study of
vocabulary and syntax. Dictionary and composition
exercises
GERM 409 Selected Topics In German Language
Study (3) Prerequisite: GERM 302 and pemiission of
instructor Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if
subject matter is different.
GERM 410 Structure of the German Language (3)
Prerequisite: GERM 302 or equivalent. An introduction to
applied linguistics suited to the needs of the advanced
student and'or teacher of German. Structural analysis of
the phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax and
vocatiulary of modern German contrasted with the
structure of modern English Instruction in English.
GERM 415 German/English Translation I (3) An
intensive presentation of German grammar limited
exclusively to reading skill: graded readings in the arts
and sciences. Instruction in English: can not be used to
satisfy the arts and humanities foreign language
requirement. May not t)e taken lor credit by students who
have completed GERM 111-115 and/or GERM 301/302.
GERM 416 German/English Translation II (3)
Prerequisites: GERM 302, GERM 415 of equivalent
Written translation of materials from the students field of
study. Discussion of basic problems of
German-to-English translation, with examples from
students' projects. Instruction in English. Cannot be
used to satisfy the Arts and Humanities foreign language
requirement.
GERM 418 Pradlcum In German/English Translation
(3) Prerequisite: GERM 416 or equivalent Problems of
professional translating from German into English;
translation of literary and technical texts; the assembling
and use of a specialized translator's reference library.
May be repealed up to a maximum of six credits
GERM 420 Methodology, Bibliography and Research
Methods (3) Prerequisite: GERM 115 or equivalent
Principles of literary criticism Use of German
bibliographies, catalogs, and reference works.
Techniques of conducting and documenting research-
Instruction in German.
GERM 421 Literature of the Middle Ages (3)
Prerequisites: GERM 321 and 322, or permission of
instructor Gemian literature from the 8th through the
15th centuries. Readings include old high German texts,
the German heroic, courtly and popular epic, Minnesang,
Meistersang, the late Medieval epic: folk literature of the
late Middle Ages Read in modern German translation
GERM 422 From the Reformation through the
Baroque (3) Prerequisites: GERM 321 and 322, or
permission of instructor. Readings of representative
authors from the reformation and the period of humanism
through the baroque (ca. 1517—1720). Readings and
instruction in German.
GERM 423 From Enlightenment through Storm and
Stress (3) Prerequisites: GERM 321 and 322. or
permission of instructor Readings of representative
authors from the Enlightenment (1720—1785) the Age of
Sentimentaiism (1740—1780) and Storm and Stress
(1767 — 1785). Readings and instruction in German.
GERM 424 Classicism (3) Prerequisites: GERM 321 and
322. or permission of instructor. Readings of
representative authors from the age of classicism
(1780 — 1832). Readings and instruction in Gemian.
GERM 431 Romanticism and Bledermeir (3)
Prerequisites: GERM 321 and 322 or permission of
instructor Readings of representative authors from the
periods ot Romanticism (1798—1835) and Biedermeir
(1820—1850). Readings and instruction in German.
GERM 432 Junges Deutschland and Realism 3
Prerequisite: GERM 321 and 322. or pemnission ot
instmctor. Readings of representative authors from the
periods of Junges Deutschland (1830—1850) and
Realism (1850—1890). Readings and instruction in
German
GERM 433 Naturalism and Its Counter Currents. (3)
Prerequisites: GERM 321 and 322 or permission of
instructor. Readings of representative authors from the
period of Naturalism and its counter currents
(1880 — 1920) Readings and instruction in Gemian.
GERM 434 Expressionism to 1945 (3) Prerequisites
GERM 321 and 322. or permission of instructor.
Readings of representative authors from Expressionism
through the period between the wars to the contrast of
Nazi and Exile Literature (ca. 1910—1945). Readings
and instruction in Gemian.
GERM 435 From 1945 to the Present (3) Prerequisite:
GERM 321 and 322. or permission of instructor
Readings of representative authors from the Two
Germanies.' Austria, and Switzerland in the period from
the end of World War II to the present. Readings and
instruction in German.
GERM 438 German Literature In Translation (3)
Different movements, genres, or other special topics will
be treated each semester. Repeatable up to a maximum
of six credits if subject matter is different. May not be
counted in fulfillment of German major requirement lor
Gemian literature. Readings and instruction in English.
GERM 439 Selected Topics In German Literature (3)
Prerequisites: GERM 321 and 322 or permission of
instructor. Specialized study of an author, school, genre,
or theme. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if
subject matter is different. Readings and instruction in
German
GERM 448 Yiddish Literature In Translation (3) Study
of an important Yiddish author, period or theme
Readings and instruction in English. Repeatable to a
maximum of 6 credits if subject matter is different.
GERM 449 Selected Topics In Yiddish Studies (3)
Prerequisite: permission of instructor Study of a
linguistic, literary or cultural topic in Yiddish studies.
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits if subject matter is
different
GERM 461 Reading Swedish. Danish and Norwegian I
(3) Develops reading facility in three languages in one
semester Texts read include Bergman's Seventh Seal.
Tales by H.C Andersen, excerpts from works by Ibsen
and Hamsun, and selected folk literature. No foreign
language prerequisite. Not available lor credit to students
who have taken GERM 164 or GERM 165.
GERM 462 Reading Swedish, Danish and Norwegian
II (3) Prerequisite: GERM 461 or permission of instructor.
Further development of reading facility.
GERM 463 The Icelandic Family Saga (3) Analysis of
the old Norse saga as historiography, literature, and
folklore. Readings and instruction in English.
GERM 464 The Fantastic and Historic Saga (3)
Mythological/heroic sagas. Translation of chivalric
materials from the continent, and the histories of the
Norwegian kings, the "viking colonies' and the settlement
of Iceland contrasted with the classical structure of the
family saga, chivalric models, and other national histories
by Germanic wnters of the Middle Ages. Readings and
instruction in English
GERM 468 Scandinavian Literature In Translation (3)
Study of a major Scandinavian author, genre, period or
theme Readirigs and instruction in English Repeatable
to a maximum of 6 credits if subject matter is different.
GERM 469 Selected Topics In Scandinavian Studies
(3) Prerequisite: permission of instructor Study of a
linguistic, literary or cultural topic in Scandinavian studies.
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits if subject matter is
different.
GERM 471 Introduction to Indo-European Philology
(3) Basic principles of historical language study:
terminology of phonetics and morphology, language
families, writing systems Reconstructed Indo-European
and surveys of the most important ancient Indo-European
languages: Sanskrit, Old Church Slavonic. Lithuanian.
Classic Greek, Latin, Gothic. Instruction in English, no
knowledge of German required.
GERM 472 Introduction to Germanic Philology (3)
Prerequisites: GERM 115 and GERM 471. or equivalent.
Reconstructed proto-Germanic and surveys of Gothic.
Old Norse. Old English, Old Saxon. The development of
high German from the old high German period through
middle high Gemian to modern German; a short
introduction to modern German dialectology Instruction
in English.
GERM 475 Old Norse (3) The language of the old
Icelandic saga, the Eddas and Skaldic poetry. Reading of
texts in the original; historical development of Old Norse
and its role in the Germanic language family No
knowledge of German or a Scandinavian language
required; instruction in English.
GERM 479 Selected Topics In Germanic Philology (3)
Prerequisite — consent of instructor. Selected topics such
as comparative Germanic studies, old Norse language or
readings in Old Norse literature, modern German
dialectology Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if
subject matter is different.
GERM 481 The Viking Era (3) An introduction to the
lifestyle of northern Europe in the 9th to 11th centuries
Reading and instruction in English.
GERM 482 The Age of Chivalry (3) An introduction to
the lifestyle of northern Europe in the 12th to 14th
centuries. Reading and instruction in English.
GERM 489 Selected Topics In Germanic Area Studies
(3) Selected topics in the cultural and intellectual history
of the German and Germanic language areas, in English.
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if subject matter
is different.
GERM 499 Directed Study (3) Prerequisite: Permission
of instructor. For advanced students. By permission of
department chairman and/or undergraduate advisor.
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits if subject matter is
different.
GERM 611 College Teaching of German. (3)
Instruction, demonstration and classroom practice under
supervision of modern procedures in the presentation of
elementary German courses to college age students.
Government and Politics Program 101
GERM 621 Medieval Narrative. (3) An introduction to
the lorm and stnjcture of the medieval narrative,
treatment of the most important authors and works of the
penod
GERM 631 German Lyric Poetry. (3) An exposition of
the genre of lyhc poetry, its metrical and aesthetic
background, illustrated by charactenstic examples from
the middle ages to the present
GERM 641 German Novelle. (3) Study of the
development of the genre from the 18th century to the
present
GERM 6S1 German Novel. (3) The theory and structure
of the German novel from the baroque to the present-
GERM 661 German Drama. (3) An introduction to the
theory and structure of the German drama from the
baroque to the present with extensive interpretation of
characteristic works.
GERM 671 Gottilc, OM High German, Middle High
German i. (3) The first semester of a two-semester
practicum in reading gothic. old and middle high German,
with emphasis on linguistic analysis
GERM 672 Gothic, Old High German, Middle High
German ii. (3) Prerequisite; GERM 671 Continuation of
German 671
GERM 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
GERM 819 Individual Study. (1-3) Prerequisite: consent
of instructor May t>e repeated to a maximum of six
credits if content differs
GERM 829 Seminar In German Uterature of the
Middle Ages. (3) Exhaustive study ol one or more
representative authors or woriis of the middle ages May
be repeated to a maximum of nine credits if content
differs
GERM 839 Seminar In 16th and 17th Century
Literature. (3) The German literature of the Humanists,
the reformaton and the baroque is illustrated by study of
one or more authors of the 16th or 17th Centuries. lAay
tie repeated up to a total of nine credits when content
differs.
GERM 849 Seminar In 18th Century Literature. (3) In
depth study of one or more authors from the penods
Englightenment, Sentimentalism or Storm and Stress or
Classicism May be repeated up to a total of nine credits
when content differs
GERM 859 Seminar In 19th Century Literature. (3)
Comprehensive coverage from one or more authors of
Romanticism, Biedermeier. young Germany or Realism
May be repeated for a total of up to nine credits when
content differs
GERM 869 Seminar In 20th Century Literature (3)
Concentrated investigation of a literary movement or of
one or more authors from the period of Naturalism to the
present May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits if
the content is different
GERM 879 Seminar In Germanic Philology. (3) In
depth study of a topic in Germanic or Indoeuropean
philogy; comparative Germanic grammar, runology,
dialect geography, Eddie or Skaldic poetry. Indoeuropean
studies May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits if
content differs
GERM 889 Seminar In Germanic Area Studies. (3)
Comprehensive study of a selected topic in German or
Germanic Area studies history of ideas, cultural history.
Germanic literatures other than German, folk literature
and folklore May be repeated to a maximum of nine
credits if content differs.
GERM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
RUSSIAN
RUSS (X)1 Elementary Russian for Graduate
Students. (3) Intensive elementary course in the Russian
language designed parliculariy for graduate students who
wish to acquire reading knowledge This course does not
carry credit towards any degree at the university.
RUSS 401 Advanced ComposWon. (3)
RUSS 402 Advanced Composition. (3)
RUSS 421 Russian Civilization (In Russian) I. (3) An
historical survey of Russian civilization, emphasizing
architecture, painting, sculpture, music, ballet and the
theater to the beginning of the 19th Century pointing out
the interrelationship of all with literary movements.
Taught in Russian
RUSS 422 Russian Civilization (In Russian) II. (3) An
historical survey of Russian Civilization emphasizing
architecture, painting, sculpture, music, ballet, and the
theater, from the beginning of the 19th Century to the
present pointing out the inter-retationships of all with
literary movements Taught in Russian
RUSS 441 Russian LHarature of the Eighteenth
Century. (3)
RUSS 451 Russian Literature of the Nineteenth
Century. (3)
RUSS 452 Russian Literature of the Nineteenth
Century. (3)
RUSS 461 Soviet Russian Literature. (3)
RUSS 462 Soviet Russian Literature. (3)
RUSS 465 Modem Russian Poetry. (3)
RUSS 466 Modem Russian Drama. (3)
RUSS 467 Modern Russian Fiction. (3)
RUSS 468 19th Century Russian Literature In
Translation. (3) Development of Russian literary thought
in the Russian novel and short prose ol the 19th Century.
Influence of western literatures and philosophies
considered Repeatable to a maximum of six credits
when content differs.
RUSS 470 Applied Linguistics. (3) The nature of
applied linguistics and its contributions to the effective
teaching of foreign languages Comparative study of
English and Russian, with emphasis upon points of
divergence Analysis, evaluation and construction of
related dnils.
RUSS 471 Comparative Slavic Linguistics. (3)
Comparative Slavic linguistics and, especially, a concept
of the place of the Russian language in the world of
Slavic culture through the reading ol selected texts
illustrating common Slavic relationships and
dissimilarities
RUSS 478 Soviet Literature In Translation. (3) Russian
literature since 1917, both as a continuation ol
prerevolutionary traditions and as a reflection of Soviet
ideology Repeatable to a maximum of six credits when
content differs
Government and Politics
Program
Professor and Acting Chairman: Phillips
Professors: Adamany, Anderson, Azar. Bobrow.
Claude, Halhorn Hsueh, McNelly. Piper, Segal,
Young
Associate Professors: Buttenworth, Conway, Devine,
Elkin. Glass, Glendening, Heisler, Koury,
Oppenheimer, Pirages, Ranald, Reeves, Stone,
Terchek, Uslaner, Wilkenfeld
Assistant Professors: Alford, Babai, Foreman,
Hunter, tanning, McCarrick, Oliver, Postbrief,
The Department of Government and Politics offers
programs leading to the degrees of Master of Arts
and Doctor of Philosophy Areas ol specialization
include American politics, comparative politics,
international politics, political theory, political
philosophy, public administration, and public policy
Admission and Degree Information
Master's degree candidates may select a thesis or a
non-thesis option, both of which require six semester
hours of political theory or political philosophy, and a
comprehensive examination in one of the areas of
specialization listed above. Both options require a
total of 30 semester hours of credit
The doctoral program is designed for completion
within three years and involves seminars, directed
research, and opportunities for teaching experience
A minimum of at least 36 semester hours of course
work at the 600-800 level is required. All students
must complete nine hours of research methods, nine
hours of course work in emperical or formal political
theory and political philosophy, and pass a
comprehensive examination in two areas of
specialization. These areas are to be defined by
each student in consultation with an advisor and
may cut across traditional departmental and
disciplinary boundaries
Financial Assistance
In addition to teaching assistantships. the
Department also has a government internship
program for students interested in public
administration and a limited and vanable number of
research positions with research grants
Additional Information
Further information and a manual on graduate study
can be secured from the Department's Office of the
Director of Graduate Studies.
Courses
GVPT 401 Problems of World Politics (3) Prerequisite,
GVPT 170. A study ol governmental problems of
international scope, such as causes of war. problems ol
neutrality, and propaganda Students are required to
report on readings from current literature
GVPT 402 International Law (3) Prerequisite. GVPT
170 A study of the basic character, general principles
and specific rules ol international law, with emphasis on
recent and contemporary trends in the lield and its
relation to other aspects of international affairs.
GVPT 403 Law, Morality and War (3) Prerequisite:
GVPT 300 or 401 or PHIL 142 or consent of instructor
An exploration ol fundamental moral and legal issues
concerning war Also offered as PHIL 403
GVPT 411 Public Personnel Administration (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 410 or BMGT 360 A survey of
public personnel administration, including the
development ol merit civil service, the personnel agency,
classilication. recruitment, examination techniques,
promotion, service ratings, training, discipline, employee
relations, and retirement
GVPT 412 Public Financial Administration (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 410 or ECON 450 A survey of
govemmental financial procedures, including processes
of current and capital budgeting, the administration of
public borrowing, the techniques ol public purchasing.
and the machinery of control through pre-audit and
post-audit
GVPT 413 Governmental Organization and
Management (3) Prerequisite, GVPT 410 A study ol
the theones of organization and management in
Amencan govemment with emphasis on new trends,
experiments and reorganizations
GVPT 414 Administrative Law (3) Prerequisite, GVPT
170 A study of the discretion exercised by
administrative agencies, including analysis of their
functions, their powers over persons and property, their
procedures, and judicial sanctions and controls.
GVPT 417 Comparative Study of Public
Administration (3) Prerequisite GVPT 280 or 410, or
consent of instructor An introduction to the study of
govemmental administrative systems viewed from the
starKlpoint of comparative typologies arxf theoretical
schemes useful in cross-national comparisons and
empirical studies of the politics of the administrative
process in several nations Both western and
non-westem countnes are included.
GVPT 422 Quantitative Political Analysis (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 220. or consent ol instructor.
Introduction to quantitative methods ol data analysis,
including selected statistical methods, block analysis,
content analysis, and scale construction.
GVPT 423 Elections and Electoral Behavior (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170 or consent of instructor An
examination of various topics relating lo elections: the
focus includes the legal structure under which elections
are conducted, the selection and nomination process, the
conduct ol election campaigns, and patterns of political
participation and voting choice in different types of
elections
GVPT 426 Public Opinion (3) Prerequisite GVPT 170
An examination ol public opinion and its effect on political
action, with emphasis on opinion lormation and
measurement, propaganda and pressure groups.
102 Government and Politics Program
GVPT 427 Political Sociology (3) Prerequisite: GVPT
220. or consent ol instructor A study ot the societal
aspects ol political life including selected aspects ol the
sociology ol group Cormation and group dynamics,
political association, community integration and political
behavior presented in the context ol the societal
environments ol political systems.
GVPT 429 Probtoms In Political Behavior (3)
Prerequisite; GVPT 170 The problem approach to
political twhavior with emphasis on theoretical and
empirical studies on selected aspects of the political
process.
GVPT 431 Introduction to Constttutlonal Law (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170 A systematic inquiry Into the
general principles ol the American constitutional system,
with special relerence to the role ol the judiciary in the
Interpretation and enforcement of the federal constitution.
GVPT 432 Civil Rights and the Constitution (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 431 A study ol civil rights in the
American constitutional context, emphasizing Ireedom ol
religion. Ireedom of expression, minority discrimination,
and the rights of defendants
GVPT 433 The Judicial Process (3) Prerequisite: GVPT
170. An examination of judicial organization in the
United States at all levels of government, with some
emphasis on legal reasoning, legal research and court
procedures.
GVPT 434 Race Relations and Public Uw (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A political and legal
examination of the constitutionally protected rights
affecting racial minorities and of the constitutional power
of the federal courts. Congress, and the executive to
define, protect and extend these rights
GVPT 435 Judicial Behavior (3) A study of judicial
decision making at the state and national levels, drawing
primarily on the more recent quantitative and behavioral
literature.
GVPT 436 The Legal Status of Women (3) An
examination of judicial interpretation ana application of
comriion. statutory, and constitutional law as these affect
the status ol women in American society
GVPT 441 History ol Political Theory— Ancient and
Medieval (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 170 A survey ol the
principal political theories set forth in the works of writers
before Machiavelli
GVPT 442 History of Political Theory— Modem and
Recent (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 170 A survey of the
principal political theories set forth in the worlds of writers
from Machiavelli to J. S. Mill
GVPT 443 Contemporary Political Theory (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 441 or 442 A survey of the principal
political theories and ideologies from Kari Marx to the
present.
GVPT 444 American Political Theory (3) Prerequisite:
GVPT 170 A study ol the development and growth of
American political concepts from tlie Colonial period to
the present.
GVPT 445 Russian Political Thought (3) Prerequisite:
GVPT 170 A survey and analysis of political ideas in
Russia and the Soviet Union from eariy times to the
present
GVPT 448 Non-Western Political Thought (3) Political
thought originating in Asia, the Middle East, and Africa.
This is not a survey ol all non-westem political thought,
but a course to be limited by the prolessor with each
ottering When repeated by a student, consent of
instructor is required.
GVPT 450 Comparative Study of Foreign Policy
Formation (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 280 or 300. or
consent ol instructor. An introduction to the comparative
study ol loreign policy lormation structures and
processes followed by a survey of the domestic sources
of policy for major states A conspectus of substantive
patterns ol loreign policy in analytically salient types ol
systems is presented Domestic and global systemic
sources of foreign policy are compared.
GVPT 451 Foreign Policy of the U.S.S.R. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170 A study of the development of
the foreign policy ol the Soviet Union, with attention paid
to the forces and conditions that make for continuities
and changes from Tsanst policies.
GVPT 452 Inter-American Relations (3) Prerequisite:
GVPT 170. An analytical and histork^l study of the
Latin-American policies of the United States and of
problems in our relations with individual countries, with
emphasis on recent developments
GVPT 453 Recent East Asian Politics (3) Prerequisite:
GVPT 170 The background and interpretation ol recent
political events in East Asia and their influence on world
politics.
GVPT 454 Contemporsry Africsn Politics (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170 A survey of contemporary
development in the Intemational politics of Africa, with
special emphasis on the role of an emerging Africa iri
worid affairs
GVPT 455 Contemporary Middle Eastern Politics (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A survey of contemporary
development in the international politics of the Middle
East, with special emphasis on the role of emerging
Middle East nations in worid affairs.
GVPT 457 American Foreign Relations (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. The principles and machinery
ol the conduct of American foreign relations, with
emphasis on the Department of State and the Foreign
Service, and an analysis ot the major foreign policies ol
the United States
GVPT 460 State and Local Admlnlstrstlon (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A study ol the administrative
stmcture. procedures and policies of state and local
governments with special emphasis on the stale level
and on intergovernmental relationships, and with
illustrations from Maryland governmental an-angements.
GVPT 461 MetropollUn Administration (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170 An examination of
administrative problems relating to public services,
planning and coordination in a metropolitan environment
GVPT 462 Urban Politics (3) Urban political process
and institutions considered in the light of changing social
and economic conditions
GVPT 471 Women and Politics (3) Prerequisite: GVPT
170 or permission ol instructor. An examination ol
patterns ol political participation among women and ol
problems ol public policy especially relevant to women.
GVPT 473 Legislatures and Legislation (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170 A comprehensive study ol
legislative organization procedure and problems. The
course includes opportunities for student contact with
Congress and with the Legislature ol Maryland.
GVPT 474 Political Parties (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 170.
A descriptive and analytical examination of American
political parties, nominations, elections, and politkal
leadership
GVPT 475 The Presidency snd the Executive Brsnch
(3) Prerequisite: GVPT 170 An examination of the
executive, legislative and party roles of the president in
the political process.
GVPT 479 Problems of American Public Policy (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. The background and
Interpretation ol various lactors which affect the formation
and execution of American public policy
GVPT 480 Comparative Political Systems (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 280 and at least one other course in
comparative government A study, along functional lines.
of major political institutions, such as legislatures,
executives, courts, bureaucracies, public organizations,
and political parties.
GVPT 481 Government and Administration of the
Soviet Union (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 170 A study of
the adoption of the communist philosophy by the Soviet
Union, of its govemmental structure and of the
administration of government policy in the Soviet Union.
GVPT 482 Government and Politics of Latin America
(3) Prerequisite: GVPT 170 A comparative study of the
govemmental systems and political processes of the
Latin American couritries. with special emphasis on
Argentina. Brazil. Chile, and Mexico.
GVPT 483 Government and Politics of Asia (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 280 or 453. or HIST 261. or 282 or
IHIFN 442. or 445 A comparative study of the political
systems of China, Japan, India and other selected Asian
countries.
GVPT 484 Government and PolKlcs of Africa (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A comparative study of the
govemmental systems and political processes of the
African countries, with special emphasis on the problems
ol nation-building in emergent countries.
GVPT 485 Government and Politics of the Middle
East (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 170 A comparative study
of the govemmental systems and political processes of
the Middle Eastem countries, with special emphasis on
the problems of nation-building in emergent countries.
GVPT 486 Comparative Studies In European Politics
(3) Prerequisite: GVPT 280. or consent of instructor. A
comparative study of political processes and
govemmental forms in selected European countries.
GVPT 487 The Government and Politics of South
Asia (3) Political systems and governments of such
countries as India. Pakistan. Bangladesh, Ceylon, and
Nepal
GVPT 492 The Comparative Politics of Race
Relations (3) Impact of govemment and politics on race
relations in various parts of the worid. The origins,
problems, and manifestations of such racial policies as
segregation. apartheid. integration, assimilation,
partnership, and nonracialism will be analyzed.
GVPT 622 Quantitative Methods for Political Science
(3) Introduction to quantitative methods of data analysis.
With emphasis on statistical methods and computer
usage. Measures of association, probability, correlation,
linear regression estimation techniques, introductory
analysis of variance, and use of package computer
programs,
GVPT 700 Scope and Method of Political Science. (3)
Required of all PhD candidates A seminar in the
methodologies of political science, and their respective
applications to different research fields. Interdisciplinary
approaches and bibliographical techniques are also
reviewed.
GVPT 707 Functional Problems In International
Relations— Comparative Systems. (3) A sun/ey from
Kautilya to Kaplan of the literature in IR theory with an
emphasis on comparative historical systems
GVPT 70S Seminar In International Relations Theory.
(3) An examination of the major approaches, concepts,
and theories in the study of worid politics with special
emphasis on contemporary literature. Repeatable to a
maximum ol 6 hours.
GVPT 710 Introduction to Graduate Study In Public
Administration. (3) An examination of the history,
background, and trends of public administration and the
basic concepts and the approaches utilized in the
organizational process of public bureaucracies. Readings
from textual sources will include the following: the study
of public administration. The societal and political
environment, organization theory and behavior,
administrative law. comparative and development
administration, policy and systems analysis, program
planning and budgeting. manpower resources
development. organizational pertormance and
accountability.
GVPT 722 Advanced Quantitative Methods for
Political Science (3) PrerequisiteGVPT 622 or consent
of instructor. Introduction to multivariate analysis.
Elementary matrix algebra, multiple linear and curvilinear
correlation and regression, analysis of variance,
canonical correlation and regression, discriminant
analysis, and several types of factor analysis.
GVPT 729 Special Topics In QuantHatlve Political
Analysis (3) Prerequisite: GVPT 622 or consent of
instructor. An intensive examination of special topics in
quantitative methods of political analysis in such areas as
sun/ey research methods, exploratory data analysis,
advanced data management techniques, or advanced
methods of policy analysis Repeatable for a maximum of
6 credits provided the topics covered are diflerent
GVPT 730 Methods of Formal Political Theory (3) An
introduction to the methods of formal theory, with
emphasis on selected aspects of philosophy of science
and on propositional and quantified logic. The limitations
and potentialities of formal theory in bwth normative and
empirical poltical science.
GVPT 750 Policy Evaluation (3) An examination ol the
application ol social indicators and accounts, field and
latjoratory experimentation, formal modeling, and other
techniques drawn from the social sciences to problems ol
public policy selected from various levels ol the political
system.
GVPT 770 Seminar In American Political Institutions
(3) Reports on topics assigned for individual study and
Health Education Program 103
reading in the background and development ot American
government.
GVPT 780 Seminar in the Comparative Study of
Politics. (3) An examination of the salient approaches to
and conceptual frameworks for the comparative study of
politics, followed by the construction of models and
typologies of political systems
GVPT 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
GVPT 802 Seminar In International Law. (3) Reports
on selected topics assigned for individual study and
reading in substantive and procedural intemational law.
GVPT 803 Seminar In International Political
Organization. (3) A study of the fonns and functions of
various intemational organizations.
GVPT 808 Selected Topics in Functional Problems in
international Relations. (3) An examination of the major
substantive Issues in contemporary intemational
relations.
GVPT 810 Governmental Organization Theory. (3) A
study of recent developments in the area of
organizational theory with an emphasis on empirical
studies of organizational behavior
GVPT 812 Seminar in Public Financial
Administration. (3) Readings and reports on topics
assigned for individual or group study in the field of
public financial administration.
GVPT 813 Problems of Public Personnel
Administration. (3) Reports on topics assigned for
individual study and reading in the field of public
personnel administration.
GVPT 814 Developmental Public Administration. (3)
Reports, readings and/or field surveys on topics assigned
for individual or group study in intemational, national,
regional or local environments
GVPT 815 Government Administrative Planning and
IManagement. (3) Reports on topics assigned for
individual study and reading in administrative planning
and management in government
GVPT 816 Studies In Comparative Governmental
Administration. (3) An examination of theoretical
concepts and empirical fii .dings in the field of
comparative administration. Individual readings and
research dealing with the civil services of western and
non-western nations will be assigned.
GVPT 818 Problems of Public Administration. (3)
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and
reading in tt>e field of public administration
GVPT 822 Problems in Quantitative Political Analysis.
(3) Prerequisite, three hours of statistics or consent of
instructor Study ot selected problems in quantitative
political analysis
GVPT 826 Seminar in Public Opinion. (3) Reports on
topics assigned for individual study and reading in the
field of public opinion.
GVPT 827 Seminar in Political Sociology. (3)
Prerequisites — GVPT 427 or equivalent. Inquiries into the
conceptual and theoretical foundations of and empirical
data in the field of political sociology Individual readings
and research problems will be assigned, dealing with the
social contexts of politics and the political aspects of
social relationships
GVPT 828 Selected Problems in PolHlcal Behavior.
(3) Individual reading and research reports on selected
problems in the study of political behavior.
GVPT 831 Formal Theories of Politics (3)
Prerequisite:GVPT 730 or consent of instructor. Survey
of major formal theories of politics, with emphasis on on
those theories based on the the assumptions of
rationality The theory of public goods, game theory,
coalition theory, and the theoretical properties of voting
systems "GVPT 838 Topics in Formal Political Theory
(3) Prerequisite GVPT 831 or consent of the instructor
An examination of selected topics in formal theory.
Theories of justice, the voters paradox, the liberal
paradox, the effects of costly information, and the
theones of regulation
GVPT 840 Analytical Systems and Theory
Construction. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 700 Examination
of the general theoretical tools available to political
scientists and of the problems of theory building
Attention is given to communications theory,
decisionmaking, game theory and other mathematical
concepts, personality theory, role theory,
structural-functioning analysis, and current biehavioral
approaches.
GVPT 841 Great Political Thinkers. (3) Prerequisite.
GVPT 441 Intensive study ot one or more men each
semester
GVPT 842 Man and the State (3) Prerequisite. GVPT
442 Individual reading and reports on such recurring
concepts in political theory as liberty, equality, justice,
natural law and natural rights, private property,
sovereignty, nationalism and the organic state.
GVPT 844 American Political Theory. (3) Prerequisite,
GVPT 444. Analytical and historical examination of
selected topics in American political thought.
GVPT 845 Marxist Political Theory. (3) Prerequisite.
GVPT 443 or consent of instructor. Intensive study and
analysis of the leading ideas of Man and Engels and
their development in the different forms of social
democracy and ot communism.
GVPT 846 Theories of Demoacy. (3) Prerequisite.
GVPT 442 A survey and analysis of the leading theories
of democratic government, with attention to such topics
as freedom, equality, representation, dissent, and critics
of democracy.
GVPT 847 Seminar In Non-Western Political Theory.
(3) Intensive study of selected segments of political
theory outside of the western european tradition.
GVPT 848 Current Problems In Political Theory. (3)
Prerequisite, GVPT 443. Intensive examination of the
development of political theory since the second Worid
War.
GVPT 850 Applied Foreign Policy Analysis. (3)
Individual research and reporting on standards of policy
performance and analysis with emphasis on data display,
information organization, forecasting, and rational
resource allocation.
GVPT 857 Seminar In American Foreign Relations (3)
Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study
and reading in American foreign policy and the conduct
of American foreign relalions.
GVPT 859 Selected Topics In Public Policy (3)
Prerequisite GVPT 750 or consent of the instructor. An
examination of selected topics in public policy, such as
judicial education, health, welfare, and resources policy.
Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits provided the
topics covered are different.
GVPT 862 Seminar on Intergovernmental Relations.
(3) Reports on topics assigned for individual study and
reading in the field of recent intergovemmentat relations
GVPT 868 Problems of State and Local Government.
(3) Report of topics assigned for individual study in the
field of state local government throughout the United
States
GVPT 869 Seminar In Urban Administration. (3)
Selected topics are examined by the team researcfi
method with students responsible for planning, field
investigation, and report writing.
GVPT 871 Seminar In Public Law (3) Reports on topics
for individual study and reading in the fields of
constitutional and administrative law
GVPT 873 Seminar in Legislatures and Legislation.
(3) Reports on topics assigned for individual study and
reading atx>ut the composition and organization of
legislatures and about the legislative process.
GVPT 874 Seminar In Political Parties and Politics. (3)
Reports on topics assigned tor individual study and
reading in the fields of political organization and action.
GVPT 876 Seminar in National Security Policy. (3) An
examination of the components of United Slates security
policy Factors, both internal and external, affecting
national secunty will be considered. Individual reporting
as assigned
GVPT 878 Problems In American Government and
Politics. (3) An examination of contemporary problems in
various fields of government and politics in the United
States, with reports on topics assigned for individual
study.
GVPT 881 Comparative Governmental
Institutions — Soviet Union. (3) An examination of
government and politics in the Soviet Union.
GVPT 883 Comparative Governmental
institutions — Asia. (3) An examination of governments
and politics within Asia.
GVPT 884 Comparative Governmental
institutions — Africa. (3) An examination ot governments
and politics within Africa.
GVPT 885 Comparative Governmental
institutions — Middle East. (3) An examination of
governments and politics within the Middle East.
GVPT 886 Comparative Governmental
institutions— Europe. (3) An examination of
govemments and politics within Europe.
GVPT 887 Seminar in the Politics of Developing
Nations. (3) An examination of the programs of political
development in the emerging nations with special
references to the newly independent nations of Asia and
Africa, and the less developed countries of Latin
America. Individual reporting as assigned
GVPT 888 Selected Topics in Comparative
Governmental institutions. (3) An examination of
special topics in comparative politics.
GVPT 889 Selected topics in Area Problems in
International Relations (3) Sjwcial topics concerning
regional problems in the relations of states.
GVPT 898 Readings In Government and Politics. (3)
Guided readings and discussions on selected topics in
political science.
GVPT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
Health Education
Program
Professor & Chairman: Burt
Professors: Greenberg, Leviton
Associate Professors: Clearwater, Miller, Tifft
Assistant Professors: Allen, Beck, Decker, Feldman,
Fertziger, Yarian
The department of Health Education offers a
program designed to prepare students to enter
health education and related health professions in
teaching, research, consulting, and administrative
roles. Graduates of the program have placement
opportunities in professional education, research,
health maintenance, public schools, health care
delivery and promotion, and private and
governmental consulting settings.
Admission and Degree Information
The Department offers courses of study leading to
the degrees of fulaster of Arts and Doctor of
Philosophy. The Masters program offers both thesis
and non-thesis options.
The Department offers fully developed tracks of
study and some field experience in the areas of
Controlling Stress & Tension, Health Behavior, and
Safety Education. Advanced degree study is not
limited to these areas. Each student, in consultation
with the Director of Graduate Studies, designs an
individual program of study to meet his/her projected
professional needs.
Admission is open to students holding at least a
bachelor's degree in areas related to the social,
psychological, or biological basis of human health.
Entrance requirements include two semesters of
human anatomy and physiology, an undergraduate
GPA of at least 3.0 and graduate GPA ot 3.5,
satisfactory G.R.E. scores (quantilave and verbal
sections), and letters of recommendation.
Facilities and Special Resources
The student may experience specific application of
theory through numerous field studies and
departmental service programs in the areas of
controlling stress and tension, children's health and
development, programs for the aged, weight control,
women's health, and safety education. Special
departmental facilities include the
Psychophysiological Research Laboratory, the
Biofeedback Learning Lab, and the Safety Education
Center.
104 Hearing and Speech Sciences Program
The proximity of the National Institutes of Health,
the National Library of Medicine, and the Library of
Congress render the University of t^aryland
unusually well suited for graduate work in health
education.
Financial Assistance
A limited number of Graduate Teaching and
Research Assistantships are available, through the
department University fellowships may also be
obtained
Additional Information
For any additional information and program specifics,
write to:
Dr. Roger Allen
Director of Research & Graduate Studies.
Department of Health Education
University of Maryland
Courses
HLTH 420 Methods and Materials In Health Education
(3) Prerequisites; HLTH 105 or 140, 310 or consent of
instnictor The purpose of this course is to present the
inlen-elationships of curriculum planning, methodology
and the selection and use of teaching aids and materials
Special problems associated with health teaching are
discussed. Students will become familiar with a variety of
resources as well as planning for and presenting
demonstration lessons.
HLTH 450 Health Problems of Children and Youth (3)
This course involves a study of the health needs and
problems of pupils from the primary grades through high
school Physical, mental and psychosomatic aspects of
health are considered in relation to the developmental
and school levels Consideration is given to such topics
as diet selection and control; exercise, recreation and
rest; emotional upset and its implications; and
psychosexual development and problems The role of the
teacher and parent in encouraging optimal health is
emphasized.
HLTH 455 Physical Fitness ot the Individual (3) A
study of the major physical fitness problems confronting
the adult in modem society. Consideration is given to the
scientific appraisal, development and maintenance of
fitness at all age levels. Such problems as obesity,
weight reduction, chronic fatigue, posture, and special
exercise programs are explored. This course is open to
persons outside the fields of physical education and
health.
HLTH 456 Health Problems of the Aging and the
Aged (3) Psychological, physiological, and
socio-economic aspects of aging; nutrition; sexuality;
death, dying, and bereavement; self actualization and
creativity, health needs and crises of the aged
HLTH 460 Problems in School Health Education in
Elementary and Secondary Schools (2-6) This is a
woricshop type course designed particularly for insen/ice
teachers to acquaint them with the best methods of
providing good health services, healthful environment
and health instruction.
HLTH 470 The Health Program In the Elementary
School (3) Prerequisites: HLTH 105 or 140; 310. This
course, designed lor the elementary school classroom
teacher, analyzes biological and sociological factors
which determine the health status and needs of the
individual elementary school child. The various aspects
of the school program are evaluated in terms of their role
in health education. The total school health program is
surveyed from the standpoint of organization and
administration, and health appraisal Emphasis is placed
upon modem methods and cun-ent materials in health
Instnjction. (The State Department of Education accepts
this course for biological science credit).
HLTH 471 Women's Health (3) The women's health
movement from the perspective of consumerism and
feminism. The physician-patient relationship in the
gynecological and other medical settings. The
gynecological exam, gynecological problems,
contraception, abortion, pregnancy, breast and cervical
cancer and surgical procedures. Psychological aspects of
gynecological concerns.
HLTH 476 Death Education (3) Examination of the
genesis and development ot present day death attitudes
and behavior by use ol a multidisciplinary life cycle
approach.
HLTH 477 Fundamentals of Sex Education (3) This
course is concemed with basic information regarding the
physical, psychological, social, historical, semantic and
comparative cultural aspects of sex The adjustment
needs and problems of children and adults duhng the
course ol maturing and aging are studied; and special
consideration is given to the sex education program in
schools.
HLTH 460 Measurement In Health (3) Two lectures and
two laboratory periods per week The application of the
principles and techniques of educational measurement to
the teaching of health and physical education; study of
functions and techniques of measurements In the
evaluation of student progress toward the objectives of
health and physical education, and in the evaluation of
the effectiveness of leaching.
HLTH 489 Reld Laboratory Pro|ects and Workshop
(1-6) A course designed to meet the needs of persons in
the field with respect to worlishop and research projects
In special areas of knowledge not covered by regulariy
stmctured courses. Note: The maximum total number of
credits that may be eamed toward any degree in physcal
education, recreation, or health education under PHED.
RECR, or HLTH 489 is six.
HLTH 496 Special Topics In Health (3) Prerequisite:
Consent of instmctor. Topics of special interest in areas
not covered by regulariy scheduled courses. Repeatable
when the subject matter is different.
HLTH 775 Health Education Program Planning and
Evaluation (3) Prerequisites; HLTH 710 and permission
of the instmctor A systematic approach to the planning
and evaluation of health education programs Diagnosis
ol the social, psychological, educational and
administrative aspects of the health education program
Program monitoring, rigorous methods ol impact
assesment. and the measures of efficiency.
HLTH 780 Applied Principles of Health Education (3)
PrerequisiteHLTH 665 or permission of the instructor.
An application of psychosocial theory related to health
behavior. The use ol theoretical frameworks in
developing group or individual instnjctional designs to
affect psychological variables which impact upon health
behavior.
HLTH 785 Internship In Health Education (3)
Prerequisites: HLTH 665. HLTH 675. and HLTH 680; or
permission of the instructor The application of
previously acquired skills and knowledge to the planning,
conduct, and evaluation ot health education. Emphasis
on education designed to affect and use psychosocial
influences of health behavior. The setting ol the
internship will depend upon the student's background
and career goals.
HLTH 799 Maater's Thesis Research. (1-6)
HLTH 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
HLTH 600 Seminar In Health. (1)
HLTH 650 Hearth Problems In Quidsncs. (3)
HLTH 651 Seminar on the Hearth Con'elates of the
Aging and Aged. (3) Investigates the most recent
theoretical formulations, research data, and clinical and
therapeutic approaches to improving the health status of
the aging. Extensive readings and research project are
required.
HLTH 652 Seminar In Death Education. (3)
Prerequisite: HLTH 456 or pemilsslon of the instructor.
The advanced study and investigation of human dying,
death, bereavement, suicidal behavior, and their
relationship to human health utilizing a multidisciplinary
approach
HLTH 665 Hearth Behavior I (3) The Psychological,
social psychological, and sociological theories ol health
behavior The releation of health knowledge, belelfs,
attitudes. Intentions, and behavior to preventative. Illness,
sick-role, and health utilization behaviors.
HLTH 666 Hearth Behavior II (3) Prerequisite:HLTH
665. An advanced course with Intensive training in
health behavior research and the opportunity to carry out
original research in health behavior Patient-provider
interaction, patient cooperation with medical treatment
and other social and psychological Influences on health
carre.
HLTH 687 Advanced Seminar. (1-3)
HLTH 688 Special Problems In Hearth Education.
(1-6)
HLTH 690 Administrative Direction ol Hearth
Education. (3)
HLTH 710 Methods and Techniques of Research. (3)
HLTH 720 Scientific Foundations of Hearth
Education. (3)
HLTH 730 Problems In Weight Control. (3)
Prerequisite: HLTH 720 or permission of instnjctor. A
study of the causes, health cost, and control of obesity
through analysis of llpld-glucose interaction;
hunger-satiety theories and mechanisms; psycho-social
lorces in obesity; body composition, energy output; and
disease stales related to obesity
HLTH 740 Modem Theories of Hearth. (3)
HLTH 750 Stress and Disease. (3) A study of the
causative agents of chronic disease with particular
emphasis on stress Including the physiological response
of the human organism to contemporary psycho-social
stressors and mechanisms ol adaptation and prophylaxis.
HLTH 760 Public Hearth. (3)
Hearing and Speech
Sciences Program
Professor and Chairman: Whitaker'
Professors: McCall. Locke
Associate Professors'Baker, Dingwall. Hamlet,
Yeni-Komshian'
Assistar)! Professors: Bennett, Doudna. Fitzgibbons,
Gordon- Salant. Roth
Professor Emeritus: Newby
Lecfurer.Stone
Affiliate Assistant Professor: Basili. Cicci, Soli, Suter'
'Affiliate appointment with School of Psychology
^Affiliate appointment with School of Dentistry
Admission and Degree Information
The Department of Hearing and Speech Sciences
offers the MA. degree with either the thesis or the
non-thesis option, and with major emphasis either in
speech and language pathology or in audiology.
The Master's degree is required for individuals
preparing for positions as speech pathologists or
audiologists in the schools, in the hospitals or
rehabilitation facilities, in hearing and speech
centers, or in other clinical settings. Academic
course work is combined with supervised clinical
practice in the University Speech and Hearing Clinic
and in selected outside clinical facilities, so that the
graduate will meet the academic requirements for
clinical certification by the American Speech and
Hearing Association, and for licensing in the State of
Maryland. The Master's degree program is
accredited by the American Boards of Examiners in
Speech Pathology and Audiology
Applicants for the MA. degree with an
undergraduate major in the hearing and speech
sciences or a related field are considered for
admission The MA. degree program usually
requires a full two years of graduate study. The
program of study for individuals without a
background in the hearing and speech sciences may
need to be extended beyond two years. Only
full-time students are admitted to the program.
The Department also otters the Ph.D. degree
with major emphasis in speech and language
pathology, audiology, neurolinguistics,
psycholinguistics, speech science, or hearing
science. Students with a Bachelor's degree or a
Masters degree are considered for admission to the
doctoral program. Advanced courses in statistics and
experimental research design are required of all
doctoral candidates Students are encouraged to
take appropriate courses in other departments. The
Department does not require proficiency in a foreign
language, although it is encouraged. Course
Hearing and Speech Sciences Program 105
programs for the doctorate degree are planned by
the student and a committee of at least three faculty
members. Qualifying interviews are scheduled for
each candidate after completion of at least 12
semester hours in the program. Written and oral
comprehensive examinations for admission to
candidacy are scheduled at the completion of the
fonnal course program.
In addition to the application materials required
by the Graduate School, the Department requires
applicants to furnish scores on the aptitude portions
of the Graduate Record Examination. Prospective
applicants should note that decisions on summer
and fall admissions are made in early March, and on
spring admissions in early November. Early
application is encouraged
Facilities and Special Resources
The Department's facilities include (1) a seminar
room. (2) an integrated audio-visual listening and
viewing laboratory, (3) a student teaching laboratory,
(4) several modem, well equipped research
latxjratories and (5) a Hearing and Speech Clinic.
The research laboratories support research in the
areas of hearing science, perceptual phonetics,
acoustical phonetics, physiological phonetics and
language. The facilities include four sound rooms
and an electrically shielded sound room. The
Department's Hearing and Speech Clinic includes
three 2-room audiological test suites and twelve
diagnostic/therapy rooms equipped for observation.
Additional research and clinical facilities are
available in the Washington and Baltimore
metropolitan areas. The Library of Congress, the
National Library of Medicine, and the libraries of the
various medical schools in the Washington-Baltimore
area supplement the University's library at College
Park.
Financial Assistance
The Department is able to provide some financial
support in the form of teaching, research or clinical
assistantships or traineeships to approximately 40
percent of the graduate students enrolled.
Additional Information
Additional information about the MA and Ph.D.
programs may be obtained by writing to the
Chairman, Department of Hearing and Speech
Sciences
Courses
HESP 400 Speech and Language Development of
ChlMran (3) Prerequisite, HESP 202 Analysis of nortnal
processes of speech and language development in
children.
HESP 401 Survey of Speech Disorder* (3)
Communication disorders in school children May not be
used by majors in hearing and speech sciences to satisfy
major or supporting course requirements.
HESP 403 Introduction to Phonetic Science (3)
Prerequisites: HESP 202 and PHYS 102. Phonetic
transcription and phonetic principles Acoustical and
perceptual phonetics
HESP 404 Spewh Pathology II (3) Prerequisite: HESP
302, 305 Etiology and therapeutic management of cleft
palate and stuttenng.
HESP 406 Speech Pathology III (3) Prerequisite: HESP
302, 305 Etiology and therapeutic management of
aphasia and delayed language
HESP 408 Clinical Practice (3) Prerequisites:
completion of the 21 hours of specified courses for the
major. HESP 404 or HESP 406, and permission of the
clinical staff Observation and participation in the speech
and hearing clinic Repeatable to a maximum of six
credits, but only three credits may apply toward
satisfaction of the major course requirement in hearing
and speech sciences
HESP 410 Principles and Methods In Speech Therapy
(3) Prerequisite: HESP 404 or 406 Comparative methods
in the clinical management of speech problems.
HESP 411 Introduction to Audlology (3) Prerequisites:
HESP 202 and PHYS 102. Anatomy and physiology of
hearing, introduction to measurement and to
rehabilitation of the hearing-handicapped
HESP 412 Rshablinatlon of the Hearing Handicapped
(3) Prerequisite: HESP 411 Speech reading, auditory
training, and speech training lor hard-of-hearing children
and adults
HESP 414 Seminar (3) Prerequisite: permission of
instructor Individual projects in phonetic science, speech
pathology, and audiology
HESP 421 Phonetics and Phonemlcs (3) Training in
the identification, description and symbolization of various
sounds found in language. Study of scientific techniques
for classifying sounds into units which are perceptually
relevant for a given language.
HESP 422 Morphology and Syntax (3) A detailed study
of language stnjcture. No student may receive credit for
both HESP 422 and ENGL 484.
HESP 423 Historical Linguistics (3) Prerequisites:
HESP 421 and 422, or equivalent. A study of change in
the phonological, grammatical and semantic structures of
natural languages: language typology: reconstruction and
various allied topics will be treated.
HESP 498 Seminar Ungulstlcs (3) Prerequisite: HESP
120 Advanced topics in linguistics. Lectures and
discussions by faculty, students and invited outside
scholars Repeatable to a maximum of six credits
provided content is different.
HESP 499 Independent Study (1-3) Prerequisite:
departmental approval May be repeated for a maximum
of 6 credits.
HESP 604 Acoustical and PerceptusI Phonetics. (3)
Laboratory techniques in analysis of the acoustical and
perceptual characteristics of the speech signal.
HESP 606 Basic Hearing Measurements, (3)
Prerequisite: HESP 411 or equivalent Administration
and interpretation of hearing tests by pure tones and by
speech; screening and clinical test procedures
HESP 610 Aphasia. (3) Language problems of adults
associated with brain injury.
HESP 612 Stuttering. (3)
HESP 614 Orofacial Anomalies. (3)
HESP 616 Language Disorders of Children. (3)
HESP 620 Articulation Disorders. (3)
HESP 622 Neuromotor Disorders of Speech. (3)
HESP 624 Voice Disorders. (3)
HESP 626 Langusge Disorders snd Learning
Disabilities. (3) Language disorders in children:
pre-school through adolescence Effects of oral
language disabilities on social and env>tional
development and leaming of academic skills, including
implications lor assessment and remediation.
HESP 630 Electrophysiological Measurements. (3)
Prerequisite: HESP 606 or pennlssion of instnjctor
Principles and techniques of impedance/admittance and
electronystagmographic testing,
HESP 634 Medical Aspects of Speech and Hearing
Disorders. (1-3) cr Lectures by physicians on
embryological. anatomical, physiological, and
neurological bases of speech and hearing disorders
HESP 638 minor Research Problems. (1-3) Special
projects in hearing and speech science. Repeatable for a
maximum of 6 credits.
HESP 639 Special Topics In Hearing snd Speech
Sciences. (1-3) Prerequisite departmental permission
Iriterisive coverage ol selected topics of current Interest
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits when coritenis
differs.
HESP 640 Advanced Principles of Hearing and
Speech Therapy. (3) Analysis ol the clinical process
with emphasis on the application of leaming theory to
treatment of speech disorders.
HESP 648 Clinical Practice In Speech. (1-3)
Prerequisite: permission of instmctor Supervised training
in the application ol clinical methods in the diagnosis and
treatment of speech disorders Repeatable for a
maximum of 6 credits
HESP 649 Clinical Practice In Audlology. (1-3)
Prerequisite, permission of instructor Supervised
training in the application of clinical methods in the
diagnosis and treatment of hearing disorders Repeatable
for a maximum ol 6 credits
HESP 700 Hearlng-Ald Characteristics and
Performance. (3) Electroacoustic characteristics of
hearing aids. MettKXls of hearing-aid evaluation and
selection
HESP 702 Diagnostic Procedures In Speech
Pathology. (3) Diagnostic tools and metfwds in the
analysis of various types of speech disorders, practicum
required.
HESP 704 Physiological Phonetics. (3) Prerequisite,
HESP 604. Laboratory techniques in the study of the
speech mechanism
HESP 706 Advanced Clinical Audlology. (3)
Prerequisite, HESP 606 or equivalent. Techniques for
evaluation of children and adults presenting special
diagnostic problems.
HESP 708 Independent Study. (1-6) Prerequisite,
permission of instructor. Individual research protects
under guidance of a faculty member. Repeatable lor a
maximum of 6 credits
HESP 710 Industrial and Environmental Noise
Problems. (3) Prerequisite: permission of instructor.
Evaluation and control of noise hazards. Effects ol rKiise
on man. Medico-legal aspects of noise-induced hearing
impairment.
HESP 720 Structure and Function of the Hearing
Mechanism. (3) Anatomy and physiology of the
peripheral auditory and vestivular systems and
pathologies of the peripheral hearing mechanism.
HESP 722 Experimental Audlology. (3) Experimental
techniques in the investigation of problems in audiology
HESP 724 Quantitative Methods In Hearing and
Speech Science. (3) Prerequisite, a course in basic
statistics Analysis of current procedures used in
quantifying phenomena observed in hearing and speech
science.
HESP 728 Advanced Clinical Practice In Speech.
(1-8) Prerequisite: HESP 648 and pemission of
instructor. Clinical intemship in selected off-campus
facilities. Repeatable to a maximum of 8 credits.
HESP 729 Advanced Clinical Practice In Audlology.
(1-8) Prerequisite: HESP 649 and pemiission of
instructor. Clinical intemship in selected off-campus
facilities. Repeatable to a maximum ol 8 credits
HESP 799 Master's Thesis ResMirch. (1-6)
HESP 804 Instrumental Phonetics. (3) Prerequisites,
HESP 604 and 704 or pennissiori of instructor.
Instrumental techniques in phonetic science.
HESP 806 Administration of Hearing and Speech
Programs. (3) Problems ol staffing, budgeting, and
operating training and clinical service programs.
HESP 810 Experimental Design In Hearing and
Speech Science. (3) Prerequisite: HESP 724 or
permission ol instructor Design and evaluation of
research pro|ects Preparation for undertaking Ifie
doctoral dissertation
HESP 820 Bloacoustlcs. (3) Prerequisite, pemiission ol
instructor Functioning of the hearing mechanism in
animals and humans Lat>oratory research methods
HESP 822 Psychoacoustlcs. (3) Prerequisite,
permissksn ol instructor. Study of human response to
acoustk: stimulatron
HESP 826 Neurophysiology of Hearing. (3)
Processing of stimuli by the auditory nervous system
HESP 848 Seminar In Audlology. (3) Prerequisite,
permission ol instructor. Repeatable for a maximum of 6
credits.
HESP 858 Seminar In Speech Pathology. (3)
Prerequisite, permission of instructor Repeatable for a
maximum of 6 credits
HESP 868 Seminar In Speech Science. (3)
Prerequisite, permission of instructor Repeatable for a
maximum of 6 credits
HESP 878 Seminar In Language Disorders. (3)
Prerequisite, pemiission of instructor Repeatable lor a
maximum ol 6 credits.
106 History Program
HESP 899 Doctoral Dlssartatlon Resaarch. (1-8)
History Program
Professor and Chairman: Evans
Professors: Be\z. Brush,' Callcott, Cockburn, Cole,
Duffy, FousI, Gilbert, Gordon, Haber, Harlan, Kent,
A. Olson, K. Olson, Rundell, E. Smitfi, Spar1<s,
Warren, Yaney
Associate Professors: Berlin, Breslow, Garden ^
FarTeli,^FIack, Folsom. Hoffman Greentierg,
Grimsted, Kaufman, Holum, Lampe, Majeska,
Matossian, Mayo, McCusker, Perinbam, Ridgway,
Ruderman, H. Smith, Spiegel. Stowasser, Wright
Assistant Professors: Bradbury, Eckstein, Harris,
Moss . Rozenblit, Sumida. Weissmann, Williams, Zilfi
'joint appointment with Institute for Physical
Sciences and Technology
^joint appointment with Secondary Education
^joint appointment with Philosophy
The Department of History offers programs leading
to the degrees of Master of Arts and Doctor of
Philosophy. Areas of specialization include: United
States, Ancient, Medieval, Early Modern European,
Modern European, British, Russian, Latin American,
African*, Middle Eastern*, East Asian, Diplomatic,
Science, and Women's History*,
*Asterisked fields at MA. level only.
Admission and Degree Information
The Master of Arts degree serves both as a firm
grounding in a field of history for teaching purposes
and as preparation for the expeditious pursuit of the
doctorate. In addition to general Graduate School
requirements, the aptitude parts of the GRE are
required: it should be noted that an undergraduate
major in history is not as such required for
admission. Thirty credit hours are required lor the
degree. Twelve credit hours are normally in the
major area of history and nine in a minor area. The
minor may be taken within or outside the
Department Departmental requirements for the
degree include six hours in MA. thesis research
courses (HIST 799); HIST 600 or HIST 601 , and two
800-level research seminars. A maximum of nine
hours of credit may be taken in 400-level courses. A
written examination, which is based in large part on
a list of books pertaining to the thesis and its area
submitted by the student and approved by the
advisory committee, may be required upon
completion of the coursework, depending upon the
area of major specialization. Faculty in the several
areas of study determine whether a written
examination shall be required for students in their
particular area. There will be a final oral examination
confined to the thesis and the area in which it lies.
Candidates have a non-thesis option under which
they take 30 credits, submit two scholarly papers for
deposit in the department, and pass a four-hour
comprehensive examination in the major area, based
on a list of apprximately thirty books submitted by
the student and approved by the advisory
committee.
Admission to the doctoral program will be
decided by the student's MA. examining committee
on the basis of the student's record of achievement
in coursewori<. written examination (if required in the
student's major area), and thesis and oral defense of
the thesis. Completion of a thesis is normally
required for MA. students seeking admission to the
doctoral program. Students with MA. degrees
awarded at other institutions will be asked to submit
substantial evidence of their written work when they
apply for admission to the doctoral program. Within
eighteen months after entering the doctoral program
every student must pass two written field
examinations in his or her major area and one
written field examination in a minor area. These
examinations will test a broad, intelligent, and
informed handling of the major historical problems
and literature of that field. Every student must take
nine credit hours of graduate level courses
(4(X)-level or above) in a department or discipline
outside the history department
An oral examination on the student's dissertation
prospectus and a bibliography on the dissertation
field are required. The dissertation is to be
understood as constituting the largest single portion
of the doctoral program: it is expected to be a
distinct contribution to historical knowledge and/or
interpretation. ■
All doctoral students must show a reading
competence in one foreign language; the language
examination must be passed before the student
takes the written examination in the major field.
Facilities and Special Resources
In addition to the field concentrations described
atxjve, the Department of History offers several
forms of specialized training. In the field of historical
editing the Department has introduced a successful
intemship course in archival work, in conjunction
with the National Archives. Since 1970 the
Department has sponsored a journal of history. The
Maryland Historian, which features scholariy articles
and reviews and which provides practical experience
for graduate students in the production of a journal.
The journal was founded and is managed and
produced by graduate students in the Department of
History The Department also sponsors three major
editorial projects: the Booker T. Washington Papers;
the Samuel Gompers Papers; and the Freedom in
Southern Society project A number of History
Department graduate students have gained valuable
research and editing experience on these projects,
which also receive support from the National
Historical Publications and Records Commission. In
conjunction with the Department of Philosophy, the
Department of History offers a special program of
study in the history and philosophy of science This
program, administered by a joint committee
comprising members of both departmental faculties,
offers undergraduate and graduate courses,
sponsors lectures, issues a newsletter, and holds
colloquia. Along with several other universities, the
Department of History sponsors and participates in
the Folger Institute of Renaissance and
Eighteenth-Century Studies. The Institute offers
seminars for graduate students and faculty,
workshops, conferences, colloquia, and lectures. The
Institute awards fellowships to graduate students,
and several of these awards have gone to doctoral
candidates from the University of Maryland History
Department. Still another project in which the
Department of History participates is the Caesarea
excavations. Professor Kenneth Holum is
prominently involved in this project, which provides a
rich source of theses and dissertation topics for
graduate students in Ancient History.
Financial Assistance
The Department of History offers financial assistance
principally in the form of teaching assistantships to
outstanding graduate students. These positions,
which vary in number according to the availability of
funds and of which there were 45 in the academic
year 1980-81, are awarded to advanced students
working toward the Ph.D. or MA. degree.
Appointment as a teaching assistant provides
students an opportunity to wori< closely with faculty
members in the teaching of undergraduate survey
courses in history.
Additional Information
Complete descriptions of programs and requirements
may be obtained from the History Department.
Courses
HIST 400 Independent Study (1-6) Prerequisite;
Departmental approval of research project and consent
of the department Available to all students who wish to
pursue a specific research topic.
HIST 401 The SclentHIc Revolution— From
Copemlcui to Newton Major events in the history of
physical science during the 16th and 17th centuries and
their relation to philosophy, religion and society in
westem Europe. The attack on ancient and medieval
scientific theones; the transition from geocentric to
heliocentric astronomy; discoveries of Kepler, Galileo and
Newton; and the establishment of the "mechanical
philosophy' that dominated eariy modem science.
HIST 402 The Development of Modern Physical
Science — from Newton to Einstein (3) The history of
physics in the IBIh and 19th centuries, including some of
its connections with mathematics, technology, chemistry
and planetary science. Emphasis on internal technical
developments in physical theory, with some discussion of
experimental, philosophical and sociological aspects.
This is the second part of a three-semester sequence
(HIST 401, HIST 402, RHYS 490); each part may be
taken independently ol the others. Prerequisites: MATH
1 1 0 and PHYS 112 or 117, or equivalent competence in
mathematics and physics.
HIST 404 History of Modern Biology (3) The internal
development of tjiology in the nineteenth and twentieth
centuries, including evolution, cell theory, heredity and
development. spontaneous generation. and
mechanism — vitalism controversies. The philosophical
aspects of the development ol scientific knowledge and
the interaction of biology with chemistry and physics.
HIST 405 Introduction to Archives and Manuscript
Repositories I (3) Prerequisite: departmental approval.
History of the basic intellectual problems relating to
archives and manuscript repositories; emphasis on
problems of selection, access, preservation, inventorying
and editing as well as the variety of institutions housing
documents. Must be taken concurrently with HIST 406.
HIST 406 Introduction to Archives and Manuscript
Repositories II (3) Prerequisite: departmental approval.
Practical experience through placement in cooperating
archives or manuscript repositories in the
Baltimore/Annapolis/Washinglon, DC. areas.
Assignments to specific projects based on intellectual
interest of students. Must be taken concurrently with
HIST 405.
HIST 407 HIatory of Technology (3) A survey course
designed for junior, senior and graduate students with a
solid base in either engineering or history; it will cover the
time span from Greek antiquity to the first World War.
Technology will be studied as a cultural force controlled
by laws of its own and operating within a distinctive
conceptual framework. The course will concentrate on
the changing character of technology in history and on
the interactions between technology and other cultural
forces such as science, philosophy, art, material culture,
and the economy
HIST 409 Science, Medicine and Technology:
Historical Topics (3) Selected topics in the history of
medicine, science and technology. Specific descriptions
will be available in the history department when the
course is offered. May be repeated to a maximum of six
semester hours.
HIST 410 History of Medicine and Public Health (3)
Survey of the history of medicine and public health from
primitive times to the present, covering major medical
theories, therapeutics, and techniques, the evolution of
the medicine man or priest-physician into a professional
medical practitioner, and the close relationship between
medicine and society.
HIST 412 Readings in Psycho-History (3) Application
ol psychological theories to the study of historical
personalities and collective behavior; survey ol relevant
personality theorists, and an evaluation of recent
contributions.
HIST 413 History of American Medicine and Public
Policy (3) History of American medicine and public
health ranging Irom Indian medical concepts and
techniques to today's highly sophisticated medicine; the
role of the medical profession in society, development ol
medical education, emergence of public health, and
current problems facing medicine.
HIST 414 History of European Ideas I (3) Review of the
basic western intelleclual traditions as a heritage from the
ancient-worid Selected important currents of thought
from the scientific revolution ol the 16th and 17th
centuries down to the end of the 1 8th century.
HIST 415 History of European Ideas 11 (3) A
continuation of HIST 414 emphasizing 19th and 20th
century thought.
History Program 107
HIST 416 Modem Jewish Intellectual History I (3) An
intnxluction to the major ideas and ideologies of the
Jewish people from the period of the expulsion from
Spain in 1492 until the generation of Moses
Mendelssohn and his contemporaries at the end of the
eighteenth century. The course will emphasize the major
intellectual developments within the Jewish community
shaped by its encounter with major cultural developments
such as the Renaissance. Reformation and religious
skepticism as well as by the constant threats to its
collective identity and physical well-being throughout this
entire period
HIST 417 Modem Jewish Intellectual History II (3) An
introduction to the major ideas and ideologies of the
Jewish people from the end of the eighteenth century
until the present. The course will consider the major
intellectual responses to the problem of Jewish identity in
the context of the effects of political and social
emancipation, nationalism and socialism, secularism and
cultural assimilation, as well as political anti-Semitism
and physical extermination upon the Jewish community
HIST 418 Jews and Judaism: Selected Historical
Topics (3) Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credit hours if
topics differ
HIST 419 Special Topics In History (3) May be
repeated to a maximum of nine hours.
HIST 422 Byzantine Empire I (3) The Eastern Roman
Empire from Constantine the Great to the crisis of the
ninth century The development of the late Roman state
into the medieval Christian Byzantine Empire and the
evolution of a distinctive Byzantine culture
HIST 423 Byzantine Empire II (3) The Byzantine Empire
from the Macedonian Renaissance to the conquest of
Constantinople by the Turks in 1453 the Byzantine
Empire at its height, the crusades, Byzantium as a minor
power, and its contributions to the Renaissance and the
cultures of Russia and the Balkans
HIST 424 History of Russia to 1801 (3)
HIST 425 History o( Russia from 1801—1917 (3) A
continuation of HIST 424
HIST 426 The History of Spain and Portugal to 1700
(3) A survey of the ancient, medieval, and early modem
history of the Ibenan peninsula with attention to Spanish
and Portuguese expansion overseas and the role of
Spain in Europe under the Hapsburg kings.
HIST 427 The History of Spain and Portugal since
1700 (3) The social, political and cultural development of
modem Spain and Portugal, emphasizing the decline of
the monarchies, Napoleonic intervention, the loss of the
main part of the overseas empires, civil strife, and the
rise of strong-man government.
HIST 430 Tudor England (3) An examination of the
political, religious and social forces in English life,
1485-1603, with special emphasis on Tudor government,
the English Reformation and the Elizabethan era.
HIST 431 Stuart England (3) An examination of the
political, religious and social forces in English life,
1601^1714, with special emphasis on puntanism and the
English revolutions
HIST 432 Britain In the 18th Century (3) Developments
In Great Britain from the revolution of 1 688 to the end of
the Napoleonic wars
HIST 433 IModern Britain (3) A survey of British history
from the age of the French Revolution to Worid War I
with emphasis upon such subjects as Britain's role in the
world, the democratization of the stale, the problems
arising from industrialism and urbanism, and Irish arid
Imperial problems.
HIST 434 Constitutional History of Great Brttaln I (3)
Constrlutional development in England, with emphasis on
the history of the royal prerogative, the growth of the
common law, the development of pariiament, and the
emergence of systematized government First semester,
to 1485
HIST 435 Constnutlonat History of Great Britain II (3)
Constitutional development in England, with emphasis on
the history of the royal prerogative, the growth of the
common law, the development of pariiament. and the
emergence of systematized government. Second
semester, since 1485
HIST 436 History of the British Empire (3) An analysis
of the development of the British Empire since the
American Revolution Particular emphasis is given to the
problem of responsible self-government, the evolution of
the British Empire into a commonwealth of nations and
the problems of the dependent empire. Recommended
prerequisites; HIST 112, 113, 141, or 254.
HIST 437 Modem France from Napoleon to DeGaulle
(3) The changing political and cultural values of French
society in response to recurrent crises throughout the
19th arid 20th centuries. Students should have had
some previous survey of either western civilization or
European history
HIST 440 Germany In the Nineteenth Century,
1815-1914 (3) The development of modern Germany
and the rise of riational socialism
HIST 441 Germany In the Twentieth Century,
1914-1945 (3) Germany's aims and policies during
Worid War I, its conditiori arid policies iri the inter-war
period, the rise of natiorial socialism, and Germany's part
in Worid War II.
HIST 442 The Soviet Union (3) A history of Soviet
Russia and the Soviet Union from 1917 to the present.
Stress on the relationship between Marxist theory and
practice, and the development ol peculiariy socialist
institutions and practices
HIST 443 Modem Balkan History (3) A political,
socio-economic, and cultural history of Yugoslavia.
Bulgaria, Romania, Greece, and Albania from the
breakdown of Ottoman domination to the present.
Emphasis is on movements for national liberation during
the nineteenth century and on approaches to
modernization in the twentieth century
HIST 444 Nineteenth Century European Diplomatic
History (3) The development and execution of European
diplomacy from the Congress of Vienna to the outbreak
of Worid War I, concentrating on central and western
Europe.
HIST 445 Twentieth Century European Diplomatic
History (3) The development and execution of European
diplomacy from the outbreak of Worid War I to the
conclusion of Worid War II, concentratirig on central and
westem Europe.
HIST 446 European Economic History to 1750 (3)
Economic development of Europe from the manorial
economy of medieval feudalism through the emergence
of capitalist institutions and overseas empires to the
advent of the industrial revolution.
HIST 447 European Economic History since 1750 (3)
The mainsprings of the industrial revolutiori first iri 18th
century England and then across the rest of Europe
dunng the 19th and 20th centuries Emphasis on the
English, French, German, Austro-Hungarian and Russian
experiences with private capitalism and public policy,
including fascism and communism. Social consequences
of industrial development such as urbanization and the
rise of labor movemerits.
HIST 450 Economic History of the United States to
1865 (3) The development of the American economy
from Columbus through the Civil War
HIST 451 Economic History of the United States after
1865 (3) The development ol the American economy
from the Civil War to the present
HIST 452 Diplomatic History of the United States to
1898 (3) American foreign relations from the beginning of
the American Revolution in 1775 through the
Spanish-Americari War of 1898. including both
international developments and domestic influences that
contributed to American expansion in worid affairs, arid
analyses of significarit individuals active in American
diplomacy and foreign policy
HIST 453 Diplomatic History of the United States
since 1898 (3) Americari foreign relatioris iri the
twentieth ceritury during the ago of imperialism, Worid
War I, the great depressiori, Worid War II, arid the Cold
War A continuation of HIST 452.
HIST 454 Constitutional History of the United
States— from Colonial Origins to 1860 (3) The
interaction of government, law, and politics in the
constitutional system. The nature and purpose of
constitutions and constitutionalism; the relationship
bietween the constitution and social forces and
Influences, the way in which constitutional principles,
mles. ideas, and institutions affect events and are in turn
affected by events The origins of American politics and
constitutionalism through the Constitutional Convention ol
1787. Major constitutional problems such as the origins
of judicial review, democratization of government, slavery
in the territories arid political system as a wliole
HIST 455 Constitutional History of the United
States — since 1860 (3) American public law and
government, with emphasis on the interaction of
govemment. law. and politics. Emphasis on the
political-constitutional system as a whole, rather than
simply the development of constitutional law by the
Supreme Court. Major crises in American government
and politics such as Civil War, Reconstruction, the
1890's. the New Deal era. the civil disorders of the
I960's.
HIST 456 History of Ideas In America to 1865 (3) The
ideas, conflicts, myths, and realities that shaped
American character and society from the first settlements
to the Civil War.
HIST 457 History of Ideas In America since 1865 (3) A
continuation of HIST 456.
HIST 458 Selected Topics In Women's History (3)
Selected topics on women in Americari society including
such areas as womeri and the law. women and politics,
the "feminine mystique' and the "new feminism ' May be
repeated to a maximum of six semester hours Students
previously receiving credit in HIST 408 may not enroll.
HIST 459 Society In America— Historical Topics (3) A
consideration of selected aspects of American society
from colonial times to the present. Special emphasis on
regionalism, immigration, nativism, minorities,
urbanization, and social responses to technological
changes. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits if
topics are different
HIST 460 A Cultural and Social History of the
American Worker (3) Examines the free American
woridng class in terms of its composition, its myths and
Utopias; its social conditions; and its impact on American
institutions
HIST 461 Blacks In American Life: 1865 to Present (3)
The role ol the black in America sirice slavery, with
emphasis on twentieth century developments; the
migration from farm to city; the growth of the civil rights
movement; the race question as a national problem,
HIST 462 The Civil War (3) A detailed study of historical
iriterpretations; the forces, situations and events that
caused the war; the war and its impact
HIST 463 History ol the Old South (3) The golden age
of the Chesapeake, the institution of slavery, the frontier
south, the antebellum plantation society, the development
of regional identity and the experiment in independence.
HIST 464 History of the New South (3) The experience
of defeat, the restructuring of southern society, the
impact of industrialization and the modem racial
adjustment
HIST 465 History of the American Frontier- The
Trans-Allegheny West (3) Major historical interpretation
of the significance to the period of the Trans-Allegheny
West. Assesses the impact of the frontier experience on
American history Equal attention is given to political,
economic, social and cultural problems associated with
the development ol the West. Indian culture, treatment of
the Indians, and Indian-White relations are integrated into
the course through readings and lectures
HIST 466 History of the American Frontier— The
Trans-MlsslsslppI West (3) Exploration, settlement and
development of the Trans-Mississippi West Assesses
the impact of the frontier experience on American history.
Equal attention is given to political, economic, social and
cultural problems associated with the development of the
West. Indian culture, treatment of the Indians, and
Indian-White relations are integrated into the course
through readings and lectures
HIST 467 History of Maryland (3) Political, social and
economic history of Maryland from seventeenth century
to the present
HIST 470 Diplomatic History of Latin America (3) A
survey of the political, economic and cultural relations of
the Latin Americari riations with emphasis on their
relations with the United States and the development ol
the Inter-Americari system.
HIST 471 History of Brazil (3) The history of Brazil with
emphasis ori the national period.
HIST 472 History of the Argentine Republic (3)
Conceritratiori upon the recent history ol Argentina with
emphasis upon the social and economic development ol
108 History Program
a Third World nation.
HIST 473 History of the Spanish Caribl>ean (3)
HIST 474 History of Mexico and Central America I (3)
History of Mexico and Central America, beginning with
the pre-Spanish Indian cultures and continuing through
European contact, conquest, and colonial dominance,
down to the beginning of the Mexican War lor
independence in 1810
HIST 475 History of Mexico and Central America II (3)
A continuation of HIST 474 with emphasis on the political
development of the Mexican nation,
HIST 476 History of Canada (3) A history of Canada,
with special emphasis on the nineteenth century and
upon Canadian relations with Great Bntain and the
United States.
HIST 480 History of Traditional China (3) China from
earliest times to 1644 A.D. Emphasis on the
development of traditional Chinese culture, society, and
government
HIST 481 A History of Modern China (3) Modem China
Irom 1644 to the People's Republic of China. Emphasis
on the coming of the west to China and the various
stages of the Chinese reaction
HIST 482 History of Japan to 1800 (3) Traditional
Japanese civilization from the age of Shinto mythology
and introduction of continental learning down to the rule
of military families, the transition to a money economy,
and the creation of a townsmen's culture. A survey of
political, economic, religious, and cultural history.
HIST 483 History of Japan since 1800 (3) Japan's
renewed contact with the western worid and emergence
as a modern state, industnal society, and worid power,
1800-1931; and Japan's road to war. occupation, and
recovery, 1931 to the present
HIST 485 History of Chinese Communism (3) An
analysis ol the various factors in modem Chinese history
that led to the victory of the Chinese Communist party in
1949 and ol the subsequent course ot events of the
People's Republic ol China, from ca. 1919 to the present.
HIST 491 History of the Ottoman Empire (3) Survey of
the Ottoman Turkish Empire from 1300 A.D. to its
collapse during Worid War I. Emphasis on the empire's
social and political institutions and its expansion into
Europe, the Arab East and North Africa.
HIST 492 The Contemporary Middle East (3) This
course covers the break-up ot the Ottoman Empire and
the emergence ol contemporary states ol the area
HIST 495 Twentieth Century Algeria (3) A brief survey
of the history of Algeria and an in-depth study of
twentieth century events leading up to and including the
war of liberation and Algerian independence Reading
knowledge of French desirable.
HIST 496 A History of West Africa (3) West Alrica Irom
approximately 4500 B.C. to the Colonial era. The
development ol agricultural and technological
achievements, which made it possible lor West African
civilizations to emerge and endure and the development
of the medieval and early modern state systems. The
structure ol West African societies, the people and their
cultural history
HIST 497 Economic History of West Africa (3) The
economic history ol West AInca Irom neolithic times to
the end ol the Colonial era. Reading knowledge of
French desirable.
HIST 600 Historiography. (3)
HIST 601 Methods in Historical Research. (3)
Techniques of historical research and writing,
emphasizing archival research, evaluation ol sources,
bibliography, and lorm and style in writing.
HIST 605 The Teaching of History In Institutions of
Higher Learning. (1)
HIST 608 Occupational internship. (1-6) Prerequisite:
Permission ol department chairman Individually arranged
internship tailored to individual student needs with a
cooperating public or private agency in the Metropolitan.
Washington/Baltimore area Repeatable to a maximum ol
6 hours
HIST 609 Readings in the History of Medicine and
Modern Science. (3)
HIST 618 Readings In the History of Women. (3)
HIST 619 Special Topics In History. (1-3)
HIST 628 Readings In Colonial American History. (3)
HIST 629 Readings In the American Revolution and
the Formative Period. (3)
HIST 638 Readings In the Middle Period and Civil
War. (3)
HIST 639 Readings In Reconstruction and the New
Nation. (3)
HIST 648 Readings in Recent American History. (3)
HIST 658 Readings In American Constitutional
History. (3)
HiST 659 Readings in American Intellectual History.
(3)
HiST 668 Readings In American Social History. (3)
HIST 669 Readings in the Economic History of the
United States. (3) An examination of the major issues in
the history of the economy of the United States Irom the
17th century to the present, as these have been
discussed by the more important economic historians.
Repeatable to a maximum ol six hours.
HIST 678 Readings In American Lalx>r History. (3)
Social and cultural history ol the American working class
with special attention to communities based on ethnicity,
race, sex, residence and ideology; history of the labor
movement; selected comparisons with working-class
communities of other countries.
HiST 679 Readings In the History ol American
Foreign Policy. (3)
HiST 689 Readings In Southern History. (3)
HIST 698 Readings In the History of the American
Frontier. (3) The American Frontier Experience
1763-1890 Equal emphasis on the trans-Appalachian
and trans-Missippi West. Repeatable to a maximum of 6
credits.
HiST 718 Readings In Medieval History. (3)
HiST 719 Readings in the History of the Renaissance
and Reformation. (3)
HiST 728 Readings in Eariy Modem European
History. (3)
HIST 729 Readings In Modern European History. (3)
Reading knowledge ol some European language
recommended but not required.
HIST 739 Readings In the History of Great Britain and
the British Empire Commonwealth. (3)
HIST 748 Readings In Modern French History. (3)
HiST 749 Readings In German History, 1815 to the
Present. (3) Reading knowledge ol German is
encouraged, but not required. May be repeated lor a
maximum of nine semester hours.
HiST 759 Readings In Russian History. (3)
HiST 768 Readings In Chinese History. (3)
HIST 769 Readings In Japanese History. (3)
HIST 778 Readings In Ljtin American History. (3)
HiST 779 Readings In Middle Eastern History. (3)
HiST 785 Readings In Eastern European History. (3)
Selected topics in the history ol the Habsburg Monarchy
and the successor slates. Poland and the Balkans.
Emphasis on the nse ol nationalism during the 19th
century and the experience with iascism and communism
in the20th century.
HIST 788 Readings in European Economic and Lal>or
History. (3) Selected topics in European economic
history Irom 1648 to the second Worid War. Attention to
the mainsprings ol industrialization, the economic
consequences of war and revolution, and the variety ol
European labor movements. An introduction to the use ol
quantitative methods is provided
HiST 789 Readings In Modern European intellectual
History. (3)
HIST 798 Readings In Jewish History. (3) Readings on
selected topics in Jewish history. Emphasis on analysis
ol primary sources Reading knowledge ol Hebrew
recommended. May be repeated to a maximum of 6
credits.
HIST 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
HIST 808 Seminar In the History of Medicine and
Modern Science. (3) Prerequisite: HIST 609 or consent
ol instructor.
HIST 809 Seminar In the History of Women. (3)
HiST 818 Seminar In Historical Editing. (3) An
apprenticeship in the editing of documentary sources and
scholariy articles lor publication Repeatable to a
maximum ol six hours.
HIST 820 Seminar in Chinese History. (3)
HiST 821 Seminar in Japanese History. (3)
HiST 828 Seminar In Middle Eastern History. (3)
HiST 829 Seminar In Latin American History. (3)
HIST 838 Seminar In Ancient History. (3) By
permission ol instructor only. May be repeated to a
maximum ol six semester hours.
HIST 839 Seminar in Medieval and Eariy Modem
European History. (3)
HIST 840 Seminar in Greek History. (3)
HIST 841 Seminar In Roman History. (3)
HiST 844 Seminar in the History of the Renaissance
and Reformation. (3)
HiST 848 Seminar In Modern European History. (3)
HiST 849 Seminar In Russian History. (3)
HIST 850 Seminar in East European History. (3)
Research papers on the history of the lands which are
now Austria. Hungary. Czechoslovakia. Poland and the
Balkan States, from the 1 8th century to the present.
HIST 851 Seminar In German History. (3) Prerequisite:
HIST 749. or consent of instmclor. Reading knowledge of
German is required May be repeated to a maximum of
six semester hours
HiST 852 Seminar In Modern French History. (3)
HiST 853 Seminar In Nineteenth Century Europe. (3)
HiST 854 Seminar in 20th Century European History.
(3) Seminar in 20th century European History. 1914 to
present. Prerequisite: HIST 729, or consent ol instructor.
HIST 855 Seminar In Modem European Intellectual
History. (3)
HIST 856 Seminar In Modern European Diplomatic
History. (3) Prerequisite: Reading ability ol either French
ol German; a course in modem European History. May
be repeated lor a maximum ol nine semester hours.
HIST 857 Seminar In the Social and Cultural History
of Europe. (3) Research methods lor multi-generational
lamily history, the comparative study ol lolk cultures, and
the study ol creative minorities Includes a general
introduction to research in European society and culture.
HiST 858 Seminar In the History of Great Britain and
the British Empire-Commonwealth. (3)
HiST 859 Seminar in History of Modem Wars. (3)
HiST 860 Seminar in Tudor and Stuart England. (3)
HiST 861 Seminar in English L.aw and Government,
1550-1760. (3) Prerequisites: One ol the lollowing
courses: HIST 430, 431, 432, 435 or consent of
instructor From the accession of Elizabeth I to the death
ol George II
HIST 878 Seminar In Colonial American History. (3)
HIST 879 Seminar in the American Revolution and
Formative Period. (3)
HIST 880 Seminar In Southern History. (3)
HIST 881 Seminar in American Frontier History. (3) A
research-writing seminar dealing with selected topics
related to the Americari Frontier, especially the
trans-Appalachian and trans-Missippippi West. 1774 to
the 20th century Repeatable to a maximum of six
semester hours
HIST 882 Seminar In the History of Maryland. (3)
HIST 888 Seminar In the Middle Period and Civil War.
HIST 889 Seminar in Reconstruction and the New
Nation. (3)
Horticulture Program 109
HIST 890 Seminar In American Intellectual History. (3)
HIST 892 Seminar In American Social History. (3)
HIST 893 Seminar In the Economic History of the
United States. (3) A research-writing seminar dealing
with selected topics in Amencan economic development
from the colonial penod to the present Repeatable to a
maximum of six semester hours
HIST 894 Seminar In American Labor History. (3)
Advanced research and writing on selected topics in the
history of American workers, their conditions,
communities, organizations and ideas.
HIST 895 Seminar In American Constitutional History.
(3)
HIST 896 Seminar In the History of American Foreign
Policy. (3)
HIST 896 (3) Seminar in Recent Amencan History
HIST 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
Concentration in the
History and Philosophy
of Science
The Committee on the History and Philosophy of
Science supervises graduate study leading to the
MA. and Ph D. degrees in History or Philosophy.
Courses are offered in a wide range of subjects in
the history and philosophy of science, medicine, and
technology, and research) facilities are available on
the College Park campus and in the Washington
area. For advanced research the emphasis is on the
history and philosophy of physical and biological
science in the 19th and 20th centuries; history of the
philosophy of science and scientific ideas; genetics,
computer science, geophysics and astronomy;
scientific institutions, medicine and public health in
the United States Integration of historical and
philosophical interpretations of science is stressed in
both teaching and research
While academia is the traditional employer of
historians and philosophers of science, other
opportunities exist with museums, government, and
industry Academic opportunities for historians and
philosophers of science recently have tjeen more
plentiful than for historians or philosophers in
general While the numbers are small, thus far the
Committee has successfully placed all its degree
recipients
Students should apply for admission to either the
History Department or the Philosophy Department,
indicating History and Philosophy of Science as the
field of specialization Since people with diverse
backgrounds can be successful in this field, there
are no rigid requirements for admission; the quality
of a student's work in science, history, and
philosophy, as demonstrated not only by grades and
test scores but also by papers and independent
projects, is more important than the numbers of
credit hours in these subjects. But prospective
students should also be warned that the minimum
requirement for doing research in the history and
philosophy of science covers substantially more
areas than normally expected of PhD.'s in any one
of the traditional fields of history or philosophy or a
science; it includes training in a science equivalent
to a B.S. (preferably MS) degree, proficiency in
both oral and written expression, and ability to read
at least one foreign language (preferably both
French and German)
The Committee also encourages applications
from students who do not intend to obtain a PhD in
history and philosophy of science but desire only the
MA as preparation for careers in science teaching,
government service, technical administration,
museum work, etc . or who plan to proceed to the
Ph.D. in another field.
A few teaching assistantships are available in the
History and Philosophy departments for students
who have adequate backgrounds in those subjects
Detailed information may be obtained by writing
Chairperson
Committee on the History and Philosophy of
Science,
Skinner Building,
University of Maryland
Studies Leading to the
M.A. in History and the
IVt.LS.
The Department of History and the College of
Library and Information Services coordinate two
master degree programs to meet the need for
multidisciplinary graduate training for archivists,
records managers, manuscript curators, rare book
librarians. bibliographers, conservation
administrators, and those wishing to become subject
and research specialists in academic, special, and/or
research libraries Because of the University's
proximity to a variety of immensely rich research
collections, students are able through internships to
gain first-hand experiences that reinforce their
classroom instruction.
The aim of the sequence of courses leading to
the two degrees is to prepare students to understand
the intellectual approach of the research scholar
through historical training and to meet those
research needs through the information services
offered in CLIS. The coordinated curricula provide
four main options: 1) Archives and records
management; 2) Curatorship of Historical collections;
3) Scholarly editing and publishing; and 4)
Reference, research and bibliographic services. The
fifty-four hours required for the degrees combine
twenty-four hours in each component, plus six
elective hours The MA -MLS is a non-thesis plan,
but students may choose to write a thesis when
such research enhances their program.
Admission and Degree Information
Students may apply for admission under the rubric
HILS (History-Library Science) either through the
Department of History or CLIS Each has a
co-ordinator who serves as an advisor for students
Since many of these courses are offered in
sequence, it is important for students to work closely
with these advisors The two degrees are awarded
simultaneously, and a student who fails to complete
the special requirements for the coordinated degree
programs may not receive either degree. If the
student subsequently wishes to receive only one
degree, he must transfer from HILS either to the
graduate program in History (HIST) or to the College
of Library and Information Services LBSC and fulfill
the normal requirements lor the separate MA. or
MLS.
Financial Assistance
A few teaching assistantships are available in the
Department of History and the College of Library and
Information Services has some fellowship aid for
students in this course of directed study These are
awarded on a competitive basis in both components
Additional Information
Detailed information may be obtained by writing to
the HILS Co-ordinator, in either the Department of
History or the College of Library and Information
Services
Horticulture Program
Professor and Chairman: Twigg
Professors: Covin, Link, Reynolds, Shanks.
Thompson, Wiley
Adjunct Professor: Galletta
Professors Emeriti Kramer. Scott. Stark
Associate Professors: Beste, Bouwkamp, Gould
Kundt, McClurg, Ng, Pitt, Schales, Solomos
Assistant Professors: Beckjord. Green, LaSota,
Mityga, Schlimme. Stimart. Swartz. Walsh
Visiting Lecturer: Koch.
The Department of Horticulture offers graduate study
leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of
Philosophy degrees The Master of Science degree
is offered with txjth thesis and non-thesis options
Candidates place major emphasis in the areas of
pomology, olericulture, floriculture, or ornamental
horticulture Within these commodity areas, students
may direct their studies and research efforts to
mineral nutrition, postharvest physiology, plant
breeding, chemical grovrth regulation, water
relations, plant propagation. histochemistry,
photoperiodism and environmental control, and other
factors affecting production, postharvest handling,
and preservation of horticultural crops The research
activities required for the thesis or dissertation are
normally carried out in conjunction with the research
programs of the departmental staff
The condidate's program may be directed toward
a career in research, teaching, extension education,
or industry Many recent graduates are currently
involved in research and teaching at major
iniversilies; others are teaching at the vocational
agriculture and community college level Still others
are employed as County Agents with the
Cooperative Extension Service or work in research
and development with the US government or with
private industry.
Admission and Degree Information
Students seeking admission should present
undergraduate preparation in horticulture, botany,
chemistry, and supporting agricultural disciplines
Those without this background are advised to enroll
as undergraduate students to correct these
deficiencies. The Graduate Record Examination
Aptitude Test is required
Students entering the doctoral program should
have, or plan on completing, a Master of Science
degree in Horticulture, although presentation of the
MS in a related plant science field may be
acceptable
Upon admission, the student selects a faculty
advisor and an advisory committee is appointed It is
an early function of the committee to work with the
candidate in developing a program of courses and
research, to meet the goals and aspirations of the
students The Department requires no foreign
language proficiency A comprehensive, oral
examination is given each candidate for the MS ;
candidates for the PhD take an oral qualifying
examination as well as a final oral exam covering
the dissertation
Facilities and Special Resources
Modern laboratory and greenhouse facilities are
located at the College Park campus Laboratory
instrumentation provides for chromatography,
spectrometry, elemental analysis, histology, and
other procedures A system for automatically
monitoring respiratory gases and volatiles is
available in connection with controlled atmosphere
chambers, Conlrolled-temperature storages and
growth chambers provide facilities for postharvest
and environmental control studies. Greenhouse and
plot areas are available for research with floricultural
and ornamental plants Orchards for research with
fruits are located at the Sharpsburg Research and
Education Center Other research studies are
conducted cooperatively with fruit growers in the
western part of the state Field research with
vegetable crops is carried on at the Vegetable
Research Farm, Salisbury, and with ornamental and
vegetable crops at Cheston-on-Wye near
Grasonville The Beltsville Research Center of the
United States Department of Agriculture is located 3
miles from the campus. Students have the
opportunity to attend seminars at the Research
Center, to take specialized courses of the USDA
graduate school and, in certain cases, to conduct
research projects in cooperation with the personnel
110 Human Development Education Program (Institute for Child Study)
al the USDA Research Center. In addition to library
facilities at the University, the National Agricultural
Library at the Research Center is readily available to
graduate students of the University.
Financial Assistance
Some graduate students are supported with financial
aid. Research and teaching assistantships are
offered - on a competitive basis - to students on full
admission status, as available. All graduate
assistants are expected to assist in the teaching
program of the Department, and those in the M.S.
program will follow the thesis option.
Courses
HORT 411 Technology of FruKt (3) Three lectures per
week. Prerequisite: HORT 112, prerequisite or cxincurrent
BOTN 441. A critical analysis of research work and
application of the principles of plant physiology,
chemistry, and botany to practical problems in
commercial production.
HORT 417 Tree and Small Fruit Management (1)
Primarily designed for vocational agriculture teachers and
extension agents Special emphasis will t>e placed upon
new and improved commercial methods of production of
the leading tree and small fruit crops. Current problems
and their solution will receive special attention.
HORT 422 Technology of Vegetables (3) Three
lectures per week. Prerequisite: HORT 222, prerequisite
or concunent, BOTN 441 A critical analysis of research
work and application of principles of plant physiology,
chemistry, and botany to practical problems in
commercial vegetable production.
HORT 427 Truck Crop Management (1) Primarily
designed for teachers of vocational agriculture and
extension agents Special emphasis will t>e placed upon
new and improved methods of production of the leading
truck crops. Current problems and their solutions will
receive special attention.
HORT 432 Fundamentals of Greenhouse Crop
Production (3) Three lectures per week. Prerequisite:
HORT 231. This course deals with a study of the
commercial production and marketing of ornamental plant
crops under greenhouse, plastic houses and oul-of-door
conditions
HORT 433 Plants for Interior Decoration (2)
Prerequisite: HORT 231 or permission of instructor A
study of the selection, production and use of plants for
interior decoration and their installation and maintenance
under interior conditions.
HORT 451 Technology of Ornamentals (3) Three
lectures per week. Prerequisite, or concunent BOTN 441
A study of the physiological processes of the plant as
related to the growth, flowering and storage of
ornamental plants
HORT 453 Woody Plant Materials (3) Prerequisite:
BOTN 212 A field and laboratory study of trees, shrubs,
and vines used in ornamental plantings
HORT 454 Woody Plant Materials (3) Prerequisite:
BOTN 212 A field and laboratory study of trees, shrubs,
and vines used in ornamental plantings.
HORT 456 Production and Maintenance of Woody
Plants (3) Two lectures and one latxiratory period a
week Prerequisite or corequisite: HORT 271, 454 A
study of the production methods and operation of a
commercial nursery and the planting and care of woody
plants in the landscape
HORT 457 Ornamental Horticulture (1) A course
designed for teachers of agriculture and extension agents
to place special emphasis on problems of the culture and
use of ornamental plants.
HORT 471 Systematic HortlcuKura (3) Two lectures
and one laboratory period a week. A study of the origin,
taxonomic relationship and horticullural classification of
fnjits and vegetables
HORT 472 Advanced Plant Propagation (2)
Prerequisite: HORT 271. A study ol the anatomy,
morphology and physiology of the seed and plant as
related to macro and mtoro forms of propagation. A
review of research in propagation.
HORT 474 Physiology of Maturation and Storage ol
Horticultural Crops (2) Two lectures a week
Prerequisite: BOTN 441 Factors related to storage of
horticullural crops
HORT 489 Special Topics In Horticulture (1-3) Credit
according to time scheduled and organization of course.
A lecture and/or laboratory senes organized to study in
depth. A selected phase of horticulture not covered by
existing courses.
HORT 682 Methods of Horticultural Research. (3)
Second semester. One lecture and one four-hour
laboratory period a week. The application ol biochemical
and biophysical methods to problems in biological
research with emphasis on plant materials.
HORT 689 Special Topics In Horticulture (1-3) First
and second semester. Credit according to time
scheduled and organization ol the course Organized as
a lecture series on a specialized advanced topic.
HORT 699 Special Problems In Horticulture. (1-3)
First and second semester Credit according to time
scheduled and organization of the course. Organized as
an experimental program other than the student's thesis
problem Maximum credit allowed toward an advanced
degree shall not exceed four hours of experimental work
HORT 781 Edaphic Factors and Horticultural Plants.
(3) First semester, alternate years. Prerequisite: BOTN
441. A critical study ol scientific literature and current
research concerning factors of the soil affecting
production of horticultural plants Selected papers are
studied and critically discussed. Attention is given to
experimental procedures, results obtained, interpretation
of the data, and to evaluation ol the contribution.
HORT 782 Chemical Regulation of Growth of
Horticultural Plants. (3) Second semester, alternate
years. Prerequisite: BOTN 441. A critical review of
literature and current research relating to the use of
chemicals in controlling growth, and useful in the
production, ripening, and handling of horticultural plants
and products. Emphasis is placed on experimental
procedures and the interpretation of results, current
usage in the potentials for future research
HORT 783 Environmental Factors and Horticultural
Plants. (3) First semester, allemate years. Prerequisite:
BOTN 441 A study of the literature and a discussion of
current research concerned with the effects of
environmental factors on the growth and fruiting ol
horticultural plants. Effects ol temperature, light, and
atmospheric conditions will be considered
HORT 784 Current Advances In Plant Breeding. (3)
Second semester Altemate years Three lectures per
week. Prerequisite: HORT 274 or permission of
instructor. Studies of the genetic and cytogenetic basis of
plant breeding, systems ol pollination control and their
application, mutation breeding, methods of breeding for
resistance to plant diseases and environmental
pollutants
HORT 798 Advanced Seminar. (1) Three credit hours
maximum allowed toward the M.S. degree or six credit
hours maximum toward the Ph D degree.
HORT 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
HORT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
Human Development
Education Program
(Institute for Child Study)
Professor and Chairman: Hardy
Professors: Dittmann, Eliot, Goering, Perkins
Professors Emeriti: Bowie, Kurtz. Morgan, Thompson
Associate Professors: Bennett, Flatter, Gardner,
Hatfield, Huebner, Koopman, Marcus, Matteson,
Milhollan, Rogolsky, Seefeldt. Svoboda. Tyler
Assistant Professors: Ames. Colletta. Green, Hunt,
Robertson-Tehabo
The interdisciplinary programs of the Institute for
Child Study attempt to collect, interpret, and
synthesize the findings of the human sciences that
are concerned with human growth, development,
and learning, and to communicate this synthesis to
persons who need such understandings as a basis
for their practice and planning.
Admission and Degree information
The Institute for Child Study offers graduate
programs leading to Master of Education. Master of
Arts with thesis. Master of Arts without thesis. Doctor
of Philosophy, and Doctor of Education degrees, and
Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate (a planned
program of 30 graduate hours beyond the Master's
degree) In addition to the general requirements of
the Graduate School and the College of Education,
the Program requires scores on the Miller's
Analogies Test competitive with other applicants for
admission to master's and doctoral programs, and
the possession of a master's degree prior to
admission to the doctoral programs. The research
oriented MA and Ph.D. degree programs in human
development are designed to develop student
competencies in the theoretical areas of biological,
psychological, and sociocultural processes, and
related research methods in human development.
The practice oriented M.Ed, and Ed.D programs are
designed to develop student competencies in
identifying the implications of scientific knowledge for
specific situations through training in program
design, management, delivery, and evaluation of
human services consistent with current scientific
knowledge of human development.
The primary thrust of Institute programs is
focused upon educational institutions and services
and secondarily with other human services which
might also draw upon scientific knowledge of human
growth and development Graduates of Institute
programs are employed teachers, administrators,
counselors, certified therapists and psychologists,
health professionals, college teachers and in
research in private and government agencies A
student's program is individually developed through
consultation with advisers and appropriate
committees to meet the unique needs of the student
consistent with the purposes and goals of the
Institute for Child Study. Knowledge of foreign
languages is generally not required unless a need
for foreign languages is indicated in the student's
program.
Facilities and Special Resources
The Washington. DC. area and the University of
Maryland are particularly rich in resources for
graduate study in human development The faculty
of the Institute is uniquely multi-disciplinary,
representing the broad range of the human sciences
and related applied fields. The Institute has a special
tX)ok collection available for use by faculty and
students, ongoing in-service field programs in child
and youth study, and opportunities for participating in
research Internship experiences are available
through cooperation with various agencies and
schools in the area. Resources of the College of
Education include a Center for Young Children, a
Curriculum Materials Center, an Educational
Technology Center, a Reading Center, Science
Center, and financial and advisory support services
for research and evaluation.
Human Development Education Program (Institute for Child Study) 1 1 1
Courses
EDHD 400 Introduction to Gerontology (3) An
overview of the processes of aging including
physiological, sociological, and psychological aspects as
an introduction to ttie field of gerontology. Analysis of
physiological changes, cultural forces and self processes
that have a bearir^ on life quality in the late years-
Examination of community action in response to
problems of the elderly. Direct field contact with programs
for the elderly
EOHD 41 1 Child Growth and Development (3) Growth
and development of the child from conception through
the early childhood years, with emphasis on development
sequences in physical, psychological and social areas.
Implications for understanding and working with young
children in the home, school, and other settings
EDHD 413 Adolescent Development (3) A study of the
interplay of physical, cultural and self forces as they
influence behavior, development. learning and
adjustment dunng adolescence Includes observation and
case study This course cannot be used to meet the
psychological foundations requirements for teacher
certification
EDHD 416 Scientific Concepts In Human
Development Ml (3) Guided reading and observation of
pupils throughout the school year. Emphasis on human
development concepts relating to impact of family,
school, society, and peer group on the student.
Collection and analysis of data affecting learning and
behavior For in-service educators (Not open to persons
with credit in EDHD 402, 403 )
EDHD 417 Laboratory In Behavior Analysis III (3)
Prerequisite: EDHD 416 Guided reading and observation
of pupils throughout the school year Emphasis on
analysis of intrinsic aspects of learning and behavior
including cognitive processes, motivation, self-concept,
attitudes, and values. For in-service educators. (Not open
to persons with credit on EDHD 402, 403 )
EDHD 419 Human Development and Learning In
School Settings (3) Prerequisite: Classroom teaching
experience or consent of instructor Advanced study of
human development and learning principles in the
continuous study and evaluation of several different
phases of the school program over an extended period
of time. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits if the
topics differ
EDHD 445 Guidance of Young Children (3)
Development of an appreciation and understanding of
young children from different home and community
backgrounds; study of individual and group problems.
EDHD 460 Educational Psychology (3) Prerequisites:
PSYC 100 or EDUC 300 or equivalent Offers an
examination of research and problems in educational
psychology Includes consideration of measurement and
the significance of individual differences, learning,
motivation and emotions, transfer of learning, intelligence,
attitudes, problem solving, understanding, thinking, and
communicating knowledge The course is intended to
provide an overview of educational psychology with an
emphasis on learning processes It may not be
substituted for EDUC 300 by regularly matriculated
students in the teacher education program.
EDHD 489 Field Experiences In Education 1-4 credits
Prerequisites: at least six semester hours in education at
the University of Maryland plus such other prerequisites
as may be set by the major area in which the experience
is to be taken Planned field experience may be provided
for selected students who have had teaching experierice
and wfrase application for such field experierice has tieen
approved by the education faculty Field experierice is
offered in a given area to both major and nonmajor
students Note: The total number of credits which a
student may earn in EDHD 489. 888. and 889 is limited
to a maximum of 20 semester hours
EDHD 498 Special Problems In Education (1-3)
Prerequisite Consent of instructor Available only to
mature students who have definite plans for individual
study of approved problems
EDHD 49S Woricshops, Clinics, and Institutes (1-6)
The maximum numt)er of credits that may be earned
under this course symtx)l toward any degree is six
semester hours; the symtx)l may be used two or more
times until six semester hours have been reached the
following type of educational enterprise may be
scheduled under this course heading: workshops
conducted by the College of Education (or developed
cooperatively with other colleges and universities)- and
not otherwise covered in the present course listing;
clinical experiences in pupil-testing centers, reading
clinics, speech therapy latx)ratones. and special
education centers; institutes developed around specific
topics or problems and intended for designated groups
such as school superintendents, principals and
supervisors.
EDHD 600 Introduction to Human Development and
Child Study. (3) An overview of the multidisciplinary.
scientific principles which describe human development
and behavior and an application of these principles in an
analysis of a behavioral record. Techniques of
observation, recording, and analysis of human behavior.
Emphasis on critiquing and applying research findings.
EDHD 601 Biological Bases of Behavior. (3) EDHD
600 or its equivalent must be taken before EDHD 601 or
concurrently Emphasizes that understanding human life,
growth and behavior depends on understanding the ways
in which the txxjy is able to capture, control and expend
energy. Application throughout is made to human body
processes and implications for understanding and
wori<ing with people.
EDHD 602 Social Bases of Behavior. (3) EDHD 600 or
its equivalent must be taken before EDHD 602 or
concurrently. Analyzes the socially inherited and
transmitted patterns of pressures, expectations and
limitations learned by an individual as he grows up.
These are considered in relation to the patterns of feeling
and behaving which emerge as the result of growing up
in one's social group
EDHD 603 Integrative Bases of Behavior. (3)
Prerequisites: EDHD 600 or its equivalent; EDHD 601
and 602 Analyzes the organized and integrated pattern
of feeling, thinking and behaving which emerge from the
interaction of basic biological drives and potentials with
one's unique experience growing up in a social group
EDHD 610 Physiological Aspects of Aging. (3)
Prerequisite: ZOOL 201 or 202 or equivalent, or consent
of instructor. Physiological changes with advancing age
including cells and tissues; metatwlism. homeostasis;
and sensonum, with implications with respect to coping
with these changes
EDHD 61 3 Advanced Laboratory In Behavior Analysis
I. (3) First of a three-hour sequence in the study of
behavior Analysis focuses upon the major forces which
shape the development and learning of children and
youth. Summer session only.
EDHD 615 Advanced Laboratory In Behavior Analysis
II. (3) Prerequisite: EDHD 613 or equivalent Second of
a three-course sequence in the behavior analysis of
children and youth focusing on self-developmental and
self-adjustive processes Summer session only
EOHD 617 Advanced Laboratory In Behavior Analysis
III. (3) Prerequisite: EDHD 615 or equivalent. Third of a
three-course sequence in the behavioral analysis of
children and youth which contrasts the child's concept of
self and the world and the worid's concept of the child
Summer session only
EDHD 619 Advanced Scientific Concepts In Human
Development. (3) A critical examination of concepts and
issues in contemporary culture as these relate to the
development and learning of children and youth. Summer
session only Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits.
EDHD 620 Aging In the Cultural Context. (3) The
factors and forces that affect life quality in the late years
Identification of economic, social, and governmental
influences in the cultural context that enhance or impede
continued growth of the person. Individual projects
involving direct field experience
EDHD 630 Cognitive Processes During Aging. (3)
Cognitive functioning of the aged The roles of cultural,
environmental and affectional variables as they corilribute
to the healthy fuhctioning of cognitive processes. On-site
field trips to consolidate an understanding of these
interrelationships Designed for those who desire a fuller
understanding of life-span human development and/or
are interested in working with the elderiy
EDHD 659 Direct Study of Children. (1) l^ay not be
taken concurrently with EDHD 402. 403. or 404. Provides
the opportunity to observe and record the behavior of an
individual child in a nearby school. These records will be
used in conjunction with the advanced courses in Human
Devetopment and this course will be used in conjunction
with the advanced courses. Teachers active in their jobs
while taking advanced courses in Human Development
may use records from their own classrooms for this
course. A minimum of one year of direct observation of
human behavior is required of all human development
students at the master's level. This requirement may be
satisfied by this course.
EDHD 700 Infant Development. (3) An examination of
recent research findings in physical, social, emotional
and language development during infancy. A review of
prenatal and perinatal factors in relation to their influence
on later development.
EDHD 710 Affectional Relationships and Processes
In Human Development. (3) EDHD 600 or its
equivalent must be taken before or concurrently.
Describes the normal development, expression and
influence of love in infancy, childhood, adolescence and
adulthood. Deals with the influence of parent-child
relationship involving normal acceptance, neglect,
rejection, inconsistency, and over-protection upon health,
learning, emotional behavior and personality adjustment
and development.
EDHD 711 Peer-Culture and Group Processes In
Human Development. (3) Prerequisite: EDHD 600 or its
equivalent must be taken before or concurrently.
Analyzes the process of group formation, role-taking and
status-winning, descrities the emergence of the
peer-culture' during childhixKi and the evolution of the
child society at different maturity levels to adulthood.
Analyzes the developmental tasks and adjustment
problems associated with winning, belonging, and playing
roles in the peer group.
EDHD 721 Learning Theory and the Educative
Process I. (3) Provides a systematic review of the major
theories and their impact on Education. Considers factors
that influence learning.
EOHD 722 Learning Theory and the Educative
Process II. (3) Prerequisite: EDUC 300 or equivalent
Provides an exploration in depth of current theoretical
and research developments in the field of human
learning, especially as related to educational processes.
Consideres factors that influence learning.
EOHD 730 Field Program In Child Study I. (3)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Offers introductory
training and apprenticeship preparing persons to become
staff members in Human Development workshops,
consultants in child study field programs and coordinators
of municipal or regional child study programs lor teachers
or parents Extensive field experience is provided. In
general, this training is open only to persons who have
passed their preliminary examinations for the doctorate
with a major in Human Development or Psychology.
EDHD 731 Field Program In Child Study II. (3)
Prerequisite: EDHD 730 or consent of instructor. Offers
advanced training and apprenticeship preparing persons
to tiecome staff members in Human Development
wori<shops. consultants to child study field programs and
coordinators of municipal or regional child study
programs for teachers or parents extensive field
experience is provided In general, this training is open
only to persons who have passed their preliminary
examinations for the doctorate with a major in Human
Development or Psychology
EOHD 779 Seminars In Special Topics In Human
Development. (2-6) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor
EDHD 780 Research Methods In Human Development
(3) Prerequisite: EDMS 651 or equivalent Potentials and
limitations of empirical observation for contributing to
human development knowledge, locating and evaluating
relevant human development research, and choosing
and applying statistical techniques to human
development problems
EDHD 789 Internship In Human Development (3-8)
Prerequisites:Nine credits of human development and
consent of the instructor. Internship experience in one or
more human service agencies in the communi
Repeatable to a maximum of 9 credits.
EDHD 798 Special Problems In Education. (1-6)
Master's, AGS, or doctoral candidates who desire to
pursue special research problems under the direction of
their advisors may register for credit under this number.
EDHD 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
Registration required to the extent of six hours for
master's thesis.
112 Industrial Education Program
EDHO 810 Physical ProcauM In Human
Development I. (3) Prerequisite: Admission to doctoral
program in Human Development Education. Examines
the physiology ot homeostasis including the roles ol
temperature, biochemical factors, respiration, circulation,
digestion, and utilization ol energy as these influence the
health, functioning, and behavior of human beings.
EDHD 811 Physical Processes In Human
Development II. (3) Prerequisite Admission to doctoral
program in Human Development Education, Focuses
upon the physiology of communication including a study
ol the roles ol the nervous system, endocrines. nucleic
acids, and pheramones as these influence the health,
functioning and tjehavior of human beings.
EDHD 820 Socialization Processes In Human
Development I. (3) Prerequisite: Admission to doctoral
program in Human Development Education. Study of
comparative cultures serve as a medium for analyzing
the processes by which human beings internalize the
culture of the society in which they live
EDHD 821 Socialization Processes In Human
Development II. (3) Prerequisite: EDHD 820 or consent
ol instrrcor. Study of major sub-cultures in the United
States, their institutions, training procedures, and their
characteristic human expressions in folk-l<nowledge,
habits, attitudes, values, goals, and adjustment patterns
as these relate to the processes in which human beings
in our society internalize the culture in which they live.
EDHD 830 Self Processes In Human Development I.
(3) Prerequisite: Admission to doctoral program in Human
Development Education The personality theories of
Freud, Jung, Adier, Homey, Fromm, Sullivan, Murray,
Lewin, and Aliport
EDHD 831 Self Processes In Human Development II.
(3) Prerequisite: EDHD 830 or consent of instnictor. The
personality theories of Ericl^son, Rogers, Maslow. and
others. Synthesis of the students theory of personality
EDHD 860 Synthesis Human Development Concepts.
(3) Prerequisites: EDHD 810, 820 and 830. A seminar
wherein advanced students work toward a personal
synthesis ol their own concepts in human growth and
development Emphasis is p iiced on seeing the dynamic
intenelations between all process in the behavior and
development of an individual.
EDHD 888 Apprenticeship In Education. (1-8)
Apprenticeships in the major area of study are available
to selected students whose application for an
apprenticeship has been approved by the Education
faculty. Each apprentice is assigned to work for at least a
semester full-time or the equivalent with an appropriate
staff member of a cooperating school, school system, or
educational institution or agency The sponsor of the
apprentice maintains a close wort<ing relationship with
the apprentice and the other persons involved
Prerequisites: Teaching experience, a Master's Degree in
Education, and at least six semester hours in Education
at the University of Maryland Note: The total number of
credits which a student may eam in EDHD 489, 888 and
889 is limited to a maximum ot twenty (20) semester
hours
EDHD 889 Internship In Education. (3-8) Internships
in the major area ol study are available to selected
students who have teaching expenence The following
groups of students are eligible: (A) Any student who has
been advanced to candidacy lor the doctor's degree; and
(B) Any student who receives special approval by the
Education faculty for an internship, provided that prior to
taking an internship, such student shall have completed
at least 60 semester hours of graduate work, including at
least six semester hours in Education at the University of
Maryland. Each intem is assigned to work on a full-time
t>asis for at least a semester with an appropriate staff
memtier in a cooperating school, school system, or
educational institution or agency. The internship must be
taken in a school situation different from the one where
the student is regulariy employed. The intern's sponsor
maintains 3 close working relationship with the intem and
the other persons involved. Note: The total number of
credits which a student may eam in EDHD 489, 888, and
889 is limited to a maximum ol twenty (20) semester
hours.
EDHD 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
Registration required to the extent of 6-9 hours for an
ED.D project and 12-18 hours for a PhD dissertation.
Industrial Education
Program
Professor and Chairman: Maley
Professors: Harrison, Hornbake (Emeritus).
Luetkemeyer
Associate Professors: Beatty, Herschbach, Mietus,
Starkweather, Stough
AssislanI Professor: Elkins
The graduate programs in Industrial Education are
designed to prepare specialized personnel In all
fields related to Industrial Education. These fields
include programs both in education and in industry.
Programs related to education prepare personnel lor
teaching, administration, and supervisory positions in
local schools or in related state and federal
agencies, as well as preparations for university
teaching and research. Programs designed for
industrial personnel are primarily in industrial
training, supervision, and production
The several fields ol graduate study in the
Industrial Education Department have an excellent
placement record in education as well as
government and private industry. There is actually a
shortage of trained personnel in the areas of
Industrial Arts Education and Vocational Education.
Each field offers opportunities in teaching, teacher
education, research, administration, supervision,
curriculum development and evaluation.
The vocational education programs of Business
Education, Distributive Education, and Home
Economics Education will be merged into the
Industrial Education Department effective July 1,
1981.
Admission and Degree Information
At the master's degree level for MA. (thesis) and
M.Ed., prcgrams are offered in four areas: Industrial
Technology, Industrial Ana Education,
Vocational-Technical Education, and Technical
Education. The MA. (non-thesis option) is offered in
Industrial Technology, the Department has two
separate doctoral programs (Ph.D. and Ed.D.) in the
allied fields ol Industrial Arts Education and
Vocational-Industrial Education. The Department
also offers an Advanced Graduate Specialist
Certificate in both fields.
Every graduate program in the Department is
developed on an individual basis to meet the
personal needs of the graduate student. At the same
time, however, the graduate student is expected to
have achieved certain specified objectives upon
completion of his/her program. The student should
exhibit; competence in a major field of Industrial
Education; ability to analyze, conduct, and report
research findings; and a broad understanding of the
relationships of education and industry as social
institutions in our technological culture.
Facilities and Special Resources
In addition to the extensive library and computer
facilities available on the College Parit Campus,
other institutions located within the Washington area
are also available for research and consultation
services. These institutions include the Library of
Congress. Smithsonian Institution, U.S. Office of
Education, American Industrial Arts Association,
American Vocational Association, and the National
Medical Library.
Financial Assistance
Some Graduate Assistantships are available to
qualified graduate students.
Additional Information
For information and a departmental brochure, please
write to the Director of the Graduate Program.
Courses
EDIN 400 Technology Activities for the Elementary
School (3) Experience in the development and use ol
technology and career education instructional materials
lor construction activities in an interdisciplinary approach
to elementary school education
EDIN 410 Administration and Program Development
In Industrial Arts (3) Principles and practices of program
development and supervision with reference to the role of
the departmental chairperson in vocational, technical,
and Industrial arts programs at the secondary and
post-secondary levels
EDIN 412 Management of Physical Facilities In
Industrial Arts and Vocational Educational (3)
Principles, practices, and theory related to the role of the
departmental chairperson charged with the management
of the physical facilities in vocatiorial, technical, and
industrial arts laboratories,
EDIN 415 Research and Experimentation In Industrial
Arts (3) This is a latxjratory-seminar course designed to
develop persons capable of planning, directing and
evaluating effective research and experimentation
procedures with the materials, products and processes of
industry,
EDIN 416 Industrial Hygiene (3) Introduction to the
concept ol industrial hygiene and environmental health.
Evaluation techniques, instrumentation for identification of
problems; design parameters for achieving control over
environmental epidemological and toxicologicai hazards.
EDIN 421 Industrial Arts In Special Education (3) Four
hours laboratory per week, one hour lecture.
Prerequisite: EDSP 470 and 471 or consent of instructor.
This course provides experiences of a technical and
theoretical nature in industrial processes applicable lor
classroom use. Emphasis is placed on individual
research in the specific area of one major interest in
special education.
EDIN 425 Industrial Training In Industry I (3) An
overview of the function of industrial training, including
types of programs, their organization, development, and
evaluation.
EDIN 426 Industrial Training In Industry II (3)
Prerequisite: EDIN 425. Studies ol training programs in a
variety of industries, including plant program visitation,
training program development, and analysis of industrial
training research.
EDIN 427 Experimental Electronics (2) Emphasis on
student investigation of an area of electronics of
particular interest or usefulness at a depth appropriate for
student background and need. Course focuses on
student-based objectives relating to one or more of the
lollowing: digital circuitry, communication, energy
conversion, test equipment utilization, analogue circuitry.
Six hours ol latxiratory per week
EDIN 433 Advanced Topics In Power Technology (3)
Prerequisite: EDIN 233 or equivalent. Two hours of
lecture, four hours of laboratory per week. Intended for
the advanced undergraduate or graduate student who
wishes to develop a competency in building and
evaluating the pertormance of energy transmission,
control and converter systems. Methane digesters, solar
collectors, electric motors, steam turt>ines, and flukJ
power systems.
EDIN 434 Color Reproduction In Graphic
Communications (3) Two hours of lecture, four hours of
laboratory per week Prerequisite: EDIN 334 or
equivalent. An advanced course on the theory and
processes ol color graphic reproduction. Continuous tone
color photography, Hat color preparation, process color
separations and the reproduction of a multi-color product
on a semi-or automatic printing press.
EDIN 443 Industrial Safety Education I (2) This course
deals briefly with the history and development of effective
safety programs in modem industry and treats causes,
effects and values of industrial safety education inclusive
of fire prevention and hazard controls
EDIN 444 Industrial Safety Education II (2) In this
course exemplary salety practices are studied through
conlerence discussions, group demonstration, and
organized plant visits to selected industrial situations.
Methods of fire precautions and safety practices are
emphasized. Evaluative criteria in safety programs are
formulated
Journalism Program 113
EDIN 445 Systems Safety Analysis (3) The
development of systems safety, a review of probability
concepts and the application of systems technique to
industrial safety problems Haz?'d mode and effect, fault
tree analysis and human factors considerations.
EDIN 450 Training Aids Development (3) Study of the
aids in common use as to their source and application
Special emphasis is placed on principles to be obsen/ed
in making aids useful to laboratory teachers Actual
construction and application of such devices will be
required.
EDIN 457 Tests and Measurements (3) The
construction of objective tests for occupational and
vocational subjects.
EDIN 460 Essentials of Design (2) Two laboratory
periods a t/eek. Prerequisite: EDIN 101 and basic
laboratory wori< A study of the basic principles of design
and practice in their application to the construction of
latxjratory projects.
EDIN 461 Principles of Vocational Guidance (3) This
course identifies and applies the underlying principles of
guidance to the problems of educational and vocational
adjustment of students
EDIN 462 Occupational Analysis and Course
Construction (3) Provides a woridng knowledge of
occupational and job analysis and applies the techniques
in building and reorganizing courses of study lor effective
use in vocational and occupational schools.
EDIN 464 Laboratory Organization and Management
(3) This course covers the basic elements of organizing
and managing an industrial education program including
the selection of equipment and the arrangement of the
shop
EDIN 465 Modern Industry (3) This course provides an
overview of manufacturing industry in the American
social, economic and culture pattern Representative
basic industries are studied from the viewpoints of
personnel and management organization, industrial
relations, production procedures, distribution of products,
ar>d the like.
EDIN 466 Educational Foundations of Industrial Arts
(3) A study of the factors which place industrial arts
educatk>n in any well-rounded program of general
education.
EDIN 467 Problems In Occupational Education (3)
The purpose of this course is to secure, assemble,
organize, and interpret data relative to the scope,
character and effectiveness of occupational education
EDIN 470 Numerical Comrol In Manufacturing (3) The
historical development of numerical control (N/C) in
manufacturing, recent industrial trends in N/C, and a
variety of N/C equipment and support services. N/C
machine operations machine motions, positioning control
systems, N/C tapes and their preparation, manual and
computer assisted (APT III) part programming.
Experience in product design, part programming, and
product machining.
EDIN 471 History and Principles of Vocational
Education (3) An overview of the development of
vocational education from primitive times to the present
with special emphasis given to the vocational education
movement with the American program of public
education
EDIN 475 Recent Technological Developments In
Products and Processes (3) This course is designed to
give the student an understanding of recent technological
developments as they pertain to the products and
processes of industry The nature of the newer products
and processes is studied as well as their effect upon
modem industry and/or society
EDIN 476 Application of Technology to Societal
Problems (3) A study of alternative solutions of a
technological nature with respect to such areas as
fwusing, transportation. energy, communications,
production, trash and waste disposal, water development,
and pollution control
EDIN 481 Manufacture and Use of Inorganic
Nonmetalllc Materials (3) Prerequisite: EOIN 381 or
equivalent. Two hours of lecture, four hours laboratory
per week. Fabrication of products from calculated
compositions; application of forming process: utilization of
compositions; experiences with property analysis and
product design
EDIN 487 Field Experience In Education (1-4)
Prerequisites: at least six semester hours in education at
the University of Maryland plus such other prerequisites
as may be set by the major area in which the experience
is to be taken Planned field experierice may be
provided for selected students who have had teaching
experience and whose application for such field
experience has been approved by the education faculty.
Field experierice is offered iri a given area to txjth major
and nonmajor students. Note: The total number of
credits which a studeht may earn in EDIN 487. 888. and
889 is limited to a maximum of 20 semester hours.
EDIN 488 Special Problems In Education (1-3)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Available only to
mature students who have definite plans for individual
study of approved problems.
EDIN 491 Plastics Design and Equipment Selection
(3) Lecture and laboratory Prerequisite EOIN 391 or
permissiori of the department. Includes experience with
material selection, product design, mold design, auxiliary
equipment arid fixtures.
EDIN 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes (1-6)
The maximum numbier of credits that may be earned
under this course symbol toward any degree is six
semester hours; the symbol may be used two or more
times until six semester hours have been reached The
following type of educational enterprise may be
scheduled under this course heading: wori^shops
conducted by the College of Education (or developed
cooperatively with other colleges and universities) and
not othenwise covered in the present course listing;
clinical experiences in pupil-testing centers, reading
diriics. speech therapy latwratories. and special
education centers; institutes developed around specific
topics or problems arid intended for designated groups
such as school superintendents, principals and
supervisors
EDIN 607 Philosophy of Industrial Arts Education. (3)
An overview of the development of the industrial arts
movement and the philosophical frameworts upon which it
was founded Special emphasis is given to the
contemporary movements in industrial arts and their
theoretical foundations.
EDIN 614 School Shop Planning and Equipment
Selection. (3) Deals with the principles and problems of
providing the physical facilities for industrial education
programs The selection, arrangement and placement of
equipment are covered as well as the determinating of
laboratory space requirements, utility services and
storage requirements for various types of iridustrial
education programs.
EDIN 616 Supervision of Industrial Arts. (3) Deals with
the nature and function of the supen/isory function in the
industrial arts field. The administrative as well as the
supervisory responsibilities, techniques, practices and
personal qualifications of the industrial arts supervisor
are covered.
EDIN 620 Organization, Administration and
Supervision of Vocational Education. (3)
EDIN 640 Research In Industrial Arts and Vocational
Education. (2) Offered by arrangement for persons who
are conducting research in the areas of industrial arts
and vocational education.
EDIN 641 Content and Method of Industrial ArU. (3)
Various methods and procedures used in curriculum
development are examined and those suited to the field
of Industrial Arts Education are applied. Methods of and
devices for industrial arts instruction are studied and
practiced.
EDIN 642 Coordination In Work-Experience
Programs. (3) Surveys and evaluates the qualifications
and duties of a teacher-coordinator in a work-experience
program. Deals particulariy with evolving patterns in city
and county schools in Maryland, and is designed to help
teacher-coordinators, guidahce couriselors. arid others in
the supervisory and administrative personriel coricerned
with the functioning relationships of part-time ccxjperative
education in a comprehensive educatiorial program.
EDIN 647 Seminar In Industrial Arts and Vocational
Education. (2)
EDIN 650 Teacher Education In Industrial ArU. (3)
This course is intended for the industrial arts teacher
educator at the college level. It deals with the function
and historical development of industrial arts teacher
educatiori Other areas of content include administration
program and program development, physical facilities
arid requirements, staff organization and relationships,
college-secoridary school relatioriships. philosophy arid
evaluation.
EDIN 798 Special Problems In Education. (1-6)
Master's. AGS. or doctoral candidates who desire to
pursue special research problems under the direction of
their advisers may register for credit under this number.
Course card must have the title of the problem and the
name of the faculty memtier under whom the work will be
done
EDIN 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) Registration
required to the exteht of 6 hours for master's thesis
EDIN 888 Apprenticeship In Education. (1-6)
Apprenticeships in the major area of study are available
to selected students whose application for an
apprenticeship has been approved by the Education
faculty Each apprehtice is assigried to work for at least a
semester full-time or the equivalent with an appropriate
staff member of a cooperating school, school system, or
educational institution or agency. The sponsor ol the
apprentice maintains a close wori<ing relationship with
the appreritice arid the other persohs involved
Prerequisites: Teaching experience, a Master's Degree in
Education, and at least six semester hours in Education
at the University of Maryland. Note: The total number
of credits which a student may earn in EDIN 489. 888
and 889 is limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester
hours.
EDIN 889 Internship In Education. (3-8) Internships in
the major area of study are available to selected students
who have teaching experience. The following groups of
students are eligible: (a) Any student who has been
advanced to candidacy lor the doctor's degree; and (b)
Any student who receives special approval by the
Educatiori laculty for an internship, provided that prior to
taking an internship, such student shall have completed
at least 60 semester hours of graduate work, including at
least six semester hours in Education at the University of
Maryland. Each intern is assigned to wori< on a full-time
basis for at least a semester with an appropriate staff
member iri a cooperatirig school, school system, or
educatiorial institution or agency The internship must be
taken in a school situation different tor the one where the
student is regularly employed. The intern's sponsor
maintains a close woriring relationship with the intern and
the other persons involved Note: The total number of
aedits which a student may earn in EDIN 489. 888. and
889 is limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester
hours.
EDIN 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
Registration required to the extent of 6-9 hours tor an
Ed.D project and 12-18 hours for a Ph.D. dissertation.
Journalism Program
Professor arwi Dean: Cleghom
Professors: Grunig, Hiebert
Associate Professors: Beasley, Levy
Assistant Professors: Barkin, Fields, Mines,
McElreath. Nam, Nunamaker, Patrick, Zanot
The College of Journalism offers a Master of Arts
degree in Journalism and, with the Departnnenl of
Communication Arts and Theatre, the Ph.D. in Public
Communication. The Master's degree is primarily a
professional degree intended for students vi^ho wish
to deepen their understanding of the communication
professions and their preparation lor those
professions. II thus includes advanced practical
courses and courses in communication theory and
research. Most MA. students specialize in public
affairs reporting, public relations, international
communication, science communication, broadcast
journalism, advertising, opinion and evaluative
research, political communication, and education and
journalism.
The Ph.D. in Public Communication is an
interdisciplinary program embracing the College of
Journalism and the three divisions of Communication
Arts and Theatre; Radio-Television-Film. Speech
Communication, and Theatre. The Ph.D. prepares
students for creative scholarship and research. It
emphasizes both the necessary techniques and
skills to conduct research and the ability to think
innovatively about problems of public
114 Library and Information Services Program
communication. Within this Ph.D. program, the
College of Journalism stresses four emphases:
political and governmental communication, public
relations and organizational communication,
international communication, and science and
medical communication Other areas of emphasis in
the Public Communication program include rhetoric
and public address, broadcast communication,
theatrical theory and aesthetics, theatre history and
cinema history and aesthetics. For complete
information on admission and degree requirements.
see the 'Public Communication Program" entry,
research in mass communication.
Admission and Degree Information
The Master's degree is a one-year program, with the
typical student taking 12 hours of graduate work in
the fall, 12 hours in the spring, and 6 hours of thesis
or non-thesis option seminars in the summer Work
on the degree may be started at any time JOUR
600 is required for the M.A in Journalism, as is
either JOUR 610 or JOUR 612
Applicants seeking admission to the master's
program should hold a bachelor's degree from a
recognized institution of higher learning.
Undergraduate study of Journalism or professional
experience in journalistic fields are helpful but not
required. Students who have majored in some other
field as undergraduates are required to make up
professional deficiencies by taking five selected
courses in journalism without graduate credit.
Completion of the general aptitude portion of the
Graduate Record Examination is required, and three
letters of recommendation must be submitted.
Facilities and Special Resources
The University of Maryland is in an advantageous
location for the study of journalism. It is within easy
reach of five of the nation's top newspapers; The
Baltimore Sun, Baltimore News- American, The
Washington Post. The Washington Star, and Wall
Street Journal. It is also near the Washington press
corps, the large Washington bureaus of the
Associated Press. United Press International, the
New York Times, and most important American and
foreign newspapers: NBC. CBS. and ABC. and other
broadcasting news bureaus: and news magazines
and major book publishing offices. It is at the
doorstep of the nation's major newsmakers in the
executive, legislative, and judicial branches of the
Federal Government.
Special facilities include photographic, news
editing, and advertising laboratories, as well as a
reading room with daily and weekly newspapers,
magazines, and clipping and bulletin files.
Financial Assistance
The College of Journalism offers a limited number of
assistantships, in exchange for teaching or research
assistance in journalism of up to 20 hours per week.
Internships in various offices both on and off campus
also are available to journalism graduate students as
are some fellowships and scholarships.
Courses
JOUR 400 l^w of Mass Communication (3) Legal
rights and constraints of mass media: libet, privacy,
copyright, monopoly, and contempt, and other aspects of
the law applied to mass communication. Previous study
of the law not required.
JOUR 410 History of Mass Communication (3)
Development of newspapers, magazines, radio, television
and motion pictures as media of mass communication
Analysis of the influences of the media on the historical
development of America.
JOUR 420 Government and Mass Communication (3)
Relationship between news media and government,
media coverage of government and politics,
governmental and political information and persuasion
techniques
JOUR 430 Comparative Mass Communication
Systems (3) Comparative analysis of the role of the
press In different societies.
JOUR 440 Public Opinion and Mass Communication
(3) Measurement of public opinion and media habits: role
of the mass media in the formation of public opinion.
JOUR 450 Mass Media In Society (3) Ethical, moral,
political, economic, and social consideration of mass
communication.
JOUR 459 Special Topics In Mass Communication (3)
Issues of special concern and current interest. Open to
all students Repeatable to a maximum of six credits
provided the topic differs.
JOUR 460 Women In the Media (3) Participation and
portrayal of women in the mass media from colonial to
contemporary times.
JOUR 470 Newspaper Management (3) Organization,
operation, and administration of the departments of a
newspaper: advertising, business-finance, circulation,
news-editorial, personnel, production, and promotion.
JOUR 480 Mass Communication Ressarch (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 110 or equivalent: Students are
encouraged to have completed the theory and technique
courses in their major sequence. Communication
research methods used in measuring public opinion and
evaluating public relations, advertising, and mass media
programs and materials
JOUR 490 Advising Student Publications (3)
Journalistic writing and editing in student newspapers,
yeartxxjks, and magazines, libel and policy: curriculum
and teaching procedures: role of student publications.
JOUR 491 Policy, Censorship, and Legal Problems of
Student Publications (3) Censorship problems and
court cases: legal rights of the student press, formulation
of policy and legal guidelines. Not open to students with
credit in JOUR 400.
JOUR 492 Typography and Layout (or Student
Publications (3) Type design, type families, graphics,
art, photography, and editorial and advertisement layout
of school newspapers, year books, and magazines Not
open to students with credit in JOUR 202.
JOUR 493 Advanced Techniques for Student
Publication Advisors (3) Interpretative and investigative
reporting: interviewing and scientific survey methods:
cun-iculum and courses lor high school and community
colleges: textbooks, teaching units, and resource aids.
JOUR 600 Research Methods In Mass
Communication. (3)
JOUR 610 Seminar In Mass Media and Society. (3)
Analysis and discussion of the interrelationships between
the mass media and society, including various social and
cultural elements of modern society: responsibilities of
the mass media and the mass communicator
JOUR 612 Ttieorles of Mass Communication. (3)
JOUR 620 Seminar In Public Affairs Reporting. (3)
Prerequisite: JOUR 320
JOUR 621 Interpretation of Contemporary Affairs. (3)
Prerequisite: JOUR 320.
JOUR 630 Seminar In Public Relations Management
(3) Relationship of public relations management to
orginizational structure and communication functions.
Objectives, planning, staffing, budgeting, administering,
and evaluation of public relations programs.
JOUR 631 Seminar In Public Relations Publics (3)
Analysis of public relations programs aimed at
organizational publics. Media, issue-related, community,
employee, governmental, consumer, financial, and
student/educator publics. Theones of the nature of
publics, communication twhavior or publics, and effects
of public relations programs aimed at different publics.
JOUR 640 Msss Culture and Mass Communication.
(3)
JOUR 680 Science Communication. (3) Advanced
professional training in science reporting and writing lor
the mass media and in technical communication to
specialized audiences Communication behaviors of
scientists and audiences Application of communication
theory and the history and philosophy of science to
science writing
JOUR 698 Special Problems In Communication (3)
Independent study in the area of the student's interest
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits
JOUR 700 Seminar In Mass Media Law. (3)
JOUR 710 Seminar In Mass Media History, (3)
JOUR 720 Seminar In Government and Mass
Communication. (3)
JOUR 721 Seminar In Urban Mass Communication.
(3)
JOUR 730 Seminar In Comparative Mass
Communication. (3)
JOUR 731 Cross-cultural Communication. (3)
JOUR 740 Seminar In Advertising Communications
(3) Role of advertising as a form of public communication
in American society. Advertising and the firm: advertising
and the economy: advertising and the individual:
advertising and consummerism, advertising and the
media.
JOUR 750 Seminar In Mass Media Analysis (3)
Appraisal of mass media practices from the points of
view of ethics, personal values, and societal values.
JOUR 760 Seminar In Broadcast News. (3)
Descriptive and critical analysis of broadcast news:
methods of evaluation of news judgments:
decision-making and organizational aspects of the
broadcast news industry
JOUR 780 Seminar In Research Problems (3)
Prerequisite: JOUR 600 Methods of research design
and analysis in specialized areas of mass communication
research
JOUR 798 Master's Professional Field Work (3)
Research for and preparation of news articles or
programs for use in the mass media or in development of
public relations or in advertising programs for actual
organizations Analysis of field work experience using
communication theory and research results. Fieldwori<
may be done independently or as an internship.
Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits
JOUR 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
JOUR 812 Seminar In Communication Theories. (3)
Library and Information
Services Program
Professors: Bundy. Kidd. Liesener. Olson. Reynolds,
Soergel. Wasserman
Associate Professors: MacLeod. Wellisch
Assistant Professors: Johnson. Keller. McCrank,
White
Lecturers: Cunningham
The College offers programs leading to the Master of
Library Science (MLS.) degree and the Ph.D in
Library Science A course of directed study leading
to the MA. in History and the MLS is available to
students desiring advanced studies in the field of
archives, manuscripts, and historical collections. (For
details see the entry in this catalog following
History.)
The College also provides the option for advanced
students who are not degree candidates to
participate in regular courses, workshops and
seminars Indeed, there is a new emphasis within
CLIS on continuing education, and courses are
beginning to be taught off campus
The degree programs are avowedly academic in
the sense that the main emphasis is put on the
conceptual foundations of librarianship The
objective is to integrate the products of scholarly
research in the field with the concerns surrounding
current and expected conditions of professional
practice. A prime example of such concerns
emerges from the introduction and growing use of
high technology in library operations
The programs are all regarded as evolutionary in
character That is. change and adaptation are
considered the normal state of affairs The process
is considered to be a reciprocal one in that the
Colleges programs are influenced by the
developments in the conditions of professional
practice and in that, through the scholarty and
professional efforts of faculty and the capabilities
engendered in students, advances in quality and
Library and Information Services Program 115
scope of library services can be attained.
The conventional mode of specialization within
librarianship is by type of library. Thus, the programs
of the College provide for specialization in school,
public, academic and special library operations The
school-media area specialization ordinarily leads to
certification Other specializations have less formal
outcomes, and considerable flexibility exists for the
pursuit by students of their individual interests
Students should be aware also that new fonns of
specialization are based upon the inten-elationships
t>etween librarianship and such fields as mass
communication, business and public administration,
and computer technology
Close ties are being forged with other
departments in the University to ensure that the
widest range of options is made available to
students and to facilitate the research efforts of the
faculty.
Admission and Degree Information
Admission as a student to the College is limited to
individuals who hold the bachelor's degree from
recognized colleges, universities or professional
schools in this country or abroad or to those who
can provide evidence of successful completion of
equivalent courses of study. The individual's
undergraduate academic record is of primary
importance, but other factors are also taken into
account in reviewing applications. The potential
student's performance in the aptitude tests of the
Graduate Record Examination, letters of personal
recommendation, and information gained from
personal interviews with potential students are
considered Reports related to the applicant's
intellectual and personal development as an
undergraduate are sometimes considered, as are
such factors as experience and other related
activities when they appear to be relevant in a
particular case as part of the admissions review
process All these factors are considered significant
in assessing the applicant's capacity and motivation
for graduate work in the College and later
performance as a member of the library profession
The Admissions Committee will consider exceptions
to and waiver of requirements in some cases
Programs for Master's candidates are planned
IrKJividually, and faculty advisors recommend
courses they think most appropriate for each
student The required pro-seminar and introductory
courses in the organization of knowledge and
reference provide a base from which the student can
build a purposeful program fitted to his or her
personal needs and aspirations. Reflecting the
multldisciplinary nature of librarianship and its
continuing need for reliance upon insights from
supportive intellectual disciplines, students have a
high degree of flexibility in the elective portions of
their work Their courses are not restricted to those
within the programs but can include relevant courses
from other parts of the University
The Field Study in Library Service provides an
internship program designed to familiarize students
with library operations through unpaid supervised
experience and/or to provide opportunity to perform
a study to solve a specific problem in a suitable
library or other information agency.
The Master of Library Science degree will be
awarded to the student who successfully completes
a program of 36 hours with an average of B or
better within three years from first registration in the
program. Under a full-time program a student
normally completes 12 semester hours during the fall
and spring semesters and 12 hours during the
summer terms Part-time students are also admitted
to the program A night/weekend program has been
initiated in response to the requests of potential
students lor classes to be held during other than the
rrormal daytime working hours Students wishing
admission to the night/weekend program should
apply to the College following the same procedures
as any othier student There is a three-year time
limit on the degree No thesis or comprehensive
examination is required lor the MLS degree
The Ph D. program requires the equivalent of
three years of full-time work, normally divided into
approximately two years of formal coursework (60
semester hours) and one year of work on the
dissertation.
The College has no language requirement
unless the individual student's specialization or
dissertation requires it.
Facilities and Special Resources
The College of Library and Information Services
maintains its own library and information service
within the College. The Library is an information
center, organized for the express purpose of
affording the College's faculty and research staff the
same kind of modern special library service as that
provided by other fonward looking agencies
committed to this ideal. The University of Maryland
has an excellent computer service In addition, the
College has a Data Processing Laboratory which
sen/es as a resource facility for instruction in the
areas of library automation and information
processing, for faculty and student research, as well
as support for the CLIS Library The Instructional
Development and Support Center is another sen/ice
arm of the College. It was established for the
purpose of providing instructional development and
support and audiovisual materials production for the
faculty and the students Students are provided with
the opportunity to experience nonprint instructional
materials production and the utilization of audiovisual
equipment.
A recently approved course of directed study
leading to the M.A in History and the M.L.S. is now
available to students desiring advanced studies in
the field of archives, manuscripts, and historical
collections. For details see the entry in this catalog
following History
Financial Assistance
A number of fellowships and assistantships are
available for students enrolled in the College. Loan
funds administered by the University and federally
insured loans are also available Public libraries in
the region as well as other local organizations offer a
few stipends and scholarships. In addition, a student
in the College is eligible to apply for scholarships,
fellowships and grants from national organizations
awarded for graduate study in librarianship
Information on the availability of such awards may
be requested from the Director of Admissions,
College of Library and Information Sen/ices.
M.A. in History and the M.L.S.
Course of Study.
(See entry after History Program)
Courses
LBSC 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes. (1-9)
Workshops, clinics, and institutes developed around
specific topics or problems primarily for practicing
librarians. Repealable to a maximum of nine credit hours.
LBSC 600 Prosemlnar — The Development and
Operation of Libraries and Information Services (1-6)
Background and an orientation lor advanced study in
library and information services, including such areas as
libraries as social institutions and as organizations;
communications: professionalism and the use and
economics of information,
LBSC 603 Library Systems Analysis (3) The total
systems approach to library and information problems,
emphasizing administraive and managerial
decision-making Model building . flowcharting, motion
and time study, cost analyses, and system design.
LBSC 611 Archives and Libraries In Western
Civilization. (3) An institutional approach to the study of
western civilization by surveying from the eariiest records
to the present, the development of archives, libraries,
their materials and personnel. Emphasis on the
socio-economic forces controlling the development of
these institutions, their proliferation and specialization,
and their cultural role in the formation and continuation of
westem civilization.
LBSC 612 History of Books and Printing, (3) The
history of the book in its various forms from the eariiest
surviving records to contemporary production, including
the origin arxl evolution of the alphat>et and scripts,
writing materials, manuscripts and decorative arts leading
to the book as known today. The invention of printing,
leading printers and type designs, and book distribution
during both the hand and machine press periods
LBSC 621 Library Service to the Disadvantaged. (3)
Study of problems of service to the disadvantaged
(ethnic/racial minorities, handicapped, institutionalized
and the aged) Use of the case study method in creating
library programs and resolving problems of sen/ice.
Includes field experience.
LBSC 630 Library Administration. (3) An introduction
to administrative theory and principles and their
implications and applications to managenal activity in
libraries.
LBSC 641 Selection and Evaluation of Instructional
Media. (3) Development of criteria and methods for
selection and evaluation ol media for training and
instruction. Role ol human factors and appropnate
technology in designing instructional systems.
LBSC 643 Library Media Specialists In Educational
Systems. (3) The educational context in which library
media specialists function. The activities of library media
specialists within the system. The development of
processes and products in support of instruction at all
levels from elementary through post-secondary. The role
of library media specialists as change agents in faculty
and instructional development, program and product
evaluation, and instructional design principles.
LBSC 645 Children's Literature and Materials (3) A
survey of literature and other materials for children and
the criteria for evaluating such materials as they relate to
the needs, interests, and capabilities ol the child.
LBSC 651 Introduction to Reference and Information
Services. (3) Information and reference systems,
services, and tools provided in libraries and information
centers. Problems and concepts of communication,
question negotiation, bibliographic control, and search
processes are considered. Major types of information
sources and modes of information delivery are
introduced
LBSC 671 Organization of Recorded Knowleege.3()
Principles of the organization of information for physical
and intellectual access. Concepts and problems involved
in subject analysis, classification, indexing, and
cataloging.
LBSC 675 Introduction to Information Storage and
Retrieval (ISAR) Systems. (3) Micro-organization of
information services and basic principles underlying both
manual and mechanized ISAR systems. Including the
conceptual structure ol indexing languages and search
strategies, file organization, typology of classifications,
abstracting, and indexing.
LBSC 690 Introduction to Data Processing for
Libraries. (3) Basic principles of data processing and the
ways in which data processing systems have been
applied to library problems. Lectures cover the
application of punched card processing to library
operations; and introduction to systems analysis and the
methodology for establishing systems requirements; and
the application of electronic data processing systems to
library operations. In the laboratory, the fundamentals of
computer programming are provided for developing and
running computer programs designed to solve typical
library problems,
LBSC 701 Research Methods In Library and
Information Activity. (3) The techniques and strategies
of research and their implications for the definition,
investigation and evaluation of library problems.
LBSC 702 Library Systems52 (3) Evolution and current
pattems of regional library development, considering the
economic, legal, service, and management problems
associated with library systems as well as the
significnance of state and federal programs and national
information networks
LBSC 703 Seminar in information Transfer. (3)
Prerequisite; LBSC 704. or permission of instructor.
Discussion ol significant problems in information science;
Topics include fundamental concepts. theory,
methodology, current research.
116 Library and Information Services Program
LBSC 704 Seminar In Intormatlon Science (3)
Introduction to the fundamentals in information science.
The nature of messages in human and machine
communication are approcached from the viewpoint ol
the physical, psychological, and logical transformations
which they undergo in their paths from message sender
to recipient. Cybernetic variety, basics constraints or
variety in information systems and classes in their uses
in search and communications models, and optimization
and mechanization of access to messages for
communication of data, information, knowledge
LBSC 706 Seminar In International and Comparative
LIbrarlanshIp and Information Science. (3) Compares
and contrasts bibliographical systems, institutions,
service arrangements, and professional pattems in
developed and developing cultures. Libraries, information
organizations and international information systems are
viewed against the backdrop of national cultures, and the
influence of the social, political and economic factors
upon these forms are considered.
LBSC 707 Field Study In Library Service. (3)
Prerequisite: LBSC 600, 651. 671, 690 and permission of
instructor. Familiarization ol students with library
operations through unpaid, supervised experience and/or
the opportunity to perform a study to solve a specific
problem in a suitable library or other information agency.
LBSC 708 Special Topics in Library and information
Service. (1-3) Discussions of recent or advanced topics
in library, archives, and information services, not
available in other course offerings.
LBSC 709 independent Study. (1-3) Designed to
permit intensive individual study, reading or research in
an area of specialized interest under faculty supervision.
Registration is limited to the advanced student who has
the approval ol his advisors and of the faculty member
involved. No student may earn more than 9 hours under
LBSC 708. more than 9 hours under LBSC 709, nor
more than a total of 12 hours in both LBSC 708 and 709.
LBSC 712 Introduction to Codlcoiogy and Critical
Bibliograplty (3) A research-oriented seminar The
physical form of western histoncal and literary
documents, manuscript bmoks, and both hand and
machine press book production Theoretical concerns in
research associated with textual criticism and deschptive
bibliography, as well as practical experience in the
descriptive cataloging of rare txxjks
LBSC 722 Communication and Libraries. (3) Theory
and research in the multi-discipline domain ol
communication. Inquiry is directed into such diverse
matters as coding theory, linguistic analysis, decision
theory, network concepts, etc. Connections are
pointed-out t>etween communication research and library
practice.
LBSC 723 Libraries and Information Services in tlie
Social Process. (3) Community, institutional and cultural
levels and their impact on information services
Indentification of key aspects of the social environment
and their significance in the development of the field.
LBSC 724 Public Library Seminar. (3) Principal
influences which affect the pattems of organization,
support and service patterns of public libraries based
upori theoretical and case studies
LBSC 727 Science information and the Organization
of Science. (3) Describes the institutional enviorments in
which science inlormation is produced, evaluated and
disseminated.
LBSC 730 Advanced Organization and Administration
of Libraries and Information Services. (3) The
student's theoretical understanding ol organization and
administration will be advanced by intensive study in the
various sub-fields of contemporary library and information
developments.
LBSC 733 Seminar In Library and Information
Networlcs. (3) Explores the inter-library cooperative
phenomenon and analyzes critical issues in network
planning, economics, organization, technology, and
services
LBSC 734 Seminar in the Academic Library. (3)
'Academic library within the framework of higher
education, treating problems of programs,
collections, support, planning, physical plant,
cooperation, and fiscal management.
LBSC 735 Curatorship of Historical Collections. (3)
An introduction to the care and unique administrative
problems ol special collections which are historical in
nature Emphasis on American repositories and the
interplay between libraries as parent institutions and
collections in manuscripts and archives, slate and local
history, museum libraries, oral history, and rare books.
LBSC 737 Seminar In the Special Library and
Information Center. (3) Role ol special libraries and
information centers in the inlormation transfer process.
Analysis ol the inlormation transfer system; inlormation
needs, uses, and in part, management ol special libraries
arid inlormation centers, types, such as governmental or
industrial libraries, archives, and inlormation analysis
centers
LBSC 741 Seminar in School Library Media
Programs. (3) Suggested prerequisite: LBSC 630
Development, management, and evaluation of school
library media programs at all levels.
LBSC 744 Field Study In School Library iWedIa
Programs. (3) Prerequisite: LBSC 741 and pemission ol
instructor A practicum and seminar providing students
with opportunities to observe the operation of a variety ol
library media programs at different levels (elementary,
middle and secondary), to participate under supen/ision
in the various operations and activities ol ongoing library
media programs, and to critically analyze their
performance and expenences.
LBSC 745 Storytelling Materials and Techniques. (3)
Literary sources are studied and instruction and practice
in oral techniques are oflered.
LBSC 748 Advanced Seminar In Children's Literature.
(3) Prerequisite: LBSC 645 or permission ol the
instructor. Selected topics in literature for children and
adolescents including historical aspects, individual
authors, major themes and trends.
LBSC 750 Advanced Reference Services. (3)
Theoretical and administrative considerations, analysis ol
research problems, and directed activity in bibliographic
method and search techniques in large collections.
LBSC 751 Literature and Research in the Humanities.
(3) Analysis ol the bibliographic organization and
inlormation structure, research methods and reference
services in the humanities, focusing on core
vocabularies, classilicalion. representative relerence
tools, and the presentation of bibliographic inlormation.
LBSC 752 Literature and Research in the Arts. (3) An
advanced relerence course designed as an
interdisciplinary introduction to the bibliography and
trends in research and library service in the fields of
music, dance, film and theater, architecture and
archeology, painting and sculpture and the minor arts,
examinations ol core bibliographies, organizational
patterns and problems, terminology and classification
systems.
LBSC 753 Literature and Research in the Social
Sciences. (3) Factors affecting the geheration and use ot
social science information including the characteristics of
the social sciences and their methodology, the structure
ol literature, and control ol diverse lorms ol social
science information
LBSC 756 Literature and Research in Science and
Technology. (3) The nature ol sci-lech inlormation, its
generation and use by scientists and engineers, and its
flow through formal and inlormal channels. The principal
sources ol sci-lech inlormation. their characteristics,
scope and utilization.
LBSC 762 Health information Sources and Their Use.
(3) Health sciences reference sources, stressing
specialized reference and services characteristic of
clinical medicine and health care delivery Major
emphasis on literature searches using MEDLINE and
other manual and online databases Considerable time is
spent at the national library ol medicine or another
medical library.
LBSC 764 Legal Literature. (3) Suney and evaluation
ol inlormation sources in law. with emphasis upon the
bibliographic organization ol the tield.
LBSC 765 Library and information Service
Faciiltles-Ob|ectives and Performance. (3) cr The aim
of this course is lo describe the context of demands and
policies within which an ir or Library Service facility must
operate
LBSC 766 Business information Services. (3) Survey
and analysis of information sources in business, finance,
and economics with emphasis upon their use in problem
solving.
LBSC 767 Governmental information Systems. (3)
Production and distribution ol government information
and its control and utilization within inlormation agencies.
States local, loretgn and international governmental
inlormation practices
LBSC 770 Bibliographic Control. (3) Prerequisite:
LBSC 671 , Problems in bibliographic control ol
documents. Cataloging codes, bibliographic networks,
computer-based systems, international aspects, use and
user studies, and evaluation of bibliographic control
systems.
LBSC 772 Special Problems In the Organization of
Knowledge. (3) Prerequisite LBSC 671 Corequisite:
LBSC 770 or pemission ol instructor Seminar course in
which students may take topics ol special interest to
them in the area ol organization of knowledge and
explore them in a research project/class discussion
lormat.
LBSC 774 Seminar In Linguistic Topics. (3) Basic
notions ol language and its etiect on various aspects of
librarianship and information science. Problems ol
meaning and the elfecl ol language on its users in
communication stituations. Writing systems ol various
languages. Topics ol interest related to linguistics and
inlormation science as a research project and for class
discussion.
LBSC 775 Construction and Maintenance of Index
Languages and Thesauri. (3) Prerequisite: LBSC 675 or
LBSC 671 or permission ol instructor. Advanced course
in the area ol inlormation systems analysts and design
The design ol indexing languages and procedures to tie
used in their construction. Application ol these methods
in a team project in which students construct an indexing
language and an accompanying thesaurus. Analysis and
evaluation of existing indexing languages and Ihesaun.
LBSC 781 Problems of Nonbook Materials. (3)
Examination ol nonbook materials such as audiorecords,
motiori pictures, maps, videorecords. machine-readable
data files, and realla. Technical services applicable to
nonbook materials.
LBSC 782 Seminar on Manuscript Collections. (3)
Mariagemerit ol archival and manuscript collection with
analysis ol special problems in development, control,
access, and use ol documents emphasizing both
personal papers and olficial records.
LBSC 783 Seminar In Technical Services. (3) Special
issues in technical services in large libraries. Deals with
such areas as acquisitions, cataloging, serial control,
cooperative programs, and managerial controls.
LBSC 784 Resources of American Libraries. (3)
Considers distribution and extent ol library resources,
means ol surveying collections, mechanisms of
inter-institutional cooperation in building collections, and
means ol developing research collections in special
subject fields.
LBSC 785 introduction to Reprography. (3) A survey
ol the processes and technology through which materials
are made available in lurthering library and information
services, ranging from photography lo microlorms.
LBSC 786 Conservation of Archival and Library
Materials. (3) Conservation literature, the prolession, and
various levels ol preservation, conservation, and
restoration activities in archives and libraries. Emphasis
on the physical aspects and structure of manuscripts and
books by period with some attention lo other media,
environmental conditions, selection ol treatment methods
arid alternatives, arid the ethical admiriislralive questoris
iri conservation program management.
LBSC 787 Planning of Library Facilities: (3) An
introduction to the planning ol space, design and choice
ol equipment, and other physical planning aspects ol
libraries Emphasis on the use ol existing lacilities. their
expanison or remodelling, and the planning ol new
buildings Preparation ol a building program lor either a
new library or the remodelling ol an existing one. Field
trips to a characteristic library buildings and lacilities
LBSC 790 Advanced Data Processing in Libraries. (3)
Analysis ol retrieval systems arid intensive study of
machine applications in the acquisition, analysis, coding,
retrieval and display ol information.
LBSC 792 Programming Systems for Information
Handling Applications. (3) The elements of
programming system design and operation are studied
Mathematical Statistics Program 117
with special emphasis on the influence ot infonnation
handling and library requirements.
LBSC 793 Information Processing for the Small-Scale
Environment: (3) Prerequisites: LBSC 600, LBSC 651
and LBSC 671; or by permission o( instructor,
coregistration with at least LBSC 651 and LBSC 671.
Principles of information storage and retneval. Practical
expehence with a variety of ISAR systems, both manual
and automated, and the use of prepackaged data
analysis and file management programs. In the context
of the small-scale environment, analysis and the coding
of documents for a variety ot syslmes. searchirig the
systems, comparing and evaluating them. Basic
programming and the use of BASIC for file management.
LBSC 802 Seminar in Research Methods and Data
Analysis. (3) Recommended prerequisites Statistics and
LBSC 701. An advanced seminar in research methods
with emphasis upon analysis of data and hypothesis
testing.
LBSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
Marine-Estuarine-
Environmental Sciences
Program
Program Comminee: Menzer (ENTM), Chairman:
Birkner (ENCE); Bonar (ZOOL); Cooney
(Chesapeake Biological Lab); Helz (CHEM); Hetrick
(MICB); Norton (AREC); Sulkin (Horn Point
Environmental Lab ); Van Valkenburg (BOTN)
The graduate program in
Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Sciences (MEES)
offers work leading to the MS (with thesis) and
Ph.D. degrees and is designed to meet the needs of
students who wish to pursue studies on the
interactions of biological systems with
physico-chemical systems Appropriate areas of
emphasis will involve organisms living in marine,
estuarine. or terrestrial environments in their
interactions with chemical and physical influences.
Possible areas of specialization might include marine
and estuarine ecology, environmental biology,
environmental chemistry. environmental
micro-biology. environmental toxicology,
environmental management. marine and
environmental technology, and fisheries and wildlife
management.
It is expected that graduates of this program will
find employment in the various federal and stale
agencies concerned with the environment In
addition, private research institutions and commercial
interests concerned with the development and use of
coastal, estuarine, and ocean resources will find
graduates of the Program well prepared for a variety
of positions
Admission and Degree Information
In addition to meeting the regular requirements of
the Graduate School for admission, applicants are
required to submit scores from the GRE Aptitude
Test Degree work may be pursued on a part-time
basis
The program is interdisciplinary, and the course
of study will be tailored to the needs of the individual
student as determined by that students advisory
committee Course requirements and research
credits are not in excess of general Graduate School
requirements for the MS and Ph D There are
several specific prerequisites, but these may be met
through course work after the student is admitted to
the graduate program Statistics is required of all
degree candidates In addition, three (for the MS)
or four (for the Ph D ) courses, chosen from five
"core" areas, are required to provide essential
background and breadth for any advanced work
The five "core" topic areas are 1) ecology and/or
physiology of plants or animals; 2) ecology and/or
physiology of microorganisms; 3) biochemistry; 4)
physical, chemical, engineering, or geological
sciences; and 5) management (economics, resource
development, systems analysis, or biology and
management of various natural resources).
Facilities and Special Resources
The facilities and faculty anywhere within the
State-wide university system are avilable for use and
involvement in the program. The degree candidate
may take courses on any campus and may have an
advisory committee composed of MEES participating
faculty from several locations, including laboratory
sites of the University's Center for Environmental
and Estuarine Studies Research problems may also
be carried out where most appropriate, including the
laboratories of CEES (Horn Point and Appalachian
Laboratories and Chesapeake Biological Laboratory).
Campus facilities include well-equipped
laboratories for research in most areas and terminal
access to the University's UN I VAC 1106 and 1108
computers. Maryland has a very active Sea Grant
research program, and students in marine work will
have access to laboratory-equipped research
vessels for work on the Chesapeake Bay and other
waters.
In addition, students will find their work greatly
enhanced by the special ties most faculty maintain to
the many government laboratories and agencies in
the Washington-Baltimore area. Library resources
are among the best in the nation due to the
proximity of the National Agricultural Library and the
Library of Congress along with several other
specialized libraries unique to this area
Financial Assistance
Financial assistance in the form of teaching and
research assistantships (through participating
departments), as well as some fellowships, may be
available to qualified candidates
Additional Information
For additional information, contact:
Dr Robert E Menzer. Chairman. MEES Program
1313 Symons Hall
University of Maryland
Courses
MEES 608 Seminar In
Marlne-Estuarlne-Envlronmental Sciences (1-2)
MEES 631 Ecology of Estuarine Microbes I (5) Two
lectures and one three-hour laboratory daily during
Summer Session I Prerequisite: Introductory course in
each of Botany. Microbiology and Zoology, as well as
Ecology. Physiology, and Syslematics from one of the
disciplines. Basic conceptual treatment ol estuarine
microbial interactions with emphasis on the algae,
protozoa, bacteria and viruses of the Chesapeake Bay.
The laboratory will stress observation and
expenmentation with collected material. Field and
shiptx)ard expenence are included. Ottered during
Summer Session only
MEES 632 Ecology o( Estuarine Microbes II (1-5)
Schedule by arrangement with instructor Pre or
corequisite: MEES 631 Directed research on problems
ol estuarine microbial interactions.
MEES 681 Coastal Resource Use, Law and
Management: The ChesapeaKe (3) An interdisciplinary
course drawing on resource economics, political science
and law to examine the natural resources of the
Chesapeake and the market, political and legal
processes through which Chesapeake resource use
decisions result The course is designed to provide social
and natural scientists with an understanding of coastal
use and management issues No prerequisite.
MEES 698 Special Topics In
Marlne-Estuarlne-Envlornmental Sciences (1-4) Credit
according to time schedule and course organization
Lecture and/or laboratory series organized to study
selected areas ol environmental science not olhenmse
considered by existing courses May be repeated lor
credit since topic coverage will change.
MEES 699 Special Problems In
Marlne-Estuarlne-Envlronmental Sciences (1-3)
Research on specialized topics under the direction ol
individual laculty members.
MEES 799 Masters Thesis Research. (1-6)
MEES 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
Mathematical Statistics
iram
Progi
Director: Smith
Professors Mikulski. Syski, Yang
Associate Professors: Kedem, Smith
Assistant Professors S\ud. Traxler. Wei
The Mathematical Statistics Program offers the
degrees ot Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy
for graduate study and research in statistics. Areas
of faculty research activity include stochastic
processes, potential theory, ergodic theory, statistical
decision theory, bioslatistics, stochastic modeling,
nonparametric inference, analysis of variance, and
time series analysis. Students may specialize in
applied or theoretical statistics by selecting an
appropriate sequence ol courses and a research
area to form an individual plan of study The
Program has been designed with sufficient flexibility
to accommodate the student's background and
interest. Moreover, the Program offers students
from other disciplines an opportunity to select a
variety of statistics courses to supplement their own
study.
The Program is administratively affiliated with the
Department of Mathematics In this arrangement the
Department of Mathematics assumes the
responsibility for the administration of the statistics
courses under the STAT designation. Moreover, the
Department maintains the records of all students in
the Mathematical Statistics Program and handles
correspondence with those applying for admission.
However, it is important that any application for
admission indicates clearly whether a student wishes
to enter the Mathematics (MATH) or the
Mathematical Statistics (STAT) Program.
Employment prospects for statisticians are
extremely bright, as they have been for the past
several years A recent National Science
Foundation survey predicts that in the period
1978-90, there will be 19,000 job openings in
statistics and only 8,000 new graduates to fill them.
All of the recent MA and Ph.D. graduates of
Maryland's STAT program have found jobs in
universities, government or private industry.
Admission and Degree information
In addition to the general requirements of the
Graduate School, applicants for admission should
have completed, with at least a B average (3.0 on a
4.0 scale), an undergraduate program of study which
includes a strong emphasis on mathematics or
statistics. Mathematical preparation at least through
the level of advanced calculus will normally be
considered sufficient demonstration ol the expected
mathematical background In special cases students
may be provisionally admitted without having fulfilled
the general admission requirements, il there is
evidence on the basis of other criteria of potential
success in the Program The Graduate Record
Examination is not required for admission, but
applicants for admission who have taken this
examination are required to supply their score
The MA degree can be earned by exercising
either ol two options. To earn an MA degree by the
nonthesis option, a student must have 30 credit
hours with an average of at least B and at least 18
of these credits must be at the graduate level
(600/700 level) Of the required 30 credits, at least
12 of the graduate credits must be in statistics The
student must also pass the Mathematics Department
written examination in probability, statistics and any
third field of mathematics. The student has the
choice ol taking either the separate MA written
examination or the PhD written examination and
being scored at a lower level. These examinations
can be taken only twice except that any attempt
during the first two years of graduate work is
considered a '1ree try" The student must also submit
a satisfactory scholarly paper.
118 Mathematics Program
To earn an MA, degree by the thesis option, a
student must have: a) 24 credit hours with at least
15 at the 600/700 level (of these 15 hours at least
12 hours must Ije in statistics); b) maintained an
average grade of B or better; c) taken 6 hours of
STAT 799 (Research) in addition to (a); d) written a
satisfactory thesis; and e) passed a final oral
examination.
There is no foreign language requirement for
MA students
The MA degree is not required for admission to
the Ph.D program A student in the doctoral
program must have a minimum of 36 hours of formal
courses (at least 27 at the 600/700 level) with an
average of B or better; at least 18 of the graduate
credits must be taken in statistics. In addition, there
is a University requirement of at least 12 hours of
STAT 899 (Doctoral Research),
The Ph,D aspirant must take a written
examination in probability, statistics and any third
field of mathematics. The written examination can be
taken only twice except that, as in the case of the
MA degree, any attempt during the first two years
of graduate work is considered a "free try," The
written examination is given by the Mathematics
Department twice a year, in January and August.
If successful in this written examination, the
student must pass an oral examination The oral
examination, given by the statistics faculty, usually
takes place a year after the student passes the
written examination. This examination serves as a
test of the in-depth preparation of the student in the
area of specialization and of his or her research
potential. Successful completion of the oral exam
indicates that the student is ready to begin writing
his doctoral dissertation. In addition to the above,
there is a requirement of reading competence in two
foreign languages for the Ph.D. The student may
select any two of the three languages: French.
German, or Russian The language examination,
given and graded by the Mathematics Department,
consists of translating foreign mathematical texts into
competent English.
To be admitted to candidacy, the Ph.D. aspirant
must pass the written examination, the oral
examination and at least one of the two language
examinations. The second language examination
must be completed before the candidate's final oral
examination on the dissertation.
Courses
STAT 400 Applied Probability and Statistic! I (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 141 Random variables, standard
distributions, moments, law of large numbers and central
limit theorem Sampling methods, estimation of
parameters, testing of hypotheses.
STAT 401 Applied Probability and Statistics II (3)
Prerequisite: STAT 400 Point estimation — sufficient,
unbiased, and consistent estimators. Interval estimation.
Minimum variance and maximum likelihood estimators.
Testing of hypotheses Regression correlation and
analysis of variance. Sampling distributions. Sequential
tests, elements of non-parametric methods.
STAT 410 Introduction to Probability Theory (3)
Prerequisites: MATH 240 arid MATH 241 . Probability and
its properties. Random variables and distribution
functions in one and several dimensions. Moments.
Characteristic functions Limit theorems.
STAT 411 Introduction to Stochastic Processes (3)
Prerequisite: STAT 250 or 400 or equivalent. Elementary
stochastic processes Renewal process, random walks,
branching process, discrete Markov chains, first passage
times, Markov chains with a continuous parameter, birlh
and death processes Stationary processes
STAT 420 Introduction to Statistics (3) Prerequisite:
STAT 410 or equivalent. Point estimation, sufficiency,
completeness. Cramer-Rao inequality, maximum
likelihood Confidence intervals lor parameters of normal
distribution. Hypotheses testing, most powerful tests,
likelihood ratio tests Chi-square tests, analysis of
variance. regression. correlation Noriparametric
methods.
STAT 421 Elements of Statistical Inference (3)
Prerequisite: STAT 420 or equivalerit Rarik tests,
confidence and tolerance intervals. Kolmogorov-Smimov
tests. Sequential analysis, multivanate analysis. Decision
theory, Bayesian and minimax procedures. Sampling
theory
STAT 440 Sampling theory (3) PrerequisiteSTAT 401
or STAT 420, or consent ol the instructor Simple
random sampling. Sampling lor proportions. Estimation of
sample size Sampling with varying probabilities of
sampling. Sampling: stratified, systematic, cluster,
double, sequential, incomplete
STAT 450 Regression and Variance Analysis (3)
Prerequisite: STAT 401 or 420 One. two. three arid
lour-way layouts in analysis ol variarice. fixed effects
models, linear regressiori in several variables.
Gauss-Mari(Ov-theorem, multiple regression analysis,
experimental designs.
STAT 460 Applied Nonparametric Statistics (3)
Prerequisite: A statistics course other than STAT 100
Review of basic statistical ideas. Sign tests and ranking
methods tor one and two samples, one-way layout,
two-way layout, correlation and regression, including
significance tests, nonparametric confidence intervals
and robust point estimates Goodness-ot-fil, contingency
tables, exact and Chi-square test for homogeneity and
independence. Techniques illustrated- using data from
social biological and tiehavioral sciences.
STAT 464 introduction to Blostatistlcs (3) Prerequisite
One semester of calculus and junior standing.
Probabilistic models. Sampling Some applications ol
probability in genetics Experimental designs Estimation
of effects of treatment Comparative experiments
Fisher-Irwin lest Wilcoxon tests lor paired comparisons
Not acceptable for credit towards degrees in
mathematics or statistics.
STAT 498 Selected Topics In Statistics (1-6)
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Topics of
special interest to advanced undergraduate students will
tie offered occasionally under the general guidance ol
the MATH/STAT major committee. Students register for
reading in statistics under this number. Repeatable to a
maximum of 16 credits.
STAT 600 Probability Theory i. (3) Prerequisite: STAT
410 or MATH 400 with one semester of probability
Probability space, classes ol events, construction of
probability measures. Random variables, convergence
theorems, images of measures. Independence
Expectation and moments. LeBesgue integration. LP
spaces. Radon-Nikodym Theorem, singular and
absolutely continuous measures. Conditional
expectations, existence ol regular distributions;
applications probabilities on product spaces. Fubini
Theorem. Kolmogorov Extension Theorem. Tulcea
Product Theorem
STAT 601 Probability Theory li. (3) Prerequisite STAT
600 Characteristic functions. Bochner's Representation
Theorem. Helly's Theorems and Levy's Inversion
Formula. Applications of Cauchy's Residue Theorem
Infinitely divisible distributions Kolmogorovs
Three-Series Theorem. Lab of the iterated logarithm Arc
Sine Law. Central Limit Theorems (Lindegerg-Feller
Theorem). V)/eak and strong laws of large numbers
Martingale Convergence Theorems (lor sequences)
STAT 610 Stochastic Processes I. (3) Prerequisite:
STAT 601. Separability, measurability. and sample
continuity of stochastic processes Stopping times
Martingales: fundamental inequalities, convergence
theorems and their applications, optionai sampling, Riesz
decomposition, sample function behavior. Processes with
independent (orthogonal) increments, Brownlan motion.
Stationary processes, spectral analysis and Ergodic
Theory.
STAT 611 Stochastic Processes li. (3) Prerequisite
STAT 601 Definition and classification of Markov
processes Properties of transition probabilities, fonward
and backward equations (boundary conditions),
absorption probabilities, strong Markov-property, standard
processes. Martiovian semi-groups. estended
infinitesimal operator. Sample function behavior.
Connections between semigroup approach and sample
function approach. Diffusion theory. ITO equation,
potential theory, line topology
STAT 650 Applied Stochastic Processes. (3)
Prerequisite STAT 410 or MATH 410 with one semester
ol probability. Basic concepts of stochastic processes.
Renewal processes and random walks, fluctuation
theory. Stationary processes, spectral analysis. Markov
chains and processes (discrete andcontinuous
parameters) Birth and death processes, diffusion
processes Applications from theories ol queueing.
storage, inventory, epidemics, noise, prediction and
others
STAT 698 Selected Topics in Probability. (1-4)
Prerequisite Consent ol instructor
STAT 700 Mathematical Statistics I. (3) Prerequisite:
STAT 410 or equivalent Sampling distnbutions including
noncentral Chi-square, T. F Exponential families,
completeness Sufficiency, lactonzation. likelihood ratio.
Decision Theory. Bayesian Methods. Minimax Principle.
Point estimation Lehmann-Scheffe and Cramer-Rao
Theorems Set estimation
STAT 701 Mathematical Statistics li. (3) Prerequisite:
STAT 700 or equivalent Testing hypotheses-parametric
methods Neyman-Pearson Lemma Uniformly most
powerful tests Unbiased tests Locally optimal lests.
Nonparametric methods. V>/ilcoxon. Fisher- Yates. Median
tests Linear models, analysis of vanance. regression and
correlation Sequential analysis
STAT 710 Advanced Statistics I. (3) Prerequisite
STAT 421 Concurrent registration with STAT 600
recommended Statistical decision theory
Neyman-Pearson Lemma and its extensions Uniformly
most powerful test Monotone Likelihood Ratio
Exponential lamilles of distnbutions. concepts of
similiarity. and tests with Neyman Structure Unbiased
tests and applications to normal lamilles
STAT 711 Advanced Statistics ii. (3) Prerequisite:
STAT 710 Invariance, almost Invariance. and
applications to rank tests Invariarit set estimation Linear
models with applications to analysis ol vanance and
regression Elements of Asymptotic Theory Minimax
Principle and Hunt-Stein Theorem
STAT 720 Nonparametric Statistics. (3) Prerequisite:
STAT 421 or equivalent Order statistics Nonparametric
point and set estimation Tolerance regions Invariarice
principle and its applications Large sample properties
and optimality criteria. Rank statistics, their distributions
and moments U statistics
STAT 740 Analysis of Variance. (3) Prerequisite: STAT
700 or STAT 420 Linear models, point estimation,
testing and confidence ellipsoids under normal theory.
One-way layout, two-way layout and higher layouts.
Topics in experimental design: Latin squares, analysis of
covariance, factorial designs, random effects models,
mixed models Emphasis is placed upon the|
mathematical theory of the general linear models which
contains regression analysis as a special case.
STAT 750 MuHivariate Analysis. (3) Prerequisite:
STAT 420 and MATH 400, or STAT 700 Multivariate
normal, Wisharts and Hotelling's Distributions Tests of
hypotheses. estimation Generalized distance,
discrimiriani anatysis. Regression and correlation.
Multivariate analysis of variarice; distributlori ol test
criteria.
STAT 770 Analysis of Categorical Data. (3)
Prerequisites: STAT 420. STAT 450 and some
knowledge ol Fortran; or consent of the instructor
Single classilication. two-way classification; contingency
tables; tests of homogeneity and independence models,
measures of association, distribution theory. Bayesian
methods Incomplete contingency tables. Square
contingency tables — symmetry. Extensions to higher
dimesion. contingency tables.
STAT 798 Selected Topics in Statistics. (1-4)
Prerequisite: Consent ol instructor
STAT 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
STAT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
Mathematics Program
Professor and Actir^g Chairman: Goldhaber
Professors: Adams. Alexander. Antman. Auslander.
Babuska. ' Benedetto. Berenstein, Bernstein, Brace,
Chu. Cohen. Cook. Cooper. Correl. Douglis.
Edmundson,^ Ehrlich. Goldberg, Goldhaber,
Goldstein, Good, Gray, Greenberg. Gulick. Heins,
Horvath, Hubbard.' Hummel. Katok, Kellogg.'
Kirwan. Kleppner. Lay. Lehner. Lipsman.
Lopez-Escobar, Markley. Mikulski. Olver.' Ost>orn.
Pearl, Reinhart, Rosenberg. Syski. Wolfe. Yang.
Yorke.' Zagier. Zaicman. Zedek
Mathematics Program 119
Adjunct Professor' Shanks
Associate Professors: Berg, Dancis. Ellis, Fey.^
Fitzpatrick, Green, Helzer, Henkelman,' Kedem
Kueker, Liu, Neri, Neumann, Owings, Razar, Sather,
Schafer, Schneider, Smith, Sweet, Warner,
Winkelnkemper
Assistant Professors: Arnold, Brin, Brooks, Buchner,
Currier, Herb. King, Kudia, Slud, Traxler,
Washington, Wei, Wolpert
'joint appointment with the Institute for Physical
Science and Technology
^joint appointment with Computer Science
^joint appointment with Secondary Education
There are three programs that come under the
cognizance of the Mathematics Department: the
Mathematics Program proper (MATH), the
Mathematical Statistics Program (STAT) and the
Interdisciplinary Applied Mathematics Program
(MARL). Students applying for admission should
indicate the program of interest to them by
employing the appropriate symbol The Statistics
Program is concerned with mathematical statistics
and probability. The interdisciplinary Applied
Mathematics Program is described In detail
elsewhere in this catalog but, as its name implies, is
concerned with the interaction between mathematics
and applied areas; it is directed by the Graduate
Applied Mathematics Committee but administered by
the Mathematics Department.
M.A. and PhD degrees can be earned in each
of these three programs. The Master's degree is not
required for entrance to the Ph D. Program
The Department offers graduate programs in
Algebra, Complex Analysis, Geometry, Mathematical
Logic, Number Theory. Numerical Analysis, Ordinary
Differential Equations, Partial Differential Equations.
Probability, Real and Functional Analysis, Statistics,
and Topology.
Graduates in both Ph.D. and MA. program
continue to face a favorable employment market. It
is true that the academic opportunities are becoming
less encouraging, but despite that fact our Ph.D.'s
have done very well, in some cases securing
prestigious academic posts (MIT, Yale, NYU). Those
in the applied programs face a very encouraging
employment environment and have secured good
positions in government and industry. The fact is
that some academic institutions are facing
competition from the private sector.
Admission and Degree Information
Admission is granted to applicants who show
promise in mathematics as demonstrated by their
collegiate mathematics record Unless courses in
Advanced Calculus and (undergraduate) Abstract
Algebra have beer\ taken admission may be on a
provisional basis (passing MATH 410 and/or 403
with a grade of B) The Graduate Record
Examination is not required for admission, but
applicants for admission who have taken this
examination are required to supply their score
The MA degree can be earned by exercising
either the thesis option (general University
regulations prevail) or the non-thesis option but the
great majority are choosing the latter For this option
a student must have 30 credit hours with an average
of at least B of which at least 18 are at the 600/700
level, including at least 12 hours in mathematics. He
must have completed two full-year sequences at the
600/700 level and he must have passed the
Departmental written examinations in three
mathematical fields.
The student has the choice of taking the
separate MA. battery of written examinations or
taking the Ph D version and being scored at a lower
level. These examinations can be taken only twice
except that any attempt during the first two years of
graduate work is considered a "free try "
There is no foreign language requirement for the
MA degree
It generally takes from two to three years to earn
the MA Almost 25-30 are granted each year in
mathematics (MATH. STAT, and MAPL combined).
The MA. degree is not required for admission to
the Ph.D. program but applicants who are accepted
should show, on the basis of their undergraduate
record and recommendations, that they possess not
only marked promise in mathematical activities but
the potential to perform on a creative level. Again, as
in the MA. case, admission may be granted on a
provisional basis.
The departmental course requirements for the
Ph.D. are a minimum of 36 hours of formal course
wori< (at least 27 at the 600/700 level) with an
average grade of B or better: at least 18 hours must
be taken in the Department of Mathematics. In
addition, there is a University requirement of at least
12 hours of MATH 899 (Doctoral Research)
The Ph.D. aspirant must take a set of three
written examinations in three mathematical fields:
these examinations can be taken any lime except
that an attempt during the first two years of graduate
study constitutes a "free try" These examinations
are given twice a year, in January and August. If
successful in these written examinations, the student
must satisfy the particular requirements of the field
committee governing his special area of interest
before he can be admitted to candidacy and engage
in thesis research. The dissertation must represent
an original contribution to mathematical knowledge
and will usually be published in a mathematical
journal.
The average PhD aspirant will spend five years
of graduate study before obtaining his degree. From
5 to 10 Ph.D.'s are awarded each year in the
Department.
There are two foreign language requirements lor
the Ph.D. Before the aspirant can be admitted to
candidacy he must pass a written examination in
either French, German or Russian, translating
mathematical texts into competent English The
second language examination must be completed
before the candidate's final oral examination on the
dissertation Both language examinations are
composed and graded within the Department.
Facilities and Special Resources
The Department is very strong in a number of areas,
and the addition of the complement of
mathematicians from the Institute for Physical
Science and Technology adds further strength.
There is a very active research atmosphere, and the
Department fosters a lively program of seminars and
colloquia of which about half are talks by outside
specialists Each year is devoted to a special
mathematical field with a number of outside
mathematicians in residence; the special year lor
1980-1981 was in Numerical Analysis and the one
for 1981-1982 will be in Differential Geometry.
The Engineering and Physical Sciences Library
is located on the ground floor of the Mathematics
Building and contains more than 95,000 volumes in
mathematics, physics, and engineering; more than
280 journals in pure and applied mathematics are
received The Library of Congress, with its extensive
collection of books and technical reports, is only a
hall hour away from the campus
The Department cooperates closely with the
institute for Physical Science and Technology and
with the Department of Computer Science. Faculty
members of both groups offer courses in the
Department, and the facilities of the computer center
are available to serve the research needs of both
faculty and graduate students Members of the
Department participate actively in the
interdisciplinary Applied Mathematics Program and
staff the Mathematical Statistics Program.
Financial Assistance
The Department is able to offer graduate
assistantships to approximately 110 graduate
students Generally these graduate assistants
conduct recitation and quiz sections associated with
a large lecture class taught by a faculty member
The teaching load is six hours each semester plus
the attendant duties of meeting with students and
grading papers. In addition graduate assistants are
required to assist at registration time. There are a
limited number of fellowships and research
assistantships available.
Additional Information
Special brochures and publications offered by the
Department are "Graduate Study in Mathematics at
the University of Maryland"; 'Departmental Policies
Concerning Graduate Students"; "Graduate Study in
Applied Mathematics"; "Graduate Course
Descriptions."
Dr. Daniel M. Dribin, the Executive of the
Graduate Committee of the Department.can be
contacted regarding departmental programs,
admission procedures and financial aid. Call (301)
454-^900
Courses
MATH 400 Vectors and Matrices (3) Prerequisite:
MATH 141 or 221. Algebra of vector spaces and
matrices. Recommended for students interested in the
applications of mathematics (Not open to students who
have had MATH 240 or 405).
MATH 401 Applications of Linear Algebra (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 400. or MATH 240, or consent of
instructor. Various applications of linear algebra: theory
of finite games, linear programming, matrix methods as
applied to finite Markov chains, random walk, incidence
matrices, graphs and directed graphs, networks,
transportation problems.
MATH 402 Algebraic Structures (3) Prerequisite: MATH
240 or equivalent. For students having only limited
experience with rigorous mathematical proofs, and
parallels MATH 403. Students planning graduate work in
mathematics should lake MATH 403 Groups, rings,
integral domains and fields, detailed study of several
groups; properties of integers and polynomials. Emphasis
is on the origin of the mathematical ideas studied and the
logical structure of the subject. (Not open to mathematics
graduate students. Credit will be given for only one of
the courses, MATH 402 or MATH 403.)
MATH 403 Introduction to Abstract Algebra (3)
Prerequisites: MATH^ 240 and MATH 241 or equivalent.
Integers; groups, rings, integral domains, fields. (Credit
will be given lor only one of the courses. MATH 402 or
MATH 403 )
MATH 404 Field Theory (3) Prerequisite: MATH 403
Algebraic and transcendental elements, Galois theory,
constructions with straight-edge and compass, solutions
of equations of low degrees, insolubility of the Ouintic,
Sylow theorems, fundamental theorem of finite Abelian
groups.
MATH 405 Introduction to Linear Algebra (3)
Prerequisites: MATH 240 and MATH 403 or consent of
instructor. An abstract treatment of finite dimensional
vector spaces. Linear transformations and their
invariants (Credit will be given lor only one of the
courses, MATH 400 or MATH 405 )
MATH 406 Introduction to Number Theory (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 141, or MATH 221 or consent of
instructor. Rational integers, divisibility, prime numbers,
modules and linear forms, unique factorization theorem.
Eulers function, Mobius' function, cyclotomic polynomial,
congruences and quadratic residues. Legendre's and
Jacobi's symbol, reciprocity law of quadratic residues,
introductory explanafion of the method of algebraic
number theory.
MATH 410 Advanced Calculus I (3) Prerequisites:
MATH 240 and MATH 241 First semester of a year
course. Subjects covered during the year are: sequences
and series of numbers, continuity and differentiability of
real valued functions of one variable, the Rieman
integral, sequences of functions, and power series.
Functions of several variables including partial
derivatives, multiple integrals, line and surface integrals.
The implicit function theorem
MATH 411 Advanced Calculus II (3) Prerequisite:
MATH 410. and MATH 240 or MATH 400 Continuation
of MATH 410
MATH 413 Introduction to Complex Variables (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 410. The algebra of complex
numbers, analytic functions mapping properties of the
elementary functions Cauchy's theorem and the Cauchy
integral formula. Residues (Credit will bie given for only
120 Mathematics Program
one of the courses MATH 413 or MATH 463.)
MATH 414 Differential Equations (3) Prerequisite:
MATH 240 and MATH 410. or equivalent. Existence and
uniqueness theorems for Initial value problems. Linear
theory; fundamental matrix solutions, variation of
constants formula. Floquet theory lor periodic linear
systems Asymptotic orbital and Lyapunov stability with
phase plane diagrams. Boundary value theory and series
solutions. (Credit will be given lor only one of the
courses. MATH 414 or MATH 472.)
MATH 415 Introduction to Partial Differential
Equations (3) Prerequisites: MATH 246. and MATH 41 1
or MATH 251. (MATH 411 and MATH 415 may be taken
concurrently). First order equations, linear second order
equations in two variables, one dimensional wave
equation and the method of separation of variables, and
other topics such as harmonic functions, the heat
equation, and the wave equation in space. (Credit will be
given for only one of the courses MATH 415 or MATH
462)
MATH 416 Introduction to Real Variables (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 410 The Lebesgue integral. Fubini's
theorem The LP spaces. Convergence theorems
MATH 417 Introduction to Fourier Analysis (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 410. Fourier series Fourier and
Laplace transforms.
MATH 430 Geometric Transformations (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 240. Recommended for students in
mathematics education. Important groups of geometric
transformations, including the isometries and similarities
of the plane Geometries related to transformation
groups
MATH 431 Foundations of Geometry (3) Prerequisite:
one year of college mathematics. Recommended for
students in mathematics education. The axiomatic
foundations of geometry. Attention will be given to one or
more axiomatic developments of Euclidean geometry and
to the relation of Euclidean geometry to other geometric
systems.
MATH 432 Introduction to Point Set Topology (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 410 or 450. or equivalent.
Connectedness. compactness. transformations,
homomorphisms; application of these concepts to various
spaces, with particular attention to the Euclidean plane.
MATH 433 Introduction to Algebraic Topology (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 403 and 432. or equivalent. Chains,
cycles, homology groups for surfaces, the fundamental
group.
MATH 436 Introduction to Differential Geometry (3)
Prerequisites: MATH 241. and either MATH 240 or
MATH 400. or equivalent The differential geometry of
curves and surfaces, curvature and torsion, moving
frames, the fundamental differential forms, intrinsic
geometry of a surface.
MATH 444 Elementary Logic and Algorithms (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 240 or consent of instructor. An
elementary development of proposittonal logic, predicate
logic, set algebra, and Boolean algebra, with a
discussion of Markov algorithms, turning machines and
recursive functions. Topics include post productions,
word problems, and formal languages. (Also listed as
CMSC 450).
MATH 446 Axiomatic Set Theory (3) Prerequisite:
MATH 403 or 450 or consent ol instructor. Development
ol a system of axiomatic set theory, choice principles,
induction principles, ordinal arithmetic including
discussion ol cancellation laws, divisibility, canonical
expansions, cardinal arithmetic including connections
with the axiom ol choice, Hartog's theorem, Konig's
theorem, properties of regular, singular, and inaccessible
cardinals.
MATH 447 Introduction to Mathematical Logic (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 403 or 410 or 450 Formal
propositional logic. completeness. independence,
decidability ol the system, formal quantiticational logic,
first-order axiomatic theories. extended Godel
completeness theorem. Lowenheim-Skolem theorem,
model-theoretical applications.
MATH 450 Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 240 or consent of instructor Sets,
relations, mappings. Construction of the real number
system starling with Peano postulates; algebraic
structures associated with the construction; Archimedean
order, sequential completeness and equivalent properties
ol ordered lields. Finite and infinite sets, denumberable
and non-denumtierable sets.
MATH 461 Linear Algebra for Scientists and
Engineers (3) Prerequisites: MATH 141 and one
MATH/ST AT course for which MATH 141 is a
prerequisite. Basic concepts of linear algebra. This
course Is similar to MATH 240. but with more extensive
coverage ol the topics needed in applied linear algebra;
change ol basis, complex eigenvalues, diagonalization,
the Jordan canonical form. Credit will be given lor only
one of MATH 240. MATH 400 or MATH 461.
MATH 462 Partial Differential Equations for Scientists
and Engineers (3) Prerequisites: MATH 241 and MATH
246. Linear spaces and operators, orthogonality.
Sturm-Liouville problems and Eigenfunction expansions
for ordinary differential equations, introduction to partial
differential equations, boundary and initial value
problems (Credit will be given for only one course.
MATH 462 or MATH 415.)
MATH 463 Complex Variables for Scientists and
Engineers (3) Prerequisite: MATH 241 or equivalent.
The algebra of complex numbers, analytic functions,
mapping properties of the elementary functions Cauchy
Integral formula Theory of residues and application to
evaluation of integrals. Conlormal mapping. (Credit will
be given for only one of the courses. MATH 413 or
MATH 463.)
MATH 464 Transform Methods for Scientists and
Engineers (3) Prerequisites: MATH 246. and either
MATH 463 or MATH 413. Fourier series. Fourier and
Laplace transfomis Evaluation ol the complex inversion
integral by the theory of residues Applications to
ordinary and partial differential equations of mathematical
physics: solutions using transforms and separation of
variables. Additional topics such as Bessel functions and
calculus of variations may be included.
MATH 472 Differential Equations and Numerical
Methods (3) Prerequisites: MATH 240. MATH 410, and
CMSC 1 10 or their equivalents. A general introduction to
the theory of ordinary differential equations emphasizing
numerical methods for constructing approximate
solutions. Existence and uniqueness theorems,
Runge-Kutta method, systems of linear differential
equations, phase plane methods, and numerical solution
ol twundary value problems (Credit will be givin for only
one of the courses. MATH 414 or MATH 472 )
MATH 475 Combinatorics and Graph Tlieory (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 240 and MATH 241. General
enumeration methods, difference equations, generating
functions Elements of graph theory. matrix
representations of graphs, applications of graph theory to
transport networt<s, matching theory and graphical
algorithms (Also listed as CMSC 475.)
MATH 478 Selected Topics for Teachers of
Mathematics (1-3) Prerequisite: One year of college
mathematics or consent of instructor (This course cannot
be used toward the upper level math requirements for
MATH/STAT majors.)
MATH 481 Introduction to Number Theory (3)
Prerequisite: One year of college mathematics or consent
of instructor. Elementary number theory and the
development of the real numbers for teachers. (Not open
to students majoring in mathematics or physical
sciences )
MATH 482 Introduction to Algebra (3) Prerequisite:
One year of college mathematics or consent of instructor.
Modem ideas in algebra and the theory of equations for
teachers. (Not open to students majoring in mathematics
or physical sciences.)
MATH 483 Introduction to Geometry (3) Prerequisite:
One year of college mathematics or consent ol instructor.
A study of basic ideas from Euclidean and non-Euclidean
geometry for teachers (Not open to students majoring in
mathematics or physical sciences.)
MATH 484 Introduction to Analysis (3) Prerequisite
One year of college mathematics or consent of instructor.
A study of the limit concept and the calculus for teachers.
Previous knowledge of calculus is not required. (Not
open to students majoring in mathematics or physical
sciences.)
MATH 488 National Science Foundation Summer
Institute for Teachers of Science and
Mathematics— Seminar (1-3) Lectures and discussion
to deepen the student's appreciation of mathematics as a
logical discipline and as a medium of expression.
Special emphasis on topics relevant to current
mathematical curriculum studies and revision. (Not open
to students majoring in mathematics; not recommended
for students majoring in any of the physical sciences )
MATH 490 History of Mathematics (3) Prerequisite:
MATH 240 and 241 , or equivalent The development of
mathematics from around 1900 B C. to around 1900 A.D.
with special emphasis on the period of the Greeks (600
BC— 200 A.D). the period of development ol the
calculus (17th century), and the period of the institution
of the "modem' style ol rigor (19th century). Including
the influence of the cultural environment on the
development of mathematics at various times, the
development of the mathematical concept of infinity and
the limit process, the interplay between algebra and
analysis, and the development of the modern concept of
the mathematical proof.
MATH 498 Selected Topics In Mathematics (1-16)
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Topics of
special interest to advanced undergraduate students will
be offered occasionally under the general guidance of
the departmental committee on undergraduate studies.
Honors students register for reading courses under this
number. (Credit will be given for only one ol the courses,
MATH 414 or MATH 472)
MATH 600 Abstract Algebra I. (3) Prerequisite: MATH
405 or equivalent. Groups with operators,
homomorphism and isomorphism theorems, normal
series. Sylow Theorems, free groups, Abelian groups,
rings, integral domains, fields, modules. If time penriits.
HOM (A. 8), tensor products, exterior algebra.
MATH 601 Abstract Algebra II. (3) Prerequisite: MATH
600 or consent of instructor Field theory. Galois theory,
multiilinear algebra. Further topics from: Dedekind
domains. Noetherian domains, rings with minimum
condition, homological Algebra.
MATH 602 Homological Algebra. (3) Prerequisite:
MATH 600 Projective and injective modules, homological
dimensions, derived functors, spectral sequence of a
composite functor Applications
MATH 603 Commutative Algebra. (3) Prerequisite:
MATH 600 Ideal theory of Noetherian Rings, valuations,
localizations, complete local rings. Dedekind domains.
MATH 604 Ring Theory. (3) Prerequisite: MATH 601 or
consent of instructor Topics selected from the lollowing:
ideal theory, structure theory of rings with or without
minimum condition, division rings. algebras,
non-associative rings.
MATH 605 Group Theory. (3) Prerequisite: MATH 601
or consent of instructor. Topics selected from the
following: finite groups. Abelian groups, free groups,
solvable or nipotent groups, groups with operators,
groups with local properties, groups with clan conditions,
extensions.
MATH 606 Algebraic Geometry I. (3) Prerequisite:
MATH 600-601 or consent of instmctor. Prime and
primary ideals in Noetherian Rings. Hilbert Nullstellensatz
places and valuations, prevarieties (in the sense of
Serre). dimension, morphisms. singularities, varieties,
schemes, rationality,
MATH 607 Algebraic Geometry II. (3) Prerequisite:
MATH 606. Topics in contemporary algebraic geometry
chosen Irom among: theory of algebraic curves and
surfaces, elliptic curves, Abelian varieties, theory of
schemes, theory of Zeta functions, formal cohomology.
algebraic groups, reduction theory
MATH 608 Selected Topics In Algebra. (3)
Prerequisite: Consent ol instructor
MATH 620 Algebraic Number Theory I. (3)
Prerequisites: MATH 601, or consent of instructor.
Algebraic numbers and algebraic integers, algebraic
number fields of finite degree, ideals and units,
fundamental theorem of algebraic number theory, theory
of residue classes, Minkowski's Theorem on linear forms,
class numbers, Dirichlefs Theorem on units, relative
algebraic number fields, decomposition group, inertia
group and ramification group of prime ideals with respect
to a relatively Galois extension.
MATH 621 Algebraic Number Theory II. (3)
Prerequisites: MATH 600, 620 or equivalent. Valuation of
a field, algebraic function fields, completion of a valuation
field, ramification exponent and residue class degree,
ramification theory, elements, differents, discriminants,
product formula and characterization of fields by the
Mathematics Program 121
lomiula. Gauss Sum, class number fomDula of cydotomic
fields.
MATH 630 Real Analysis I. (3) Prerequisite: MATH 41 1
or equivalent. Elementary set theory, elementary
topological notions (especially tor Euculidean space).
Lebesgue measure and the Lebesgue integral on N.
differentiation and integration of functions, absolute
continuity, metric spaces, completeness and tfie Baire
Category Tfieorem, LP spaces over N,
MATH 631 Real Analysis II. (3) Prerequisite: f^ATH 630
Lx>cally compact Hausdorff spaces. Stone-Weierstrass
tfieorem. general measure ttieory. Radon-Nikodym
Theorem. Riesz Representation Theorem, introduction to
Banach and Hilbert spaces, Hahn-Banach Theorem,
dosed graph theorem, Alaoglu's Theorem.
MATH 632 Functional Analysis I. (3) Prerequisite:
MATH 631 Introduction to linear functional analysis and
operator theory, normed linear spaces, spectral theory of
bounded and unbounded self-adjoint operators,
applications to differential equations, notions of duality
and convexity, additional topics as time pemiits. eg.
locally convex spaces, distribution theory, perturbation
theory. Note: MATH 632 and 633 are independent of one
another and can be talten simultaneously
MATH 633 Functional Analysis II. (3) Prerequisite:
MATH 631 Introduction to abstract harmonic analysis,
theory of Banach algebras, maximal ideal space,
Gelfand-Naimark Theorem, locally compact groups.
Fourier arialysis on Abelian groups. Peter-Weyl Theorem,
group representations, additional topics as time permits,
e.g. function algebras. C'-algebras, spectral syrithesis.
transformation groups Note MATH 632 and 633 are
independent of one another and can be taken
simultaneously.
MATH 634 Linear Spaces I. (3) Prerequisite: MATH
632. Linear topological spaces, locally convex spaces,
inductive limits, duality theory. Baire Spaces, barreled
spaces, uniform boundedness principle, closed graph
and open mapping theorems on Frechet Spaces,
distributions
MATH 635 Linear Spaces II. (3) Prerequisite: MATH
634 Topological tensor products, nuclear spaces and
mappings, general closed graph theorems
MATH 636 Banach Algebras. (3) Prerequisite: MATH
632 The Gelfand Representation involution algebras,
commutative and non-commutative representation
theorems of Gelfand-Neimart<. applications to spectral
theory and abstract harmonic analysis.
MATH 640 Topological Groups I. (3) Prerequisite:
MATH 630 and 631 or 730. or consent of instructor
General nature of toplogical groups including
fiomomorphism theorems. Haar Measure,
representations of compact groups and the Peter-Weyl
Theorem. Pontrjagin Duality, Tanaka Duality and the
Plancherel Theorem.
MATH 641 Topological Groups II. (3) Prerequisite:
MATH 640. or equivalent. The concept of lie groups, the
structure of compact groups, relations betw/een lie groups
and lie algebras, the structure of compact lie groups
Transformation groups
MATH 648 Selected Topics In Analysis. (3)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
MATH 654 Non-Linear Elasticity. (3) Prerequisite:
MATH 690 Fundamentals of Non-linear elasticity. Finite
deformations, rubber elasticity, small deformations
super-imposed on finite deformations.
MATH 655 Asymptotic Analysis and Special
Functions I. (3) Prerequisite: MATH 413 or MATH 463.
Transcendental Equations. Gamma Function, orthogonal
polynomials. Bessel Functions, integral transforms.
Watson's Lemma. 1-aPlace's Method, stationary phase,
analytic theory of ordinary differential equations.
Uouville-Green (or WKBJ) Approximation Cross-listed
with MAPL 655 )
MATH 656 Asymptotic Analysis and Special
Functions II. (3) Prerequisite: MATH/MAPL 655
Steepest descents, coalescing Saddll-Points, singular
integral equations, irregular singularities, Bessel,
hypergeometic. and Legendre Functions.
Euler-MacLaurin Formula. Darboux's Method, fuming
points, phase shift Cross-listed with MAPL 656)
MATH 660 Complex Analysis I. (3) Prerequisite: MATH
410 or equivalent. Linear transformations, analytic
functions, conformal mappings, Cauchy's Theorem and
applications, power series, partial fractions and
factorization, elementary Riemann Surfaces. Riemann's
Mapping Theorem.
MATH 661 Complex Analysis II. (3) Prerequisites:
MATH 630. 660. Topics in conformal mappings, normal
families, Picards Theorem, classes of univalent
functions, extremal properties, variational methods,
elliptic functions, Riemann Surfaces.
MATH 664 Interpolation and
Approximation — Complex Domain. (3) Prerequisite
MATH 660 or consent of instructor Possibility of
approximation by polynomials. Lemniscates. Interpolation
by polynomials Maximal convergence. Uniform
distribution of points. Interpolation and approximation by
rational functions. Rational functions with some free
poles.
MATH 665 Interpolation and Approximation — Real
Functions. (3) Interpolation of real functions and
remainder theory. Uniform and least square
approximations Chebychev oscillation theorems
Orthogonal polynomials Degree of approximation.
Abstract formulation of approximation theory
Constructive function theory.
MATH 668 Selected Topics In Complex Analysis. (3)
Prerequisite. Consent of instructor Material selected to
suit interests and background of the students. Typical
courses: Riemann Surfaces, automorphic functions,
several complex variables, symmetric spaces.
MATH 670 Ordinary Differential Equations I. (3)
Prerequisites: MATH 405 and 410 or the equivalent
Existence and uniqueness, linear systems usually with
Floquet Theory lor periodic systems, linearization and
stability, planar systems usually with Poincare-Bendixson
Theorem (Same as MAPL 670 )
MATH 671 Ordinary Differential Equations 11. (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 630 and MATH/MAPL 670 or the
equivalent. The content of this course varies with the
interests of the instructor and the class Stability theory,
control, time delay systems. Hamiltonian Systems,
Bifurcation Theory, and boundary value problems, and
the like. (Same as MAPL 671.)
MATH 673 Classical Methods In Partial Differential
Equations I. (3) Prerequisite: MATH 410 or equivalent
Cauchy Problem for the wave equation and heat
equation. Dirichlel and Neumann Problem for LaPlace's
Equation. Classification of equations. Cauch-Kowateski
Theorem. General second order linear and nonlinear
elliptic and parabolic equations (Same as MAPL 673 )
MATH 674 Classical Methods In Partial Differential
Equations 11. (3) Prerequisite: MATH 673 General
theory of first order partial differential equations,
characteristics, complete integrals, Hamilton-Jacobi
Theory, Hypert)olic systems in two independent
variables, existence and uniqueness, shock waves,
applications to compressible flow. (Same as MAPL 674 )
MATH 680 Eigenvalue and Boundary Value Problems
I. (3) Prerequisites MATH 405 and 410 or equivalent.
Operational methods applied to ordinary differential
equations. Introduction to linear spaces, compact
operators in Hilbert Space, study of eigenvalues (Same
as MAPL 680 )
MATH 681 Eigenvalue and Boundary Value Problems
II. (3) Prerequisite MATH/MAPL 680 Boundary value
problems for linear Prequisite:MATH MAPL 680
Boundary value problems for linear paritial differential
equations. Method of energy integrals applied to
LaPlace's equation, heat equations and the wave
equations. Study of eigenvalues. (Same as MAPL 681.)
MATH 682 Variational Methods. (3) Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor. The Euler-LaGrange Equation,
minimal principles iri mathematical physics, estimation of
capacity, torsional rigidity and other physical quantities;
symmetrization. isoperimetric inequalities, estimation of
eigenvalues, the minimax principle.
MATH 685 Modern Methods in Partial Differential
Equations 1. (3) Prerequisite: MATH 630 and 631
Spaces of distributions. Fourier transforms, concept of
weak and strong solutions Existence, uniqueness and
regularity theory for elliptic and parabolic problems,
methods of functional analysis (Same as MAPL 685.)
MATH 686 Modern Methods in Partial Differential
Equations II. (3) Prerequisite: MATH/MAPL 685
Emphasis on non-linear problems. Sobolev Embedding
Theorems, methods of monotonicity compactness.
applications to elliptic, parabolic and hypertx)lic problems.
(Also listed as MAPL 686 )
MATH 699 Prosemlnar In Research. (1) Prerequisite:
One semester of graduate work in Mathematics.
Devoted to the foundations of mathematics, including
mathematical logic, axiom systems, and set theory
MATH 710 Consistency Proofs In Set Theory. (3)
Prerequisites: MATH 446 and 447 Consistency and
independence of such fundamental principles of set
theory as the laws of choice, of cardinal arithmetic of
constructability and regularity Godel's Model of
Constructible Sets, inner models, Cohen's Generic
Models.
MATH 712 Mathematical Logic I (3) Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor Sentential logic, first-order
languages, models and fonnal deductions Basic model
theory including completeness and compactness
theorems, other methods of constructing models, and
applocations such as non-standard analysis
MATH 713 Mathematical Logic ii. (3) Prerequisite:
MATH 712 or 447, Incompleteness and undecidability
results of Godel. Church, Tarski and others Recursive
function. Basic proof theory and axiomatic set theory,
MATH 715 Model Theory. (3) Prerequisite: MATH 712
Topics to be covered include the compactness theorem
and Lowenheim-Skolem Theorems for first-order logic.
'Omega'-completeness theorem, ultra products, saturated
and special models, definability results, categoricity in
power, omittirig types of elements, and applications to
algebra and analysis.
MATH 716 Recursive Function Theory. (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 713. Topics to be covered are formal
definitions of computability and recursive functions.
Kleenes' Enumeration and Fixed-Point Theorems, luring
reducibility, the arithmetical hierarchy. Other topics are
simple and hypersimple sets, truth-table reducibility.
creative sets, Myhill's Theorem in one-one reducibility,
deficiency sets. Friedberg's Solution of Post's Problem,
maximal sets, retraceable sets, major subsets, the
analytical hierarchy, recursive ordinals, hyper arithmetical
sets.
MATH 718 Selected Topics In Mathematical Logic. (3)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
MATH 730 Topology and Manffolds 1. (3) Prerequisites:
MATH 410. 411, 403 or equivalents Point set topology;
fundamental group and covering spaces: introductory
material on differentiable manifolds.
MATH 731 Topology and Manifolds ii. (3) Prerequisite:
MATH 730. Simplicial complexes; differential forms,
homology theory and De Rham Theorem; classification of
two manifolds.
MATH 734 Algebraic Topology i. (3) Prerequisite:
MATH 731. Singular homology, uniqueness theorems,
tensor products and homomorphisms, the functors Ext
and Tor. Universal coefficient theorems, Kunneth and
Eilenberg-Zilber Theorems, products and duality.
MATH 735 Algebraic Topology 11. (3) Prerequisite:
MATH 734 Higher homotopy groups, CW complexes,
obstruction theory, Eilentierg-Maclane Spaces, the Serre
Spectral Sequences.
MATH 737 Topological Dynamics and Dynamical
Systems. (3) Basic ideas in dynamical systems, such as
minimal sets, limit sets, recursive properties,
equicontinuous systems, and various kinds of extensions.
In-depth treatment of a current area of research in
dynamical systems such as. abstract theory; symtMlic
dynamics; flows on manifolds; the theory of Kryloff and
Bogoliouboff; topological ergodicity. disjointness. weak
mixing and entropy; axiom A systems, almost periodic
functions and their generalizations, uniformly distributed
sequences and number theoretic applications
MATH 740 RIemannian Geometry I. (3) Prerequisite:
MATH 730 or consent of instructor Review of
differentiable manifolds. RIemannian Metrics, the Cartan
Structure Equations, connections, curvature, immersions
of RIemannian Manifolds, the Schwarzschild Metric.
Kahler manifolds
MATH 741 RIemannian Geometry 11. (3) Prerequisite:
MATH 740 or consent of instructor Geodesies and the
calculus of variations. Myers Theorem. RIemannian
Geometry of Submersions, fiber bundles. RIemannian
Geometry of Lie groups and homogeneous spaces,
hannonic forms characteristic classes using De Rhams
Theorem (as in MATH 731). the Gauss-Bonnet Formula.
122 Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation Program
MATH 742 DIfterentlal Topology I. (3) Basic techniques
in topology ol smootti manifolds Sards Theorem,
immersions, submersion, Whitney Emtjedding Theorem,
transversality, smooth vector bundles, applications
MATH 743 Differential Topology II. (3) Prerequisite
MATH 742 or consent ol instructor. Tubular
neightX)urhoods, intergration of vector fields, smooth
approximation, isotopy, application
MATH 744 Lie Groups I. (3) Prerequisites: I^ATH 403.
405. 411 and 432. their equivalents, or consent o(
instructor An introduction to the fundamentals ol Lie
groups, including some matenal on groups of matrices
and Lie algebras
MATH 745 Lie Groups II. (3) Prerequisite: MATH 744, or
consent ol instructor A continuation of Lie Groups I In
which some of the following topics will t>e emphasized:
solvable Lie groups, compact Lie groups, classilications
ol semi-simple Ije groups, representation theory,
homogeneous spaces
MATH 748 Selected Topics In Geometry and
Topology. (3) Prerequisite: Consent ol instructor
MATH 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
MATH 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
Measurement, Statistics,
and Evaluation Program
Professor and Chairman: Lissitz.
Professors: Dayton. Stunkard,
Associate Professors: Johnson. MacReady. Schafer.
Sedlacek.
Assistant Professors: Bourgue. Coulson.
In the Department of Measurement Statistics, and
Evaluation, programs are available at both the
master's and doctoral levels for persons desiring a
major in measurement and statistics, and program
evaluation In addition, a doctoral minor is offered
for students majoring in other areas. Each of these
programs is designed to integrate the three areas of
research design, measurement and statistics.
Graduates have been very successful in finding
employment. Once a student has the equivalent of
the first year of course work, he/she has been easily
able to secure good part-time or full time
employment as support for the continuation of the
degree. In many cases, this work becomes the
career employment lor the student after he or she
finishes the degree objective. In other cases
students have waited until the degree is obtained
before seeking employment outside the University, In
either case, the students in our department have
easily found good, degree-relevant jobs. One ol the
advantages of the Measurement, Statistics and
Evaluation areas is that degree holders are
equipped to make contributions in a wide variety of
fields. This means that, as the employment potential
of one area tightens, the student has the requisite
skills to move into another area that is more open
Admission and Degree Information
The doctoral major program is primarily intended to
produce individuals qualified to teach courses at the
college level in educational research, program
evaluation, measurement and statistics; conduct
research studies in the field of education; advise in
the conduct of research studies; and serve as
measurement and evaluation specialists in school
systems, industry and government The master's
level program is designed to produce qualified
individuals to serve as junior statisticians in various
fields and to provide qualified test administration,
scoring, and interpretation services (both the thesis
and non-thesis option are offered) Courses within
the program are selected from offerings of the
College of Education and other Departments of the
University, A program for an individual student is
planned to take into account his own background
and future aims About half the work within the
major is elected to meet the needs and special
interests of the individual student
Facilities and Special Resources
Persons planning a college teaching career will have
opportunities to engage in supervised activities
appropriate for future faculty members whose
specialization will be in these areas. Research
experience utilizing modern electronic data
processing equipment will be obtained
Financial Assistance
Some Graduate Assistantships and other funds are
available.
Additional Information
For information and a departmental brochure, please
write to:
Dr Robert W Lissitz
Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation
College of Education
University of Maryland
Courses
EDMS 410 Principles of Testing and Evaluation. (3)
Basic principles including the steps In the specification of
instructional objectives and subsequent development of
teacher-made tests; problems in the use and
interpretation of achievement and aptitude tests;
introduction to the development and use of non-testing
evaluation procedures; basic consideration in the
assignment of mari<s and grades; introduction to
computer technology as applied to measurement.
EDMS 451 Introduction to Educational Statistics. (3)
Designed as a first course in Statistics for students in
Education. Emphasis is upon educational applications ol
descriptive statistics, including measures ol central
tendency, variability and association Also included are
inlerential statistics through one-way Anova,
EDMS 465 Algorithmic Methods In Educational
Research. (3) Introduction to the use ol the computer as
a tool in educational research. Instruction in a basic
scientific computer source language as well as practical
experience in program wnting for solving statistical and
educational research problems
EDMS 489 Field Experiences In Measurement and
Statistics. (1-3) Prerequisites At least six credits in
Education courses at the University of Maryland, plus
such other prerequisites as may be set by the major area
in which the experience is to be takeri. Planned field
experience for Education majors. Repeatable for credit to
a maximum of six credits.
EDMS 498 Special Problems In Measurement and
Statistics. (1-3) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor
Available only to Education majors who have lonnal
plans for individual study of approved problems.
Repeatable for credit to a maximum of six credits.
EDMS 622 Theory and Practice of Standardized
Testing. (3) Prerequisite: EDMS 410. 446 or 451 Study
ol groups tests typically employed in school testing
programs; discussion ol evidence relating to the
measurement of abilities, practice in standardized group
test administrations.
EDMS 626 Measurement Techniques for Research,
(3) Theory, development and applications of various
measurement instruments and procedures used in
educational research. Questionnaires, interviews, rating
scales, attitude scales, observational procedures,
ecological approaches, O-sorl, semantic-differental,
soclometry and other approaches Prerequisite: EDMS
451 or 646.
EDMS 645 Quantitative Research Methods I. (3) An
introduction to research design principles and the
scientific method as applied to behavioral phenomena.
Instrumentation procedures including the planning and
construction of simple data collection instruments and
their analysis, and assessment of the reliability and
validity of such instruments. Statistical procedures
appropnate to the analysis of data from simple research
designs Latx)ratory experiences in instrumentation and
research design are emphasized.
EDMS 646 Quantitative Research Methods 11. (3)
Prerequisite: EDMS 446 Special problems arising in the
implementation ol educational research designs
instrumentation to measure attitudes and collection of
questionnaire data Additional statistical procedures
appropriate to the arialysis ol education research
designs. Laboratory experierices iri instrumentation and
research design are emphasized.
EDMS 647 introduction to Evaluation Models. (3)
Prerequisite EDMS 646. or equivalent Explores the
principal approaches to evaluation research.
EDMS 651 intermediate Statistics in Education. (3)
Distributional theory; Chi-square analysis of contingency
tables; analysis of variance; introduction to multiple
correlation and regression
EDMS 653 Correlation and Regression Analysis. (3)
Prerequisite: EDMS 651 Systematic development ol
simple regression, multiple regression, and non-linear
regression as applied to educational research problems
Emphasis is on underiying theory of procedures and on
analytical approaches which are amenable to
computerization
EDMS 723 Measurement Theory I. (3) Prerequisite:
EDMS 410. 451. or 646. Classical measurement theory
dealing with the nature ol measurement, principles and
procedures concerning the accuracy ol measurement
and prediction, reliability, and validity theory,
EDMS 724 Measurement Theory 11. (3) Theoretical
fonmulations of reliability, validity and scaling as related to
problems in measurement theory and prediction.
Prerequisites: EDMS 651 . 723.
EDMS 726 Practlcum in Individual Testing I. (3)
Prerequisite: EDMS 622 The administration and
interpretation of the Stanford-Binel and Wechsler scale ol
intelligence
EDMS 727 Practlcum In Indlviduai Testing II. (3)
Prerequisite EDMS 622 or consent ol the instructor
Provides practlcum experience in the administration of
and the interpretation of the results of individual
psychological tests. Designed to familiarize the student
with altemate instruments to the Stanlord-Binet and
Wechsler scales ol intelligence as will as to introduce the
measurement ol special abilities through the use ol
appropnate instruments.
EDMS 738 Seminar in Special Problems In
Measurement. (1-3) Prerequisite Consent of the
instructor. An apportunity for students with special
interests to focus in depth on contemporary topics in
measurement Topics to be announced, but will typically
be related to applied and theoretical measurement
EDMS 747 Design of Program Evaluations. (3)
Prerequisites EDMS 626, 647, and 651, or permission of
instructor Analysis ol measurement and design problems
in program evaluations.
EDMS 769 Special Topics in Applied Statistics In
Education. (1-4) Prerequisite: EDMS 771 or equivalent,
and consent ol instructor Designed primanly for
students majoring or minoring in Measurement and
Statistics in Education Topics to t3e announced, but will
typically relate to the areas of advanced multivariate
analysis and advanced design of experimerits
EDMS 771 Design of Experiments. (3) Prerequisite
EDMS 651 or equivalent Primarily lor the Education
student desinng more advanced worV in statistical
methodology Survey ol -major types ol statistical design
in educational research; application of multivanate
statistical techniques to educational problems
EDMS 779 Seminar In Applied Statistics. (1-3)
Enrollment restncted to doctoral students with a major or
minor in Measurement and Statistics Seminar topics will
be chosen in ternis of individual student interest
EDMS 780 Research Methods and Materials, (3)
Research methodology for case studies, surveys, and
experiments, measurements arxl statistical techniques
Primanly for advanced students arxj doctoral candidates
EDMS 798 Special Problems In Education, (1-6)
Master's, AGS, or doctoral candidates who desire to
pursue special research problems under the direction ol
their advisors may register for credit under this number
EDMS 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
Registration required to the extent ol 6 hours lor master s
thesis
EDMS 879 Doctoral Seminar. (1-3) Prerequisite
Passing the preliminary examinations for a doctor's
degree in Education, or recommendation of a doctoral
advisor Analysis of doctoral proiects and theses, and ol
other on-going research projects A docloral carxJidate
Mechanical Engineering Program 123
may participate in the seminar during as many university
sessions as he desires, but may earn no more than three
semester hours ol credit accumulated one hour at a time
in the seminar An Ed.D candidate may earn in total no
mofe than nine semester hours, and a Ph D. candidate,
no (TX>re than eighteen semester hours in the seminar
and in EDMS 899
EDMS 889 Internship In Measurement and Statistics.
(3-16) Internships in the major area of study are
available to selected students who have teaching
experience The following groups of students are eligible:
(a) Any student who has been advanced to candidacy for
the ddotors degree; and (b) Any student who receives
special approval by the Education faculty for an
internship provided that prior to taking an internship, such
student shall have completed at least 60 semester hours
of graduate wori<, including at least six semester hours in
Education at the Universitt of Maryland Each intern is
assigned to wori< on a full-time basis for at least a
semester with an appropriate staff memtwr in a
cooperating school, school system, or educational
institution or agency. The internship must he taken in a
school situation different from the one where the student
is reguiariy employed The interns sponsor maintains a
dose working relationship with the Intern and the other
persons involved Note: The total number of credits
whk;h a student may earn in EDMS 489, 888, and 889 is
limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester hours
EDMS 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
Registratbn required to the extent of 6-9 fwurs for an
Ed D project and 12-18 hours for a Ph D dissertation
Mechanical Engineering
Program
Professor and Chairman: Cunniff
Professors: Allen, Anand, Armstrong, Berger,
Buckley, Dieter, Foumey, Hsu, Marcinkowski, Marks,
Sallet, Sayre, Shreeve, Talaat, Wockenfuss, Yang.
Associate Professors: Hayleck, Holloway, Kirk,
Kobayashi. Wallace, Walston
Assistant Professors: Barker. Bernard,, Dagalakis,
Palmer, Shih. Tsui.
Visiting Professor'DureWi, Inwin, Sanford
Lecturers: Baker. Dawson,
The Mechanical Engineering Department offers a
broad based program leading to a Master of Science
degree with courses drawn from four different areas
of specialization: (1) Energy, (2) Fluid Mechanics, (3)
Solid Mechanics and (4) Systenns Analysis and
Design In certain cases, a student may wish to
concentrate his studies early in his graduate worV
and MS programs in each of the four areas of
specialty are available For the Ph.D. program which
stresses research capabilities, an area of
specialization should be selected early so that the
student can prepare for the comprehensive
examination and can establish the depth of
understanding in a given technical area necessary to
begin thesis research.
(1) Energy. This area of specialization treats
the transformation, transportation and utilization of all
types of energy The area encompasses four main
topics that include solar energy, energy conversion,
heat and mass transfer, and thermodynamics. Solar
energy studies deal with the engineering applications
of solar thermal energy to heating, cooling, and the
generation of electricity with photovoltaic, biological
and wind-power systems included in energy
conversion coverage are thermoelectric, thermionic,
photovoltaic, fuel cells and magnetohydrodynamics
Analytical, empirical, and experimental solutions are
developed in solving heat and mass transfer
problems. The coverage in thermodynamics includes
macroscopic and microscopic considerations of
processes, statistical methods and irreversible
processes
(2) Fluid Mechanics This area of specialization
prepares the student for study in advanced analytical
and experimental methods in fluid mechanics. Areas
of study include road vehicle aerodynamics, two
phase flow. Ixiundary layers and jets, vortex
dynamics, shock wave phenomena, and ocean
engineering. Laboratory facilities are available for
research in low speed flow phenomena, two phase
flow studies, vortex motions, and hydromechanics.
(3) Solid Mechanics. This area ol specialization
emphasizes exposure to fundamental concepts in
analytical and experimental methods of solid
mechanics Areas of study include theoretical and
applied elasticity, fracture mechanics, experimental
mechanics, noise and vibration control, acoustics,
numeeica modeling, and linear and nonlinear
mechanics. Laboratory facilities are available for
research in stress analysis, fracture, acoustics,
photoelasticity, and holography.
(4) Systems Analysis and Design This area of
specialization combines fields of science and
technology for the purposes of analysis, synthesis,
design and management of complex systems. In
addition to traditional applications to communication,
transportation and aerospace systems and
production processes, this area of specialization
finds increased application in economics, biomedical
engineering and urban problems. The graduate
program is organized to include a variety of courses
in control systems, optimization design, systems
analysis, and economics of product design and
processing. Research programs often stress specific
as well as interdisciplinary areas of investigation.
Experimental research facilities are available for
studies of polymer processes, control systems and
tribology
Graduates with an M.S. or Ph.D. in mechanical
engineering are In high demand by a wide variety of
industries and the federal government. Jobs are
more plentiful than ever. Also, career opportunities in
academia are excellent for Ph.D. graduates due to
the shortage of qualified persons in mechanical
engineering.
Admission and Degree Information
The programs leading to the M.S. and PhD
degrees are open to qualified students holding the
B.S degree Admission may be granted to students
with degrees outside of mechanical engineering. In
some cases it may be necessary to require
undergraduate courses to complete the student's
background The general regulations of the
Graduate School apply in reviewing applications.
The candidate for the MS degree has the
choice between the thesis option or the non-thesis
option The equivalent of at least three years of
full-time study beyond the B.S. degree is required
for the PhD degree In addition to the general
rijies of the Graduate School, certain special degree
requirements are set forth by the department in its
departmental publications
Facilities and Special Resources
The Department maintains laboratory facilities for
graduate research, air guns, impact testers, vibration
shaker tables, and acoustic analysis equipment are
available for studies in dynamic stress analysis and
vibration Static and dynamic stress analysis are
conducted by photoelastic and holographic
techniques. The fluid dynamics facilities include
wind tunnels, water tables, a high-vacuum
apparatus, water turbines, and diagnostic equipment.
An analog computer, function generators, recorders,
and plotters are utilized for experimental research in
systems analysis There is a large complement of
mechanical testing equipment for research in
engineering materials The Institute for Physical
Science and Technology maintains a fully-equipped
electron microscopy facility, an X-ray diffraction
facility and equipment for crystal growing. The
engineering computational facility contains remote
tenninals to the University's UNIVAC 1106 and
UNIVAC 1108 digital computers, which are used In
support of research programs. The Engineering
Library is housed nearby in conjunction with the
mathematics and physical science collections.
Financial Assistance
Financial assistance is available to outstanding
students in the form of teaching asslstantships.
research asslstantships and instructorships
Additional Information
Additional information may be obtained from the
Graduate Advisor, Department of Mechanical
Engineering.
Courses
ENME 400 Machine Design (3) Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week Prerequisite: ENME 300. 360.
Wori<ing stresses, stress concentration, stress analysis
and repeated loadings. Design of machine elements.
Kinematics of mechanisms.
ENME 402 Selected Topics In Engineering Design (3)
Three lecture periods per week. Prerequisite: Senior
standing in mechanical engineering or consent of
instructor. Creativity and innovation in design.
Generalized performance analysis, reliability and
optimization as applied to the design of components and
engineering systems. Use of computers in design.
Design of multivariable systems.
ENME 403 Automatic Controls (3) Prerequisites: ENEE
300. senior standing. Hydraulic, electrical, mechanical
and pneumatic automatic control systems Open and
closed loops. Steady state and transient operation,
stability criteria, linear and non-linear systems. Laplace
transforms
ENME 404 Mechanical Engineering Systems Design
(4) Two lectures and two laboratory penods per week
Prerequisite: Senior standing In mechanical engineering.
Design of components that form a complete wort<ing
system. Engineering economics, performance-cost
studies, optimization Engineering design practice
through case studies. Legal and ethical responsibility of
the designer. Not open to students who have credit in
ENME 401
ENME 405 Energy Conversion Design (3) Two lectures
and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Senior
standing in mechanical engineering. Application of
thermodynamics, fluid mechanics and heat transfer to
energy conversion processes. Design of engines,
compressors, heal exchangers. Energy storage and fuel
handling equipment. Not open to students who have
credit in ENME 421.
ENME 410 Operations Research I (3) Prerequisite;
Senior standing in mechanical engineering. Applications
of linear programming, queuing model, theory of games
and competitive models to engineering problems.
ENME 411 Introduction to Industrial Engineering (3)
Prerequisites: ENME 300 and ECON 205 or consent of
Instructor. This course is concerned with the design,
improvement and installation ol integrated systems of
men. matenals and equipment. Areas covered include
industrial activities, plant layout and design, value
analysis, engineering economics, quality and production
control, methods engineering, industrial relations, etc.
ENME 412 Mechanical Design for Manufacturing and
Production (3) Prerequisite; Senior standing in
engineering. The physical properlties of materials.
Review of key fundamental principles used In product
design Characterizatiori of various classes of
engineering materials. The types of manufacturing
processes which can be applied to production of the
design.
ENME 415 Engineering Applications of Solar Energy
(3) Prerequisites; ENME 315 and 321 Collection,
storage, and utilization of solar thermal energy
Conversion to electricity. Comporieril and system
modeling equations. Performance analysis Systems
design.
ENME 420 Energy Conversion (3) Prerequisite: ENME
320. Chemical, heat, mechanical, nuclear and electrical
energy conversion processes, cycles and systems. Direct
conversion processes of fuel cells, thermionics and
magneto hydromechanics.
ENME 422 Energy Conversion 11 (3) Prerequisite:
ENME 315. Advanced topics in energy conversion.
Direct conversion processes of fuel cells, solar cells,
thermionics. thermoelectrics and magnetohydrodynamics.
ENME 423 Environmental Engineering (3) Prerequisite;
ENME 321 and senior standing in mechanical
engineering. Heating and cooling load computations.
Thermodynamics of refrigeration. Low temperature
refrigeration. Problems involving extremes of
temperature, pressure, acceleration and radiation.
124 Mechanical Engineering Program
ENME 424 Thermodynamics II (3) Prerequisites ENME
321, senior standing Applications to special systems,
change of phase, low temperature Statistical concepts,
equilibnum, heterogenous systems.
ENME 442 Fluid Mechanics II (3) Prerequisite ENME
342. senior standing. Hydrodynamics with engineering
applications. Stream (unction and velocity potential,
conformal transformations, pressure distributions,
circulation, numerical methods and analogies
ENME 450 Mechanical Engineering Analysis for the
Oceanic Environment (3) Prerequisite: Junior standing
Study ol the characteristics of the marine environment
which aftecl the design, operation and maintenance o(
mechanical equipment, effects of waves, currents,
pressure, temperature, corrosion, and fouling Study of
design parameters tor existing and proposed mechanical
systems used in marine construction, on shiptx)ard, in
search and salvage operations
ENME 451 Mechanical Engineering Systems for
Underwater Operations (3) Prerequisite: ENME 450 or
consent of instructor Study of propulsion, control and
environmental systems for submerged vehicles. Design
of mechanical systems in support of diving and saturated
living operations.
ENME 452 Physical and Dynamical Oceanography (3)
Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor Historical review
of oceanography physical, chemical, stratification and
circulation properties of the ocean: dynamics of
frictionless, frictional, wind driven and thermohaline
circulations, air-sea Interactions
ENME 453 Ocean Waves, Tides and Turbulences (3)
Prerequisite: METO 420 or consent of instructor
Introduction to the theory of oceanic wave motions, tides,
wind waves, swells, storm surges, seiches, tsunamies,
internal waves, turbulence, stirring, mixing and diffusion.
ENME 461 Dynamics II (3) Prerequisites: ENME 360,
differential equations, senior standing in mechanical
engineering. Linear and non-linear plane and
three-dimensional motion, moving axes, LaGrange's
equation, Hamilton's principle, non-linear vibration,
gyroscope, celestial mechanics
ENME 462 Introduction to Engineering Acoustics (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 246 Study of the physical behavior
ol sound waves. Introduction to terminology and
instrumentation used in acoustics Criteria for noise and
vibration control Some fundamentals underiying noise
control and applications to ventilation systems, machine
and shop quieting, office buildings, jet noise,
transportation systems and undenwater sound.
ENME 463 Mechanical Engineering Analysis (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 246 Mathematical modeling of
physical situations Solution of problems expressed by
partial differential equations. Application of Fourier series
and integrals. Laplace transformation, Bessel functions,
Legendre polynomials and complex problems in
mechanical vibrations, heat transfer, fluid mechanics and
automatic control theory
ENME 464 Machine Design il (3) Prerequisite: ENME
400 The study ol stress and strain as applied to
engineering problems: stress and strain from a three
dimensional point of view; theories of failure; residual
stresses; dynamic loading; fatigue; environmental
influence; temperature extremes; corrosive media. Case
studies of design practices.
ENME 465 introductory Fracture Mechanics (3)
Prerequisite: Senior standing in engineering An
examination of the concepts of fracture in members with
pre-existing flaws. Emphasis is primarily on the
mechanics aspects with the development of the Griffith
theory and the introduction of the stress intensity factor,
K, associated with different types of craci<s Fracture
phenomena are introduced together with cntical values of
the fracture toughness of materials Testing procedures
for characterizing materials together with applications of
fracture mechanics to design are treated.
ENME 480 Engineering Experimentation (3) One
lecture and two laboratory periods a week Prerequisite:
Senior standing in mechanical engineering. Theory of
experimentation Applications of the principles of
measurement and instrumentation systems to laboratory
experimentation. Experiments iri fluid mechanics, solid
mechanics and energy conversion. Selected experimerits
or assigried projects to emphasize planned procedure,
analysis and communication of results, analogous
systems and leadership.
ENME 481 Engineering Experimentation (3) One
lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite
Senior standing in mechanical engineering. Theory of
experimeritation. Applicatioris of the principles of
measuremerit arid instrumentation systems to latxjratory
experimeritation. Experiments in fluid mechanics, solid
mechanics and energy conversion. Selected experiments
or assigned projects to emphasize planned procedure,
analysis and communication of results, analogous
systems and leadership
ENME 488 Special Problems (3) Prerequisite Senior
standing in mechanical engineering. Advanced problems
in mechanical engineering with special emphasis on
mathematical and experimerital methods.
ENME 489 Special Topics in Mechanical Engineering
(3) Prerequisite: Permission of ihstructor. May be taken
for repeated credit up to a total of 6 credits, with the
permission of the student's advisor. Selected topics of
current importance in mechanical engineering.
ENME 600 Advanced Mechanical Engineering Design.
(3) Synthesis of stress analysis and properties and
charactenstics of materials as related to design. Areas
covered: combined stress designs, optimizations,
composite structures, stress concentrations, design under
various environmental conditions, metal working, limit
analysis, etc. Review of design literature, design project.
ENME 605 Systems Analysis I. (3) Prerequisite: ENME
403, Linear control systems using time and frequency
techniques; classical and state space formation;
graphical methods; stability and performance indices,
controllability and observability. Examples from
mechanical, fluid, thermal, as well as hybrid systems
ENME 606 Systems Analysis II. (3) Prerequisite; ENME
605. Nonlinear systems using series arid linearizing
techniques, switching systems; classical and state space
techniques; discrete systems and hybrid systems;
systems usirig stochastic inputs, introduction to filtering
and estimating.
ENME 607 Systems Modeling and Simulation. (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 462 or equivalent. Modeling of
complex electromechanical, fluid, and thermal systems.
Digital and analog computer simulation in the time and
frequency domain for dynamic analysis. Modification of
system characteristics to meet resporise requirements.
Application to mechanical engineering systems
ENME 610 Optimization Design for Mechanical
Engineering. (3) Prerequisites: ENME 404 or MAPL 477
Analytical and computational techniques for solving
optimization problems in mechanical engineering. Review
of the basic parameter and functional optimization
methods. Optimization problems from the fields of
structural analysis, vibrations, mechanisms design,
machine elements, biomedical engineering, and energy
systems.
ENME 611 Economics of Product Design and
Processing. (3) Prerequisite: ENME 300 or equivalent
Consideration of the costs of manufacturirig processes in
design. Characterizatiori of mariufacturing processes as
basic {casting, forging, molding, etc.) or secondary
(machining, cold working, drawing, etc.) Description of
processes in terms of capabilities, costs and effects on
mechanical properties of the product
ENME 622 Energy Conversion - Solld-State (3)
Prerequisite:ENME 405 Theory, design and
pertormance analysis ol fuel cells, photovoltaic cells, and
thermoelectnc conversion, considering their compatible
energy sources
ENME 624 Energy Conversions — Plasma State. (3)
Prerequisite: ENME 405. Theory, design and
performance analysis of magnetoplasmadynamic
(magnetohydrodynamic) and thermionic-plasma energy
conversion, considering their compatible energy sources.
Certain aspects of fusion plasma and fusion energy to
electrical energy conversion.
ENME 630 Advanced Heat Transfer. (3) Prerequisites:
ENME 315. 321. 342. 343. Theory of conduction,
convection, and radiation. Physical properties and
experimental methods. Equatiohs of trarisfer arid their
solution. Network arialysis arid engineering metfvxls.
ENME 631 Advanced Conduction and Radiation Heat
Transfer. (3) Prerequisite: ENME 315. 321. and 700
Theory of conduction and radiation. Ariisotropic
conduction and bidirectional radiation properties and
experimerits General conduction and radiation governing
equations. Integration, finite-difference, and finite element
techniques. Combined conduction and radiation.
Engineeririg applicatioris.
ENME 632 Advanced Convection Heat Transfer. (3)
Prerequisite: ENME 315. 342. 343. and 700 Theory ol
corivection and mass transfer in pipe flow, boundary
layer flow, separated flow, free convection. t}oiling and
condensing. Flow and energy equations. Solutions and
engineering applicatioris. Experimental methods.
ENME 633 Advanced Classical Thermodynamics. (3)
Prerequisite: ENME 315. The laws of classical
thermodynamics Equations of state Temperature
scales. Availability. General equilibnum, Corollanes to the
second law. Chemical thermodynamics.
ENME 634 Statistical and Irreversible
Thermodynamics. (3) Prerequisite: ENME 315 Kinetic
theory of gases and transport properties. Quantum
mechanics and statistics. Panition functions and
applications. Solids, liquids, and gases. Irreversible
processes, coupled phenomena and applications.
ENME 635 Analysis of Energy Systems. (3)
Prerequisites: ENME 403. 404. and 405. Energy
conversion systems for renewable and non-renewable
energy sources. Component modeling, performance
charts. Overall indices of performance. Environmental
effects Cost effectiveness Optimization strategies Case
studies.
ENME 647 Multiphase Flow and Heat Transfer. (3)
Prerequisites: ENME 321 and 342 or equivalent.
Phase-change heat transfer phenomenology, analysis
and correlations; boiling and condensation in stationary
systems Multiphase flow fundamentals, one-dimensional,
two-phase flow analysis. Critical flow rates. Corivective
boiling and condensation. Two-phase flow instabilities.
Applications
ENME 650 Design of Turl>omachlnery. (3) Prerequisite:
ENME 342 or equivalent. Characteristics and design of
turbines, pumps, compressors and torque convenors,
cavitation, stall and surge.
ENME 651 Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics I. (3)
Pre- or corequisite: ENME 700 or equivalent
mathematical background. A broad study of the
fundamental principles of fluid mechanics including
potential flow, viscous flow and compressible flow.
ENME 652 Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 11. (3) or
Prerequisite: ENME 651 A continuation of ENME 651.
ENME 653 Topics In Hydrodynamics. (3) Prerequisite:
ENME 651 or equivalent Analysis of the flow ol fluids in
which viscosity and compressibility are not significant.
Complex variable techriiques, method of Images, small
perturbatiori techniques, surface waves, thin airfoil
theory, and geophysical flows.
ENME 654 Topics in Compressible Flow. (3)
Prerequisite: ENME 652 or equivalent. Study of the
compressible flow of fluids. Method of characteristics,
experimental techniques, small perturbation theory and
similarity rules, and gas dynamics of two-phase flows
and reading mixtures.
ENME 655 Topics In Viscous Flow. (3) Prerequisite:
ENME 652 or equivalent Current techniques in analysing
viscous flows in engineering applications. Integral, and
numerical methods, asymptotic methods, and their
applications.
ENME 658 Current Topics In Fluid Dynamics. (3) cr
May be repeated for credit to maximum of six credits for
the MS degree or twelve credits for the Ph.D. degree.
ENME 662 Linear Vibrations. (3) First semester three
lectures a week Founer and statistical analysis,
transient, steady-state, and random behavior ol linear
tumped mass systems, normal mode theory; shock
spectrum concepts; mechanical impedance and mobility
methods, vibrations of continuous media including rods,
beams, and membranes
ENME 664 Dynamics. (3) Fundamentals of Nevi^onian
dynamics which includes kinematics of a particle,
dynamics of a particle and system of particles,
LaGranges equations, basic concepts and kinematics of
rigid body motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, Hamiltori's
principle. Applications to mechanical engineering
problems.
ENME 665 Advanced Topics in Vibrations. (3)
Prerequisite: ENME 662 Geometrical and numerical
analysis of norilinear and damped vibration systems.
Vibration under combined loading of bending, shear and
Meteorology Program 125
torsion Random vibrations
ENME 670 Continuum Mechanics. (3) First semester
Three lectures a weel< The algebra and calculus of
tensors in Riemannian space are developed with special
emphasis on those aspects which are most relevant to
mechanics- The geometry of curves and surfaces in E-3
is examined. The concepts are applied to the derivation
of the field equations for the non-linear theory of
continuous media and to various problems arisirig in
classical dynamics
ENME 671 Linear Theory o( Eiasticlty. (3) Second
semester. Three lectures per week. The basic equations
of the linear theory are developed as a special case of
the non-linear theory. The first and second boundary
value problems are discussed together with the problem
of uniqueness. Solutions are constructed to problems of
technical interest through semi-inverse, transform and
potential methods. Included are the study of plane
problems, torsion, dynamic response of spherical shells
and tut>es. microstructure and anisotropic matenals,
ENME 677 Applied Elasticity. (3) Prerequisite MATH
462 or equivalent Analysis of stress and strain,
equilibrium and compatibility conditions, plane stress and
plane strain problems, torsion and flexure of bars,
general three dimensional analysis, energy metliods,
thermal stresses, and wave propagation,
ENME 678 Fracture Mechanics. (3) An advanced
treatment of fracture mechanics covenng in detail the
analysis concepts for determining the stress intensity
factors for various types of cracks. Advanced
experimental methods for evaluatiori of materials or
structures for fracture toughness. Analysis of moving
cracks and the statistical analysis of fracture strength
Finally, illustrative fracture control plans are treated to
show the engineering applications of fracture mechanics,
ENME 680 Experimental Mechanics. (3) Prerequisite
Undergraduate course in instrumentation or equivalent.
Advanced methods of measurement in solid and fluid
mechanics. Scientific photography. moire,
photoelasticity. strain gages, interferometry, holography,
speckle, ndt techniques, shock and vibration, and laser
anemometry
ENME 681 Engineering Acoustics. (3) Analogies in
electncal, mechanical, and acoustical systems.
Mathematical treatment of electro-mechano-acoustical
systems such as speakers, horns and microphones
Wave equation and its solution to phenomena involving
the propagation, refraction and transmission of sound
Acoustical measurements and interpretation of results
towards rwise control Propagation of spherical waves
and the radiation of sound Architectural acoustics
ENME 682 Nonlinear Solids. (3) Prerequisite ENME
700 A survey course dealing with first principals
non-linear mechanics An overview of the classical
rheological relations. Theory of creep deformation,
viscoelastic deformation and plastic deformation.
Emphasis on the more elementary aspects of each topic
Applications to simple engineering problems,
ENME 683 Plates and Shells. (3) Prerequisites: ENME
677 or an equivalent course in elasticity Theory of
surfaces, fundamental equations of thin elastic shells and
the specialization of these to the case of flat plates
Problems solved involving orthotropic plates and shells.
Shells of revolution under arbitrary loading Computer
usage for the solution of shell and plate problems.
ENME 700 Advanced Mechanical Engineering
Analysis I. (3) An advanced, unified approach to the
solution of mechanical engineering problems, emphasis
is on the formulation and solution of equilibrium,
eigenvalue and propagation problems Review and
extension of undergraduate material in Applied
Mathematics with emphasis on problems in heal transfer,
vibrations, fluid flow and stress analysis which may be
formulated and solved by classical procedures
ENME 701 Advanced Mechanical Engineering
Analysis ii. (3) Formulation and solution of mechanical
engineenng problems Analysis of oscillatory and
non-oscillatory systems utilizing discrete parameter
techniques including matnx methods, finite element
methods, finite differences and numerical integration.
Study of non-linear vibration and control systems with
emphasis on perturbation theory and stability analysis.
Engineering applications of statistical analysis,
ENME 703 Mechanical Engineering laboratory. (3)
Prerequisite: An undergraduate course in instrumentation
or equivalent Two lectures and one laboratory per week.
Theory of measurements, and art and science of using
instruments. Instrumentation for measuring fluid flow,
temperature and heat, stress and strain, and sound and
vibrations. Introduction to non-destructive testing, optical
techniques and electronic data processing. Design,
conduction and analysis of an expenment,
ENME 760 Advanced Structural Dynamics I. (3)
Advanced topics in structural dynamics analysis: dynamic
properties of matenals, impact and contact phenomena,
wave propagation, modern numerical methods for
complex structural systems, analysis for wind and blast
loads, penetration loads, and earthquake, non-linear
systems, random vibrations and structural failure from
random loads. Prerequisites: ENME 602, 603 or
equivalent,
ENME 788 Seminar. (1-3) First or second semester
Credit in accordance with work outlined by Mechanical
Engineering staff Prerequisite: Graduate standing in
Mechanical Engineenng,
ENME 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
ENME 808 Advanced Topics In Mechanical
Engineering. (2-3)
ENME 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
Meteorology Program
Professor and Chairman: Baer
Professors: Vernekar
Professor Emeritus: Landsburg
Research Professor: Faller
Visiting Professor: Mintz
Associate Professors: Ellingson, Rodenhuis,
Thompson
Assistant Professors: Pinker, Fitter, Robock
Adjunct Professors: Gruber, Holland, North
Visiting Lecturers: Atlas, Kalnay-Rivas,
Research Associates: Klein, Fritz, Sheu
The Meteorology Department offers a full course of
study leading to the degrees of Master of Science
and Doctor of Philosophy specializing in the
atmospheric sciences. Additionally, a full
complement of course work in meteorology is offered
at the upper division and graduate level as a service
to other campus graduate programs
The educational program in the atmospheric
sciences is broadly based, involving many of the
applications of the mathematical, physical and
applied sciences that characterize modern
meteorooloy Areas of research specialization
presently receiving the most concentrated attention
are atmospheric dynamics, atmospheric radiative
transfer, remote sensing of the atmosphere, dynamic
climatology, numerical weather prediction,
turbulence, diffusion and micrometerology.
The Meteorology Department is in the Division of
Mathematical and Physical Sciences and
Engineering and maintains close research and
teaching associations with the Division's Institute for
Physical Science and Technology,
The Department's close association with Federal
Agencies in the Washington area provides graduates
with good job potential in the atmospheric sciences
As a research assistant, the student often has the
opportunity to develop a close working relationship
with one or more of the scientific agencies This can
put the student in a good position to contend for
positions as they become available.
Admission and Degree Information
The advanced degree programs in meteorology are
open to students holding the bachelor's degree in
meteorology, physics, chemistry, mathematics,
astronomy, engineering or other programs with
suitable emphasis in the sciences. Comprehensive,
undergraduate level courses in meteorology are
provided for students from disciplines other than
meteorology
To qualify for the Master of Science degree in
meteorology, the candidate is required to complete
the following graduate level core course work: METO
610 — Dynamic Meteorology 1 (3 credits); METO
612 — Atmospheric turbulence and Diffusion (3
credits): METO 620— Atmospheric Radiation (3
credits). METO 640 — Micrometeorology may be
substituted for METO 612 at the advisor's discretion
A minimum of 21 additional hours of credit,
including research, is required At least 12 credits
must be in meteorology at the 600 level or above,
and generally no more than 6 credits of 400 level
meteorology courses can be applied to the degree.
The program may include up to nine credits of
course work at the 400 level or above in other
departments
The Master's degree program will consist of a
coherent program in one of four options:
Atmospheric Physics, Atmospheric Dynamics,
Micrometeorology and Air Pollution, and Applied
Climatology, Students may elect either a thesis
option or a non-thesis option, consisting of one
scholarty review paper and a comprehensive
examination. A final oral examination is administered
prior to the award of the degree Full-time students
with an appropriate background in meteorology can
complete the MS, program in one calendar year.
Additional time may be necessary for students
entering from other disciplines.
To qualify for the Ph D degree, the candidate
must select a major and an ancillary course work
program. Ancillary course work programs are
individually tailored to the needs and interests of the
student. Each student is expected to develop a
major course work program with his advisor which
will provide adequate preparation for the candidacy
exams and adequate background for a successful
research program leading to a Ph D dissertation.
Because of the diversity of subject matter in
meteorology, due consideration will be given to the
area of specialization of the individual student,
although the comprehensive nature of the
examination will not be compromised. Students who
satisfy minimum requirements on the written
examinations will be admitted to oral examinations,
A single pass-fail outcome of the examinations will
be determined from a combination of written and
oral grades with standards in each category set to
assure an adequate professional level of
performance.
There is no special language requirement for the
Ph D, degree program in meteorology Ability to do
independent research must be shown by a written
dissertation which embodies an original contribution
to knowledge, on some topic connected with
meteorology. Departmental requirements for the
dissertation are essentially the same as Graduate
School requirements. Typically. PhD programs in
meteorology require from three to five years of study
beyond the bachelor's degree depending on the
prior education and training of the candidate
Facilities and Special Resources
Special facilities supporting the teaching and
research activities of the Meteorology Department
include continuous weather facsimile equipment on
line with the National Weather Service synoptic data
networi<, facsimile equipment for National Weather
Service meteorological radar network, a synoptics
latX)ratory, solar radiation monitoring station,
Automatic Picture Transmission satellite receiving
station, weather instrument station (NOAA
cooperative observing station), mobile
micrometeorological survey vehicle, laboratory for
analysis of air pollution samples, special laboratory
facility for fluid dynamic experimentation in rotating
systems, linear wind-wave tank for studying the
interaction of water waves and wind.
Special data collections supporting the teaching
and research activities include northern hemisphere
meteorological data tabulations on microfilm, unique
historical daily weather map series dating back to
1899, complete set of climatological data for the
United States dating back to 1917, files of the
(former) NOAA State Climatologist for Maryland,
Synchronous Meteorological Satellite data archive
including visible and infra-red photography and film
loops, and meteorological data for four outlying
weather stations on University farms.
The Meteorology Department has a modern
teaching laboratory in which educational color video
126 Microbiology Program
tapes and 16 mm films may be produced and/or
played back. Sufficient equipment is installed to
allow students and faculty to produce their own
educational materials for classroom and seminar use
as well as to record experiments, field trials or
lecture events.
Aside from general library facilities on the
campus, there is. within the l^eteorology
Department, a specialized library with several
hundred text and reference books in meteorology
and allied sciences, many specialized series of
research reports and many current journals in
meteorology and related fields Access to the vast
holdings of the atmospheric Sciences Library of
NOAA at Silver Spring. Maryland, within about 20
minutes of the campus, has been arranged
Adjacent to the Meteorology Department is the
University's Computer Science Center The
Department also has a computer terminal facility
which provides remote access to computers at the
National Center for Atmospheric Research in
Boulder. Colorado, and to the NASA Goddard Space
Flight Center in Greenbelt, Maryland
Professional interactions with the major federal
agency in the atmospheric, oceanographic and
hydrologic sciences are provided under a formal
Memorandum of Agreement with NOAA This
agreement provides for the development of special
courses and seminars by visiting faculty from these
agencies as well as opportunities for faculty and
students to work on site at NOAA facilities. In
addition, through memt)ership in the University
Corporation for Atmospheric Research, the
Meteorology Department enjoys the common
facilities offered by the National Center for
Atmospheric Research at Boulder, Colorado.
Financial Assistance
Graduate Assistantships are available to qualified
graduate students. Research Assistants carry on
research in the general areas of synoptic and
dynamic meteorology, satellite meteorology,
micrometeorology and air pollution, theoretical or
experimental fluid dynamics, atmospheric radiation,
and general circulation Stipends are dependent on
the student's background and experience and are
maintained at a competitive level.
Additional Information
Application material or additional information may be
obtained by writing:
Director. Meteorology Program
Space Sciences Building
University of Maryland
Courses
METO 410 General Meteorology I (3) Prerequisite
MATH 241 Pre- or corequisite: PHYS 294 or 263 An
introduction to the broad range of theoretical and applied
studies in meteorology to acquaint the student with the
interaction of the physical and dynamic processes and
the various scales of atmosphenc phenomena.
Introduction to radiational energy transfer in the
atmosphere, earth-atmospheric energy budgets,
atmospheric themiodynamics.
METO 411 General Meteorology II (3) Prerequisite:
METO 410 METO 460 suggested as a companion
course A continuation of METO 410 including an
introduction to the concepts of vorticity and circulation in
the atmosphere, properties of cold fronts and wamn
fronts, cyclones and anticyclones, air masses,
thunderstorms, elements of dynamic weather forecasting,
microphysics of cloud formation and precipitation,
turbulence and diffusion in the atmosphere
METO 412 Physics and Thermodynamics of the
Atmosphere (3) Prerequisites. MATH 241 , PHYS 284 or
equivalent. Optical phenomena, the radiation balance,
introduction to cloud physics, atmosphenc electrical
phenomena, basic thermodynamic processes and their
application to the atmosphere.
METO 416 Introduction to Atmospheric Dynamics (3)
Prerequisites: MATH 241. 246; PHYS 263 The
equations of atmospheric motion; coordinate systems;
balanced flows and elementary application, divergence,
circulation and vorticity; the planetary boundary layer,
diagnostic analysis with the quasi-geotrophic equations,
METO 420 Physical and Dynamical Oceanography (3)
Prerequisite METO 410 or a basic course in fluid
dynamics such as ENME 340, Histoncal review ot
oceanography; physical, chemical, stratification and
circulation properties ol the ocean, dynamics of
frictionless, fnctional. wind driven and themiohaline
circulation; air-sea interactions
METO 422 Oceanic Waves, Tides and Turbulence (3)
Prerequisite: METO 420. Introduction to the theory ol
oceanic wave motions, tides, wind waves, swells, storm
surges, seiches, isunamis. internal waves, turbulence,
stimng. mixing and diffusion; probability, statistics and
time senes.
METO 434 Air Pollution (3) Prerequisite Senior
standing In science or engineering or consent ol the
instnictor Three lectures per week Classification of
atmospheric pollutants and their effects on visibility,
inanimate and animate receptors. Evaluation ol source
emissions and principles ol air pollution control;
meteorological (actors governing the distribution and
removal ot air pollutants, air quality measurements and
air pollution control legislation.
METO 460 Synoptic Meteorology I (3) Pre- or
corequisite: METO 411 or equivalent Two three-hour
lecture/laboratory periods per week. The
three-dimensional structure of synoptic seale systems
and their relation to underiying dynamical principles
Weather map plotting and analysis techniques. Satellite
imagery interpretation. Meteorological data acquisition
and use,
METO 461 Synoptic laboratory II (3) Prequisite: METO
460 A continuation ol METO 460,
METO 499 Special Problems In Atmospheric Science
(1-3) Prerequisite Consent of instnjctor Research or
special study in the field of meteorology and the
atmospheric and oceanic sciences Repeatable to a
maximum of 6 credits.
METO 610 Dynamic Meteorology I. (3) Prerequisites
METO 412. 416; MATH 400. Review ol dynamic
equations; the stress tensor and viscous flow, the
barotropic and quasi-geostrophic assumptions; potential
vorticity Scale analysis, linear wave theory; instability
mechanisms, especially baroclinic instability in the
atmosphere; atmospheric energy propagation, numerical
weather prediction, the general circulation.
METO 611 Dynamic Meteorology II. (3) Prefequlsite:
METO 610. Advanced topics in atmospheric wave motion
and stability' analysis concentrating on the sub-synoptic
scales: geoslrophic ad|ustment and energy propagation
with application to mountain waves; thermal convection
with application to the atmosphere and especially tropical
meteorology, the planetary boundary layer; numerical
modeling ol atmosphenc phenomena on the mesoscale.
METO 612 Atmospheric Turbulence and Diffusion. (3)
Prerequisites: METO 610 or equivalent. Statistical
description ol turtjulence; the profiles of temperature and
wind near the ground; the vertical transport of
momentum, heat and water vapor; spectra and scales of
atmospheric turtjulence; recent theories of turbulent
shear flow and convection
METO 614 Numerical Weather Prediction. (3)
Prerequisites: METO 611 or equivalent. Numerical
techniques for the solution or partial differential
equations; application to the equations of atmospheric
motion. Eulerian. I^Grangian and apectral methods;
numerical models of the general circulation; cun'ent
applications to research and forecasting
METO 616 Planetary Fluid Dynamics. (3) Prerequisites:
METO 412, 610 or equivalent. The stnjcture of the
atmospheres of the earth and other planets, analytical,
numerical and expenmenlal models of the circulations of
planetary atmospheres and oceans; tidal motions,
METO 617 General Circulation of the Atmosphere. (3)
Prerequisite: METO 610 or equivalent. Derivations ol
equations (or mean axially symmetnc field, mean axially
asymmetric field and transient field ol atmosphenc
motion; observed circulation, budget of heat, momentum
and water vapor; energetics; numerical simulation of the
atmosphere,
METO 620 Atmospheric Radiation. (3) Prerequisite
METO 412 or equivalent Radiant energy-concepts and
definitions; radiation absorption and scattenng in the
atmosphere, direct and diffuse solar radiation, thermal
radiation, the radiation balance and climate
METO 625 Satellite Meteorology. (3) Prerequisite
METO 416. METO 620 Technical review o( the satellite
program and instrumentation systems o( the United
States and or other counlnes. a briet survey ol the use ot
visible, infrared and microwave imagery (rom satellites in
weather analysis and (orecasting. an extensive review ol
techniques (or estimating sea surface temperature and
atmosphenc temperature and moisure profiles from
satellite measurements,
METO 630 Statistical Methods In Meteorology. (3)
Prerequisites: METO 411. STAT 400 or equivalent Tests
ol significance, lime senes analysis; analysis of vanance.
multiple regression and screening multiple regression,
representation ol meteorological field vanables by
orthogonal polynomials and empincal orthogonal
polynomials, application ol multiple discnminant analysis
to the meteorological prediction
METO 634 Air Sampling and Analysis. (3) Prerequisite
METO 434 or consent ol instructor Two lectures and
one latX)ratory per week The theory and techniques
utilized in the determination ol gaseous and particulate
atmospheric pollutants Reduction and representation of
data and consideration in sampling site selection
METO 640 Micro-Meteorology. (3) Prerequisites METO
410. 411 or equivalent, A study ol energy balances al the
earth-atmosphere intertace; statistical and spectral
analysis of turtsulence. turtjulent transler ol energy and
momentum, air motions in relation to terrain and
landscape; the time and spatial vanalions ol mechanical
and thermodynamical quantities in the micro-layer ol the
atmosphere
METO 641 Meteorology of Air Pollution. (3)
Prerequisites: METO 410. 411 or equivalent Review ol
basic macro-and micro-meteorological considerations, the
nature and behavior of atmospheric aerosols; the
descnption and measurement ot the distnbution.
dispersion, and other properties ol air pollution; study ol
the meso-meteorology of cities and the climatological
influences ol air pollution,
METO 646 Almoapheric Optics. (3) Prerequisites
METO 412. 413, MATH 246 or equivalent Quantitative
assessment of radiative energy transfers in the
atmosphere; absorption and scattering by atoms,
molecules and particulates; emission by excited species
Spectroscopic analysis methods, laser assay ol
atmosphere for natural species and pollutants,
METO 658 Special Topics In Meteorology. (1-3)
Prerequisite: Consent ol instnjctor Vanous special topics
in meteorology are given intensive study The topic ol
concentration varies, from semester to semester and
depends on student and laculty interests. Often.
specialists Irom other institutions are invited to the
campus on a visiting lectureship basis to conduct the
course
METO 698 Seminar In Meteorology. (1) Prerequisite
Consent of instructor. This seminar will cover selected
topics of current meteorological interest Presentations
will be by staff members, advanced graduate students
and invited guest speakers,
METO 699 Seminar In Meteorology. (1) Prerequisite
Consent of instmctor. This seminar will cover selected
topics of current meteorological interest Presentations
will be by staff members, advanced graduate students
and invited guest speakers
METO 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
METO 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
Microbiology Program
Associate Professor and Acting Chairman: Weiner
Professors: Colwell, Cook, Cooney, Doetsch, Hetrick
Associate Professors: MacQuillan, Roberson, Voll
Assistant Professors: McNicol, Sjoblad
The Department of Microbiology offers programs
leading to the degrees of Master of Science and
Doctor of Philosophy, with special emphasis on two
major areas: biomedical and environmental
microbiology. In the biomedical area, a student may
specialize in virology, immunology and medical
bacteriology. Environmentally related research
Music Program 127
projects are being conducted in microbial ecology,
marine microbiology, diseases of fin fish and
shellfish, microbial food webs, biodegradation of
pollutarrts. and radiabon effects In addition, graduate
students carry out research in microbial systematics,
industrial fermentations, bactenal and yeast genetics.
motility and chemotaxis systems of microorganisms.
molecular biology and ecology of plasmids. DNA
repair systems and the control of bactenal
morpfiogenesis. The Department maintains a basic
science onentatjon with affliations with federal and
industrial laboratories of the greater Washington
area
Advariced degree graduates in microbiology are
in demand, particularly in specialities involving
recombinant DNA technology, immunology,
virology-tissue culture, ecology, fermentation and
pathogenies. Positions become available in both the
public arxl private sector and may involve research,
quality control and or product development
Admission and Degree Information
Qualified students are accepted in either the M.S or
Ph.D. programs Applicants for the MS program
must have acquired a thorough foundation in
biological and physical sciences. A strong
background in microbiology is desirable but not
essential. However, lack of specific courses may
lengthen tfie time required for earning a degree
Scores on the Graduate Record Examinations
(GRE), both the Aptitude Test (quantitative and
verbal) and the Advanced Test in Biology, must
accompany applications
Requirements for the MS degree include a
minimum of 24 semester hours exclusive of research
credits. A written thesis, based upon research, is
required, and all candidates must pass a final oral
examination given by an advisory committee All
candidates for graduate degrees must serve as
laboratory teaching assistants for at least one
semester per degree. Candidates normally require
about two years to complete the MS. program, but
quality of performance alone determines awarding of
ttie degree
Candidates for the Ph D. degree in addition to
the above-listed requirements, must successfully
complete a written preliminary examination. From
subjects outside the Department, Ph D candidates
must choose supporting minor course-work totaling
24 hours
Facilities and Special Resources
The Department maintains facilities which permit
research in all of the listed areas of specialization
The program in marine microbiology has access to
latxtratory equipped vessels suitable lor research in
the Chesapeake Bay. as well as the world s oceans.
Financial Assistance
A limited numt>er of graduate teaching assistantships
are available There are also opportunities for
research assistantships and scholarships
contirtgent upon current research funding.
Additional Information
Interested individuals may request an information
brochure describing m detail the Program of
Graduate Study m Microbiology For information
write to:
Chairman, Graduate Admissions Committee.
Department of Microbiology
University of MarylarxJ
Courses
Mice 400 Systematic Mlcrot>k>logy (2) Two lechjre
penods a week Prerequisites aedtts m Microbiology or
cor««nt of instructor History and philosophy of
classification Alpha, numerical and molecular genetK
taxonomy Mettxxls used m microtxal identification artd
classification
MICB 410 History of Microbiology (1) Prerequisite A
major in microCxology or consent of instructor. History
arvj integration of the turxjamental discoveries of the
science. Modem aspects of abtogenesis. fermentation,
and disease causation in relation to earty theones.
MICB 420 Epidwnlology and Public Health (2)
Prerequisite MICB 200 History, charactenstic features ol
epidemiology; the important responsibilities ol public
health; vilal statistics
MICB 430 Marine Microbiology (2) Prerequisite: MICB
200. Morphology, biochemistry and ecology of marine
microorganisms irwiuding fungi, yeasts, bactena and
viruses. Properties of manne bactena. such as
luminescence, metal ion requirements for growth
production of ectocnne compourKjs, arxj sampling and
cultunng marine microorganisms.
MICB 431 Marine Microbiology Laboratory (3) One
lecture and two three-hour latxjratory penods per week.
Prerequisites MICB 200 and permission of the insti^jctor.
Morphokjgy. biochemistry and ecology of manne
microorganisms Properties of marine bactena:
lumlnescerx:*. metal ion requirements, ectocrine
compound production, sampling arxl culturing Laboratory
may include sampling tnps in Chesapeake Bay and a
deep sea research cruise
MICB 440 Pathogenic Microbiology (4) Two lectures
and two two-hour laboratory penods a week
Prerequisite MICB 200 The role of bactena and fungi in
the diseases of man with emphasis upon the
differentiation and culture of microorganisms, types of
disease, modes of disease transmission, prophylactic.
Irierapeutic. and epidemiological aspects
MICB 450 Immunology (4) Two lectures and two
two-riour latwratory penods a week. Prerequisite MICB
440 Pnnciples of immunity; hypersensitiveness.
Fundamental techniques of immunotogy.
MICB 460 General Virology (3) Prerequisite: MICB 440
or equivalent DiscussKjn of the physical arxJ chemical
r^ature of viruses, virus cultivation and assay mettxxfs.
virus replication, viral diseases with emphasis on the
oncogenic viruses, viral genetics, and cf^aractenstics of
the major vinjs groups
MICB 470 Microbial Phystology (3) Prerequisite MICB
200. Pre- or co-requisite BCHM 462 Microbial cellular
and population growth Fermentation metatx)lism.
physiotogy of anaerobiosis. and energy conservation and
transformation m bactenal membranes. Efficiency of
energy utilization for growth. Memtxane structure and
tiansport. bactenal ct>emotaxis. regulation of tjacterial
chrofTXJSome replication. Rf^A and protein syntt>esis.
contiot of metabolic pathways
MICB 480 Microbial Ecology (3) Prerequisites: MICB
200 and CHEM 201-202 Interaction of microorganisms
with tf>e environment, otrier microorganisms and with
higher organisms Roles of microorganisms in the
biosphere Microorganisms arvJ current environmental
problems
MICB 490 Microbial Fermentations (2) Second
semester Two lecture penods a week Prerequisite
MICB 470 Pnnciples and practice in industiial
fermentation processes, and the study of fermentative
metabolism in microorganisms
MICB 491 Microbial Fermentations Laboratory (2)
Second semester Two two-hour latxjratory penods a
week Prerequisite MICB 490. or concurrent registration
in MICB 490. and consent of instructor. Methods tor the
conduct, control ar>d analysis of fermentation processes
MICB 674 Bacterial Metabolism, (2) Second semester
Prerequisite 30 credits in Microbiology and allied fiekJs.
including CHEM 461 and 462. Bactenal nutiition.
enzyme lormation. metatjolic pathways and the
dissimilation of carbon and nitrogen substiates.
MICB 688 Special Topics. (1-4) First semester
Prerequisite Twenty credits in Microbiotogy
Presentation and discussion of fundamental problems
and special subjects m the field ol miaobiology
MICB 689 Special Topics. (1-4) Secoryf semester
Prerequisite Twenty credits in Microbiotogy
Presentation and discussion of fundamental problems
and special subjects in the field of Microbiology
MICB 704 Medical Mycotogy, (4) Two lectijres and two
tv«>-hour latxxatory penods a week. Prerequisites: MICB
440 arxl 8 additional hours in Microbiology or advance
courses m allied biotogical fields MICB 450 is sffongly
recommended. Pnmarily a study of fungi associated with
human and animal diseases, with practice in tfie methods
of isolation and klentification
MICB 714 Cytok>gy of Bacteria. (2) A colk>quium for
graduate students in biological saerKes covering
structure-function relationships in bacteria. Formal
presentations are required Prior or concurrent enrollment
in ANSC 610 and or ZOOL 612 is recommended
MICB 750 Advanced Immunology. (2) Second
semester Antigens, antitxxjies. and their interactions-
Research fundamentals in Immunokjgy arxl
Immunochemistry.
MICB 751 Immunology Laboratory. (2) Second
semester. Two three-rx>ur lat»ratory sessions a week.
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor Techniques in
Expenmental lmmurx)logy and lmmurv>:hemistry.
MICB 760 Virology and Tissue Culture. (2) Second
semester. Prerequisite MICB 440 or equivalent
Physical, chemical and biokigical properties of vinjses:
viral replication: major virus groups
MICB 761 Virology and Tissue Culture Laboratory.
(2) Second semester Two three-hour laboratory penods
a week Prerequisite MICB 440 or equivalent
Registiatton only upon consent ol instructor. Latxjratory
metfiods in Virology with emphasis on cell culture
techniques
MICB 774 Advanced Bacterial Metabolism. (1)
Secorxf semester Prerequisite: Consent of insUuctor A
discussion of recent advances in ttie fiekJ of t>actenal
metatx>lism wi*i emphasis on metabolic pathways of
microorganisms
MICB 780 Genetics of Microorganisms. (2) Rrst
semester Prerequisite Consent of instructor An
intioduction to genetic principles and metfiodology
applicable to microorganisms Cellular control
mechanisms and protein biosynthesis.
MICB 781 Microbial Genetics Laboratory. (2) Two
three-hour laboratory meetirigs per week. Prerequisite:
Consent of the instructor A laboratory course designed
to acquaint shjdents with the techniques employed in
studyir>g gene control of microbial activities.
MICB 788 Seminar. (1) First semester
MICB 789 Seminar. (1) Second semester
MICB 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
MICB 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
Music Program
Professor and Chairman: Gordon
Professors: Barman, Bernstein, Folstrom, Garvey,
Gordon, Heim, Helm, Hudson, Johnson,
Montgomery, Moss, Traver, Troth, Tnje
Associate Professors: Davis. Head. Meyer,
Pennington, Schumacher, Serwer. Snapp, Urban.
Wakefield
Assistant Professors: McDonald. Payerie, Wexler,
Wilson
The Department of Music offers specialized musical
training of a highly professional natijre which
culminates in one of several graduate degrees. The
Master of Music degree is offered in five areas of
specialization: music performance. histoncal
musicology and ethnomusicology. theory,
composition, and conducting. The Doctor of
Philosophy degree is offered in musicology
(histisrical. theoretical and ethnomusicology
concentrations). The Doctor of Musical Arts degree
is offered in literature-performance and in
composition. Specializations in music education are
offered in cooperation with the College of Education
and culminate in Master of Arts. Master of
Education, Doctor of Education, or Doctor of
Philosophy degrees Specific requirements and
course offenngs for tfiose degrees are described
under the program descriptions of that college
Admission and Degree Information
Admission to graduate programs in music is highly
selective and based upon satisfactory completion of
appropnate undergraduate preparations. Evidence
128 Music Program
of established musical proficiencies must be
demonstrated by audition, examination in music
literature and theory, and/or original musical scores.
A personal interview is sometimes requested of
applicants.
In addition to the requirements for the Doctor of
Philosophy degree, admission to candidacy for the
Doctoral of Musical Arts major in composition
requires placement and qualifying examinations,
presentation of a lecture recital and a program of the
students own compositions. The dissertation must
be the student's original composition of major
proportions Applicants for admission to candidacy in
the Performance-Literature Program must
satisfactorily complete placement and qualifying
examinations, present a lecture recital and two
full-length recitals.
Facilities and Speciai Resources
In addition to the superb library holdings of the
campus itself, the adjacent city of Washington, D.C.,
affords graduate students in music an unexcelled
opportunity for specialized research and musical
exposure and development in a variety of private
and public agencies, such as the Library of
Congress, the Smithsonian Institution, and the John
F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts.
Financiai Assistance
A limited number of competitive graduate
assistantships are available. Preference is given to
those who have filed the application for admission
and been officially admitted to the university.
Courses
Music Education
MUED 410 Inctrumental Arranging (2) Prerequisites:
MUSC 250 and permission of instructor. Arranging for
school bands and orchestras from the elementary
through high school levels.
MUED 411 Instrumental Music: Methods and
Materials for the Elementary School (3) A
comprehensive study of instructional materials and
teaching techniques for beginning instrumental
classes — winds, strings and percussion
MUED 420 Instrumental Music: Methods, Materials
and Administration for Secondary School (2) A
comprehensive study of instructional and program
materials, rehearsal techniques and program planning for
junior and senior high school bands and orchestras.
Organization, scheduling, budgeting and purchasing are
included.
MUED 438 Special Problems In the Teaching of
Instrumental Music (2-3) Prerequisite: MUSC 113-213
or the equivalent. A study, through practice on minor
Instruments, of the problems encountered in public
school teaching of orchestral instruments. Literature and
teaching materials, minor repairs, and adjustment of
Instruments are included The course may be taken for
credit three times since one of four groups of
Instruments: strings, woodwind, brass or percussion will
be studied each time the course is offered
MUED 450 Music In Early Childhood Education (3)
Prerequisite: MUSC 155 or equivalent. Creative
experiences in songs and rhythms, correlation of music
and everyday teaching with the abilities and development
of each level; study of songs and materials; observation
and teaching experience with each age level.
MUED 460 Creative Activities In the Elementary
School (2-3) Prerequisite: Music methods or teaching
experience. A study of the creative approach to the
development of music experiences for children in the
elementary grades emphasizing contemporary music and
contemporary music techniques.
MUED 470 General Concepts for Teaching Music (1)
Corequisite: MUED 411 or 471 Basic philosophical,
psychological, educational considerations lor a total
music program K-12; strategies lor teaching tonal and
rhythmic concepts; evaluation techniques and field
experiences in designated schools
MUED 471 Methods for Teaching Elementary General
Music (3) A study of curriculum, materials, and teaching
techniques lor the development of meaningful music
experiences which contribute to a sequential musical
growth for children in the elementary schools.
MUED 472 Choral Techniques and Repertoire (2)
Prerequisites: MUED 470 and MUSC 490 Rehearsal
techniques for developing appropriate diction, tone,
production, intonation, phrasing, arKJ Interpretation of
choral music; examination of a wide variety of repertoire
for use by choral performing groups on the elementary
and secondary levels
MUED 478 Special Topics In Music Education (1-2)
Prerequisite: MUED 470 or consent of department. Each
topic focuses on a specific aspect of the music
instructional program; collectively, the topics cover a wide
range of subject matter relevant to today's schools. May
be repeated to a maximum of six credits.
MUED 480 The Vocal Music Teacher and School
Organization (2) Prerequisite: Student teaching,
previous or concurrent. The role of the vocal music
specialist in the implementation of the supervision and
administration of the music programs in the elementary
and secondary schools. Open to graduate students by
permission of instructor.
MUED 499 Workshops. Clinics, Institutes (2-6)
Innovative and experimental dimensions of music
education will be offered to meet the needs of music
teachers and music supervisors and to allow students to
Individualize their programs. The maximum number
credits that may be eamed under this course symbol
toward any degree is six semester hours; the symbol
may be used two or more times until six semester hours
have been reached.
MUED 635 Advanced Orchestration and Band
Arrsnglng. (3) Prerequisite: MUSC 486 or the
equivalent, or consent of instructor A study of an-anging
and transcription procedures in scoring for the orchestra
and band. Special attention is given to the ananging
problems of the instnjmental director in the public
schools.
MUED 637 Advanced Study— Developing Muslcallty
through Instrumental Music. (3) Analysis of new and
established methods and materials for developing
muslcallty. The study of the curriculum for large and
small ensembles, and class instruction, and its
adaptation to the diverse organizations of today's
schools.
MUED 662 Advanced Study— Developing Muslcallty
In Children. (3) Analysis of new and established
methods and materials including Orff and Kodaly, and
their adaptation to teaching music in the diverse
organizations of today's elementary schools. Emphasis
on general musical experiences for all children.
MUED 672 Advanced Study— Developing Muslcallty
In the Adolescent. (3) Analysis of new and established
methods and materials for developing muslcallty through
classes in general music, music appreciation, music in
the humanities, music theory, chorus, small ensembles,
and class voice
MUED 674 Choral Conducting and Repertoire. (3)
MUED 680 Administration and Supervision of Music
In the Public Schools. (3) The study of basic principles
and practices of supervision and administration with
emphasis on cuniculum construction, scheduling,
budgets, directing of in-service teaching, personnel
problems, and school-community relationships
MUED 690 Research Methods In Music and Music
Education. (3) The application of methods of research
to problems in the fields of Music and Music Education.
The preparation of bibliographies and the written
exposition of research projects in the area of the
student's major interest.
MUED 692 Foundations of Music Education. (3)
Educational thought and its application to instruction and
evaluation in Music Education.
MUED 698 Current Trends In Music Education. (2-4)
A survey of current and emerging philosophies,
methodologies and curricula in Music Education and their
implementation. The influence of educational and social
changes and the expanding musical scene upon the
music programs for children of all ages and for teacher
education The maximum number of credits that may be
eamed under this course symbol (within established
limits of programs) toward any degree, eight semester
hours. The symtxjl may be used two or more times until
eight semester hours have tseen completed.
MUED 890 History of Music Education In the United
States. (3) Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor.
The study of historical development of pedagogical
practices in Music Education, their philosophical
implications and educational values.
MUSIC
MUSC 400 Music Pedagogy (3) Conference course
Prerequisite or corequisite: MUSC 418, or a more
advanced course in applied music. A study of major
pedagogical treatises in music, and an evaluation of
pedagogical techniques, materials, and procedures.
MUSC 415 Music Management (3) Prerequisite;
permission of department chairman. Application of
management concepts to music administration.
MUSC 428 Repertoire Coaching of Vocal or Chamber
Music (2) Prerequisite or corequisite: MUSC 328 A
course for piano students who wish to go further than the
work offered in MUSC 128, 228, and 328 by becoming
specialists in the areas of vocal coaching or chamber
music coaching. Elements of pedagogy, conducting, and
responsible artistic decision-making for the entire musical
production.
MUSC 429 Opera Theater (2-3) Ten hours per week.
Open to music and non-music majors with consent of
director Advanced techniques of operatic production;
preparation, rehearsal, and performance of operatic
works from both the traditional and contemporary
repertory. Repeatable to a maximum of twelve credits.
MUSC 432 Music In World Cultures I (3) Prerequisite:
MUSC 1 30 or permission of instructor Asian musics from
Japan to the Arab countries analyzed in terms of
musical, social and aesthetic approaches
MUSC 433 Music In World Cuttures II (3) Prerequisite:
MUSC 130 or permission of instructor Music of the
Balkans, Africa, South and North America analyzed in
terms of musical, social and aesthetic interrelationships.
MUSC 436 Jazz: Then and Now (3) Major styles and
influential artists of the past 75 years of jazz.
MUSC 438 Area Studies In Ethnomuslcology (3)
Prerequisite: MUSC 432 or 433 or equivalent. Advanced
study of musics in selected regions of the worid.
Repeatable to a maximum of nine credits provided
content is different.
MUSC 439 Collegium Muslcum (1) Prerequisite:
Pennission of the instnjctor. Open to undergraduates and
graduates, music majors and non-majors. Procurement,
edition, and performance of music not belonging to a
standard repertory: eariy music, compositions for unusual
performing media, works which demand reconstruction of
their original circumstances of performance. Outcome of
a semester's work may be one or more performances for
the public. May be repeated for credit five times.
MUSC 443 Solo Vocal Literature (3) Prerequisite:
MUSC 330, 331 or the equivalent The study of solo
vocal literature from the baroque cantata to the art song
of the present. The lied, melodic, vocal chamber music,
and the orchestral song are examined.
MUSC 445 Survey of the Opera (3) Prerequisite: MUSC
330, 331, or the equivalent. A study of the music,
librettos and composers of the standard operas.
MUSC 448 Speclal Topics In Music (2-6) Prerequisite:
Permission of the instructor Repeatable to a maximum of
six semester hours.
MUSC 450 Musical Form (3) Prerequisite: MUSC 251. A
study of the principles of organization in music with
emphasis on eighteenth and nineteenth century
European music. Reading and analysis of scores
exemplifying the musical forms
MUSC 451 Analysis of Music (3) Prerequisite: MUSC
450 or permission of instructor. An advanced course in
the analysis of tonal music. Discussion of individual
works, with emphasis on their unique characteristics and
on the relation of analysis to performance.
MUSC 452 Keyboard Harmony (2) Prerequisite: MUSC
251. Keytioard performance of musical score for vocal
and instrumental ensembles and keyboard realization of
basso continue parts.
MUSC 453 Class Study of Guitar and Recorder (2)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor or any four of the
following: MUSC 102, 103, 113, 114, 116, 117, 120, 121,
202, 203. Three hours per week. Study and
Music Program 129
developmeni of instrumental technique, pedagogical
practices, and materials relating to group perlormance.
MUSC 457 Electronic Music Composition (2)
Prerequisite: MUSC 250 and permission ot instnjctor
Theory and practice of electronic music,
electronically-generated sound, and its modulation in the
voltage-controlled studio
MUSC 460 Tonal Counterpoint I (2) Prerequisite:
MUSC 251 or permission of instructor. A course in
eighteenth-century contrapuntal techniques, analysis and
original composition of two-voice dances, preludes, ar>d
inventions
MUSC 461 Tonal Counterpoint II (2) Prerequisite:
MUSC 460 A continuation of MUSC 460 Analysis and
original composition of larger works displaying imitation in
more than two voices, including the chorale prelude and
fugue
MUSC 462 Modal Counterpoint (2) Prerequisite: MUSC
251 or ttie equivalent An introduction to the contrapuntal
techniques of the sixteenth century: the structure of the
modes, composition of modal melodies, and contrapuntal
writing for two, three and lour voices.
MUSC 465 Canon and Fugue (3) Prerequisite: MUSC
461 or the equivalent Composition and analysis of the
canon and fugue in the styles of the eighteenth,
nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
MUSC 466 Structural Counterpoint (3) Prerequisite:
MUSC 461 or pemiission of the instnjctor A study of
counterpoint and its role in articulating large-scale tonal
structures with emphasis on analysis and written
exercises.
MUSC 467 Piano Pedagogy I (3) A study of major
pedagogical treatises in music, and an evaluation of
pedagogical techniques, materials, and procedures
MUSC 468 Piano Pedagogy II (3) Prerequisite MUSC
467 Application ol the studies begun in MUSC 467 to
the actual lesson situation Evaluation of results May be
repeated once for credit.
MUSC 470 Harmonic and Contrapuntal Practices o(
the Twentieth Century (2) Prerequisite: MUSC 251 or
equivalent. A theoretical and analytical study ol twentieth
century materials.
MUSC 471 Contemporary Compositional Techniques
(2) Prerequisite: MUSC 470 or permission of instructor.
Continuation of MUSC 470, with emphasis on the
analysis of individual works written since 1945.
MUSC 478 Composition (2) Prerequisite: MUSC 250,
251. Principles ol musical composition, and their
application to the smaller forms. Original writing in
nineteenth and twentieth century musical idioms for
various media.
MUSC 479 Composition (2) Prerequisite: MUSC 250,
251 Principles of musical composition, and their
application to the smaller forms Original writing in
nineteenth and twentieth century musical idioms for
various media
MUSC 480 Music In Antiquity and the Middle Ages (3)
Survey ol western music from Hellenic times to 1450.
MUSC 481 Music In the Renaissance (3) Survey of
western music from 1 450 to 1 600.
MUSC 482 Music In the Baroque Era (3) Survey of
western music from 1 600 to 1 750.
MUSC 483 Music In the Classic Era (3) Survey of
western music from 1 750 to 1 820
MUSC 484 Music In the Romantic Era (3) Sun/ey of
western music from 1820 to 1900
MUSC 485 Music In the 20th century (3) Survey of
western music from 1 900 to the present
MUSC 486 Orchestration I (2) Prerequisite: MUSC 251
A study of the ranges, musical functions and technical
characteristics of the instruments and their color
possibilities in various combinations Practical experience
in orchestrating for small and large ensembles
MUSC 487 Orchestration II (2) Prerequisite: MUSC 486
A study of orchestration in the various historical periods,
with emphasis upon stylistic writing projects.
MUSC 490 Conducting (2) Prerequisite: MUSC 251
Vocal and instrumental baton techniques.
MUSC 491 Conducting II (2) Prerequisite: MUSC 490 or
the equivalent. Batori techniques applied to score
reading, rehearsal techrilques, tone production, style and
interpretation.
MUSC 492 Keyboard Music I (3) The history and
literature of harpsichord and solo piano music from its
beginning to the Romantic period. Emphasis is placed ori
those segments of repertoire which are encountered in
perlormance and teaching situations at the present time.
MUSC 493 Keylxwrd Music II (3) Prerequisite: MUSC
492 The history and literature of harpsichord and solo
piano music from the Romantic period to the preseril
Emphasis is placed ori those segmerits of repertoire
which are ericouritered iri perlormarice and teaching
situations at the present time.
MUSC 494 Survey of Theory (3) Prerequisite: MUSC
251 A study of the major contributions of music theorists
from Greek aritiquity through the twehtieth century.
MUSC 495 Acoustics lor Musicians (3) Prerequisites:
MUSC 251 or the equivalent, and seriior or graduate
stariding in music. The basic physics of music, acoustics
of musical instruments and music theory, physiolisgical
acoustics, and musico-architectural acoustics
MUSC 499 Independent Studies (2-3) Prerequisite
Permission of instructor Independent research on a topic
chosen in consultation with the instructor, which may
culminate in a paper or appropriate project May be
repeated once for credit.
MUSC 608 Chamber Music Repertoire. (1-3)
Prerequisite: Graduate standing as a major in
performance A study, through perforinarice, of diversified
chamber music lor standard media May t>e repeated for
credit to the maximum credit desigriated iri the student's
major degree program
MUSC 621 Documents of Theory snd Aesthetics:
Ancient, Medieval and Renaissance, (3) Writings about
music in antiquity, the Middle Ages, and the
Renaissance
MUSC 622 Documents ot Theory and Aesthetics:
Baroque. (3) Writings about Western Music from 1600 to
1750.
MUSC 623 Documents of Theory and Aesthetics:
Classic. (3) Writings about Western Music from 1750 to
1820
MUSC 624 Documents of Theory and Aesthetics:
Romantic. (3) Writings about Western Music from 1820
to 1900
MUSC 625 Documents of Theory and Aesthetics:
20th Csntury. (3) Writings about Western Music from
1 900 to the present.
MUSC 630 Teaching the Theory, History, and
Literature of Music. (3) Prerequisite: Graduate staridirig
arid coriserit of iristructor A course in teachirig
methodology with emphasis on instruction at the college
level.
MUSC 635 American Music. (3) Prerequisite:
PeriTiission of instructor A survey of American Art Music
from Colonial Times to present.
MUSC 639 Seminar In Music. (3) Prerequisite: MUSC
330, 331 and consent of instructor. The work of Orie
major composer (Bach, Beethoveri, etc.) will be studied.
The course may be repeated lor credit, sirice a ditfererit
composer will t>e choseri each time it is offered
MUSC 640 Performsnce Practice I. (3) Problems in the
performance of music lying primarily outside the staridard
repertory. Mainly for performarice majors.
MUSC 641 Performance Practice II. (3) Problems iri the
perlormance of music lying primarily outside the standard
repertory Mainly for performarice majors. Continuation of
MUSC 640
MUSC 642 Early Music Notation. (3) Aspects of
notation in music before 1600: transcriptiori irito modern
notation
MUSC 643 Seminar In Solo Vocal LHerature I. (3)
Preerquisite: MUSC 444 or equivalent. An intensive study
of solo vocal literature from its origin to the present
MUSC 644 Seminar In Solo Vocal Literature II. (3)
Prerequisite: MUSC 643 or equivalent. A coritinuation of
MUSC 643 with an emphasis ori areas of individual
interest
MUSC 645 Seminar In Vocal Pedagogy. (3)
Prerequisite: MUSC 400 or the equivalent. A study ol the
physiological, psychological and acoustical aspects of the
teaching of siriging combiried with the independent
studies and research in areas of individual interest.
MUSC 648 Seminar In Music Research. (3)
Prerequisite: MUSC 331 and graduate standing An
introduction to graduate study in the history and literature
of music Bibliography and methodology of systematic
and historical musicology.
MUSC 650 The Contemporary Idiom. (3) Prerequisite:
MUSC 470 or coriserit of iristructor Analysis ol various
works of the twentieth century.
MUSC 662 Advanced Modal Counterpoint. (3)
Prerequisite: MUSC 461 or consent of instructor.
Composition of music in the style of the Renaissance,
Arialysis of the music of such composers as Ockeghem.
DuFay, Josquiri, Palestriria.
MUSC 670 Advanced Analytical Techniques I. (3)
Prerequisite: MUSC 451 or conserit of iristructor. Arialysis
of representative masterpieces of the eighteenth and
eariy nineteenth centuries.
MUSC 671 Advanced Analytical Techniques II. (3)
Prerequisite: MUSC 451 or coriserit ol instructor Analysis
of representative masterpieces of the nineteerith and
eariy twentieth centuries.
MUSC 675 Music Theory Pedagogy (3) Analysis of
introductory level music theory courses, evaluation of text
materials, arid teaching approaches for music
fundamentals, aural training, and basic undergraduate
theory programs
MUSC 678 Seminar In Musical Composition. (3)
Prerequisite: MUSC 479 or equivalent, and graduate
standirig. An advanced course iri musical compositiori.
May be repeated for credit
MUSC 679 Seminar In Ethnomuslcology. (3)
Prerequisite: MUSC 434-435. Selected problems in
Ethnomuslcology. Irideperiderit research in such topics
as trariscription, arialysis, arid taxonomy.
MUSC 680 Seminar In Music of Antiquity and the
Middle Ages. (3) Research topics in music Irom antiquity
to 1450.
MUSC 681 Seminar In Music of the Renaissance. (3)
Seminar in music of the Renaissance. Research topics in
music Irom 1 450 to 1 600.
MUSC 682 Seminar In Music of the Baroque Era. (3)
Seminar in music ol the Baroque Era. Research topics iri
music from 1 600 to 1 750.
MUSC 683 Seminar In Music of the Classic Era. (3)
Seminar in music ol the Classic Era. Research topics in
music Irom 1750 to 1820
MUSC 684 Seminar In Music of the Romantic Era. (3)
Seminar in music of the Romantic Era. Research topics
iri music Irom 1820 to 1900.
MUSC 685 Seminar In Music of the 20th Century. (3)
Seminar in music ol the twentieth ceritury. Research
topics iri music Irom 1900 to the preseril.
MUSC 688 Advanced Orchestration. (3) Prerequisite:
MUSC 487 or the equivalent, and graduate standing.
Orchestration projects iri the styles of DeBussy, Ravel,
Stravlrisky, Schoenberg, Bartok, and others. May be
repeated lor credit
MUSC 689 Advanced Conducting. (3) Prerequisite:
MUSC 491 or the equivalent. A concentrated study of the
conducting techniques involved iri the repertoire of all
historical periods May be repealed for credit
MUSC 696 Factors In Musical Learning. (3)
Prerequisite: MUSC 331 or the equivalent and at least
Orie course iri psychology. The psychology of irilervals.
scales, rhythms, arid harmony. Musical hearing and
creativity. The psychology of musical ability. The theory
of furictiorial music.
MUSC 699 Special Topics In Music. (2-6) Prerequisite:
Permissiori of the instructor Repeatable to a maximum ol
six semester hours.
MUSC 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
MUSC 800 Advanced Seminar In Music Pedagogy. (3)
Prerequisites: MUSIC 400 or equivalent, doctoral
standing and permissiori ol instructor. A detailed study ol
historical and contemporary methods of pedagogy, and
analysis ol pedagogical problems. Sectioning by
instrument. Required of all candidates for the DMA.
degree in performarice arid literature.
130 Nuclear Engineering Program
MUSC 801 Advanced Seminar In Music Pedagogy. (3)
Prerequisites: MUSIC 400 or equivalent, doctoral
standing and permission of instructor. A detailed study ol
historical and contemporary mettiods ol pedagogy, and
analysis ol pedagogical problems. Sectioning by
instrument. Required of all candidates for the D.M A
degree in performance and literature.
MUSC 830 Doctoral Seminar In Music Literature. (3)
Prerequisite: At least twelve hours in music history and
literature. An analytical survey of the literature ol music:
keyboard music: vocal music; string music; v»ind
instrument music; required of all candidates lor the
DMA degree in literature-performance
MUSC 831 Doctoral Seminar In Music Literature. (3)
Prerequisite: MUSC 830 or consent of instructor An
analytical survey of the literature of music: keyboard
music, vocal music; string music; wind instrument music
Required of all candidates lor the DMA. degree in
literature-performance.
MUSC 878 Advanced Composition. (3) Prerequisite:
MUSC 678 or the equivalent, and permission of the
instructor. Conference course in composition in the larger
forms. May be repealed for credit.
MUSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
Music Performance Music performance courses are
available in three series:
Minor Series — MUSP 402, 403 Intended for either music
majors studying a secondary instrument or non-music
majors.
Principal Series— MUSP 409, 410, 609, 610 Intended
for majors in music programs other than performance.
Major Series— MUSP 419, 420, 619, 620, 719, 815, 816,
817 Intended for students majoring in performance.
variable credit courses: may l>e talcen for 2 or 4
credits.
instrument designation: each student taking a music
performance course must indicate the instrument chosen
by adding a suffix to the proper course number, such as
MUSP 402A music performance — piano
suffix-instrument: A-piano, B-voice, C-violin. D-Viola.
E-cello, F-bass, G-flute. H-otxje, l-clarinet, J-bassoon,
K-saxophone, L-hom, M-trumpet, N-tromtX)ne, O-tuba.
P-euphonium, Q-percussion, R-organ, S-guitar,
T-composition, U-conducting, V-harp. W-electronic
composing. X-hist inst — keyboard. Y-hist inst — strings,
Z-hisI inst — winds.
400-Levei Courses in the Minor Series: Prerequisite:
permission ol department chairperson. One half-hour
private lesson per week plus assigned independent
practice.
400-Level Courses In the Principal or Major Series: 2
or 4 credits. Prerequisite; permission of the department
chairperson One-hour private lesson per week plus
assigned independent practice
MUSP 402 Music Performance. (2) Senior course, in
the minor series.
MUSP 403 Music Performance. (2) Senior course, in
the minor series.
MUSP 409 Music Performance. (2-4) Senior course in
the principal series.
MUSP 410 Music Performance. (2-4) Senior course in
the principal series. Recital required.
MUSP 419 Music Performance. (2-4) Senior course in
the major series.
MUSP 420 Music Performance. (2-4) Senior course in
the major series. Recital required
MUSP 609 interpretation and Repertoire. (2)
Prerequisite Permission ol department chairman and
graduate standing in pertormance in the pnncipal senes.
MUSP 610 Graduate Music Performance. (4)
Prerequisite; MUSP 609 and permission of department
chairman. Recital course in the principal series.
MUSP 619 Interpretation and Repertoire (2-4)
Prerequisite: Departmental audition and permission of
department chaimian Repeatable to a maximum of 12
credits.
MUSP 620 Graduate Music Performance. (4)
Prerequisite: MUSP 619 and permission of department
chairman. Recital course in the major series.
MUSP 719 interpretation and Repertoire (2-4)
Prerequisite; Departmental audition, admission to
doctoral program in the major series and permission ol
department chairman. Repeatable to a maximum of 12
credits.
MUSP 815 Interpretation, Performance, and
Pedagogy. (4) A seminar in pedagogy and the
pedagogical literature lor the doctoral perfonner, with
advanced instruction at the instrument, covering
appropriate compositions. Required of all candidates for
the D.M. A, degree in literature-pertormance
Prerequisite: Doctoral standing in pertormance and
permission ol department chairman. Recital course.
MUSP 816 interpretation. Performance, and
Pedagogy. (4) Recital course Prerequisite: MUSP 815
and permission of department chairman.
MUSP 817 Interpretation. Performance, and
Pedagogy. (4) Recital course Prerequisite: MUSP 816
and permission of department chairman
Nuclear Engineering
Program
Professor and Director: Munno
Professor and Department Chairman: Cadman
Professors: Duffey, Silverman'
Associate Professors: Almenas, Roush,
Assistant Prof: Pertmer
' Director, Institute for Physical Science and
Technology
The Nuclear Engineering program is in the
Department of Chemical and Nuclear Engineering. It
has as Its primary objective the maintenance and
extension of the ever increasing degree of
engineering sophistication. The courses and
research programs strive to create an atmosphere of
originality and creativity which prepares the student
for the engineering leadership of tomorrow
An individual plan of graduate study compatible
with the students interests and background is
established by the student, his advisor and the
department head. General areas of concentration
include reactor safety, reactor thermal/hydraulics,
nuclear fuel management, transport theory,
activation analysis, energy conversion, reactor
physics, radiation engineering, reactor dynamics,
radiation shielding and nuclear core design. The
general nuclear engineering program is focused
toward energy conversion and power engineering
with the additional speciality in radiation and polymer
science.
Admission and Degree Information
The programs leading to the MS and Ph.D.
degrees are open to qualified students holding the
B.S. degree. Full admission may be granted to
students with degrees in any of the engineering and
science areas from accredited programs. In some
cases it may be necessary to require courses to
fulfill the background The general regulations of the
Graduate School apply in reviewing applications.
The candidate for the MS degree has the
choice of following a plan of study with thesis or
without thesis The equivalent of at least three years
of full-time study beyond the B S degree is required
for the Ph.D. degree All students seeking graduate
degrees in Nuclear Engineering must enroll in ENNU
620, 630, 655 and 440 Many of these courses are
offered in the late afternoon and evening In addition
to the general rules of the Graduate School certain
special degree requirements are set forth by the
Department in its departmental publications.
Facilities and Special Resources
Special facilities available for graduate study in
Nuclear Engineering include the nuclear reactor, a
large gamma source, and a 10 MeV Electron Linear
Accelerator, neutron generator, and various
analyzers and detectors Activities in these areas are
coordinated through the nuclear reactor facility and
the latioratory for Radiation and Polymer Science
The nuclear reactor is a 250 KW swimming pool
type using enriched uranium.
Courses
ENNU 430 Radioisotope Power Sources (3)
Prerequisite: ENNU 215 or permission of instructor
Principles and theory ol radioisotope power sources
Design and use of nuclear batteries and small energy
conversion devices
ENNU 435 Activation Analysis (3) Prerequisite ENNU
215 or permission of instructor Principles and techniques
of activation analysis involving neutrons, photons ar>d
charged particles. Emphasis placed upon application ol
this analytical technique to solving environmental and
engineering problems.
ENNU 440 Nuclear Technology LatMratory (3) One
lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites:
MATH 240, PHYS 263 Techniques of detecting and
making measurements of nuclear or high energy
radiation. Radiation safety experiments. Both a
sub-critical reactor and the swimming pool critical reactor
are sources of radiation
ENNU 450 Nuclear Reactor Engineering i (3)
Prerequisites: MATH 246 and PHYS 263 or consent of
instructor Elementary nuclear physics, reactor theory,
and reactor energy transler Steady-state and
time-dependent neutron distributions in space and
energy. Conduction and convective heat transfer in
nuclear reactor systems
ENNU 455 Nuclear Reactor Engineering il (3)
Prerequisite: ENNU 450. General plant design
considerations including radiation hazards and health
physics, shielding design, nuclear power economics,
radiation effect on reactor materials, and vanous types ol
nuclear reactor systems
ENNU 460 Nuclear Heat Transport (3) Prerequisite
ENNU 450. Heat generation in nuclear reactor cores,
conduction and transfer to coolants. Neutron flux
distributions, lission and heat release Steady and
unsteady state conduction in luel elements Heat transfer
to nonmetallic and metallic coolants. Heat transfer with
phase change Thermal design ol reactor cores
ENNU 461 Chemical Separation in the Nuclear Cycle
Reactor Fuel (3) Prerequisite ENNU 450 or consent of
instructor. An introduction to chemical and physical
separation ol the nuclear reactor fuel Basic separation
processes, reactor fuel fabrication, reactor chemistry
problems and the handling and treatment of radioactive
waste. Calculations of plant design and operation
Related safety issues
ENNU 468 Research (2-3) Prerequisite Pemnission of
the staff Investigation of a research project under the
direction ol one of the staff members Comprehensive
reports are required. Repeatable to a maximum of six
semester hours
ENNU 470 introduction to Controlled Fusion (3)
Prerequisite; Senior standing in engineenng or consent of
instructor The principles and the current status of
research to achieve controlled thermonuclear power
production Properties ol ionized gases relating to
confinement and heating Concepts of practical fusion
devices.
ENNU 480 Reactor Core Design (3) Prerequisite: ENNU
450 or consent ol instructor Design of nuclear reactor
cores based on a sequence of standard computer codes
Thermal and epithermal cross sections, multigroup
diffusion theory in one and two dimensions and fine
structure flux calculations using transport theory
ENNU 490 Nuclear Fuel and Power Management (3)
Prerequisites ENNU 460 and 480. or consent ol
instructor Physics and economics ol the nuclear luel
cycle utilizing existing design codes Mining, conversion,
enrichment, fabncation, reprocesing processes. Effects of
Plutonium recycle, in-core shuffling, luel mechanical
design and power peaking on fuel cycle costs
ENNU 609 Seminar In Nuclear Engineering. (1)
ENNU 620 Methods of Engineering Analysis. (3)
Application ol selected mathematical techniques to the
analysis and solution ol engineenng problems included
are the applications ol matnces. vectors, tensors,
differential equations, integral translonns. and probability
methods to such problems as unsteady heat transfer
transient phemomena in mass transler operations
stagewise processes, chemical reactors, process control
Nutritional Sciences Program 131
and nuclear reactor physics
ENNU 630 Nuclear Reactor Physica I. (3) Prerequisite:
ENNU 450 or consent ot instructor Introduction to
Neutron Physics The theory ol neutron detection
instruments includir>g the neutron chopper and solid state
detectors Elements ot neutron slowing-down theory The
Boltzman Transport Equation is developed together with
approximations such as PN. SN, and Fermi Age
Nuclear systems are theoretically treated utilizing the
diffusion approximation, the Fermi Age Method and the
P-3 method Elementary temperature and lime
deperxlence.
ENNU 640 Nuclear Reactor Physica II. (3) Second
semester. Prerequisite: ENCH 320. Mathematical
treatment of nuclear reactor systems The foundations of
nuclear reactor kinetics, the multigroup treatment,
reflected reactor theory, heterogeneous reactors,
perturbation theory. Thermalization theory and the pulse
and sine-wave techniques. Introduction to variational
methods
ENNU 646 Special ProUema In Nuclear Engineering.
(1-16)
ENNU 649 Selected Topica In Nuclear Engineering.
(2) Two lectures a week. Prerequisite: Permission of
instructor. Topics of current interest and recent
advances in the Nuclear Engineering field. Because of
the rapid advances in the field, information on special
topics of much practical importance is continually
becoming available Since the content changes,
re-registration may be permitted.
ENNU 655 Radiation Engineering. (3) Prerequisite:
Permission of instructor. An analysis of such radiation
applicatkjns as synthesizing chemicals, preserving foods,
control of industrial processes, desigri ol irradiation
installations, e.g. cobalt 60 gamma ray sources,
electronudear machine arrangement, and chemonudear
reactors.
ENNU 656 Radiation Engineering. (3) Prerequisite:
Permission ol instructor An analysis of such radiation
applications as synthesizing chemicals, preserving foods,
control of industnal processes, design of in'adiation
Installations, eg . cobalt 60 gamma ray sources,
electronudear machine arrangement, and chemonudear
reactors
ENNU 667 Radiation Effects Laboratory. (3)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Effect of massive
doses of radiation on the properties ot matter lor
purposes other than those pointed toward nuclear power
Radiation processing. radiation-induced chemical
reactions. arxJ conversion of radiatk)n energy; isotope
power sources
ENNU 671 Nucleer Reactor Laboratory. (3) Two
lectures and two laboratory periods a week
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor The University of
Maryland swimming pool reactor is employed in
experiments on reader startup and operation, shielding,
control, neutron flux distributions, neutron and gamma
spectrum, cross section measurements
ENNU 672 Nuclear Reactor Laboratory. (3) Two
lectures and two laboratory periods a week
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor The University of
Maryland swimming pool reactor is employed in
experiments on reader startup arxJ operation, shielding,
control, neutron flux distributions, neutron and gamma
spectrum, cross sedion measurements
ENNU 720 Neutral Particle Transport Theory. (3) First
semester. Prerequisite: ENNU 630 or permission ol
instrudor. Transport equations for neutrons and gamma
rays. Infinite space and Milne Problems Spherical
harmonic and variational methods Special methods of
solving transport equations
ENNU 730 Radiation Shielding and Energy
Deposition. (3) First semester Prerequisite ENNU 630
or permission of instrudor A study of the inleradions of
nuclear radiations with matter Includes eledron. gamma
and neutron attenuation, dose calculations, chemical
changes, heat generation and removal in shields
ENNU 740 Nuclear Reactor Dynamlca. (3) Second
semester Prerequisite: ENNU 640 Principles of reader
control and operation Neutron kinetics, temperature and
coolant flow effects, transfer fundion. stochastic
processes Stability analysis. Accident calculations. Use
of analog computer or simulation and problem solving.
ENNU 761 Nuclear Fuel and Waste Processing. (3)
First semester Three lectures a week Processing of
nuclear fuel and treatment of nuclear waste. Includes:
processing of uranium, thorium, and other ores; chemk:al
separation of plutonium. uranium, fission products and
other elements from materials irradiated iri nuclear
readers; treatment of radioactive wastes; tsotopic
separation of U235; and isotopic separation of heavy
water and other materials.
ENNU 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
ENNU 840 Nuclear Reactor Design. (3) Prerequisites:
ENNU 630 or consent ol instrudor. The design features
of nuclear reader systems. The preliminary design ol a
reactor is carried out by the student. Core design
including heat transfer, control system, safety systems
and shielding Standard computer programs are utilized
throughout
ENNU 860 Fast Reactor Engineering. (3) Prerequisite:
ENNU 630 Engineering and Physics problems of fast
readors. Neutron economy and breeding. Transport
theory based on neutronic core design. Liquid metal and
gaseous coolant heat transfer. Aspects of fast reactor
plant design.
ENNU 899 Doctoral DIasertatlon Research. (1-8)
Nutritional Sciences
Program
Professor and Chairman: Keeney (Biochemistry)
Professors Letfel, Young (Animal Science); Goldsby.
Holmlund, Keeney. Rollinson (Chemistry); Davis.
King, Mattick, Vandersall. Williams (Dairy Science);
Ahrens. Beaton. Prather (Food. Nutrition & Institution
Administration); Thomas (Poultry Science); Hepner
(Pediatrics. UMAB)
Associate Professors: DeBarthe (Animal Science);
Campagnoni, Hansen. Lakshmanan. Sampugna
(Chemistry); Douglass, Mather, Vijay, Westhoff
(Dairy Science); Cox, Williams (Food, Nutrition &
Institution Administration); Johnson. Scares (Poultry
Science)
Assistant Professors: Kern, (Animal Science);
Erdman, Russek, (Dairy Science); Brady, Caliendo.
Moser, Norton (Food, Nutrition & Institution
Administration); CWinger (Poultry Science)
The Graduate Program in Nutritional Sciences offers
study leading to the Master of Science and the
Doctor of Philosophy degrees. II is an
interdepartmental program involving faculty in the
Departments ol Animal Science, Dairy Science,
Chemistry. Food. Nutrition & Institution
Administration and Poultry Science on the College
Parl< Campus, and Pediatrics at the University of
Maryland, Baltimore City Campus.
Students interested in the program should
contact the Chairman of the program for information
on specific requirements.
NOTE: Students might be interested in checking
the offerings in the Food, Nutrition & Institution
Administration Program and in the Food Science
Program listed elsewhere in this catalog.
Courses
NUSC 402 Fundamentals of Nutrition (3) Prerequisite:
CHEM 104; ANSC 212 and BCHM 261 are
recommended. A study ol the fundamental role of all
nutrients In the body, including their digestion, absorption
and metabolsim Dietary requirements and nutritional
deficiency syndromes ot latxjratory and farm animals and
man.
NUSC 403 Applied Animal NutrHlon (3) Two ledures
and one latx>ratory period per week. Prerequisites,
MATH 110. NUSC 402 or permission of instructor A
critical study of those ladors which influence the
nutritional requirements ol ruminants, swine and poultry.
Pradical feeding methods and procedures used in
lomiulation ol economically efficient rations will be
presented
NUSC 425 International Nutrition (2) Two ledures a
week. Prerequisite: Course in basic nutrition. Nutritional
status of world population and local, national, and
International programs lor improvement
NUSC 435 History ot Nutrition (2) Two lectures per
week Prerequisite: Course in basic nutrition. A study of
the development ol the knowledge of nutrition and its
interrelationship with social and economic development
NUSC 450 Advanced Human Nutrition (3) First
semester. Two lectures and one two-hour latX)ratory.
Prerequisites NUSC 402 or NUTR 300. CHEM 461 . 462
or concurrent registration or permission of instrudor A
critical study ol the physiological and metabolic
influences on nutnent utilization, particular emphasis on
current problems in human nutrition,
NUSC 460 Therapeutic Human Nutrition (3) Second
semester. Prerequisite: NUSC 402 or NUTR 300, Two
lectures and laboratory period per week. Modification of
normal adequate diet to meet human nutritional needs in
pathological conditions.
NUSC 463 Nutrition Laboratory (2) Prerequisite: ANSC
401 /NUSC 402 or concurrent registration Six tiours ol
latioratory per week. Digestibility studies with ruminant
and monogastnc animals, proximate analysis of various
food products, and feeding tnals demonstrating classical
nutritiorial deficiencies in laboratory animals
NUSC 600 Recent Progresa In Human Nutrition. (3)
First semester. Three lectures per week. Recent
developments in the science of Nutrition with emphasis
on interpretation for application in health and disease,
NUSC 601 Advanced Ruminant Nutrition. (2) First
semester. Two 1 -hour lectures and one 2-hour laboratory
per week Prerequisite: Permission of department.
Biochemical, physiological and bacteriological aspects ol
the nutrition of ruminants and other animals
NUSC 603 Mineral Metabolism. (3) Presentation of
basic nutritional data on mineral metatralism with
emphasis on interactions of minerals. Trace elements will
be given special attention. The role of minerals in
metatxjiic regulation is stressed. Two one-hour
lectures/one two-hour discussion period.
NUSC 604 Vitamin Nutrition. (3) Prerequisites: ANSC
401 and CHEM 461 Two one-hour lectures and one
two-hour discussion period per week. Advanced study of
the fundamental role ol vitamins and vitamin-like
cofactors in nutrition including chemical properties,
absorption, metabolism, excretion and deficiency
syndromes. A critical study of the biochemical basis of
substances and of certain laboratory techniques
NUSC 610 Readings In Nutrition. (1-3) Second
semester Prerequisites: NUSC 402 or NUTR 300. CHEM
461 or consent of instrudor One lecture, one 2 hour
latx>ratory per week Basic concepts of animal
energetics with quantitative descriptions of energy
requirements and utilization,
NUSC 612 Energy Nutrition. (2) Second semester.
Prerequisites: NUSC 402 or 450. CHEM 461. or consent
of instructor. One lecture, one 2 hour laboratory per
week. Basic concepts of animal energetics with
quantitative descriptions of energy requirements and
utilization.
NUSC 614 Proteins. (2) Second semester One ledure
and one 2 hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites:
NUSC 402 or NUTR 300. and CHEM 461 or consent of
instrudor. Advanced study of the roles of amino acids in
nutritiori and metabolism. Protein digestion, absorption,
anabolism, catabolism and amino acid balance,
NUSC 620 Nutrition for Community Services. (3) First
semester. Three lectures per week. Application of the
principles of nutrition to community problems of specific
groups. Students may select problems for independent
study.
NUSC 663 Advanced Nutrition Laboratory. (3)
Prerequisite: ANSC/NUSC 401 and either CHEM 462 or
NUSC 670. One hour of lecture and six hours of
laboratory per week Basic instrumentation and
techniques desired for advanced nutritional research The
effect of various nutritional parameters upon intermediary
metabolism, enzyme kinetics, endocrinology, and nutrient
absorption in laboratory animals.
NUSC 670 Intermediary Metabolism in Nutrition. (3)
Second semester Three lectures per week.
Prerequisites: NUSC 402 or NUTR 300, CHEM 461 or
462. The major routes of cartxjhydrate. fat and protein
metabolism with particular emphasis on metabolic shifts
and their detection and significance in Nutrition.
NUSC 680 Human Nutritional Status. (3) First
semester, alternate years. Methods of appraisal of
132 Philosophy Program
human nutnlional status, to include dietary, biochemical
and anthropometric techniques.
NUSC 698 Seminar In Nutrition. (1-3) First and second
semesters. A study in depth ol a selected phase of
Nutrition.
NUSC 699 Problems In Nutrition. (1-4)
NUSC 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) First and
second semesters Worti assigned in proportion to
amount of credit Students will be required to pursue
original research In some phase o( nutrition, carrying the
same to completion, and reporting the results in the torm
ol a thesis
NUSC 898 Colloquium In Nutrition. (1) First and
second semeste' Oral reports on special topics or
recently published research in Nutrition. Distinguished
scientists are invited as guest lecturers. A maximum of
three credits allowed for the MS
NUSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8) First
and second semesters Work assigned in proportion to
amount of credit. Students will tie required to pursue
original research in some phase of nutrition, carrying the
same to completions, and reporting the results in the
form of a dissertation.
Philosophy Program
Professor and Chairman: Gorovitz
Professors: Pasch, Perkins, Schlaretzki, Shapere.
Slich, Svenonius
Associate Professors: Brown, Celarier. Darden,
Greenspan. Johnson. Lesher, Martin. Stich, Suppe
Assistant Professors: Hausman, Levine. Levinson,
Odell, Stairs
The Department of Philosophy offers graduate
programs leading to the MA. and Ph.D. degrees,
with emphasis on contemporary British and
American philosophy and the bearing of philosophy
on other disciplines. A person seeking the Ph.D.
normally enters that program directly, without first
pursuing the MA, program (though the M.A. may be
earned on the way to the Ph.D.). Whereas the
Ph.D. program is suitable primarily for persons who
wish to enter a career of teaching and research at
the college or university level, the M.A. program is
appropriate for persons who desire to deepen and
expand the knowledge they gained as
undergraduates or to develop competence in
philosophy for the sake of its applications in some
other professional field
A special, interdisciplinary curriculum in the
history and philosophy of science, in cooperation
with the Department of History and under the
supervision of the Committee on the History and
Philosophy of Science, is also offered, at the M.A.
and Ph.D. levels.
The Center for Philosophy and Public Policy,
operating under the auspices of the Division of
Behavioral and Social Sciences and the Division of
Arts and Humanities engages in research, teaching,
and cun-iculum development in the ethical and
conceptual issues in public policy formation. The
Center offers graduate students opportunities for
course work and research
The Department sponsors a series of colloquia
by visiting and local speakers throughout the
academic year
Admission and Degree Information
The Department admits to the Ph.D. program only
students intending to undertake full-time study
toward that degree.
Students seeking admission to the Ph.D.
program in philosophy should normally have
completed, with a high grade average, at least
eighteen semester hours (or the equivalent) of
philosophy, including one course in logic, two
courses in the history of philosophy, and two
courses from among the following areas: ethics,
epislemology, and metaphysics The Graduate
Record Examination Aptitude Test (verbal and
quantitative sections) is required. Applications must
be supported by two or three letters of
recommendation from previous Instructors, at least
one of whom is familiar with the applicant's work in
philosophy. The applicant is required also to submit
a sample of his written work on a philosophical topic.
The letters and paper, as well as the G R.E. test
scores, should be sent directly to the Department of
Philosophy.
Students may be admitted to the curriculum in
the history and philosophy of science with fewer than
eighteen hours in philosophy provided that this is
compensated for by a strong background in science.
For details, consult the Chairperson, Committee on
the History and Philosophy of Science,
Qualitative criteria for M.A admission are
substantially less stringent than for Ph.D. admission,
but the same supporting documents must be
provided
The M.A program may be pursued through
eittier of two options; with thesis or without thesis.
On either option candidates demonstrate
competence in symbolic logic and knowledge of
modern philosophy. There are no specific course
requirements beyond the Graduate School
requirements applicable to all M.A. degrees Foreign
language skills are required insofar as demanded by
the individual student's research. To earn the MA.
without thesis a student must pass a written
comprehensive examination and must submit a
collection of papers demonstrating competence in
philosophical research and writmg.
In addition to satisfying Graduate School
requirements applicable to all PhD programs,
students in the regular philosophy program are
required to demonstrate competence by examination
in two general areas — ethics and social and political
philosophy: and metaphysics, epislemology, and
philosophy of science — and subsequently to
demonstrate competence, primarily by the writing of
one or more papers, in some specialized area of
philosophy. These demonstrations must be achieved
within six semesters, during which time the student
must register for full-time study. Other special
requirements are: qualification in symbolic logic;
fulfillment of certain course distribution requirements;
participation in a departmental teaching seminar; and
presentation of a research paper at a departmental
colloquium. All Ph.D. students are required also to
gain two semesters' experierice in teaching
undergraduates at an institution of higher learning,
either by way of the Department's teaching
assistantship program or some other program
approved by the Department's Director of Graduate
Studies.
Foreign language skills are required insofar as
demanded by the individual student's research.
An accelerated Ph.D. program, having somewhat
different requirements, for exceptionally promisirig
and well-prepared students permits early
concentration on the dissertation subject.
Philosophy students pursuing the Ph.D.
curriculum in the history and philosophy of science
are subject to certain special requirements: they
demonstrate competence by examination, plus
written papers, in (a) the history of science and the
contemporaneous philosophies of science, and (b)
the philosophy of science and related metaphysical
and epislemological problems The third area for
demonstration of competence is either a field of
science (for students not possessing an
undergraduate science degree) or an area of
philosophy. Course work must Include courses in the
history of science and technology, the philosophy of
science, graduate-level courses in an area of
science, a course on research methods in history
and philosophy of science, and either Philosophy
471 or 478. In addition the student must
demonstrate reading competency in a foreign
language, normally French or German.
Financial Assistance
The Department administers a number of graduate
assistantships Well-prepared entering students
have a good chance of receiving some financial
support in the first year, and there is presumption in
favor of reappointment through the fourth year.
Additional Information
Brochures describing the regular MA. and Ph.D.
programs in philosophy may be obtained by writing
to the Committee on Graduate Admissions and
Awards, Department of Philosophy Information
concerning the curriculum in the history and
philosophy of science may be obtained from the
Chairperson, Committee on the History and
Philosophy of Science.
Courses
PHIL 408 Topics In Contemporary Philosophy (3)
Prerequisite: PHIL 320. An intensive examination of
contemporary problems and issues. Source material will
t>e selected from books and articles l^ay be repealed lor
credit when the topics dealt with are different.
PHIL 412 The Philosophy of Plato (3) Prerequisites: six
credits in philosophy A critical study of selected
dialogues
PHIL 414 The Philosophy of Aristotle (3) Prerequisites:
six credits in philosophy A critical study of selected
portions of Aristotle's writings
PHIL 421 The Continental Rationalists (3) Prerequisite:
six credits in philosophy. A critical study ol selected
writings of Orie or more of the continental rationlists.
PHIL 422 The British Empiricists (3) Prerequisite: six
credits in philosophy A critical study of selected writings
on one or more of the British empiricists.
PHIL 423 The Philosophy of Kant (3) Prerequisites: six
credits in philosophy A critical study of selected portions
ol Kant's writings
PHIL 428 Topics In the History ol Philosophy (3)
Prerequisites: PHIL 310 and 320, or consent ol
instructor. May be repeated for credit when the topics
dealt with are dltlerent
PHIL 438 Topics In Philosophical Theology (3)
Prerequisite: PHIL 236 or consent of instructor. An
examination of a basic issue discussed in theological
writings, with readings drawn from t)oth classical and
contemporary theologians and philosophers. May be
repeated to a maximum of six credits when the topics are
different
PHIL 440 Contemporary Ethical Theory (3)
Prerequisite: PHIL 142. Contemporary problems having
to do with the meaning of the principal concepts ol ethics
and with the nature of moral reasoning.
PHIL 441 History of Ethics: Hobtws to the Present (3)
Prerequisite PHIL 140- The history of ethical thought
from the seventeenth century to the present, including
such philosophers as Hoblses, Butler. Hume. Kant.
Bentham. Mill. Bradley, Sidgwick. Moore, and Stevenson.
PHIL 445 Political and Social Philosophy 11 (3)
Prerequisite: PHIL 142 or 345. A study ol the main
issues encountered in the philosophical analysis and
evaluation of social and political institutions.
PHIL 446 Law, IMorality, and War (3) Prerequisite:
GVPT 300 or 401 or PHIL 142 or consent of instructor.
An exploration of fundamental moral and legal issues
concerning war Also offered as GVPT 403.
PHIL 447 Philosophy ol Law (3) Prerequisite: One
course in philosophy. Examination of fundamental
concepts related to law, eg , legal system, law and
morality, justice, legal reasoning, responsibility.
PHIL 450 SclentHIc Thought I (3) The development of
science, its philosophical interpretations and implications,
and views of its methods, from the ancients through
Newlon and Leibniz.
PHIL 451 SclentHIc Thought II (3) The development of
science, its philosophical interpretations and implications,
and views of its methods, from the death of Newton to
the eariy twentieth century
PHIL 452 Philosophy ol Physics (3) Prerequisites:
three credits in philosophy or three credits in physics
Implications of 201h-century physics for such problems as
operationalism, the structure and purpose of scientific
theories, the meaning of "probability', the basis of
geometrical knowledge, the Copenhagen interpretation of
quantum mechanics, the nature and limits of
measurement. Emphasis on the interaction between
physics and philosophv
Physical Education Program 133
PHIL 453 Philosophy of Science II (3) Prerequisites;
PHIL 250 or an upper-level course in philosophy or a
major in science. A comprehensive survey of
developments in the main problems ot the philosophy ot
science from logical positivism to the present. The nature
of theones. models, la«/s, and counterfacluals. testing,
inductive logic and confirmation theory, experimental
methodology, measurement, explanation, concept
formation, growth of scientific knowledge, and scientific
realism
PHIL 454 Philosophy of Economics (3) Prerequisite:
ECON 203 or consent of instructor Conceptual,
methodological, ethical, and ideological issues arising
from or related to economic theory. Conceptual structure
of economics, and logical relations among economic
theories. The relations tjetween economics and ethics,
and of the importance of ideology
PHIL 455 Philosophy of the Social Sciences (3)
Prerequisites: PHIL 250 or six hours in a social science
or consent of the instructor. A consideration of
philosophical issues arising in the social sciences, with
particular emphasis on issues of practical methodological
concern to social scientists.
PHIL 456 Philosophy of Biology (3) Prerequisite: PHIL
250 or permission of the instructor. Questions about
concepts, reasoning, explanation, etc., in biology, and
their relations to those of other areas of science Case
studies of selected aspects of the history of biology,
especially in the twentieth century.
PHIL 457 Philosophy of History (3) An examination of
the nature of historical knowledge and histoncal
explanation
PHIL 458 Topics In the Philosophy of Science (3)
Prerequisite: PHIL 250 or consent of the instructor; when
the topic for a given semester demands, additional
philosophical or scientific prerequisites may be required
by the instructor. A detailed examination of a particular
topic or problem in philosophy of science. Repeatable to
a maximum of six credits when the content is different
PHIL 461 Theory of Meaning (3) Prerequisite; six
credits in philosophy. Theories about the meaning of
linguisitic expressions, including such topics as sense
and reference, intensionality and necessity, and
possible-world semantics, through an examination of
such writers as Mill, Frege. Wittgenstein, Quine, and
Kripke.
PHIL 462 Theory of Knowledge (3) Prerequisite six
credits in philosophy Some central topics in the theory of
knowledge, such as perception, memory, knowledge, and
belief, skepticism, other minds, truth, and the problems of
induction
PHIL 464 Metaphysics (3) Prerequisite; six credits in
philosophy A study of some central metaohysical
concepts such as substance, identity, relations, causality,
and time, and of the nature of metaphysical thinking
PHIL 466 Philosophy of Mind (3) Prerequisite; six
credits in philosophy An inquiry into the nature of mind
through the analysis of such concepts as consciousness,
thought, sensation, emotion, and desire. Consideration of
mind-brain identity thesis,
PHIL 471 Symbolic Logic II (3) Prerequisite; PHIL 371
or consent of instructor Axiomatic development of the
prepositional calculus and the first-order functional
calculus, including the deduction theorem, independence
of axioms, consistency, and completeness.
PHIL 474 Induction and Probability (3) Prerequisite;
Consent of instructor A study of inferential forms, with
emphasis on the logical structure underiying such
inductive procedures as estimating and
hypothesis-testing Decision-theoretic rules relating to
induction will be considered, as well as classic theories of
probability and induction.
PHIL 478 Topics In Symbolic Logic (3) Prerequisite
PHIL 471 May be repeated for credit when the topics
dealt with are different.
PHIL 498 Topical Investigations (1-3)
PHIL 688 Selected Problems In Philosophy. (1-3)
Prerequisite; Consent of instructor.
PHIL 788 Research In Philosophy. (1-6) Prerequisite;
consent of chairman of tutorial-advisory committee.
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits,
PHIL 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
PHIL 808 Seminar In the Problems of Philosophy. (3)
Prerequisite; Consent of instructor.
PHIL 828 Seminar In the History of Philosophy. (3)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor
PHIL 838 Seminar In Esthetics. (3) Prerequisite;
Consent of instructor.
PHIL 848 Seminar In Ethics. (3) Prerequisite: Consent
of instructor.
PHIL 868 Seminar In Metaphysics. (3) Prerequisite
Consent ot instructor.
PHIL 869 Seminar In the Theory of Knowledge. (3)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
PHIL 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
Physical Education
Program
Professor and Chairman: Sloan
Professors: Dotson. Eyier, Husman, Ingram, Kelley,
Kramer, Steel
Associate Professors: Church, Dainis, Hult, Morris,
Santa Maria, Vaccaro
Assistant Professors: Arrighi, Clari(, Dummer.
Murray. Phillips, Schmidt, Tyler, VanderVelden,
Wrenn
The graduate student majoring in Physical Education
may pursue the degrees of Master of Arts (thesis
and non-thesis options) or Doctor of Philosophy. The
hvo major objectives of these programs are: (1) to
study the discipline of physical education by
examining the effects of physical activity on
individuals from a physiological, kinesiological,
psychological, social and historical point of view; and
(2) to acquaint the student with curricular aspects of
physical education, to improve the quality of
teaching, and to offer the student ways of improving
the administration and supervision of programs in
schools and colleges.
The graduate program is organized into three
divisions, offering major emphasis as follows: (1)
Division ot Sport Studies, including history of sport,
psychology of sport, and sociology of sport; (2)
Division of Biophysical Studies with specialties in
physiology of exercise, motor learning and
development, and biomechanics; and (3) Division of
Curricular Studies, with emphasis on
curriculum-supervision-administration. teacher
education, and adapted programs.
Admission and Degree Information
The basic minimum guideline for admission to the
MA program in Physical Education is a B average
or a 30 average for the last hvo years of
undergraduate study, txjth in the major and related
subject fields Students not quite meeting these
qualifications may be admitted provisionally At least
18 semester credit hours in Physical Education must
have been completed prior to admission into the
Program. Undergraduate prerequisites for advanced
study in Physical Education normally include history
of physical education, physiology of exercise,
kinesiology, adapted physical education,
measurement and evaluation, motor learning and
statistics Students without these necessary courses
may register as special students or be admitted
provisionally with limited course deficiencies.
Admission to the Ph D program is secured upon
the basis of satisfactory preparation for advanced
graduate work and demonstrated potential for
scholarly achievement. A B-t^ grade point average
(3.5 on a 4.0 point scale) in previously taken
graduate work, with at least a 3.0 overall average in
the final two years of undergraduate study, is the
scholastic standard for admission. In those cases
where special qualifications are apparent from letters
of recommendation and documentations of special
backgrounds, but where the scholastic standards
stated above are not met in their entirety, a student
may be admitted on a provisional basis. Students
on provisional status will have their wori< carefully
reviewed by a graduate review committee usually
within the first year for further classification.
The requirements for the MA. in Physical
Education (Thesis Option) are a minimum of 24
semester hours, exclusive of thesis. Six are required
in the PHED specialty, with six additional PHED
hours required. In addition, the following courses are
required of all MA. students majoring in physical
education: PHED 610: Methods and Techniques of
Research (3 semester hours); PHED 6890,
Intermediate Ouantitative Methods (3 semester
hours) The remaining six hours are to be taken
outside the major department, in related courses
intended to supplement and support the major wori<
The student is also required to register for six
semester hours of thesis credits (PHED 799) Thus
the total number of credit hours required for the
degree is 30 Two years of full-time graduate study
are usually required for completion of The Master's
degree. The requirements for the MA. in Physical
Education (non-thesis option) are a minimum of 30
semester hours. Required courses include PHED
610 and a three hour research processes course
which supports the major subject matter area. A
minimum of six (6) credit hours must be taken in the
PHED major specialty, with nine (9) additional PHED
hours required. Six (6) credit hours must be taken
outside the department in related courses, and a
minimum of three (3) credit hours must be taken in
PHED 689, Special Problems in Physical Education,
involving independent wori< on a project under the
direction of a Graduate Faculty member The student
must pass a final comprehensive examination.
The requirements for the Ph.D. degree consist
of course wori< in the following areas: (1) a minimum
of 12 hours in the area of specialization, (2) a
minimum of 6 hours related to the candidate's area
of research interest, and (3) a minimum of 15 hours
in a related studies area selected from outside the
Department. In some instances more credits may
be required for completion of this requirement, »(hich
must consist of subject matter essential to support
the dissertation topic. Courses completed may be
taken within a single department or from several
departments.
Students within all divisions of the Department
must demonstrate competency in research.
Commensurate with this competency is a basic
understanding of the scientific method including the
ability to apply logic and objectivity to the
understanding of phenomena and the ability to
formulate and test relevant hypotheses Normally,
competency in the scientific method includes
demonstrating an understanding of (1) the research
processes in physical education; (2) the quantitative
methods of analysis employed in physical education
research; and (3) the principles underlying the
statistical aspects of experimental and
non-experimental designs employed in physical
education research
Twelve hours is the minimum and eighteen the
maximum allotted for the Ph,D. dissertation. (PHED
899).
No foreign language is formally required for the
Ph.D. degree, although in certain situations it may
be required by the advisor of students who are doing
extensive reading in German, Spanish, French,
Russian or some other language.
Facilities and Special Resources
The Department maintains a modern research
laboratory for physical education, including, but not
limited to, cinematographic analysis, cardiovascular
measurement, strength and other motor fitness
assessments, body composition, analysis of motion,
and motor learning research In addition, the new
Physical Education, Recreation and Health building
complex offers the graduate student access to
research facilities including a small animal latxjratory
and a minicomputer based data acquisition system
for real-time laboratory application which interfaces
with the University Computer Science Center.
134 Physical Education Program
Financial Assistance
Each year a number of graduate assistantships are
offered to men and women. Specific responsibilities
include teachiing in tfie activity program or assisting
in tfie researcfi laboratory.
Additional Information
For furttier information and application, contact:
David L Kelley
Director of Graduate Studies,
Department of Pfiysical Education,
University of Maryland.
Courses
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION, AND HEALTH
PERH 487 Adult Health and Developmental Progiam.
(3) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Training and
experience in a clinically oriented development program
for the aged
PERH 488 Children's Health and Development Clinic
(1-4) Prerequisite: Consent ol instructor An opportunity
to acquire training and experience in a therapeutically
oriented physical education-recreation program lor
children relerred by various education, special education,
medical or psychiatnc groups. Repeatable to a
maximum of 4 credits.
PERH 490 Theories of Children's Love and Peace
Behavior (3) The development of love and peace
behaviors as health correlates in infra human and human
species from infancy through childhood with special
emphasis upon the role of physical education, recreation,
and health. The examination of existing models in the
areas of family, school, and clinical settings.
PERH 689 Selected Problems In Health, Physical
Education and Recreation. (1-8) Research projects in
special areas in Health. Physical Education and/or
Recreation which have interdisciplinary implications not
covered in structured courses
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
PHED 400 Kinesiology (4) Three lectures and two
laboratory hours a week. Prerequisitee: ZOOL 101. 201.
and 202 or the equivalent. The study of human
movement and the physical and physiological principles
upon which it depends. Body mechanics, posture, motor
efficiency, sports, the performance of atypical individuals,
and the influence of growth and development upon motor
performance are studied.
PHED 401 Kinesiology for Dance (3) Mechanical and
anatomical components of human movement. Integration
of the scientific knowledge necessary to the dancer with
the artistic aspects of dance. Practical experience in the
application of kinesiological principles to dance and
dance education May not be taken for credit by students
wtio have credit in PHED 400.
PHED 406 Perceptual-Motor Development In the
Young Child (3) Analysis of perceptualmotor
components, their progression. Inter-relationships,
developmental activities and evaluation. Study of the
growth and other factors that influence perceptual-motor
development in the young child.
PHED 420 Physical Education lor the Elementary
School (3) Onenlation of the general elementary teacher
to physical education Principles and practices in
elementary physical education are discussed and a
variety of appropriate activities are considered
PHED 421 Elementary School Physical Education — A
Movement Approach (3) Prerequisites: PHED 183 and
184. An analysis of movement philosophy and content,
focusing upon cognitive, psychomotor and affective
developmental characteristics in relal progression and
planning of games, educational dance and educational
gymnastices for elementary school age children.
PHED 451 Sport and the American Woman (3) The
expanding perception ol the woman's role in American
society: etiology of sex differences: socialization of sex
roles in America: development of "masculinity' and
"feminity' in children through early play experiences:
competition and women: personality of the female
athlete: and personal motivations of female athletes and
projected future for sport and the American.
PHED 455 Physical Fitness of the Individual (3) A
study of the major physical fitness problems confronting
the adult modem society. Consideration is given to the
scientific appraisal, development, and maintenance of
fitness at all age levels. Such problems as obesity,
weight reduction, chronic fatigue, posture, and special
exercise programs are explored Open to persons
outside the prolession ol physical educali
PHED 461 Exercise and Body Composition (3)
Prerequisites: CHEM 104, ZOOL 201, and ZOOL 202: or
consent of instructor Physiological concepts relating
body composition lactors to exercise and human
performance The scientific basis for the establishment
and evaluation of conditioning programs where body
composition may play an important role, such as weight
control and athletics.
PHED 470 Seminar for Student Teachers (2) A
seminar held concurrennly with student teaching in
physical education. An intensive examination of current
problems and issues in teaching physical education
PHED 480 Measurement In Physical Education (3)
Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisite: MATH 105 or 1 10 A study ol the principles
and techniques of educational measurement as applied
to teaching of physical education, study of the functions
and techniques of measurement in the evaluation of
student progress toward the objectives of physical
education and in the evaluation of the effectiveness of
teaching.
PHED 487 Physical Education and Sport In
Contemporary Cultures (3) Three lectures a week
Prerequisite: SOCY 100 or equivalent. A study ol the
cultural impact of physical education activities in the
United States and selected countries. Individual research
on selected topics is required.
PHED 489 Field Laboratory Projects and Workshop
(1-6) Workshops and research projects in special areas
of knowledge not covered by regulariy structured
courses. Note: The maximum total number of credits that
may be earned toward any degree in physical education
is six.
PHED 490 Organization and Administration of
Physical Education (3) The application of the principles
of administration and supervision to physical education
and intramurals. Students are normally enrolled during
the student teaching semester.
PHED 491 The Curriculum In Elementary School
Physical Education (3) Techniques planning and
construction are considered from a standpoint of valid
criteria lor the selection of content in elementary school
physical education. Desirable leatures ol cooperative
curriculum planning in providing for learning experiences
will be presented and discussed.
PHED 493 History and Philosophy of Sport and
Physical Education (3) History and philosophical
Implications of sport and physical education through
ancient, medieval, and contemporary periods in western
civilization.
PHED 495 Organization and Administration of
Elementary School Physical Education (3)
Prerequisite: PHED 420 Studies the procedures basic to
satisfactory organization of all phases of the elementary
school physical education program. Emphasis is placed
on the organizational and administrative lactors
necessary for the successful operation of the program in
various types of elementary schools
PHED 496 Quantitative Methods (3) Statistical
techniques most Irequently used in research pertaining to
physical education Effort is made to provide the student
with the necessary skills, and to acquaint him with the
interpretations and applications of these techniques.
PHED 497 independent Studies Seminar (3)
Discussions of contemporary issues vital to the discipline,
critiques of research in the student's area/areas of
special interest, completion ol a major project where the
student will be asked to demonstrate the ability to carry
out investigative processes in problem solving and critical
writing under faculty direction.
PHED 498 Special Topics in Physical Education (3)
Prerequisite: Consent of instnjctor Topics of special
interest in areas not covered by regulariy scheduled
courses. Repeatable when the subject matter is different.
PHED 600 Seminar in Physical Education, (1)
PHED 602 Status and Trends In Elementary School
Physical Education. (3) Analyzes the current status and
implications lor lulure trends in Physical Education at the
elementary school level Open to expenenced persons in
all phases of Education
PHED 604 Physical Education and the Development
of the Child. (3) Analyzes the place ol Physical
Education in meeting the growth and developmental
needs ol children of elementary school age
PHED 606 Perceptual Motor Development through
Movement. (3) A study ol the development ol
perceptual-motor skills through directed physical
activities An investigation ol the growth and development
of perceptual-motor programs Analysis of common
factors and differences behveen selected programs and
philosophies Evaluation in perceptual-motor
development.
PHED 610 Methods and Techniques of Research. (3)
Studies methods and techniques ol research used in
Physical Education an analysis ol examples ol their use.
and practice in their application to problems ol interest to
the student.
PHED 612 Research Literature. (3) Studies the
research literature ol Physical Education, plus research
in one specific problem.
PHED 615 Principles and Techniques of Evaluation.
(3) Prerequisite: An introductory course in measurement
or permission of the instructor A study of currently used
means of evaluating the performance of students and the
effectiveness of programs of Physical Education in
schools arKJ colleges. Specific problems concerning
evaluation, brought in by members of the class, will be
analyzed.
PHED 620 Analysis of Contemporary Athletics. (3)
Studies current problems, practices, and national issues
of permanent importance to the conduct of athletic
competition in a democracy
PHED 630 Sociology of Sport In Contemporary
Perspective. (3) Studies social organization and the role
ol individuals and groups in sport situations the
interrelationship ol sport with traditional social institutions:
sport as a sub-system and its structure, and sport and
social problems
PHED 640 Supervisory Techniques in Physical
Education. (3) Studies current concepts, pnnciples and
techniques ol supervision and ol their application,
observation ol available supervising programs, including
visits with local supervisors: and practice in the use ol
selected techniques.
PHED 642 Administrative Direction of Physical
Education. (3) Analyzes administrative problems in the
light of sound educational practice Students concentrate
their efforts upon their own on-the-job administrative
problems and contribute to the solution of other class
members' problems.
PHED 644 Curriculum Construction in Physical
Education. (3) Studies the principles underiying
cuniculum construction in Physical Education and the
practical applications ol these principles to the
construction of a curriculum.
PHED 650 Mental and Emotional Aspects ol Sports
and Recreation. (3) Prerequisites: Psychology and/or
Human Development. An exploration ol psychological
aspects of Physical Education, sports and recreation,
including personality dynamics in relation to exercise and
sports. A study is made of the psychological lactors in
athletic performance and coaching.
PHED 660 Philosophy of Physical Education. (3)
Studies five important philosophical disciplines and their
impact on modem Physical Education and sport; and an
exploration ol the valid philosophical approaches and
processes to formulation of a personal philosophy of
Physical Education.
PHED 661 Philosophy of Sport. (3) An examination of
the meaning and significance of the phenomena of sport.
The influence ol the major philosophical points ol view as
related to modern physical activity and sport in the
American society. An exploration of the valid
philosophical approaches and processes to the
fomiulation of a philosophy of sport. Exploration and
inquiry into the Interpretations of facts, meanings, and
values in sport.
PHED 662 History of Sport In Western CuHure. (3)
Prerequisites: PHED 493 or equivalent and 12 hours in
Physics Program 135
upper division level courses involving Western culture. A
history of sport of tfie early and medieval periods
PHED 663 History of Sport In Western Culturv. (3)
Prerequisites: PHED 493 or equivalent and 12 hours in
upper division level courses involving Western culture. A
history of sport of the Renaissance and Modem Periods.
PHED 670 Blomechsnlcs Theory. (3) Prerequisites:
MATH 141 or 221 or equivalent Theoretical basis for the
understanding the investigation of biomechanical aspects
of the human txxly Integration of subject matter from
physics, engineering, anatomy, kinesiology, and
physiology as it relates to the study of human motion and
the body as a mechanical system.
PHED 675 Photo-Analysis of Human Motion (3)
Prerequisite:PHED 400 or consent of instructor. The
scientific analysis of human motion with emphasis on
photographic principles, cinematography mettradology,
and data point resolution as they influence quantification
kinematic variables of human motion.
PHED 680 Therapeutic Exercise. (3) Prerequisites:
PHED 460 or permission of instructor. A current, critical
analysis of the role of exercise as a therapeutic modality
in treating muscular-skeletal, neuromuscular and sensory
disorders; nutritional disorders and obesity; emotional
and stress related disturtances; and degenerative
disease and aging
PHED 685 Advanced Motor Learning. (3) Prerequisite:
PHED 485 or equivalent A research-oriented approach
to motor learning, including instrumentation and
laboratory experimental techniques in motor learning
research Major topics covered are motor leaming
theories, information processing, motor memory,
proprioceptive control of movement, and feedback
PHED 688 Seminar In Motor Learning and
Performance. (3) Prerequisites: PHED 485 and 496.
Discussion of research dealing with advanced topics in
motor leaming and skilled performance Recent
developments concerning individual differences,
refractoriness, anticipation and timing, transfer, retention,
and worti inhibition are emphasized May be repeated for
a total of 6 hours
PHED 689 Special Problems In Physical Education.
(1-6) Master or doctoral candidates who desire to pursue
special research problems under the direction of their
advisor may register for 1-6 hours of credit under this
number.
PHED 690 Sclsntmc Bases of Exercise. (3)
Prerequisites: Anatomy, physiology, PHED 400, 460, or
equivalent. A critical analysis of the role of physical
exercise in modem society with attention given to such
topics as: the need for physical exercise, its chronic
effects, the role of exercise in attaining good physical
condition and fitness, factor determining championship
performances, and physical fatigue.
PHED 691 Muscular Aspects of Exercise Physiology.
(3) Prerequisite: PHED 460 or equivalent. Muscular
aspects of exercise physiology, including sensory and
mechanical factors controlling contraction Emphasis on
the study of muscular fatigue, strength development and
hypertrophy, the metabolic and nutritional factors
affecting physical performance, and the cellular events
associated with exercise and training
PHED 692 Cardiovascular Aspects of Exercise
Physiology. (3) Prerequisite: PHED 460 or equivalent A
comprehensive consideration of the various
cardiovascular factors affecting human physical
performance Emphasis on the regulation of
cardiovascular functions during physical activity. Energy
liberation and transfer, circulation, respiration,
temperature regulation, physiology of work at altitudes,
aerobic endurance training, and exercise, health and
aging
PHED 770 Advanced Blomechsnlcs. (3) Prerequisites:
PHED 670; CMSC 103 or equivalent. The application of
scientrfic methods to problems in Human Biomechanics.
Instrumentation for data collection and measurement,
mechanical models of the body and their mathematical
treatment, and current research topics.
PHED 775 Advanced Analysis of Human Motion. (3)
Prerequisites PHED 400, 460, College Algebra or
equivalent of by permission of instructor A
research-oriented kinesiological analysis of human
movement as it relates to sports and the activities of daily
living The analysis is accomplished by means of various
measurement procedures including cinematography.
electronic timing devices and similar instruments.
PHED 789 Advanced Seminar. (1-3) Studies the
current problems and trends in selected fields of Physical
Education.
PHED 799 Master's Thesis Resesrch. (1-6)
PHED 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
Physics Program
Professor and Chairman: Park
Professors: Alley, Anderson, Banerjee, Bhagat, Brill,
Currie, DeSilva, Dorfman^, Dragt, Earl, Falk, FerrelP,
Glasser, Glick, Gloeckler, Glover, Gluckslern,
Goldenbaum, Greenberg, Griem, Griffin, Holmgren,
Hornyak, Howarth, Korenman, Y. 0. Lee, Liu,
MacDonald, Marion, Misner, Oneda, Ott,
Papadopoulos, Rati, Prange, Redish, Reiser^, Roos,
Slawsky, Snow, Steinberg, Sucher, Toll, Weber,
Woo, Yodh, B S. Zorn, G.T Zorn
Adjur>ct Professors: Bennett, Boldt, Fichlel,
Friedman, Hayward, McDonald, Rado
Associate Professors: Bardasis, Boyd, C C. Chang,
C.Y. Chang, Chant, H H. Chen, Drew, Einstein,
Fivel, Kacser, Kim, Layman', Lynn, Richard, Roush\
Wallace
Adjunct Associate Professor: Dixon, Pechacek
Assistant Professors: Breuer, Caswell, Dworzecka,
Ellis, Hu. Mason, Paik, Skard, Skuja, Wang
' Joint appointment with Chemical Engineering
' Joint appointment with Electrical Engineering
^ Joint appointment with Institute for Physical
Science and Technology
' Joint appointment with Secondary Education
The Department of Physics and Astronomy has
active programs in many areas of current research
interest. Those in astronomy are listed under the
heading of Astronomy. Those in the physics program
include: astrophysics, atomic physics, chemical
physics, elementary particle theory, fluid dynamics,
general relativity, high energy physics, many-body
theory, molecular physics, nuclear physics, particle
accelerator research, plasma physics, quantum
electronics and optics, quantum field theory, solid
state physics, space physics, and statistical
mechanics.
Admission and Degree Information
Because of the large number of qualified applicants,
the Department of Physics and Astronomy has had
to restrict formal admission to the Graduate School
to those who have shown particularly outstanding
work in their undergraduate records, or who have
already done satisfactory wori< in key senior-level
courses at the University of Maryland. Students who
have less outstanding records but who, because of
exceptional circumstances, show special promise
may be given provisional admission, with regular
admission pending the satisfactory completion of
existing deficiencies. Each student so admitted will
be informed by an assigned departmental advisor
what background he is lacking, and what he must
accomplish to achieve regular admission. The
University of Maryland hopes in this way to offer an
opportunity for advanced study in physics and
astronomy to all qualified students.
Entering graduate students are normally
expected to have strong backgrounds in physics,
including courses in the intermediate level in
mechanics, electricity and magnetism,
thermodynamics, physical optics, and modern
physics. A student with deficiencies in one or more
of these areas may be admitted, but will be expected
to remedy such deficiencies as soon as possible
The Graduate Record Examination (GRE
Advanced) is recommended, and the average GRE
score for admission is 750 A minimum overall score
of 5(X) on the Test of English as a Foreign
Language is required of applicants from non-English
speaking countries
The Department offers both thesis and
non-thesis M.S. programs. The departmental
requirements for the non-thesis option include at
least four courses of the general physics sequence,
PHYS 601, 602, 604, 606, 622 and 623, plus the
graduate lab, PHYS 621, unless specifically
exempted; a research paper as evidence of ability to
organize and present a written scholarly report on
contemporary research; the passing at the master's
level of one section of the Ph.D. qualifying exam;
and the passing of a final oral examination
The requirements for the Master of Science
degree with thesis include at least four courses of
the general physics sequence plus, for students
presenting a theoretical thesis, the graduate
laboratory unless specially exempted; and the
passing of an oral examination including a defense
of thesis.
The requirements for the Ph.D. in Physics are
set in general terms to allow the individual student
as much freedom as possible in preparing a course
of study suited to individual needs. These
requirements are: competence in basic physics
indicated by satisfactory performance on a Qualifying
Examination and in the Graduate Laboratory; a
research paper as evidence of ability to organize
and present a written scholarly report on
contemporary research prior to candidacy; advanced
course study outside the student's field of
specialization consisting of at least two courses (6
credits) in physics at 700 or 800 level and two
courses (6 credits) recognized for graduate credit
given outside the physics program (this may include
astronomy); PHYS 624 or 625 for students with
theoretical theses; and research competence
through active participation in at least two hours of
seminar, 12 hours of thesis research and the
presentation and defense of an original dissertation.
Facilities and Special Resources
The current research in the Department spans an
immense range of theoretical and experimental work
on the forefront of knowledge, far too large to
describe here. For details of the work in the various
fields, the (acuity and the facilities involved, the
Department annually puts out a booklet entitled
"Research in Physics and Astronomy," which may be
obtained upon request.
To give some idea of the magnitude of the
program we note that of the professional faculty of
85, there are 71 engaged in separately budgeted
research; faculty members at other ranks likewise
engaged in research number 64. In 1979-80, 80
graduate students also have participated in research,
under stipends. The current federal support for
research amounts to approximately nine million
dollars annually, attesting to both the size and the
quality of the program.
The Department houses the Center for
Theoretical Physics, which provides a means for
outstanding theoretical physicists to visit the
Department as postdoctoral fellows and visiting
faculty members.
There are close academic ties with the Institute
of Physical Science and Technology on the campus;
memljers of this institute supervise graduate
research and share in the teaching of physics
courses. The Department also has close ties with
the University's Computer Science Center, which
provides outstanding computer facilities for the
University
In addition to using College Park campus
facilities, graduate students can, under certain
conditions, utilize resources of nearby federal
laboratories.
The University of Maryland is located within the
metropolitan area of Washington, DC, where it
enjoys the proximity of a large number of
outstanding institutions such as NASA's Goddard
Space Flight Center, the Naval Research Laboratory,
the Naval Surface Weapons Center, the National
Bureau of Standards, the Johns Hopkins Applied
Physics Laboratory, the Department of Energy, the
National Institutes of Health, the Library of Congress,
and other Federal Institutions. The Department has
close ties with certain research groups at some of
these institutions In order to facilitate graduate study
in the Washington area, the Department of Physics
136 Physics Program
and Astronomy has part-time professors in certain
government laboratories.
Students desiring to do graduate work in physics
at a government agency should contact a member of
the graduate faculty in the Department.
Financial Assistance
The Department offers brath teaching and research
assistantships. In 1980-81 there were about 75 of
each. Summer research stipends for advanced
graduate students are customary, and a few summer
teaching assistantships are available.
The deadline for applications for financial support
and assistantships is March 1 ; for fellowships the
deadline is February 1 .
Graduate students also can seek full-time or
part-time employment in the many government and
industry laboratories located within a few miles of the
campus.
Additional Information
Three booklets are available regarding the graduate
programs in Astronomy and in Physics. "Graduate
Study in Physics and Astronomy; is a guidebook to
procedural requirements and njles concerning the
acquisitions of higher degrees. "Research in Physics
and Astronomy" describes the graduate research
activities and lists the personnel involved, group by
group. It gives the names of faculty and graduate
students involved in various research projects,
together with brief descriptions of those projects.
"Graduate Programs in Physics and Astronomy" is a
publication which lists faculty and research projects;
it also provides basic information for prospective
students inquiring about the College Park programs
in astronomy and physics.
In addition, twice yearly, a comprehensive
memorandum is issued regarding the course
offerings and academic program for the current
calendar year. The memorandum issued in April
describes the program beginning in late August; the
November memorandum describes the spring
semester programs.
Regarding admission or for further information
write;
Mrs. Jean Clement, Secretary
Graduate Entrance Committee
Department of Physics,
University of Maryland.
Courses
PHYS 400 Basic Concepts of Physics I (3)
Prerequisite: Junior standing. A primarily descriptive
course in two semesters, intended mainly tor those
students in the liberal arts who have not had any other
course in physics This course does not serve as a
prerequisite or substitute for other physics courses. The
main emphasis is on the concepts of physics, their
evolution arxl their relation to other branches of human
endeavor.
PHYS 401 Basle Concepts of Physics II (3)
Prerequisite: PHYS 400 or consent of instructor,
PHYS 404 Intermediate Theoretical Mechanics (3)
Prerequisites: PHYS 142 or 263; lulATH 241 previously or
concurrently. Fundamentals and selected advanced
topics of physical mechanics Vector differential calculus
will be used
PHYS 405 Intermediate Theoretical Electricity and
Magnetism (3) Prerequisite: PHYS 142 or 263; MATH
241. Intermediate electricity and magnetism and
electromagnetic waves (optics). Vector differential
calculus is used througfiout.
PHYS 406 Optics (3) Three lectures a week.
Prerequisites: PHYS 263 or 294 and MATH 240 or
consent of instructor Geometrical optics, optical
iristruments. wave motion, interference and diffraction,
and other phenomena in physical optics.
PHYS 407 Sound (3) (Will be given only with sufficient
demand) Prerequisite: PHYS 122, 142 or 263. MATH
240 is to be taken concurrently
PHYS 410 Elements of Theoretical
Physics— ttechanlcs (4) Prerequisites: PHYS 294, or
PHYS 404 and 405, or PHYS 263 and consent of
instnictor, and also MATH 241. A study of the theoretical
foundations of mechanics, with extensive applications of
the methods Also various mathematical tools of
theoretical physics.
PHYS 411 Elements of Theorsticai
Physics— Eisctricity snd Magnetism (4) Prerequisite:
PHYS 404 or 410, and PHYS 263 or 284 or 405, or
consent of the instnjctor. A study of the foundations of
electromagnetic theory, with e)i1ensive application of the
methods. Thorough treatment of wave properties of
solutions of Maxwells equations.
PHYS 412 Kinetic Theory of Gases (3) Prerequisites:
PHYS 404 and 405 or PHYS 410 and MATH 240 or
equivalent. Dynamics of gas particles,
Maxwell-Bultzmann distributiori, diffusion, Brownian
motion, etc..
PHYS 414 Introduction to Thermodynamics and
Statistical Mechanics (3) Prerequisites: MATH 240,
PHYS 294 or 404 or consent of the instructor.
Introduction of basic concepts in thermodynamics and
statistical mechanics.
PHYS 420 Modem Physics tor Engineers (3)
Prerequisites: PHYS 263 or 294 or 404 and 405; MATH
241 or consent of instructor. A survey of atomic and
nuclear phenoma and the main trends in modern
physics. This course is appropriate for students in
engineering and other physical sciences. It should not be
taken in addition to PHYS 421.
PHYS 421 Introduction to Modern Physics (3)
Prerequisites: PHYS 294 or equivalent; MATH 241
including some knowledge of ordinary differential
equations. Introductory discussion of special relativity,
origin of quantum theory, Bohr atom, wave mechanics,
atomic structure, and optical spectra.
PHYS 422 Modern Physics (3) Prerequisite: PHYS 421 .
This course uses the basic ideas of quantum mechanics
and special relativity to discuss the characteristics of
many diverse sutjjects including complex atoms,
molecules, solids, nuclei and elementary particles.
PHYS 423 Elementary Quantum Physics (3)
Prerequisites: PHYS 420 or 422; MATH 240 and 246;
and a level of mathematical sophistication equivalent to
that of a student who has taken PHYS 410 and 411, or
ENEE 380 and 381. A rigorous presenlatiori of the
quantum theory, including the concepts of operators,
measure and angular momentum. The application of
these concepts together with Schroedinger equation to
some basic problems in atomic and molecular physics.
PHYS 429 Atomic and Nuclear Physics Lalioratory (3)
PHYS 395 and consent of instnjctor Classical
experiments in atomic physics and more sophisticated
experimerits in current techniques in nuclear physics.
PHYS 431 Properties ol Matter (3) Prerequisite: PHYS
404 and 405 or PHYS 410 or PHYS 420 or PHYS 421
Introduction to solid state physics Electro-magnetic,
thermal, and elastic properties of metals, semiconductors
and insulators.
PHYS 441 Nuclear Physics (3) Prerequisite: PHYS 404
and 405; or PHYS 410; or PHYS 420; or PHYS 421. An
introduction to nuclear physics at the
pre-quantum-mechanics level. Properties of nuclei;
radioactivity; nuclear systemalics; nuclear moment; the
shell model, interaction of charged particles and gamma
rays with matter; nuclear dectectors, accelerators;
nuclear reactions; beta decay; high energy phenomena
PHYS 443 Neutron Reactor Physics (3) Prerequisite:
PHYS 420 or PHYS 421 or consent of instnjctor. Various
related topics iri neutron reactor physics.
PHYS 451 Introduction to Elementary Particles (3)
Prerequisite: PHYS 422 or consent of instnjctor.
Properties of elementary particles, production and
detection of particles, relativistic kinematics, invariance
principles and consenfation laws.
PHYS 461 Introduction to Fluid Dynamics (3)
Prerequisites: PHYS 404 and MATH 240. Kinematics of
fluid flow, properties of incompressible fluids, complex
variable methods of analysis, wave motions
PHYS 463 Introduction to Plasma Physics (3) Three
lectures a week Prerequisites: PHYS 404 or 410, or
ENES 221; and PHYS 405 or 411, or ENEE 380; or
consent of instructor Students without the electricity and
magnetism prerequisite but having a familiarity with
Maxwell's equations should check with the instructor.
Orbit theory, magneto-hydrodynamics, plasma heating
and stability, waves and transport processes.
PHYS 465 Modern Optics (3) Prerequisites: PHYS 401
and 420 or 421, and 411 or consent of the instructor.
Designed for students with a background in fundamental
optics, the course deals with topics in modern optics
such as coherence, holography, principles of laser action,
electron optics, and non-linear optics.
PHYS 471 Introduction to Atmospheric and Space
Physics (3) Prerequisite: PHYS 404 and 405 or 410, 420
or 421. Motions of charged particles in magnetic fields,
aspects of plasma physics related to cosmic rays and
radiation belts, atomic phenomena in the atmosphere,
thermodynamics and dynamics of the atmosphere.
PHYS 483 Biophysics and Theoretical Biology (3)
Prerequisite: Consent ol the intructor Desigried for
advanced and mature students who may have only
minimal knowledge ol biological processes but are well
grounded in physics. Areas in bioscience where physics,
biophysical chemistry, and mathematical analysis fuse to
provide definition lor biologic statics and dynamics.
PHYS 485 Electronic Circuits (4) Three hours of lecture
and two ol laboratory per week. Prerequisite: PHYS 395,
and concurrent enrollment in PHYS 405 or 411. Theory
of semi-coriductor and vacuum tube circuits. Application
in experimental physics.
PHYS 487 Particle Accelerators, Physical and
Engineering Principles (3) Prerequisites: PHYS 410,
411 or 271, 321 and 421, or equivalents. Sources or
charged particles, methods of acceleration and focusing
of electrori and iori beams iri electromagnetic fields;
electrostatic accelerators, constant-gradient cyclotrons
and synchrotrons, betatrons and microtrons; the
alternatirig-gradierit and sector-focusing principles;
isochronous syclotrons and alternating-gradient
sychrotrons: linear accelerators This course is also listed
as ENEE 487
PHYS 490 History of Modern Physics (3) Prerequisite:
PHYS 420 or 421 or equivalent. Primarily for senior
physics majors and first year graduate students A survey
of major discoveries and trends in 20th century physics,
includirig the relatioris ol physics to other sciences,
philosophy of science, technology and society.
PHYS 499 Special Problems In Physics (1-16)
Prerequisite: Major in physics and consent of advisor.
Research or special study. Credit according to work
done
PHYS 601 Theoretical Dynamics. (3) Prerequisite:
PHYS 410 or equivalent. Lagrangian and Hamiltonian
mechanics, two-txxly central force problem, rigid body
motion, small oscillations, continuous systems.
PHYS 602 Statistical Physics. (3) Prerequisite: PHYS
410 or equivalent. Statistical mechanics,
thermodynamics, kinetic theory.
PHYS 604 Methods of Mathematical Physics. (3)
Prerequisite: advanced calculus. PHYS 410 and 411. or
equivalent. Ordinary and partial differential equations of
physics, t>oundary value problems, Fourier series.
Green's functions, complex variables and contour
integration
PHYS 606 Electrodynamics. (4) Prerequisite: PHYS 604
or equivalent Classical electromagnetic theory, electro-
and magnetostatics. Maxwell equations, waves and
radiation, special relativity.
PHYS 621 Graduate Laboratory. (3) Six hours of
laboratory work per week. Design and periormance of
advanced experimerits in modem and classical physics.
PHYS 622 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics 1. (4)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite: an outstanding
undergraduate background in physics. A study ol the
Schroedinger equation, matrix formulations of quaritum
mechariics. approximation methods, scattering theory
etc , and applications to solid state, atomic, and nuclear
physics.
PHYS 623 introduction to Quantum Mechanics ii. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, an outstanding
undergraduate background in physics. A study of the
Schroedinger equation, matrix formulations of quantum
mechanics, approximation methods, scattering theory
etc., and applications to solid state, atomic, and nuclear
physics Continuation ol PHYS 622.
PHYS 624 Advanced Quantum Mechanics. (3)
Prerequisite, PHYS 623. Relativistic wave equations.
Physics Program 137
second quantization in many txxjy problems and
relativistic wave equations. Feynman-Dyson perturbation
theory, applications to many txjdy problems, application
to quantum electrodynamics, elements ot
rerwrmalization.
PHYS 625 Non-Relatlvlstic Quantum Mechanics. (3)
Prerequisite: PHYS 623, Non-relalivistic second
quantization, single particle Green's function, perturbation
theory, linked cluster expansion, Feynman and Goldstone
diagrams; applications to imperfect Fermi gases;
superconductivity
PHYS 686 Charged Particle Dynamics, Electron and
Ion Beams. (3) Prerequisites: PHYS 410, 411 or PHYS
271 , 321 or consent of instructor Three hours per weel<.
General principles ot single-particle dynamics; analytical
and practical methods of mapping electric and magnetic
fields; equations of motion and special solutions;
Liouville's theorem; electron optics; space charge effects
in high current beams; design principles of special
electrori and ion beam devices. This course is also listed
as electrical engineering 686-
PHYS 703 Thermodynamics. (3) Prerequisite; PHYS
602. The first and second laws of thennodynamlcs are
examined and applied to homogeneous and
non-homogeneous systems, calculations of properties of
matter, the derivation of equilibrium conditions and phase
transitions, the theory of irreversible processes.
PHYS 704 Statistical Mechanics. (3) Prerequisites:
PHYS 411 and 602 A study of the determination ot
behavior of matter from microscopic models.
Microcanonical, canonical, and grand canonical models
Applications of solid state physics and the study of
gases
PHYS 708 Seminar In Teaching College Physics. (1)
PHYS 709 Seminar In General Physics. (1)
PHYS 711 Symmetry Problems In Physics. (3)
Prerequisite: PHYS 623 A study of general methods of
classification of physical systems by their symmetries
and invariance properties, especially in quantum field
theory applications.
PHYS 718 Seminar In General Physics. (1)
PHYS 719 Seminar In General Physics. (1)
PHYS 721 Theory ot Atomic Spectra. (3) Prerequisite:
PHYS 622 A study of atomic spectra and structure: one
and two electron spectra, fine and hyper-fine structure,
line strengths, line widths, etc
PHYS 722 Theory of Molecular Spectra. (3)
Prerequisite PHYS 721 The structure and properties of
molecules as revealed by rotational, vibrational, and
electronic spectra.
PHYS 723 Molecular Physics I. (2) Prerequisite PHYS
623. The fundamentals of the interpretation of the
spectra ot simple molecules with particular attention to
quantitative considerations Emphasis on topics generally
regarded as falling outside the domain ot molecular
stmcture. notably the measurement and analysis of
molecular spectroscopic line intensities.
PHYS 724 Molecular Physics II. (2) Two lectures per
week Prerequisite: PHYS 623 The fundamentals of the
interpretation of the spectra ot simple molecules with
particular attention to quantitative considerations
Emphasis on topics generally regarded as falling outside
the domain of molecular structure, notably the
measurement and analysis of molecular spectroscopic
line intensities. Continuation of PHYS 723
PHYS 728 Seminar In Atomic and Molecular Physic*.
PHYS 729 Seminar In General Quantum Mechanics
and Quantum Electronics. (1)
PHYS 731 Solid State Physics— Survey. (3) A variety
of topics such as crystal structure, mechanical, thermal,
electrical, and magnetic properties of solids, band
structure, the semi-surface, and superconductivity will be
treated Although the emphasis will be on the
phenomena, the methods of quantum mechanics are
freely employed in this description
PHYS 738 Seminar In Experimental Solid State
Physics. (1)
PHYS 739 Seminar In Theoretical Solid State Physics.
(1)
PHYS 741 Nuclear Structure Physics— Survey. (3)
Prerequisite: PHYS 623 Properties of the
nucleon-nudeon interaction, systematics of nuclear
stable states, theory ot nuclear matter, shell model and
Hartree-Fock theory of nuclear states, rpa
(random-phase-approximation) and pairing correlations,
collective states of deformed nuclei, electromagnetic
transitions, beta decay of nuclear stales
PHYS 742 Nuclear Reaction Theory: Survey. (3)
Prerequisite: PHYS 623, General scattering theory, direct
reaction theories for elastic and inelastic processes,
resonance reaction theories of Bloch and Feshbach, shell
model approach to reaction theory, statistical theories of
compound nuclear processes, multiple scattering theory,
heavy ion reactions,
PHYS 748 Seminar In Experimental Nuclear Physics.
(1)
PHYS 749 Seminar In Theoretical Nuclear Physics. (1)
PHYS 751 Elementary Psrtlcle Physics I— Survey. (3)
Three lectures a week Co-requisite: PHYS 624 or
consent of the instructor Nuclear forces are studied by
examining interactions at high energies Meson physics,
scattenng processes, and detailed analysis of high
energy experiments,
PHYS 752 Elementary Particle Physics II: Theory. (3)
Prerequisite: PHYS 624 and 751 or consent of the
instructor. Survey ot elementary particles and their
properties, quantum field theory, meson theory, weak
interactions, possible extensions of elementary parlcio
theory.
PHYS 758 Seminar In Elementary Particles and
Quantum Reld Theory. (1)
PHYS 759 Seminar In Elementary Particles and
Quantum Field Theory. (1)
PHYS 761 Plasma Physics I— Survey. (3) Prerequisite:
PHYS 604. 606 or consent of instructor. A detailed study
of plasma physics The first semester treats particle orbit
theory, magnelohydrodynamics. plasma waves, and
transport phenomena,
PHYS 762 Plasma Physics II. (3) Continuation of PHYS
761 , Vlasov theory, including waves, stability, and weak
turtulence. kinetic equation theories ot conelations and
radiative processes,
PHYS 768 Seminar In Fluid Dynamics. (1)
PHYS 769 Seminar In Plasma Physics. (1)
PHYS 771 Cosmic Ray Physics; Survey. (3) Pre- or
co-requisite: PHYS 601 or consent ot instructor
Interaction of cosmic rays with matter, geomagnetic
cutoffs. Origin and propagation of cosmic rays, the
electron component and its relationship to cosmic radio
noise; experimerital methods.
PHYS 778 Seminar In Space and Cosmic Ray
Physics. (1)
PHYS 779 Semlnsr In General Relativity. (1)
PHYS 788 Seminar In Applied Physics. (1)
PHYS 789 Semlnsr In Interdisciplinary Problems. (1)
PHYS 798 Special Problems In Advanced Physics.
(1-3) Projects or special study in Advanced Physics,
PHYS 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
PHYS 808 Special Topics In General Physics. (1-4)
Prerequisite: Consent of instmctor. Credit according to
wor1< done
PHYS 809 Special Topics In General Physics. (1-4)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor Credit according to
work done
PHYS 818 Special Topics In General Physics. (1-4)
Prerequisite: Consent of instnjctor Credit according to
work done
PHYS 819 Special Topics In General Physics. (1-4)
Prerequisite Consent of instructor Credit according to
work done
PHYS 828 Special Topics In Atomic and Molecular
Pnyslcs. (1-4) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor Credit
according to work done.
PHYS 829 Special Topics In Quantum Mechanics and
Quantum Electronics. (1-4) Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor Credit according to work done
PHYS 832 Theory of Solids I. (3) Prerequisite: PHYS
623, co-requisite, PHYS 624 Advanced topics in the
quantum theory of solids from such fields as band
structure calculations, optical properlies, phonons,
neutron scattering, the dynamics ot electrons in one-band
theory, the Landau-Fermi Liquid Theory, charged Fermi
liquids, the Fermi surface (surface impedance, cyclotron
resonance, the De Hass-Van Alphen Effect, etc.).
PHYS 833 Theory of Solids II. (3) Continuation of PHYS
832, Covers special topics such as magnetism,
superconductivity and electron-phonon interactions
PHYS 838 Special Topics In Experimental Solid State
Physics. (1-4) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Credit
according to work done.
PHYS 839 Special Topics In Theoretical Solid State
Physics. (1-4) Prerequisite: Consent ot instnjctor Credit
according to work done.
PHYS 843 Theoretical Nuclear Physics I. (3)
Prerequisite: PHYS 624 Three lectures a week Nuclear
properties and reactions, nuclear torces, two, three, and
four body problems, nuclear spectroscopy. Beta decay,
and related topics
PHYS 844 Theoretical Nuclear Physics II. (3)
Continuation of PHYS 843. Nuclear properlies and
reactions, nuclear forces, two, three, and four body
problems, nuclear spectroscopy. Beta decay, and related
topics.
PHYS 848 Special Topics In Experimental Nuclear
Physics. (1-4) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor Credit
according to work done
PHYS 849 Special Topics In Theoretical Nuclear
Physics. (1-4) Prerequisite: Consent of instmctor. Credit
according to work done,
PHYS 851 Advanced Quantum Field Theory. (3)
Prerequisite: PHYS 624. Renonnalizations of
LaGramgian Field Theories. Lamb Shift, posilroriium fine
structure, T. C. P Invariance, connection between spin
and statistics, broken symmetries iri many body
problems, soluble models, analyticity in perturbation
theory, simple applications of dispersion relations,
PHYS 852 Theoretical Methods In Elementary
Particles. (3) Prerequisite or co-requisite: PHYS 851
PHYS 853 Quantum Field Theory. (3) Co-requisite:
PHYS 851. Introduction to Hilbert Space, general
postulates of relativistic quantum field theory, asymptotic
conditions. examples of local field theory.
Jost-Lehmann-Dyson representation and applications,
generalized free field theory, general results ot local field
theory-TCP theorem, spin statistics connections,
Borchers' Theorems, Reeh-Schlieder Theorem.
PHYS 858 Special Topics In Elementary Particles and
Quantum Field Theory. (1-4) Prerequisites; PHYS 851
and PHYS 752. First semester
PHYS 859 Special Topics In Elementary Particles and
Quantum Field Theory. (1-4) Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor Credit according to work done
PHYS 862 Controlled Fusion Physics and
Technology. (3) Prerequisite: PHYS 761 Review of
fusion plasma physics, followed by high voltage pulse
technology, ion sources, high power lasers; magnetic and
inerlial confinement schemes major matches' in
controlled thermonuclear research
PHYS 863 Plasma Equilibrium, Stability and
Transport Properties. (3) Prerequisite: PHYS 762 or
equivalent. Applications of magnelohydrodynamics and
kinetic theory to the equilibrium, stability and transport
properlies of magnetically confined high temperature
plasmas,
PHYS 864 Nonlinear Effects and Radiation Processes
In High-Temperature Plasmas. (3) Prerequisite: PHYS
762. Advanced survey of fundamental nonlinear effects
and radiation processes in high-temperature plasmas
PHYS 868 Special Topics In Fluid Dynamics. (1-4)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor Credit according to
work done,
PHYS 869 Special Topics In Plasma Physics. (1-4)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor Credit according to
work done,
PHYS 875 Theory of Relativity: Survey. (3)
Prerequisite: PHYS 601, A brief survey of Einstein's
Special Theory of Relativity followed by a solid
introduction to general relativity and its applications.
138 Policy Studies Program (see Public Management Program)
PHYS 878 Special Topics In Space and Cotmic Ray
Physics. (1-4) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor Credit
according to worV done.
PHYS 879 Special Topics In General Relativity. (1-4)
Prerequisite: consent of instmctor Credit according to
work done.
PHYS 888 Special Topics In Applied Physics. (2)
PHYS 889 Special Topics In Interdisciplinary
Problems. (1-4) Prerequisite: consent ot instmctor
Credit according to work done
PHYS 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
Policy Studies Program
(see Public Management
Program)
Poultry Science
Program
Professor and Chairman: Thomas
Professor Emeritus: Shatfner
Professors: Heath. Scares
Associate Professors: Johnson, Kuenzel
Assistant Professors: Doerr, Ottinger
Adjunct Professor: Byerly
Coursework and research activities leading to the
Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy
degrees are offered by the Department of Poultry
Science. The student may pursue work with major
emphasis in either nutrition, pfiysioiogy, pfiysioiogicai
genetics, or the technology of eggs and poultry.
Recently the demand for graduates has
exceeded the supply Graduates may pursue a
career in industr academia. The career opportunities
appear to be good.
Admission and Degree Information
Departmental requirements, supplementary to those
of the Graduate School, have been formulated for
the guidance of candidates for graduate degrees
Copies of these requirements may be obtained from
the Department of Poultry Science.
Courses in these programs are listed elsewhere
under the headings Animal Science, Nutritional
Sciences, and Food Science, as appropriate.
Facilities and Special Resources
The Department has excellent facilities for both
broilers and layers. The laboratories are well
equipped with equipment such as amino acid
analyzer, atomic absorption spectrophotometer, gas
chromatography. Technician auto-analyzer, Instron
Food Analyzer, Grass polygraph, Leitz Dialux
microscope, liquid scintillation system;
Aminco-Bowman spectrophotoflurometer; liquid
chromatograph etc.
Financial Assistance
Graduate research assistantships and teaching
assistantships are available in the Department.
Psychology Program
Professor and Ctiairman: Goldstein
Professors: Anderson, Bartlett, Dies, Fretz, Gelso,
Gollub, Gross, Hall, Hodos, Horton, Levison, Locked
Magoon', Martin, Mclntire, Mills, J , Penner,
Pumroy', Scholnick, Sigall, Steinman, Sternheim
Taylor, Trickett, Tyler
Associate Professors: Brauth, Brown, R., Coursey,
Freeman', Hill, Larkin, Norman, Smith, B , Steele
Assistant Professors: Allen, Bobko, Brown, E.,
Cooling, Gormally, Helms, Johnson, Kralj,
Schoorman, Smith, K., Soli, White
'joint appointment with Counseling and Personnel
Services
joint appointment with Business and Management
The Department o( Psychology offers training
leading to the degrees of Master of Arts, Master of
Sciences, and Doctor of Philosophy. By
Departmental ruling, the number of graduate
students is limited to a ratio of four resident students
per member of the Graduate faculty, insuring close
and intimate contact in research and seminars.
Training for the Master of Arts and Master of
Science degrees differs in the relative emphasis on
content in the social and biological sciences
Programs leading to the Doctor of Philosophy
degree are offered in the areas of clinical,
counseling, experimental, industrial, applied
developmental psychology, quantitative, and social
psychology. The experimental area is further
sutxjivided into three fields of study: biopsychology;
human learning and psycholinguistics; and sensory
and perceptual processes Many fields have a range
of subspecialties (e.g., engineering psychology) in
which the student may concentrate. The
Department's doctoral programs in both Clinical and
Counseling Psychology have been approved by the
American Psychological Association.
Admission and Degree Information
The Department accepts as graduate students only
those who have demonstrated superior aptitude and
appear capable of completing the requirements for
the doctoral degree. All of the specialty areas offer
doctoral level programs; they do not accept students
who are interested in terminal M.A. degrees. The
average scores of students admitted for the 1979-60
academic year were GRE V+Q 1250, GRE
Psychology 600, G.P.A. 3.7; Psychology G.P A. 3.8
The Department of Psychology encourages
applications from minority groups and women.
Applicants are encouraged to submit applications
by February of each year lor entrance in the fall as
the available spaces are usually filled early.
For a doctoral degree a minimum of 72 hours
beyond the B.A. is required. All students entering
with a B.A. are required to take two courses in
statistics and five courses in areas outside their
specialty program. These five courses must be core
courses chosen from a group of available courses
designed to provide basic information in a variety of
specialty areas.
The remaining credit hours (approximately 50
hours) are devoted to research and course work in
the participant's specialty program If the student
chooses to have a second specialty, two advanced
courses along with one core course may be taken in
one coherent area to provide a second specialty.
While the course of study in the Department of
Psychology is at the doctoral level, most students
choose to earn the MA. or M.S. degree en route to
the Ph.D. The MA or M.S. degree requirements
are thirty hours of work including the two courses in
statistics, and three core courses. A research thesis
is also required. Advancement to the third and fourth
year of doctoral level work is based upon
satisfactory completion of core courses, work in the
student's specialty area and completion of a
research requirement.
Facilities and Special Resources
The Department moved into a new building during
the summer of 1971, and new facilities were
designed by the faculty of the Department of
Psychology for the training of graduate students In
addition, its geographic location in a suburb of
Washington, DC. makes accessible a wide variety of
laboratory and training facilities in governmental and
other agencies, as well as many psychologists
prominent in the prolession.
Financial Assistance
The Department gives financial aid to almost all
incoming students. The Department of Psychology
does not offer a part-time program Students are
required to attend classes, take part in research and
teach as graduate assistants Each of these
assignments is considered a critical part of the
graduate training program It is not possible to
obtain this type of education on a part-time basis.
Thus, students are not permitted to hold off-campus
jobs unless they are under the direct supervision of
the faculty.
Additional Information
Additional information concerning the graduate
program including specific program brochures and
application materials may be obtained by writing:
Professor Inwin L. Goldstein, Chair
Department of Psychology,
University of Maryland.
Courses
PSYC 400 Experimental Psychology— Learning and
Motivation (4) Prerequisites: PSYC 200 and either 206
or 301 Two lectures and four one-hour latxiratory
periods per week. Primarily for students who major in
psychology. The experimental analysis of behavior with
emphasis on conditioning, learning and motivational
processes. Experiments are conducted on the behavior
of animals-
PSYC 401 Advanced Laboratory In the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior (3) Prerequisite PSYC 400 An
intensified extension of the principles and techniques
demonstrated in the laboratory ol PSYC 400 Emphasis
on complex schedules of reinforcement, and
experimental designs using repeated measures
PSYC 402 Physiological Psychology (3) Prerequisite:
PSYC 206 or 301 An introduction to research on the
physiological basis of human behavior, including
considerations of sensory phenomena, motor
coordination, emotion, drives, and the neurological basis
ol leaming.
PSYC 403 Animal Behavior (3) Prerequisite: PSYC 206
or 301 A study of animal behavior, including
considerations ol social interactions, learning, sensory
processes, motivation, and experimerital methods, with a
mjajor emphasis on mammals
PSYC 404 Introduction to Behavioral Pharmacology
(3) Prerequisite Psychotogy 400 or permission of
instructor. This course surveys the basic findings and
theoretical viewpoints on the interaction ol drugs and
twhavior. Topics include an introduction to basic
principles ol pharmacology, the effects of drugs on
various behavior, experimental analysis of drug
dependence and abuse, and neuropharmacology and
behavior
PSYC 405 Applied Behavior Analysis (3) Prerequisite:
PSYC 301 Theoretical and research literature in the
application ol operant and respondent conditioning
principles to human behavior. Approaches to behavior
problems in school, home and prolessional settings
PSYC 410 Experimental Psychology— Sensory
Processes I (4) Three lectures and one two-hour
laboratory/demonstration period per week Prerequisite:
MATH 140, or 111 and 220 Primarily lor studerils who
major iri psychology A systematic survey of the content,
models, and methodologies ol sensory and perceptual
research A student who has completed PSYC 310 must
have permisskin of the instructor in order to register for
PSYC 410
PSYC 412 Experimental Psychology— Sensory
Processes II (4) Two lectures and lour hours of
laboratory exercise and research per week Prerequisite:
PSYC 410 or consent of instructor Primarily for
psychology majors and majors in biological sciences with
a special inleresl in sensory processes Lectures and
laboratory exercises will emphasize contemporary
problems in sensory process research Sufficient latitude
will be provided so the exceptional student may conduct
original research based on lindings reported in the
current literature
PSYC 415 History of Psychology (3)
PrerequisileTwelve credits in Psychology or permission
ol the instructor The ongins ot psychology m philosophy
and biology, and the development of psychology as a
scierKe in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
Consideration of current theoretical perspectives and
experiments in relation to the endunng problems of
psychology, and the role ol culture, science, and
Psychology Program 139
technology in the development of psychological ideas
PSYC 420 Experimental Psychology: Social
Processes I (4) Prerequisite: PSYC 200 and 221
Phmarily for psychology majors. A latMratory course
which provides a basic understanding o( experimental
method in social psychology and experience in
conducting research on social processes.
PSYC 421 Experimental Psychology: Social
Processes II. (4) Prerequisite: PSYC 420 Two hours of
lecture and four hours of latwratory per week An
advanced laboratory course which provides intensive
training in experimental work iri social psychology arid
the opporturiity to design and carry out original research
on social processes
PSYC 423 Advanced Social Psychology (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 420. A systematic review of research
and points of view in regard to ma|or problems in the
field of social psychology
PSYC 431 Abnormal Psychology (3) Prerequisite:
PSYC 100. 200. and 400 or 410 or 420 The nature,
diagnosis, etiology, and treatment of mental disorders. A
student may not receive credit lor both PSYC 331 and
431
PSYC 433 Advanced Topics In Child Psychology (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 200. 335. The growth and
transformation of basic psychological processes from
birth to maturity. Emphasis is on research data and
methodokjgical issues, especially as they relate to other
aspects of psychology A student may not receive credit
for both PSYC 333 and 433
PSYC 435 Personality (3) Prerequisite: PSYC 200, 331.
and 400 or 410 or 420 Major personality theories, their
postulates and evidence, assessment and research
methodology in personality, major areas of personality
research, their methodologies, findings, implications, and
relationships to the field of psychology A student may
not receive credit for both PSYC 335 and 435
PSYC 436 Introduction to Clinical Psychology (3)
Prerequisites: PSYC 451 ; either PSYC 431 or 435: and
either PSYC 400 or 410 or 420 A survey and cntical
analysis of clinical psychology, with particular emphasis
on current developments and trends. Designed to
broaden the student s perspective on clinical psychology,
to increase his intrinsic interest in the field, and to
provide him with a firmer basis for critical evaluation of
major theoretical and methodological foundations in the
field Students will t>e expected to conduct individual
projects related to the course with a substantial amount
of direct supervision
PSYC 440 Introduction to Cognitive Psychology (3)
Prerequisite PSYC 200 This course serves as an
introduction to selected topics and theories in cognitive
psychology Topics include visual and auditory
information processing, attention, memory, concept
identification and psycholinguistics
PSYC 441 Psychology o< Human Learning (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 200 and 440 or 410 or 420 Review
and analysis ol the major phenomena and theories of
human learning, irKluding an introduction to the fields of
problem solving, thinking and reasoning.
PSYC 451 Principles of Psychological Testing (4)
Three lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per
week. Prerequisite PSYC 200 or equivalent A survey of
the basic concepts and theones of psychological
measuremerit illustrated through demoristratiori of
principal approaches to psychological testing
PSYC 452 Psychology of Individual Differences (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 200 Problems theories arid
researches related to psychological difterehces amorig
individuals and groups
PSYC 453 Mathematical Psychology (3) Prerequisite:
PSYC 200 or equivalent, and consent ol instructor A
survey of mathematical formulations in psychology,
including measurement and scaling models, statistical
and psychometric models, and elementary mathematical
representations ol psychological processes in learning,
choice, psychophysics, and social behavior
PSYC 460 Psychological Foundations ol Personnel
Selection and Training (3) Prerequisite: Psychology 200
or equivalent An examination of issues and processes
involved in the design and evaluation of personnel
selection and training programs in a variety of
organizational settings Job, person and organization
analysis, recruitment, organizational choice, development
of predictors (e.g. interviews and tests), development and
evaluation of instructi training systems, and criteria for
performarice evaluatiori, promotion and training Topics
will be considered in the context of organizational
constraints such as managenal philosophy,
environmental conditions, civil rights legislatiori, arid
uriiori-management relations.
PSYC 462 Engineering Psychology and Training
Models (3) Prerequisite: PSYC 200 or equivalent, and
one other 200 level course For majors. An examination
of the theories arid research regardirig human
performance capabilities and skills (information
processing, decision-making, environmental constraints,
automation), training procedures (traditional methods,
programmed learning, computer-assisted instruction) and
models and procedures tor evaluating training programs
in industry, education, and service organizations.
PSYC 463 Psychology of Motivation and Attitudes In
Organizational Settings (3) Prerequisite PSYC 361 or
equivalent Theories, research arid practice regardirig the
assessmerit, uriderstaridirig, and prediction of motivation
at work Theones of, and the assessment and
consequences of, various work-related attitudes An
intergration of theory, research and practice
PSYC 464 Psychology of Leaders In Work
Organizations (3) Prerequisite: PSYC 361 or equivalent
The psychologial assumptions and implications of various
theories of mariagement arid leadership. Selections and
training; development of careers; influence processes;
change of managerial behavior; and the impact of the
larger environment, nature of product or service, and
organization structure on managerial behavior.
PSYC 465 Psychology of Organizational Processes
(3) Prerequisite: PSYC 361 or equivalent. Various
theories of interpersonal, intra- and inter-group relations,
with emphasis on issues of conflict, competition,
cooperation and the role of power in organizations.
Organizational diagnosis and intervention.
PSYC 486
Environmental and Ecological Psychology (3)
Prerequisite PSYC 200 or equivalent An examination of
measurement, description, arid impact of the physical
arid social erivirorimerits which affect various aspects of
behavior in school, at work, and during leisure.
PSYC 467 Vocational Psychology (3) Survey and
critical analysis of theory and research on vocational
choice and vocational adjustment. Definition and
correlates of vocational aspirations, preferences, choices,
motivation, success, and satisfaction. Developmental
trends in career decision-making and career patterns.
PSYC 468 Field Experience and Special Assignments
In Honors (1-3) Prerequisite: supervisor and honors
faculty approval An individual experience arranged by
the honors student and his or her supervisor. A proposal
submitted to the honors (acuity in the semester preceding
registration for the course should stale the activities
anticipated and the method ol evaluation
PSYC 489 Honors Thesis Proposal Preparation (1-3)
Prerequisite: Honors thesis supervisors approval.
Development of honors thesis proposal by preliminary
research and literature review. Presentation of formal
proposal to the thesis committee. Repeatable to a
maximum of 3 credits
PSYC 470 Comprehensive Review for Honors
Students (3) Prerequisite: Honors faculty approval. Ttiis
course provides students with senior review guided by
the honors faculty for preparation and completion of the
honors examination.
PSYC 478 Independent Study In Psychology (1-3)
Prerequisite: Written consent of instructor. A student who
wishes to take independerit research study must have
completed 12 hours of psychology with at least a 2.5
average. Integrated reading under direction leading to the
preparation ol an adequately documented report on a
special topic (In special cases a student who may need
to repeal this course in order to complete his
independent study will make a formal request, including a
research proposal, through his advisor to the
deparfmental honors committee )
PSYC 479 Special Research Problems In Psychology
(1-3) Prerequisite Written consent of instructor. A
student who wishes to take independent research study
must have completed 12 hours of psychology with at
least a 2.5 average. An individual course designed to
allow the student to pursue a specialized research topic
under supervision. (In special cases a student who may
need to repeat this course in order to complete his
research will make a formal request, including a research
proposal, through his advisor to the departmental honors
committee.)
PSYC 488 Advanced Psychology I (Honors) (3)
H — Honors Usually taken during junior year.
Prerequisites: PSYC 200 and permission of department
honors committee Seminar covering topics in sensation,
perception, learning, and motivation.
PSYC 489 Senior Seminar (3)
PSYC 498 Advanced Psychology II (Honors) (3)
H — Honors Usually taken during senior year.
Prerequisite: PSYC 488H. Semester covering topics in
measurement, social processes and other subject matter
of current interest.
PSYC 499 Honors Thesis Research (3) H— Honors
Usually taken during last semester in residence.
Prerequisite: permission of thesis advisor.
PSYC 601 Quantitative Methods. (3) Prerequisite;
PSYC 200 or equivalent. A basic course in mathematical
formulations and quantitative analysis in Psychology, with
an emphasis on measurement, probability, statistical
inference and estimation, regression, and correlation.
PSYC 602 Quantitative Methods. (3) Prerequisite:
PSYC 200 or equivalent. A basic course in mathematical
formulations and quantitative analysis in Psychology, with
an emphasis on measurement, probability, statistical
inference and estimation, regression, and correlation
PSYC 611 Advanced Developmental Psychology. (3)
Empirical, experimental and theoretical literature related
to developmerital processes
PSYC 612 Theories of Personality. (3) Scientific
requirements for a personality theory. Postulates and
relevant research literature for several current personality
theories.
PSYC 619 Clinical Research Team. (1-3) Discussion of
research topics, presentation and critique of Original
research proposals in Clinical Psychology May tie
repeated to a maximum of six credits.
PSYC 640 Fundamentals ol Social Psychology. (3)
Method, research and theory in Social Psychology.
PSYC 651 Sensory and Perceptual Processes. (3) A
broad coverage of knowledge in sensory and perceptual
processes. Major theories and antecedents of
contemporary research in the field.
PSYC 660 Human Biopsychology (3) An introductory
graduate level course in human psychobiology designed
lor graduate students with little specific training in this
area Introdution to the comparative evolutionary
approach to the study of human behavior, the
biobehavioral basis of human sexuality and social
behavior, the physiological basis of higher cortical
functions in humans including language, memory, and
spatial perception, and an introducion to
neuropharmacology.
PSYC 661 Experimental Analysis of Behavior. (3)
Fundamental principles and theoretical framework ol the
experimental analysis ol behavior.
PSYC 671 Advanced Topics In Human Learning. (3) A
systematic review ol major topic areas in the general field
of human learning with particular emphasis upon
learning, memory, and linguistic processes.
PSYC 678 Seminar In Psycholinguistics. (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 671. Contemporary psycholinguistic
theories ol lariguage acquisitiori and use. Phonological,
semantic and syntactic aspects of language, Repeatable
to a maximum of six credits.
PSYC 679 Seminar In Cognitive Development. (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 611 or 671. Advanced coverage of
research methodology and research issues in various
areas ol cognitive development such as discrimination
learning, concept identification, form perception,
language acquisition, and memory Emphasis on
interrelationships among developmental changes duririg
infaricy arid childhood Utility of a developmental
perspective in analyzing the components of cognition,
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.
PSYC 687 Historical Viewpoints and Current Theories
In Psychology. (3) Prerequisite: PSYC 622
PSYC 688 Historical Viewpoints and Current Theories
In Psychology. (3)
140 Psychology Program
PSYC 701 Multivariate Analysis I. (3) Prerequisite:
PSYC 602 or permission of instructor Fundamentals of
maxtrix algebra, multivariate distributions, multivariate
estimation problems and test of hypotlieses, general
linear model
PSYC 702 Multivariate Analysis II. (3) Prerequisite:
PSYC 701 or permission of instructor Component and
factor analysis with emphasis on the appropnateness of
the models to psychological data. Both theoretical issues
and research implications will be discussed. The course
will treat the factor analytic model, the three
indeterminant problems of communalities, factor loadings,
and factor scores, extraction algorithms, rotational
algorithms, and the principal component model
PSYC 703 Scaling Techniques and Theory. (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 602 or consent of instructor Theory
of measurement as applied to Psychology; and the
associated experimental techniques needed to construct
measurement scales The principal psychophysical and
psychometnc scaling models are discussed.
PSYC 704 Tost Theory. (3) Prerequisite: PSYC 602 or
permission of instructor, A survey of theories of test
construction with emphasis on reliability, validity, and
criteria problems Covers measurement in diflerential
psychology, item analysis, reliability, validity, reliability of
difference scores, prediction and the construction of test
batteries, and factor theory.
PSYC 705 Mathematical Models of Learning and
Memory. (3) Prerequisite: PSYC 602 or consent of
Instructor Topics to be covered include a review of basic
probability theory; matrix operations and difference
equations; stochastic models of learning, memory and
attention; stimulus sampling theory; computer simulations
of learning processes.
PSYC 706 Seminar In Prediction. (3) Prerequisite:
PSYC 602 or permission of instructor. In-depth review ol
techniques tor prediction In the behavioral sciences.
Emphasis on bwth theoretical rationale and research
Implications
PSYC 707 Theory of Decision and Choice. (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 602 or consent of instructor A study
of algebraic and probabilistic models for decision and
choice behavior, and related experimental procedures.
Topics include: measurement of preference, utility and
subjective likelihood models for certain and uncertain
outcomes, normative strategies, competitive strategies,
and group decision-making.
PSYC 708 Seminar In Psychometric Theory. (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 602 or consent of instructor. Study of
the current practices, trends, or recent developments in
psychometric theory. Repeatable to a maximum of nine
hours.
PSYC 709 Seminar In Mathematical Models. (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 602 or consent ol instructor Special
topics in Mathematical Psychology A discussion of
quantitative representations of psychological processes in
one or more substantive areas of psychology
Repeatable to a maximum of nine hours.
PSYC 71 1 Introduction to Counseling Psychology. (3)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Introduction to the
professional field, examination ol pertinent scientific and
philosophical backgrounds, and survey of the major
theories, pnnciples, and training models in counseling.
Correlated laboratory analogue experiences in dyadic
and group interrelationships.
PSYC 712 Principles and Procedures of Counselor
functions. (3) Prerequisite: PSYC 711. Specific
functions and areas of specialization of the counseling
psychologist including Vocational Psychology, use of
tests in counseling, and student ecology Principles of
consultation, interprofessional relations, and ethical
standards. Concurrent correlated laboratory experiences
for all topics
PSYC 713 Fundamentals of Clinical Psychology. (3)
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor Analysis of
Clink^l Psychology as a scientist — professional
paradigm, its histoncal roots and its scientific and
professional evolution; selected coverage ol current
ma|or research topics. e.g., psychotherapy,
psychopathology, community; cun-ent nature ol clinical
psychology and evolving trends.
PSYC 718 Research Issues In Clinical, Counseling,
and Community Psychology. (3) Prerequisite:
Permission ol instructor. Issues and strategies in
conceptual systems, designs and methodologies of
cun-ent research in these areas; critical analysis of
current research. May be repeated to a maximum of nine
credits.
PSYC 719 Seminar In Clinical, Counseling, and
Community Psychology. (3) Prerequisite: Permission of
instructor. Advanced selected topics In areas such as
psychotherapy. consultation. assessment,
psychopathology. student ecology, etc. May be repealed
to a maximum ol nine credits.
PSYC 721 Seminar and Laboratory In Behavioral
Assessment I. (2) Prerequisite: Consent of instmctor.
PSYC 721 and 722 must be taken concurrently.
Introduction to a broad range of assessment approaches,
issues, theories and research. Emphasizes formulation
and evaluation of strategies for information gathering and
problem solving in a variety ol clinical situations and
includes behavioral observations, rating procedures and
standardized tests.
PSYC 722 Seminar and Laboratory In Behavioral
Assessment I. (2) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
PSYC 721 and 722 must be taken concurrently.
Introduction to a broad range of assessment approaches,
issues, theories and research. Emphasizes formulation
and evaluation of strategies for information gathering and
problem solving in a variety of clinical situations and
includes behavioral observations, rating procedures and
standardized tests
PSYC 723 Seminar and Laboratory In Behavioral
Assessment II. (2) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor
PSYC 723 and 724 must be taken concurrently
Introduction to a broad range ol assessment approaches,
issues, theories and research. Emphasizes formulation
and evaluation of strategies for infonnation gathering and
problem solving in a variety of clinical situations and
includes behavioral observations, rating procedures and
standardized tests.
PSYC 724 Seminar and Laboratory In Behavioral
Assessment II. (2) Prerequisite: Consent ol instructor.
PSYC 723 and 724 must be taken concurrently
Introduction to a broad range of assessment approaches,
issues, theories and research. Emphasizes formulation
and evaluation ol strategies lor inlonnation gathering and
problem solving In a variety ol clinical situations and
includes behavioral observations, rating procedures and
standardized tests.
PSYC 727 Introductory Counseling Practlcum. (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 711 and 712. Supervised training in
application ol methods relevant to behavior change
through counseling.
PSYC 728 Introductory DIdactlc-Practlcum In
Psychological Intervention. (3) Prerequisite: Permission
ol instructor Introduction to concepts and skills of
psychological intervention emphasizing the relationship to
the behavioral science foundation theories, methods and
research findings with the development and utilization ol
intervention skills. The course includes supervised
experience in intervention skills as designated by the
subtopics of the course. May be repeated to a maximum
of nine credits.
PSYC 729 Advanced Dldadlc-Practlcum In
Psychological Intervention. (3) Prerequisite: Consent ol
instructor and PSYC 727 or 728. Concept, research and
supervised experience in intervention skills in advanced
specialized areas, e.g., college student counseling, child
evaluation. parent and school consultation,
psychoevaluation, behavioral therapy, individual
psychotherapy. May be repeated to a maximum of nine
hours.
PSYC 730 Introduction to Industrial and
Organizational Psychology. (3) Advanced survey of
Industrial-Organizational Psychology, including selection,
training, human engineering, motivation, group
processes, leadership, organizational psychology, and
some topics in research methods including philosophy of
science. Readings stressed and seminar time will be
used for discussion and integration of the reading
materials. Various faculty members will serve as content
experts
PSYC 731 Training Procedures and Evaluation In
Organizational Settings. (3) Psychological principles
and methods in the development and evaluation of
training procedures in business and industry, government
and military, and educational and service institutions.
Included are discussions of learning foundations, and
training methodology (simulators, programmed
instruction, computer-assisted instruction). The locus of
the course is the design of evaluation research in social
settings.
PSYC 732 Selection and Classification Issues In
Organizations. (3) Prerequisite PSYC 730. PSYC
601-602 or the equivalents, or permission of the
instructor Consideration of societal, organizational and
individual demands for appropriate use of individual
differences in (primarily) initial placement of employees.
Recruitment, and selection issues, the role ol
governmental regulations, and the role of individual
factors in individual behavior are considered Extensive
coverage given to fundamental psycho-metric problems
arid the development of individual and organizational
criteria ol effectiveness.
PSYC 733 Organizational Psychology. (3) Prerequisite:
PSYC 730. PSYC 601-602 or their equivalents or
permission ol the instructor. Emphasizes theories and
data regarding the impact of environmental factors on
individual, group, and organizational behavior Group
dynamics, leadership, and power, motivation and
satisfaction, and organization structure and environment
are examined as correlates of behavior.
PSYC 734 Motivation and Attitudes In Organizations.
(3) Prerequisite: Permission ol the instructor. Major
theories ol human motivation in organizational contexts.
Included will be theories conceming some determinants
ol perlormances. satisfaction and dissatisfaction, the
relationship between satisfaction and pertormance,
determinants of txiredom and fatigue, and the functions
and effects of incentives.
PSYC 735 Seminar In Human Periormance Theory.
(3) Prerequisite: Permission ol the instructor. An
examination ol man-machine interaction with emphasis
on the theories and research which focus on human
periormance capabilities and skills. Some of the topics
covered are information processing and communications,
decision making, environmental constraints and
automation.
PSYC 738 Seminar In Industrial Psychology. (3) An
advanced seminar covering specialized topics such as:
morale and motivation, latrar relations, consumer
motivations, man-machine systems, quantitative and
qualitative personnel requirements inventory, job
evaluation, environment conditions and safety,
occupational choice and classification, and the interview.
PSYC 740 Social Psychology Research Methodology.
(3) A review ol research methodology in Social
Psychology, including research design, techniques ol
data collection, and the interpretation ol data. Emphasis
is placed on developing skill in evaluating studies and
generating research designs
PSYC 741 Attitude Change. (3) A review of research
and theory concerning the nature of attitudes and the
determinants of attitude change.
PSYC 742 Group Behavior. (3) A review ol research
and theory concerning group behavior, including topics
such as problem solving, communication, leadership and
conformity.
PSYC 743 Person Perception. (3) A review ol research
and theory conceming the attribution of personal
characteristics. interpersonal attraction and
sell-evaluation
PSYC 748 Seminar In Social Psychology. (3) A
seminar on selected topics in Social Psychology.
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits
PSYC 749 Current Research In Social Psychology.
(1-3) Repeatable to a maximum ol 9 credits.
PSYC 758 Seminar In Vision. (3) Prerequisite: PSTC
651 Of consent of instmctor Selected topics in vision.
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.
PSYC 759 Seminar In Auditory Mechanisms. (3)
Prerequisite: PSTC 651 or consent ol instructor Selected
topics in auditory and psychoacoustic research, with
emphasis on sensory and perceptual phenomena and
their physiological bases. Repeatable to a maximum ol
six credits.
PSYC 761 Advanced Laboratory Techniques. (1-3)
Methodology of the automatization or researcti
techniques and apparatus; apparatus design and
constnjction; telemetric and digital techniques; logical
block circuitry.
PSYC 762 Comparative Psychology. (3) Prerequisite:
PSYC 661 The experimental literature on the behavior of
Public Management Program 141
infra-human organisms. Special topics.
PSYC 763 Advanced Psychophyslology. (3) Alternate
years.
PSYC 764 Comparative Neuroanatomy. (3)
Prerequisites: A graduate or undergraduate course in
physiological psychology or physiology or comparative
anatomy or permission of instructor. Demonstrations and
lectures on the gross, microscopic and ultrastructural
morphology of the central nervous system of vertebrates.
PSYC 765 Seminar In Psychopharmacology. (3)
Prerequisite: One year of graduate study in Psychology
and consent of the instructor, A critical review and
detailed analysis of the literature and problems related to
the effects of drugs on animal and human behavior.
Designed for advanced graduate students in
Experimental Psychology and Clinical Psychology.
PSYC 766 Lal>oratoiY Methods In Neuroanatomy. (3)
Permission of the instructor, Latwratory practice in the
perfusion and fixation of neural tissue. Training in the use
of the compound microscope, the microprojeclor, the
reconstnjction of brain lesions and macro- and
microphotography of neural tissue.
PSYC 768 Conditioning and Learning. (3) Alternate
years Prerequisite: PSYC 622 The literature on the
experimental analysis of behavior, with examination of
basic experiments and contemporary theories related to
them.
PSYC 778 Seminar In Learning and Memory. (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 671 An advanced topical seminar
covering the areas of human learning and memory.
Acquisition processes, storage and retrieval processes,
and attention and information processing Repeatable to
a maximum of six credits.
PSYC 788 Special Research Problems. (1-4)
Supervised research on problems selected from the area
of experimental, industnal, social, quantitative, or mental
health psychology
PSYC 789 Special Research Problems. (1-4)
PSYC 798 Graduate Seminar. (2)
PSYC 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
PSYC 818 Research Issues In Personality or
Development. (3) Prerequisites PSYC 601, 602 and
either 61 1 or 612 or their equivalents, depending on
course content Experimental desigri arid methodology
and statistical treatmeht of data appropriate to personality
or developmental research, critical analysis of ma|or
current areas of research including methodologies,
findings and implications. The course will focus on either
personality research or developmental research in a
given semester May be repeated to a maximum of nine
hours
PSYC 819 Seminar In Personality and Development.
(3) An advanced seminar covering specialized topics.
Repeatable to a maximum of nine credits
PSYC 858 Contemporary Theories In Sensory
Processes. (3) Prerequisites: PSYC 651 or consent of
instructor Specialized study of sensory processes with
emphasis on mathematical models. Repeatable to a
maximum of six credits.
PSYC 859 Special Topics In Perception. (3)
Prerequisites: PSYC 651 or consent of instmctor.
Intensive study of selected topics in perception
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits
PSYC 878 Current Research In Language and
Cognition. (3) Prerequisite: PSYC 671. Seminar will
cover current research and methodological issues in
language and cognition Specialized topics include:
computer models of cognitive behavior; cross-cultural
studies in language and thought; mathematical and
analytical techniques for assessing structures; and
others Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.
PSYC 888 Research Methods In Psychology. (1-3)
PSYC 889 Research Methods In Psychology. (1-3)
PSYC 898 Graduate Seminar. (2)
PSYC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
Public Communication
Program
Professor arid Director: Meersman
Professors. Aylward', Jamieson, Lichty, Pugiiese.
Wolvin (Communication Arts and Theatre): Grunig,
Hiebert, Marlin.Merrill (Journalism)
Associate Professors: Falcione, Finks, Freimuth.
Gomery, Kirkley, Kolker. Linkow. OLeary, Weiss,
G.S. (Communication Arts and Theatre); Beasley,
Levy (Journalism)
Assistant Professors: Cline, Daniel. duMonceau.
Kauflman, McCaleb, McCleary, Patterson, Philport,
Sailer, (Communication Arts and Theatre); Barkin.
Fields, Nunamaker, McElrealh. Zanot (Journalism)
' Chairman, Department of Communication Arts
and Theatre
The Department of Communication Arts and Theatre
and the College of Journalism offer a program
leading to the Ph D. in Public Communication. The
program is interdisciplinary in nature, embracing the
three divisions of Communication Arts and Theatre:
radio-television-film, speech communication, and
theatre and the College of Journalism; the PhD
prepares students for creative scholarship and
research and emphasizes both the necessary
techniques and skills to conduct research and the
ability to think innovatively about problems of public
communication. Areas of specialization within the
program include political and governmental
communication; public relations and organizational
communication; international communication; science
and medical communication; rhetoric and public
address; broadcast communication; theatrical theory
and aesthetics; theatre history, cinema history and
aesthetics, and media history and criticism.
There are increasing opportunities for
employment in many fields associated with all
aspects of communication. Employment opportunities
may be found in private business and industry, local,
state and federal government agencies, in various
educational institutions, and in the media and
theatre.
Admission and Degree Information
Students may apply for admission to the Ph.D. in
Public Communication program either through the
College of Journalism or the Department of
Communication Arts and Theatre
The student in the Ph. D. program in Public
Communication develops an individualized course of
study in consultation with his/her doctoral committee,
after considering the needs of the student and the
specialized resources of the program faculty and of
the Washington metropolitan area. The typical
doctoral student will complete 10 to 12 courses
beyond the Master's degree To insure the
interdisciplinary nature of the degree, at least one
course must be taken from each of the four areas of
the program: journalism, radio-television-film, speech
communication, and theatre. The majority of the
courses, however, will be in the student's area of
specialization and in areas of study outside the
program that enhance the individual's research
capability.
The minimum requirements for the Ph. D
include: an MA degree or equivalent: completion of
two required courses, PCOM 700 and either PCOM
701 or 702; minimum of 15 hours of 600-800 level
course wori< in journalism or in the three divisions of
Communication Arts and Theatre: a minimum of nine
hours in cognate graduate level courses elsewhere
in the university; courses recommended by the
doctoral committee to enhance research
competence; successful completion of a written and
oral qualifying examination taken upon completion of
the minimum course work; and submission and
defense of a doctoral dissertation Applicants must
normally have an M A. degree in one of the four
areas of the program. They must also submit GRE
scores, evidence of scholarly potential, and three
letters of recommendation.
Additional courses lor students in the Public
Communication Program are listed under the
Journalism and the Communication Arts and Theatre
program entries.
Facilities and Special Resources
The University of Maryland is in an especially
advantageous location for students wishing to
pursue a degree in Public Communication. Several
of the nation's major newspapers originate in the
area, and the Washington bureaus of national and
international news media are nearby. The University
is also close to the John F. Kennedy Center for the
Performing Arts, Arena Stage, and the National,
Ford's and Folger Theatres, and the Wolf Trap Farm
Park for the Performing Arts.
Of the many important libraries which are in
close proximity to the Campus, two of the most
outstanding are the Library of Congress and the
Folger Shakespeare Library. Students also make
use of the Broadcast Pioneers Library, the
Smithsonian Institution, the National Archives and
the more than 50 specialized libraries and
institutions in the Washington metropolitan area.
Financial Assistance
Students may apply for research or teaching
assistants in the College of Journalism or the
Department of Communication Arts and Theatre.
Likewise, a limited number of fellowships,
scholarships, and internships are available to
qualified students.
Additional Information
For information on the Ph.D. in Public
Communication, contact Dr Roger Meersman,
Director, Ph D. Program in Public Communication.
Department of Communication Arts and Theatre.
Courses
PCOM 700 Introduction to Doctoral Study In the
Public Communication Arts (3) The creation of an
historical-critical context for reviewing the public
communications arts. Significant questions underlying the
disciplines of speech and communication, theatre,
broadcasting and film
PCOM 701 Methodological Approaches to the Study
of Public Communication Arts The significant modes of
inquiry practiced by scholars investigating the public
communications arts.
PCOM 702 Advanced Research Methods In Public
Communications (3) Justification of research problem
and validation of design. Conceptualization and design
of laboratory ?and field experiments. Uses and
limitations of the survey method in communication
research. Analysis and interpretation of data, including
secondary analysis and computer applications.
PCOM 888 Doctoral Practlcum In Mass
Communication (3-9) Critical analysis of a critical phase
of a professional field ol mass communications. Analysis
of profession activity through personal obeservation.
Evaluation of the purpose, process, effectiveness, and
efficiency of professional activity. Recommeridations lor
training and further research. Repeatable to a maximum
9 credits.
PCOM 889 Doctoral Tutorial in Mass
Communications (3-8) Individual research in mass
communication. Repeatable to a maximum ol 9 credits.
PCOM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Public Management
Program
Dean.Bawker
Associate Oeari.Brown
Professors.Sawker; Brown; Levy: Schick: Young
Assistant Professor.Winer
The University of Maryland is beginning a School of
Public Affairs which offers a Master's of Public
Management (MPM) A Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.)
in Policy Studies is also contemplated. The first
Master's students will begin their studies in August
of 1982. Programs are being designed for both
142 Recreation Program
young pre-entry, and mid-career, students
The school has an independent, full-time faculty
headed by a Dean, Most of the courses will tie
taught at the College Park Campus. However, the
School is a multi-campus program with an exchange
of students and faculty between campuses
Although the core curriculum of the School is
now under development, that curriculum will include
quantitative and normative methods of analysis and
related skills; theories of economics and
managfement; and utilize perspectives which will
include the explicit consideration of both the
international and scientific-technological aspects of
public sector problems.
Admission and Degree Information
Admission to the entry level MPM program will be
based upon: 1) quality of recent undergraduate and
graduate course work; 2) scores from the Aptitude
Test section of the Graduate Record Examination
are strongly recommended; 3) letters of reference;
and 4) other relevant information Students with a
diversity of undergraduate backgrounds are
encouraged to apply, though additional training in
quantitative methods may be required in some
cases
For entry level students the MPM degree will
require 48 semester hours of course work, plus 12
hours of credit for internships.
Research on a group basis, by both students
and faculty, will be a significant part of the Program
and will be generated in response to actual
problems that arise in the public sector. Internships
with local, state and the federal government will
constitute an important portion of the program The
mid-career program will not formally begin until at
least August of 1983. However, appropriate
programs may be arranged on a case by case basis
before then.
Financial Assistance
Limited amounts of student aid will be available for
qualified students, and some internships may carry
compensation.
Additional Information
Contact: Assistant to the Dean, School of Public
Affairs, Suite 1218, Social Sciences Building, College
Park Campus - Telephone (301) 454-6193.
Recreation Program
Professor and Chairman: Humphrey
Associate Professors: Churchill, Iso-Ahola, Kuss,
Strobell, Verhoven
Assistant Professors: Colton, Fedler, Grayle, Leedy,
Riddick
Lecturer: Annand, Kelley, Munson, Smith
The Department of Recreation offers both the MA.
and PhD degrees Special areas of concentration
Include Administration, Therapeutic Recreation,
Program Planning, Natural and Historical
Interpretation, Resource Planning and Management,
and others The program of advanced studies is
designed to assist professional practitioners in the
leisure services field; and to prepare those who wish
to enter the teaching profession, government or
institutional service, and those who have interests in
community services and education.
Admission and Degree Information
Students are required to present Graduate Record
Examination scores and evidence of work
experience in addition to fulfilling the regular
admission requirements of the Graduate School
Doctoral students must complete either a language
requirement or an approved substitute. A thesis or
dissertation is required of all students.
Facilities and Special Resources
Recreation students have access to the University's
McKeldin Library, the College's Research Laboratory
and statistical resources, the Computer Science
Center, the almost unlimited facilities and programs
of the metropolitan areas of Baltimore and
Washington, DC , and to the headquarters and
offices of appropriate national organizations,
agencies and federal governmental units in the
nation's Capital.
Financial Assistance
A limited number of teaching and research
assistantships are available to qualified graduate
students.
Additional Information
For additional information about specific
requirements, please contact:
Dr. Karl Munson, Graduate Coordinator,
Department of Recreation,
University of Maryland.
Courses
RECR 410 Measurement and Evaluation In Recreation
(3) Prerequisite: RECR 130 or 325 or consent of
instructor. A survey course in measurement tools and
methods and application of measurement to evaluative
processes applicable in specific and broad areas of
interest and specialization in recreation and parks.
RECR 415 Quantitative Methods (3) A course covenng
the statistical techniques most frequently used in
research pertaining to recreation. An effort will be made
to provide the student with the necessary skills, and to
acquaint him with the interpretations and practical
applications of these techniques.
RECR 420 Program Planning and Analysis (3)
Prerequisite: RECR 130 or 325; RECR 220
recommended. The essential elements and basic
principles involved in the organization and administration
of various types of recreation programs with emphasis on
the development of practical, comprehensive program
plans and evaluations for a population and a facility
within the student's particular area of interest.
RECR 426 Industrial Employee Recreation (3) An
introductory study of the philosophy of and practices and
problems in industnal recreation. Where possible the
course will include opportunities lor observation and lor
meeting visiting specialists.
RECR 432 Philosophy of Recreation (3) A study of the
meanings, relationships, and services of recreation as
expressed by past and present authorities and leaders.
This course should be of interest to people active in
education, social work, and related fields.
RECR 450 Camp Management (3) Prerequisite: RECR
150 or experience. An advanced camping course for
those students with previous training and experience;
organization, administration, programming, current
trends, evaluation, and special problems. Whenever
possible, visiting specialists and field trips will be
included.
RECR 454 Outdoor Education (6) Field experience and
resident camping in an outdoor setting will be used to
present the activities and techniques recommended for
modem outdoor education practice Where possible
groups of participants will be utilized as subjects lor
practice instructional work. Activity will emphasize not
only the subject matter of science and education but also
the broad concepts of conservation, worthy use of leisure
time, education for democratic living, etc.
RECR 455 Historical and Natural Interpretation (3)
Prerequisite: RECR 351. Examination ol the philosophies
of and techniques appropnate to historical and natural
interpretation Analysis and development of interpretive
programs and visitor information services. Field trips and
laboratory experiences will tie required.
RECR 457 Concepts and Issues In Outdoor
Recreation (3) A survey ol the relationships between
land, leisure and people as increasingly vital and
interdependent issues in American civilization. The
mainstream of thoughts, methods and policies of
resource based recreation, with special attention to the
history of conservation and the significance of
wilderness.
RECR 460 Leadership Techniques and Practices (3)
Prerequisite RECR 130 or 325 Various types and
dynamics of recreation leadership at academic, agency,
small and large group levels Acquisition of tangible
techniques, such as goal setting, decision making, and
leadership lor purposes of organizing, implementing,
observing and analyzing human function in organizational
settings.
RECR 463 Supervisory Techniques In Recreation (3)
A study of the principles, methods, techniques as well as
an analysis of the functions of supervision in the
recreation and parks environment This course is
designed to advance the student's understanding ol the
art of building human relationships, and to apply the
emerging concepts and pnnciples of modern supervision
to practical situations in which administrators,
supervisors, leaders (both professional and
paraprofessional) and volunteers are working
RECR 475 Problems In Therapeutic Recreation (3)
Prerequisite: RECR 375 Problems encountered in the
delivery of therapeutic recreation services to individuals
with special problems Current trends, innovative service
delivery models, literature review, and identification of
funding sources.
RECR 476 Institutional Recreation (3) An introductory
study of the philosophy of and practices in hospital and
institutional recreation. Where possible the course will
include opportunities for observation and for meeting
visiting specialislS-
RECR 489 Field Laboratory Projects and Worltshop
(1-6) A course designed to meet the needs ol persons in
the field with respect to workshops and research proiects
in special areas of knowledge not covered by regutariy
structured courses
RECR 490 Organization and Administration of
Recreation (3) A study of the organizational patterns and
administrative problems involved in the various types of
operating recreation departments and agencies, forms of '
organization, finance and budget; personnel, public
relations-
RECR 495 Recreation Resource and Facility Planning
(3) Basic pnnciples of planning, design, development,
and maintenance of community recreation areas and
facilities The interrelationships between local, regional,
state, and national park and recreation systems
RECR 497 Recreation Resource and Facility Planning
II (3) Prerequisite: RECR 495 or consent of instructor.
Principles of design, development, procedures, and
maintenance considerations for recreation areas and
facilities. Use of analytical methods to carry out part<
designs and development of skills in graphically
conveying design concepts Safety, efficiency and
economy as they affect design, development and park
maintenance.
RECR 498 Special Topics In Recreation (3)
Prerequisite: Consent to instructor. Topics of special
interest in areas not covered by regularty scheduled
courses Repeatable when the subject matter is different.
RECR 600 Seminar In Recreation. (1) Presentation,
discussion and defense of student thesis proposals and
outlines and/or of appropriate faculty projects and
research activities.
RECR 610 Methods and Techniques of Research. (3)
A study of appropriate research methodology including
experimental, historical, philosophical, sociological and
case study techniques, examples and problems. Each
student is required to develop a specimen thesis or
dissertation proposal and outline.
RECR 613 Source Material Survey. (3) Study and use
of library resources and bibliographical materials of all
types through their application to varieties or research
problems and interests Each student carries out special
projects of his own initiation.
RECR 633 Foundations ol Recreation. (3) A broad
study of the sociological, psychological and economic
forces that histoncally have structured attitudes toward
leisure and the development of recreation
RECR 634 Modern Trends In Recreation. (3) A broad
study and overview of the recent advances in the several
sub areas of recreation: public sector (local, state, federal
and international government involvements), therapeutic
Secondary Education Program 143
(for special groups, such as ill, delinquent, aging, etc.);
employee; voluntary agencies; religious organizations;
family, school, camping areas; private and commerical
sector Each student will carry out special projects
according to his interests-
RECR 687 Advanced Seminar. (1-3) Prerequisite:
Consent of instnjctor Advanced topics in the various
areas of Recreation May be tal<en for repeated credits,
up to a total of 3
RECR 688 Special Problems In Recreation. (1-6)
RECR 690 Administrative Direction of Recreation, (3)
This course is concerned with analyzing various
prot>lems in the administration of leisure services in parks
and other recreational settings. Students concentrate on
simulated situations and their own on-the-job problems to
enhance their understanding of sound administrative
practice and to improve their problem-solving and
decision-making abilities.
RECR 700 Advanced Doctoral Seminar. (1)
Presentation, discussion and defense of doctoral
dissertation proposals and outlines and/or of appropriate
faculty projects and research activities.
RECR 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
RECR 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
Secondary Education
Program
Interim Chairman:
Professors: Campbell. Carr. Folstrom', Lockard',
Risinger'^
Associate Professors: Adkins, Brigham, Cirrincione',
Craig, Davey, Davidson.DeLorenzo, Farrell*, Fey*.
Funaro, Hancock, Heikkinen^, Henkelman^.
Layman', Longley, McCaleb^, McWhinnie", Ridky",
Ruchkin'^ Wheatley'^ Wright'^
Assistant Professor: Lenz'
' Joint appointment with Music
^ Joint appointment with Chemistry
' Joint appointment with Botany
* Joint appointment with Geography
* Joint appointment with Mathematics
^ Joint appointment with History
' Joint appointment with Physics
' Joint appointment with Housing and Applied
Design
° Joint appointment with Speech and Dramatic Art
'° Joint appointment with English
' ' Joint appointment with Geology
" Joint appointment with Office of Laboratory
Experiences
'^ Joint appointment with Agriculture and Extension
Education
The Department offers programs leading to the
degrees of Master of Arts (thesis and non-thesis).
Master of Education, the Advanced Graduate
Specialist. Doctor of Education, and Doctor of
Philosophy The Department offers a variety of
programs, individually designed to meet the personal
and professional goals of graduate students These
goals may include teaching at secondary and college
levels, supervision and improvement of instruction
within the disciplines, teacher education, and
research in any of these.
Areas of emphasis include education in art,
business education, distributive education. English
and language arts, foreign languages, home
economics, journalism, mathematics, music, reading,
science, social studies, speech, TESOL and
interdisciplinary studies.
Admission and Degree Information
The master's degree programs require 30 to 36
semester hours, the AGS program 60 hours beyond
the bachelor's degree, and the doctorate a planned
sequence of approximately 60 semester hours (or
the equivalent) beyond the master's degree. There
are no foreign language requirements unless the
dissertation is on a topic that requires it.
Admisskjn to doctoral programs requires a
master's degree or its equivalent, an acceptable
Miller's Analogies score, a good scholastic record,
and recommendations for advanced study. A
preliminary examination, usually written, is given at
the end of 20 semester hours of doctoral work, to
determine the student's aptitude for advanced
graduate study. A comprehensive examination, also
usually writteri, is given at the conclusion of course
work An oral examination in defense of the thesis
constitutes the final step in completing the doctorate
Financial Assistance
A limited number of graduate assistantship for
selected students are available in the Department of
Secondary Education. These assistants generally
provide help in the supervision of student teachers,
in teaching undergraduate classes, or by aiding in
other ways.
Additional Information
Write or call the Department (301—454-2021, 2022
or 2023) for more specific infomiation about the
various programs
Courses
EDSE 402 Methods and Materials In Teaching
Bookkeeping and Related Subjects (3) Important
problems and procedures in the mastery of bookkeeping
and related office knowledge and the skills including a
consideration of materials and teaching procedures
EDSE 403 Problems In Teaching Office Skills (3)
Problems in development of occupational competency,
achievement tests, standards of achievement,
instructional materials, transcriptron, and the integration
of office skills.
EOSE 404 Basic Business Education In the
Secondary Schools (3) Includes consideration of course
objectives; subject matter selection; and methods of
organization and presenting business principles,
knowledge and practices
EDSE 415 Financial and Economic Education I (3)
Problems of teaching courses in personal finance and
economics in the public schools, including materials and
resources.
EDSE 416 Financial and Economic Education II (3)
Continuation of EDSE 415.
EDSE 420 Organization and Coordination of
Distributive Education Programs (3) This course deals
specifically with such areas as the organization of a
cooperative distributive education program; the
development of an effective cooperative relationship
between coordinator and training sponsor; the selection,
orientation, and training of sponsors; analysis of training
opportunities, reports and records, the evaluation and
selectton of students for part-time cooperative worii
assignments; and the evaluation of the program
EDSE 421 Methods and Materials In Distributive
Education (3) This course covers basic methods and
materials needed to teach the preparatory classroom
related instruction of a one or two year distributive
educatiori program. II deals specifically with the
orgariization of special supplementary materials for
individual and group Instruction youth club programs,
organization and administration.
EDSE 423 Field Experiences In Vocational Areas (3)
A — Home Economics Education B — Business Education
C — Distributive Education Supervised work experience in
an occupation related to vocational education. Application
of theory to wori< situatioris as a basis for teaching in
Vocational Education programs. By individual
arrangement wijh advisor.
EDSE 425 Curriculum Development In Home
Economics (3) An analysis of curriculum development
including the tools for planning, managing, and
evaluating the teaching/learning environment of
conceptual curriculum design Includes a field
experience
EDSE 430 Corrective-Remedial Reading Instructton
(3) Prerequisite: EDEL/EDSE 427 or equivalent, and
consent of the department For teachers, supen^isors,
and administrators who wish to identify and assist pupils
with reading difficulties. Concerned with diagnostic
techniques, instructional materials and teaching
procedures useful iri the regular classroom.
EDSE 431 Laboratory Practices In Reading (2-4)
Prerequisite. EDSE 430. A laboratory course in which
each student has one or more pupils for analysis and
instruction At least one class meeting per week to
diagnose individual cases and to plan instruction
EDSE 432 The Middle and Junior High School (2-3) A
general overview of middle and junior high school.
Purposes, functions and characteristics of this school
uriit; a study of its population, organization, program ol
studies, methods, staff, and other topics, together with
their implications for prospective teachers.
EDSE 440 Methods of Teaching English In Secondary
Schools (3)
EDSE 442 Teaching the Audlo-Ungual Skills In
Foreign Languages (3)
EDSE 444 Methods of Teaching Mathematics In
Secondary Schools (3)
EDSE 446 Methods of Teaching Science In
Secondary Schools (3)
EDSE 447 Methods of Teaching Social Studies In
Secondary Schools (2-3)
EDSE 450 Speech Methods and Resources In
Secondary Schools (3)
EDSE 463 The Teaching of Reading In the Secondary
School (3)
EDSE 460 Environmental Education (3) Two
lecture-discussion periods and one three hour
laboratory-field experience session per week An
interdisciplinary course coveririg the literature, techniques
and strategies of environmental education. Emphasis is
upon the study of environmental education programs and
the development of a specific program which is designed
to implement the solution of an environmental problem.
The laboratory-field experience is provided as a model
for future activities of studerits. Open to any student who
wishes to become actively involved in the process of
environmental education program development.
EDSE 461 Methods of Teaching English to Speakers
of Other languages (3) An introductory course in
methods lor teaching listening, speaking, reading and
writing techniques and a review of research findings.
EDSE 470 Teaching of Art Criticism in Public
Schools (3) Introduction to various alternative theories ol
aesthetics as related to the teachirig of art
EDSE 471 Practlcum In Art Education:
Two-Dlmenslonal (3) Theory and practical experience in
two-dimensional design in various art media. The
developmerit of wori<able procedures to present the
content in school settings.
EDSE 472 Practlcum In Art Education:
Three-Dlmenslonal (3) A lecture-studio course designed
to develop skills, material resources, and educational
strategies appropriate tor use of three-dimerisional
projects in school settings
EDSE 488 Special Topics In Secondary Education
(1-3) Repeatable for a maximum of 6 hours.
EDSE 489 Field Experience In Education (1-4)
Prerequisite: At least six semester hours in education at
the University of Maryland plus such other prerequisites
as may be set by the Secondary Education Department
Planned field experience may be provided for selected
students who have had teaching experierice and whose
application for such field experience has bieen approved
by the Secondary Education faculty Field experience is
offered in a given area to both major and non-major
students Note: The total number of credits which a
student may earn in EDSE 489. 888. and 889 is limited
to a maximum of 20 semester hours
EDSE 498 Special Problems In Education (1-3)
Prerequisite: Consent ol instructor. Available only to
mature students who have definite plans for individual
study ol approved problems.
EDSE 499 Workshops, Clinics, and InsWutes (1-6)
The maximum number of credits that may be earned
under this course symbol toward any degree is six
semester hours; the symbol may be used two or more
times until six semester hours have been reached the
following type of educational enterprise may be
scheduled under this course heading: wort<shops
conducted by the College ol Education (or developed
cooperatively with other colleges and universities) and
144 Secondary Education Program
not otherwise covered in the present course listing;
cJinical experiences in pupil-testing centers, reading
clinics, speech therapy laboratories, and Special
Education centers; institutes developed around specific
topics or problems and intended for designated groups
such as school superintendents, principals and
supervisors
EDSE 600 Administration and Supervision of
Business Education. (3) Major ennphasis on
departmental organization and its role in the school
program. curriculum, equipment. budget-making,
supervision, guidance, placement and tollow-up.
school-community relationships, qualifications and
selection of leaching stall, visual aids, and in-service
programs for teacher development. For administrators,
supervisors, and teachers
EDSE 605 Principles and Problems of Business
Education. (2-3) Principles, objectives, and practices in
Business Education; occupational foundations; cunent
attitudes of business, latmr and school leaders; General
Business Education relation to Consumer Business
Education and to education in general-
EDSE 606 Curriculum Development in Business
Education. (2-3) This course is especially designed for
graduate students interested in a concentrated study of
curriculum planning in Business Education Emphasis
will tie placed on the philosophy and objectives of the
Business Education program, and on curriculum research
and organization of appropriate course content.
EDSE 624 Reading Diagnostic Assessment and
Prescription. (3) Prerequisites: 12 credits of graduate
study in Education, or consent of instructor. Survey
course in reading diagnosis and prescription. For
graduate students not majoring in Reading. The
interpretation of reading with diagnostic techniques with
an overview of various prescriptions based on diagnosis.
EDSE 625 Introduction to Field Methods In School
and Community. (3) Prerequisite: Permission of
instructor. Applies selected field methods to problems of
professional practice Issues pertaining to the role and
responsibilities of the field investigator, working in
schools and other service agencies. Students will design
one or more field studies utilizing qualitative field
techniques.
EDSE 626 Problems in Teaching Reading in
Secondary Schools. (3) Problems in the Teaching of
Reading in the secondary school, implications of current
theory and the results of research for the Teaching of
Reading in the secondary school Attention is given to all
areas of development reading instruction, with special
emphasis on persistent problems
EDSE 627 Clinical Assessment In Reading. (3)
Prerequisites: EDEL 430, EDEL 626, EDI^S 446 and
EOMS 622. Clinical diagnostic techniques and materials
useful to the reading specialist in assessing serious
reading difficulties.
EDSE 630 Clinical Remediation of Reading
Disabilities. (3) Prerequisites EDEL 430. EDEL 626.
EDMS 446 and 622 Remedial procedures and malenals
useful to the reading specialist in planning programs of
individual and small group instruction
EDSE 631 Advanced Laboratory Practices
(Diagnosis). (3) Prerequisite: EDSE 630. Diagnostic
work with children in clinic and school situations
Administration, scoring, interpretation, and prescription
via diagnostic instruments is stressed. Case report writing
and conferences are also stressed, EDSE 631 is taken
with EDSE 632
EDSE 632 Advanced Laboratory Practices
(Instruction). (3) Prerequisite: EDSE 630 Remedial
instruction with children in clinic and school situations.
Develop competency in various remedial techniques,
diagnostic teaching and evaluation. Development of the
reading resource role is stressed EDSE 632 is taken
with EDSE 631 .
EDSE 636 Evaluation of Home Economics (3)
Prerequisites: EDSE 425, EDMS 645 Evaluation
devices, construction and use In home economics
programs.
EDSE 637 Seminar In Secondary Education. (3)
EDSE 640 Trends In Secondary School
Curriculum — General. (3) Recent developments in
educational thinking and practice which have affected the
cumculum.
EDSE 641 Trends In Secondary School
Curriculum— Art. (3) Recent developments in
educational thinking and practice which have affected the
curriculum in Art Education.
EDSE 642 Trends in Secondary School
Curriculum — Business. (3) Recent developments in
educational thinking and practice which have affected the
curriculum in Business Education.
EDSE 643 Trends In Secondary School
Curriculum— Distributive Education. (3) Recent
developments in educational thinking and practice which
have affected the curriculum in Distributive Education.
EDSE 644 Trends In Secondary School
Curriculum — English. (3) Recent developments in
educational thinking and practice which have affected the
curriculum in English Education.
EDSE 645 Trends in Secondary School
Curriculum — Foreign Language. (3) Recent
developments in educational thinking and practice which
have affected the curriculum in Foreign Language
Educatiori
EDSE 646 Trends in Secondary School
Curriculum — Geography. (3) Recent developmerits in
educational thinking and practice which have affected the
curriculum in Geography,
EDSE 647 Trends In Secondary School
Curriculum — Mathematics. (3) Recent developments in
educational thinking and practice which have affected the
curriculum in Mathematics.
EDSE 650 Trends in Secondary School
Curriculum — Science. (3) Recent developments in
educational thinking and practice which have affected the
curriculum in Science Education.
EDSE 651 Trends In Secondary School
Curriculum — Social Studies. (3) Recent developments
in educational thinking and practice which have affected
the curriculum in Social Studies.
EDSE 652 Trends In Secondary School
Curriculum— Speech. (3) Recent developments in
educational thinking and practice which have affected the
curriculum in Speech.
EDSE 653 Trends In Secondary School
Curriculum— Urt>an Schools. (3) Recent developments
in educational thinking and practice which have affected
the curhculum in Urban Schools.
EDSE 654 Trends in Secondary School
Curriculum — Reading. (3) Prerequisites: EDSE 453.
EDMS 446. Recent developments in educational thinking
and practice which have affected the curriculum in
Reading.
EDSE 700 History of Art Education. (3) A study of the
growth of the art curriculum in American schools.
Perspective on Art Education philosophy as viewed
through a historical survey begirining with the United
Stales Colonial Period to the preserit
EDSE 701 Tfie Teaching of An Criticism. (3) The
aesthetic foundations of Art Education Development of
skills necessary for critical investigation of works of art,
and identification of curriculum implications resulting from
various aesthetic and psychological approaches to art.
EDSE 705 Trends in the Teaching and Supervision of
Home Economics. (3) Study of Home Economics
programs and practices in light of current educational
trends. Interpretation and analysis of democratic teaching
procedures, outcomes of instruction, and supervisory
practices.
EDSE 740 Theory and Research In Secondary
Education — General. (1-3) A survey of the research
literature; evaluation of research techniques;
consideration of relevant instructional curriculum theory;
evaluation of modem teaching methods and techniques.
EDSE 741 Theory and Research in Secondary
Education — Art. (1-3) A survey of the research
literature; evaluation of research techniques;
consideration of relevant instructional cumculum theory;
evaluation of modem teaching methods and techniques
EDSE 742 Theory and Research In Secondary
Educatlonn — Business. (1-3) A survey of the research
literature. evaluation of research techniques;
consideration of relevant instructional curriculum theory;
evaluation of modem teaching methods and techniques.
EDSE 743 Theory and Research in Secondary
Education— Distributive. (1-3) A survey of the research
literature; evaluation of research techniques;
consideration of relevant instructional curriculum theory;
evaluation of modem teaching methods and techniques.
EDSE 744 Tfieory and Research In Secondary
Education — English. (1-3) A survey of the research
literature; evaluation of research techniques;
consideration of relevant instructional curriculum theory;
evaluation of modern teaching methods and techniques.
EDSE 745 Theory and Research In Secondary
Education — Foreign Language. (1-3) A survey of the
research literature; evaluation of research techniques;
consideration of relevant instructional curriculum theory;
evaluation of modern teaching methods and techniques.
EDSE 746 Theory and Research In Secondary
Education— Home Economics. (1-3) A survey of the
research literature; evaluation of research techniques;
consideration of relevant instructional curriculum theory;
evaluation ol modern teaching methods and techniques.
EDSE 747 Theory and Research In Secondary
Education— Mathematics. (1-3) A survey of the
research literature; evaluation of research techniques;
consideration of relevant instructional cumculum theory:
evaluation of modern teaching methods and techniques.
EDSE 750 Theory and Research in Secondary
Education — Music. (1-3) A survey of the research
literature; evaluation of research techniques:
consideration of relevant instructional curriculum theory:
evaluation of modern teaching methods and techniques.
EDSE 751 Theory and Research In Secondary
Education — Reading. (1-3) A survey of the research
literature; evaluation of research techniques;
consideration of relevant instructional curriculum theory;
evaluatiori of modem teaching methods and techniques.
EDSE 752 Theory and Research in Secondary
Education — Science. (1-3) A survey of the research
literature; evaluation of research techniques:
consideration of relevant instructional curriculum theory;
evaluation of modem teaching methods and techniques.
EDSE 753 Theory and Research in Secondary
Education — Social Studies. (1-3) A survey of the
research literature; evaluation of research techniques;
consideration of relevant instmctional curriculum theory:
evaluation of modem teaching methods and techniques.
EDSE 754 Theory and Research In Secondary
Education — Speech. (1-3) A survey of the research
literature; evaluation of research techniques:
consideration of relevant instructional curriculum theory;
evaluation of modem teaching methods and techniques.
EDSE 755 Theory and Research in Secondary
Education — Urban Education. (1-3) A survey of the
research literature; evaluation of research techniques;
consideration of relevant instructional curriculum theory:
evaluation of modem teaching methods and techniques.
EDSE 788 Special Topics In Secondary Education.
(1-3) Prerequisite: EDSE 640 appropriate to area of
concentration, or consent of instructor. Repeatable to a
maximum of 6 hours.
EDSE 798 Special Problems in Education. (1-6)
Master's, AGS, or doctoral candidates who desire to
pursue special reserach problems under the direction of
their advisors may register for credit under this number.
EDSE 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
Registration required to the extent of six hours for
master's thesis
EDSE 820 Seminar In Art Education. (3)
EDSE 821 Seminar In Business Education. (3)
EDSE 822 Seminar In Computer Assisted Instruction.
(3)
EDSE 823 Seminar in Distributive Education. (3)
EDSE 824 Seminar in English Education. (3)
EDSE 825 Seminar in Foreign Language Education.
EDSE 826 Seminar In Home Economic Education. (3)
EDSE 827 Seminar in Mathematics Education. (3)
EDSE 830 Seminar in Reading Education. (3)
Prerequisite: EDSE 751 Exploration of major Issues of
theory, research and program development of concern to
those in positions of advanced professional leadership.
Sociology Program 145
Interinstitutional and interdisciplinary factors will be
considered.
EDSE 831 Seminar In Science Education. (3)
EDSE 832 Seminar In Social Studies Education. (3)
EDSE 833 Seminar In Speech Education. (3)
EDSE 834 Seminar In Urban Education. (3)
EDSE 835 Seminar In Behavioral Objectives. (3)
EDSE 888 Apprenticeship In Education. (1-8)
Apprenticeships in the ma|or area ol study are available
to selected students whose application lor an
apprenticeship has been approved by the Education
faculty. Each apprentice is assigned to work for at least a
semester full-time or the equivalent with an appropnale
staff member of a cooperating school, school system, or
educational institution or agency The sponsor of the
apprentice maintains a close working relationship with
the apprentice and the other persons involved
Prerequisites: Teaching experience, a Master's degree in
Education, and at least six semester hours in Education
at the University of Maryland Note; The total number of
credits which a student may earn in EDSE 489, 888, and
889 is limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester
tiours.
EDSE 889 Internship In Education. (3-8) Internships in
the major area of study are available to selected students
who have teaching experience The following groups of
students are eligible: (a) Any student who has tieen
advanced to candidacy for the doctors degree: and (b)
Any student who receives special approval by the
Education faculty for an internship, provided that prior to
taking an internship, such student shall have completed
at least 60 semester hours of graduate work, including at
least SIX semester hours in Education at the University of
Maryland Each intern is assigned to work on a full-time
basis for at least a semester with an appropriate staff
memtjer in a cooperating school, school system, or
educational institution or agency The internship must tie
taken in a school situation different from the one where
the student is regularly employed. The interns sponsor
maintains a close working relationship with the intern and
the other persons involved. Note: The total number of
credits which a student may earn in EDSE 489, 888, and
889 is limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester
tiours
EDSE 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
Registration required to the extent of 6-9 hours for an
Ed.D project and 12-18 hours for a Ph D dissertation
Sociology Program
Professor and Chairmar). Hage
Professors: Dager, Janes, Kammeyer. Lejins
(Emeritus). Presser, Ritzer. Rosenberg, D. Segal
Associate Professors: Brown, Finsterbusch, Henkel,
HIrzel, J. Hunt, L Hunt, Landry, Lengermann,
Mclntyre, Meeker, Pease, M Segal
Assistant Professors: Elliott, Fleishman, Harper,
Imamura, Martindale. Farming, Snipp, Vanneman,
Wirtz
The graduate program in Sociology offers course
work leading to MA and Ph D degrees Particular
areas of emphasis in the Department include Social
Psychology (socialization, self-concept, small groups,
attitudes): Research Methods; Theory (classical
theory, contemporary theory, theory construction,
Meta-theory); Formal Organizations and Occipations
(with a special concentration on innovation); Family;
Demography; Race and Ethnic; Sex Roles;
Stratification; Military Sociology; Applied Sociology
and Policy Research; Mental Health; Community and
Community Social Indicators; Comparative Macro
Sociology (with a special focus on development and
equality) Other areas of specialization may be
developed by individual students working with one or
more of the faculty.
Each specialty area has at least one basic
course at the 600 level, one or more specialized or
supporting courses at the 600 level, and an
advanced special topics seminar at the 700 level.
Several of the 600 level courses can apply to more
than one area. Highly specialized courses are
offered once every four semesters, while basic
courses and the more specialized courses that are in
high demand are offered once a year
Within the last three years, about half the
students finishing PhD degrees in the Sociology
Department have found employment doing
college-level teaching and about half doing research,
administration and consulting in federal, state, or
private organizations. We anticipate the most
promising job possibilities for the near future will be
in applied research Students finishing MA. degrees
have either gone on for PhD work, here or
elsewhere, or obtained employment as research
assistants in government or private organizations.
Admission and Degree Information
Admission to the graduate program is based upon
the student's prior academic record, GRE scores,
letters of recommendation, and other information
relevant to the applicant's chances of successfully
completing the program Although a previous major
in sociology is not required, students entering the
Master's degree program should have had the
following undergraduate courses; mathematics
through college algebra, elementary statistics,
sociological theory, and sociological research
methods. Students entering the PhD. program
should have had at least one graduate level course
each in sociological theory, sociological research
methods, and statistics. Students deficient in any of
these areas may be admitted to the program
provisionally, but must satisfy the requirements their
first year in the program.
A minimum of 30 hours is required for the
Master's degree, including one course each in
statistics, sociological theory, and two courses in
research methods. A Master's thesis is required.
Usually, this phase of the program can be completed
in two years.
Ph.D candidates should have met all the
Master's degree requirements. In addition, there are
four required courses; one each in sociological
theory, statistics, research methods, and one course
that integrates theoi^ and methods It is possible to
take some of the Ph.D. courses at the Master's level.
A minimum of 24 hours of coursework in addition to
Master's degree courses is required. Ph.D. students
must pass three comprehensive examinations; at
least one general examination (Social Organization
or Social Psychology) and at least one area of
specialization The language requirement may be
met by passing a language examination or making a
B or better in one of a number of other research tool
courses. Usually these requirements plus the
dissertation can be completed in three years.
Facilities and Special Resources
The Sociology Department is located in a new
building with ample office space and research space.
Facilities include data processing and computer
capabilities, a small groups laboratory, a
demography laboratory, and a department library.
The university has excellent computer facilities, and
computer time is readily available to faculty and
graduate students
Financial Assistance
Financial assistance for graduate students is
available through teaching and research
assistantships, and for advanced students through
part-time instructorships. All carry remission of tuition
and fees
Additional Information
For information and application forms, write or call;
Director of Graduate Studies
Sociology Department
University of Maryland
Phone 301/454-5933
Courses
SOCY 401 intermediate Statistics tor Sociologists. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 201 or equivalent, and six additional
credits in Sociology. Intermidiate correlation techniques.
analysis of vanance, sampling, additional nonparametric
techniques, additional topics in Inferential Statistics.
SOCY 402 Intermediate Procedures lor Data
Collection (3) Prerequisite: SOCY 202 or equivalent or
permission of the instructor. An intermediate survey ol
the major research methods used by sociologists,
including survey research, experimentation, observation,
archival research, and in-depth interviewing. The
selection ol an appropriate research method, with
analysis of the strengths and weaknesses ol various
methods, practical issues, data collectiori and
preparation, and analytical techniques.
SOCY 403 Intermediate Sociological Theory (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 203, Major theoretical approaches
e.g., functionalism conflict, symbolic interactionism, and
their implicit methods of logic illustrated by case studies.
Original wori<s of major theorists in historical perspective.
SOCY 404 Methods of Quantitative Analysis (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 202 or equivalent or permission of
instructor. A computer-based approach to the analysis of
sociological data. Statistical program packages such as
SPSS, using both card input and computer terminals;
data storage and file manipulation. Use ol multivariate
statistical techniques, national sample surveys, census,
and artificial data sets constructed to illustrate specific
features of the techniques.
SOCY 410 Population I (3) Prerequisite: Junior standing;
SOCY 100 or 105 not required. Population distribution
and growth; sources of demographic data; population
composition; population theories; mortality; fertility and
family planning; migration; and population problems and
policy.
SOCY 411 Population II (3) Prerequisite SOCY 410 or
permission of instructor. Introduction to basic techniques
for analyzing population change. The measurement of
fertility, mortality, and migration
SOCY 423 Ethnic Minorities (3) Prerequisite; SOCY
100 or 105. Basic social processes in the relations of
ethnic groups; immigration groups and the Negro in the
United States; ethnic minorities in Europe.
SOCY 424 Sociology of Race Relations (3)
Prerequisite: 9 credits in sociology or permission of
intructor. Analysis of race-related issues, with a primary
focus on American society The historical emergence,
development, and institutionalization ol racism; the
impact of racism on its victims; and racially-based
conflict.
SOCY 425 Sex Roles and Social Institutions (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 325 or permission of instructor
Relationship between sex roles and the structure of one
or more social institutions (eg , the economy, the family,
the political system, religion, education) The
incorporation of sex roles into social institutions;
perpetuation or transformation ol sex roles by social
institutions; how changing sex roles affect social
institutions.
SOCY 426 Sociology ol Religion (3) Prerequisite
SOCY 100 or 105. Varieties and sources of religious
experience. Religious institutions and the role of religion
in social life.
SOCY 427 Deviant Behavior (3) Prerequisite: SOCY
327 or 1 2 credits in sociology or permission of instructor.
Current theories of the genesis and distributiori of deviant
behavior, and their implications for a general theory of
deviant behavior. Definitions of deviance, labeling theory,
secondary deviance
SOCY 430 Sociology of Personality (3) Prerequisite:
SOCY 100 or 105. Development of human nature and
personality in contemporary social life; processes of
socialization; attitudes, individual differences and social
behavior.
SOCY 431 Formal and Complex Organizations (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100 or 105 The concept of fonnal
organization. The study of functioning and control in the
operation of bureaucracies such as corporations and in
large-scale organizations such as military, religious and
educational hierarchies. Forms of recruitment, internal
mobility and organizational personality Relations
between large-scale orgariizatioris and with the larger
society.
SOCY 432 Collective Behavior (3) Prerequisite: SOCY
100 or 105 or 230 or permission of instructor Unlike
most sociology courses which focus on structured
groups, this course examines instances of transient
146 Sociology Program
behavior: crowds, disasters, hysterical contagion,
revolution, and social movements, including American
Utopian experiments.
SOCY 433 Social Control (3) Prerequisite: SOCY 100 or
105 or 200 Forms, mechanism, and techniques ot group
influence on human behavior; problems of social control
in contemporary society
SOCY 441 Social Stratification (3) Prerequisite: 9
credits of sociology. An introduction to the sociology of
social stratification. Consideration of the basic concepts
and major findings in the field. The relationship of social
stratification to the Institutional orders of the society.
SOCY 443 The Family and Society (3) Prerequisite
SOCY 343 or permission of instructor Study of the family
as a social institution, its biological and cultural
foundation; hislonc development, changing structure, and
function; the interaction of marriage and parenthood,
disorganizing and reorganizing factors in present day
trends.
SOCY 445 Sociology o< the Arts (3) Prerequisite:
SOCY 100 or 105. Functions of the arts as a social
institution. Social role of the artist Recruitment to and
organizational structure of artistic professions. Art forms
and social characteristics of audiences. Changing
technology and social values as reflected in artistic
expression.
SOCY 447 Small Group Analysis (3) Prerequisites:
SOCY 100 or 105 and 201 (Sociological Statistics) or
equivalent. Analysis of small group structures and
dynamics. Review of research on small groups in real life
settings and in laboratories. Presentation of techniques
used in small groups
SOCY 457 Sociology ol Law (3) Prerequisite: SOCY
100 or 105. Law as a form of social control Interrelation
between legal and other conduct norms as to their
content, sanctions, and methods of securing conformity;
law as an integral part of the culture of groups; factors
and processes operative in the formation of legal norms
as determinants of human behavior.
SOCY 460 Sociology ot Work (3) Prerequisite SOCY
100 or 105. Analysis of the American work worid with
special attention to the impact of social change and
occupational conflicts on the individual worker,
professionalization, career patterns, problems of minority
groups, and the future of work
SOCY 462 Industrial Sociology (3) Prerequisite: SOCY
100 or 105. The sociology of human relations in
American industry and business. Complex industrial and
business organization as social systems Social
relationships within and between industry, business,
community, and society.
SOCY 464 Military Sociology (3) Prerequisite: SOCY
100 or 105 Social change and the growth of military
institutions. Complex formal military organizations.
Military service as an occupation or profession The
sociology of military life. Relations between military
Institutions, civilian communities and society.
SOCY 465 The Sociology of War (3) Prerequisite
SOCY 100 or 105. The origin and development of armed
forces as institutions, the social causes, operations and
results of war as social conflict; the relations of peace
and war and revolution in contemporary civilizations.
SOCY 466 Sociology of Politics (3) Prerequisite; 9
credits in sociology. An introduction to the sociology of
political phenomena. Consideration of the basic concepts
and major findings in the field; the relationship of the
polity to other institutional orders of the society; the
relationship of political activity in America to the theory of
democracy
SOCY 467 Sociology of Education (3) Prerequisites
SOCY 100 or 105 or permission of the instructor. Listed
also as EDSF 430 Sociological analysis ol educational
institutions and their relation to society, goals and
functions, the mechanisms of social control, and the
impacts of stratification and social change. Study of the
school as a formal organization, and the roles and
sutxjultures of teachers and students
SOCY 470 Rural-Urban Relations (3) Prerequisite:
SOCY 100 or 105. The ecology ol population and the
forces making for change in rural and urban life
migration, decentralization and regionalism as methods
of studying individual and national issues. Applied field
problems.
SOCY 473 The City (3) Prerequisite: SOCY 100 or 105
The rise of urban civilization and metropolitan regions;
ecological process and structure, the city as a center of
dominance, social problems, control and planning.
SOCY 474 Soviet Ethnic Issues (3) Ethnic processes
and issues in the soviet union. The major ethnic groups
in the U.S.S.R. cultural, political, religious, economic, and
other aspects of Soviet ethnicity
SOCY 498 Selected Topics In Sociology (1-3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100 or 105. Topics of special interest
to advanced undergraduates in sociology. Such courses
will be offered in response to student request and faculty
interest. No more than 6 credits may be taken by a
student in selected topics.
SOCY 600 Logic of Social Inquiry. (3) Analysis through
theoretical viewpoints of the process of social inquiry.
Communalities and differences in theory in all the social
sciences. The role of theory in the definition of research
problems and in the interpretation of findings The
relation between epistemology, theory, and research
techniques Problems created by alternative paradigms in
respect to these topic and issues.
SOCY 601 Multivariate Statistics. (3) Prerequisite:
SOCY 401 or equivalent. Advanced treatment of
inferential statistics; sampling, research design;
non-parametric techniques; scaling.
SOCY 602 Intermediate Procedures of Data Analysis.
(3) Prerequisites: Undergraduate training in sociological
research methods, statistics, and theory ol equivalent.
This course is designed to provide the graduate student
with practical experience in analyzing data. Extensive
use of canned' computer programs is made to analyze
available data. Knowledge of computer systems,
languages, or applications is not a prerequisite. However,
the student is required to have completed an introductory
course in research methods and have a basic grasp of
multivariate statistics.
SOCY 603 Contemporary Issues In Sociological
Theory. (3) Prerequisite: One course in the history or
development of sociological theory. Paradigm conflicts in
Sociology such as that between Positivism and
Humanism, between scientific and interpretive methods,
between fs^arxism and Functionalism. etc. Examination of
issues involved in differing theoretical viewpoints. Study
of the intellectual, moral, and political problems involved
in knowledge for its own sake,' and In 'knowledge for
use.'
SOCY 606 Seminar In Field and Qualitative Methods.
(3) Prerequisite: Six graduate level credits in Sociology
and permission of instructor. Survey of qualitative
research methods, and practice, through small scale field
research, in design, collection ol data, and analysis. Use
of intensive and unstructured interviews;
participation-observation; unobtrusive measures; content
analysis of personal and public documents. Research
with natural groups.
SOCY 609 Practlcum In Social Research. (3)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor The conduct of
research in collection and analysis of Social Science data
under the guidance of experienced investigators.
Emphasis on a particular research area of procedure,
e.g. secondary analysis of survey data, experimental
design; evaluation ol research; data collection
techniques.
SOCY 618 Computer Methods for Sociologists. (3)
Prerequisites: SOCY 400, 401 or equivalents and
elementary knowledge of a programming language,
CMSC 012, 020 or equivalent and consent of instaictor.
Designed to present the potential of the computer as a
tool in sociological research. Projects involving
programming and running of data manipulation
techniques, statistical techniques, and simple simulations.
SOCY 620 Development of European and American
Sociological Theory. (3) Prerequisite SOCY 203 or
consent of instructor. Review of the history of sociological
thought with major attention to the key figures in the eariy
years of the discipline {Man. Weber, and Durkheim) The
development of the major schools of sociological theory.
SOCY 621 Contemporary Sociological Theory. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 203 or equivalent, or consent ol
instructor Systematic examination of sociological theory
since approximately 1920
SOCY 622 The Sociology of Knowledge. (3) Analysis
of the relation of types of knowledge to social structure.
Role of social class and social organization in the
development of science, political ideology, belief systems
and social values. Social roles associated with production
ot knowledge.
SOCY 623 Survey of Urban Theory. (3) Prerequisite;
SOCY 120. 473 or equivalnet. Theoretical approaches ol
sociology and other social sciences to urbanism,
urbanization, and urban phenomena. Selected
approaches: Chicago school; metropolitan region;
demography; Institutions.
SOCY 624 Socialization Theory and Research. (3)
Emphasis on processes of theory building, utilizing
research to compare the efficacy of several theories as
they relate to socialization, culminating in a detailed
theory of socialization and personality.
SOCY 625 Research Literature In Social Stratification.
(3) Prerequisite: SOCY 441 or equivalent, A
comprehensive review and detailed examination of the
major theoretical and research problems in the sociology
of social stratification, A critical review of the study of
social stratification in American sociology. A detailed
examination of the forms and functions, and the
characteristics, correlates, and consequences of class
and status stratification. The distribution of power The
relationship of social stratification to ideology and the
institutional orders of the society.
SOCY 626 Human Ecology. (3) Review of research and
theory in Human Ecology. Assessment of the ecological
complex (population, organization, environment,
technology).
SOCY 630 Population and Society. (3) Selected
problems in the field of population, quantitative and
qualitative aspects; American and worid problems
SOCY 631 Comparative Sociology. (3) Cross-national
analysis of selected social institutions
SOCY 632 Personality and Social Structure. (3) First
semester. Comparative analysis ol the development of
human nature, personality, and social traits in select
social structures
SOCY 633 Sociology of Occupations and
Professions. (3) An analysis of the occupational and
professional structures ol American society, including
such topics as changing roles, functions, ideologies and
their impact on individuals.
SOCY 634 Attitudes and Public Opinion. (3)
Processes involved in the formation of attitudes, effects
of communication, measurement techniques
SOCY 635 Sociology of Law. (3)
SOCY 640 Social Change and Social Policy. (3) First
semester. Emergence and development of social policy
as related to social change, policy-making factors in
social welfare and social legislation.
SOCY 641 Family Studies. (3) Second semester Case
studies of family situations; statistical studies of family
trends, methods of investigation and analysis
SOCY 642 The Sociology of Mental Health. (3) Social
factors that influence mental health Group dynamics of
mental health preservation
SOCY 643 Community Studies. (3) Factors affecting
community development and growth, social structure,
social stratification, social mobility and social institutions,
analysis ol particular communities.
SOCY 644 Work and the Family (3) The
interrelationships between work and the family for tx3th
men and women in contemporary societies. Major
research issues addressed from an interdisciplinary and
comparative (international) perspective
SOCY 645 Sociology of the Self Concept. (3) Theory
and empirical research dealing with the social
determination and social consequences of the
self-concept. Sociological. psychological. and
psychoanalytic approaches to the self.
SOCY 646 Collective Behavior and Social
Movements. (3) Transitory and non-institutionalized
social behavior, crowds, mass hystena. panic, riots,
secular and sectarian social reform movements;
experimental Utopian communittes. intensified mass
activity with particular relation to dissidence and change;
critique of trends tn social activism
SOCY 647 interpersonal Behavior and Small Groups,
(3) Theory and empirical research on small group
structure and processes and interpersonal behavior
Social influence, interpersonal attraction Cohesiveness.
Spanish Language and Literature Program 147
power and prestige structures, role differentiation,
coalition formation. Laboratory and field mettiods of
investigation.
SOCY 650 Applied Sociology. (3) Introduction to tfie
uses of Sociology in industrial and governmental settings.
The ethics and social organization of sociological
research, the development and evaluation of proposals,
and budgeting research projects.
SOCY 660 Theories of Social Psychology. (3)
Prerequisites: Undergraduate training in sociological
research methods, statistics, and theory or equivalent An
introduction to some of the theories in Social Psychology
that are particularly useful to sociologists. Topics to be
covered include theories of cognitive consistency, social
exchange, symbolic interaction, role theory, group
pfocesses. and collective tiehavior
SOCY 661 Theories of Social Stratification. (3)
Prerequisites: Undergraduate training in sociological
research methods, statistics, and theory of equivalent, A
critical examination of the major theoretical approaches
developed for understanding societal stratification and
social mobility. Consideration will he given to the
wntings. as well as the pertinent research literature, of
Marx. Weber. Parsons, Davis, Moore. Dahrendorf. and
Lenski. The works of other theorists, such as Blau and
Duncan. Cooley. McCleland. Ossowski. Sorokin,
Toennies. and Veblen. will be considered in accordance
with the interests of students in the course.
SOCY 662 Theories of Formal Organization. (3) An
introduction to the study of organization, the nature of
organizations, types of organizations, determinants and
consequences or organizational growth, determinants
and consequences of growth for administrative staff,
determinants of effectiveness and research in
organizations
SOCY 663 Theories of Social Systems. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 603 or equivalent. Study of: systems
models — logical, social-psychological and social; types of
social systems — ecological, functional. lonnal.
consensual. and historical: levels of social
systems — group, complex organization, collectivity and
community; methods of study— analytical and empirical,
qualitative and quantitative; examples of specific
systems — professions, science, politics, cities.
SOCY 664 Armed Forces and Society. (3) Analysis of
the relationship between military organization and
modem industrial society. Growth and decline of the
mass army, the transition from conscription to
all-volunteer forces, the social legitimacy of military
organization, the military as a form of industrial
organization, and problems of civil-military relatbns in the
modem worid.
SOCY 674 Ethnicity. (3) The theoretical orientations
found in the study of ethnicity, the historical emergence
and contemporary nature of ethnic communities, selected
aspects of interethnic conflict and ethnic revitalization
from the personality level to the national ideological level
Primary emphasis on American society.
SOCY 699 Special Social Problems. (1-16)
SOCY 700 Theory Construction. (3) Prerequisite: One
graduate course each in statistics, sociotogical theory,
and sociological research metfrods Review of symbolic
kjgic and ttie meaning prediction and explanation. The
rrature of concepts propositions, and axiomatic systems;
the use of models; the nature of casuality; fundamental
assumptions and variables commonly used in
sociological theory Examples from current theories.
SOCY 701 Issues In Quantitative Methods. (3)
Prerequisites: SOCY 401 or 601 or equivalent, and
instructor's permission. An examination of current issues
and problems in the application and interpretation of
mathematical and statistical techniques in social
research
SOCY 702 Intermediate Procedures for Data
Collection. (3) Prerequisite: SOCY 202 or equivalent, or
consent of instructor Research design including
experimental and quasi-experimental designs;
measurement problems; reliability and validity;
questionnaire construction; scaling; interviewing; ttie
problem of nonresponse; processing and coding of data;
preparation of data for analysis
SOCY 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
SOCY 899 Doctoral Dissertation Resesrch. (1-8)
Spanish Language and
Literature Program
Professor and Cha/rman.Sosnowski
Professors: Gramberg. Marra-Lopez. Nemes. Rama
Associate Professors: Igel. Rovner
Assistar^t Professors :Agu\\ar Mora. Diz, Kliffer '
'Joint appointment with French & Italian
The Department of Spanish and Portuguese offers
graduate programs leading to the degrees of Master
of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy in Spanish. The
Department's offerings are designed to provide the
required advanced training in language, literature,
and linguistics for achieving professional excellence
in high school and college teaching and for
undertaking creative research in related fields of
inquiry.
Employment statistics show that opportunities for
the MA. and Ph.D. graduates of this Department
have been excellent during the last ten years. All our
MA. graduates have found e mployment
commensurate with their academic training. Most
graduates entered teaching careers; several work in
government agencies and international
organizations. During the same period, all of our
Ph.D. graduates who wished to undertake a career
in teaching and research have obtained satisfactory
appointments at colleges and universities. The
important role played in this country by Hispanics
and the recognition of their cultural imprint bode well
for future expansion in all areas related to this
particular field.
Admission and Degree Information
The degree of Master of Arts has two options: 1) the
non-thesis option and 2) the thesis option. A total of
30 credit hours are required for the non-thesis
option, with 3 credits in linguistics; 3 credits in
literary theory and/or criticism; 15 credits in either
Spanish or Spanish-American literature, one of
which is to be considered the candidate's "major"
literature; and 9 credits in the other, or "non-major"
literature. Students must also submit a written
scholarly paper in the final semester of their
program, which will be read and evaluated by at
least two appropriate faculty members
The requirements for the thesis option are the
same as for the non-thesis option, with one
exception: the course requirement in the "major"
literature is reduced from 15 to 9 credits, with 6
hours of thesis research credit required All MA.
candidates take comprehensive examinations
The doctoral degree is a research and
specialized degree, and it does not require a fixed
number of credit hours Before admission to
candidacy, the student must demonstrate 1) a
thorough knowledge of the literary production in the
chosen area (Spanish or Spanish-American
Literature); 2) an in-depth knowledge of the field of
specialization; 3) proficiency in a minimum of two
fields of the other Hispanic literature: 4) a reading
knowledge of a language other than Spanish and
English, to be used as a research tool in the field of
specialization; 5) a minimum of two courses in
linguistics at the graduate level, one of which should
be "History of the Spanish Language"; a minimum of
one course in literary theory and/or criticism;
acquaintance with a third literature (e.g.
Luso-Brazilian, French. English, etc.); a background
in supporting fields to be used as research tixils
(e.g. history, philosophy, political science, sociology,
art, etc.). Students must pass both a preliminary
and a comprehensive examination for the Ph.D.. in
addition to presenting a dissertation
Facilities and Special Resources
The Department maintains a special research and
reference library for graduate students of Spanish in
honor of one of its former instructors, the late Pedro
F. Entenza. The students publish a literary
magazine. Prismal/Cabral. Dr. Sosnowski is the
editor of the journal Hispamerica.
Additional Information
Financial assistance is available. For additional
information please write to the Department
Chairman.
Courses
SPANISH
SPAN 401 Advanced Composition (3) Exercises in
practical stylistics. with special emphasis on idiomatic
and syntactic structures.
SPAN 402 Advanced Composition (3) Exercises in
practical stylistics, with special emphasis on idiomatic
and syntactic structures
SPAN 404 Oral Practice for Non-Native Teachers of
Spanish I (3) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
Development of fluency in Spanish with stress on correct
sentence structure, pronounciation and idiomatic
expression.
SPAN 405 Oral Practice for Non-Native Teachers of
Spanish II (3) Prerequisite: SPAN 404, a continuation of
SPAN 404
SPAN 408 Great Themes of the Hispanic Literatures
(3) Pervading themes in the literature of Spain or
Spanish-America. Each theme will be announced when
the course is offered
SPAN 409 Great Themes of the Hispanic Literatures
(3) Pervading themes in the literature of Spain or
Spanish-America. Each theme will be announced when
the course is offered.
SPAN 410 Literature of the Middle Ages (3) Spanish
literary history from the eleventh through the fifteenth
century. Reading of representative texts This course
covers until 1350.
SPAN 411 Literature of the Middle Ages (3) Spanish
literary history from the eleventh through the fifteenth
century. Reading of representative texts This course
covers from 1350 to 1500.
SPAN 412 The Romancero (3) Origin, nature and
influence. Extensive reading in each of the respective
sub-genres.
SPAN 418 Hispanic Literature In Translation (3) May
be repealed to a maximum of six credits, with change of
topic.
SPAN 420 Poetry of the 16th Century (3) Prerequisite:
SPAN 321 or equivalent Selected readings and literary
analysis
SPAN 421 Prose of the 16th Century (3) Prerequisite:
SPAN 321 or equivalent Selected readings and literary
analysis.
SPAN 424 Drama of the Sixteenth Century (3) From
the eariiest autos and pesos, the development of
Spanish drama anterior to Lope De Vega, including
Cervantes.
SPAN 425 Spanish Civilization (3) A sun/ey of 2000
years of Spanish history, outlining the cultural heritage of
the Spanish people, their great men, traditions, customs,
art. and literature, with special emphasis on the
interrelationship of social and literary history. Conducted
in Spanish.
SPAN 426 Spanish Civilization (3) A sun/ey of 2000
years of Spanish history, outlining the cultural heritage of
the Spanish people, their great men. traditions, customs,
art. and literature, with special emphasis on the
intenelationship of social and literary history. Conducted
in Spanish.
SPAN 430 Cervantes-Don Quljote (3) Prerequisite:
SPAN 321 or equivalent
SPAN 431 Cervantes— Novel as Ejemplares and
Entremeses (3) Prerequisite: SPAN 321 or equivalent
SPAN 434 Poetry of the 17th Century (3) Prerequisite,
SPAN 321 or equivalent Selected readings, literary
analysis, and discussion of the outstanding poetry of the
period, in the light of the historical background
SPAN 435 Prose of the 17th Century (3) Prerequisite,
SPAN 321 or equivalent. Selected readings, literary
analysis, and discussion of the outstanding prose of the
148 Special Education Program
period, in the light ol the historical background.
SPAN 436 Drama of the Seventeenth Century (3)
Devoted to Lope Oe Vega, dramatic theory and the
Spanish stage.
SPAN 437 Drama of the Seventeenth Century (3)
Drama after Lope De Vega to Calderon Oe La Barca and
the decline ol the Spanish theater
SPAN 440 Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3)
Traditionalism, neo-classicism. and pre-romanticism in
prose, poetry, and the theater; esthetics and poetics of
the enlightenment
SPAN 441 Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3)
Traditionalism, neo-Classicism, and pre-Romanticism in
prose, poetry, and the theater: esthetics and poetics of
the Enlightenment.
SPAN 446 Latin American Civilization I (3) A sun/ey of
the cultural heritage of the Latin American peoples from
the pre-Columbian period to iridependence Hispanic and
other European influences. Conducted in Spanish.
SPAN 447 Latin American Civilization II (3) A survey of
the cultural hentage ol the Latin American peoples from
independence to the present. Hispanic and other
European influences. Conducted in Spanish
SPAN 448 Special Topics In Latin American
Civilization (3) An intensive study of a selected topic
related to Latin Americari civilization. This course may be
taken no more than twice. Conducted in Spanish.
SPAN 449 Special Topics In Spanish Civilization (3)
An intensive study of a selected topic related to Spanish
civilization Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if
content differs.
SPAN 452 The Romantic Movement In Spain (3)
Poetry, prose and drama ol the Romantic and
post-Romantic periods.
SPAN 454 Nineteenth Century Fiction (3) Significant
novels of the nineteenth century.
SPAN 456 Nineteenth Century Drama and Poetry (3)
Significant dramas and poetry of the realistic period.
SPAN 460 The Generation of 1898 and Its
Successors (3) Authors and works of all genres of the
generation of 1898 and those of the immediately
succeeding generation.
SPAN 461 The Generation of 1898 and Its
Successors (3) Authors and works of all genres of the
generation of 1898 and those of the immediately
succeeding generation.
SPAN 462 Twentieth Century Drama (3) Significant
plays of the twentieth century.
SPAN 464 Contemporary Spanish Poetry (3) Spanish
poetry from the generation of 1 927 to the present.
SPAN 466 The Contemporary Spanish Novel (3) The
novel and the short story from 1 940 to the present.
SPAN 468 Modernism and Post-Modernism In Spain
and Spanish-America (3) A study of the most important
works and authors of tx)th movements in Spain and
Spanish- America
SPAN 469 Modernism and Post-Modemism In Spain
and Spanish-America (3) A study of the most important
works and authors of both movements in Spain and
Spanish- America.
SPAN 480 Spanish-American Essay (3) A study of the
socio-political contents and aesthetic qualities of
representative works from the Colonial to the
Contemporary period
SPAN 481 Spanish American Essay (3) A study of the
socio-political contents and aesthetic qualities ol
representative works from the Colonial to the
Contemporary period, with emphasis on the essay of the
twentieth century.
SPAN 488 Spanish-American Fiction (3)
Representative novels and/or short stories from the wars
of independence to the present or close analysis of major
contemporary wori<s. Subject will be announced each
time course is offered.
SPAN 489 Spanish-American Fiction (3)
Representative novels and/or short stories from the wars
of independence to the present or close analysis of major
contemporary wori<s Subject will be announced each
time course is offered.
SPAN 491 Honors Reading Course— Poetry (3)
H — Honors. Supervised reading to be taken by students
admitted to the honors program or upon consultation with
the instructor.
SPAN 492 Honors Reading Course— Novel (3)
H— Honors Supervised reading to be taken by students
admitted to the honors program or upon consultation with
the instructor.
SPAN 493 Honors Reading Course— Drama (3)
H — Honors Supervised reading to be taken by students
admitted to the honors program or upon consultation with
the Instnjctor
SPAN 496 Honors Seminar (3) H— Honors Required
of all students in the honors program. Other students will
be admitted on special recommendation Conducted in
Spanish. Discussion of a central theme with related
investigation by students.
SPAN 498 Spanish-American Poetry (3) Main trends,
authors and works from the conquest to Ruben Dario
SPAN 600 Reading Course lor Minors In Spanish. (3)
SPAN 601 Reading Course for Minors In Spanish. (3)
SPAN 602 Reading Course for Minors In
Spanish-American Literature. (3)
SPAN 603 Reading Course for Minors In
Spanish-American Literature. (3)
SPAN 605 Teaching Spanish In Institutions of Higher
Learning. (3) Required of all graduate students, teaching
assistants, and new instructors. Instruction,
demonstration, and classroom practice under
supervision, of modern procedures in the presentation of
first year Spanish.
SPAN 608 Medieval Spanish Literature. (3) Specific
authors, genres, and literary periods studied in depth.
SPAN 609 Medieval Spanish Literature. (3) Specific
authors, genres, and literary periods studied in depth
SPAN 610 The History of the Spanish Language. (3)
SPAN 611 Applied Linguistics. (3) Nature of Applied
Linguistics arid its contribution to the effective teaching of
foreign languages. Comparative study of English and
Spanish, with emphasis on poirits of divergerice.
SPAN 612 Comparative Romance Linguistics. (3)
SPAN 618 Poetry of the Golden Age. (3) Analysis and
studies in depth of specific wori<s of specific poets in the
sixteenth and seventeenth centuries.
SPAN 619 Poetry of the Golden Age. (3) Analysis and
studies in depth of specific works of specific poets in the
sixteenth and seventeenth centuries.
SPAN 628 Seminar— The Golden Age In Spanish
Literature. (3)
SPAN 629 Seminar— The Golden Age In Spanish
Literature. (3) Specific authors, genres, literary
movements and literary periods of the sixteenth and
seventeenth centuries studied in depth
SPAN 699 Independent Study In Spanish. (1-3) This
course is designed to provide graduate students an
opportunity to pursue independent study under the
supervision of a member of the department. Repeatable
to a maximum of three credits.
SPAN 708 The Eighteenth Century. (3) Specific
authors, genres, and literary movements studied in
depth.
SPAN 709 The Eighteenth Century. (3) Specific
authors, genres, arxl literary movements studied in
depth.
SPAN 718 The Nineteenth Century. (3) Specific
authors, genres, and literary movements studied in
depth.
SPAN 719 The Nineteenth Century. (3) Specific
authors, genres, and literary movements studied in
depth.
SPAN 728 The Twentieth Century. (3) Specific authors,
genres and literary movements studied in depth.
SPAN 729 The Twentieth Century. (3) Specific authors,
genres and literary movements studied in depth.
SPAN 738 The Drama of the Twentieth Century. (3)
Specific authors and movements studied in depth.
SPAN 798 Open Seminar. (3)
SPAN 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
SPAN 808 Colonial Spanish-American Literature. (3)
Didactic and narrative prose and epic, dramatic and lyric
poetry; principal works and authors.
SPAN 809 Colonial Spanish American Literature. (3)
Didactic and narrative prose: dramatic and lyric poetry.
SPAN 818 National Spanish- American Literature. (3)
Characteristics ol the national literatures. Romantic and
Costumbrista literature Cauchismo arid Iridigenismo.
Principal works and authors.
SPAN 819 National Spanish American Literature. (3)
Characteristics of the riational literatures Romantic and
Costumbrista literature. Cauchismo and Indigenismo.
Principal works and authors.
SPAN 828 Hispanic Poetry of the Nineteenth and
Twentieth Centuries. (3) Specific authors, genres and
literary movements studied in depth
SPAN 829 Hispanic Poetry of the Nineteenth and
Twentieth Centuries. (3) Specific authors, genres and
literary movements studied iri depth.
SPAN 898 Open Seminar. (3)
SPAN 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
PORTUGUESE
PORT 478 Themes and Movements ol Luso-Brazlllan
Literature In Translation. (3) A study of specific themes
and movements iri Luso-Braziliari literature, as
arinounced. Designed for students for whom the
literatures would be inaccessible in Portuguese.
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.
PORT 699 Independent Study of Portuguese. (1-3)
This course is designed to provide graduate students an
opportunity to pursue independent study under the
supervision of a member of the departmerit. Repeatable
to a maximum of three credits.
Special Education
Program
Professor and Chairman: Burke
Professors: Hebeler, Simms
Associate Professor: Seidman
Assistant Professors: Beckman-Bell. Blair. Certo,
Egel, Kohl, Malouf, McNelly, Spekman
Graduate studies in the Department of Special
Education include programs leading to Master of
Arts and Master of Education degrees, Advanced
Graduate Specialist certificates, and Doctor of
Education and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Areas
of concentration may include: integrated special
education; educational diagnosis and prescription;
mental retardation; education of the gifted; education
of the emotionally disturbed, severely handicapped
(Including autism); early childhood (including infancy)
learning disabilities; and career-vocational-secondary
education for the handicapped.
Graduate work in special education at the
master's level is designed to prepare master
teachers, specialists, and program leadership
personnel for the handicapped. Graduate work at
the doctoral level is designed to prepare national
leadership personnel for the handicapped.
The Ph.D. in Special Education is targeted
primarily on research, scholarship and educational
leadership. This overall goal is achieved In and
through the selection of areas of emphasis or the
major concentrations listed above Graduate work at
the doctoral level can also be done in educational
administration and supervision, and policy
development and implementation for the
handicapped with a specialized national focus. The
Ed.D. is focused on these same areas, but has an
emphasis on applied research and programming. A
variety of minor specializations taken outside the
Department are also possible. Content coursework in
the areas of administration and policy studies are
developed in collaboration with other departments in
the College and University.
Special Education graduates are eligible for a
wide variety of professional opportunities. Students
Special Education Program 149
who graduate with a Masters degree in Special
Education may enter positions in the public schools
as master teachers or in other positions of
leadership Opportunities also exist in private
settings where graduates may find positions as
coordinators, administrators, or other specialized
support staff Doctoral degree graduates have
numerous options, such as university faculty
positions, professional staff positions in State
Departments of Education, the Federal government,
and in the public schools Private agencies and
organizations may also seek doctoral graduates as
directors or specialized support staff. Historically,
employment opportunities for Special Education
graduates have been excellent.
Admission and Degree Information
Graduate programs are planned individually by the
student with his advisor Each program reflects the
individual students background, his goals and the
level of competency being sought There is no one
program of study which all graduate students follow.
Individual programming by students and advisor
allows wide latitude of career direction within the
field of special education upon completion of
graduate study
Graduate study in Special Education requires
advanced competencies in the education of
exceptional children Students must have
undergraduate preparation and/or certification prior
to entry to the graduate program Students without
graduate or undergraduate preparation in special
education should expect more extensive graduate
programs so that they might develop the necessary
levels of competence.
Students pursuing the master's degree program
in Special Education may earn the Master of Arts
degree or the Master of Education degree Specific
basic course requirements in Special Education are
the same for either program with differentiation of
thesis requirements. The following core courses are
required for completion of the master's level
program: EDMS 645, EDMS 646, and EDHD 721
The minimum number of graduate hours for the
master's degree program is 30 The student
generally takes a minimum of 9 to 15 hours in
Special Education Specific programs and the
number of credit hours required will be determined
with the student's advisor according to the student's
background and career plans
The Advanced Graduate Specialist certificate in
Special Education is available to students wishing to
taike increased graduate work beyond the Masters
level. A student pursuing an A.G.S certificate in
Special Education is required to take the following
courses if they have not been part of his Master's
program: EDMS 645, EDMS 646, and EDHD 721.
The minimum number of graduate hours for the
AGS is 60. The core of the program should be
made up of Special Education courses and other
wori< within the College of Education or other
Colleges of the University as approved by the
student's advisor and the Special Education
Graduate Faculty
Students pursuing the doctoral program in
Special Education must have completed the Master
of Arts degree or the Master of Education degree
and may elect to wori< for either the Ed.D or Ph D.
degree Students should consult the Department
Statement on Graduate Programs. A student in the
doctoral program will generally complete a minimum
of 90 hours of graduate study of which 30-40 hours
will be in his major field
A candidate must develop doctoral level
competencies in research and in any of the areas of
specialization (listed above) which fulfill his
professional goals
Facilities and Special Resources
Special strengths of the Special Education program
include the focus on integrated field experiences, the
utilization of Special Education Research facilities,
and the wide backgrounds of faculty members which
enable the Department to maintain an integrated
approach
Additional Information
Prospective graduate students are requested to
consult "Graduate Programs in Special Education,"
which is avilable in the departmental offices, for
additional specific information on departmental
programs, admissions procedures and financial aid.
Courses
EDSP 400 Curriculum In Instructional Methods for
Severely Handicapped Students (3) Corequisite: EDSP
401, EDSP 402 (Methodology and curriculum (or severely
handicapped students in lunctional skill areas. Enrollment
limited to those admitted to severely handicapped
specialty area.
EDSP 410 Community Functioning Skills for Severely
Handicapped Students (3) Prerequisite:
PrerequisiteEDSP 400 and EDSP 401 Corequisite:
EDSP 411. Instructional techniques and cumculm
devlopment strategies related to community tunclioning
skills (or severely handicapped students
EDSP 418 Seminar: Issues and Research Related to
the Instruction ol the Severely Handicapped (1-3)
Examines the current research related to the instruction
o( severely handicapped individuals Repeatable up to 6
credits, provided content is different.
EDSP 420 Developmental and Behavioral
Characteristics of Nonhandlcapped and Handicapped
Infants (3) Corequisite EDSP 421 Study of the
developmental, behavioral, and leaming characteristics of
nonhandlcapped and handicapped in(anls and young
preschool children. Divergent and parallel patterns of
development among the respective groups o( children.
Enrollment limited to students admitted to early childhood
special education area o( specialization.
EDSP 422 Curriculum and Instruction In Eariy
Childhood Special Education (Moderate to Mild: 3-8
Years) (3) PrerequisiteEDSP 420 Corequisite EDSP
423, EDSP 424 and EDEL 488Z, Characlenstics,
methods and materials (or the instruction of young
children, (ages 3-8) traditionally labeled mild to
moderately handicapped.
EDSP 430 Intervention Strategies and Techniques for
Preschool Handicapped Children (Severe to
Moderate, Birth - 6 Years) (3) Prerequisite EDSP 423
Corequisiles EDSP 431 and EDSP 401. Current
approaches to the psychoeducational treatment of
preschool severely to moderately handicapped children
Emphasis on multi-dimensional approach to intervention
with handicapped preschoolers
EDSP 450 Program Management for the
Educationally Handicapped (3) Corequisites EDSP
446 and EDSP 447 Emphasis on skills and managing
programs for educationally handicapped individuals
Service delivery models, scheduling; establishing referral,
assessment and follow through procedures, methods (or
mainstreaming, training aides and volunteers
EDSP 460 Career/Vocational Education lor the
Handicapped (3) Corequisite EDSP 461 Introduction
to career/vocational education (or the handicapped
Historical and current issues and trends, characteristics
and training needs ot handicapped individuals and review
o( existing programs. Enrollment to Special Education
majors admitted into the career/vocational area o(
specialization
EDSP 468 Special Topics Seminar In
CareerA/ocatlonal Education tor the Handicapped
(1-3) PrerequisitePermission ot the instructor Current
issues and research relating to career/vocational
education o( the handicapped, Repeatable to a maximum
of 6 credits, provided content is different.
EDSP 470 Introduction to Special Education (3)
Prerequisite EDSP 288 Designed to give an
understanding of the needs o( all types o( exceptional
children Stressing preventive and remedial measures
EDSP 471 Characteristics of Exceptional
Children— Mentally Retarded (3) Prerequisite: EDSP
470 or equivalent Studies the diagnosis etiology,
physical, social and emotional characteristics o(
exceptional children.
EDSP 472 Education of Exceptional
Chlldrerv- Mentally Retarded (3) Prerequisite: EDSP
471 or equivalent Offers practical and specific methods
of teaching exceptional children Selected observation o(
actual teaching may be arranged
EDSP 473 Curriculum for Exceptional
Children— Mentally Retarded (3) Prerequisite: EDSP
471 or equivalent Examines the principles and objectives
guiding curriculum (or exceptional children; gives
experience in developing curriculum; studies various
curricula currently in use.
EDSP 475 Education of the Slow Learner (3) Studies
the characteristics o( the slow learner and those
educational practices which are appropriate for the child
who is functioning as a slow learner.
EDSP 481 Characteristics of Exceptional
Children— Gifted (3) Prerequisite: EDSP 470 or
equivalent. Studies the diagnosis, etiology, physical,
social, and emotional characteristics ol exceptional
children.
EDSP 482 Education of Exceptional Children— Gifted
(3) Prerequisite: EDSP 481 or equivalent Offers practical
and specific methods of teaching exceptional children.
Selected observation of actual teaching may be
arranged.
EDSP 483 Curriculum lor Exceptional
Chlldrei>— Gifted (3) Prerequisite EDSP 481 or
equivalent. Examines the principles and objectives
guiding current curriculum for exceptional children; gives
experience in developing curriculum; studies various
curricula currently in use.
EDSP 489 Field Experience In Special Education
(1-4) Prerequisites: At least six semester hours in
Special Education at the University ol Maryland plus
such other prerequisites as may be set by the Special
Education Department Planned field experience may t>e
provided for selected students who have had teaching
experience has been approved by the Special Education
faculty. Note: The total number of credits which a
student may earn in EDSP 489. 888, and 889 is limited
to a maximum ot 20 semester hours.
EDSP 491 Characteristics of Exceptional
Children— Perceptual Learning Problems (3)
Prerequisite: EDSP 470 or equivalent. Studies the
diagnosis, etiology, physical, social and emotional
characteristics of exceptional children.
EDSP 492 Education of Exceptional
Children— Perceptual Learning Problems (3)
Prerequisite: EDSP 491 or equivalent. Offers practical
and specific methods of teaching exceptional children
Selected observation of actual teaching may be
arranged.
EDSP 493 Curriculum for Exceptional
Children— Perceptual Learning Problems (3)
Prerequisite: EDSP 492 or equivalent Examines the
principles and objectives guiding cun-iculum tor
exceptional children; gives expenence in developing
curriculum; studies various curncula currently in use.
EDSP 498 Special Problems In Special Education
(1-3) Prerequisite: Consent ol instructor. Available only
to mature students who have definite plans for individual
study of approved problems.
EDSP 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes In
Special Education (1-6) The maximum numtser ol
credits that may be earned under this course symtiol
toward any degree is six semester hours, the symbol
may be used two or more limes until six semester hours
have been reached the following type of educational
enterprise may be scheduled under this course heading:
wortishops conducted by the Special Education
Department (or developed cooperatively with other
departments, colleges and universities) and not otherwise
covered in the present course listing.
Laboratories, and Special Education centers;
institutes developed around specific topics or
problems and intended for designated groups such
as school superintendents, principals and
supervisors.
EDSP 600 Exceptional Children and Youth. (3)
Prerequisite: 9 hours in Special Education and consent ot
instructor. Deals primarily with research relevant to the
intellectual, psychological, physical, and emotional
charateristics of exceptional children
EDSP 601 Emotionally Handicapped Children and
Youth. (3) Prerequisite: EDSP 600 and consent ol
instructor Deals with epidemeology, etiology.
150 Textiles and Consumer Economics Program
classification. diagnostic procedures, behavioral
characteristics, treatment and prevention o( child and
adolescent disturbances
EOSP 605 Tbe Exceptional Child and Society. (3)
Prerequisite; EDSP 600 or consent ol instructor
Relationship ol the role and adjustment of the child with
an exceptionality to societal characteristics
EDSP 610 Administration and Supervision of Spaclal
Education Programs. (3) Prerequisite: EDSP 600 and
consent of instructor Consideration of the determination,
establishment and function of educational programs to
exceptional children for administrative and supervisory
personnel.
EOSP 615 Evaluation and Measurement of
Exceptional Children and Youth. (3) Prerequisite
EDIUIS 446. 646, and EDSP 600 Deals with the
understanding and interpretation of the results of
psychological and educational tests applicable for use
with exceptional children
EDSP 620 Educational Diagnosis and Planning tor
Exceptional Children and Youth (3) Prerequisite: EDSP
615 Deals with the identification of learning
characteristics of exceptional children and the planning of
appropriate programs.
EDSP 621 Psycho-Educational Programming with
Emotionally Handicapped Children and Youth. (3)
Prerequisite: EDSP 600. 601 and consent of instructor.
Deals with factors pertinent to therapeutic education of
disturbed children and adolescents in special treatment
settings.
EDSP 625 Problems In the Education of the Mentally
Retarded. (3) Prerequisite: 9 hours EDSP including
EDSP 600 or consent of instructor Consideration of the
pertinent psychological, educational, medical, sociological
and other research and theoretical material relevant io
the determination of trends, practices, regarding the
mentally retarded.
EDSP 630 Problems In the Education of the Gifted.
(3) Prerequisite: 9 hours EDSP including EDSP 600 or
consent of instructor. Consideration of the pertinent
psychological, educational, medical, sociological and
other relevant research and theoretical material relevant
to the determination of trends, practices, regarding the
gifted
EDSP 635 Problems In the Education of Children with
Emotional Disturbances. (3) Prerequisite: 9 hours
EDSP including EDSP 600 or consent ol instructor
Consideration of the pertinent psychological, educational,
medical, sociological and other research and theoretical
material relevant to the determination of trends, practices,
regarding the emotionally disturtied.
EDSP 640 Problems In the Education of Children with
Perceptual Impairment. (3) Prerequisite: 6 hours in
Education of the perceptually impaired. EDSP 615 and
620 or consent of instructor Consideration of the
pertinent psychological, educational, medical, sociological
and other research and theoretical material relevant to
the determination of trends, practices, regarding the
perceptually impaired.
EDSP 678 Seminar In Special Education. (3)
EDSP 798 Special Problems In Education. (1-6)
Master's AGS. or doctoral candidates who desire to
pursue special research problems under the direction of
their advisors may register for credit under this number
EDSP 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
Registration required to the extent of six hours for
master s thesis.
EDSP 888 Apprenticeship In Special Education. (1-8)
Apprenticeships in the major area of study are available
to selected students whose application for an
apprenticeship has been approved by the Education
faculty. Each apprentice is assigned to work for at least a
semester lull-lime or the equivalent with an appropriate
staff member of a cooperating school, school system, or
educational institution or agency The sponsor of the
apprentice maintains a close working relationship with
the apprentice and the other persons involved.
Prerequisites: Teaching experience, a Master's degree in
Education, and at least six semester hours in Education
at the University of Maryland. Note: The total number of
credits which a student may eam in EOSP 489. 888, and
889 is limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester
hours.
EDSP 839 Internship In Special Education. (3-8)
Internships in the major area of study are available to
selected students who have teaching expenence The
following groups of students are eligible (a) Any student
wfio has been advanced to candidacy for the doctor's
degree, and (b) Any student wf>o receives special
approval by the Education faculty for an internship,
provided that pnor to taking an internship, such student
shall have completed at least 60 semester hours of
graduate worit. including at least six semester hours in
Education at the University of Maryland Each intern is
assigned to work on a full-time basis for at least a
semester with an appropriate staff member in a
cooperating school, school system, or educational
institution or agency The internship must be taken in a
school situation different from the one where the student
is regulariy employed The intern's sponsor maintains a
close working relationship with the intern and the other
persons involved. Note: The total number of credits
which a student may eam in EDSP 489, 888, and 889 is
limited to a maximum of twenty (20) semester hours.
EDSP 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
Registration required to the extent of 6-9 hours for an
Ed D. project and 12-18 hours for a Ph D. dissertation
Textiles and Consumer
Economics Program
Professor and Chairman: Smith
Professor: Dardis, Hollies
Associate Professors: Block. Buck, Spivak. Yeh
Assistant Professors: Brannigan, Brinberg, Derrick,
Hacklander, Jensen, Paoletti, Toda
The Department of Textiles and Consumer
Economics offers programs of study leading to the
Master of Science and Doctor ol Philosophy
degrees. Fields of specialization are TEXTILES
and/or CONSUMER ECONOMICS. In the field of
textiles, students may concentrate in textile science,
textile economics and marketing, clothing and
human behavior, or historic textiles and costume. In
the field of consumer economics, students may
concentrate in consumption economics, consumer
policy, consumer behavior, or consumer technology.
Students completing the MS. or Ph.D. degrees
in Textiles and (Consumer Economics have strong
employment opportunities with government, industry,
and educational institutions.
Admission and Degree Information
There are no rigid course requirements for
admission to the graduate program in Textiles and
Consumer Economics. A major in Home Economics.
Consumer Economics. Textiles and Clothing.
Textiles, or a relevant discipline such as chemistry,
economics, or psychology is acceptable as
background lor study in this field. Preparation in the
basic physical and social sciences (chemistry,
mathematics, economics, psychology, and sociology)
is highly recommended. Necessary course
prerequisites (without graduate credit) can be
completed after admission to the graduate program.
All applicants are required to submit scores of the
Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test,
Thesis and non-thesis options are available for
the Master of Science degree. In the thesis option,
students must complete a minimum of 24 hours of
course work, a thesis, and pass a final oral
examination on the thesis. In the non-thesis option,
students must complete a minimum of 30 hours of
course work, submit one scholarly paper, and pass a
written comprehensive final examination. Students
in both the thesis and non-thesis options must
present one departmental seminar.
Students with bachelor's degrees may apply for
the doctoral program although they are encouraged
to complete requirements for the M.S. degree.
Applicants holding a master's degree in an
equivalent field from an accredited institution may be
admitted for immediate doctoral study Previous
graduate work will be evaluated on an individual
basis, but a minimum of 18 hours of course work
beyond the master's level is required for the PhD
degree in addition to 12 hours of dissertation
research Qualifying examinations are administered
upon completion of basic course requirements in
either textiles or consumer economics Written and
oral comprehensive examinations are given upon
completion of all course work A final oral
examination is held for the student to defend the
dissertation
Facilities and Special Resources
The graduate program is multidisciplinary in nature
with graduate faculty from chemistry, engineering,
economics, behavioral sciences, and the arts.
Departmental research facilities include the historic
textiles and costume collection, a full range of
equipment for textile research with special emphasis
on flammability, and a Wang minicomputer Access
to federal agencies where decisions affecting
consumers are made provides graduate students
with a unique opportunity to conduct consumer
related research
Financial Assistance
Graduate teaching and/or research assistantships
are offered to qualified applicants on the basis of
past academic performance and experience. More
than half of the full-time students in the Department
hold assistantships or some form of financial aid.
Part-time and summer work is often available for
students not receiving financial aid
Additional Information
Additional information on departmental programs,
admissions, procedures and financial aid may be
obtained by contacting:
Chairman, Department of Textiles and Consumer
Economics
Room 2100. Marie Mount
University of Maryland
CONSUMER ECONOMICS
CNEC 400 Research Methods (3) Prerequisite: MATH
110 or 115. Research methodology in textiles and
consumer economics, with particular emphasis on the
application of statistical concepts and techniques to the
analysis of data from the areas of textiles and consumer
economics. May not be taken by students who have
credit in TEXT 400
CNEC 410 Consumer Finance (3) Prerequisites: ECON
201 and 203. An economic approach to the problems ol
income allocation and consumer financial planning,
including income maximization, principles of asset
choice, financial management and risk management The
effects of fiscal and monetary policies on lifetime
economic planning May rK3t tte taken by students who
have credit for FMCD 441.
CNEC 431 The Consumer and the Law (3) Three
lectures a week A study of legislation affecting consumer
goods and services. Topics covered include product
safety and liabiliry. packaging and lat}eling, deceptive
advertising, and consumer credit. The implications of
such legislation for consumer welfare with particular
emphasis on the disadvantaged groups in our society will
be examined.
CNEC 433 Consumer Law— Advertising and
Solicitation (3) Prerequisite: CNEC 431 or consent ol
instructor. An advanced study of the legal consequences
of inducing consumers to enter into commercial
transactions. Individual consumer remedies, collective
consumer remedies and govemment regulation.
CNEC 435 Economics of Consumption (3) Spring
semester Three lectures per week Prerequisites: ECON
201 and 203 or ECON 205 for non-ma|Ors. The
application of economic theory to a study of consumer
decision-making and its role in a market economy at both
the individual and aggregate levels Topics covered
include empirical studies ol consumer spending and
saving, the consumer in the market and collective
consumption.
CNEC 437 Consumer Behavior (3) Three lectures per
week. Prerequisites: PSYC 100 and SOCY 100 An
application of the behavioral sciences to a study of
consumer behavior. Current theories, models and
Urban Studies Program 151
empirical research findings are explored.
CNEC 455 Consumer Technology: Product Standards
(3) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. The process of
product standard development, and the significance of
such standards to the consumer History, procedures
and uses of standards by industry and government,
includir>g tx3th voluntary and regulatory standardization;
the impact of product standards, and mechanisms for
obtaining consumer imput in the standardization process.
CNEC 456 Consumer Technology: Product Liability
and Government Regulations (3) Prerequisite CNEC
431 or consent of instnjdor. Legal concepts involved in
society's determination of consumer's rights to product
safety. Litigation determining the obligation of
manufacturers and sellers to injured consumers.
Government regulations defining the obligations of
manufacturers to design and construct products in
accordance with government standards
CNEC 457 Consumer Technology— Product Safety (3)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. An
interdisciplinary investigation of consumer product safety
Major statutes and agencies regulating safety. Alternative
means of promoting consumer product safety. The
application of product liability and cost benefit analysis to
the economics of product safety Consumer response to
safety labeling, advertising and educational efforts.
CNEC 488 Senior Honors Thesis (1-4) Limited to
undergraduate students in the departmental honors
program. An independent literary, laboratory or field
study, conducted throughout the student's senior year
Student should register in t>oth fall and spring.
CNEC 498 Special Studies (2-4) Independent study by
an individual student or by a group of students in
advanced wor1< not otherwise provided in the department
Students must prepare a description of the study they
wish to undertake. Tfie plan must be approved by the
faculty directing the study and the department chairman
Textiles
TEXT 400 Research Methods (3) Prerequisite: MATH
110 or 115 Research methodology in textiles and
consumer economics, with panicular emphasis on the
application of statistical concepts and techniques to the
analysis of data from the areas of textiles and consumer
economics. May not be taken by students who have
credit in CNEC 400
TEXT 420 Apparel Design — Draping (3) Two three-hour
laboratory periods per week Prerequisites: APDS 101
and TEXT 222. APDS 220 recommended but not
required Students explore pattern design through
drapir^ on the human form. Emphasis is on the
interrelationship between material, design and form
TEXT 425 Apparel Design— Experimental Processes
(3) Two three-hour latxiratory periods per week
Prerequisites: APDS 101, TEXT 250, and TEXT 222
Processes are related to fiber and fabnc characteristics,
style and end-use. Opportunities are provided for
students to: 1) learn advanced construction and tailoring
techniques, 2) explore, adapt and create new processes
with modem textile materials and 3) evaluate results in
terms of design quality.
TEXT 441 Clothing and Human Behavior (3) Three
lectures per week Prerequisites: PSYC 100 and SOCY
100. An exploration of socio-psychological approaches to
the study of clothing in relation to human behavior Social
and psychological theories will be examined as possible
frameworii for the study and investigation of clothing
TEXT 452 Textile Science — Chemical Structures and
Properties of Fibers (3) Two lectures and one
three-hour latmralory per week Prerequisites: CHEM 104
or consent of instructor The chemical structure,
properties and reactions of the major classes of natural
and man-made fillers Emphasis is placed upon the
relationship between molecular structure and physical
properties of fibers and fabrics Laboratory includes
chemical identification of fitters, preparation of selected
fitiers and examination of chemical reactions and
properties of fibers
TEXT 454 Textile Science— Finishes (3) Two lectures
and one three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
TEXT 452 or consent of instructor A study of the
chemical reactions and and mechanisms involved in
imparting water repellance, crease resistance and crease
recovery properties, shrink-resistance. flame resistance,
soil-release properties and moth and mildew resistance
to textile materials. Properties of the finished material
which effect its end-use will also be examined.
Laboratory work includes the application of finishes,
identification of finishes and a study of the properties of
finished fabrics.
TEXT 456 Textile Science— Chemistry and Physics of
Fibers and Polymers (3) Two lectures and one
three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: consent of
instructor The theory of fiber structure and its
relationship to chemical and physical properties of natural
and man-made fibers. Latxjratory includes study of
performance of textile materials in relatiori to their
chemical and physical properties.
TEXT 465 Economics of the Textile and Apparel
Industries (3) Three lectures per week Prerequisites:
ECON 201 and 203. Trends in the production and
consumption of textiles and apparel: economic analysis
of the textile and apparel industries; factors affecting
changes in output, price, location and market structure
TEXT 488 Senior Honors Thesis (1-4) Limited to
undergraduate students in the departmental honors
program. An independent literary, laboratory of field
study, conducted throughout the student's senior year.
Student should register in both fall and spring.
TEXT 498 Special Studies (2-4) Independent study by
an individual student or by a group of students in
advanced work not otherwise provided in the department.
Students must prepare a description of the study they
wish to undertake. The plan must be approved by the
faculty directing the study and the department chairman.
TXCE 600 Research Methods. (3) Prerequisite: An
introductory course in Statistics. Research methodology
in Textiles and Consumer Economics. The relationship
between statistics and research; experimental techniques
and methods for data collection and analysis. Each
student is required to prepare a research proposal.
TXCE 608 Special Problems. (1-3) Credit according to
time scheduled and organization of the course. The
course may be organized as a lecture series on a
specialized advanced topic or may consist of an
experimental problem other than the student's thesis
topic. Maximum credit allowed toward an advanced
degree shall not exceed six hours.
TXCE 610 Consumer Economics i — Consumer
Choice in the American Economy. (3) Prerequisite:
CNEC 435 or ECON 403 or consent of instructor. An
economic analysis of consumer decision-making at the
individual and aggregate levels. The economic theory of
consumer tjehavior and its relationship to market
demand; consumer rights in the market and methods for
ensuring such rights; income distribution and income
maintenance programs; consumer expenditures in the
US., and collective consumption.
TXCE 611 Consumer Economics II— Applied
Consumption Analysis. (3) Prerequisite: TXCE 610 or
consent of instructor The application of the economic
theory of consumer behavior to the measurement of
consumer demand Emphasis on the allocation of total
consumption by categories of consumption rather than on
the determination of total consumption and saving. Engel
curves and demand studies based on time series data
are discussed
TXCE 620 Consumer Behavior I— Theory
Development. (3) Prerequisite: CNEC 437 or conserit of
instructor. An application of the behavioral sciences to a
study of consumer behavior. Identification and critique of
current theories of consumer behavior
TXCE 621 Consumer Behavior II— Model
Construction and Testing. (3) Prerequisite TXCE 620
or consent of instructor A systematic approach to the
construction and testing of consumer behavior models.
Selected specialized techniques for consumer behavior
research based on various consumer behavior models.
TXCE 638 Advanced Topics In Consumer Economics
(2-3) A lecture/discussion series on a specialized
advanced topic. Course may be repeated for a maximum
of six credits
TXCE 639 Seminar In Consumer Economics (1-3) A
critical discussion of current research literature in the
field Course may be repeated for a maximum of six
credits.
TXCE 647 Clothing and Comfort. (3) Prerequisite:
TEXT 250 or consent of instructor An examination of the
physical, psychological and environmental factors which
affect the physiological response of the human body to
the clothing microclimate.
TXCE 648 Seminar In Historic Textiles. (1-3) In depth
studies of selected areas of historic textiles and/or
historic textile products, together with their relationships
to the cultures arid societies of man. Maximum credit
allowed toward an advanced degree shall not exceed six
hours.
TXCE 649 Seminar In Clothing and Human Behavior.
(3) An examination of theories and research concemed
with the relation between clothing and human behavior.
Special emphasis will be placed on research techniques.
Maximum credit allowed toward an advanced degree
shall not exceed six hours.
TXCE 650 Seminar in Textile Economics and
Marketing. (3) A critical review of research literature in
the economics of the textile and apparel industries and
the mart<eling of textile products. The application of
research methods to current problems of the textile and
apparel industries will be discussed.
TXCE 658 Advanced Topics In Textiles (2-3) A
lecture/discussion series on a specialized advanced
topic. Course may be repeated for a maximum of six
credits
TXCE 659 Seminar In Textile Science. (1-3) A critical
discussion of current research literature in the field.
TXCE 660 Textile Science i. (3) Prerequisite: TEXT 452
or consent of instructor A study of the chemical and
physical structure of fiber-forming polymers as they affect
the performance of textile materials. Emphasis on
structure/property relationships.
TXCE 661 Textile Science il. (3) Prerequisite: TEXT 660
or consent of instructor. Examination of the principles
and techniques of dyeing and finishing textile products.
Properties of the finished products which affect their
end-use.
TXCE 670 Textile Evaluation i. (3) Prerequisite: TEXT
250 or consent of instructor Two lectures and one
three-hour latjoratory per week. In-depth study of the
principles and concepts involved in the lalX)ratory
evaluation of textile and related materials. The influence
of testing parameters and methodology on selected
major aspects of textile performance will be considered
TXCE 671 Textile Evaluation li. (3) Prerequisite: TXCE
670. A continuation of Textile Evaluation I.
TXCE 699 Research Seminar. (1) Seminars on various
topics iri Textiles and Consumer Economics. Colloquia
by graduate students, faculty and visiting speakers.
Course may be repeated for a maximum of two credits.
TXCE 710 Public Policy and Consumer Economics.
(3) Prerequisite: ECON 403 or consent of instructor. The
application of economic theory to an evaluation of policy
decisions which affect the consumer. The economic,
social and political framework within which policy
decisions are made Consumer protection programs in
the private and public sectors
TXCE 770 Textile Microscopy (3) Two hours of lecture
and lour hours of laboratory per week. The theory and
practice of fiber and textile microscopy.
TXCE 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
TXCE 899 Doctoral Disseratation Research. (1-8)
Urban Studies Program
Director and Associate Professor: Corey
Professors: Janes, Marando
Associate Professors: Christian, Stone
Assistant Professors: Collins, Florestano, Howland.
Kim.
Lecturers: Calavan, Johnson, Murphy, Orlinksy,
Walker, Williams
The Institute for Urban Studies offers a program
leading to the Master of Arts degree in Urban
Studies. The program is interdisciplinary and
professionally oriented to educate students in
metropolitan area problem solving through the use of
generic planning and management methods. A
graduate of the program would be prepared to enter
a career in metropolitan organizations from the
non-profit, voluntary, profit, and government sectors
relating to urban affairs The Institute's faculty
specialize in: metropolitan and regional planning.
152 Urban Studies Program
public policy analysis and management, quantitative
planning methods, and economic- development
planning. Internships are encouraged;
career-oriented management and planning
competencies are stressed The Institute has a
working cooperative relationship with the
professional, APA-recognized Master of Community
Planning Program, University of Maryland, Baltimore
City Campus: for more information, contact Dr
Melvin Levin, c/o 525 W. Redwood Street, Baltimore,
MD 21201 (301) 528-3600. Graduates also would be
eligible to pursue doctoral degrees in the discipline
selected for specialized study or In interdisciplinary
urban studies planning, management, and policy
analysis programs.
Our 100 graduate students (approximately half of
whom are part-time) come from a wide variety of
academic backgrounds (e.g., engineering, fine arts,
English, history, horticulture, sociology, early
childhood education, and political science) and from
many walks of life — undergraduate liberal arts
degree holders turned career-minded; veterans;
returning housewives; and others who have been out
of the job market and want a program to provide
them re-entry skills and credentials; persons already
in urban-related jobs who want to enrich their
education and upgrade their credentials. This diverse
student body provides a rich learning evnironment in
which many types of experiences and ideas are
exchanged.
The Institute provides specializations in urban
management, policy analysis and evaluation,
community development and urban planning.
Specializations may also be developed in any other
program offering sufficient graduate or upper division
courses. Some of the departments providing such
opportunities include: Afro-American Studies,
Architecture, Business Administration, Civil
Engineering, Computer Science, Criminal Justice
and Criminology, Economics, Education, Family and
Community Development, Fire Protection
Engineering, Geography, Government and Politics,
Health, Information Systems Management,
Journalism, Recreation, Sociology and Speech and
Communications. The student's program of courses
in his/her specialization are worked out in
consultation with his/her advisor and the Director of
Graduate Studies.
Employment opportunities for Institute graduates,
though highly-competitive, remain strong. The
Washington, DC metropolitan region offers diverse
employment potential in urban analysis, program
management and planning, and computer
applications.
Admission and Degree Information
Institute admissions policy is designed to achieve a
student mix of experienced practitioners and strong
recent graduates. The GRE is generally required of
recent graduates whose grade point averages are
below 3.2 Applicants with professional experience
should provide three letters of recommendation and
a vita indicating their education and employment
history. Experienced applicants may be admitted
provisionally (subject to successful completion of
initial coursework) even if their undergraduate grade
point average is below regular university
requirements, if their employment experience
indicates a high probability of success in the
program. To accommodate part-time students and
students with internships, all required upper division
and all graduate courses are offered either 4 to 6:30
or 7 to 9:30 p.m. on a one-day-a-week schedule
Both a thesis and non-thesis option are
available. Each option requires 36 credit hours.
Fifteen credit hours, including 6 hours in analytical
techniques, must be in core courses and a minimum
of 12 hours in an area of specialization Both options
require successful completion of a two-part
comprehensive examination the first part of which
will stress basic urban studies knowledge, and the
second pari analytical/quantitative skills.
Facilities and Special Resources
In addition to its regular faculty, the Institute
regularly draws a number of outstanding adjunct
faculty from the Washington Metropolitan Area to
teach several courses a year. The adjunct faculty
includes: Robert Corleta, Community Development
Consultant; David Hartley, Planning Consultant; Jerry
Miller, Community Development Consultant; John
Murphy, Attorney; Walter Orlinsky, President,
Baltimore City Council; John Ross, Director, Division
of Economic Development and Public Finance,
Department of Housing and Urban Development;
Allen Schick, Senior Specialist, Congressional
Research Service; Lawrence Shubnell, Consultant in
Public Finance; David Walker, Assistant Director,
Advisory Commission on Intergovernmental
Relations.
Financial Assistance
A limited number of graduate research and leaching
assistant positions and fellowships are available and
the Institute assists students in finding internships
and part-time jobs in government agencies.
Additional Information
Further information and the graduate bulletin of the
Institute for Urban Studies may be obtained from the
Director of Graduate Studies of the Institute.
Courses
URBS 420 Seminar In Urtun LHeratur* (3)
Prerequisite: Two URBS courses or permission of the
instructor The works of several of the major 20th century
writers in urban studies. A comparative analysis of the
perspectives of these writers on theoretical and
substantive urban issues, is a basis for more advanced
study in the theory and process of urbanization
URBS 430 Urban Internship (6) Prerequisite:
Permission of the department. Supervised field training in
urban-oriented programs. Emphasized areas of interest
are (1) neighborhoods and communities, (2)
organizations and agencies, (3) specific programs. The
student will be assigned to a specific agency or project
and will be responsible to that agency. Class meetings,
written reports, instructor conferences, and a student's
critique of his experience are included.
URBS 450 Problems In Urt>an Law (3) Recommended
preparation: Six credits in URBS courses. A survey of the
urban legal environment and special legal problems of
urban governments and public interest lawyers. Problems
related to planning, zoning, eminent domain and land use
controls; consumer protection in central cities; housing
codes and multiple dwelling regulation: public
accommodations and civil rights ordinances; defending
the indigent; and welfare delivery systems.
URBS 480 Urban Theory and Simulation (3) Review of
eariy theories of the city. Contemporary theories of the
city as a physical and an institutional system. Urban
theory as integration of inlomiation involving economic,
political, and social dimensions of contemporary cities.
Simulation and gaming as theory testing; urban
simulation and gaming as theory building.
URBS 4M Selected Topics In Urban Studies (3)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Topics of special
interest to advanced urban studies students. Repeatable
to a maximum of six credits provided subject matter is
different.
URBS 498 Honors Seminar In Selected Topics (3)
Prerequisite: Admission to Ironors program in URBS or
other departments Individual reading and re and group
discussion dealing with selected major contemporary
urban issues; philosophy and growth of new towns;
emergent forms of urban policy; federal legislation and
the cities: citizen attitudes toward metropolitan
government: housing abandonment, rehabilitation, and
new construction; the urban future; major wortd capitals:
and urbanization in developing nations l^ay be repeated
to a maximum of six credits for credit provided the topics
are different.
URBS 499 Honors Thesis (3-6) Prerequisite:
Admissions to honors program in URBS or other
departments Individual reading and research, and the
writing of an original paper on an urban topic of the
student's choice under the guidance of a faculty memt>er.
URBS 601 Intermediate Research Methods. (3)
Prerequisite: URBS 350 or equivalent. Use of social
science research techniques lor problem analysis,
program evaluation, forecasting and decision-making.
Emphasis on the integration of problem and program
analysis skills with quantitative techniques Urban data
sources, data collection techniques, experimental and
quasi-experimental research design, sampling, modeling,
and survey research
URBS 602 Advanced Research Methods. (3)
Prerequisite: URBS 601 Continuation of URBS 601 with
emphasis on the integration of alternative quantitative
techniques and research strategies Tests of significance,
multiple regression analysis, treatment of time in
Investment analysis, path analysis, factor analysis,
scaling and forecasting techniques.
URBS 630 Urtun Economics and Policy Analysis. (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 454 or consent of the instructor.
Urban problem and policy analysis in the context of
urt>an spatial patterns and trends and urban public sector
organization, finance and operation Education, zoning
and land use planning, fiscal diversity and equal
opportunity, new communities, the future of the central
dty, and altemative institutions for the future.
URBS 640 Ecology and Demography of Urtun
Studies. (3) Analysis of land-use patterns and
dempgraphic characteristics. Examination of changes in
these relations and their influence on institutional
structures. Study of dynamics of transactions and flows
between localities Metropolises as examples of
exchange systems Problems in indicator development
whteh define the demographic and ecological
characteristics. Policy implications of data banks based
on indicator information Social indicators lor
metropolises as predictors of future development.
URBS 660 Urban Social Systems. (3) Prerequisite:
URBS 480 or its equivalent or permission ol the
instructor. A substantive and critical overview of social
science approaches to the study of urbanism. Cultural
and structural aspects ol urban social lile
URBS 666 Urban Management and Decision Maldng.
(3) The processes of urban resource allocation,
management, and decision-making. Problems of
budgeting lor delivery ol urban services, citizen
participation, role ol management and political oflicials.
impact ol intergovernmental linancial systems such as
revenue sharing, administrative centralization and
decentralization; metropolitan service districts: and
evaluation ol urban services provided by cities, counties,
and special districts.
URBS 670 Urban Public Policy Analysis. (3) The
processes and structures ol policy-making and
implementation in urban settings Systematic study of
policy outputs through various quantitative indicators of
the distribution and delivery of public goods to indicate
who decides, on what grounds, who will get how much ol
what — and why? discussion and application of urban
indicators.
URBS 680 Environmental and Land Use Planning. (3)
An overview of planning processes needed by the urban
administrator and researcher. The elements and
techniques ol the planning process, and the institutional
setting in which planning takes place.
URBS 683 Social Planning and Community
Development. (3) Operational aspects ol social planning
in communities. Models such as those which view social
planning as (1) the delivery ol social services. (2) a
comprehensive approach to community socio-economic
and political development, and (3) advocacy ol the
interests ol the disadvantaged Methods by which the
social planner develops the legitimacy and power to
catalyze a community to seek and achieve social
change.
URBS 688 Recent Developments in Urtian Studies.
(3) Examination ol selected current aspects ol the rapidly
evolving field ol urtjan allairs. including lor example,
trends revealed by the 1970 census, evaluation ol model
cities. "New Towns" in the United States.
URBS 689 internship Seminar. (3-6) Prerequisite:
Permission ol the department A seminar combined with
a Held internship with an approved urban planning or
management oHice or organization. The internship Held
supervisor as well as the assignment must be approved
by the professor and the director ol the institute. A
Zoology Program 153
minimum of two days a week must be spent on thie field
assignment. The seminar will stress tfie application of
urban and administrative tfieory to the actual urban
environment
URBS 698 Independent Study In Urban Topics. (3)
Directed research and study of selected aspects of urban
affairs.
URBS 799 Master's Thesis Researcfi. (1-6)
Zoology Program
Professor and Chairman: Corliss
Professors: Anastos, Brinkley, Brown, Clark,
Grollman, Haley. Highton, Pierce. Schleidt, Vermeij
Associate Professors: Mian, Barnett, Bonar, Gill.
Goode, Higgins, Imberski, Levitan. Linder. Potter,
Small, Smith-Gill
Assistant Professors: Borgia, Colombini, Inouye.
Reaka
Adjunct Professors: Eisenberg. Oppenheim, M.
Potter
Adjunct Associate Professors: Kleiman, Morton,
Sulkin
The Department of Zoology offers programs of study
leading to the degrees of Master of Science (thesis
and non-thesis) and Doctor of Philosophy with
specialization in the following fields: cell biology.
developmental biology, estuarine and marine
biology. genetics. parasitology. physiology.
systematics and evolutionary biology, behavior,
invertebrate zoology, endocrinology and ecology.
Admission and Degree Information
Admission to graduate study in the Department of
Zoology is restricted to students with an adequate
undergraduate preparation in physical and biological
sciences. The required 30 credit hours of zoology
(or biological sciences) must include at least an
introductory course in the following 4 areas: animal
diversity: ecology, evolution and behavior; physiology
and cell biology: and genetics and developmental
biology. Any deficiency in these areas can be
satisfied by a course or courses of a level and
subject matter suitable to the graduate student's
needs. In addition, courses in mathematics (through
one year of calculus), statistics, physics, and
chemistry through organic are required. Able
students who lack preparation in a particular area
may be admitted, provided that the deficiency is
corrected early in the graduate work Graduate
Record Examinations are recommended, but are not
required
The thesis master's program enables a student
to engage in advance study and to undertake a
research project. It may be a terminal degree or may
demonstrate the student s research ability and lead
to continuation of graduate work for the Ph.D. in the
same or related area. There are no requirements in
excess of the general requirements established by
the Graduate School. All requirements for the
master's degree are to be completed within a three
year period A final oral examination on the thesis is
given whenever the student has completed all other
requirements for the degree
The non-thesis master's program provides
opportunity for advanced education and a terminal
degree for those who are not research-oriented. All
rx)n-thesis master's students are required to
complete no fewer than 30 hours of course work, of
which no fewer than 18 must be at the 600 level or
atiove in Zoology or appropriate related fields No
fewer than 16 hours of courses must be in Zoology
and three of these courses should be in a single
area of specialization In addition, at least one
satisfactory scholarly paper must be written in an
area approved by the student's advisor. A written
comprehensive examination in three areas of
Zoology must be passed before the degree is
awarded. All requirements must be completed within
a three-year period.
The Ph D. program in Zoology is basically a
research program providing maximal opportunity for
the student to evolve and develop his innate
capacity for scholarship and independent work. A
doctoral candidate must complete at least 30 credit
hours of advanced course work including a minimum
of 12 semester hours of doctoral research.
Opportunity is provided for in-depth study in an area
of specialization. A formal preliminary examination
is given to all doctoral students within the first two
years of enrollment in the Department. The
examination is basically an oral examination focusing
primarily on determination of whether or not the
student has the proper motivation, intellectual
capacity and curiosity, and educational background
and has or can develop the technical skills to
successfully pursue the Ph.D. program. However,
there is no formal restriction on the extent or the
range of the questions asked of the candidate. The
doctoral dissertation must be completed and
defended usually within three, preferably two years,
after passing of prelims.
Facilities and Special Resources
The Zoology Department's share of the Zoo-Psyc
Building provides adequate space for graduate
teaching and research. The research laboratories
are well equipped, and major pieces of experimental
apparatus are available which have imparted a
tremendous research capability to the Department.
These include radiation counting devices, ultra
centrifuges, high speed refrigerated centrifuges,
spectrophotometers, amino acid analyzers,
spectrofluorometers, mechanical and electrical
recording devices, fraction collectors, ultra
microbalances, and autoclaves. In addition, the
Department has special suites for
electronmicroscopic and scanning
electronmicroscopic work, constant temperature
rooms, four sound proof rooms — one being an
anechoic chamber designed specifically for
sophisticated research in ethology — photographic
dark rooms, sterile transfer rooms, and a
histotechnology suite.
Although the Department maintains no library of
its own, the University has a fine graduate library
housing a Science and Technology Division. In
addition, facilities such as the National Library of
Medicine and the Department of Agriculture Library
as well as the Library of Congress greatly expand
the Library material within relatively easy access to
the Department.
Additional Information
Students are urged to communicate directly with the
faculty in the area of their interest but additional
general information and a statement of particular
departmental requirements may be obtained by
writing to the Director of Graduate Studies,
Department of Zoology.
Courses
ZOOL 411 Cell Biology (4) Two hours of lecture, one
hour of demonstration-discussion and three hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: two years of zoology
and organic chemistry, or permission of the instructor. A
study of cell structure and function with an emphasis on
the activity of subcellular organoids and the mechanisms
of coordination and control of cell function
ZOOL 413 Biophysics (3) Three lectures a week.
Prerequisites: One year of biology, a year of physics and
at least one semester of calculus: or permission of the
instructor An introduction to the ideas and methods used
in biophysics to analyze the functional components of
cells and tissues as physical-chemical systems.
ZOOL 415 Cell DHferentlatlon (3) Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisites: A course in development
biology, cell biology, molecular genetics or permission of
instructor. Cellular and subcellular differentiation,
emphasizing the biochemical and ultrastructural bases of
these development changes.
ZOOL 421 Neurophysiology (4) Three hours of lecture
and three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites:
An introductory course in zoology or biology: a semester
of organic chemistry, physics, through an introduction to
electricity and magnetism: MATH 110 or 115. The
physiology of nerves, muscles and sensory receptors
and aspects of central nervous system physiology.
ZOOL 422 Vertebrate Physiology (4) Three hours of
lecture and three hours of lalxiratory per week
Prerequisites: One year of zoology and one semester of
organic chemistry. A study of the cardiovascular,
hemopoietic, gastrointestinal, renal and respiratory
systems. Chemical and endocrine regulation of
physiological functions in higher vertebrates with
emphasis on mammals.
ZOOL 426 General Endocrinology (3) Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisites: Three semesters of
animal biology and two semesters of organic chemistry.
Functions and the functioning of the endocrine glands of
animals with special reference to the vertebrates.
ZOOL 430 Vertebrate Embryology (4) Two hours of
lecture and six hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: A course in genetics; either ZOOL 290 or
422; or permission of instnjctor. Vertebrate
embryogenesis, developmental physiology and
experimental embryology.
ZOOL 431 Advanced Developmental Biology (3)
Three hours of lecture/discussion per week.
Prerequisites: A course in developmental biology or
embryology, a course in genetics or cell biology, or
permission of instructor. An in-depth study of the
progression of selected problems in developmental
biology from their origins in classical experimental
embryology to modern molecular developmental biology,
through analysis of original articles and experimental
results.
ZOOL 440 Evolution (3) Three hours of lecture per
week. Prerequisites: A course in genetics and a course
in animal diversity. A consideration of current thought in
regard to the evolution of living organisms.
ZOOL 444 Advanced Evolutionary Biology (3) Three
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: ZOOL 440 or
equivalent; one semester of calculus. The nature and
consequences of organic evolution in relation to present
day geography and geologic time. Topics covered will
include organic diversity gradients in space and time,
rates of evolution, co-evolution and extinctions.
Particular emphasis will be placed In the synthesis of
information and on construction and evaluation of
hypotheses.
ZOOL 445 Genetic Analysis (3) Prerequisites: CHEM
104 and introductory courses in genetics and statistics. A
consideration of the mechanisms involved in the
transmission of hereditary factors in eukaryotes,
emphasis on the expenmental evidence and its
interpretation which underlies our present knowledge of
heredity
ZOOL 446 Molecular Genetics (3) Three hours of
lecture per week. Prerequisites: ZOOL 246 or equivalent
and a course in organic chemistry The molecular basis
of gene structure and function Regulation of differential
gene expression
ZOOL 447 Experimental Genetics (4) Two hours of
lecture and six hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: Two courses in genetics, one of which
Included latioratory work, and permission of instructor A
methodology and techniques course considering
experimental design, the use of diverse organisms and
instrumentation and the presentation and interpretation of
data
ZOOL 460 Ethology (3) Prerequisites: ZOOL 293 and
one course in physiology, vertebrate morphology, or
ecology. An introduction to the principles of animal
behavior with emphasis on physiological bases,
ecological correlates and evolutionary aspects of
behavior.
ZOOL 461 Ethology Laboratory (3) One hour of lecture
and six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite or
corequisite: ZOOL 460 or equivalent. Training in the
description of behavior, methods of quantification and
experimentation, and the mathematical treatment of
behavioral data.
ZOOL 470 Animal Ecology (2) Prerequisite ZOOL 210,
212, and a course in calculus, or permission of instructor.
A previous or concurrent course in statistics is strongly
recommended Designed for majors and graduate
students in the ecological sciences. Theoretical and
experimental developments in population growth and
regulation, competitive and preditor-prey interreactions,
community structure and properties of ecosystems.
154 Zoology Program
ZOOL 471 Laboratory and Field Ecology (2) Three
hours of laboratory and field work and one hour of
discussion per weel< Prerequisites; Zoology 470
previously or concurrently Exercises in laboratory and
field will pursue problems of contemporary ecological
interest; population density regulation, community
structure, niche shape, competition coefficients, pattern
diversity, and energetics of ecosystems Topics will be
coordinated with those presented in Zoology 470
Ten'estnal and aquatic systems will be studied.
ZOOL 472 Protozoology (4) Two hours of lecture and
six hours of laboratory including field trips per week
Prerequisite: One year of biology. Basic conceptual
treatment of free-living and parasitic protozoan functional
morphology, life history, and systematics. The latxjratory
will stress observations of protozoa, living ans stained,
collected from diverse habits
ZOOL 473 Marine Ecology (3) Prerequisites: A course
in invertebrate zoology or animal diversity, and ZOOL
470. or permission of the instructor Courses in evolution
and animal behavior are strongly recommended. A
detailed analysis of the evolutionary ecology of marine
invertebrates, emphasis on testing of theories and on
current literature
ZOOL 475 General Parasitology (4) Two hours ol
lecture and six hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: Two years of zoology and one year ol
chemistry, or permission of the instructor A consideration
o( the phenomenon of parasitism through a study of the
structure, function and host relationships of parasitic
organisms
ZOOL 477 Symblology (3) Prerequisite: ZOOL 293 An
introduction to basic concepts of symbiosis Adaptations
lor establishment of sybiotic associations, symbiote
nutrition and metabolism, responses of the host and
ecology of the host-symbiote complex
ZOOL 480 Aquatic Biology (4) Two hours of lecture
and six hours of laboratory per week Prerequisite: A
course in animal diversity and a course in ecology. An
Investigation of the causal relationships of freshwater.
estuarine and marine biotic communities to their
environment
ZOOL 481 The Biology of Marine and Estuarine
Invertebrates (4) Two hours of lecture and six hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisite One year of zoology
An in-depth consideration of the taxonomy and functional
morphokjgy of the invertebrates, exclusive of insects.
Chesapeake Bay forms and the study of living material
will t>e emphasized.
ZOOL 482 Marine Vertebrate Zoology (4) Two hours of
lecture and six hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: Two years of zoology or permission of the
instructor. A consideration of the evolution, taxonomy.
morphology, physiology, behavior and ecology of manne
and estuarine protochordates and vertebrates
ZOOL 483 Vertebrate Zoology (4) Two hours of lecture
and four hours ol laboratory per week Prerequisite: One
year of zoology or permission of the instructor. The
identification, classification, habits, and behavior of
vertebrates with emphasis on fresh water, terrestrial and
aerial forms, and a consideration of the evolution of living
and fossil representatives
ZOOL 492 Form and Pattern In Organisms (3)
Prerequisites: One year of calculus; one year of physics;
one semester of introductory biology A lecture course in
structural and functional interpretation of form in
organisms. Pattern formation in morphogenesis,
mathematical description of shape, methods, and
examples of functional analysis of form, and patterns of
morphological diversity through space and time.
ZOOL 495 Mammalian Histology (4) Two hours of
lecture and six hours of laboratory per week-
Prerequisites: A course in vertebrate anatomy and a
course in vertebrate physiology or permission of the
instructor. A study of the microscopic anatomy,
ultrastructure and histophysiology of tissues and organs
of mammals.
ZOOL 608 Zoology Seminar. (1-6) Repeatable to a
maximum of six credits One seminar a week for each
subject selected: A — Cell Biology. B — Developmental
Biology. C — Estuarine + Manne Biology. D — Genetics.
E — Parasitokjgy. F — Physiology. G — Systematic +
Evolutionary Biology. I — Behavior, J — Recent Advances,
K — Endocrinology, L — Ecology
ZOOL 609 Special Problems In Zoology. (1-6)
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. One seminar a
week for each subject selected: A — Cell Biology.
B — Developmental Biology, C — Estuarine + Marine
Biology, D — Genetics, E— Parasitology, F— Physiology,
G — Systematic + Evolutionary Biology, I — Behavior,
J — Recent Advances, K— Endocrinology. L — Ecology.
ZOOL 610 Cellular Physiology. (4) Two lectures and
two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites:
A course in animal or plant physiok)gy. one year of
organic chemistry, one year of physics, and a course in
biochemistry Reccommended: ZOOL 411 or an
equivalent course in cytology or cell biology. A study of
the structure and functions ol cells on the molecular,
subcellular and cellular levels by investigations and
discussions of their physical, chemical, and microscopic
properties.
ZOOL 612 Electron Microscopy Laboratory I. (3) Two
three-hour latwratories per week and additional arranged
time. Prerequisite: A lecture course in electron
microscopy and permission of instructor. Preparation and
study of biological material by electron microscopy.
ZOOL 61 3 Electron Microscopy Laboratory II. (2) Two
three-hour latxiralories per week Prerequisite: ZOOL
612 or equivalent and permission of instructor A directed
individual research project that uses the techniques of
electron microscopy to study blok>gk»l materials.
ZOOL 615 Biological Ultrastructure. (3) Three hours of
lecture-discussion a week. Prerequisite: cell biology or
histology, or permission of instructor. The ultrastructure of
cells and tissues, with emphasis on interpretation and
correlation of ultrastructure and function.
ZOOL 616 Advanced Topics In Cell Biology. (3) Three
lecture-discussion periods a week. Prerequisites: One
year of biochemistry, one year of physics, a course in
cell biology or physiology, or permission ol the instructor.
An inquiry into the physico-chemical background and
current advances in selected aspects of cell structure
and function
ZOOL 621 Comparative Physiology. (4) Three lectures
and one three-hour laboratory period each week.
Prerequisite: One year of zoology, one year of organic
chemistry and one semester of physiology. The study of
the differences and similarities in the functioning of
organs of species of the animal kingdom.
ZOOL 622 Membrane Transport Phenomena (3)
Prerequisites:ZOOL 422 or equivalent training in
physiology; and knowledge or calculus: or permission of
the instructor. The fundamental phenomena related to
solute movement in bulk solution and across interfaces-
Examination of natural and artificial membrane transport
systems, with emphasis placed on their mechanism of
action.
ZOOL 623 Electrophyslology (4) Prerequisites: A
course in physiology, one year of Physics, and
permission of the instructor. Two lectures and two
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Concerned with
electrical phenomena occurring in living matter and with
the effect of electrical current on cells, with special
emphasis on nerves and muscles
ZOOL 624 Experimental Mammalian Physiology. (4)
Two four-hour laboratory penods a week. Prerequisites
A course in physiology and one year of chemistry above
general chemistry The theory, use and application to
research of instrumentation normally in the physiology
laboratory with an introduction to surgical techniques on
both large and small animals.
ZOOL 625 Comparative Invertebrate Endocrinology.
(3) Three lectures a week Prerequisites One year of
organic chemistry a course in endocrinology and a
course in physiology, or permission of instructor A
systematic approach to the structure and physiology of
neuro-endocnne systems of invertebrates.
ZOOL 626 Mammalian Physiology, (3) One three-hour
lecture a week. Prerequisite: A course in physiology and
a course in biochemistry A biochemical and
pharmacological approach to problems in physiology A
survey of neurochemistry and Neuropharmacology, the
study of action of hormones and drugs at the molecular
and cellular level.
ZOOL 627 Comparative Vertebrate Endocrinology. (3)
Three lectures each week Prerequisite: One semester ol
biochemistry, physiology and endocnnology Study of the
difference and similarities in the structure and functioning
of the endocnne organs of the vertebrate species
ZOOL 630 Organogenesis. (2) Two lectures per week.
Prerequisite A course in Embryology or development
biology The experimental basis of developmental
mechanisms
ZOOL 631 Biochemical Patterns In Development (3)
Prerequisites: ZOOL 630 and a course in biochemistry.
The tNochemical and cellular mechanisms regulating
gene activity and cell differentiation, emphasizing early
devetopment of higher eukaryotic organisms
ZOOL 632 Animal Morphogenesis (3) Prerequisites:
ZOOL 630 The processes and mechanisms of tissue
Interactions, and their developmental consequences for
the cell, tissue, and organism
ZOOL 634 Experimental Developmental Zoology. (4)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Two four-hour
lecture/lab periods per week. A latwratory-oriented
course focused on current problems in Developmental
Zookjgy and designed to instruct students modem
experimental techniques
ZOOL 640 Population Genetics. (4) Two lectures and
two three-hour latwratory periods a week. Prerequisite:
A course in genetics. The role of mutation, selection,
migration, inbreeding, and stochastic process in
evolution.
ZOOL 641 Ecological Genetics. (3) Three hours of
lecture-discussion a week Prerequisites: A course In
genetics and a course in ecology, of permission of the
instructor Analysis of the interactions between genotype
and the environment in natural and experimental
populations ol animals.
ZOOL 642 Developmental Genetics. (3) Three
lecture-discussion penods per week Prerequisites;
Courses in molecular genetics and developmental or cell
biology, or permission of the instructor. Differential gene
function and Its regulation in developing systems. Genes
and the analysis of developmental processes.
ZOOL 643 Cellular Genetics. (3) Two H hour
lecture-discussion periods a week Prerequisites: 1 year
of genetics including basic molecular genetics or
permission of the instructor The course will evaluate
studies using protozoan systems as models lor analyzing
phenomena of nuclear differentiation, cytoplasmic
heredity and control of cellular organization.
ZOOL 650 Systematic Zoology, (4) Three lectures and
one three-hour laboratory penod a week The principles
and methods involved in the classification of animals,
with emphasis on population dynamics and speciation.
Methods of evaluating taxonomic data, principles of
zook>glcal nomenclature, field and museum techniques,
and the factors influencing the distnbution of animals are
also stressed
ZOOL 660 Advanced Ethology Laboratory (4) Two
lectures and two three-hour laboratory penods a week.
Prerequisites; ZOOL 460 and ZOOL 461. or equivalent,
and permission ol the instructor. Group project in
behavioral research on a topic to be decided by the
participants. Practical research expenence to the new
graduate student in ethology, from the wnting of a
research proposal through observation and
expenmentation to the final report
ZOOL 661 Principles and Methods In Ethology (4)
Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per
week. Prerequisites ZOOL 460. 461 and permission of
the instructor. The physics and physiology of signal
production and reception with emphasis on animal
communication systems
ZOOL 665 Socloblology. (4) Two lectures and two
three-hour laboratory penods a week Prerequisites A
course in t>ehavior and permission of the instructor.
Deals with the descnption and analysis of animal social
organizations, the adaptive nature of animal societies,
the effects of eariy expenence. and the role ol
communication in the integration of animal groups
ZOOL 670 Concepts In Animal Ecology (4)
Prerequisite A course in ecology (ZOOL 470 or
equivalent) or permission of the instructor Three hours
of lecture and two hours of discussion per week A
graduate-level treatment of ecological processes and
their evolutionary implications Review of classical arxJ
contemporary literature with emphasis on current
devetopments in ecological theories, and their testing in
the latx)ratory and m the field
ZOOL 671 Quantitative Zoology. (4) Three lectures and
one three-hour latxjratory penod a week Prerequisites
Additional Graduate Level Course Offerings 155
MATH 1 40 or equivalent and permission of instructor. A
consideration of the statistical tecfiniques of principal
importance in the analysis of biological data
ZOOL 673 Advanced Aquatic Ecology. (4)
Prerequisite: ZOOL 670 or equivalent One discussion
session (arranged) and one all-day latwratory per weel<.
Emphasizes field experience in analyzing ecological
processes in freshwater lal<es and rivers, and the
plankton communities of estuaries.
ZOOL 674 Quantltlatlve Field Ecology. (4) One full day
per week. Prerequisites: animal or plant ecology,
statistics, and permission of instructor Group-oriented
formulation of hypotheses, collection of data, analysis
arx) discussion of results Current problems in community
and population ecology to be studied in the field
Extended field trips
ZOOL 675 Ecological Models. (3) Three hours of
lecture-discussion a week Prerequisite: ZOOL 670 or
equivalent. Explores the assumptions, stmcture and
consequences of theoretical models in ecology
ZOOL 676 Behavioral Ecology. (4) Prerequisites: A
course in ecology and a course in behavior, or
permission of the instructor Two lecture-recitation
periods and six hours of laboratory per week. The role of
interactions among organism and environment upon the
dynamics and resource utilization of animals
ZOOL 677 Ecology ol Marine Communities. (4)
Proiequisites: ZOOL 670 or permission of the instructor,
ZOOL 481 strongly recommended Two lecture-recitation
periods and six hours of latwratory per week. An
evaluation and extension of our current knowledge of
marine communities and how their component
populations are limited and interact with one another
ZOOL 681 Physiological Ecology. (4) Two lectures and
two three-hour laboratory penods a week Prerequisites:
A course in invertebrate zoology, physiology and in
ecology. An in-depth comparative study of the
physiological interactions of marine and estuarine
invertebrates and their environment.
ZOOL 682 Ecology o< Marine Invertebrates. (4) Two
lectures and six hours of laboratory a week (including
some Saturday field trips) Prerequisites: A course in
animal ecology, or hydrobiology, and invertebrate
zootogy, or permission of instructor. The distnbution.
abundance, and adaptations of manne and estuarine
invertebrates as related to the factors of those
environments
ZOOL 686 Marine and Estuarine Protozoa. (4) Two
lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. An
in-depth study of the taxonomic and morphological
diversities, life histories, and autecologies of the
protozoan fauna of marine and estuanne environments
Special emphasis will be placed on Chesapeake Bay
forms. Field work will be an integral part of the
laboratory, and shipboard experience is anticipated.
Permission of instructor required Offered in alternate
years.
ZOOL 708 Advanced Topics In Zoology (1-4)
Lectures, experimental courses and other special
instructions in various zoological subjects. Repeatable
four times if the contents are different
ZOOL 770 Experimental Parasitology. (4) Two lectures
and two three-hour latx>ratory periods a week.
Prerequisites: A course in parasitology and permission of
the instructor. Experiments performed utilizing living
parasites in laboratory animals to illustrate various
aspects of the host-parasite relationship.
ZOOL 771 Helmlnthology. (4) Two lectures and two
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites: Two
years of zoology and permission of the instructor. A
study of the classification, stmcture and biology of the
Helminths.
ZOOL 778 Advanced Topics In Protozoology. (4) The
advanced study and analysis of selected protozoological
topics; eg; advanced cytology and techniques.
morphogenesis, and systematics and evolution Two
lectures and six hours of laboratory per week,
emphasizing the research literature. Prerequisite: A
course in general protozoology or permission of
instructor. Offered in alternate years, f*^ay be taken more
than once since topic coverage will change l^ay be
repeated to a maximum of twelve semester hours
ZOOL 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
ZOOL 878 Advanced Topics In Parasitology. (1-16)
Prerequisites: Advanced graduate standing and
permission of the instructor. The content of the course
changes frequently and students may register for it
several times. The course will consist of critical
discussions of the published literature and current
problems in parasitology: 1 Host-parasite relationships;
2. ecology of parasites: 3 immunity to parasites; and 4.
physiology of parasites.
ZOOL 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
Additional Graduate Level Course
Offerings
AFRO-AMERICAN STUDIES COURSES
AASP WO Directed Readings In Afro-American
Studies. (3) The readings will be directed by the director
of Afro-American studies Topics to be covered: the
topics will be chosen by the director to meet the needs
and interests of individual students.
AASP 401 Seminar In Afro-American Studies. (3) The
theory and concepts of the social and behavioral
sciences as they relate to Afro-American Studies.
Required for the certificate in Afro-American Studies.
Prerequisites: At least 15 hours of Afro-American Studies
or related courses or permission of the director.
AASP 403 The Development of a Black Aesthetic. (3)
An analysis of selected areas of black creative
expression in the arts for the purpose of understanding
the informing principles of style, techniques, and cultural
expression which make up a black aesthetic.
Prerequisite: Completion of ENGL 443 or AASP 302 or
consent of instructor.
AASP 410 Contemporary African Ideologies. (3)
Analysis of contemporary African ideologies. Emphasis
on philosophies of Nyerere. Nkrumah, Senghor, Sekou
Toure, Kaunda, Cabral, el al Discussion of the role of
African ideologies on modernization and social change.
AASP 411 Black Resistance Movements. (3) A
comparative study of the black resistance movements in
Africa and America; analysis of their interrelationships as
well as their impact on contemporary pan-Africanism.
AASP 428 Special Topics In Black Development. (3) A
multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary educational
experience concerned with questions relevant to the
development of black people everywhere Development
implies political, economic, social, and cultural change
among other things. Consequently, a number of topics
may be examined and studied.
AASP 429 Special Topics In Black Culture. (3) An
interdisciplinary approach to the role of black artists
around the worid. Emphasis is placed upori coritributioris
of the black mari in Africa, the Caribbean and the United
States to the literary arts, the musical arts, the pertorming
arts, and the visual arts. Course content will t>e
established in terms of those ideas and concepts which
reflect the cultural climate of the era in which they were
produced Attention to individual compositions and wort<s
of art through lectures, concepts, field trips, and
audio-visual devices
AGRICULTURE COURSES
ACRI 489 Special Topics In Agriculture. (1-3) Credit
according to time scheduled and organization of the
course A lecture series organized to study in depth a
selected phase of agriculture not nonnally associated
with one of the existing programs.
AGRI 702 Experimental Procedures In the
Agricultural Sciences. (3) First semester Prerequisite:
Permission of instructor. Organization of research
projects and presentation of experimerital results in the
field of Agncultural Science. Topics included will be:
sources of research financing, project outline preparation,
formal progress reports, public and industrial supported
research programs, and popular presentation of research
data
ANTHROPOLOGY COURSES
ANTH 401 Cultural Anthropology — Principles and
Processes. (3) Prerequisite: ANTH 101. 102. or 221 An
examination of the nature of human culture and its
processes, both historical and functional. The approach
will be topical and theoretical rather than descriptive.
ANTH 402 Cultural Anthropology— Worid
Ethnography. (3) Prerequisite ANTH 101, 102, or 221
A descriptive survey of the culture areas of the worid
through ah examination of the ways of selected
representative societies.
ANTH 412 Peoples and Cultures of Oceania. (3) A
survey of the cultures of Polynesia, Micronesia,
Melanesia and Australia Theoretical and
cultural-historical problems will be emphasized
ANTH 414 Ethnology of Africa. (3) Prerequisites: ANTH
101 arxj 102. The native peoples and cultures of Africa
and their historical relationships, with emphasis on that
portion of the continent south of the Sahara.
ANTH 417 Peoples and Cultures of the Far East. (3) A
survey of the major sociopolitical systems of China,
Korea and Japan, fulajor anthropological questions will be
dealt with in presenting this material.
ANTH 423 Ethnology of the Southwest. (3)
Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. Culture history,
economic and social institutions, religion, and mythology
of the Indians of the Southwest United States
ANTH 424 Ethnology of North America. (3)
Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. The native people
and cultures of North America north of Mexico and their
historical relatioriships, including the effects of contact
with European-derived populations
ANTH 426 Ethnology of Middle America. (3)
Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. Cultural background
and modem social, economic and religious life of Indian
and Mesitzo groups in Mexico and Central America:
processes of acculturation and currents in cultural
development.
ANTH 431 Social Organization of Primitive Peoples.
(3) Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102 A comparative
survey of the structures of non-literate and folk societies,
covering tx)th general principles and special regional
developments.
ANTH 434 Religion of Primitive Peoples. (3)
Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. A sureey of the
religious systems of pnmitive and folk societies, with
emphasis on the relation of religion to other aspects of
culture.
ANTH 436 Primitive Technology and Economy. (3) A
survey of technology, food economy and general
economic processes in non-industrial societies.
ANTH 437 Politics and Government In Primitive
Society. (3) A combined survey of politics in human
societies and of important anthropological theories
conceming this aspect of society
ANTH 441 Archaeology of the Old Worid. (3)
Prerequisite: ANTH 101 or 241 A survey of the
archaelogical materials of Europe, Asia and Africa, with
emphasis oh chronological and regional
interrelationships.
ANTH 451 Archaeology of the New Worid. (3)
Prerequisite: ANTH 101 or 241 A sun^ey of the
archaeological materials of North and South America with
emphasis on chronological and regional
Inten'elatlonshlps.
ANTH 461 Human Osteology Laboratory. (3)
Prerequisite: ANTH 101. A laboratory study of the
human skeleton, its morphology, measurement, and
anatomic relationships.
ANTH 462 Primate Anatomy Laboratory. (3)
Prerequisite: ANTH 101 The gross anatomy of
non-human primates Laboratory dissection of various
primate cadavers under supervision Occasional
lectures
ANTH 463 Primate Studies. (3) Prerequisite: ANTH 101
A combination lecture and latxjralory examination of
non-human primates. Major studies of various types that
have been undertaken in the laboratory and in the field.
ANTH 465 Human Grovirth and Constitution. (3)
Prerequisite: ANTH 101 A latxjratory study of the
growth, development and age changes in the human
body from conception through old age, including gross
photographic, radiographic, and microscopic study of
growth and variation.
ANTH 466 Forensic Anthropology Laboratory. (3)
Prerequisite: ANTH 461 or permission of the instructor.
A laboratory study of the methods used to identify human
remains by anthropological techniques and discussion of
the role of the anthropologist in medico-legal
investigation
156 Additional Graduate Level Course Offerings
ANTH 467 Human Population Biology Laboratory. (3)
Prerequisite; ANTH 101- A laboratory study o( human
population genetics, dynamics and vanation, including
anthropological seriology, biochemistry, dermatoglyphics
and hair microscopy.
ANTH 498 Field Methods In Ethnology. (1-6) Field
training in the collection and recording ot ethnological
data.
ANTH 499 Field Methods In Archaeology. (1-6) Field
training in the techniques ol archaeological survey and
excavation.
ANTH 605 Theory of Cultural Anthropology. (3)
History and current trends ot cultural anthropological
theory, as a basic onentation tor graduate studies and
research
ANTH 621 Cultural Ecology. (3) Prerequisite:
Permission ol instructor An examination ol the nature ol
the interrelationships between human cultures and the
natural environmentals in which they exist.
ANTH 631 Evolution In Social institutions. (3) An
inquiry into the origin and development ol institutions of
kinship, marriage, and group formation in differing
socio-cultural systems.
ANTH 637 Political Power and Organization. (3) A
seminar concerning the nature of political power,
distribution, and the way it allows different socio-cultural
systems to solve major adaptive problems.
ANTH 641 Method and Theory in Archaeology. (3)
Prerequisite; Permission ol the instructor. An
examination of the pnnciples and purposes involved in
the gathering and interpretation ol archaeological data.
ANTH 661 Human Morphology. (3) Prerequisite; ANTH
461 or its equivalent and permission of the instructor.
The nature and variation of human si^eletal and somatic
characters, with emphasis on evolutionary developments.
ANTH 681 Processes of Culture Change. (3) Change
In culture due to contact, diffusion, innovation, fusion,
integration, and cultural evolution.
ANTH 685 Peasant Communities In the Modern
World. (3) Comparative analysis ol peasant communities
in Latin America, Europe, Middle East, Asia and Africa.
ANTH 688 Current Developments In Anthropology. (3)
Detailed investigation of a current problem or research
technique, the topic to be chosen in accordance with
faculty interests and student needs May be repeated, as
content varies, lor a total of not more than nine semester
hours.
ANTH 689 Special Problems In Anthropology. (1-6)
ANTH 698 Advanced Field Training In Ethnology.
(1-6) Offered in the summer session only.
ANTH 699 Advanced Field Training In Archaeology.
(1-6) Offered in the summer session only
APPLIED DESIGN COURSES
APDS 430 Advanced Problems In Advertising Design.
(3) Two studio periods Prerequisite; APDS 331.
Advanced problems in design and layout planned for
developing competency in one or more areas ol
advertising design
APDS 431 Advanced Problems In Advertising Design.
(3) Two studio periods Prerequisite; APDS 430.
Advanced problems in design and layout planned for
developing competency in one or more areas of
advertising design
APDS 437 Advanced Photography. (3) Three studio
periods Continuation of APDS 337
APDS 499 individual Problems in Applied Design.
(3-4) A — Advertising, B — Costume. Open only to
advanced students who. with guidance can work
independently Written consent ol instructor
BIOIVIETRICS COURSES
BIOM 401 Blostatlstlcs I (4) Three lectures and one
discussion per week. Prerequisite; MATH 115, BIOM
301 , or permission of the instructor. Descriptive statistics,
probability models useful in Biology, expectations,
hypothesis testing, sign test, goodness ot fit tests, central
limit theorem, point and interval estimates, analysis of
variance, regression, correlation, sampling, rank tests.
Emphasis on the uses and the limitations ol these
mettiods in Biology.
BIOM 420 Sampling Techniques In Biometrics (3)
Prerequisite; BIOM 401 or permission ol the instructor.
Methods of sampling; probability, random, cluster,
stratified, inverse; ratio estimates; methods in field
sun/eys; mart< recapture studies, line transect sampling;
sun/eys, design of collection forms; sample size
calculations Emphasis on the use ol these methods in
biological research.
BIOM 602 Blostatlstlcs II (3) Prerequisite: BIOM 401 or
equivalent. A study of statistical techniques commonly
used in Biology, with emphasis on application,
interpretation and presentation of the results The
analysis ol hierarchial, two-way and multiway
classifications, split-plot designs, factorial experiments,
multiple regression and analysis ol co-variance.
BIOM 605 Computer Applications in Blostatlstlcs (1)
One, 2 hour laboratory per week. Pre- or corequisite;
BIOM 602 or consent ol instructor. Introduction to
computer usage for simple data transformation and
manipulation; preparation of data lor statistical analysis;
handling and storage ol data; utilization of computer
terminals; preparation of tables and graphs. Use of
statistical packages for analysis ot biological data, with
problems scheduled to parallel lecture topics in BIOM
602
BiOM 606 Design of Experiments (3) Two lectures and
one discussion per week. Prerequisites; BIOM 602 or
equivalent- A study ol the principles of experimental
design and the application of basic and advanced
designs The completely random, randomized complete
block, latin square, and split-plot designs: factorial
experiments, confounding, fractional replication,
incomplete designs and methods for studying response
surfaces. Evaluation of research proposals with respect
to statistical validity and the efficiency of the proposed
design and analysis.
BIOM 688 Topics In Biometrics (1-3) Prerequisite;
Consent of the instructor. Advanced topics of current
interest in various areas of Biometrics. Credit assigned
will depend on lecture and/or laboratory time scheduled
and organization ol the course.
BIOM 698 Special Problems In Biometrics (1-3)
Prerequisite; Consent of instructor. Individual study of a
particular topic in Biostatistics or Biomathematics.
BiOM 699 Seminar In Biometrics (1)
CHINESE COURSES
CHIN 401 Readings In Chlneaa History and Literature
I. (3) Prerequisite; CHIN 302 or equivalent A language
training course using original sources iri history and
literature.
CHIN 402 Readings in Chinese History and Literature
II. (3) Prerequisite; CHIN 401 or equivalent A language
course training using original sources in history and
literature.
CHIN 403 Classical Chineaa i. (3) Prerequisite: CHIN
302. Introductory Classical Chinese using literary and
historical sources in the original language.
CHIN 404 Classical Chinese II. (3) Prerequisite; CHIN
302. Further classical studies by various writers from
lamous ancient philosophers to prominent scholars
tiefore the new culture movement,
CHIN 405 Advanced Conversation and Composition I.
(3) Prerequisite: CHIN 202 or equivalent Review ol
contemporary grammar with emphasis on contemporary
materials and free composition,
CHIN 406 Advanced Conversation and Composition
II. (3) Prerequisite: CHIN 405 or equivalent. Analysis of
the role of language in literature; study ol principles and
techniques ol advanced composition, speech
composition, letter and report writing.
CHIN 411 Chinese Civilization. (3) This course
supplements GEOG 422; cultural geography of China
and Japan. It deals with Chinese literature, art, folklore,
history, government, and great men. The course Is given
in English-
CHIN 412 Chinese Civilization. (3) Developments in
China since 191 1 . The course is given in English.
CHIN 415 Readings in Current Newspapers and
Periodicals I. (3) Prerequisite; CHIN 302 or equivalent.
Translation of original sources in politics and economics
with special emphasis on reading Chinese communist
documents written in simplified Chinese characters.
Readings in Chinese; instruction in English.
CHIN 416 Readings In Current Newspapers and
Pertodlcais II. (3) Prerequisite; CHIN 415 or equivalent.
Continuation of CHIN 415.
CHIN 421 Chinese Unguistlcs. (3) Prerequisite: CHIN
102 or equivalent.
CHIN 422 Chinese Unguistics. (3) Prerequisite: CHIN
102 or equivalent.
CHIN 431 Translation and Interpretation I. (3)
Prerequisite; CHIN 202 or equivalent Introduction to the
history and theories of translation/interpretation:
contrastive studies of the structures of English and
Chinese; development of the four language skills.
CHIN 432 Translation and interpretation II. (3)
Prerequisite; CHIN 431 or equivalent.
CHIN 441 Traditional Chinese Fiction In Translation.
(3) Prerequisite: CHIN 313 or 314, or permission of
Instructor, Readings from the 4th century tale of the
marvelous through the 18th century Ching novel,
including major works of fiction, literary history and
criticism.
CHIN 442 Modern Chinese Fiction In Translation. (3)
Prerequisite: CHIN 313 or 314, or permission of
instructor. Readings from the literary Revolution of 1917
to the present, including major wori<s of fiction, literary
history, and criticism.
CHIN 499 Directed Study in Chinese. (1-3)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Readings in
Chinese under faculty supervision If content differs,
repeatable to a maximum of six credits.
CLASSICS COURSES
CLAS 470 Advanced Greeli and Roman Mythology (3)
Prerequisites Cl-AS 170 ol permission of instructor.
Selected themes and characters ol Greek and Roman
myth. History of the study of myth and research methods
in mythology
CRAFTS COURSES
CRAF 420 Advanced Ceramics il. (3) Three studio
periods. Prerequisite; CRAF 330 Experience in
experimental development of body and textures, glazes
and colors and their utilization in clay products of original
design. Calculation of body and glaze composition.
CRAF 428 Individual Problems in Ceramics. (3)
Prerequisites; CRAF 200. 320, 420. Open to students
with demonstrated ability and with the potential lor a high
level of achievement in studio production or in research.
Total undergraduate credit pemiitted in all individual
problems courses in crafts is a maximum of nine hours.
Consent of Crafts faculty No less than B average on
prerequisites and presentation of work for evaluation.
CRAF 430 Advanced Metalry il. (3) Two studio periods.
Prerequisite: CRAF 330. Advanced application of skills
to the design and fabricatiori of metals; jewelry, stone
setting, metal casting, cloisonne. Hand-raised hollow.
CRAF 438 Individual Problems in Metalry. (3)
Prerequisites: CRAF 230, 330, 430 with at least a grade
ol B in all three courses Open to students with
demonstrated ability and with the potential for a high
level of achievement in studio production or in research.
Total undergraduate credit permitted in all individual
problems courses in Crafts is a maximum of nine hours.
Consent of Crafts faculty No less than B average on
prerequisites and presentation of work for evaluation.
CRAF 448 Individual Problems In Textile Design. (3)
Prerequisites: CRAF 240. 241, 340, or 341 with at least a
grade of B in all three courses. Open to students with
demonstrated ability and with the potential for a high
level ol achievement on studio production or in research.
Total undergraduate credit permitted in all individual
problems courses in crafts as a maximum of nine hours.
Consent of Crafts faculty No less than B average on
prerequisites and presentation ol work evaluation.
DANCE COURSES
DANC 408 Choreography III. (3) Prerequisite; DANC
308 or audition. Theoretical and creative aspects of
Choreography tor small groups Emphasis on individual
projects. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits.
DANC 410 Dance Production II. (3) One lecture and
lour labs. Prerequisite: DANC 210 Continuation ol
DANC 210.
DANC 411 Dance Management and Administration.
(3) Prerequisite DANC 210 Principles of Dance
Additional Graduate Level Course Offerings 157
Management and administration, including organization
o( touring, tjookings, budgets, public relations,
grantsmanship and audience development
DANC 428 Principles of Polnle Work and Partnering.
(2) Prerequisite; DANC 329 or audition. An introduction
to poinle work (or the advanced female student pursuing
the tradition ot classical ballet. Principles ot partnering (or
the male dance student Repeatable to a maximum o( A
credits
DANC 429 Ballet Variations and Repertory. (3) Pre- or
corequisite: DANC 428. Choreography, music, scenario
and staging o( standard works in ballet. Repeatable to a
maximum o( 6 ecrdits.
DANC 430 Dance Ethnology. (3) Social and cultural
aspects o( Dance in world cultures with emphasis on
rxjn-Westem peoples
DANC 448 Modern Dance VII. (3) Prerequisite: DANC
349 or audition. Advanced technique in Contemporary
Dance with emphasis on physical and expressive skills.
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits.
DANC 449 Modern Dance VIII. (3) Prerequisite: DANC
448 or audition. Intensive work in modem technique (or
the pro(essionally oriented dancer. Repeatable to a
maximum ot 6 credits
DANC 468 Modern Repertory. (3) Prerequisite: DANC
165 and 249 and permission o( the instructor. The (orm,
content, music, design and pertormance o( selected
works o( well known modem choreographers, including
Humphrey. Graham and LJmon. Repeatable to a
maximum o( 6 credits.
DANC 471 Movement Behavior. (3) Prerequisite: DANC
165. The social psychology o( movement; reciprocity o(
physcal and emotional behavior.
DANC 482 History of Dance I. (3) The development of
Dance from primitive times to the Middle Ages and the
relationship o( dance forms to patterns of culture.
DANC 483 History of Dance II. (3) The development of
Dance from the Renaissance Period to the present lime
and the relationship o( dance (orms to patterns o( culture.
DANC 484 Philosophy of Dance. (3) Prerequisite:
DANC 482, or 483 or permission o( instaictor. Critical
analysis o( Dance as a creative experience and the role
o( pro(essional, educational and recreational dance in our
society. Study of selected approaches to current
developments in Dance
DANC 485 Survey of Dance Literature. (3)
Prerequisite: DANC 482 and 483 Research methods
and bibliography in Dance
DANC 486 Movement and Media. (3) Two lectures and
two lat)oratory penods Prerequisite: Permission of
instructor Theory and practice of recording solo and
group dances on film and video-tape. Analysis o(
significant dance (ilms, photographic lighting and editing
techniques
DANC 489 Special Topics In Dance. (1-3) Prerequisite:
Consent o( the department chairman. Repeatable to a
maximum o( 6 credits provided subject matter is ditferent
DANC 499 Dance Workshop IV— Practlcum. (1-6)
Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairman.
Advanced workshop in dance presentation, including
performing, production and planned field experiences.
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits
ENGINEERING, COOPERATIVE EDUCATION
COURSES
ENCO 408 Co-Op Internship. (0) Professional internship
in industry or govemment agency provides the practical
work expenences which supplement and enhance the
theories, pnnciples and practices in the normal
educational program. The student should register for
ENCO 408 for each summer internship. He should
register (or both ENCO 408 and ENCO 409 (or each
semester internship.
ENCO 409 Co-Op Internship. (0) Professional internship
in industry or government agency provides the practical
work experiences which supplemerit and erihance the
theories, pnnciples and practices studied in the normal
educational program. The student should register for
ENCO 408 for each summer internship. He should
register for both ENCO 408 and 409 for each summer
internship.
ENGINEERING SCIENCE COURSES
ENES 401 Technological Assessment. (3) Intended for
seniors not majoring in Engineering, Not applicable as a
technical elective for Engineering majors. Analysis of
assessing technology in terms of goals and resources.
Public and private constraints, changes in objectives and
organization. Applications to Engineering technology
ENES 405 Power and the Environment. (3) Intended
for seniors not majoring in Engineering Not applicable as
a technical elective for Engineering majors. An
introduction to the power needs of society. The
interrelationship between man's use of energy and the
effect on the eco-system Introduction to the techniques
of power production with special emphasis on nuclear
fueled power plants
ENES 414 Solar Energy Applications In Buildings (3)
Prerequisite; PHYS 262 or consent of instructor Methods
of utilizing solar energy to provide heating, cooling, hot
water, and electricity for buildings; survey of related
techniques lor reducing energy consumption in buildings.
Solar collectors, heating and cooling systems, water
healers, energy storage, solar cells, solar-thermal power
systems. Quantitative evaluation of system efficiences;
economics of solar energy utilization; structural and
esthetic integration of solar collectors and system
components into building designs.
ENES 473 Principles of Highway and Traffic
Engineering. (3) Prerequisite: Permission o( instructor.
Designed to assist the non-engineer in understanding
highway transportation systems. A survey of the
fundamentals of traffic characteristics and operations
Study of the methods and implementation of traffic
control and regulation An examination of highway design
procedures, and the role of traffic engineering in
transportation systems safety improvements.
ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY, FIRE SERVICE
COURSES
ETFS 402 Fire Safety Research and Transfer. (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week An evaluation
of scope and methods utilized to accomplish
technological transfer of scientific finding to the
application of problem situations in public fire safety. An
examination of ongoing and reported research.
ETFS 405 Technical Problem Analysis. (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week Prerequisites;
12 hours of upper division courses in Fire Science. The
development of student awareness and competency
relating to concepts of research analysis. Each student
develops a research design and carries out a study
project Individual studies are culminated with a project
paper.
ENGINEERING, FIRE PROTECTION COURSES
ENFP 411 Fire Protection Hazard Analysis. (3)
Prerequisites: ENFP 251. 310. corequisite; ENFP 415.
Examination of diffusion flame phenomena and material
flame propagation and development in industrial and
related environments Synthesis of design procedures
relative to the total application of Fire Protection
Engineering with economic and cost benefit analysis.
ENFP 414 Life Safety Systems Analysis. (3)
Prerequisite: ENFP 321 . Detailed examination and study
of the physical and psychological variables related to the
occurrence of fire casualties. The investigation of
functional features of smoke movement and egress.
Review o( systematic procedures for analysis of life
safety in stnjctures, and the incorporation of such
procedures into the design process.
ENFP 415 Fire Protection System Design II. (3)
Prerequisite: ENFP 310, 312 Study o( gaseous and
particulate lire suppression systems plus hazard
detection systems Examination and evaluation of code
criteria, performance specifications and research relation
to the study areas Application o( fluid theory to the
design layout and the calculation procedures for gaseous
and particulate fire suppression systems Functional
analysis and design layout of detection systems An
integrated fire protection systems design project.
ENFP 416 Problem Synthesis and Design. (3)
Prerequisite; Senior standing. Techniques and
procedures of problem orieritation and solution design
utilizing logical and numerical procedures. Student
development of research projects in selected areas.
ENFP 489 Special Topics. (3) Prerequisite: Permission
of the department. Selected topics of current importance
of fire protection. Limited to a total of 6 credits.
FOREIGN LANGUAGE COURSES
FOLA 408 Foreign Language I. (3) Intensive study o( a
(oreign language or related topic not available under one
o( the current (oreign language departments or programs
May not be used to (uKill the arts and humanities
language requirement.
FOLA 409 Foreign Language II. (3) Prerequisite; FOLA
408 in the same language or topic. A continuation ol
FOLA 408. May not be used to (ulfill division of arts and
humanities language requirement.
FOLA 459 Foreign Literature In Translation. (3)
Reading and discussion of selected authors, periods or
genres of a foreign literature not othenwise offered May
be repeated for six credits in a single literature if content
is ditferent. All readings and instruction in English.
GREEK COURSES GREK 400 level course
prerequisite: The status of advanced undergraduate
or graduate and consent of theeWlnstructor.
GREK 401 Thucydldes. (3)
GREK 402 Greek Philosophers. (3)
GREK 403 Greek Tragedy. (3)
GREK 404 Greek Comedy. (3)
GREK 405 Greek Oratory. (3)
GREK 406 Greek Epigraphy. (3)
GREK 488 Independent Study In Greek Language
and Literature. (1-3) Permission o( departmental
chariman and instnjctor required. Repeatable to a
maximum of 6 credits.
GREK 499 Greek Readings. (3) Prerequisite; Consent
ot the instructor. The reading of one or more selected
Greek authors. Reports May be repeated with ditferent
content.
HEBREW COURSES
HEBR 423 The Hebrew Bible In Translation I. (3)
Selected readings (rom the Bible and its commentaries,
classical and modern. Major concepts of Biblical thought.
HEBR 424 The Hebrew Bible In Translation II. (3) A
continuation of HEBR 423
HEBR 431 Modern Hebrew Literature. (3) Prerequisite;
HEBR 301 or equivalent Selected readings from the
major Hebrew prose writers of the 20th century such as
J. Steinberg. Buria, Berkovitz, Shofman and Agnon
describing traditional Jewish lite in the Diaspora mileu
and in the land o( Israel.
HEBR 432 Contemporary Hebrew Literature. (3)
Prerequisite: HEBR 301 or equivalent. The problems
facing modem man as reflected in the writings of Agnon,
Hazaz. Meged, Yehoshua, Amichai, and others. Training
in literary criticism Reading of periodicals dealing with
current literary trends.
HEBR 441 Studies In Classical Hebrew and
Epigraphy. (3) Prerequisite: HEBR 115 or equivalent.
Linguistic peculiarities of Classical Hebrew from
pre-Blblical epigraphic records to the Dead Sea Scrolls.
Application of the method o( literary (orm criticism to epic
poetry and Thanksgiving songs, cultic (ormulae. historical
annals and nan-atives.
HEBR 442 Classical Hebrew Literature. (3)
Prerequisite; HEBR 115 or equivalent Pentateuchal
source analysis, prophetic oracles, Biblical law in
comparison with other ancient codes, wisdom literature,
the apocalyptic form and the manual of discipline of the
Dead Sea Scrolls
HEBR 498 Special Topics In Hebrew. (3) Prerequisite;
As announced in the schedule of classes (or each topic.
Repeatable for a maximum of six credits provided the
content is different,
HUMAN AND COMMUNITY RESOURCES COURSES
DHCR 400 The Future of the Human Community (3)
Examination of the future and o( our social and cultural
institutions for education and child-rearing, social and
family relationships, health and leisure, intormation
exchange, and the provision of food, clothing, and
shelter.
DHCR 488 Selected Topics In Human and Community
Resources. (1-3) Topics in interdisciplinary processes
relevant to the study of human and community
resources. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits when
the subject matter is different and when there is no sufix.
158 Additional Graduate Level Course Offerings
DHCR 788 Advanced Topics In Human and
Community Resources. (3) Topics in interdisciplinary
areas relevant to the study o( Human and Community
Resources Repeatable to a maximum of six credits it the
subject matter is different.
HOUSING AND APPLIED DESIGN COURSES
HSAD 440 Interior Design III. (4) Eight hours studio
periods. Prerequisite: HSAD 344 Preparation of
complete presentation: work specifications, floor plans,
purchase orders, renderings, etc. portfolio preparation.
HSAD 441 Interior Design IV. (4) Eight hours studio
pehods. Prerequisite: HSAD 440 Preparation of
complete presentation: work specifications, floor plans,
purchase orders, renderings, etc. portfolio preparation.
HSAD 442 Barrier-Free Interiors I. (3) Prerequisite
APDS 101 A or equivalent and consent of instructor An
introduction to determinants of design decisions in
relation to the handicapped, aging and disabled: physical
limitations and design support systems
HSAD 443 Barrier-Free Interiors II. (3) Prerequisites:
HSAD 343. HSAD 442 Three studio periods.
Experience in solving problems related to interior space,
both individual and congregate, and its use by the
handicapped, aging and disabled.
HSAD 458 Readings In Housing. (3) Prerequisite:
SOCY 100 and consent of instructor Readings in depth
under the guidance of a faculty member on one or more
facets of housing, in support of individual interests in
urt>an renewal, public housing, etc Repeatable to a
maximum of six credits.
HSAD 488 Selected Topics In Housing and Interior
Design. (1-6) Offered on demand. May be repeated to a
maximum of six hours.
HSAD 499 Individual Study In Housing and/or Interior
Design. (3-4) Guidance for the advanced student
capable of independent subject matter investigation or
creative wori(. Problem chosen with consent of instructor.
HSAD 658 Special Topics In Housing and Interior
Design. (3-6) Individual study or arranged group study
May be repeated to a maximum of six hours.
INFORMATION SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT COURSES
IFSM 401 Electronic Data Processing (3) The
electronic digital computer and its use as a toot in
processing data Organization of data' processing
systems; environmental aspects of computer systems:
and management control problems and potentials
inherent in mechanized data processing systems. IFSM
202 and 401 cannot both be taken for credit.
IFSM 402 Construction of Computer Based
Information Systems (3) Prerequisite: IFSM 202 or
IFSM 401 or permission of instructor. The advanced
concepts and tools necessary for the construction of
computer based information systems Information
systems architecture, data and storage structures,
operating system and software support functions, and
hardware charactenstics. Advanced features of a
programming language, operating system command
languages and data definition and manipulation
languages Emphasis on structured programming,
adequate testing and documentation standards.
IFSM 410 Information Processing Problems of
Models of Administrative, Economic and Political
Systems (3) Prerequisites: MATH 141 or equivalent:
IFSM 402. BMGT 231, and some familiarity with
administrative, economic and/or political models.
Prerequisites may be waived with the consent of
instructor. Data processing requirements underiying the
creation and maintenance of a data base to be used in
estimating the parameters of socio-economic models An
analysis of the structure and development of recent
socio-economic models as relevant to data processing
consklerations. Extractions and preparation of data from
the data base to facilitate the appropriate transformation
necessary tor model construction and also to minimize
the processing cost of data in-put The course draws
upon a knowledge of models of administrative, economic
and political systems Case studies and experience with
data processing lor selected models are included
IFSM 436 Introduction to Systems Analysis (3)
Prerequisites: IFSM 402; BMGT 430; MATH 141 or
MATH 221 : or equivalent; or permission of instructor. The
use of the computer in the management and operation of
organizations. The principles of systems analysis, recent
applications and innovations of the systems concept;
design and implementation of computer systems,
including such techniques as mathematical programming,
simulation, business games and network analysis, and
the latxiratory use of a digital computer in the application
of these techniques
IFSM 483 Information Systems as a Research Tool (3)
Prerequisite Permission of department Strategies for
collecting, organizing and using data. Understanding
systems interfaces: command language: aspects of
njnning special packages (statistics, operations research,
etc.). library and archival storage, effect of charge-back
policy Portability and transferability of program and data;
use of networks. Emphasis on general concepts
Illustrated by the local environment with problems
selected from situations facing students in the class Not
intended for IFSM or CMSC students
IFSM 498 Special Topics In Information Systems
(1-3) Permission of instructor. Topics in the design and
implementation of information processing systems.
Repeatable to maximum of six credits when topics differ.
IFSM 610 Design of Large-Scale Information
Processing Systems. (3) Prerequisites IFSM 410 and
436 or consent of instructor Charactenstics of
large-scale Information Processing Systems. Relationship
of model-building and simulation to Information
Processing System design Design elements and phases.
Programming techniques for large-scale Information
Processing Systems, including time sharing and
real-time Special projects include case studies and the
design of a large-scale Information Processing System.
IFSM 620 Management of Information Processing
Systems. (3) Prerequisite: IFSM 436 or consent of
instructor. Administrative uses and limitations of
high-speed computers in an Information Processing
System, Limitations as related to system stnicture and
methods used to originate and process data. Planning
and installation of a total information processing system
including conversion problems. Measures of information
processing effectiveness. Documentation procedures.
Data security, legal considerations and auditing the
Information Processing System. Personnel requirements
for an on-going system. The broad statement of the
system requirements is taken as given.
IFSM 630 Application of Advanced Developments In
Information Processing Equipment. (3) Prerequisite:
IFSM 610 or consent of instructor A study and an
evaluation of the operational and hardware
characteristics of the computer arid penpheral equipment
available to meet the specification of the broad classes of
Information Processing Systems, including coding
systems, error-detecting and software considerations.
Data communicating devices, including the functional
characteristics of long-line, telephone channel,
transceiver and communication satellites. Case studies
and examples.
JAPANESE COURSES
JAPN 418 Japanese Literature In Translation. (3)
Representative works of Japanese literature in
translation May be repeated for a total of nine credits
when content differs.
JAPN 499 Directed Study In Japanese. (1-3)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Repeatable to a
maximum of six credits
LATIN COURSES LATN 400 LEVEL COURSE
PREREQUISITE: LATN 361
LATN 401 Catullus and the Roman Elegiac Poets. (3)
LATN 402 Tacitus. (3)
LATN 403 Roman Satire. (3)
LATN 404 Roman Comedy. (3)
LATN 405 Lucretius. (3)
LATN 411 Advanced Latin Grammar. (3) Prerequisite:
Three years of college Latin or equivalent. An intensive
study of the morphology and syntax of the Latin
language supplemented by rapid reading.
LATN 488 Independent Study In Latin Language and
Literature. (1-3) Permission of departmental chairman
and instructor required. Repeatable to a maximum of 6
credits.
LATN 499 Latin Readings. (3) Prerequisite Consent of
instructor The reading of one or more selected Latin
authors from antiquity through the Renaissance.
Reports May be repeated with different content.
LATN 610 Vulgar Latin Readings. (3) Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor An intensive review of the
phonology, morphology, and syntax of classical Latin,
followed by the study of the deviations of Vulgar Latin
from the classical norms, with the reading of illustrative
texts. The reading of selections from the Peregnnatio and
Loca Sancta and the study of divergences from classical
usage therein, with special emphasis of those which
anticipate subsequent developments in the Romance
languages Reports
Women's Studies Courses
WMST 400 Theories of Feminism. (3) A study of
feminist theones from an interdisciplinary perspective,
including Politics. Sociology, Psychology, Anthropology,
and and Philosophy Prerequisite A course on women
(ideally WMST 200) or consent of the instructor
WMST 498 Special Topics In Woman's Studies. (1-3)
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits Prerequisite A
course on women (ideally WMST 200) or consent of
instructor
159
Other Campuses
BALTIMORE (UMAB)
In addition to programs leading to professional degrees, the following graduate
programs for M.S., Ph.D., and M.D.-Ph D. degrees are offered:
Dental School
Anatomy, M.S., Ph.D.
Biochemistry (in conjunction with University-wide Biochemistry Program). M.S.,
Ph.D.
Microbiology, M.S., Ph.D.
Oral Biology, M.S.
Oral Pathology, M.S., Ph.D.
Oral Surgery, M.S.
Physiology, M.S., Ph.D.
School of Medicine
Anatomy, M.S., Ph D., M.D.Ph.D.
Biological Chemistry, M.S.
Biochemistry (in conjunction with University-wide Biochemistry Program), Ph D.
Biophysics, M.S., Ph.D.
Legal Medicine, M.S., Ph.D.
Medical Pathology, M.S., Ph.D., M.D.Ph.D.
Medical Technology, MS.
Microbiology, M.S., Ph.D.
Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics, M.S., Ph.D.
Physiology, MS, Ph.D., M.D.Ph.D.
School of Nursing
Nursing. M.S., Ph.D.
School of Pharmacy
Medicinal Chemistry and Pharmacognosy, M.S., Ph.D.
Pharmaceutics, M.S., Ph D
Pharmacology and Toxicology, M.S.. Ph.D.
Pharmacy Practice and Administrative Sciences. M.S.
School of Social Work and Community Planning
Social Work. Ph.D.
Contact:
Dean for Graduate Studies and Research
University of Maryland at Baltimore
Baltimore, Maryland 21201
(301) 528-7131
BALTIMORE COUNTY (UMBC)
Programs offered:
Applied Developmental Psychology (in conjunction with UMCP), Ph D
Applied Mathematics,M.S., Ph.D.
Applied Sociology, MA.
Biochemistry, M.S., Ph.D.
Biological Sciences (in conjunction with Dental, Medical, and Pharmacy School,
UMAB), MS, Ph D
Chemical Physics, M.S.
Chemistry Related to Health Sciences (in conjunction with UMAB), MS.
Community-Clinical Psychology. MA.
Ethnomusicology. MA.
Historical Studies. MA.
Instructional Systems Development, MA
Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Science, M.S., Ph.D.
Policy Sciences, MPS., Ph.D.
Contact:
Dean for Graduate Studies and Research
University of Maryland Baltimore County
5401 Wilkens Avenue
Catonsville, Maryland 21228
(301) 455-2538
EASTERN SHORE (UMES)
Programs offered:
Guidance and Counseling (M.Ed.)
Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Science (M.S.. Ph.D.)
Contact:
Asst. Vice Chancellor for Graduate Studies
University of Maryland Eastern Shore
Princess Anne, Maryland, 21853
(301) 651-2200 (exts. 205-209)
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE (UMUC)
University of Maryland University College (UMUC) is the continuing education
campus of the University system, offering courses and programs of study
designed primarily to meet the unique needs of the part-time undergraduate
student. In addition, UMUC offers the Master of General Administration, a
graduate degree with a focus on human resources management. UMUC will
also continue to serve the increasing number of students engaged in pan-time
graduate study by providing upper level and graduate course work in other
areas of demand.
Contact:
Dean for Graduate Studies
University of Maryland
University College
University Boulevard and Adelphi Road
College Park, Maryland, 20742
(301)454-4755
Index
161
Academic Calendar / 20
Academic Organization / 5
Access to and Release of Student Data, Policy on / 16
Acoustics for Musicians, course in / 129
Activation Analysis, course in / 130
Additional Graduate Level Course Offerings / 155
Administration, Education Policy, and Planning / 82
Administration, Institution / 92
Administrative Law, course in / 101
Admission / 17
Admission to Candidacy, Doctoral Degree / 23
Admission, Categories of / 18
Admission, General / 18
Admission, Non-degree Categones / 19
Admission, Offer of ' 19
Admission, Termination of / 19
Adolescent Development, course in / 1 1 1
Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate / 19
Advanced Special Student Status / 19
Aerodynamics and High-Speed Flight, course in / 43
Aerospace Vehicle Design, course in / 43
Africa: Art, courses in / 55
Africa: Economic Resources and Development, course in / 96
Africa: Government and Politics, course in / 102
Africa: Politics, courses In / 102
Afro-American Folklore and Culture, course in / 89
Afro-American Literature, course in / 89
Afro-American Studies Courses / 155
Aging, Center on / 1 1
Agricultural Business Management, course in / 45
Agricultural ComnrKxlities (Economics of Mariteting Systems
for), course in / 45
Agricultural Engineenng Program / 46
Agricultural Materials Handling and Environmental Control.
course in / 46
Agricultural Prices, course in / 45
Agricultural Production Equipment, course in / 46
Agncuttural and Extension Education Program / 44
Agncuttural and Resource Economics Program / 45
Agriculture (Econometncs in), course in / 46
Agriculture Courses ' 155
Agronomy Program / 47
Air Pollution, course in / 68, 126
Aircraft Design, course in / 43
Algerian History, course in ' 108
America: Drama, course m / 89
America: English, course in / 89
America: Foreign Relations, course m / 102
America: Poetry, course in / 89
America: Political Theory, course in / 102
America: Popular Culture, courses in / 49
America: Workers. Cultural and Social History, course tn / 107
America: Wrrters. course in / 89
American Studies Program / 48
Animal Behavior, course In / 138
Anin^l Sciences Program / 49
Antennas, course in / 85
Anttiropology Courses / 155
Applicatk)n. foreign students / 20
Applied Design Courses / 156
Applied Mathematics Program / 51
Aquatic Biology, course in / 154
Arcriaeology. courses in / 55
Architecture History, courses in / 54
Architecture Program / 53
Argerrtine History, course in / 107
Aristotle (Philosophy of), course in / 132
An Education, courses in / 78
Art Program / 54
Asia: Geography, course in / 96
Aeia; Government and Politics, course in / 102
Assistantships / 14
Assoaation of Sea Grant Program Institutions / 12
Astronomy Program / 56
Atmospheric Dynamics, course in / 126
Atmospheric and Space Physics, course in / 136
Atomic Physics, courses In / 136
Audk)logy, courses in / 105
Automatic Controls, course in / 123
Avian Anatomy, course in / 50
Avian Physiotogy. course in / 50
Axiomatlcs Set Theory, course In / 120
B
Balkan History, course in / 107
Baltimore City Campus / 159
Baltimore County Campus / 159
Beef Production, courses in / 50
Behavior Analysis (Applied), course in / 138
Biochemical Engineering, courses in / 64
Biochemistry Program / 57
Biology (Fish), course in / 50
Biology (History oO. course in / 106
Biology (Manne and Estuarine Invertebrates), course In / 154
Biology (Philosophy oO. course in / 133
Biology (Shellfish), course in ' 49
Biomedical Engineering, courses in / 85
Biophysics and Theoretical Btology, course In / 136
Biophysics, courses in / 153
Biostatistics. course tn / 118
Blacks In Amencan Life, course in / 107
Bookkeeping (Methods and Materials in Teaching of), courses
in / 143
Botany (Teaching oO. course in / 58
Botany Program / 58
Brazilian History, course in / 107
Breeding (Pnnciples oO. course in / 50
British History, courses in / 107
British Literature, course In / 89
British Writers, courses in / 89
Broadcast Cnticism. course in / 71
Business Cycles, course in / 80
Business Education In Secondary Schools, course In / 143
Business and Management Program / 59
Byzantine Empire, courses in / 107
Camp Management, course in / 142
Campuses of the University / 159
Canon and Fugue, course in / 129
Career Development Center / 15
Cartography: History and Theory, courses in / 97
Celestial Mechanics, course in / 57
Cell Biology, course in / 153
Cell Differentiation, course in / 153
Cereal and Oil Crops, course In / 47
Cervantes, courses In / 147
Chaucer, course m / 88
Chemical Engineering Program / 64
Chemical Physics Program / 65
Chemical Process Analysis and Optimization, course in / 64
Chemical Process Development, course in / 64
Chemical Synthesis, course in / 66
Chemical. Liquid and Power Processing of Engineering
Materials, course in / 87
Chemistry (Physical), courses In / 66
Chemistry Program / 66
Chesapeake Research Consortium / 12
Child Growth and Development, course In / 111
Child Study/ 110
China: Communism, course In / 106
China: Economy, course in / 61
China: History, courses in / 108
Chinese Courses / 156
Choral Techniques and Repertoire, course In / 126
City, course in / 146
Civil Engineering Planning, course in / 68
Civil Engineenng Program / 67
Civil Engineering Systems, course In / 68
Civil Rights and U.S. Constitution, course in / 102
Civil War, course In / 107
Classical Tradition and Influence in Middle Ages and
Renaissance, courses in / 73
Classk;s Courses / 156
Climatology, courses In / 97
Clinical Psychology, course in / 139
Clothing and Human Behavior, course in / 151
Cognitive Psychology, course in / 139
College Park Campus Officers / 6
Collegium Musicum. course in / 128
Combinatorics and Graph Theory, courses in / 74, 120
Commencement / 24
Communication (Nonverbal), course in / 71
Communication Arts and Theatre Program / 70
Communication Theory, course in / 71
(Communication, Public / 141
Community Development Program / 91
Comparative Literature Program / 73
Comparative Literature, courses in / 73
Compiler Writing, course in / 74
Composltton, courses in / 129
Computatk)nal Methods, course in / 52. 74
Computer Architecture, course in / 74
Computer Languages and Systems, course in / 74
Computer Science Program / 73
Concentratton In the History and Philosophy of Science / 109
Conducting, courses In / 129
Conservatton, courses In / 44
Consortia / 1 2
Constitutional Law, course In / 102
Consumer Behavior, course in / 150
Consumer Economics and Textiles / 150
Consunwr Problems, course in / 91
Consumer Techology: Product Safety / 151
Consunr>er Techology: Pn>juct Standards, course in / 151
Consumer and Law, course in / 150
Contemporary Authors, course in / 73
Continental Novel, course in / 73
Control Systems, course in / 85
Counseling Center / 15
Counseling and Personnel Sen/ices Program / 75
Course Numbering System / 21
Course Requirements / 22
Crafts Courses / 1 56
Creative Activities in the Elementary School, course in / 128
Creative Writing, courses in / 89
Creative and Performing Arts / 10
Credit by Examination / 22
Credit. Transfer of / 22
Credit. Undergraduate for Graduate Courses / 22
Crime and Delinquency Prevention, course in / 77
Criminal Justice and Criminology Program / 77
Crop Breeding, course in / 47
Cropping Systems, course in / 48
Crystalk>graphy. course in / 98
Cultural Ecology, course in / 97
Cultural Geography, course in / 96
Dairy Cattle Breeding, course in / 50
Dairy Production Systems (Analysis of), course in / 50
Dance Courses / 156
Data Structures, course In / 74
Deans of the College Parit Campus / 6
Death Education, course In / 104
Degree Requirements / 22
Design (Concrete Structures), course In / 66
Design (Steel Structures), course in / 68
Design. (Highway and Airfield Pavement) courses in / 68
Design. (Machinery and Equipment) courses in / 47
Design, courses In / 72, 113
Deviant Behavior, course in / 145
Differential Equations, courses in / 120
Differential Geometry, course in / 120
Digital Computer Design, course in / 85
Digital Systems (Logic Design oO. course in / 85
DIsaete Structures, course in / 85
Diseases ol Animals, course in / 50
Dissertation / 23
Dissertation. Doctoral / 24
Distributive Education Programs: Organization and
Coordination, course in / 143
Doctor of Education Requirements / 24
Doctor of Philosophy Requirements / 23
Doctoral Candidates. Minimum Registration Requirements / 21
Doctoral Degree, Requirements for / 23
Drama (English), courses In / 89
Drama (Modem), course in / 89
Eariy Childhood- Elementary Education Program / 78
Earth Science, course In / 99
162
East Asian PolrtJcs. course in 102
Eastern Shore Campus 159
Ecology (Marsh and Dune Vegetation), course in 58
Economic Development of Underdeveloped Areas, courses in
80
Economic Geography, courses In / 96
Economic Statistics, course in / 80
Economics (International), course in / 80
Economics (Mathematical), course in 80
Economics (Urban), course in / 81
Economics Program 80
Economics of Consumption, course m / 150
Economics. Agricultural and Resource / 45
Economics, Consumer 150
Education (Early Childhood-Elementary), course in . 79
Education (Sociology of), course in / 146
Education Policy, Planning, and Administration Program ,' 82
Education and Racism, course in / 76
Education, Agricultural . 44
Education. Health 103
Education, Human Development / 110
Education, Industnal 112
Education, Physical ' 133
Education, Secondary / 143
Education. Special 148
Education, courses in 143
Education, elementary 78
Electrical Engineering Program 84
Electricity and Magnetism (Physics), course in / 136
Electrochemical Engineenng, course in / 64
Electrodes and Electrical Processes in Biology and Medicine.
course in 85
Electromagnetic Measurements Lab, course in / 86
Electronic Composition, course m 129
Electronic Data Processing, courses in / 158
Electronic Instrumentation for Physical Science, course in / 85
Electronics Circuits, course m . 136
Electronics for Life Scientists, course in ' 85
Elementary Education, Early Childhood / 78
Embryology (Vertebrate), course in / 153
Endocrinology, course in 153
Energy Conversion, courses in 123
Engineering Acoustics, course in / 124
Engineering Economics and System Analysis, course in ' 68
Engineering Experimentation, courses in / 124
Engineering Hydrology, course in 47
Engineenng Materials Program ' 87
Engineenng Psychology and Training Models, course in / 139
Engineenng Science Courses / 157
Engineering Technology. Fire Service Courses / 157
Engineering and Physiological Systems, course in / 64
Engineering. Aerospace 43
Engineenng, Agricultural / 46
Engineenng, Chemical / 64
Engineenng. Civil ' 67
Engineenng. Cooperative Education Courses / 157
Engineering, Electrical ' 84
Engineenng, Fire Protection Courses / 157
Engineering, Mechanical / 123
Engineenng, Nuclear 130
Engineenng: Aquacultural. course in / 47
English (Old), course in / 89
English Language (History of), course in / 89
English Language and Literature Program / 88
English Proficiency Test / 20
Entomology (Veterinary), course in / 90
Entomology Program / 89
Entomology for Science Teachers, course in / 90
Environmental Engineenng, course in / 68. 123
Environmental Sciences - Manne / 117
Epidemiology and Public Health, course in / 127
Ethical Theory, course in ' 132
European History, courses in / 107
European Ideas (History of), courses in / 106
Evolution, course in 153
Expository Writing, course in / 89
Extension Education / 44
Family Counseling, course in 91
Family Crises and Rehabilitation, course in / 91
Family and Community Development Program / 91
Family and Society, course in / 146
Family — Community Advocacy, course in , 91
Farm Management, course in / 45
Fees and Expenses / 13
Fees. Determination of In-State Status / 13
Fellowships ' 14
Fertilizers (Commercial), course in / 47
Finance (Personal and Family), Course in / 91
Financial Assistance / 13
Financial and Economic Education, courses in / 143
Fish and Wildlife Management, course in / 50
Flight Propulsion, courses in / 43
Flight Structures, courses in / 43
Fluid Dynamics, course in / 136
Folk Narrative, course in / 89
Folklore, courses in / 89
Folksong and Ballad, course in ' 89
Food Chemistry, course in 94
Food Microbiology, course in / 94
Food Processing, courses in 94
Food Product Research and Development, course in / 94
Food Quality Control, course in / 94
Food Science Program / 93
Food Services 15
Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration Program / 92
Forage Crop Production, course in / 47
Foreign Language Courses 157
Foreign Policy of USSR., course in ' 102
Foreign Student Application / 20
Fourier Analysis, course in ' 120
Fracture Mechanics, course in / 124
French Civilization, courses in / 95
French History, courses in / 107
French Language and Literature Program ; 94
French Linguistics, course in / 95
French: Oral Practice for Teachers, course in / 95
Fruits (Technology of), course in / 1 10
Full-time Students. Designation of / 21
Fusion, courses in / 130
Galactic Research, course in / 57
Genetics (Molecular), course in / 153
Geochemistry of Fuels, course in / 98
Geochemistry, courses in / 66, 98, 99
Geographic (Concepts and Source Materials, course in / 97
Geography (Transportation), course in / 97
Geography Program ' 96
Geography; Europe, courses in / 96
Geography: Maryland, course in / 96
Geography: North America, courses in / 96
Geological Remote Sensing, course in / 99
Geology (Economic), course in / 98
Geology (Engineering), course in / 98
Geology (Groundwater), course in / 98
Geology (Structural), course in / 98
Geology Program / 98
Geology: North America, course in / 98
Geometric Transformations, course in / 120
Geometry, courses in / 120
Geomorphology. courses in / 97
Geophysics, course in / 98
German History, courses in / 107
German Language and Literature Program / 99
Germanic Philology, courses in / 100
Gerontology Certificate, see Center on Aging / 11
Gerontology, course in / 1 1 1
Golden Identification Card Program / 14
Government and Politics Program / 101
Governmental Organization and Management, course in / 101
Grades / 21
Graduate Council / 7. 9
Graduate Credit for Senior Undergraduates / 21
Graduate Faculty / 9
Graduate Fees / 13
Graduate Management Admissions Test / 18
Graduate Programs / 17
Graduate Record Examinations (GRE) / 18
Graduate School Officers and Staff / 5
Graduate Status, Full / 18
Graduate Status, Provisional / 19
Graduate Student. Visiting / 19
Graphic Arts, courses in / 55
Greek Courses / 157
Greek Drama, course in / 73
Greenhouse Crop Production, courses in / 110
Ground Water Hydrology, course in / 68
Group Dynamics, course in / 44. 76
Guide to Graduate Life / 15
H
Handicapped Students. Partial Credit Registration / 21
Hatchability (Physiology of), course in / 50
Health Education Program / 103
Health Insurance / 15
Health Service/ 15
Hearing Handicapped (Rehabilitation of), course in / 105
Hearing and Speech Sciences Program / 104
Hebrew Courses ' 157
Herpetology, course in / 50
Highway Engineenng, course in / 68
Hispanic World: Historical Geography, course in / 96
History Program / 106
History of the University / 9
History: Latin America, courses in / 107
History: Maryland, course In / 107
Home Management, courses in / 91
Horse Farm Management, course in / 50
Horse Industry Economics, course in i 45
Horticulture Program / 109
Housing / 1 5
Housing and Applied Design Courses / 158
Human Development Education Program (Institute for Child
Study) / 1 1 0
Human and Community Resources Courses / 157
Hydrology, courses in / 47. 68
I
Ibsen, course in / 73
Immunology, course in / 127
In-State Status, Fees/ 13
Individual Differences, course in / 139
Induction and Probability, course in / 133
Industrial Education Program M12
Industrial Employee Recreation, course in / 142
Industrial Engineering, course in / 123
Industrial Localization, course in / 97
Industrial Organization, course in / 81
Industrial Sociology, course in / 146
Information Processing, courses in / 158
Information Systems Management Courses / 158
Information Theory, course in / 85
Inorganic Chemistry, course in / 66
Insecticides, course in / 90
Insects, courses in / 90
Institute for Child Study / 1 10
Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology / 10
Institute of Urban Studies / 151
Institutes, Centers, and Bureaus / 10
Institutional Recreation, course in / 142
Instrumental Music Program, course in / 128
Inter-Campus Student / 22
Inter-University Communications Council (EDUCOM) / 12
Inter-University Consortium for Political and Social Research /
12
International Law. course in
Interviewing, course in / 71
101
Japanese Courses / 158
Jewish History, courses in / 107
Journalism Program / 113
Judicial Behavior, course in / 102
Judicial Process, course in / 102
Juvenile Delinquency, courses in / 77
Keyboard Music, courses in / 128
Kinesiology, courses in / 134
Kinetic Theory of Gases, course i
Labor Economics, courses in / 81
Laboratory Animal Management, course in / 50
Lactation, course in / 50
Lasers and Electro Optic Devices, course in / 86
Latin America: Civilization, courses in / 148
Latin America: Government and Politics, course in / 102
Latin Courses / 1 58
Law (Corrections), course in / 77
Law (Philosophy of), course in / 132
Law (Sociology of), course in / 146
Law, Family Problems, course in / 91
Leadership Techniques and Practices, course in / 142
Learning (Psychology of), course in / 139
Learning and Motivation, course in / 138
Legislatures and Legislation, course in / 102
Libraries / 10
Library Science and History / 109
Library and Information Services Program / 114
Listening, course in / 71
Literary Criticism, course in / 89
Literature (Middle Ages), course in / 73
Literature (Renaissance), courses in / 88
Literature (Romantic), courses in 73, 89
Literature (Victorian), courses in / 89
Literature, English / 88
Literature, French / 94
Literature, German 99
Literature, Spanish / 147
Living Experiences with Families, course in / 91
Logic and Algohthms, courses in / 74, 120
M
Machine Design Technology, courses in / 123
Machine Design, course in / 124
Mammalian Histology, course in / 50, 154
Map Evaluation, course in / 97
Marine Ecology, course in / 154
Manne Vertebrate Zoology, course in / 154
Marine-Estuanne-Environmental Sciences Program / 117
Master of Arts, Requirements / 22
Master of Education, Requirements / 23
Master of Science. Requirements / 22
Master's Degree Requirements / 22
Matenals (Strength oO, courses in / 68
Mathematical Logic, course in / 120
Index 163
Mathematical Psychology, course In / 139
Mathematical Statistics Program '117
Mathematics (Early Childhood Education), courses in / 78
Mathematics (History of), course in / 120
Mathematics (Teaching oO. course in / 143
Mathematics Program 118
Mathematics, Applied 51
Matnx Methods m Computational Mechanics, course in / 43
Matter {Properties of), course in 136
Measurement. Statistics, and Evaluation Program / 122
Meat Processing, course in 94
Meats, course m 50
Mechanical Engmeenng Analysis (Oceanic Environment).
course in 124
Mechanical Engmeenng Analysis, course in ' 124
Mechanical Engmeenng Program 123
Mechanical Engmeenng Systems (Undenwater Operations).
courses in 124
Mechanical Engmeenng Systems Design, course in / 123
Mechanics (Theoretical), courses in ' 136
Mentally Retarded Children, courses in / 149
Meteorology Program 125
Metropolttan Administration, course in / 102
Microbial Fermentations, courses in / 127
Microbiology (History of), course in / 127
Microbiology Program / 126
Micropaleontology. course in / 98
Middle East: Government and Politics, course in / 102
Middle East: History, courses m / 108
Military Sociology, courses m 146
Miller Analogies Test 18
Mitton, course in 88
Mineralogy, courses in / 98
Music (Childhood Education), course in / 128
Music (Form), course in / 128
Musk: Pedagogy, course in 128
Music Program 127
Mycology, course m / 58
National Income Analysis, course in / 80
Natural Resources (Economic Analysis of), course i
Natural Resources Policy, course in / 45
Network Analysis, course in ' 85
Network Synthesis, course in / 85
Neural Networks and Signals, course in / 85
Neurophysiology, course in / 153
Neutron Reactor Physics, course in / 136
New Testament as Literature, course in / 73
Non-Thesis Option / 23
Non-degree Undergraduate Student / 19
Nonparametnc Statistics, course in / 118
Nuclear Engineering Program 130
Nuclear Fuel and Power Management, course in / 1
Nuclear Heat Transport, course in / 130
Nuclear Reactor Engineering, courses in / 130
Nudear Technology Lab. course in / 130
Number Theory, courses in / 119. 120
Numencal Mathematics, courses in / 52. 74
Nutrition (Animal), course in 131
Nutrition (Community), course in / 92
Nutrition (History of), course in / 131
Nutrition (International), course m / 131
Nutrition, courses in / 49
Nutritional Biochemistry, course in / 92
Nutritional Sciences Program / 131
Oak Ridge Associated Universities. Inc. (GRAU) / 12
Ocean Waves and Tides, course in / 124, 126
Oceanography (Physical and Dynamical), course in / 126
Oceanography (Physical and Dynamical), courses in / 124
Oceanography, course in / 99
Old Testament as Literature, course in / 73
Opera Theater, course in / 128
Operations Research, course in / 123
Optimization, courses in / 52, 74
Orchestration, courses in / 129
Organisms (Form and Pattern), course in / 154
Outdoor Education, course in / 142
Painting, courses in / 55
Paleontology, courses in / 98
Parasitology, course in / 154
Part-time Students, Designation ol / 21
Particle Accelerators, course in / 86. 136
Particles, course in / 136
Pathogenic Microbiology, course in / 127
Perceptual Learning Problems, course in / 149
Personality (Sociology of), course in / 145
Personality, course in / 139
Personnel Services and Ck>unseling Program / 75
Persuasion in Speech, course in / 71
Petrography, course in / 98
Petrology, course m / 98
Pharmacology (Behavioral), course in / 138
Philosophy Program / 132
Philosophy of Science / 109
Philosophy of Science, course in / 133
Phonetic Science, course in / 105
Photography (History of), course in / 55
Photography, courses in / 54
Phycology. course in / 59
Physical Education Program / 133
Physical Fitness, courses in / 134
Physical Science, course in ' 106
Physics (Nuclear), course in / 136
Physics Program / 135
Physics and Thermodynamics oJ the Atmosphere, course m /
126
Physics. Chemical / 65
Physics, courses in / 132
Physiological Psychologhy. course in / 138
Physiology (Environmental), course in / 49
Physiology (Vertebrate), course in / 153
Piano Pedagogy, courses in / 129
Plant Anatomy, courses in / 58
Plant Diseases, courses in / 58
Plant Ecology, course in / 58
Plant Genetics, course in / 58
Plant Geography, course in / 58
Plant Pathology, courses m / 58
Plant Physiology, course in / 58
Plant Taxonomy, course in / 58
Plants (Medicinal and Poisonous), course in / 58
Plants and Mankind, course In / 58
Plasma Physics, course in / 136
Plato (Philosophy of), course in / 132
Playwriting, course in / 89
Policy Studies Program (see Public Management Program) /
138
Political Behavior, courses in / 102
Political Geography, course in / 97
Political Parties, course in / 102
Political Sociology, course in / 102
Political Theory, courses in / 102
Politics (Sociology of), course in / 146
Politics and Government / 101
Polymer Matenals (Processing of), courses in / 65
Polymer Science, courses in / 64
Polymenc Engmeenng Matenals. course in / 88
Polymers (Physical Chemistry of), course In / 64
Population Geography, course in / 97
Population, courses in / 145
Poultry Breeding and Feeding, course in / 50
Poultry Hygiene, course in / 50
Poultry Products and Marketing, course in / 50
Poultry Science Program / 138
Power Systems, course m / 46
Presidency and Executive Branch, course in / 102
Pnce Theory, course m / 80
Process Engineenng and Design, course in / 64
Protozoology, courses in / 154
Provosts of the College Park Campus / 6
Psychological Testing, course in / 139
Psychology (Educational), course in / 111
Psychology Program / 138
Public Address, courses in / 71
Public Administration, courses in / 101
Public Communication Program / 141
Public Finance, course in / 80
Public Management Program / 141
Public Opinion, course in / 101
Publications, Graduate School / 15
Pulse Techniques, courses in / 85
Quantitative Analysis (CHEM). courses in / 66
Quantum Physics, course in / 136
Race Relations (SOCY). course in / 145
Race Relations and Public Law, course in /
Radiochemistry. course in / 66
Radioisotope Power Sources, course in / 13
Reactor Core Design, course in / 130
Readers Theatre, course m / 71
Reading (Remedial), courses m / 78
Real Variables, course in / 120
Recorder, course in / 128
Records Maintenance and Disposition / 20
Recreation Program / 142
Refund Statement i 13
Registration / 20
Registration Requirements, Minimum / 21
Regression and Vanance Analysis, course ii
Religion (Sociology of), course in / 145
Remedial-Corrective Reading, courses in / 1
Requirements, Doctor of Education / 24
Requirements. Doctor of Philosophy / 23
Requiremen(s. Doctoral Degrees / 23
Research Resources / 10
Residence Requirement / 23
Resource Development i^conomics of), course in / 46
Rheology of Engmeerng trials. course in / 88
Rural Education, courses in 44
Rural Life in Modern Society, courses in / 44
Rural-Urban Relations, course in / 146
Russia: History, courses m 107
Russian Political Thought, courses in / 102
Sanitary Engineering Analysis and Design, course m / 68
Satire, course m 89
Scenic Design, course in / 72
Science (Teaching of), course in / 143
Science Fiction and Fantasy, course in / 89
Science- History and Philosophy / 109
Scientific Revolution, course in / 106
Scientific Thought, courses m / 132
Sculpture, courses m / 55
Seafood Products Processing, course in / 94
Secondary Education Program / 143
Sedimentation, course in / 98
Sensory Processes, courses in / 138
Sex Education, course in / 104
Sex Roles and Social Institutions, course in / 145
Shakespeare, courses in / 88
Social Control, course in / 146
Social Sciences (Philosophy of), course in / 133
Social Studies (Teaching of), course in / 143
Social Studies in Early Childhood Education, courses in / 78
Sociology Program ' 145
Software Engineering, course in / 85
Soil Biochemistry, course in / 48
Soil Chemistry, course in / 47
Soil Classification and Georgraphy. course in / 47
Soil Fertility Pnnciples. course in / 47
Soil Physics, course in / 47
Soil Survey and Land Use, course m / 47
Soil and Water Consen/ation, course in / 47
Soil and Water Engineenng, course in / 47
Soil-Foundation Systems, courses in / 68
Soil-Water Pollution, course in 48
Solar System, course in / 57
Solid State Electronics, course in ' 85
Sound, course in / 136
South Asia: Government and Politics, course in / 102
Soviet Union: Economics, course in / 81
Soviet Union: Geography, course in / 96
Soviet Union Government and Administration, course in / 10!
Soviet Union History, course in / 107
Spanish Civilization, courses in / 147
Spanish Language and Literature Program / 147
Special Education Program / 148
Speech Behavior, course in / 71
Speech Disorders, course in / 105
Speech Therapy, course in / 105
Speech and Language Development of Children, course m /
105
Speechwnting, course in / 71
Spenser (Edmund), course in ' 88
State and Local Administration, course tn / 102
State and Local Finance, course in / 80
Statistics and Measurement / 122
Statistics. Mathematical / 1 17
Stochastic Processes, course in / 118
Stress Analysis (Experimental), course in / 68
Structural Analysis and Design, courses in / 68
Stuart England, course in / 107
Student Loans / 14
Student Services / 1 5
Studies Leading to the MA m History and the MLS / 109
Symbiology, course in / 154
Systems Analysis, course in / 158
Systems Programming, course in / 74
Systems. Control and Computation, course in / 85
Teaching English, course in / 143
Teaching Reading, courses in 78. 143
Technology (History of), course in - 106
Telemetry Systems, course m ' 85
Television and Politics, course in / 71
Termination of Admission 19
Textile Industry (Economics of), course in 151
Textile Science, course in 151
Textiles and Consumer Economics Program - 150
Theatre and Communication Arts 70
Thesis Option / 22
Thesis Requirement / 22
Time Limits for Degree / 19
Tobacco Production, course in / 47
Topology, courses m / 120
Transducers and Electncal Machinery, courses in - 85
Transfer and Transport Processes, courses m > 64
Transfer of Credit / 22
Transportation Engineenng. courses in 68
Tree Fruit Production, courses In 110
164 Index
Tree Management, course in ' 110
Truck Crop Management, course in / 1 10
Tudor England, course in 107
Turt Management, course in / 47
U
Undergraduate-Non -degree Student ' 19
Unrted States History, courses in 107
Universities Council on Water Resources ' 13
Universities Research Association (URA) / 12
Universities Space Research Association (USRA) ' 12
University Corporation for Atmospheric Research (UCAR) / 12
University Officers 6
University Refund Statement ' 13
Urtan Design Seminar > 54
Urtan Economics, courses in 8i
Urtoan Folklore, course in / 89
Urban Geography, courses in 97
Urban Law, courses in ' 152
Urban Literature, course in / 152
Urban Planning, course in ' 54
Urban Politics, course in ; 102
Urban Problems Seminar 54
Urban Studies Program / 151
Urt>an Theory and Simulation, course in , 152
Vectors and Matrices, course in / 119
Vegetables (Technology of), course in / 11
Veterans Benefits / 1 4
Virology, course in / 127
Viscous Flow and Aerodynamic Heating, o
Visual Processes, course in / 56
Vocal Music, course in / 128
W
War (Sociology of), course in / 146
Water Resource Planning, course in / 97
Weed Control, course / 48
West Afncan History, courses in / 108
Wildlife Management, course m / 50
Women's Health, course in 104
Women's Studies Courses / 158
Women: Legal Status, course in - 102
Woody Plants, courses in / 1 10
World Aghcuttural Development, course in
World Politics, course in / 101
Writing (Dramatic) for Film, course in / 70
Zoology (Vertebrate), course i
Zoology Program / 153
LDSriT or MADOAND AT (XH,
College Park Campus
College Park, MD 20742
n-Profit Organizatic
U.S. Postage Paid
College Park, MD 2074
PERMIT #10
■mL-2-L!<\l-2^iiii!!Li'iS
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11